QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 1, 2008

Registration No. 333-            



UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  8600
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  26-2590997
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
6262 Sunset Drive
Miami, FL 33143
(305) 661-1861
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
Victoria J. Kincke
General Counsel
Interval Leisure Group, Inc.
6262 Sunset Drive
Miami, Florida 33143
(305) 666-1861
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
With a copy to:
Pamela S. Seymon
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
51 West 52 nd  Street
New York, NY 10019
(212) 403-1000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     þ

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  þ
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of Securities to
be Registered

  Amount to be Registered(1)
  Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Unit
  Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(2)
  Amount of Registration Fee(3)

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share   68,780,505 shares   N/A   $507,549   $19.87

(1)
This registration statement relates to shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Interval Leisure Group, Inc. (the "Registrant"), which will be distributed pursuant to a spin-off transaction to the holders of common stock and Class B common stock of IAC/InterActiveCorp ("IAC"). The amount of the Registrant's common stock to be registered represents the sum of (i) 55,817,094 shares of common stock to be distributed to the holders of IAC common stock and IAC Class B common stock upon consummation of the spin-off, (ii) up to 7,863,411 shares of common stock to be issued in respect of certain restricted stock units or stock options, in each case, previously issued pursuant to IAC's equity incentive plans and that will be converted, in whole or in part, in connection with the spin-off into stock options and restricted stock units to be issued under the Interval Leisure Group, Inc. 2008 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan (the "Stock and Annual Incentive Plan"), (iii) up to 5,000,000 shares of common stock issuable in respect of stock options, restricted stock units and other equity-based awards that may be granted from time to time following the spin-off pursuant to the Stock and Annual Incentive Plan and (iv) up to 100,000 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the Interval Leisure Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors. To the extent additional shares of common stock may be issued or become issuable as a result of a stock split, stock dividend, or other distribution involving the common stock while this registration statement is in effect, this registration statement hereby is deemed to cover all such additional shares of common stock in accordance with Rule 416 under the Securities Act of 1933. In connection with the spin-off, one fifth of one share of the Registrant's common stock will be distributed for each share of IAC common stock or Class B common stock outstanding on the record date for the spin-off and each share of IAC common stock issued in connection with the exercise of IAC stock options and the settlement of IAC restricted stock units between the record date for the spin-off and the date of the spin-off. Because it is not possible to accurately state the number of shares of IAC common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding as of the spin-off date, this calculation is based on the number of shares of IAC common stock and IAC Class B common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2008, options to purchase shares of IAC common stock and IAC restricted units in respect of shares of IAC common stock as of December 31, 2007 that may settle prior to the date of the spin-off.

(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(f)(2) and Rule 457(h)(1) under the Securities Act, based on the book value of the common stock as of March 31, 2008, the most recent practicable date.

(3)
Calculated by multiplying 0.00003930 by the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

           The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.





EXPLANATORY NOTE

        This Registration Statement has been prepared on a prospective basis on the assumption that, among other things, the spin-off of the Registrant from IAC/InterActiveCorp (as described in the Prospectus which is a part of this Registration Statement) and the related transactions contemplated to occur prior to or contemporaneously with the spin-off will be consummated as contemplated by the Prospectus. There can be no assurance, however, that any or all of such transactions will occur or will occur as so contemplated. Any significant modifications to or variations in the transactions contemplated will be reflected in an amendment or supplement to this Registration Statement.


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not issue these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated August 1, 2008

PROSPECTUS


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.



68,780,505 Shares of Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

        This prospectus is being furnished to you as a stockholder of IAC in connection with the spin-off by IAC/InterActiveCorp to its stockholders of HSN, Inc. ("HSNi"), Interval Leisure Group, Inc. ("ILG" or the "Company"), Ticketmaster and Tree.com, Inc. ("Tree.com") (each, a "Spinco" and collectively, the "Spincos"), each a wholly-owned subsidiary of IAC that at the time of its spin-off will hold directly or indirectly the assets and liabilities associated with the following businesses:

    HSNi: HSN TV, HSN.com, and the Cornerstone Brands, Inc. portfolio of catalogs, websites and retail locations;

    ILG: the businesses currently comprising IAC's Interval segment;

    Ticketmaster: Ticketmaster's primary domestic and international operations, as well as certain investments in unconsolidated affiliates; and

    Tree.com: the businesses currently comprising IAC's Lending and Real Estate segments.

        To implement the spin-offs, IAC, the Company and the other Spincos will effect a series of restructuring transactions following which IAC will distribute all of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Spincos on a pro rata basis to the holders of IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock. Each of you, as a holder of IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock, will receive one-fifth of a share of common stock of HSNi, one-fifth of a share of common stock of ILG, one-fifth of a share of common stock of Ticketmaster and one-thirtieth of a share of common stock of Tree.com for every share of IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock that you held at the close of business on [    •    ], 2008, the record date for the spin-offs. The spin-offs will be effective as of [    •    ], 2008, unless otherwise determined by IAC's board of directors.

        Immediately after the spin-off of ILG is completed, ILG will be a separate public company. All of the outstanding shares of the common stock of ILG are currently owned by IAC. Accordingly, there currently is no public trading market for the common stock of ILG. ILG has been approved to list its common stock under the ticker symbol "IILG" on the NASDAQ Stock Market.

         No vote of IAC stockholders is required in connection with the ILG spin-off. Neither IAC nor the Company is asking you for a proxy, and you are not requested to send us a proxy. IAC stockholders will not be required to pay any consideration for the shares of common stock of the Company they receive in the spin-off, and they will not be required to surrender or exchange shares of their IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock or take any other action in connection with the spin-off.

        In reviewing this prospectus, you should carefully consider the matters described under the caption "Risk Factors" beginning on page 8 of this prospectus.


         NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


The date of this prospectus is [    •    ], 2008.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Summary   2
Questions and Answers about ILG and the Spin-Offs   4
Risk Factors—Risk Factors Relating to Our Spin-Off From IAC   9
Risk Factors—Risk Factors Relating to Our Business Following ILG's Spin-Off From IAC   13
Forward-Looking Statements   21
The Separation   23
  General   23
  The Number of Shares You Will Receive in the ILG Spin-Off   23
  When and How You Will Receive the Dividend   23
  Results of the Separation   24
  Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Offs   24
  Market for Common Stock of ILG   28
  Trading Before the Distribution Date   28
  Conditions to the Spin-Offs   29
  Reasons for the Separation   30
  Litigation with Liberty Media Corporation   31
  Financial Advisor   31
Treatment of Outstanding IAC Compensatory Equity-Based Awards   31
Dividend Policy   33
Transfers to IAC and Financing   34
Certain Information With Respect To ILG   38
  Business of ILG   38
  Capitalization   47
  Selected Historical Financial Data   48
  Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements   49
  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of ILG   56
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   75
  Management of ILG   76
  ILG Executive Compensation   81
  ILG Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management   92
Description of Capital Stock of ILG   94
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions   98
Description of the Stock and Annual Incentive Plan   107
Use of Proceeds   110
Determination of Offering Price   110
Legal Matters   110
Experts   110
Where You Can Find More Information   111

Interval Leisure Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries Consolidated Financial Statements Table of Contents

 

F-1

i


        This prospectus describes the businesses of the Company as though they were its businesses for all historical periods described. However, the Company is a newly formed entity that has not conducted any operations prior to the spin-off and instead will have had such businesses transferred to it prior to the spin-off. References in this prospectus to the historical assets, liabilities, products, businesses or activities of the businesses of the Company are intended to refer to the historical assets, liabilities, products, businesses or activities of the relevant businesses as those businesses were conducted as part of IAC prior to the spin-off. Following the spin-off, the Company will be a separate, publicly traded company, and IAC will have no continuing stock ownership in the Company. The historical consolidated financial information of the Company as part of IAC contained in this prospectus is not necessarily indicative of its future financial position, future results of operations or future cash flows, nor does it reflect what the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company would have been had it been operated as a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

        You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date set forth on the cover. Changes to the information contained in this prospectus may occur after that date and the Company does not undertake any obligation to update the information unless required to do so by law.

1



SUMMARY

        This summary highlights selected information from this prospectus and may not contain all the information that may be important to you. Accordingly, you are encouraged to read carefully the entire prospectus, its annexes and the documents filed as exhibits to the Company's registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part.

        Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, (i) "Spinco" refers to any of HSNi, ILG, Ticketmaster and Tree.com and their respective subsidiaries, (ii) "Spincos" refers to all of the foregoing collectively, (iii) "IAC/InterActiveCorp" and "IAC" refer to IAC/InterActiveCorp and its consolidated subsidiaries other than, for all periods following the spin-offs, the Spincos, (iv) "HSNi" refers to HSN, Inc., (v) "ILG," the "Company," "we," "our" or "us" refers to Interval Leisure Group, Inc., (vi) "Tree.com" refers to Tree.com, Inc. and (vii) "Spin-Off," "spin-off" or "distribution" refers to the distribution by IAC of the common stock of the Company, the "spin-offs," the "distributions" or the "separation" refers collectively to the distribution by IAC of the common stock of the Company and the other Spincos, as more fully described in this prospectus.

Company Information

        ILG was incorporated in Delaware in May 2008. Its principal offices are located at 6262 Sunset Drive, Miami, FL 33143. Its main telephone number is 305-666-1861.

Business of ILG

        ILG is a leading provider of membership services to the vacation ownership industry, which is a segment of the broader hospitality industry. Vacation ownership is a term used to describe the shared ownership of vacation real estate and includes those businesses which develop, manage, operate and sell vacation interests (i.e. the ownership or use of accommodations at a given property or properties, together with associated amenities and facilities for a specified period of time). ILG's principal business segment, Interval, makes available vacation ownership membership services to individual members of its exchange networks, which allows such members to exchange the use and occupancy of their vacation interest for comparable, alternative accommodations at the same or another resort participating in an Interval exchange network and provides such members with certain value-added products and services depending on the program and country of residence. Interval also makes available related services to developers of the resorts participating in its exchange networks worldwide. As of December 31, 2007, more than 2,400 resorts located in more than 75 countries participated in Interval's primary exchange network, the Interval Network, and nearly two million owners of vacation interests were enrolled as members of the Interval Network. ILG's other business segment, RQH, was acquired in May 2007 and is a provider of vacation rental and property management services to vacationers and vacation property owners across Hawaii. As of December 31, 2007, RQH provided property management services to 26 resorts and hotels, as well as other more limited management services to an additional 23 properties.

Businesses of the Other Spincos

        HSNi.     HSNi owns and operates, through its subsidiaries, HSN, a retailer and interactive lifestyle network offering a broad assortment of products through television home shopping programming on the HSN television network and HSN.com. HSN strives to transform the shopping experience by incorporating experts, entertainment, inspiration, solutions, tips and ideas in connection with the sale of products through the HSN television network and HSN.com. HSNi also owns and operates, through its subsidiaries, the Cornerstone Brands portfolio of catalogs and related websites, including Frontgate, Ballard Designs, Garnet Hill, Smith+Noble, The Territory Ahead, TravelSmith and Improvements , as well as a limited number of retail stores.

2


        Ticketmaster.     As the world's leading live entertainment ticketing and marketing company, Ticketmaster connects the world to live entertainment. Ticketmaster currently operates in 20 countries worldwide, providing ticket sales, ticket resale services, marketing and distribution through www.ticketmaster.com and related proprietary Internet and mobile channels, independent sales outlets and call centers worldwide. Established in 1976, Ticketmaster serves clients across multiple live event categories, providing exclusive ticketing services for leading arenas, stadiums, amphitheaters, music clubs, concert promoters, professional sports franchises and leagues, college sports teams, performing arts venues, museums and theaters.

        Tree.com.     Through its various subsidiaries, Tree.com currently operates a lending business (the "Lending Business") and a real estate business (the "Real Estate Business"). The Lending Business consists of online networks, principally LendingTree.com and GetSmart.com, as well as call centers, which match consumers with lenders and loan brokers. In addition, the Lending Business originates, processes, approves and funds various types of residential real estate loans under two brand names, LendingTree Loans® and HomeLoanCenter.com®, and offers residential mortgage loan settlement services under the name LendingTree Settlement Services. The Real Estate Business consists primarily of an internet-enabled national residential real estate brokerage that currently operates offices under the brand name "RealEstate.com, REALTORS." The Real Estate Business also consists of a brokerage that matches residential home buyers interested in newly constructed homes with builders and currently operates under the brand name "iNest®."

Overview of the Separation

        On July 1, 2008, 2008, the Board of Directors of IAC approved a plan to separate IAC into five separate, publicly traded companies via the distribution of all of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Spincos, each a wholly-owned subsidiary of IAC, with each Spinco having a single class of common stock. At the time of the spin-offs, the Spincos will hold directly or indirectly the assets and liabilities associated with the following businesses:

    HSNi: HSN TV, HSN.com , and the Cornerstone Brands, Inc. portfolio of catalogs, websites and retail locations;

    ILG: the businesses currently comprising IAC's Interval segment;

    Ticketmaster: Ticketmaster's primary domestic and international operations, as well as certain investments in unconsolidated affiliates; and

    Tree.com: the businesses currently comprising IAC's Lending and Real Estate segments.

        Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to the businesses of HSNi, ILG, Ticketmaster and Tree.com respectively refer to the businesses described above.

        Immediately following the spin-offs, IAC primarily will be engaged in the business and operations relating to (i) Ask.com, Citysearch, IAC Advertising Solutions, Evite and Funweb Products; (ii) Match.com, ServiceMagic and Shoebuy.com; (iii) its emerging businesses, including Black Web Enterprises, BustedTees, CollegeHumor, GarageGames, Gifts.com, Green.com, InstantAction, Primal Ventures, Pronto, Very Short List, Vimeo and 23/6; and (iv) certain investments in unconsolidated entities.

        Prior to the spin-offs, we will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement and several other agreements with IAC and the other Spincos to effect the separation of the Spincos and provide a framework for the relationships of the Spincos with IAC and each other. Immediately following the spin-offs, IAC stockholders will own 100% of the outstanding common stock of each of the Spincos.

3



QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT ILG AND THE SPIN-OFFS

Why are the spin-offs structured as dividends?   IAC believes that a tax-free distribution of shares of the Spincos to IAC stockholders is a tax-efficient way to separate HSNi, ILG, Ticketmaster and Tree.com from the rest of IAC in a manner that will create long-term value for IAC stockholders.

How will the ILG spin-off occur?

 

IAC will distribute to its stockholders via dividend all of the outstanding shares of common stock of ILG owned by IAC, which will be 100% of the common stock of ILG outstanding immediately prior to the spin-offs.

How many shares of ILG will I
receive?

 

Unless otherwise determined by the IAC Board of Directors prior to the distribution date, for every share of IAC common stock or Class B common stock held by you as of the record date, you will receive one-fifth of a share of common stock of ILG. IAC will not distribute any fractional shares of ILG common stock to its stockholders. Instead, the distribution agent will aggregate fractional shares into whole shares, sell the whole shares in the open market at prevailing market prices and distribute the aggregate net cash proceeds of the sales pro rata to each holder who otherwise would have been entitled to receive a fractional share in the spin-off. Recipients of cash in lieu of fractional shares will not be entitled to any interest on the amounts of payment made in lieu of fractional shares. The number of shares that IAC will distribute to its stockholders will be reduced to the extent that cash payments are to be made in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of ILG common stock.

Can IAC decide not to complete the ILG spin-off?

 

Yes. The IAC Board of Directors has reserved the right, in its sole discretion, to amend, modify or abandon the spin-offs and related transactions at any time prior to the distribution date. This means that IAC has the right not to complete the spin-off of any or all of the Spincos if, at any time, the IAC Board of Directors determines, at its sole discretion, that the spin-off is not in the best interests of IAC or its stockholders. Alternatively, the IAC Board of Directors may determine to delay the spin-off of one or more of the Spincos, in which event the spin-offs may not occur simultaneously. In addition, the spin-offs are subject to the satisfaction or waiver of a number of conditions. See "The Separation—Conditions to the Spin-offs."

What is the record date for the ILG spin-off?

 

The record date for determining stockholders entitled to receive the shares of ILG in the spin-off is the close of business on [    •    ], 2008.

4



What is the distribution date for the ILG Spin-off?

 

The distribution date for distributing the shares of common stock of ILG under the spin-off is [            ], 2008. However, the IAC Board of Directors may determine to delay the spin-off.

What other transactions affecting ILG are occurring with the spin-off?

 

IAC currently expects that in connection with the spin-off of ILG, an entity that will become a subsidiary of ILG prior to the spin-off will distribute to IAC approximately $87 million in cash and $300 million of debt securities issued by such subsidiary. To fund this distribution, the subsidiary has entered into certain financing arrangements described below. Additionally, the borrowing subsidiary may distribute some amount of cash on hand, but the amount of the distribution is not presently knowable and is unlikely to be material. The financing arrangements for ILG consist of a combination of secured credit facilities and privately-issued debt securities. It is expected that the debt securities of ILG's subsidiary will be exchanged immediately after the spin-off of ILG for certain outstanding notes issued by IAC. Our expected borrowing arrangements are described under "Transfers to IAC and Financing." We also expect the borrowing subsidiary to dividend to IAC prior to the spin-offs all net receivables owed to it by IAC and its affiliates.

 

 

In addition, IAC expects to effect a reverse stock split following the spin-offs, as described under "The Separation—Results of the Separation."

What are the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the spin-offs to IAC stockholders?

 

IAC has requested and expects to receive, prior to effecting any of the spin-offs, a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and/or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the IAC Board of Directors regarding the qualification of the spin-offs, together with certain related transactions, as transactions that are generally tax free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). If the private letter ruling is received prior to the spin-offs, IAC expects to receive an opinion of counsel regarding certain aspects of the transaction that are not covered by the private letter ruling. If the private letter ruling is not received prior to the spin-offs, IAC expects to receive an opinion of counsel regarding the qualification of the spin-offs as transactions that are generally tax free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. Assuming the spin-offs qualify as transactions that are generally tax free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, no gain or loss will be recognized by you, and no amount will be included in your income, upon the receipt of shares of Spinco common stock pursuant to the spin-offs, except with respect to any cash received in lieu of a fractional share of Spinco common stock. For more information, see "The Separation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Offs," included elsewhere in this prospectus.

5



What will the relationships among IAC and each of the Spincos be following the spin-offs?

 

Prior to the spin-offs, we will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement and several other agreements with IAC and the other Spincos to effect the spin-offs and provide a framework for the relationships of each of the Spincos with IAC and the other Spincos. These agreements will govern our relationships with IAC and the other Spincos subsequent to the completion of the spin-off. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationships Among IAC and the Spincos."

Will I receive physical certificates representing shares of common stock of ILG following the separation?

 

No. Following the separation, neither IAC nor ILG will be issuing physical certificates representing shares of the common stock of ILG. Instead, IAC, with the assistance of The Bank of New York, the distribution agent, will electronically issue shares of ILG common stock to you or to your bank or brokerage firm on your behalf by way of direct registration in book-entry form. The Bank of New York will mail you a book-entry account statement that reflects your shares of ILG common stock, or your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the shares.

What if I want to sell my IAC common stock or my common stock in ILG?

 

You should consult with your financial advisors, such as your stockbroker or bank. Neither IAC nor ILG makes any recommendations on the purchase, retention or sale of shares of IAC common stock or the Spinco common stock to be distributed.

 

 

If you decide to sell any shares before the spin-offs, you should make sure your stockbroker, bank or other nominee understands whether you want to sell your IAC shares or Spinco shares you will receive in the spin-offs or both.

Where will I be able to trade shares of the common stock of ILG?

 

There is not currently a public market for the common stock of ILG. We have been approved to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Stock Market, or "NASDAQ," under the symbol "IILG." We anticipate that trading in shares of our common stock will begin on a "when-issued" basis prior to the distribution date and will continue up to and including through the distribution date and that "regular-way" trading in shares of our common stock will begin on the first trading day following the distribution date. If trading begins on a "when-issued" basis, you may purchase or sell your ILG common stock up to and including through the distribution date, but your transaction will not settle until after the distribution date. You will not be required to make any payment, surrender or exchange your shares of IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of ILG common stock.

6



Will the number of IAC shares I own change as a result of the spin-offs?

 

No. The number of shares of IAC common stock you own will not change as a result of the spin-offs. However, in connection with the spin-offs, and as described under "The Separation—Results of the Separation," IAC expects to effect a reverse stock split following the spin-offs.

What will happen to the listing of IAC common stock?

 

Nothing. IAC common stock will continue to be traded on NASDAQ under the symbol "IACI."

Which businesses will be retained by IAC following the spin-offs?

 

Immediately following the spin-offs, IAC primarily will be engaged in the business and operations relating to (i) Ask.com, Citysearch, IAC Advertising Solutions, Evite, and Funweb Products; (ii) Match.com, ServiceMagic and Shoebuy.com; (iii) its emerging businesses, including Black Web Enterprises, BustedTees, CollegeHumor, GarageGames, Gifts.com, Green.com, InstantAction, Primal Ventures, Pronto, Very Short List, Vimeo and 23/6; and (iv) certain investments in unconsolidated entities.

Are there risks to owning ILG common stock?

 

Yes. Our business is subject to both general and specific risks relating to our business, leverage, relationship with IAC and being a separate publicly traded company. Our business is also subject to risks relating to the separation. These risks are described in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus beginning on page 8. You are encouraged to read that section carefully.

Where can IAC stockholders get more information?

 

Before the spin-offs, if you have any questions relating to the spin-offs, you should contact:

 

 

IAC
Investor Relations
555 West 18th Street
New York, NY 10011
Tel: (212) 314-7400
Fax: (212) 314-7379
ir@iac.com

7



Is Liberty Media Corporation challenging the spin-offs?

 

No. Liberty Media Corporation and IAC have agreed to a single-tiered voting structure for each of the Spincos and the Spinco governance provisions as set forth under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Liberty Media Corporation."

8



RISK FACTORS

RISK FACTORS RELATING TO OUR SPIN-OFF FROM IAC

After our spin-off from IAC, we may be unable to make the changes necessary to operate effectively as a separate public entity.

        Following our spin-off from IAC, IAC will have no obligation to provide financial, operational or organizational assistance to us, other than limited services pursuant to a transition services agreement that we will enter into with IAC and the other Spincos in connection with the spin-offs. As a separate public entity, we will be subject to, and responsible for, regulatory compliance, including periodic public filings with the SEC and compliance with NASDAQ's continued listing requirements, as well as generally applicable tax and accounting rules. We may be unable to implement successfully the changes necessary to operate as an independent public entity.

We expect to incur increased costs relating to operating as an independent company that could cause our cash flow and results of operations to decline.

        We expect that the obligations of being a public company, including substantial public reporting and investor relations obligations, will require new expenditures, place new demands on our management and will require the hiring of additional personnel. We may need to implement additional systems that require new expenditures in order to adequately function as a public company. Such expenditures could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, IAC's businesses, by virtue of being under the same corporate structure, currently share economies of scope and scale in costs, human capital, vendor relationships and customer relationships with the businesses that we and the other Spincos will own following the spin-offs. The increased costs resulting from the loss of these benefits could have an adverse effect on us.

If one or more spin-offs, together with certain related transactions, were to fail to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, IAC, the Spincos and IAC stockholders may be subject to significant tax liabilities.

        IAC expects to receive a private letter ruling from the IRS and/or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the IAC Board of Directors regarding the qualification of the spin-offs, together with certain related transactions, as transactions that are generally tax free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. If the private letter ruling is received prior to the spin-offs, IAC expects to receive an opinion of counsel regarding certain aspects of the transaction that are not covered by the private letter ruling. If the private letter ruling is not received prior to the spin-offs, IAC expects to receive an opinion of counsel regarding the qualification of the spin-offs as transactions that are generally tax free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Section 355 and/or Section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, and opinions from its external tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to IAC of certain related matters and transactions, and certain state tax consequences to IAC of the spin-offs. The IRS private letter ruling and the opinions will be based on, among other things, certain assumptions as well as the accuracy of certain representations and statements that IAC and the Spincos make to the IRS and to counsel or IAC's external tax advisors. If any of these representations or statements are, or become, inaccurate or incomplete, or if IAC or the Spincos breach any of their respective covenants, the IRS private letter ruling and/or the opinions may be invalid.

        Moreover, as noted above, the IRS private letter ruling would not address all the issues that are relevant to determining whether the spin-offs qualify as transactions that are generally tax free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Notwithstanding the IRS private letter ruling and/or opinion of counsel, the IRS could determine that one or more of the spin-offs should be treated as a taxable distribution if

9



it determines that any of the representations, assumptions or undertakings that were included in the request for the IRS private letter ruling is false or has been violated or if it disagrees with the conclusions in the opinion of counsel that are not covered by the IRS ruling.

        If one or more spin-offs were to fail to qualify as a transaction that is generally tax free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, then IAC generally would recognize gain in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the fair market value of the Spinco common stock distributed to the IAC stockholders in such taxable spin-off over (ii) IAC's tax basis in the common stock of such Spinco. In addition, each IAC stockholder who received Spinco common stock in such taxable spin-off generally would be treated as having received a taxable distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Spinco common stock received (including any fractional share sold on behalf of the stockholder) in such spin-off, which would be taxable as a dividend to the extent of the stockholder's ratable share of IAC's current and accumulated earnings and profits (as increased to reflect any current income, including any gain, recognized by IAC on the taxable spin-off). The balance, if any, of the distribution would be treated as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the IAC stockholder's tax basis in its IAC stock, with any remaining amount being taxed as capital gain. For more information, see "The Separation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Offs," included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        Under the Tax Sharing Agreement that we will enter into with IAC and the other Spincos, each Spinco generally would be required to indemnify IAC and the other Spincos for any taxes resulting from the spin-off of such Spinco (and any related interest, penalties, legal and professional fees, and all costs and damages associated with related stockholder litigation or controversies) to the extent such amounts resulted from (i) any act or failure to act by such Spinco described in the covenants in the Tax Sharing Agreement, (ii) any acquisition of equity securities or assets of such Spinco or a member of its group, or (iii) any breach by such Spinco or any member of its group of any representation or covenant contained in the separation documents or in the documents relating to the IRS private letter ruling and/or tax opinions. The ability of IAC or the other Spincos to collect under these indemnity provisions will depend on the financial position of the indemnifying party. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Sharing Agreement."

        In addition, the IRS could disagree with or challenge the conclusions reached in one or more of the tax opinions that IAC expects to receive with respect to certain related matters and transactions. In such case, IAC could recognize material amounts of taxable income or gain.

Certain transactions in IAC or Spinco equity securities could cause one or more of the spin-offs to be taxable to IAC and may give rise to indemnification obligations of ILG under the Tax Sharing Agreement.

        Current U.S. federal income tax law creates a presumption that the spin-off of a Spinco would be taxable to IAC, but not to its stockholders, if such spin-off is part of a "plan or series of related transactions" pursuant to which one or more persons acquire directly or indirectly stock representing a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in IAC or such Spinco. Acquisitions that occur during the four-year period that begins two years before the date of a spin-off are presumed to occur pursuant to a plan or series of related transactions, unless it is established that the acquisition is not pursuant to a plan or series of transactions that includes the spin-off. U.S. Treasury regulations currently in effect generally provide that whether an acquisition and a spin-off are part of a plan is determined based on all of the facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, specific factors described in the Treasury regulations. In addition, the Treasury regulations provide several "safe harbors" for acquisitions that are not considered to be part of a plan.

        These rules will limit our ability and the ability of IAC during the two-year period following the spin-offs to enter into certain transactions that might be advantageous to them and their respective stockholders, particularly issuing equity securities to satisfy financing needs, repurchasing equity

10



securities, and, under certain circumstances, acquiring businesses or assets with equity securities or agreeing to be acquired. Under the Tax Sharing Agreement, there will be restrictions on our ability to take such actions for a period of 25 months from the day after the date of our spin-off from IAC.

        In addition, the Tax Sharing Agreement generally provides that each Spinco will have to indemnify IAC and the other Spincos for any taxes resulting from the spin-off of such Spinco (and any related interest, penalties, legal and professional fees, and all costs and damages associated with related stockholder litigation or controversies) to the extent such amounts result from (i) any act or failure to act by such Spinco described in the covenants in the Tax Sharing Agreement, (ii) any acquisition of equity securities or assets of such Spinco or a member of its group, and (iii) any breach by such Spinco or any member of its group of any representation or covenant contained in the separation documents or in the documents relating to the IRS private letter ruling and/or tax opinions. See "The Separation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Offs" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Sharing Agreement."

        In addition to actions of IAC and the Spincos, certain transactions that are outside their control and therefore not subject to the restrictive covenants contained in the Tax Sharing Agreement, such as a sale or disposition of the stock of IAC or the stock of a Spinco by certain persons that own five percent or more of any class of stock of IAC or such Spinco, respectively, could have a similar effect on the tax-free status of the spin-offs as transactions to which IAC or a Spinco is a party. As of April 30, 2008, Liberty Media Corporation and certain of its affiliates, in the aggregate, owned IAC stock representing approximately 61.6% by vote and 29.9% by value and, assuming no acquisitions or dispositions of IAC stock by Liberty Media Corporation or its affiliates between such date and the date of the spin-offs, are expected to own stock of each Spinco representing approximately 29.9% by vote and value. Accordingly, in evaluating our ability and the ability of IAC to engage in certain transactions involving our or IAC's equity securities, we and IAC will need to take into account the activities of Liberty Media Corporation and its affiliates.

        As a result of these rules, even if the ILG spin-off otherwise qualifies as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, transactions involving ILG or IAC equity securities (including transactions by certain significant stockholders) could cause IAC to recognize taxable gain with respect to the stock of ILG as described above. Although the restrictive covenants and indemnification provisions contained in the Tax Sharing Agreement are intended to minimize the likelihood that such an event will occur, the ILG spin-off may become taxable to IAC as a result of transactions in IAC or ILG equity securities.

The market price and trading volume of ILG securities may be volatile and may face negative pressure.

        There is currently no trading market for any ILG securities. Investors may decide to dispose of some or all of the ILG securities that they receive in the ILG spin-off. ILG securities issued in the ILG spin-off will be trading publicly for the first time. Until, and possibly even after, orderly trading markets develop for these securities, there may be significant fluctuations in price. It is not possible to accurately predict how investors in ILG's securities will behave after the ILG spin-off. The market price for ILG's securities following the ILG spin-off may be more volatile than the market price of IAC securities before the spin-off. The market price of ILG's securities could fluctuate significantly for many reasons, including the risks identified in this prospectus or reasons unrelated to our performance. These factors may result in short- or long-term negative pressure on the value of the ILG securities.

11


After our spin-off from IAC, our securities may not qualify for placement in investment indices. In addition, our securities may fail to meet the investment guidelines of institutional investors. In either case, these factors may negatively impact the price of our securities and may impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of securities.

        Some of the holders of IAC securities are index funds tied to NASDAQ or other stock or investment indices, or are institutional investors bound by various investment guidelines. Companies are generally selected for investment indices, and in some cases selected by institutional investors, based on factors such as market capitalization, industry, trading liquidity and financial condition. As an independent company, we will initially have a lower market capitalization than IAC has today. As a result, our securities may not qualify for those investment indices. In addition, the securities that are received in the ILG spin-off may not meet the investment guidelines of some institutional investors. Consequently, these index funds and institutional investors may have to sell some or all of the securities they receive in the ILG spin-off, and the price of our securities may fall as a result. Any such decline could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of securities.

Financing—We may have future capital needs and may not be able to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms.

        In connection with our spin-off from IAC, we (through an entity that will become a subsidiary of ILG prior to the spin-off) expect to incur indebtedness of approximately $450 million. We expect that we will distribute our subsidiary's debt securities to IAC, who will then exchange such notes for certain outstanding notes issued by IAC. In addition, we will distribute most or all of the proceeds of borrowing by our subsidiary under new credit facilities to IAC.

        These arrangements may limit our ability of to secure significant, additional financing in the future on favorable terms. Our ability to secure additional financing and satisfy our financial obligations under indebtedness outstanding from time to time will depend upon our future operating performance, which is subject to then prevailing general economic and credit market conditions, including interest rate levels and the availability of credit generally, and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. The prolonged continuation or worsening of current credit market conditions would have a material adverse affect on our ability to secure financing on favorable terms, if at all.

        We may be unable to secure additional financing or financing on favorable terms or our operating cash flow may be insufficient to satisfy our financial obligations under indebtedness outstanding from time to time (if any). Furthermore, if financing is not available when needed, or is available on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to develop new or enhance our existing services, complete acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of equity securities, our stockholders may experience significant dilution. Also, our ability to engage in significant equity issuances will be limited or restricted after our spin-off from IAC in order to preserve the tax-free nature of the distribution.

The spin-off agreements were not the result of arm's length negotiations.

        The agreements that we will enter into with IAC and the other Spincos in connection with the spin-offs, including the separation and distribution agreement, tax sharing agreement, employee matters agreement and transition services agreement, were established by IAC, in consultation with the Spincos, with the intention of maximizing the value to current IAC's shareholders. Accordingly, the terms for us may not be as favorable as would have resulted from negotiations among unrelated third parties.

12



RISK FACTORS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS FOLLOWING ILG'S SPIN-OFF FROM IAC

Adverse Event and Trends—Adverse events and trends in the vacation ownership, vacation rental and travel industries could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The success of ILG and our businesses depends, in substantial part, upon the health of the worldwide vacation ownership, vacation rental and travel industries. Travel expenditures are sensitive to business and personal discretionary spending levels and tend to decline during general economic downturns. Also, inclement weather and/or natural disasters, such as earthquakes, hurricanes, fires, floods and tsunamis may result in the inability of consumers to travel to and vacation in certain destinations and regions in which participating resorts operate and/or vacation rental properties are located. Similarly, significant damage to resorts and/or vacation rental properties could result in a decrease in the number of resort accommodations or vacation rentals available for use in our vacation ownership membership programs or as vacation rentals. Our businesses are also sensitive to travel health concerns, such as SARS, bird flu and other pandemics, as well as concerns related to terrorism, enhanced travel security measures and/or geopolitical conflicts.

        Accordingly, downturns or weaknesses in the travel industry or price increases for travel related services, including economic factors adversely impacting consumers' decisions to use and consume travel services, the overall financial instability of the airline industry and associated air carrier bankruptcies, decreased airlift to relevant markets, job actions and strikes, and increased costs of transportation based on increased fuel prices, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, as could inclement weather, natural disasters, health concerns, terrorism, enhanced travel security measures and/or geopolitical conflicts. In addition, the tightening of credit available to both vacation property developers and purchasers could result in the development of fewer vacation ownership and vacation rental properties (and in the case of existing vacation ownership and vacation rental properties, fewer potential purchasers). This factor, plus the potential for increased default rates among current vacation interest owners, could result in a decrease in the number of Interval's exchange network members and could have a material adverse effect on the vacation ownership and vacation rental industries, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Competition—The industries in which our businesses operate are highly competitive and these businesses are subject to risks relating to competition that may adversely affect our performance.

        Our businesses will be adversely impacted if they cannot compete effectively in their respective industries, each of which is highly competitive. Our company's continued success depends upon our ability to compete effectively in markets that contain numerous competitors, some of which may have significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than we have. In particular, in the case of our Interval business, its primary competitor, RCI is larger and, through the resources of its corporate affiliates, particularly, Wyndham Vacation Ownership, Inc., itself engaged in vacation ownership sales, may have greater access to a significant segment of new vacation ownership purchasers. New competition or existing competition that does not operate on a value-added, membership basis may cause Interval to reduce its fee structure or potentially modify its business model, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Third Party Relationships—We depend on relationships with developers, members and other vacation property owners and any adverse changes in these relationships could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our Interval business is dependent upon vacation ownership developers for new members and supply of resort accommodations for use in confirmed vacations, as well as upon members to renew

13



their existing memberships and otherwise engage in transactions. Our RQH business is dependent upon vacation property owners and hotels for vacation properties to manage and rent to vacationers.

        Interval has established multi-year relationships with numerous developers pursuant to exclusive affiliation agreements and we believe that relationships with these entities are generally strong, but these historical relationships may not continue in the future. The non-renewal or termination of an affiliation agreement with a major developer or multiple affiliation agreements with a combination of smaller developers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Approximately one-third of the affiliation agreements with Interval's largest 25 developers, as determined based on new member contribution for the calendar year 2007, do not include auto-renewal provisions. During 2008, the affiliation agreements for several of Interval's largest new member producing developers are scheduled to renew. Negotiations aimed at the extension of these affiliation relationships are ongoing or are anticipated to commence shortly. The failure to renew some or all these agreements will impact Interval's new member enrollment and could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

        Interval may be unable to maintain existing or negotiate new affiliation agreements with resort developers or secure renewals with existing members in its exchange programs, and its failure to do so would result in decreases in the number of new and/or existing members, the supply of resort accommodations available through its exchange networks and related revenues, which could have a material adverse effect on ILG's business, financial condition and results of operations. The non-renewal of an affiliation agreement will adversely affect the ability of Interval to secure new members for its programs from the non-renewing resort, and will result in the loss of existing members (and their vacation interests) to the extent that Interval does not secure membership renewals directly from such members.

        We believe that developers will continue to create and operate internal reservation and exchange systems, which decreases their reliance on vacation ownership membership programs, including those offered by Interval, and could adversely impact the supply of resort accommodations available through Interval's exchange networks. The vacation ownership industry continues to experience consolidation through the acquisition of vacation ownership developers by other developers, which may result in the diversion of exchange membership and other business. The ability of Interval to maintain existing or negotiate new affiliation agreements is adversely impacted by the continued creation and operation of internal reservation and exchange systems by developers, as well as by consolidation in the vacation ownership industry.

        Similarly, the failure of RQH to maintain existing or negotiate new property management and/or rental services arrangements with vacation property owners, as a result of the sale of property to third parties or otherwise, or the failure of vacationers to book vacation rentals through, RQH would result in a decrease in related revenues, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Key Personnel—Loss of one or more of our key personnel could adversely affect our relationships with third parties, business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our operations require managerial and operational expertise as well as the maintenance of relationships with resort developers and other third parties. In particular, we are dependent upon the management skills and continued services of several members of our senior management team, including Craig M. Nash, our Chief Executive Officer, Jeanette E. Marbert, our Chief Operating Officer, David C. Gilbert, Interval's Executive Vice President—Resort Sales and Marketing, and Kelvin M. Bloom, President of RQH. The failure of such key personnel to continue to be active in management of our businesses could have a material adverse effect on relationships with third parties,

14



business, financial condition and results of operations. We do not maintain key employee insurance for any of our officers and employees.

Adverse Events and Trends in Key Vacation Destinations—Adverse events and trends in key vacation destinations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        A substantial percentage of the vacation ownership resorts currently participating in Interval's exchange networks are located in Florida, Hawaii, Las Vegas, Mexico and Southern California, and all of the vacation properties for which RQH provides vacation rental and property management services are located in Hawaii. Approximately $120 million in revenue was generated from travel to properties located in all of these locations as well as property management services performed in Hawaii in 2007. As a result, our ongoing ability to successfully process confirmed vacations for members, as well as our ability to find a market for accommodations sourced through RQH, is largely dependent on the continued desirability of these areas as key vacation destinations. While travel demand for these destinations has been historically high on a consistent basis, this may not continue to be the case. Any significant shift in travel demand for one or more of these key destinations or any adverse impact on transportation to them, such as decreased airlift or increased travel costs, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The bankruptcies of two prominent airlines serving the region and their resultant cessation of operations decreased the availability of flights for vacationers seeking to travel to Hawaii. According to the Hawaii Department of Business, Economic Development and Tourism ("DBEDT"), air seats into Hawaii are anticipated to be reduced by approximately 11% for the third quarter of 2008, as compared to those available for the same period of 2007. The Hawaii DBEDT also recently announced that, in May 2008, arrivals by air dipped 6.4%, or 549,017 people, over May, 2007. These factors could lead to lower demand for vacation properties in Hawaii and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, hurricanes, earthquakes or other adverse events impacting one or more of these key destinations could significantly reduce the number of accommodations available for confirmed vacations or rental to members and vacationers, as well as the need for vacation rental and property management services generally. Accordingly, any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, the impact of which could be prolonged.

International Operations—Interval operates in a number of international markets, which exposes us to additional risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Revenues from international operations represented approximately 16%, 18% and 18% of our consolidated revenues in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The decrease in 2007, as compared to prior periods, is due to domestic revenue growing at a faster rate during this time period, primarily due to the acquisition of RQH in 2007. We currently expect to continue to seek to expand and invest in our vacation ownership membership business in various international markets, especially in the Middle East and Asia.

        In order to achieve widespread acceptance in international markets, Interval must continue to successfully tailor its services to the unique customs and cultures of relevant countries and markets. Learning the customs and cultures of various countries and markets can be difficult and costly, and the failure to do so could slow international growth. Operating in international markets also exposes us to additional risks, including, among others, changes in regulatory requirements, including taxation, limits on our ability to sell products and services and enforce intellectual property rights and difficulties in managing operations due to distance, language and cultural differences, including issues associated with establishing management systems and infrastructures and staffing and managing foreign operations. Also, in particular, significant fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to certain foreign

15



currencies could have an adverse effect on the results of our businesses operating in jurisdictions where the pricing for products and services is established in U.S. dollars and adjusted to local currency based on then-current exchange rates. We do not currently engage in hedging transactions designed to reduce our exposure to foreign currency risk.

        We are also exposed to risks associated with the repatriation of cash generated by certain of our foreign operations to the United States. Currently, we conduct vacation ownership exchange operations in one Latin American country from which we cannot repatriate cash generated by our operations in full. As of December 31, 2007, we had approximately $5.1 million in cash that can only be repatriated upon the approval of that country's government. While we continues to pursue the repatriation of this cash through all lawful means, these efforts may be unsuccessful. Furthermore, other countries in which we maintain operations may impose limitations on the repatriation of cash generated by operations in such countries now or in the future. Any limitation on us to repatriate significant cash generated by our international operations would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Acquisitions and Strategic Arrangements—We may experience financial and operational risks in connection with acquisitions and strategic arrangements. In addition, businesses acquired by us may incur significant losses from operations or experience impairment of carrying value.

        We acquired RQH in May 2007 and intend to selectively pursue other acquisitions. However, we may be unable to identify attractive acquisition candidates or complete transactions on favorable terms. In addition, in the case of acquired businesses, we will need to:

    successfully integrate the operations, as well as the accounting, financial controls, management information, technology, human resources and other administrative systems, of acquired businesses with existing operations and systems;

    maintain third party relationships previously established by acquired companies;

    retain senior management and other key personnel at acquired businesses; and

    successfully manage acquisition-related strain on our and/or the acquired businesses' management, operations and financial resources.

        We may not be successful in addressing these challenges or any others encountered in connection with historical and future acquisitions. In addition, the anticipated benefits of one or more acquisitions may not be realized and future acquisitions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities and/or the assumption of contingent liabilities. Also, the value of goodwill and other intangible assets acquired could be impacted by one or more unfavorable events or trends, which could result in impairment charges. The occurrence of any these events could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We also intend to selectively enter into joint ventures and other strategic arrangements to provide new products and services complementary to those currently offered by our businesses. However, we may be unable to successfully enter into these arrangements on favorable terms or launch related products and services or such products and services may not gain market acceptance or be profitable. The failure to develop and execute any such initiatives on a cost-effective basis could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

16


Property Renovations—A significant decrease in the supply of available vacation rental accommodations due to ongoing property renovations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Several of the vacation rental properties in Hawaii for which RQH provides vacation rental and property management services are expected to undergo significant renovations over the next few years. While these renovations are not under our control (and ultimately are not funded by us), they will result in a decrease in the supply of vacation rental accommodations available to vacationers, as well as the need for vacation rental services, during the applicable renovation periods. Furthermore, ongoing renovations at a particular property may negatively impact the desirability of the property as a vacation destination. A significant decrease in the supply of available vacation rental accommodations and the need for vacation rental services during renovation periods, coupled with the inability to attract vacationers to properties undergoing renovations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Compliance and Changing Laws, Rules and Regulations—The failure of our businesses to comply with extensive regulatory requirements, or to obtain and maintain required licenses and rights, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our businesses are subject to various laws, rules and regulations on a global basis, including those specific to the vacation ownership industry, as well as those applicable to businesses generally, such as consumer protection and sales, use, value-added and other tax laws, rules and regulations. While we believe that the operations and practices of our businesses have been structured in a manner to ensure material compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, the relevant regulatory authorities may take a contrary position. The failure of our businesses to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations, or to obtain required licenses or rights, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, unfavorable changes in the laws, rules and regulations applicable to our businesses, including those related to the imposition of taxes, could decrease demand for the services offered by our businesses, increase costs and/or subject us to additional liabilities, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The vacation ownership industry is subject to extensive regulation in the United States and elsewhere, which generally requires vacation ownership resort developers to follow certain procedures in connection with the sale and marketing of vacation interests, including the filing of offering statements describing proposed developments with relevant governmental authorities for approval and the delivery to prospective purchasers of certain information relating to the terms of the purchase and use, including recission rights. Although we and our businesses are not subject to these regulations, such regulations directly affect the members and resort developers that participate in Interval's exchange networks and, therefore, indirectly affect us. As a result, any negative change in the regulatory environment within the vacation ownership industry could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our vacation rental operations are directly subject to a number of licensing requirements, as well as certain laws and regulations relating to consumer protection, particularly, those associated with the property management, including those relating to the preparation and sale of food and beverages, liquor service and health and safety of managed premises. The failure of RQH businesses to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations, or to obtain required licenses or rights, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

17


Increasing Vacation Rental Revenues—our future growth is dependent, in part, on the ability of our businesses to increase revenues from vacation rentals, and their failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We are actively seeking to increase revenues from vacation rentals. In furtherance of these efforts, we acquired RQH in May 2007. Through RQH, we consistently seek opportunities to solidify and expand upon our existing base of managed property owners through the critical evaluation and improvement of the property management services made available to managed property owners. In addition, in an effort to better identify and secure (and ultimately rent more) available vacation rental properties, RQH actively seeks to own or lease the front desks of its managed properties and to manage each property's homeowners' association. However, these efforts may not increase the number of available vacation rentals or related revenues or the property management services provided by RQH may not continue to be attractive to vacation property owners. Interval is also actively seeking to provide vacation rental services to resorts participating in its exchange networks. Our businesses, however, may be unable to secure accommodations from developers on favorable terms, or we may be unable to rent such accommodations to our members or other vacationers. Our failure to increase revenues from vacation rentals could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Maintenance of Systems and Infrastructure—Our success depends, in part, on the integrity of our systems and infrastructures. System interruption and the lack of integration and redundancy in these systems and infrastructures may have an adverse impact on our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

        Our success depends, in part, on our ability to maintain the integrity of our systems and infrastructures, including websites, information and related systems, call centers and distribution and fulfillment facilities. System interruption and the lack of integration and redundancy in our information systems and infrastructures may adversely affect our ability to operate websites, process and fulfill transactions, respond to customer inquiries and generally maintain cost-efficient operations. We may experience occasional system interruptions that make some or all systems or data unavailable or prevent our businesses from efficiently providing services or fulfilling orders. We also rely on affiliate and third-party computer systems, broadband and other communications systems and service providers in connection with the provision of services generally, as well as to facilitate, process and fulfill transactions. Any interruptions, outages or delays in our systems and infrastructures, our businesses, our affiliates and/or third parties, or deterioration in the performance of these systems and infrastructures, could impair the ability of our businesses to provide services, fulfill orders and/or process transactions. Fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure, hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes, acts of war or terrorism, acts of God and similar events or disruptions may damage or interrupt computer, broadband or other communications systems and infrastructures at any time. Any of these events could cause system interruption, delays and loss of critical data, and could prevent our businesses from providing services, fulfilling orders and/or processing transactions. While our businesses have backup systems for certain aspects of their operations, these systems are not fully redundant and disaster recovery planning is not sufficient for all eventualities. In addition, we may not have adequate insurance coverage to compensate for losses from a major interruption. If any of these adverse events were to occur, it could adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

        In addition, any penetration of network security or other misappropriation or misuse of personal consumer information could cause interruptions in the operations of our businesses and subject us to increased costs, litigation and other liabilities. Claims could also be made against us for other misuse of personal information, such as for unauthorized purposes or identity theft, which could result in litigation and financial liabilities, as well as administrative action from governmental authorities. Security breaches could also significantly damage our reputation with consumers and third parties with whom we do business. It is possible that advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries, undetected

18



fraud, inadvertent violations of company policies or procedures or other developments could result in a compromise of information or a breach of the technology and security processes that are used to protect consumer transaction data. As a result, current security measures may not prevent any or all security breaches. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against and remedy any potential or existing security breaches and their consequences. We also faces risks associated with security breaches affecting third parties with which we are affiliated or otherwise conduct business online. Consumers are generally concerned with security and privacy of the Internet, and any publicized security problems affecting our businesses and/or those of third parties may discourage consumers from doing business with us, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Privacy—The processing, storage, use and disclosure of personal data could give rise to liabilities as a result of governmental regulation, conflicting legal requirements or differing views of personal privacy rights.

        In the processing of consumer transactions, our businesses receive, transmit and store a large volume of personally identifiable information and other user data. The sharing, use, disclosure and protection of this information are governed by the privacy and data security policies maintained by us and our businesses. Moreover, there are federal, state and international laws regarding privacy and the storing, sharing, use, disclosure and protection of personally identifiable information and user data. Specifically, personally identifiable information is increasingly subject to legislation and regulations in numerous jurisdictions around the world, the intent of which is to protect the privacy of personal information that is collected, processed and transmitted in or from the governing jurisdiction. We could be adversely affected if legislation or regulations are expanded to require changes in business practices or privacy policies, or if governing jurisdictions interpret or implement their legislation or regulations in ways that negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our businesses may also become exposed to potential liabilities as a result of differing views on the privacy of consumer and other user data collected by these businesses. Our failure, and/or the failure by the various third party vendors and service providers with which we do business, to comply with applicable privacy policies or federal, state or similar international laws and regulations or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized release of personally identifiable information or other user data could damage the reputation of these businesses, discourage potential users from trying our products and services and/or result in fines and/or proceedings by governmental agencies and/or consumers, one or all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Intellectual Property—We may fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights or may be accused of infringing intellectual property rights of third parties.

        We may fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights or may be accused of infringing intellectual property rights of third parties. We regard our intellectual property rights, including patents, service marks, trademarks and domain names, copyrights, trade secrets and similar intellectual property (as applicable), as critical to our success. Our businesses also rely heavily upon software codes, informational databases and other components that make up their products and services.

        We rely on a combination of laws and contractual restrictions with employees, customers, suppliers, affiliates and others to establish and protect these proprietary rights. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use trade secret or copyrighted intellectual property without authorization which, if discovered, might require legal action to correct. In addition, third parties may independently and lawfully develop substantially similar intellectual properties.

        We have generally registered and continue to apply to register, or secure by contract when appropriate, our trademarks and service marks as they are developed and used, and reserve and

19



register domain names as we deem appropriate. We generally consider the protection of our trademarks to be important for purposes of brand maintenance and reputation. While we vigorously protect our trademarks, service marks and domain names, effective trademark protection may not be available or may not be sought in every country in which products and services are made available, and contractual disputes may affect the use of marks governed by private contract. Similarly, not every variation of a domain name may be available or be registered, even if available. Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights in a meaningful manner or challenges to related contractual rights could result in erosion of brand names and limit our ability of to control marketing on or through the internet using our various domain names or otherwise, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        From time to time, we are subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, including claims of alleged infringement of the trademarks, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties. In addition, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of proprietary rights claimed by others. Any litigation of this nature, regardless of outcome or merit, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management and technical resources, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Patent litigation tends to be particularly protracted and expensive.

20



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Forward-looking statements in this prospectus, the public filings or other public statements of the Company are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements or other public statements. Forward-looking statements include the information regarding future financial performance, business prospects and strategy, including the completion of the spin-offs and the realization of related anticipated benefits, anticipated financial position, liquidity and capital needs and other similar matters, in each case relating to the Company.

        Statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words "believes," "expects," "anticipates," "intends," "projects," "estimates," "plans," "may increase," "may fluctuate," and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as "will," "should," "would," "may" and "could" are generally forward-looking in nature and not historical facts. You should understand that the following important factors could affect future results and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in such forward-looking statements:

    adverse changes in economic conditions generally or in any of the markets or industries in which the businesses of the Company operate;

    changes in senior management at the Company;

    adverse changes to, or interruptions in, relationships with third parties;

    changes affecting the ability of the Company to efficiently maintain and grow the market share of its various brands, as well as to extend the reach of these brands through a variety of distribution channels and to attract new (and retain existing) customers;

    consumer acceptance of new products and services offered by the Company;

    the rates of growth of the Internet and the e-commerce industry;

    changes adversely affecting the ability of the Company to adequately expand the reach of its businesses into various international markets, as well as to successfully manage risks specific to international operations and acquisitions, including the successful integration of acquired businesses;

    future regulatory and legislative actions and conditions affecting the Company, including:

    the promulgation of new, and/or the amendment of existing laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Company and its businesses; and

    changes in the application or interpretation of existing laws, rules and regulations in the case of the businesses of the Company. In each case, laws, rules and regulations include, among others, those relating to sales, use, value-added and other taxes, software programs, consumer protection and privacy, intellectual property, the Internet and e-commerce;

    competition from other companies;

    changes adversely affecting the ability of the Company and its businesses to adequately protect intellectual property rights, as well as to obtain licenses or other rights with respect to intellectual property in the future, which may or may not be available on favorable terms (if at all);

    the substantial indebtedness of the Company and the possibility that the Company may incur additional indebtedness;

    our ability to operate effectively as a public company following the spin-off from IAC;

21


    third-party claims alleging infringement of intellectual property rights by the Company or its businesses, which could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources, injunctions or the imposition of damages, as well as the need to enter into formal licensing or other similar arrangements with such third parties, which may or may not be available on favorable terms (if at all); and

    natural disasters, acts of terrorism, war or political instability.

        Certain of these factors and other factors, risks and uncertainties are discussed in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus. Other unknown or unpredictable factors may also cause actual results to differ materially from those projected by the forward-looking statements. Most of these factors are difficult to anticipate and are generally beyond the control of IAC and the Company.

        You should consider the areas of risk described above, as well as those set forth under the heading "Risk Factors," in connection with considering any forward-looking statements that may be made by the Company generally. Except for the ongoing obligations of the Company to disclose material information under the federal securities laws, the Company does not undertake any obligation to release publicly any revisions to any forward-looking statements, to report events or to report the occurrence of unanticipated events unless required to do so by law.

22



THE SEPARATION

General

        On July 1, 2008, the IAC Board of Directors approved the separation of IAC into five separate, publicly traded companies, with each Spinco having a single class of common stock: (1) IAC, (2) HSNi, (3) ILG, (4) Ticketmaster and (5) Tree.com. The separation will be accomplished through the distribution by IAC of all of the shares of the common stock of the Spincos held by IAC to holders of IAC common stock on the record date. Immediately following the distributions, IAC stockholders will own 100% of the outstanding common stock of IAC and the Spincos. You will not be required to make any payment, surrender or exchange your shares of IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of ILG common.

        The Board of Directors of IAC has reserved the right to modify, delay or abandon the spin-off of any or all of the Spincos. In addition, the spin-offs are subject to the satisfaction or waiver of a number of conditions described under "—Conditions to the Spin-Offs."

The Number of Shares You Will Receive in the ILG Spin-off

        For every share of IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock that you owned at the close of business on [    •    ], 2008, the record date, you will receive one-fifth of a share of common stock of ILG on the distribution date. As described below under "—When and How You Will Receive the Dividend," IAC will not distribute any fractional shares of ILG common stock to its stockholders.

When and How You Will Receive the Dividend

        IAC will distribute the shares of ILG common stock on [    •    ], 2008, the distribution date. However, the IAC Board of Directors may determine to delay the ILG spin-off. The Bank of New York, which currently serves as the transfer agent and registrar for IAC's common stock, will serve as transfer agent and registrar for the ILG common stock and as distribution agent in connection with the spin-offs.

        If you own IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock as of the close of business on the record date, the shares of Spinco common stock that you are entitled to receive in the spin-off will be issued electronically, as of the distribution date, to you or to your bank or brokerage firm on your behalf by way of direct registration in book-entry form. Registration in book-entry form refers to a method of recording stock ownership when no physical share certificates are issued to stockholders, as is the case in the spin-off.

        Commencing on or shortly after the distribution date, if you hold physical stock certificates that represent your shares of IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock and you are the registered holder of the IAC shares represented by those certificates, the distribution agent will mail to you an account statement that indicates the number of shares of Spinco common stock that have been registered in book-entry form in your name. If you have any questions concerning the mechanics of having shares of ILG common stock registered in book-entry form, you are encouraged to contact The Bank of New York by mail at 480 Washington Blvd, Jersey City, NJ 07310 or PO Box 358015, Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8015, by phone at 866-203-6218 (US and Canada) or 201-680-6685 (International), or by email at shrrelations@bnymellon.com .

        Most IAC stockholders hold their shares of IAC common stock through a bank or brokerage firm. In such cases, the bank or brokerage firm would be said to hold the stock in "street name" and ownership would be recorded on the bank or brokerage firm's books. If you hold your IAC common stock through a bank or brokerage firm, your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the shares of common stock of the Spincos that you are entitled to receive in the spin-offs. If you have any

23



questions concerning the mechanics of having shares of ILG common stock held in "street name," you are encouraged to contact your bank or brokerage firm.

        The Bank of New York, as distribution agent, will not deliver any fractional shares of ILG common stock in connection with the spin-off. Instead, The Bank of New York will aggregate all fractional shares and sell them on behalf of the holders who otherwise would be entitled to receive fractional shares. If you physically hold IAC common stock certificates and are the registered holder, you will receive a check from the distribution agent in an amount equal to your pro rata share of the aggregate net cash proceeds of the sales. We estimate that it will take approximately two weeks from the distribution date for the distribution agent to complete the distributions of the aggregate net cash proceeds. If you hold your IAC stock through a bank or brokerage firm, your bank or brokerage firm will receive on your behalf your pro rata share of the aggregate net cash proceeds of the sales and should electronically credit your account for your share of such proceeds.

Results of the Separation

        After the spin-off, we will be a separate publicly traded company. Immediately following the spin-offs, based on the number of registered stockholders of IAC common stock and Class B common stock on February 25, 2008, and without giving effect to "when-issued" trading, we expect to have approximately 1,500 stockholders of record.

        The actual number of shares to be distributed will be determined based on the number of shares of IAC common stock and class B common stock outstanding on the record date and will reflect the issuance of IAC common stock in connection with any exercise of IAC options, vesting of restricted share units or conversion of other convertible IAC securities between the date the IAC Board of Directors declares the dividend for the distribution and the record date for the spin-off and the issuance of IAC shares under vested IAC equity-based awards between the record date for the spin-off and the distribution date.

        The spin-offs will not affect the number of outstanding shares of IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock or any rights of IAC stockholders. However, in connection with the spin-offs, as more fully described in IAC's proxy statement under Schedule 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), filed on July 10, 2008, IAC has sought approval from its stockholders of a proposal to amend its Restated Certificate of Incorporation to effect a 1-for-2 reverse stock split of its common stock and Class B common stock, which may be implemented by IAC's Board of Directors in its sole discretion immediately following the completion of the spin-offs or, if not all of the spin-offs are effected substantially simultaneously, immediately following the first spin-off. If the reverse stock split is approved by IAC's stockholders and implemented by IAC's Board of Directors, each two shares of IAC common stock or Class B common stock will be combined into one share of IAC common stock or Class B common stock, respectively. The purpose of implementing the reverse stock split would be to seek to increase the per share trading price of IAC's common stock following the spin-offs relative to what the per share trading price would be if the reverse stock split were not implemented. An increased trading price could increase interest from institutional investors, investment funds and brokerage firms in IAC common stock, lower the transaction costs involved in purchasing IAC common stock and improve the trading liquidity of IAC common stock. There can be no assurance that the reverse stock split would have the effect of increasing the per share trading price of IAC common stock following the spin-offs relative to what the per share trading price would be if the reverse stock split were not implemented.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Offs

        The following section describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the spin-offs to "U.S. holders" (as defined below) of IAC common stock. This summary is based on current

24



provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), final, temporary or proposed U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial opinions, published positions of the IRS and all other applicable authorities, all as in effect as of the date of this document and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change could affect the accuracy of the statements and conclusions set forth in this document.

        For purposes of this discussion, the term "U.S. holder" means a beneficial owner of IAC common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

    a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

    a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

        If an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds IAC common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such entity generally will depend on the status of the partners and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding IAC common stock, please consult your tax advisor.

        This discussion only addresses holders of IAC common stock that are U.S. holders and hold such stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. Further, this summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a holder in light of the holder's particular circumstances or that may be applicable to holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (including, for example, persons that are not U.S. holders, financial institutions, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, insurance companies, mutual funds, tax-exempt organizations, partnerships or other flow-through entities and their partners or members, U.S. expatriates, holders liable for the alternative minimum tax, holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, and holders who hold their IAC common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale or conversion transaction, or holders who acquired IAC common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation). This discussion does not address the tax consequences to any person who actually or constructively owns more than 5% of IAC common stock. In addition, no information is provided herein with respect to the tax consequences of the spin-offs under applicable state, local or non-U.S. laws or federal laws other than those pertaining to the federal income tax.

         IAC STOCKHOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE SPIN-OFFS TO THEM, INCLUDING THE EFFECTS OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS.

        IAC has requested and expects to receive, prior to effecting any of the spin-offs, a private letter ruling from the IRS and/or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the IAC board of directors regarding the qualification of the spin-offs, together with certain related transactions, as transactions that are generally tax free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. If the private letter ruling is received prior to the spin-offs, IAC expects to receive an opinion of counsel regarding certain aspects of the transaction that are not covered by the private letter ruling. If the private letter ruling is not received prior to the spin-offs, IAC expects to receive an opinion of counsel regarding the qualification of the spin-offs as transactions that are generally tax free for U.S.

25



federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, and opinions from its external tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to IAC of certain related matters and transactions, and certain state tax consequences to IAC of the spin-offs.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences if Each of the Spin-Offs Qualifies as a Transaction that Is Generally Tax Free under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code

        Assuming that each of the spin-offs qualifies as a transaction that is generally tax free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code:

    no gain or loss will be recognized by, and no amount will be includible in the income of IAC as a result of the spin-offs, other than gain or income arising in connection with certain internal restructurings undertaken in connection with the spin-offs and with respect to any "excess loss account" or "intercompany transaction" required to be taken into account by IAC under U.S. Treasury regulations relating to consolidated federal income tax returns;

    an IAC stockholder will not recognize income, gain, or loss as a result of the receipt of Spinco common stock pursuant to the spin-offs, except with respect to any cash received in lieu of fractional shares of Spinco common stock;

    an IAC stockholder's aggregate tax basis in such stockholder's Spinco common stock received in the spin-offs (including any fractional share interests in Spinco common stock for which cash is received) will equal such stockholder's aggregate tax basis in its IAC common stock immediately before the spin-offs, allocated between the IAC common stock and the common stock of each Spinco (including any fractional share interest of Spinco common stock for which cash is received) in proportion to their relative fair market values on the date of the spin-offs;

    an IAC stockholder's holding period for Spinco common stock received in the spin-offs (including any fractional share interests of Spinco common stock for which cash is received) will include the holding period for that stockholder's IAC common stock; and

    an IAC stockholder who receives cash in lieu of a fractional share of Spinco common stock in the spin-offs will be treated as having sold such fractional share for cash, and will generally recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and the IAC stockholder's adjusted tax basis in the fractional share of Spinco common stock. Such gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the stockholder's holding period for its Spinco common stock exceeds one year.

        If an IAC stockholder holds different blocks of IAC common stock (generally, shares of IAC common stock acquired on different dates or at different prices), such holder should consult its tax advisor regarding the determination of the basis and holding period of shares of Spinco common stock received in the spin-offs in respect of particular blocks of IAC common stock.

        U.S. Treasury regulations require IAC stockholders who receive Spinco common stock in the spin-offs to attach to their U.S. federal income tax returns for the year in which the Spinco stock is received a detailed statement setting forth such data as may be appropriate to demonstrate the applicability of Section 355 of the Code to the spin-offs.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences If One or More of the Spin-Offs Were Taxable

        The IRS private letter ruling and/or the opinion of counsel will be based on, among other things, certain assumptions as well as on the accuracy of certain representations and statements that IAC and the Spincos make to the IRS and to counsel. If any of these representations or statements are, or become, inaccurate or incomplete, or if IAC or the Spincos breach any of their respective covenants, the IRS private letter ruling and/or the opinion of counsel may be invalid.

26


        Moreover, the IRS private letter ruling would not address all the issues that are relevant to determining whether the spin-offs qualify as transactions that are generally tax free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Notwithstanding the IRS private letter ruling and/or opinion, the IRS could determine that one or more of the spin-offs should be treated as a taxable distribution if it determines that any of the representations, assumptions or undertakings that were included in the request for the private letter ruling is false or has been violated or if it disagrees with the conclusions in the opinion of counsel that are not covered by the IRS ruling.

        If the IRS were to assert successfully that one or more of the spin-offs were taxable, the above consequences would not apply with respect to such spin-off and both IAC and holders of IAC common stock who received shares of Spinco common stock in such spin-off could be subject to tax, as described below. In addition, certain events that may or may not be within the control of IAC or a Spinco, including extraordinary purchases of IAC common stock or Spinco common stock, could cause one or more of the spin-offs not to qualify as tax free to IAC and/or holders of IAC common stock. Depending on the circumstances, a Spinco may be required to indemnify IAC and the other Spincos for some or all of the taxes and certain related losses resulting from the spin-off of such Spinco not qualifying as tax free under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Sharing Agreement." If a spin-off were taxable, then:

    IAC would recognize gain in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of Spinco common stock on the date of the spin-off distributed to IAC stockholders over IAC's adjusted tax basis in the stock of such Spinco, and IAC may also recognize income or gain with respect to certain restructuring transactions undertaken in connection with such spin-off;

    each IAC stockholder who received Spinco common stock in the taxable spin-off would be treated as having received a taxable distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value of such Spinco stock (including any fractional shares sold on behalf of the stockholder) on the spin-off date. That distribution would be taxable to the stockholder as a dividend to the extent of IAC's current and accumulated earnings and profits (as increased to reflect any current income, including any gain, recognized by IAC on the taxable spin-off). Any amount that exceeded IAC's earnings and profits would be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the IAC stockholder's tax basis in its IAC common stock with any remaining amounts being taxed as capital gain;

    certain stockholders could be subject to additional special rules, such as rules relating to the dividends received deduction and extraordinary dividends; and

    a stockholder's tax basis in Spinco common stock received generally would equal the fair market value of Spinco common stock on the spin-off date, and the holding period for that stock would begin the day after the spin-off date.

        Even if one or more spin-offs otherwise qualify as transactions that are generally tax free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, they could be taxable to IAC under Section 355(e) of the Code if one or more persons were to acquire directly or indirectly stock representing a 50% or greater interest, by vote or value, in IAC or one of the Spincos during the four-year period beginning on the date which is two years before the date of the spin-off, as part of a plan or series of related transactions that includes the spin-off. If such an acquisition of IAC stock or Spinco stock were to trigger the application of Section 355(e), IAC would recognize taxable gain as described above, but the spin-offs would be tax free to IAC stockholders. In addition, the IRS could disagree with or challenge the conclusions reached in one or more of the tax opinions that IAC expects to receive with respect to certain related matters and transactions. In such case, IAC could recognize material amounts of taxable income or gain.

27


        In connection with the spin-offs, IAC and the Spincos will enter into a Tax Sharing Agreement. Under the Tax Sharing Agreement, each Spinco will have to indemnify IAC and the other Spincos for any taxes resulting from the spin-off of such Spinco (and any related interest, penalties, legal and professional fees, and all costs and damages associated with related stockholder litigation or controversies) to the extent such amounts result from (i) any act or failure to act by such Spinco described in the covenants in the Tax Sharing Agreement, (ii) any acquisition of equity securities or assets of such Spinco or a member of its group, or (iii) any breach by such Spinco or any member of its group of any representation or covenant contained in the separation documents or in the documents relating to the IRS private letter ruling and/or tax opinions. The ability of IAC or any of the Spincos to collect under these indemnity provisions will depend on the financial position of the indemnifying party. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Sharing Agreement."

         THE FOREGOING IS A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE SPIN-OFFS UNDER CURRENT LAW AND IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. THE FOREGOING DOES NOT PURPORT TO ADDRESS ALL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OR TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THE TAX LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS OR THAT MAY APPLY TO PARTICULAR CATEGORIES OF STOCKHOLDERS. EACH IAC STOCKHOLDER SHOULD CONSULT ITS TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE SPIN-OFFS TO SUCH STOCKHOLDER, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS, AND THE EFFECT OF POSSIBLE CHANGES IN TAX LAWS THAT MAY AFFECT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED ABOVE.

Market for Common Stock of ILG

        There is currently no public market for the ILG common stock. We have been approved to list our common stock on NASDAQ under the symbol "IILG." The ILG common stock has been approved for inclusion in the global select market tier of the Nasdaq Stock Market.

Trading Before the Distribution Date

        Beginning on or shortly before the record date and continuing through the distribution date, it is expected that there will be two markets in IAC common stock: a "regular-way" market and an "ex-distribution" market. Shares of IAC common stock that trade on the regular way market will trade with an entitlement to shares of the common stock of the Spincos distributed pursuant to the spin-offs. Shares that trade on the ex-distribution market will trade without an entitlement to shares of the common stock of the Spincos distributed pursuant to the spin-offs. Therefore, if you sell shares of IAC common stock in the "regular-way" market up to and including through the distribution date, you will be selling your right to receive shares of the common stock of the Spincos in the spin-offs. If you own shares of IAC common stock at the close of business on the record date and sell those shares on the "ex-distribution" market, up to and including through the distribution date, you will still receive the shares of the common stock of the Spincos that you would be entitled to receive pursuant to your ownership of the shares of IAC common stock.

        Furthermore, beginning shortly before the distribution date and continuing up to and including through the distribution date, it is expected that there will be a "when-issued" market in the common stock of each of the Spincos. "When-issued" trading refers to a sale or purchase made conditionally because the security has been authorized but not yet issued. The "when-issued" trading market will be a market for shares of Spinco common stock that will be distributed to IAC stockholders on the distribution date. If you owned shares of IAC common stock at the close of business on the record date, you would be entitled to shares of the Spincos' common stock distributed pursuant to the spin-offs. You may trade this entitlement to shares of common stock of all or any of the Spincos, without the shares of IAC common stock you own, on the "when-issued" market. On the first trading day following the distribution date, "when-issued" trading with respect to Spinco common stock will end and "regular-way" trading will begin.

28


Conditions to the Spin-Offs

        The IAC Board of Directors has reserved the right, in its sole discretion, to amend, modify or abandon the spin-offs and the related transactions at any time prior to the distribution date. This means IAC may cancel or delay the planned distribution of common stock of all or any of the Spincos if at any time the Board of Directors of IAC determines that the distribution of such common stock is not in the best interests of IAC and its stockholders. If IAC's Board of Directors determines to cancel the spin-off of a Spinco, stockholders of IAC will not receive any dividend of common stock of such Spinco and IAC will be under no obligation whatsoever to its stockholders to distribute such shares.

        Absent a determination of IAC's Board of Directors to the contrary, the Spincos expect that the spin-offs will be effective on [    •    ], 2008, the distribution date. In addition, the spin-offs and related transactions are subject to the satisfaction or waiver (by IAC's Board of Directors in its sole discretion) of the following conditions:

    the registration statement on Form S-1 filed by each of the Spincos with respect to its common shares shall have been declared effective by the SEC or become effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), no stop order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or threatened by the SEC;

    the common stock of each of the Spincos shall have been accepted for listing on NASDAQ, subject to compliance with applicable listing requirements;

    no order or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of any of the spin-offs or related transactions shall be threatened, pending or in effect;

    any material consents and governmental authorizations necessary to complete the spin-offs shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect;

    the stockholders of IAC shall have approved, in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), a merger agreement providing for the merger of a wholly-owned subsidiary of IAC with and into IAC pursuant to which all of the outstanding shares of preferred stock of IAC shall be converted into the right to receive cash;

    the IAC Board of Directors shall have received a written solvency opinion, in form and substance acceptable to the IAC Board of Directors, from Duff & Phelps regarding the spin-offs and related transactions, which opinion shall not have been withdrawn or modified;

    IAC shall have received an opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, in form and substance satisfactory to the IAC Board of Directors, regarding the qualification of the spin-offs as transactions that are generally tax free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code (to the extent such qualification is not addressed by an Internal Revenue Service private letter ruling (the "IRS Ruling") received by IAC), which opinion (and, in the event IAC shall have received the IRS Ruling, the IRS Ruling) shall not have been withdrawn or modified;

    IAC shall have received opinions from its external tax advisors, in form and substance satisfactory to the IAC Board of Directors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to IAC of certain related matters and transactions (to the extent such matters are not addressed by the IRS Ruling) and certain state tax consequences to IAC of the spin-offs, which opinions shall not have been withdrawn or modified; and

    IAC shall have received an opinion of Delaware counsel to IAC, in form and substance satisfactory to the IAC Board of Directors, to the effect that the spin-offs do not require approval of the stockholders of IAC under Section 271 of the DGCL.

29


Reasons for the Separation

        During the fall of 2007, IAC's management, in reviewing the strategic agendas and prospects of its various businesses, concluded that a separation of IAC into five separately traded public companies would best facilitate growth of the businesses. After discussion with the IAC Board of Directors, the Board agreed. Among the factors considered in arriving at this determination were:

    While the Spincos share common attributes, both with each other and with IAC, they generally face different strategic and competitive challenges. As a result, IAC management and the IAC Board determined that, in IAC's current configuration, when facing strategic and operating issues for a particular business, whether having to do with transactional alternatives, capital investment, new business initiatives, compensation or otherwise, considerations of the other businesses and of the company as a whole had the potential to lead to different decisions than might be made by standalone companies. IAC concluded, therefore, that the current structure may not be the most responsive to the exigencies of each business and that the spin-offs will enhance the success of each business by enabling IAC and the Spincos to resolve the problems that arise from the operation of different businesses within the IAC group.

    The lack of a liquid equity currency linked directly to the individual businesses constrained each business' ability to transact in its own industry and to provide equity-based incentive programs for employees that were entirely dependent on the performance of the specific business.

    While efforts were underway to increase the benefits to each business resulting from being a part of IAC, including through cost savings, better talent development and deployment, increased business opportunities, and other initiatives, the common attributes of the Spincos were more limited than initially believed, and there was therefore a limit to the benefits to be realized from such integration and the time horizon for realizing such benefits was substantially longer than IAC had initially believed.

    IAC believed that its stock performance during recent years did not reflect its operating performance or the true value of its businesses. IAC believed that this was in part because of the complexity involved in understanding a variety of businesses represented by a single equity investment, and that increased transparency and clarity into the different businesses of IAC would allow investors to more appropriately value the merits, performance and future prospects of the companies.

        Because IAC concluded that the separation of these businesses would over time enhance their operating performance, open up strategic alternatives that may otherwise not have been readily available to them, and facilitate investor understanding and better target investor demand, IAC believes that following the spin-offs, the common stock of the five publicly traded companies will have a higher aggregate market value than would IAC if it were to remain in its current configuration. No assurances, however, can be given that such higher aggregate market value will be achieved. The IAC Board of Directors believes that such value increase would further facilitate growth of the separated businesses by reducing the costs of equity compensation and acquisitions undertaken with equity consideration, in each case resulting in a real and substantial benefit for the companies.

        The IAC Board of Directors considered a number of other potentially negative factors in evaluating the separation, including loss of synergies from operating as one company, potential disruptions to the businesses as a result of the separation, the potential impact of the separation on the anticipated credit ratings of the Spincos, risks of being unable to achieve the benefits expected to be achieved by the separation and the reaction of IAC stockholders to the separation, the risk that the plan of execution might not be completed and the one-time and ongoing costs of the separation. The IAC Board of Directors concluded that the anticipated benefits of the spin-offs outweighed these factors. In view of the wide variety of factors considered in connection with the evaluation of the

30



separation and the complexity of these matters, the IAC Board of Directors did not find it useful to, and did not attempt to, quantify, rank or otherwise assign relative weights to the factors considered. The individual members of the IAC Board of Directors likely may have given different weights to different factors.

Litigation with Liberty Media Corporation

        In January 2008, IAC, Barry Diller and Liberty Media Corporation ("Liberty") commenced actions in the Delaware Chancery Court in which Liberty asserted, among other things, that Mr. Diller, the Chairman and CEO of IAC, had breached an agreement between Liberty and him and that therefore Liberty had assumed the right to exercise voting control over IAC. The basis for this claim was that IAC did not have the right to consummate the spin-offs with a single class voting structure and therefore acts in furtherance of the transaction had breached the agreement. After a chancery court decision in IAC and Mr. Diller's favor on March 28, 2008, the parties agreed, on May 13, 2008, to settle that litigation pursuant to the "Spinco Agreement." As described in more detail below under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Liberty Media Corporation," the Spinco Agreement also contains, among other things, provisions that will become effective at the time of the spin-off of each Spinco with a single class of common stock, including provisions providing Liberty the right to nominate directors to the Spinco's Board of Directors so long as Liberty maintains specified ownership levels, restrictions on acquisitions and transfers of the securities of the Spinco by Liberty and its affiliates, certain standstill restrictions on Liberty and its affiliates and registration rights to be granted to Liberty.

Financial Advisor

        Allen & Company LLC provided financial advice in connection with the spin-offs. Allen & Company was retained in connection with the transaction because of the firm's familiarity with the businesses and assets of IAC and the Spincos and the firm's qualifications and reputation. IAC and Allen & Company have not yet determined the amount of fees to be paid to Allen & Company in connection with its engagement. IAC expects to pay Allen & Company a customary fee.


TREATMENT OF OUTSTANDING IAC COMPENSATORY EQUITY-BASED AWARDS

        In November of 2007, IAC's Compensation and Human Resources Committee (the "Committee") made determinations regarding the treatment in the spin-offs of IAC's compensatory equity-based awards granted on or prior to December 31, 2007. The various adjustments the Committee has determined to make are described below:

    (1)
    All unvested IAC restricted stock units ("RSUs") granted prior to August 2005 will vest immediately prior to the spin-offs, with awards thereafter settled, in accordance with applicable law, in shares of common stock of IAC, HSNi, ILG, Ticketmaster and Tree.com, in each case as though the equity holder owned the number of shares of IAC common stock underlying the IAC RSU award immediately prior to the spin-offs. Based on the most recent available information, it is expected that at the time of the spin-offs HSNi employees, ILG employees, Ticketmaster employees and Tree.com employees will hold 225,233 RSUs, 116,008 RSUs, 328,887 RSUs and 394,110 RSUs, respectively, subject to this treatment.

    (2)
    All unvested IAC RSUs scheduled to vest through February 2009 will vest immediately prior to the spin-offs, with awards thereafter settled, in accordance with applicable law, in shares of common stock of IAC, HSNi, ILG, Ticketmaster and Tree.com, in each case as though the equity holder owned the number of shares of IAC common stock underlying the IAC RSU award immediately prior to the spin-offs. Based on the most recent available information, it is expected that at the time of the spin-offs HSNi employees, ILG employees, Ticketmaster

31


      employees and Tree.com employees will hold 78,772 RSUs, 39,685 RSUs, 98,306 RSUs and 32,816 RSUs, respectively, subject to this treatment.

    (3)
    Performance-based IAC RSUs granted in 2007, or Growth Shares, will be converted into non-performance-based IAC RSUs based on "target" value with the same vesting schedule and will thereafter be subject to the other adjustment and conversion provisions described below. Based on the most recent available information, it is expected that at the time of the spin-offs ILG employees will hold 113,859 RSUs subject to this treatment.

    (4)
    With respect to each IAC RSU award that provides for vesting of 100% of the award following passage of a multi-year period (cliff vesting awards), the portion of the unvested IAC RSU award that would have vested through February 2009 if the award had vested on an annual basis will convert into five separate RSU awards with respect to IAC and each of the Spincos based on the applicable distribution ratios in the spin-offs and the two-for-one reverse stock split at IAC, but will otherwise have the same vesting terms and other applicable terms and conditions. Based on the most recent available information, it is expected that at the time of the spin-offs HSNi employees, ILG employees, Ticketmaster employees and Tree.com employees will hold 164,907 RSUs, 118,035 RSUs, 193,104 RSUs and 110,203 RSUs, respectively, subject to this treatment (inclusive of converted Growth Shares).

    (5)
    With respect to all other IAC RSUs that do not vest or convert pursuant to paragraphs (1), (2) or (4) above, the IAC RSUs will convert into an RSU award with respect to shares of common stock of the company that continues to employ the equity holder following the spin-offs, with appropriate adjustments to the number of shares of common stock underlying each such award to maintain pre- and post spin-off values, but otherwise preserving the same vesting terms and other applicable terms and conditions. Based on the most recent available information, it is expected that at the time of the spin-offs ILG employees will hold 324,639 RSUs subject to this treatment (inclusive of converted Growth Shares); and

    (6)
    All unexercised option awards, whether vested or unvested, will be split among IAC and each of the Spincos based on relative value at the time of the spin-offs, with appropriate adjustments to the number of shares of common stock underlying each such award and the per share exercise price of each such award to maintain pre- and post spin-off values, but otherwise preserving the same vesting terms and other applicable terms and conditions. Based on the most recent available information, it is expected that at the time of the spin-offs HSNi employees, ILG employees, Ticketmaster employees and Tree.com employees will hold 734,633 options, 0 options, 816,784 options and 451,885 options, respectively, subject to this treatment.

        With respect to any IAC compensatory equity-based awards granted after December 31, 2007, those awards will convert into awards with respect to shares of common stock of the company that continues to employ the equity holder following the spin-offs, with appropriate adjustments to the number of shares underlying each such award and the per share exercise price of each such award (with respect to options) to maintain pre- and post spin-off values, but otherwise preserving the same vesting terms and other applicable terms and conditions. Based on the most recent available information, it is expected that at the time of the spin-offs ILG employees will hold 199,899 RSUs and 0 options subject to this treatment. With respect to stock options, the number of shares of common stock subject to any adjusted stock option will be rounded down to the nearest whole share. With respect to restricted stock units that do not vest in connection with the spin-offs, the number of shares of common stock subject to any adjusted restricted stock unit will be rounded up to the nearest whole share. With respect to restricted stock units that vest in connection with the spin-offs, the number of shares of common stock that an individual will be entitled to receive in connection with the spin-offs will be rounded up to the nearest whole share.

32


        In the event that IAC abandons the spin-off with respect to one or more Spincos, the adjustments set forth above will apply as described above except that there will be no conversion of IAC equity awards into equity awards of a Spinco that IAC does not spin-off and employees of any such Spinco will be treated as employees of IAC for purposes of the foregoing adjustments.

        The treatment of IAC compensatory equity-based awards held by persons who will be employed by IAC immediately following the spin-offs is generally similar to that described above, with certain adjustments intended to provide retention incentives for IAC corporate employees.

        The principal objective of the Committee in making these adjustments was one of fairness, with some of the particular considerations being:

    A desire to reward service prior to the spin-offs with stock of the companies that made up IAC before the spin-offs, and reward service after the spin-offs with stock of the company for which an employee will work after the spin-offs;

    A recognition that the primary motivation for the Growth Share grants, which was to provide increased incentives for employees to focus on the total performance of the entire IAC conglomerate as opposed to the individual businesses for which they worked through increased volatility of potential rewards, no longer was present given the determination to do the spin-offs;

    An interest in eliminating the complexities that would be associated with adjusting the 2007 performance conditions among five separate public companies and the possibility that such adjustments would not be equitable to all holders of the awards; and

    Compliance with the terms of the applicable equity plans, tax laws and accounting requirements.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We do not currently expect to pay a regular cash dividend. The declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of common stock of the Company will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements of our businesses, covenants associated with certain debt obligations, legal requirements, regulatory constraints, industry practice and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.

33



TRANSFERS TO IAC AND FINANCING

        It is currently expected that in connection with the spin-offs, an entity that will become a subsidiary of ILG prior to the spin-offs will distribute to IAC approximately $87 million in cash and $300 million of debt securities issued by such subsidiary, and HSNi and Ticketmaster will make certain distributions to IAC. To fund these distributions, each of these Spincos has entered into financing arrangements, which in the case of ILG are described below. Additionally, each of these companies may distribute some amount of cash on hand, but these amounts are not presently knowable and are unlikely to be material. The borrowing arrangements for ILG consist of a combination of secured credit facilities and privately-issued debt securities (such secured credit facility and privately-issued debt obligations to be borrowed by one of its subsidiaries). It is expected that the debt securities of the ILG subsidiary will be exchanged immediately after the spin-off of ILG for certain notes issued by IAC. HSNi, the borrowing subsidiary of ILG and Ticketmaster are each also expected to dividend to IAC prior to the spin-offs all net receivables owed them by IAC and its affiliates.

        Prior to the ILG subsidiary making its distribution to IAC, certain amounts under the credit facilities of the ILG subsidiary must be drawn down. In order for the ILG subsidiary to draw down amounts under its secured credit facilities, it must deliver a certificate to the effect that no material adverse effect has occurred (subject to certain scheduled exceptions).

        IAC also is expected to make a cash contribution to Tree.com.

        These dividends and cash contributions were determined by IAC after an assessment of the optimal capital structure for ILG and for IAC, taking into account each company's cash flow prospects, working capital and other cash needs, potential acquisition agenda and other relevant factors.

         Set forth below is a summary of the principal terms of the agreements that govern the senior secured credit facilities that have been entered into in connection with the ILG spin-off. This summary is not a complete description of all of the terms of the relevant agreements.

ILG Senior Secured Credit Facilities

        Interval Acquisition Corp., a subsidiary of ILG, is the borrower under the new senior secured credit facilities. The senior secured credit facilities are provided by a syndicate of banks and other financial institutions, with Wachovia Bank acting as lead lender. The senior secured credit facilities provide financing of up to $200.0 million, consisting of $150.0 million in term A loans with a maturity of five years and a $50.0 million revolving credit facility with a maturity of five years. In addition, subject to certain conditions, including compliance with certain financial covenants, the senior secured credit facilities permit Interval Acquisition Corp. to incur incremental term A and revolving loans under such facilities in an aggregate principal amount of up to $75.0 million. There is currently no commitment in respect of such incremental loans nor is one currently anticipated to be in place upon the consummation of ILG's spin-off.

        The proceeds of the term loan portion of the senior secured credit facilities will be used, together with the proceeds of the notes, to fund a dividend to IAC, to fund transaction fees and expenses and for ongoing working capital and other general corporate purposes. Funds drawn from the revolving credit facility will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes.

    Interest Rate and Fees

        The interest rates per annum applicable to loans under the senior secured credit facilities are, at Interval Acquisition Corp.'s option, equal to either a base rate or a LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin, which will vary with the total leverage ratio of Interval Acquisition Corp. (but fixed at 2.75% (2.25%) per annum for LIBOR term (revolving) loans and 1.75% (1.25%) per annum for base rate term (revolving) loans until Interval Acquisition Corp. delivers financial statements for the first full

34


fiscal quarter after the closing date for the senior secured credit facilities). The alternate base rate means the greater of the rate as quoted from time to time by Wachovia Bank, N.A. as its prime rate and one-half of 1.0% over the federal funds rate.

        Starting on the closing date for the senior secured credit facilities, Interval Acquisition Corp. will also be required to pay facility fees on the revolving credit facility under the senior secured credit facilities. A commitment fee will be owed in respect of the term A loan until the term A loan is drawn on the funding date.

    Prepayments

        The senior secured credit facilities require Interval Acquisition Corp. to prepay outstanding term loans and the revolving loans, subject to certain exceptions (including a right of reinvestment of assets sale proceeds in Interval Acquisition Corp.'s business), with the proceeds of certain assets sales, casualty insurance and recovery events, the incurrence of certain indebtedness and a percentage of annual excess cash flow (which may be reduced to 0% upon the achievement of a specified leverage ratio).

        In the event ILG's spin-off will not have occurred on or before the 5th business day following the funding date of the senior secured credit facilities, then on such date, Interval Acquisition Corp. will be required to prepay all loans under the senior secured credit facilities and the commitments under the revolving credit facility will be permanently reduced to zero.

    Amortization

        The term A loans will amortize in an amount equal to 10% of the original principal amount during 2009, 10% in 2010, 15% in 2011, 15% in 2012 and 50% in 2013. No term A loan amortization payments are due in 2008. The amortization of the term A loans for each year is payable in equal quarterly installments, except that the amortization for 2013 will be paid in equal installments at each quarter end in 2013 prior to the maturity date for the term A loans and on the maturity date of the term A loans.

        Any voluntary prepayments made on the term A loans from time to time may be applied against otherwise scheduled amortization obligations. Principal amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility are due and payable in full at maturity, five years from the date of the closing of the senior secured credit facilities.

    Guarantee and Security

        All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by ILG and each of Interval Acquisition Corp.'s existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. All obligations of Interval Acquisition Corp. under the senior secured credit facilities and the guarantees of those obligations are secured by (subject to certain exceptions) (i) a first priority pledge of all of the equity interests of (x) each of the domestic subsidiaries of Interval Acquisition Corp. and (y) Interval Acquisition Corp.; (ii) a first priority pledge of 65% of the equity interests of each of the first-tier foreign subsidiaries of Interval Acquisition Corp.; and (iii) a first priority security interest in substantially all of the other assets of Interval Acquisition Corp. and each subsidiary guarantor (subject to certain exceptions).

    Certain Covenants and Events of Default

        The senior secured credit facilities contain customary covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of Interval Acquisition Corp. and its subsidiaries to grant liens on their assets, incur indebtedness, sell assets, make investments, engage in acquisitions, mergers or

35


consolidations, pay dividends and other restricted payments and prepay unsecured indebtedness. The senior secured credit facilities have two financial covenants: a maximum total leverage ratio of 3.90 to 1.00 and a minimum interest coverage ratio of 2.75 to 1.00. The senior secured credit facilities also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including the occurrence of a change of control (to be defined in the credit agreement).

         Set forth below is a summary of the principal terms of the agreements that will govern the privately-issued debt arrangements for ILG that have been or will be entered into in connection with the spin-off. This summary is not a complete description of all of the terms of the relevant agreements.

Interval Acquisition Corp. 9.5% Senior Notes

        Overview.     In connection with the spin-off of ILG, Interval Acquisition Corp. (the "Issuer") will issue $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Senior Notes due 2016 ("Interval Senior Notes") to IAC, and IAC has agreed to exchange such notes for certain of IAC's 7% Senior Notes due 2013 pursuant to the notes exchange and consent agreement described below. Interest on the notes is payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on August 1 and February 1 of each year, commencing February 1, 2009. The notes will be guaranteed by all entities that will be domestic subsidiaries of the Issuer following the completion of the spin-off and by ILG.

        Ranking.     The notes and guarantees will be general unsecured obligations of the Issuer and the guarantors, respectively, and will rank senior to all future debt of the Issuer and the guarantors that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes. The notes and guarantees:

    will rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future liabilities of the Issuer and the guarantors that are not so subordinated;

    will be effectively subordinated to all secured debt (to the extent the value of the collateral securing such debt) of the Issuer (including the Issuer's senior secured credit facilities) and the guarantors (including the guarantees under the Issuer's senior secured credit facilities); and

    will be structurally subordinated to all of the existing and future liabilities of the Issuer's foreign subsidiaries, none of which will guarantee the notes.

        Redemption.     The notes will be redeemable by the Issuer in whole or in part, on or after August 1, 2012 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Issuer must also offer to redeem the notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if it experiences certain kinds of changes of control. Lastly, if the Issuer or certain of its subsidiaries (specifically, those that are designated restricted subsidiaries under the indenture governing the notes) sell assets and do not apply the sale proceeds in a specified manner within a specified time, the Issuer will be required to make an offer to purchase notes at their face amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date.

        Certain Covenants.     The indenture governing the notes will contain covenants that limit, among other things, the Issuer's ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt and issue preferred stock; make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments; sell certain assets; agree to any restrictions on the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make payments to the Issuer; merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of the Issuer's assets; create certain liens; and engage in transactions with affiliates on terms that are not arm's length. Certain covenants, including those pertaining to incurrence of indebtedness, restricted payments, asset sales, mergers, and transactions with affiliates will be suspended during any period in which the notes are rated investment grade and no default or event of default under the indenture has occurred and is continuing.

36


Notes Exchange and Consent Agreement

        The Issuer has entered into a Notes Exchange and Consent Agreement with IAC and a group of institutional holders (the "IAC Noteholders") holding a majority in principal amount outstanding of IAC's 7% Senior Notes due 2013 (the "IAC Notes"), pursuant to which, among other things, IAC has agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of the agreement, to exchange, immediately after the spin-off of ILG, all of the Interval Senior Notes for a portion of the IAC Notes held by certain of the IAC Noteholders, and certain of the IAC Noteholders have agreed to tender a portion of their IAC Notes into IAC's pending cash tender offer for any and all of the IAC Notes (the "IAC Offer"). IAC also agreed to make specified amendments to the terms of the IAC Offer. The issuance and exchange of the Interval Senior Notes, together with the IAC Offer, are being made in connection with the spin-off of ILG, and are intended to give rise to a succession event (with the Issuer as the sole successor to IAC) for credit derivatives purposes.

        IAC's obligations to effect the exchange of Interval Senior Notes for IAC Notes and to consummate the amended IAC Offer are subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including the spin-off of ILG having occurred, the purchase of all (if any) IAC Notes tendered into the amended IAC Offer occurring simultaneously with the exchange, the effectiveness of a supplemental indenture implementing specified amendments to the indenture under which the IAC Notes were issued, the receipt of a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service and the absence of legal restraints against the amended IAC Offer, the exchange or the issuance of the Interval Senior Notes.

        The exchanging noteholders' obligations to effect the exchange are subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including IAC having amended the IAC Offer consistent with the terms of the Notes Exchange Agreement, the purchase of all (if any) IAC Notes tendered into the amended IAC Offer occurring simultaneously with the exchange, the spin-off of ILG having occurred, the absence of legal restraints against the amended IAC Offer, the exchange or the issuance of the Interval Senior Notes, IAC having furnished to the exchanging noteholders an opinion of counsel with respect to specified legal matters, the effectiveness of the indenture under which the Interval Senior Notes will be issued and the absence of any continuing event of default under that indenture.

37



CERTAIN INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO ILG

BUSINESS OF ILG

        When used with respect to any periods following the spin-offs and unless otherwise indicated, the term (i) "ILG" refers to Interval Leisure Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which was incorporated in connection with the spin-offs in May 2008 to hold the businesses and subsidiaries of Interval Acquisition Corp., the results of which were reported in the Interval reporting segment of IAC's Memberships & Subscriptions reporting sector immediately prior to the completion of the spin-offs, (ii) "Interval" refers to that group of companies operating ILG's vacation ownership membership business and (iii) "RQH" refers to that group of companies operating ILG's vacation rental and property management business, including, without limitation, ResortQuest Hawaii, LLC and ResortQuest Real Estate of Hawaii, LLC. The businesses to be operated by ILG following the spin-offs are referred to herein as the "ILG businesses." The following disclosure regarding ILG's businesses assumes completion of the spin-offs.

        For information regarding the results of operations of ILG and its segments on a historical basis, see the Consolidated Financial Statements of ILG and the disclosure set forth under the caption "—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of ILG." For information regarding the results of operations of ILG on a pro forma basis to give effect to the completion of the spin-offs, see the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for ILG.

Who We Are

        ILG is a leading provider of membership services to the vacation ownership industry. ILG's principal business segment, Interval, makes available vacation ownership membership services to the individual members of its exchange networks, as well as related services to developers of the resorts participating in its exchange networks worldwide. As of December 31, 2007, more than 2,400 resorts located in more than 75 countries participated in Interval's primary exchange network, the Interval Network, and nearly two million owners of vacation interests were enrolled as members of the Interval Network. For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007, Interval represented approximately 88% of ILG's consolidated revenues.

        ILG's other business segment, RQH, was acquired in May 2007 and is a provider of vacation rental and property management services to vacationers and vacation property owners across Hawaii. As of December 31, 2007, RQH provided property management services to 26 resorts and hotels, as well as other more limited management services to an additional 23 properties. For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007, RQH represented approximately 12% of ILG's consolidated revenues for the seven month period following RQH's acquisition on May 31, 2007.

History

        Although ILG was incorporated in Delaware in May 2008 in connection with the spin-offs, the ILG businesses have rich operating histories. Founded in 1976, Interval has undergone multiple ownership structures. RQH dates its history back to 1967 through its predecessors, Hotel Corporation of the Pacific and Aston Hotels & Resorts.

38


What We Do

    Vacation Ownership Membership Services

    Member Services

        Membership Programs.     Interval operates membership programs for owners of vacation interests at resorts that participate in its exchange networks. Interval does not own, operate or manage any resorts. Participation in one of Interval's membership programs provides members with the right to exchange their occupancy rights in their vacation interest (generally, for periods of one week) for comparable, alternative accommodations on a worldwide basis at the same or another resort participating in Interval's exchange networks, as well as benefit from a comprehensive package of value-added products and services. Generally, individuals are enrolled in one of Interval's membership programs by resort developers in connection with their purchase of vacation interests from such resort developers, with initial membership fees being paid on behalf of members by the resort developers.

        Following their period of initial enrollment, Interval Network members have the option of renewing their memberships for terms ranging from one to five years and paying their own membership fees directly to Interval, which option generally remains available even after the affiliation agreement for the resort at which members own their vacation interests is not renewed or otherwise terminated. Alternatively, some resort developers incorporate the Interval Network membership fee into certain annual fees they charge to owners of vacation interests at their resorts after the initial enrollment period, which results in these owners having their membership in the Interval Network and, where applicable, the Interval Gold program (as described below), automatically renewed throughout the period of their resort's participation in the Interval Network. Membership in the Preferred Residences Program, Interval's newly-launched hospitality-branded membership program for luxury shared ownership resorts and condo hotels, is also renewed annually throughout the period of each resort's participation in the Preferred Residences Program's exchange network.

        The resorts participating in Interval's exchange networks primarily includes resorts (including, in certain cases, resorts under construction) with which Interval has an effective affiliation agreement in place, as well as resorts at which Interval continues to provide exchange services following the affiliation agreement's term. In addition to providing membership services to the vacation ownership industry, ILG provides membership services to certain markets within the larger travel industry, such as the membership-based campground industry.

        Exchanges.     Interval provides members with two primary methods of exchange, "Deposit First" and "Request First." With Deposit First, members immediately transfer the use and occupancy of vacation interests at their home resort in return for the right to request an exchange at a different or the same resort at an alternative period of occupancy. Under this method, members are not required to select a location or travel date at the time of deposit, but can request an exchange at any time during the period of the deposit's availability for exchange. All deposits expire two years after the occupancy date of the week deposited, unless extended by members through the purchase of a deposit extension. With Request First, members request an exchange prior to relinquishing the occupancy right in their vacation interest to Interval's exchange networks. Using this method, the use and occupancy of the vacation interest is relinquished when a confirmation actually occurs. This method requires the member to be confirmed to an exchange and travel prior to the occupancy period of the vacation interest.

        All vacation ownership accommodations relinquished to Interval's exchange networks are assigned a trading value at the time of deposit (under the Deposit First method) or at the time of request (under the Request First method) based on multiple factors, including location, quality, seasonality, unit attributes and time of relinquishment to determine the relinquished accommodations' relative exchange value to Interval's exchange networks. Members are offered an exchange to accommodations which are generally of comparable value to those relinquished.

39


        Some members also exchange the use and occupancy of their vacation interests with Interval on a points basis. In these circumstances, points are relinquished to Interval's exchange networks by the member and Interval receives accommodations from the operator of the points program on behalf of the member.

        Getaway Program.     Interval also offers additional vacation rental opportunities to members at attractive rates through its Getaway Program. This program allows members to rent resort accommodations for a fee, plus applicable taxes, without relinquishing the use and occupancy of their vacation interests. Resort accommodations available through the Getaway Program consist of seasonal oversupply of vacation ownership accommodations within Interval's exchange networks, as well as resort accommodations sourced by Interval specifically for use in the Getaway Program.

        Interval Gold.     Interval also offers Interval Gold, an enhanced membership program, to Interval Network members to provide them with year-round access to value-added benefits and services for an additional annual fee. These benefits and services vary by country of residence, but generally consist of discounts on Interval's Getaway Program, a concierge service, a hotel discount program and Interval Options, a service that allows members to relinquish annual occupancy rights in their vacation interests towards the purchase of various travel products, including cruise, golf and spa vacations. Members are enrolled in the Interval Gold program by resort developers in connection with the initial purchase of their vacation interests or by Interval directly. Renewal procedures and responsibility for fees are generally the same as those for basic membership in the Interval Network.

        Revenue.     Interval revenue is derived principally from membership fees and transactional fees paid for exchange and Getaway Program transactions, which are collectively referred to as "confirmed vacations," as well as fees from other value-added member services, such as reservation servicing fees, which are generally paid by the resort developer for the purpose of affording its owners access to internal reservation services. Revenue is also derived from fees for certain products and services sold to developers (as described below).

    Relationships with Leading Independent Developers and Brand Name Hospitality Companies

        Resort Affiliations.     Interval has established multi-year relationships with numerous resort developers under exclusive affiliation agreements. Interval does not consider its overall business to be dependent on any one of these resort developers, provided, that the loss of a significant number of resort developers could materially impact Interval's business. See "Risk Factors Relating to the Business of ILG Following the Spin-Offs—Third Party Relationships." Pursuant to these agreements, resort developers are obligated to enroll all purchasers of vacation interests at their resorts in the applicable exchange membership program and, in some circumstances, are obligated to renew these memberships for the term of their affiliation agreement. Most affiliation agreements contain automatic renewal provisions, pursuant to which arrangements will be renewed on the same terms and conditions (subject to agreed upon pricing modifications), unless either party provides the other with written notice of its intent not to renew prior to expiration (typically anywhere from 90 to 270 days prior to expiration).

        Products and Services.     A primary basis on which resort developers choose Interval as a partner is the comprehensive array of products and services that it offers resort developers, such as sales and marketing support, operational and custom vacation program design services.

    Sales and Marketing Support.   Interval offers its developers a selection of sales and marketing materials. These materials, which are available in multiple languages, include brochures, publications, sales-office displays, videos and resort directories. Resort developers also promote membership in Interval's exchange programs and related value-added services as an important benefit of owning a vacation interest. In addition, Interval offers the Leisure Time Passport

40


      program, which is primarily used by resort developers as an exit or trial membership program for potential purchasers of vacation interests. The Leisure Time Passport program provides participants with many of the benefits of the Interval Gold program, as well as the opportunity to experience vacationing in condominium-style accommodations prior to making a commitment to purchase a vacation interest.

      Interval has also established certain service and quality recognition awards and programs in an effort to encourage resorts to provide quality accommodations, amenities and services. In 2008, Interval introduced a new resort recognition program through which eligible Interval Network resorts will be recognized as either a "Select Resort" or a "Premier Resort," based upon the satisfaction of qualifying criteria. As of March 31, 2008, approximately 20% of these resorts had achieved the rating through inspection. The remainder achieved the rating based on the quality rating Interval assigned the resort following an inspection at the time of affiliation as updated by member feedback following confirmed vacations at the resort through which Interval determines the resort's customer satisfaction index and participation in Interval's prior recognition programs. Recognized resorts are then subject to periodic inspection and customer evaluations and must comply with the program's service and quality criteria to retain their status. Approximately 40% of Interval Network resorts available for exchange have been recognized as either a Select or Premier Resort for 2008.

    Operational Support.   Interval also makes available a comprehensive array of back-office servicing solutions to resort developers and resorts. For example, for an additional fee, Interval provides internal reservation services, pursuant to which Interval acts as the facilitator of both internal club and resort reservations, and billing and loan servicing services, pursuant to which Interval collects property maintenance fees and other amounts due to developers or homeowner's associations.

    In addition, through consulting arrangements, Interval assists resort developers in the design of vacation programs for owners of vacation interests. Such programs, which may include a wide range of flexible-use plans, as well as point-based programs and vacation clubs, are tailored to the specific needs of the relevant developer and/or resort. In connection with the design of these programs, Interval undertakes a comprehensive analysis of the existing operations and intended growth plan of the relevant developer or resort, and then works closely with the developer or resort to design and implement a tailored program.

Vacation Rental and Property Management Services

        ILG operates a Hawaiian-based vacation rental and property management business through RQH. RQH provides vacation property rental, real estate brokerage and related services (including common area management services for condominium projects), as well as property management services to resorts and hotels in Hawaii.

    Vacation Rental and Related Property Management Services

        RQH provides vacation property rental services for condominium owners. These rental properties are generally investment properties, and, to a lesser extent, second homes, owned by individuals who contract with RQH directly to manage, market and rent their properties, generally pursuant to short-term agreements. RQH also offers such owners a comprehensive package of marketing, management and rental services designed to enhance rental income and profitability.

        RQH secures guests for its vacation rentals primarily through long-standing relationships with travel partners, including wholesalers, retail travel agents and online travel intermediaries. RQH also conducts direct online marketing initiatives to reach consumers directly through its websites,

41



www.resortquesthawaii.com and www.rqmaui.com . As an additional distribution channel, RQH also makes units available to Interval for use in its Getaway Program.

    Property Management Services

        RQH also provides property management services for owners of condominium and hotel management services to owners of traditional hotels. Condominium hotels generally offer the same type of services offered by hotels and resorts, plus certain comforts of home, such as kitchens or kitchenettes, separate seating or living room areas and in suite, private bedrooms, with actual services and features varying by property. Generally, property management services are provided pursuant to exclusive agreements with terms ranging from one to five years, many of which are automatically renewable.

        RQH revenues are derived principally from management fees for vacation property rental services and property management services. Property management fees consist of a base management fee and, in some instances, an incentive fee based on a percentage of gross operating profits, net operating income or other similar metric. Property management agreements may provide that owners receive a specified portion of the revenues generated while the relevant properties are under RQH management. In these cases, the operating expenses for the rental operation are paid from the revenues generated by the rentals, the owners are then paid their contractual percentages and RQH either retains the balance (if any) as its management fee or makes up the deficit. Revenues are also derived from fees for hotel management services.

Marketing and Technology

        The success of the Interval business depends, in significant part, on the continued growth of the vacation ownership industry. As a result, Interval markets its products and services to resort developers and other parties in the vacation ownership industry through a series of business development initiatives. For nearly ten years, Interval has organized and co-sponsored a proprietary, multi-day informational seminar, currently known as the Vacation Ownership Investment Conference ("VOIC"), where real estate developers, hospitality companies and others contemplating entry into the vacation ownership industry can meet and network with industry leaders, as well as participate in educational panels on various vacation ownership issues, such as property and program planning, financing and regulatory requirements. This seminar is offered annually at locations in regions that Interval views as potential market opportunities for vacation ownership development. Through these programs, Interval works to strengthen and expand the vacation ownership industry through the education and support of viable new entrants. Interval has also maintained leadership roles in various industry trade organizations throughout the world since their inception, through which it has been a driving force in the promotion of constructive legislation, both in the U.S. and abroad, principally aimed at creating or enhancing consumer protection in the vacation ownership industry.

        Given that the success of Interval is dependent, in significant part, on its ability to secure vacation ownership accommodations and attract new members to its exchange programs, Interval also targets its sales and marketing efforts more directly at resort developers and prospective owners of vacation interests. In doing so, Interval not only promotes the benefits of the Interval Network and its value-added services, but also markets itself to resort developers as a provider of operational and sales and marketing support services. Interval's sales and services personnel proactively seek to establish strong relationships with developers during the early stages of the development of a particular resort by providing input on consumer preferences based upon years of experience. In addition, given its long-standing relationships with others within the vacation ownership industry, Interval is often able to refer resort developers to quality providers of a wide range of planning and operational resources. Interval believes that it has established a strong reputation within the vacation ownership industry as being highly responsive to the needs of resort developers and owners of vacation interests.

42


        Interval maintains developer and consumer marketing departments, both of which are based in ILG's global headquarters in Miami, Florida. International marketing expertise is provided primarily by London-based employees, with input and local expertise being provided by employees in local and regional offices worldwide. These departments are responsible for implementing Interval's overall marketing strategy and developing the materials that are necessary to secure new relationships with resort developers and resorts and obtain new members, as well as promote membership renewals, exchange opportunities and other value-added services to existing members.

        Important to the success and continued growth of the RQH business is its ability to source vacationers interested in booking vacation properties made available through its vacation rental and property management services. RQH markets vacation rental opportunities through online travel intermediaries and other distribution channels, as well as through dedicated property sales, field sales personnel and Interval.

        Interval's success also depends, in part, on its ability to provide prompt, accurate and complete service to its members through voice and data networks and proprietary and third party information systems. The technology platform for the Interval Network is a proprietary, custom developed enterprise application and database that manages all aspects of membership, exchange and Getaway Program transaction processing and inventory management. Interval also uses advanced telecommunications systems and technologies to promptly respond and efficiently route member calls. Interval also operates consumer websites for its members, such as www.IntervalWorld.com and www.PreferredResidences.com , while RQH offers vacation rentals to non-member vacationers through www.ResortQuestHawaii.com .

Industry Overview and Trends

        The hospitality industry is a major component of the travel industry, which is affected by the performance of the U.S. economy. The hospitality industry includes the segments in which ILG businesses operate. In 2007, domestic and international travelers spent an estimated $740 billion in the U.S. for business and leisure travel of 50 miles or more, as compared to $699 billion in 2006 and $654 billion in 2005.

        Travel expenditures are sensitive to business and personal discretionary spending levels and tend to decline during general economic downturns as factors, including the increased costs of transportation due to increased fuel prices and the overall financial instability of the airline industry and associated air carrier bankruptcies, adversely impact consumers' decisions to use and consume travel services. See "Risk Factors Relating to the Business of ILG Following the Spin-Offs—Adverse Events and Trends."

        Vacation ownership is the segment of the hospitality industry that encompasses the development, operation and sale of vacation interests in traditional timeshare regimes, fractional products, private residence clubs, condo hotels and other forms of shared ownership, and, in some instances, whole ownership. Vacation ownership sales (excluding sales of fractional, private residence club, destination club and whole ownership products) in the U.S. for 2007 are approximately $10.6 billion, as compared to $10.0 billion in 2006 and $8.6 billion in 2005, although much of this growth was driven by higher sales prices. U.S. sales of fractional products, private residences and destination club products were approximately $2.3 billion in 2007, as compared to $2.1 billion in 2006 and $2.0 billion in 2005.

        The tightening of credit available to both vacation property developers and purchasers could result in the development of fewer vacation ownership and vacation rental properties (and in the case of existing vacation ownership and vacation rental properties, fewer potential purchasers). This factor, plus the potential for increased default rates among current vacation interest owners, could have a negative impact on the number of Interval members and could have a material adverse effect on the vacation ownership and vacation rental industries. See "Risk Factors Relating to the Business of ILG Following the Spin-Offs—Adverse Events and Trends."

43


    Vacation Ownership Membership Services

        The vacation ownership membership services industry provides owners of vacation interests with flexibility and choice by providing them access to alternative accommodations through exchange networks encompassing a wide variety of resorts. There are two principal providers of vacation ownership membership services in the global vacation membership services industry, Interval and RCI LLC, a subsidiary of Wyndham Worldwide Corp. According to a study published in 2008 by ARDA International Foundation, 99% of all U.S.-based vacation ownership resorts that participated in such study were participants in an exchange network offered by Interval or RCI or both.

        Growth in the vacation ownership membership services industry is driven primarily by the number of vacation interests sold to new purchasers. In 2008, the number of U.S.-based households that owned vacation interests increased to approximately 4.7 million, an increase of approximately 300,000 households, from the number reported for 2007. Continued growth is expected to be driven by:

    increased consumer awareness and acceptance of the value and benefits of the ownership of vacation interests;

    adoption of constructive legislation and regulations internationally that improve consumer protection and allow businesses to operate profitably, including a recent announcement by the Government of Dubai that it will shortly issue its first set of vacation ownership regulations;

    the entry of additional independent developers and brand-name hospitality companies into the vacation ownership industry, which will increase the number of vacation interests available for sale; and

    reported demand for vacation ownership products in the U.S. Industry sources estimate that approximately 5% of all adult leisure travelers familiar with the concept of timeshares have expressed an interest in acquiring a vacation interest at some point before February 2010, which equates to an estimated potential market consisting of approximately 6.0 million potential purchasers, less than 15% of whom are estimated to already own a vacation interest.

        The vacation ownership membership services industry growth is driven by the continued development and offering of new vacation ownership accommodations and alternative vacation ownership related products. For example, industry studies suggest that developers are selling more biennial products, whereby owners of vacation interests have access to their accommodations during alternating years. While these trends may have a positive impact on the average number of potential new members of exchange programs, the alternating annual ownership associated with these products could adversely impact average revenue per member across the industry.

    Vacation Rental and Property Management Services

        ILG believes that the overall supply of vacation rental properties has been increasing as a result of the growth in second/vacation home ownership and the increasing desire among many owners to rent their properties for additional income. An increasing percentage of vacation home purchasers have cited the ability to generate rental income as a motivating factor for their purchase decision. Property management and vacation rental companies facilitate the rental process by handling most, if not all, aspects of interaction with vacationers. ILG believes growth in the marketplace is due, in some part, to the numbers of resorts entering the condo space as a means to capitalize on overall property construction through the upfront sales of vacation condos.

        Vacation rental properties are also growing in number due to the increasing popularity of renting non-hotel accommodations among consumers. Condominium accommodations typically provide substantial value to consumers seeking more than a nightly stay, as they offer families greater space and convenience than a traditional hotel room by offering separate living, sleeping and eating quarters.

44



Continued growth in leisure travel, as well as improved product awareness and consumer convenience through direct and indirect online distribution channels, is also expected to drive this growth.

        Currently, ILG offers vacation rental and property management services in Hawaii through RQH. According to the Hawaii Department of Business, Economic Development & Tourism, approximately 7.5 million visitors traveled to Hawaii in 2006, with the same number estimated to have visited in 2007. ILG believes that Hawaii will continue to be a sought after destination for vacationers.

Competition

        The two principal companies in the global vacation ownership membership services industry, Interval and RCI, aggressively compete for developer and consumer market share. Other third parties operate in this industry, but generally outside of the context of value-added membership programs offered at point-of-sale. While the operations of these third parties are generally smaller and more regional in nature, at least one operates on a global basis. Interval also faces increasing competition from points-based vacation clubs and large resort developers, which may elect to operate their own internal exchange systems to facilitate exchanges for owners of vacation interests at their resorts as they increase in size and scope. In addition, increasingly, vacation clubs and large resort developers are forging direct relationships with other developers.

        Interval believes that developers generally choose to affiliate with an exchange network based on:

    the perceived quality of resorts participating in the network, which is characterized by the desirability of numerous locations, quality of accommodations and the amenities and services available;

    the level of service provided to members;

    the range and level of support services provided to developers;

    the flexibility of the exchange program;

    the costs for annual membership and exchanges; and

    continuity of management.

        Developers affiliated with Interval and/or RCI collectively represent approximately 99% of the vacation ownership resorts in the U.S. Based on the annual disclosure statements filed by RCI and Interval for the year ended December 31, 2007, on a global basis, Interval held approximately 38% of the resorts and 35% of the members participating in exchange networks operated by these companies and RCI held the remainder. Accordingly, RCI is the larger provider of vacation ownership member services with a larger exchange network. Through the resources of its corporate affiliates, particularly Wyndham Vacation Ownership, Inc., itself engaged in vacation ownership sales, RCI may have greater access to a significant segment of new purchasers of vacation interests.

        While overall Interval's primary competitor has a greater number of resorts in its exchange network and reports a larger number of owners of vacation interests participating in its vacation ownership membership programs, Interval believes that it has distinguished itself as the vacation ownership membership service provider of choice with developers of high quality vacation properties and their owners, based primarily on the quality of the resorts in the Interval Network and related services provided by these resorts, coupled with its continued commitment to attract quality resorts to its exchange networks and foster quality vacation experiences for its members. For example, in 2008, Interval launched the Preferred Residences Program, a hospitality-branded membership program for luxury shared ownership resorts and condo hotels.

45


        RQH's vacation rental business faces competition from other suppliers of travel products and services, hotel operators and local rental agents and its property management business is also highly competitive in that there are low barriers to entry.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2007, ILG had approximately 2,800 employees worldwide. With the exception of a limited number of housekeeping employees at one property in Hawaii and a few member services employees in Argentina, Italy, Mexico and Spain, employees are not represented by unions or collective bargaining agreements. ILG believes that relationships with its employees are generally good.

Properties

        ILG conducts operations through 29 offices in 17 countries, of which 8 locations are within the U.S. and 21 locations are outside of the U.S. ILG's global headquarters which is located in Miami, Florida and occupies approximately 100,000 square feet of office space under a long-term lease expiring in July 2016. Interval also operates a call center in Miami that is approximately 60,000 square feet under a long-term lease expiring in December 2020. Interval's European headquarters is located in London, England and occupies approximately 24,400 square feet of office space under a long-term lease which expires in May 2016, while its Asian headquarters are located in Singapore and occupies approximately 3,000 square feet of office space, the current term of which expires in September 2009, subject to automatic renewal.

        RQH's property management headquarters is located in Honolulu, Hawaii and occupies approximately 25,000 square feet of office space under a lease expiring in October 2009. Activities have commenced to source and secure alternative premises upon the termination of the existing lease.

46



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table presents ILG's cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2008 on an historical basis and on an unaudited pro forma basis for the separation and the financing. The borrower under the financings will be Interval Acquisition Corp., the existing IAC subsidiary through which IAC has directly and indirectly conducted the businesses of ILG. Following the financing, Interval Acquisition Corp. will pay a dividend to IAC, after which Interval Acquisition Corp. will be contributed to ILG. The dividend will consist of approximately $86.5 million in cash and $300 million of aggregate principal amount of the Interval Senior Notes. This structure will be utilized principally because ILG believes it provides greater financial and transactional flexibility. Pro forma for the separation and the financing includes the $450 million in indebtedness that ILG expects to hold at separation. In connection with the separation, ILG is expected to distribute the net proceeds of the financing to IAC except for $50 million which it will retain. ILG will also retain its international cash which is approximately $69.2 million as of March 31, 2008. The separation of ILG and the related financing transactions are described in the notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet under the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as if the separation and the related transactions and events had been consummated on March 31, 2008.

        The assumptions used and pro forma adjustments derived from such assumptions are based on currently available information and ILG believes such assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances.

        This table should be read in conjunction with "Selected Historical Financial Data," "Transfers to IAC and Financing," "Description of Capital Stock of the Spincos," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of ILG," the consolidated financial statements of ILG and the "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements" and accompanying notes included in this Prospectus.

        The table below is not necessarily indicative of ILG's cash and cash equivalents and capitalization had the separation and the related financing transactions been completed on March 31, 2008. The capitalization table below may not reflect the capitalization or financial condition which would have resulted had ILG been operating as an independent, publicly-traded company at that date and is not necessarily indicative of ILG's future capitalization or Prospectus.

 
  As of March 31, 2008
 
  Historical
  Unaudited
Pro Forma
for the Separation
and Financing

 
  (In millions)

Cash and cash equivalents   $ 69   $ 119
   
 
Long-term debt:            
  Revolving Credit Facility(1)   $    
  Term Loan Facility         150
  Senior Notes 9.5% due 2016(2)         277
   
 
Total long-term debt         427
   
 
Shareholders' equity     508     145
   
 
Total capitalization   $ 508   $ 572
   
 

(1)
Revolving credit facility provides for borrowing of up to $50 million, none of which is expected to be borrowed on the closing date.

(2)
Net of $23.5 million of original issue discount.

47



SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table presents summary selected historical consolidated financial information for Interval Leisure Group, Inc. ("ILG"). This data was derived, in part, from the historical consolidated financial statements of ILG included elsewhere in this document and reflects the operations and financial position of ILG at the dates and for the periods indicated. The information in this table should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and other financial data pertaining to ILG included herein. However, this financial information does not necessarily reflect what the historical financial position and results of operations of ILG would have been had ILG been a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2007 (1)
  2006
  2005
  2004
(unaudited)

  2003
(unaudited)

  2008
(unaudited)

  2007
(unaudited)

 
  (In thousands)

Statement of Operations Data:                                          
Revenue   $ 360,407   $ 288,646   $ 260,843   $ 242,101   $ 206,453   $ 115,937   $ 86,433
Operating income     106,566     86,128     72,824     49,624     24,507     38,964     31,829
Net income     71,056     58,043     49,243     31,730     14,918     24,808     21,149
 
  December 31,
  March 31,
 

 

 

2007 (1)


 

2006


 

2005
(unaudited)


 

2004
(unaudited)


 

2003
(unaudited)


 

2008
(unaudited)


 
 
  (In thousands)

 
Balance Sheet Data (end of period):                                      
Working capital (deficit)   $ (12,712 ) $ (43,204 ) $ (37,578 ) $ (29,161 ) $ (23,981 ) $ (7,778 )
Total assets     922,617     767,677     783,032     789,383     799,847     933,905  
Minority interest     512                     520  
Shareholders' equity     513,367     408,887     439,947     467,746     522,577     507,549  

(1)
Includes the results of ResortQuest Hawaii and ResortQuest Real Estate of Hawaii, (collectively referred to herein as "RQH"), since its acquisition on May 31, 2007.

48



INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        The following Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Interval Leisure Group, Inc. and subsidiaries ("ILG") reflect adjustments to the historical consolidated financial statements of ILG to give effect to the separation and related financing transactions described in the notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 31, 2008 for the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet and as of January 1, 2007 and January 1, 2008 for the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the three months ended March 31, 2008, respectively.

        The assumptions used and pro forma adjustments derived from such assumptions are based on currently available information and ILG believes such assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances.

        The following Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements of ILG and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of ILG included in this Prospectus.

        These Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are not necessarily indicative of ILG's results of operations or financial condition had the separation and related transactions been completed on the dates assumed. Also, they may not reflect the results of operations or financial condition which would have resulted had ILG been operating as an independent publicly traded company during such periods. In addition, they are not necessarily indicative of ILG's future results of operations or financial condition.

49



INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

MARCH 31, 2008

 
  Historical
  Pro Forma
Adjustments

  Notes
  Pro Forma
 
  (In thousands, except share data)

ASSETS                      
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 69,242   $ 136,500   (a)   $ 119,242
            (86,500 ) (b)      
Other current assets     95,918             95,918
   
 
     
  Total current asset     165,160     50,000         215,160
Non-current assets     768,745     13,500   (a)     782,245
   
 
     
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 933,905   $ 63,500       $ 997,405
   
 
     
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                      
LIABILITIES:                      
Current liabilities   $ 172,938   $       $ 172,938
Long-term debt         150,000   (a)     426,500
            276,500   (b)      
Other long-term liabilities     252,898             252,898
Minority interest     520             520
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:                      
Common shares, $0.01 par value, 300,000,000 authorized; 55,747,109 issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis         557   (b)     557
Additional paid-in capital         142,831   (b)     142,831
Invested capital     726,760     (726,760 ) (b)    
Receivables from IAC and subsidiaries     (467,664 )   467,664   (b)    
Retained earnings     247,292     (247,292 ) (b)    
Accumulated other comprehensive income     1,161             1,161
   
 
     
  Total shareholders' equity     507,549     (363,000 )       144,549
   
 
     
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY   $ 933,905   $ 63,500       $ 997,405
   
 
     

The accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

50



INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

MARCH 31, 2008

 
  Historical
  Pro Forma
Adjustments

  Notes
  Pro Forma
 
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Revenue   $ 115,937   $       $ 115,937  
Operating expenses     76,973     1,728   (c)     79,467  
            766   (d)        
   
 
     
 
  Operating income     38,964     (2,494 )       36,470  
Other income (expense):                        
  Interest income     2,016     (1,276 ) (e)     740  
  Interest expense     (60 )   (10,590 ) (f)     (10,650 )
  Other expense     (500 )           (500 )
   
 
     
 
Total other income (expense), net     1,456     (11,866 )       (10,410 )
   
 
     
 
Earnings before income taxes and minority interest     40,420     (14,360 )       26,060  
Income tax provision     (15,604 )   5,561   (g)     (10,043 )
Minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries     (8 )           (8 )
   
 
     
 
Net income   $ 24,808   $ (8,799 )     $ 16,009  
   
 
     
 
Pro forma earnings per share:(h)                        
  Basic earnings per share   $ 0.29  
  Diluted earnings per share   $ 0.28  

The accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

51



INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007

 
  Historical
  Pro Forma
Adjustments

  Notes
  Pro Forma
 
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Revenue   $ 360,407   $       $ 360,407  
Operating expenses     253,841     7,312   (c)     264,216  
            3,063   (d)        
   
 
     
 
  Operating income     106,566     (10,375 )       96,191  
Other income (expense):                        
  Interest income     10,345     (7,718 ) (e)     2,627  
  Interest expense     (205 )   (42,361 ) (f)     (42,566 )
  Other expense     (606 )           (606 )
   
 
     
 
Total other income (expense), net     9,534     (50,079 )       (40,545 )
   
 
     
 
Earnings before income taxes and minority interest     116,100     (60,454 )       55,646  
Income tax provision     (45,032 )   23,413   (g)     (21,619 )
Minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries     (12 )           (12 )
   
 
     
 
Net income   $ 71,056   $ (37,041 )     $ 34,015  
   
 
     
 
Pro forma earnings per share:(h)                        
  Basic earnings per share     0.60  
  Diluted earnings per share     0.57  

The accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

52



INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(a)
In connection with the separation, ILG raised $150 million through a secured credit facility (the "Term Loan"), in addition, ILG negotiated a $50 million revolving credit facility (the "RCF"). The total costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the Interval Senior Notes and borrowings under the Term Loan and establishing the RCF are estimated to be $13.5 million. The net proceeds are approximately $136.5 million. The Interval Senior Notes have a maturity of eight years from the date of issuance and the Term Loan and RCF have five years terms. The interest rate on the Interval Senior Notes is 9.5% and LIBOR plus 2.75% for the Term Loan. The RCF has a fee of 0.50% for the unused portion.

(b)
To effect the terms of the separation as follows:

(i)
The transfer of approximately $86.5 million in cash to IAC prior to ILG's separation from IAC, from the financing referred to in note (a) above. ILG will retain $50 million in proceeds from the financings as well as its international cash, which is approximately $69.2 million as of March 31, 2008;

(ii)
The transfer of $300 million of aggregate principal amount of the Interval Senior Notes, net of $23.5 million of original issue discount.

(iii)
The extinguishment of the receivable from IAC and subsidiaries; and

(iv)
The issuance of 55.7 million shares to effect the transfer of the ownership of ILG from IAC to IAC's shareholders based upon an expected exchange ratio of 1 / 5 th  of a share of ILG for each share of IAC and the number of IAC common shares outstanding as of March 31, 2008 before giving effect to the 1 for 2 reverse stock split of IAC shares that is expected to be effected in connection with the separation.

(c)
ILG expects to incur additional cost related to being a stand-alone, public company. These costs have been estimated to be $8.3 million on an annual basis. These costs relate to the following:

additional personnel including accounting, tax, treasury, internal audit and legal personnel;

professional fees associated with audits, tax and other services;

increased insurance premiums;

increased health and welfare benefit costs;

costs associated with a board of directors;

increased franchise taxes, stock exchange listing fees, fees for preparing and distributing periodic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and

other administrative costs and fees.

53


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

    The total costs referred to above were compared to the corporate allocations from IAC for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 in order to determine the incremental costs expected to be incurred for each period as follows:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31, 2008

  Year Ended
December 31, 2007

 
 
  (In thousands)

 
Estimated stand-alone, public company costs   $ 2,043   $ 8,345  
Less: corporate allocations     (315 )   (1,033 )
   
 
 
Incremental costs of being a stand-alone, public company   $ 1,728   $ 7,312  
   
 
 

        The significant assumptions involved in arriving at these estimates include:

    the number of additional personnel required to operate as a public company and the compensation level with respect to each position;

    the level of additional assistance ILG will require from professional service providers;

    the increase in insurance premiums as a stand-alone public company;

    the increase in health and welfare costs as a stand-alone entity; and

    the type and level of other costs expected to be incurred in connection with being a stand-alone, public company.

    This amount excludes the $1.1 million of estimated one-time recruiting fees; professional fees for legal and tax services (e.g. initial benefit plan design); and other costs (e.g. initial stock exchange listing fees) expected to be incurred in initially establishing ILG as a stand-alone, public company. These costs are therefore not expected to recur.

    The information presented above in note (c), with respect to the costs that ILG expects to incur as a stand-alone, public company, is forward looking information within the meaning of "Forward-Looking Statements" as described on pages 21-22 of this Prospectus.

(d)
To reflect the additional compensation expense associated with equity-based awards that will be granted only upon consummation of the separation.

    The awards related to the consummation of the separation are expected to be granted to certain members of executive management of ILG in the form of restricted stock units ("RSUs"). The issuance of these awards is contingent upon the consummation of the separation. The expense related to these awards is included as a pro forma adjustment because they will vest over four years and will therefore have an impact on the ongoing operations of ILG. The aggregate estimated value of the awards is being amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over the four year vesting period of the awards. This does not reflect non-recurring compensation expense related to modifications of existing IAC RSUs that will be made in connection with the separation described below.

    The modification related to IAC issued RSUs relates to the accelerated vesting, upon the consummation of the separation, of all RSUs granted prior to August 8, 2005 and all awards that were scheduled to vest prior to February 28, 2009. The estimated expense of $3.3 million is the previously unrecognized expense associated with these awards. The expense is treated as

54


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


    non-recurring because after the separation no future service is required with respect to these awards.

    There may be additional stock-based awards granted in connection with the separation but the amount of such awards, if any, has not yet been determined and no expense with respect thereto has been reflected herein.

(e)
To reflect the elimination of intercompany interest income allocated by IAC to ILG.

(f)
This reflects the incremental interest expense related to the financing referred to in note (a) and the issuance of the Interval Senior Notes described in note (b) above. It includes interest expense at an effective rate of 11.0% on the Interval Senior Notes and LIBOR plus 2.75% on the Term Loan, LIBOR is assumed to be 2.80%, the aggregate assumed rate is therefore 5.55%. It also reflects expense at 0.50% on the RCF which is assumed to be unused. The interest expense calculation includes the amortization of debt issuance costs over the applicable term of each portion of the financing. The interest rates are based upon current assumptions, which with respect to the Interval Senior Notes is based upon the pricing of the Interval Senior Notes on July 17, 2008. An assumed 25 basis point change in the interest rate would result in an increase or decrease to interest expense of $0.8 million for the Interval Senior Notes and $0.4 million for the Term Loan.

(g)
To reflect the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments at an assumed effective tax rate of 38.7% which represents a federal statutory tax rate of 35% and a state effective statutory tax rate of 3.7%.

(h)
Earnings per share and weighted average shares outstanding reflect the historical number of common shares used to calculate IAC's earnings per share, adjusted based on an expected exchange ratio of 1 / 5 th of a share of ILG for each share of IAC before giving effect to the 1 for 2 reverse stock split for IAC shares that is expected to be effected in connection with the separation. These amounts reflect the outstanding equity-based awards that were included in IAC's dilutive earnings per share calculation. Pro forma earnings per share is calculated using the following:

 
  Three Months Ended
March 31, 2008

  Year Ended
December 31, 2007

 
  (In thousands)

Net income   $ 16,009   $ 34,015
   
 
Basic shares outstanding—weighted average shares     55,753     57,137
Other dilutive securities including stock options, warrants and restricted stock and share units     1,496     2,729
   
 
Diluted shares outstanding—weighted average shares     57,249     59,866
   
 

55



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF ILG

         The following discussion describes the financial condition and results of operations of Interval Leisure Group, Inc. ("ILG") as though ILG were a separate company as of the dates and for the periods presented and includes the businesses, assets and liabilities that will comprise ILG following the spin-off.

Spin-Off

        On November 5, 2007, IAC/InterActiveCorp ("IAC") announced that its Board of Directors approved a plan to separate IAC into five publicly traded companies, identifying ILG as one of those five companies. We refer to the separation transaction herein as the "spin-off". In connection with the spin-off, ILG was incorporated as a Delaware corporation in May 2008. ILG currently does not have any material assets or liabilities, nor does it engage in any business or other activities and, other than in connection with the spin-off, will not acquire or incur any material assets or liabilities, nor will it engage in any business or other activities. Upon completion of the spin-off, ILG will consist of Interval and ResortQuest Hawaii and ResortQuest Real Estate of Hawaii, collectively referred to herein as "RQH", which was acquired on May 31, 2007, the businesses that formerly comprised IAC's Interval segment. The businesses to be operated by ILG following the spin-off are referred to herein as the "ILG Businesses".

Basis of Presentation

        The historical consolidated financial statements of ILG and its subsidiaries and the disclosure set forth in this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of ILG reflect the contribution or other transfer to ILG of all of the subsidiaries and assets and the assumption by ILG of all of the liabilities relating to the ILG Businesses in connection with the spin-off, and the allocation to ILG of certain IAC corporate expenses relating to the ILG Businesses. Accordingly, the historical consolidated financial statements of ILG reflect the historical financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the ILG Businesses since their respective dates of acquisition by IAC, based on the historical consolidated financial statements and accounting records of IAC and using the historical results of operations and historical bases of the assets and liabilities of the ILG Businesses with the exception of accounting for income taxes. For purposes of these financial statements, income taxes have been computed for ILG on an as if stand-alone, separate tax return basis. Intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.

        In the opinion of ILG's management, the assumptions underlying the historical consolidated financial statements of ILG are reasonable. However, this financial information does not necessarily reflect what the historical financial position, results of operations and cash flows of ILG would have been had ILG been a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

56



MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW

        ILG is a leading provider of membership services, primarily to the vacation ownership industry, through Interval. With the acquisition of RQH in May 2007, ILG also entered the vacation rental and property management services industry.

Sources of Revenue

        Vacation ownership membership services revenue is generated primarily from membership fees and transactional fees paid for exchange and Getaway transactions (i.e., confirmed vacations). Interval typically enters into multi-year contracts with developers of vacation ownership resorts, pursuant to which the developers agree to enroll all purchasers of vacation interests at the applicable resort as members of Interval's exchange programs. In return, Interval provides enrolled purchasers with the ability to exchange the use and occupancy of their vacation interest at the home resort (generally for periods of one week) for the right to occupy accommodations at a different resort participating in Interval's network or at the same resort during a different period of occupancy. Members are also generally eligible to participate in the program's other value-added member services. Resort developers generally remit Interval's initial basic membership fee and, where applicable, upgraded membership fees, on behalf of their respective owners for membership periods ranging from one to five years at the time the vacation interests are sold. In most cases, vacation interest owners are responsible for renewing their memberships and paying related fees. However, some resort developers have incorporated Interval's membership fees into their annual assessments and these owners' memberships are renewed annually by the developer during the period of the resort's participation in the Interval network. In connection with its vacation ownership membership services business, Interval also provides travel-related services for members residing in the United States and the United Kingdom directly and in other selected servicing regions through the use of third parties, as well as support, consulting and back-office services for developers participating in the Interval exchange programs. Through Interval's Getaway program, members may rent resort accommodations for a fee, plus applicable taxes, without relinquishing the use of their vacation interests. For the year ended December 31, 2007, ILG's vacation ownership membership services business represented 88% of its revenue.

        ILG, through RQH, also provides vacation rental and property management services for owners of condominium hotels and hotel management services to owners of traditional hotels. Revenue from RQH is derived principally from management fees for vacation rental services and property management services. Property management fees consist of a base management fee and, in some instances, an incentive fee. Property management agreements may provide that owners receive a specified portion of the revenue generated while the relevant properties are under RQH management. In these cases, the operating expenses for the rental operation are paid from the revenue generated by the accommodations rentals. The owners are then paid their contractual percentages, and RQH either retains the balance (if any) as its management fee or is required to make up the deficit. Revenue is also derived from fees for hotel management services. For the year ended December 31, 2007, ILG's vacation rental and property management services business represented 12% of its consolidated revenue for the seven month period following RQH's acquisition on May 31, 2007.

Channels of Distribution; Marketing Costs

        ILG markets and offers services directly to customers through call centers and branded websites allowing customers to transact directly with ILG in a convenient manner. ILG also markets its value-added, operational and sales and marketing support services directly to developers and the benefits of membership directly to prospective members. ILG also markets and distributes its services through its various customer and industry publications and through third party distribution channels, including, without limitation, online travel intermediaries and, to a limited degree, via internet search engines.

57


Access to Supply

        ILG's vacation ownership membership services business is dependent upon vacation ownership developers for new members and resort accommodations for use in confirmed vacations, as well as upon members to renew their existing memberships. Its vacation rental and property management business is dependent upon vacation property owners and hotels for vacation properties to manage and rent to vacationers. ILG's businesses have established strong relationships with resort developers, members and managed property owners pursuant to contractual arrangements, although there are no assurances that these historical relationships will continue beyond their contractual term in the future.

International Operations

        ILG continues to seek to expand its vacation ownership membership services business abroad, especially in the Middle East and Asia. International revenue grew approximately 15% in 2007 from 2006. However, as a percentage of total ILG revenue, international revenue was approximately 16% in 2007 and approximately 18% in both 2006 and 2005. This decrease is due to domestic revenue growing at a faster rate during this time period primarily due to the acquisition of RQH in 2007.

Economic and Other Trends and Events; Industry Specific Factors

        Growth in the vacation ownership membership services industry is driven primarily by the number of vacation interests sold to new purchasers. In 2008, the number of U.S.-based households owning vacation interests increased to approximately 4.7 million, an increase of approximately 300,000 households, from the number reported for 2007. Continued growth is expected to be driven by: (i) increased consumer awareness and acceptance of the value and benefits of the ownership of vacation interests (ii) adoption of constructive legislation and regulations internationally that improve consumer protection and allow businesses to operate profitably; (iii) the entry of additional independent developers and brand-name hospitality companies into the vacation ownership industry, which will increase the number of vacation interests available for sale; and (iv) reported demand for vacation ownership products in the U.S., whereby an estimated 5% of all adult leisure travelers familiar with the concept of timeshares have expressed an interest in acquiring a vacation interest at some point before February 2010 which equates to an estimated potential market consisting of approximately 6.0 million potential purchasers less than 15% of whom are estimated to already own a vacation interest. The vacation ownership membership services industry growth is also driven by the continued development and offering of new vacation ownership accommodations and alternative vacation ownership related products.

        ILG believes that the overall supply of vacation rental properties has been increasing as a result of the growth in second/vacation home ownership and the increasing desire among many owners to rent their properties for additional income. An increasing percentage of vacation home purchasers have cited the ability to generate rental income as a motivating factor for their purchase decision. Property management and vacation rental companies facilitate the rental process by handling most, if not all, aspects of interaction with vacationers. ILG believes growth in the marketplace is due, in some part, to the numbers of resorts entering the condo space as a means to capitalize on overall property construction through the upfront sales of vacation condos. Condominium accommodations typically provide substantial value to the consumer seeking more than a nightly stay, as they offer families greater space and convenience than a traditional hotel room by offering separate living, sleeping and eating quarters. Continued interest in leisure travel, as well as improved product awareness and customer convenience through direct and indirect online distribution channels, is also expected to drive this growth.

58


Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

Revenue

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  % Change
  2006
  % Change
  2005
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

Interval   $ 318,370   10%   $ 288,646   11%   $ 260,843
RQH     42,037   N/A     N/A   N/A     N/A
   
     
     
Total revenue   $ 360,407   25%   $ 288,646   11%   $ 260,843
   
     
     

        Revenue in 2007 increased $71.8 million, or 25%, from 2006 primarily due to the acquisition of RQH on May 31, 2007, which contributed $42.0 million to ILG's revenue in 2007. Excluding RQH, revenue grew 10%. This was driven by a 13% growth in revenue from confirmed vacations and a 10% increase in membership revenue. Confirmed vacations revenue, which includes transactional fees paid for exchange and Getaway transactions (i.e. vacations), increased due to a 6% increase in volume, as well as a higher average fee compared to the prior year. Membership revenue grew due to a 6% increase in active members reflecting strong new member growth combined with a sustained retention rate. Total active members increased by 0.1 million from 2006 to approximately 2.0 million.

        Revenue in 2006 increased $27.8 million, or 11%, from 2005 primarily due to a 5% increase in confirmed vacations and higher average fees in the vacation ownership membership services business. Total active members increased 4% to nearly 1.9 million.

        ILG cannot say with certainty how an additional increase in fees for vacations in 2008 would impact growth of vacation ownership interests. Historically, when ILG has increased fees its active members and confirmed vacations have continued to increase.

Cost of Sales

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  % Change
  2006
  % Change
  2005
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

Cost of sales   $100,799   52%   $66,293   9%   $60,794
As a percentage of total revenue   28%   500 bp   23%   (34) bp   23%
Gross margins   72%   (500) bp   77%   34 bp   77%

        Cost of sales consists primarily of compensation and other employee-related costs (including stock-based compensation) for personnel engaged in servicing Interval's members as well as the cost of rental inventory for confirmed vacations. In 2007, due to the acquisition of RQH, cost of sales also includes compensation and other employee-related costs for personnel engaged in providing services to property owners and/or guests.

        Cost of sales in 2007 increased $34.5 million from 2006, primarily due to the acquisition of RQH, which contributed $29.6 million to ILG's cost of sales. Gross margins decreased 6% principally due to the inclusion of RQH. Excluding the impact of RQH, cost of sales increased $4.9 million in 2007 primarily due to an increase of $4.6 million in the cost of rental inventory for use in confirmed vacations.

        Cost of sales in 2006 increased $5.5 million from 2005, primarily due to an increase of $2.3 million in the cost of rental inventory for confirmed vacations and an increase of $1.9 million in compensation and other employee-related costs associated, in part, with an increase in contract labor related to outsourced home-based call center agents.

59


Selling and marketing expense

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  % Change
  2006
  % Change
  2005
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

Selling and marketing expense   $45,835   10%   $41,635   8%   $38,424
As a percentage of total revenue   13%   (171) bp   14%   (31) bp   15%

        Selling and marketing expense consists primarily of commission expense, advertising and promotional expenditures and compensation and other employee-related costs (including stock-based compensation) for personnel engaged in sales and sales support functions. Advertising and promotional expenditures primarily include printing and postage costs of directories and magazines, promotions, tradeshows and agency fees.

        Selling and marketing expense in 2007 increased $4.2 million from 2006, primarily due to the acquisition of RQH, which contributed $2.0 million to ILG's selling and marketing expense. Excluding the impact of RQH, selling and marketing expense increased $2.2 million in 2007 primarily due to an increase in compensation and other employee-related costs, partially offset by lower advertising and promotional expenditures.

        Selling and marketing expense in 2006 increased $3.2 million from 2005, primarily due to increases of $2.1 million in commission expense and $0.9 million in compensation and other employee-related costs. The increase in commission expense is principally driven by the increase in revenue described above.

General and administrative expense

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  % Change
  2006
  % Change
  2005
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

General and administrative expense   $71,913   17%   $61,538   9%   $56,213
As a percentage of total revenue   20%   (137) bp   21%   (23) bp   22%

        General and administrative expense consists primarily of compensation and other employee-related costs (including stock-based compensation) for personnel engaged in finance, legal, tax, human resources, information technology and executive management functions, facilities costs and fees for professional services.

        General and administrative expense in 2007 increased $10.4 million from 2006, primarily due to an increase in compensation and other employee-related costs, as well as the impact of the RQH acquisition in 2007, which contributed $2.9 million to ILG's general and administrative expense. Excluding the impact of RQH, general and administrative expense increased $7.5 million in 2007 primarily due to an increase of $6.2 million in compensation and other employee-related costs associated, in part, with an 8% increase in headcount. ILG expects to incur increased costs related to the additional financial and legal requirements associated with being a separate public company, as well as increased non-cash compensation associated with the modification of existing stock-based compensation awards in connection with the spin-off and the grant of new awards post spin-off.

        General and administrative expense in 2006 increased $5.3 million from 2005, primarily due to increases of $2.9 million in compensation and other employee-related costs, $0.5 million in facility costs and $0.5 million in professional fees. The increase in compensation and other employee-related costs is primarily due to an increase of $1.7 million in non-cash compensation expense. This non-cash compensation expense is related to equity awards granted by IAC to employees of ILG and is recorded over the vesting period of the awards.

60


        Effective January 1, 2006, ILG adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 123 (revised 2004), "Share-Based Payment" ("SFAS 123R"), using the modified prospective transition method. There was no impact to the amount of stock-based compensation recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as ILG had previously adopted the expense recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"). The majority of stock-based compensation expense is reflected in general and administrative expense. As of December 31, 2007, there was approximately $14.0 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to all equity-based awards, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.0 years.

Depreciation

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  % Change
  2006
  % Change
  2005
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

Depreciation   $8,415   7%   $7,832   6%   $7,368
As a percentage of total revenue   2%   (38) bp   3%   (11) bp   3%

        Depreciation in 2007 increased $0.6 million from 2006, primarily due to the acquisition of RQH. Excluding the impact of RQH, depreciation in 2007 was relatively flat.

        Depreciation in 2006 increased $0.5 million from 2005, primarily due to the incremental depreciation associated with certain information technology projects that were placed in service during late 2005 and 2006.

Operating Income Before Amortization

        Operating Income Before Amortization is a Non-GAAP measure and is defined in "ILG's Principles of Financial Reporting".

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  % Change
  2006
  % Change
  2005
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

Operating Income Before Amortization   $137,074   20%   $114,634   15%   $99,303
As a percentage of total revenue   38%   (168) bp   40%   164 bp   38%

        Operating Income Before Amortization in 2007 increased $22.4 million from 2006, growing at a slower rate than revenue due primarily to the inclusion of the results of RQH in 2007. Excluding the impact of RQH, Operating Income Before Amortization grew to $129.9 million. This increase is due to the higher revenue noted above and lower advertising and promotional expenditures, partially offset by increases of $7.5 million in general and administrative expense and $4.9 million in cost of sales.

        Operating Income Before Amortization in 2006 increased $15.3 million from 2005, primarily due to the higher revenue noted above and, to a lesser extent, improved operating efficiencies. Vacations confirmed online were 24% during 2006 compared with 21% in 2005. Operating Income Before Amortization was also impacted by increases of $5.3 million in general and administrative expense and $2.3 million in advertising and promotional expenditures.

61


Operating income

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  % Change
  2006
  % Change
  2005
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

Operating income   $106,566   24%   $86,128   18%   $72,824
As a percentage of total revenue   30%   (27) bp   30%   192 bp   28%

        Operating income in 2007 increased $20.4 million from 2006, primarily due to the increase in Operating Income Before Amortization described above, partially offset by an increase of $1.7 million in amortization of intangibles and an increase in non-cash compensation expense. RQH contributed $4.1 million to ILG's operating income in 2007. The increase in amortization of intangibles results from the acquisition of RQH, partially offset by certain intangible assets being fully amortized in 2007.

        Operating income in 2006 increased $13.3 million from 2005, primarily due to the increase in Operating Income Before Amortization described above, partially offset by an increase of $2.0 million in non-cash compensation expense.

Other income (expense)

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  % Change
  2006
  % Change
  2005
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)

 
Other income (expense):                            
  Interest income   $ 10,345   16 % $ 8,914   37 % $ 6,518  
  Interest expense     (205 ) 43 %   (357 ) 43 %   (623 )
  Other expense     (606 ) 22 %   (774 ) (185 )%   (272 )

        Interest income in 2007 increased $1.4 million from 2006, primarily due to higher receivable balances due from IAC and subsidiaries, as well as increased interest earned on higher average cash balances in 2007. Interest income in 2006 increased $2.4 million from 2005 primarily due to higher receivable balances due from IAC and subsidiaries. The increase in the receivable balance is principally due to cash transfers to IAC in connection with IAC's centrally managed U.S. treasury function.

Income tax provision

        ILG recorded income tax provisions of $45.0 million, $35.9 million and $29.2 million, for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which represents effective tax rates of 39%, 38% and 37%, respectively. These tax rates are higher than the federal statutory rate of 35% due principally to state and local income taxes partially offset by foreign income taxed at lower rates.

        ILG adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109" ("FIN 48") effective January 1, 2007. The cumulative effect of the adoption resulted in an increase of $0.2 million to retained earnings. As of January 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007, ILG had unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $4.0 million and $7.3 million, respectively, which included accrued interest of $1.0 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

        By virtue of previously filed separate company and consolidated tax returns with IAC, ILG is routinely under audit by federal, state, local and foreign authorities in the area of income tax. These audits include questioning the timing and the amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. Income taxes payable include amounts considered sufficient to pay assessments that may result from examination of prior year returns; however, the amount paid upon

62



resolution of issues raised may differ from the amount provided. Differences between the reserves for tax contingencies and the amounts owed by ILG are recorded in the period they become known.

        The Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") is currently examining the IAC consolidated tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2001 through 2003, which includes the operations of Interval from September 24, 2002, its date of acquisition by IAC. The statute of limitations for these years has been extended to December 31, 2008. Tax filings in various state, local and foreign jurisdictions are currently under examination, the most significant of which are Florida, New York state and New York City, for various tax years after December 31, 2001. These examinations are expected to be completed by late 2008. ILG believes that it is reasonably possible that its unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by approximately $2.9 million within twelve months of the current reporting date due primarily to the reversal of deductible temporary differences which will result in a corresponding increase in net deferred tax liabilities. An estimate of other changes in unrecognized benefits cannot be made, but are not expected to be significant.

        Under the terms of the tax sharing agreement, which will be executed in connection with the spin-off, IAC will generally retain the liability related to federal and state tax returns filed on a consolidated or unitary basis for all periods prior to the spin-off.

63



FINANCIAL POSITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

        As of December 31, 2007, ILG had $72.9 million of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents, $64.8 million of which is held in foreign jurisdictions, principally the United Kingdom, and is subject to changes in foreign exchange rates. The majority of ILG's cash is in the United Kingdom due to its participation in IAC's centrally managed treasury function in the U.S., its European businesses operating through licensing arrangements with its United Kingdom entity and the reinvestment of the related earnings in the United Kingdom. ILG conducts business in one foreign country where a currency restriction exists. At December 31, 2007 ILG had $5.1 million of cash which can only be repatriated upon the approval of that country's government. ILG has requested approval for a portion of the cash to be repatriated. This request is currently pending.

        Net cash provided by operating activities was $125.6 million and $106.4 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase of $19.2 million in net cash provided by operating activities is principally due to higher net income and increased deferred revenue. These items were partially offset by increases in accounts receivable and prepaid expenses and other current assets.

        Net cash used in investing activities in 2007 of $208.9 million primarily resulted from acquisitions, net of cash acquired, of $114.1 million, cash transfers to IAC of $84.5 million and capital expenditures of $10.3 million. The cash transfers to IAC relate to IAC's centrally managed U.S. treasury function. Net cash used in investing activities in 2006 of $110.2 was primarily related to cash transfers to IAC of $103.6 million and capital expenditures of $6.7 million.

        Net cash provided by financing activities in 2007 of $112.2 million was primarily due to capital contributions of $114.1 million from IAC to fund ILG's 2007 acquisitions. Cash used in financing activities in 2006 of $0.5 million was primarily due to excess tax benefits from stock-based awards.

64



CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS

 
  Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations

  Total
  Less Than
1 Year

  1-3 Years
  3-5 Years
  More Than
5 Years

 
  (In thousands)

Purchase obligations(a)   $ 10,587   $ 4,177   $ 3,150   $ 2,173   $ 1,087
Operating leases     74,943     9,333     14,592     12,429     38,589
   
 
 
 
 
Total contractual cash obligations   $ 85,530   $ 13,510   $ 17,742   $ 14,602   $ 39,676
   
 
 
 
 

(a)
The purchase obligations primarily relate to future space purchases.

 
  Amount of Commitment Expiration Per Period
Other Commercial Commitments*

  Total Amounts
Committed

  Less Than
1 Year

  1-3 Years
  3-5 Years
  More Than
5 Years

 
  (In thousands)

Guarantees, surety bonds and letters of credit   $ 32,612   $ 25,040   $ 3,722   $ 1,806   $ 2,044
   
 
 
 
 

*
Commercial commitments are funding commitments that could potentially require performance in the event of demands by third parties or contingent events, such as under lines of credit extended or under guarantees.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Other than the items described above, ILG does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2007.

65


Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2008 Compared to the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007

Revenue

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2008
  % Change
  2007
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
Interval   $ 96,834   12%   $ 86,433
RQH     19,103   N/A     N/A
   
     
Total revenue   $ 115,937   34%   $ 86,433
   
     

        Revenue in 2008 increased $29.5 million, or 34%, from 2007 primarily due to the acquisition of RQH on May 31, 2007, which contributed $19.1 million to ILG's revenue in 2008. Excluding RQH, revenue grew 12%. This was driven by a 13% growth in revenue from confirmed vacations and a 9% increase in membership revenue. Confirmed vacations revenue, which includes transactional fees paid for exchange and Getaway transactions (i.e. vacations), increased due to a 6% increase in volume as well as a higher average fee compared to the prior year period. Membership revenue grew due to a 4% increase in active members in addition to an increase in average fee. Total active members increased by 0.1 million from 2007 to approximately 2.0 million.

Cost of sales

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2008
  % Change
  2007
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
Cost of sales   $36,033   90%   $18,944
As a percentage of total revenue   31%   916 bp   22%
Gross margins   69%   (916) bp   78%

        Cost of sales consists primarily of compensation and other employee-related costs (including stock-based compensation) for personnel engaged in servicing Interval's members as well as the cost of rental inventory for confirmed vacations. Beginning in the second quarter of 2007, due to the acquisition of RQH, cost of sales also includes compensation and other employee-related costs for personnel engaged in providing services to property owners and/or guests.

        Cost of sales in 2008 increased $17.1 million from 2007, primarily due to the acquisition of RQH, which contributed $12.7 million to ILG's cost of sales. Gross margins decreased 7% principally due to the inclusion of RQH. Excluding the impact of RQH, cost of sales increased $4.4 million in 2008 primarily due to increases of $1.9 million in compensation and other employee-related costs and $1.3 million in the cost of rental inventory in order to fulfill confirmed vacations. The increase in compensation and other employee-related costs is due in part to an increase in contract labor related to both in-house and outsourced home-based call center agents.

Selling and marketing expense

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2008
  % Change
  2007
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
Selling and marketing expense   $12,263   5%   $11,662
As a percentage of total revenue   11%   (292) bp   13%

66


        Selling and marketing expense consists primarily of commission expense, advertising and promotional expenditures and compensation and other employee-related costs (including stock-based compensation) for personnel engaged in sales and sales support functions. Advertising and promotional expenditures primarily include printing and postage costs of directories and magazines, promotions, tradeshows and agency fees.

        Selling and marketing expense in 2008 increased $0.6 million from 2007, due to the acquisition of RQH, which contributed $1.0 million to ILG's selling and marketing expense. Excluding the impact of RQH, selling and marketing expense decreased $0.4 million in 2008 primarily due to decreased advertising and promotional expenditures, partially offset by an increase in compensation and other employee-related costs. The decrease in advertising and promotional expenditures is due in part to the timing of an industry tradeshow.

General and administrative expense

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2008
  % Change
  2007
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
General and administrative expense   $19,965   26%   $15,805
As a percentage of total revenue   17%   (106) bp   18%

        General and administrative expense consists primarily of compensation and other employee-related costs (including stock-based compensation) for personnel engaged in finance, legal, tax, human resources, information technology and executive management functions, facilities costs and fees for professional services.

        General and administrative expense in 2008 increased $4.2 million from 2007, primarily due to an increase in compensation and other employee-related costs, as well as the impact of the RQH acquisition in 2007, which contributed $1.4 million to ILG's general and administrative expense. Excluding the impact of RQH, general and administrative expense increased $2.8 million in 2008 primarily due to an increase of $2.1 million in compensation and other employee-related costs associated, in part, with a 6% increase in headcount. ILG expects to incur increased costs related to the additional financial and legal requirements associated with being a separate public company, as well as increased non-cash compensation associated with the modification of existing stock-based compensation awards in connection with the spin-off and the grant of new awards in connection with and subsequent to the spin-off.

        General and administrative expense includes non-cash compensation expense of $1.2 million in 2008 compared with $0.3 million in 2007. The increase in non-cash compensation expense is primarily due to equity grants issued subsequent to the first quarter of 2007. As of March 31, 2008, there was approximately $16.4 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to all equity-based awards, which is currently expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.3 years (exclusive of the impact of the modification related to the spin-off, which consists of the accelerated vesting of certain unvested restricted stock units).

Depreciation

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2008
  % Change
  2007
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
Depreciation   $2,235   18%   $1,888
As a percentage of total revenue   2%   (26) bp   2%

67


        Depreciation in 2008 increased $0.3 million from 2007, primarily due to the incremental depreciation associated with capital expenditures made after the first quarter 2007 and the acquisition of RQH. Excluding the impact of RQH, depreciation increased $0.2 million in 2008.

Operating Income Before Amortization

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2008
  % Change
  2007
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
Operating Income Before Amortization   $46,836   22%   $38,499
As a percentage of total revenue   40%   (414) bp   45%

        Operating Income Before Amortization in 2008 increased $8.3 million from 2007, growing at a slower rate than revenue due primarily to the inclusion of the results of RQH in 2008. Excluding the impact of RQH, Operating Income Before Amortization grew to $42.9 million. This increase is due to the higher revenue noted above and lower advertising and promotional expenditures, partially offset by increases of $4.4 million in cost of sales and $2.8 million in general and administrative expense.

        We expect that, compared to second quarter 2007, operating results in the second quarter 2008 will be adversely impacted by (i) the incurrence of trade show expenses in the second quarter of 2008 which were incurred in the first quarter of 2007, (ii) the increase in expenses associated with preparing to operate as a stand-alone public company and (iii) expenses incurred to train additional personnel to support a newly acquired back office servicing account. In addition, results at RQH will be adversely impacted by a double digit percentage decrease in airlift to Hawaii, due in large part to the bankruptcy of two low cost airlines during the quarter. Operating income will be further impacted by the allocation to ILG of certain IAC corporate expenses relating to the ILG business.

Operating income

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2008
  % Change
  2007
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
Operating Income   $38,964   22%   $31,829
As a percentage of total revenue   34%   (322) bp   37%

        Operating income in 2008 increased $7.1 million from 2007, primarily due to the increase in Operating Income Before Amortization described above, partially offset by an increase of $1.0 million in non-cash compensation expense and an increase of $0.2 million in amortization of intangibles. RQH contributed $2.6 million to ILG's operating income in 2008.

Income tax provision

        For the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, ILG recorded tax provisions of $15.6 million and $13.2 million, respectively, which represent effective tax rates of 39% and 38%, respectively. The tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 are higher than the federal statutory rate of 35% due principally to state and local income taxes partially offset by foreign income taxed at lower rates.

        As of December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, ILG had unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $5.7 million. Included in unrecognized tax benefits at March 31, 2008 is approximately $4.9 million for tax positions included in IAC's consolidated tax return filings that will remain a liability of IAC after the spin-off. ILG recognizes interest and, if applicable, penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. There were no material accruals for interest for 2008. At March 31,

68



2008, ILG has accrued $1.7 million for the payment of interest. There are no material accruals for penalties.

        By virtue of previously filed separate ILG and consolidated tax returns with IAC, ILG is routinely under audit by federal, state, local and foreign authorities in the area of income tax. These audits include questioning the timing and the amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. Income taxes payable include amounts considered sufficient to pay assessments that may result from examination of prior year returns; however, the amount paid upon resolution of issues raised may differ from the amount provided. Differences between the reserves for tax contingencies and the amounts owed by ILG are recorded in the period they become known. ILG believes that it is reasonably possible that its unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by approximately $2.9 million within twelve months of the current reporting date due primarily to the reversal of deductible temporary differences which will result in a corresponding increase in net deferred tax liabilities. An estimate of other changes in unrecognized tax benefits cannot be made, but are not expected to be significant.

        Under the terms of the tax sharing agreement, which will be executed in connection with the spin-off, IAC will generally retain the liability related to federal and state returns filed on a consolidated or unitary basis for all periods prior to the spin-off.

69



FINANCIAL POSITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

        As of March 31, 2008, ILG had $77.6 million of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents, $69.2 million of which is held in foreign jurisdictions, principally the United Kingdom, and is subject to changes in foreign exchange rates. ILG conducts business in a foreign country where currency restriction exists. At March 31, 2008 ILG had $5.5 million of cash which can only be repatriated upon the approval of that country's government. ILG has requested approval for a portion of the cash to be repatriated. This request is currently pending.

        Net cash provided by operating activities declined from $39.0 million in 2007 to $36.5 million in 2008. This decline was due principally to a greater increase in accounts receivable related to various renegotiated contracts in 2008, an increase in prepaid membership costs and a smaller contribution from deferred revenue, partially offset by higher net income.

        Net cash used in investing activities in 2008 of $35.0 million primarily resulted from cash transfers to IAC of $32.6 million and capital expenditures of $2.4 million. The cash transfers to IAC relate to IAC's centrally managed U.S. treasury function. Net cash used in investing activities in 2007 of $34.6 million was primarily related to cash transfers to IAC of $33.0 million and capital expenditures of $1.6 million.

        ILG anticipates that it will need to make capital and other expenditures in connection with the development and expansion of it operations.

        In connection with the separation, ILG raised $150 million through a secured credit facility (the "Term Loan") and ILG negotiated a revolving credit facility (the "RCF"). The total costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the Interval Senior Notes and borrowings under the Term Loan and establishing the RCF are estimated to be $13.5 million. The net proceeds are approximately $136.5 million. In connection with the separation, ILG will distribute the net proceeds of the financing to IAC except for $50 million which it will retain and $300 million in aggregate principal amount of the Interval Senior Notes. ILG will also retain its international cash which is approximately $69.2 million as of March 31, 2008. Upon completion of the spin-off, intercompany receivable balances will be extinguished.

        ILG believes its ability to generate cash from operations, the overall capacity and terms of its financing arrangements as discussed above, and access to the equity markets subject to restrictions under the tax sharing agreement will be sufficient to fund its operating, investing and financing cash needs for the foreseeable future.

70



CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS

 
  Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations

  Total
  Less Than
1 Year

  1-3 Years
  3-5 Years
  More Than
5 Years

 
  (In thousands)
Purchase obligations(a)   $ 10,165   $ 3,925   $ 2,979   $ 2,174   $ 1,087
Operating leases     73,957     9,194     15,184     12,522     37,057
   
 
 
 
 
Total contractual cash obligations   $ 84,122   $ 13,119   $ 18,163   $ 14,696   $ 38,144
   
 
 
 
 

(a)
The purchase obligations primarily relate to future space purchases.

71



ILG'S PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL REPORTING

        ILG reports Operating Income Before Amortization as a supplemental measure to generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). This measure is one of the primary metrics by which ILG evaluates the performance of its businesses, on which its internal budgets are based and by which management is compensated. ILG believes that investors should have access to the same set of tools that it uses in analyzing its results. This non-GAAP measure should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with GAAP, but should not be considered a substitute for or superior to GAAP results. ILG provides and encourages investors to examine the reconciling adjustments between the GAAP and non-GAAP measure which are discussed below.

Definition of ILG's Non-GAAP Measure

         Operating Income Before Amortization is defined as operating income excluding, if applicable: (1) non-cash compensation expense, (2) amortization of intangibles and goodwill impairment, (3) pro forma adjustments for significant acquisitions, and (4) one-time items. ILG believes this measure is useful to investors because it represents the operating results from the ILG Businesses, taking into account depreciation, which ILG believes is an ongoing cost of doing business, but excluding the effects of any other non-cash expenses. Operating Income Before Amortization has certain limitations in that it does not take into account the impact to ILG's statement of operations of certain expenses, including non-cash compensation, and acquisition-related accounting. ILG endeavors to compensate for the limitations of the non-GAAP measure presented by also providing the comparable GAAP measure with equal or greater prominence and descriptions of the reconciling items, including quantifying such items, to derive the non-GAAP measure.

Pro Forma Results

        ILG will only present Operating Income Before Amortization on a pro forma basis if it views a particular transaction as significant in size or transformational in nature. For the periods presented in this report, there are no transactions that ILG has included on a pro forma basis.

One-Time Items

        Operating Income Before Amortization is presented before one-time items, if applicable. These items are truly one-time in nature and non-recurring, infrequent or unusual, and have not occurred in the past two years or are not expected to recur in the next two years, in accordance with SEC rules. For the periods presented in this report, there are no one-time items.

Non-Cash Expenses That Are Excluded From ILG's Non-GAAP Measure

         Non-cash compensation expense consists principally of expense associated with the grants, including unvested grants assumed in acquisitions, of restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock options. These expenses are not paid in cash, and ILG will include the related shares in its future calculations of fully diluted shares outstanding. Upon vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units and the exercise of certain stock options, the awards will be settled, at ILG's discretion, on a net basis, with ILG remitting the required tax withholding amount from its current funds.

         Amortization of intangibles is a non-cash expense relating primarily to acquisitions. At the time of an acquisition, the intangible assets of the acquired company, such as customer relationships, purchase agreements and property management agreements are valued and amortized over their estimated lives. ILG believes that since intangibles represent costs incurred by the acquired company to build value prior to acquisition, they were part of transaction costs.

72


Reconciliation of Operating Income Before Amortization

        For a reconciliation of Operating Income Before Amortization to operating income for ILG's operating segments and to net income in total for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, see Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements. For a reconciliation of Operating Income Before Amortization to operating income for ILG's operating segments and to net income for the three months ended March 31, 2008, see Note 5 to the unaudited interim financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        The following disclosure is provided to supplement the descriptions of ILG's accounting policies contained in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in regard to significant areas of judgment. ILG's management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions during the preparation of its consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. These estimates and assumptions impact the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. They also impact the reported amount of net income during any period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Because of the size of the financial statement elements to which they relate, some of ILG's accounting policies and estimates have a more significant impact on its consolidated financial statements than others. What follows is a discussion of some of ILG's more significant accounting policies and estimates.

    Recoverability of Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

        In accordance with SFAS 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" ("SFAS 142"), ILG reviews the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets on an annual basis as of October 1 or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances. ILG determines the fair value of its reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets based upon an evaluation of expected discounted cash flows. This discounted cash flow analysis utilizes an evaluation of historical and forecasted operating results. The determination of discounted cash flows is based upon forecasted operating results that may not occur. The annual assessment for 2007 did not identify any impairment charges. The value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets that is subject to assessment for impairment in accordance with SFAS 142 is $514.3 million and $33.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2007.

    Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets

        ILG reviews the carrying value of all long-lived assets, primarily property and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may be impaired. In accordance with SFAS 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" ("SFAS 144"), impairment is considered to have occurred whenever the carrying value of a long-lived asset exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows that is expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. The determination of cash flows is based upon assumptions that may not occur. The value of long-lived assets that is subject to assessment for impairment in accordance with SFAS 144 is $190.6 million at December 31, 2007.

    Income Taxes

        Estimates of deferred income taxes and the significant items giving rise to the deferred assets and liabilities are shown in Note 7, and reflect management's assessment of actual future taxes to be paid on items reflected in the consolidated financial statements, giving consideration to both timing and the probability of realization. As of December 31, 2007, the balance of deferred tax liabilities, net, is $66.5 million. Actual income taxes could vary from these estimates due to future changes in income tax law, state income tax apportionment or the outcome of any review of IAC's tax returns by the IRS, as

73


well as actual operating results of ILG that vary significantly from anticipated results. Effective January 1, 2007, ILG adopted the provisions of FIN 48. As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, ILG recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed by the interpretation. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. This measurement step is inherently difficult and requires subjective estimations of such amounts to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. ILG considers many factors when evaluating and estimating our tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes.

Seasonality

        Revenue at ILG is influenced by the seasonal nature of planned family travel with the first quarter generally experiencing the strongest bookings and the fourth quarter generally experiencing weaker bookings.

74



QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

        ILG conducts business in certain foreign markets, primarily in the United Kingdom and the European Union. ILG's primary exposure to foreign currency risk relates to its investments in foreign subsidiaries that transact business in a functional currency other than the U.S. Dollar, primarily the British Pound Sterling and Euro. However, the exposure is mitigated as ILG has generally reinvested profits from its international operations. ILG is also exposed to foreign currency risk related to its assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency.

        As currency exchange rates change, translation of the income statements of ILG's international businesses into U.S. dollars affects year-over-year comparability of operating results. Historically, ILG has not hedged translation risks because cash flows from international operations were generally reinvested locally. Foreign exchange net losses for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Foreign exchange net losses for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 were $0.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

        As ILG increases its operations in international markets it becomes increasingly exposed to potentially volatile movements in currency exchange rates. The economic impact of currency exchange rate movements on ILG is often linked to variability in real growth, inflation, interest rates, governmental actions and other factors. These changes, if material, could cause ILG to adjust its financing, operating and hedging strategies.

75


Management of ILG

ILG Board of Directors and Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth information as to persons who are expected to serve as ILG directors and executive officers following the spin-offs. The ILG Board of Directors, the composition of which complies with the independence requirements under the current standards imposed by the Marketplace Rules, including the transitional rules set forth therein, is currently expected to consist of nine directors.

Name

  Age
  Position(s)
Craig Nash   54   Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director of ILG
Gregory R. Blatt   40   Director of ILG
David Flowers   54   Director of ILG
John Galea   52   Chief Accounting Officer of ILG
William L. Harvey   52   Chief Financial Officer of ILG
Gary S. Howard*   57   Director of ILG
Victoria Kincke   52   General Counsel of ILG
Lew Korman*   63   Director of ILG
Thomas J. Kuhn*   45   Director of ILG
Marie Lee   52   Chief Information Officer of ILG
Jeanette Marbert   51   Chief Operating Officer of ILG
Thomas J. McInerney   43   Director of ILG
Tom Murphy, Jr.*   60   Director of ILG
Avy H. Stein*   53   Director of ILG

*
Independent Directors

Directors

        Background information about those individuals who are expected to serve as directors of ILG appears below.

         Craig M. Nash , age 54, will serve as Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and director of ILG upon completion of the spin-offs and has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Interval since June 1999. Prior to assuming this role, Mr. Nash served in a series of increasingly significant roles with Interval, including as General Counsel and Vice President of Regulatory Affairs. Mr. Nash joined Interval in 1982. Mr. Nash also provides management oversight to the RQH businesses. Mr. Nash serves on the Board of Directors of the American Resort Development Association and is also a member of its Executive Committee.

         Gregory R. Blatt, age 40, has served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of IAC since March 2005 and had previously served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of IAC since November 2003. Prior to joining IAC in November 2003, Mr. Blatt served as Executive Vice President, Business Affairs and General Counsel of Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, Inc. ("MSO") from January 2001 to October 2003, Executive Vice President and General Counsel of MSO from September 1999 to January 2001 and Senior Vice President, General Counsel of MSO from May 1999 to September 1999. Prior to joining MSO, Mr. Blatt was an associate with Grubman Indursky & Schindler, P.C., a New York entertainment and media law firm, from 1997 to May 1999, and prior to that, was an associate at Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, a New York law firm, from 1995 to 1997.

76


         David Flowers , age 54, has served as Senior Vice President & Treasurer of Liberty Media Corporation since October 2000, Treasurer since April 1997 and Vice President since June 1995. He has also served as Senior Vice President and Treasurer of Discovery Holding Company since May 2005. Mr. Flowers is a member of the Board of Directors of Summit Bank & Trust, a state chartered bank in Colorado.

        Mr. Flowers was nominated as a director by Liberty Media Corporation. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Liberty Media Corporation."

         Gary S. Howard , age 57, served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Liberty Media Corporation from July 1998 to February 2004 as well as serving on Liberty Media Corporation's Board of Directors from July 1998 until January 2005. Additionally, Mr. Howard held several executive officer positions with companies affiliated with Liberty Media Corporation. Mr. Howard currently serves on the Board of Directors of Dish Network Corporation.

        Mr. Howard was nominated as a director by Liberty Media Corporation. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Liberty Media Corporation."

         Lewis J. Korman , age 63, has been a business advisor to various companies since 1997. Mr. Korman has advised X.L. Capital, Ltd., a reinsurance company, with respect to financial transactions in the entertainment and media industries since 1997 and will continue through 2009. From 1998 through 2002, Mr. Korman advised Starlight International, a company engaged in the marketing and distribution of dietary supplements. He has served Trident Media Group, the largest literary agency in the publishing business, since 2002 and will continue through 2009, as well as Sandler & Travis Trade Advisory Services, a project management, consulting and trade compliance firm since 2006 with no fixed term. Mr. Korman has advised Sandler, Travis & Rosenberg, a customs and international trade law firm and business practice, since 2007, and his term is renewable annually. In addition, he has been co-producing an animated theatrical production at Warner Bros. and has co-produced two works of photojournalism: A Day in the Life of the United States Armed Forces (Harper Collins, May 2003) and A Day in the Life of the American Woman (Bulfinch Press, October 2005). From 1998 through 2007, Mr. Korman served as Vice Chairman of RAB Holdings, which owned Millbrook Distribution Services (a distributor of specialty foods and health and beauty products to supermarkets), as well as Vice Chairman of The B. Manischewitz Company (a manufacturer of kosher and related ethnic food products). He held the position of President and Chief Operating Officer of Savoy Pictures Entertainment, which engaged in the distribution of motion pictures and owned four Fox affiliated television stations, from 1992 until 1997, when the company was acquired by a predecessor to IAC. Mr. Korman served as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Columbia Pictures Entertainment from 1988 until 1989, before it was sold to Sony Corporation, and as Senior Executive Vice President of TriStar Pictures from 1987 until it merged with Columbia Pictures Entertainment in 1988.

         Thomas J. Kuhn , age 45, joined Allen & Company LLC as a Managing Director in 2000.

         Thomas J. McInerney, age 43, has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of IAC since January 2005. Mr. McInerney previously served as Chief Executive Officer of IAC's Retailing sector from January 2003 through December 2005. Prior to this time, Mr. McInerney served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Ticketmaster (prior to it becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of IAC in January 2003) and its predecessor company, Ticketmaster Online-Citysearch, Inc., since May 1999. Prior to joining Ticketmaster, Mr. McInerney worked at Morgan Stanley, most recently as a Principal.

         Thomas P. Murphy, Jr. , age 60, is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Coastal Construction Group, which he founded in 1989. Mr. Murphy has 40 years of construction and development experience, which encompasses hospitality, resort, office, retail, industrial, institutional and residential

77



projects. Mr. Murphy is a board member of Baptist Health Systems of South Florida and is a member of the National Construction Industry Round Table, the National Association of Home Builders and the Florida Home Builders Association.

         Avy H. Stein , age 53, is a Managing Partner of Willis Stein & Partners, a Chicago-based private equity firm that invests in companies in the consumer, education, healthcare and specialized business service industries. Mr. Stein co-founded Willis Stein & Partners with John Willis in 1995. Mr. Stein serves many philanthropic organizations. He is a co-chairman of the Development Council for B.U.I.L.D. (Broader Urban Involvement in Leadership Development), an organization that provides career and educational development for inner city youth, a member of Board of Directors of the University of Illinois Foundation and its Investment Policy Committee; a member of the Board of Trustees, former Treasurer, and Chairman of the Investment Committee of the Ravinia Festival; a Board member and member of the Executive Committee of Steppenwolf Theatre Company; a Board member of the Chicago Humanities Festival; as well as a member of CCA (Civic Consulting Alliance), the Economic Club and Commercial Club of Chicago. Mr. Stein is a certified public accountant, and received his law degree in 1980 from Harvard University.

Executive Officers

        Background about ILG's executive officers who are not expected to serve as directors appears below.

         William L. Harvey, age 52, will serve as Chief Financial Officer of ILG upon completion of the spin-offs. Prior to joining ILG in June 2008, Mr. Harvey served as the chief financial officer for TrialGraphix, Inc., a Miami-based litigation support firm from August 2006 through November 2007. Between June 2003 and July 2006, Mr. Harvey served as a Vice President at LNR Property Corporation, a Miami-based diversified real estate and finance company, managing various financial and accounting units. From September 1992 through February 2003, Mr. Harvey served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Pan Am International Flight Academy, Inc., a private provider of flight training services to pilots, flight attendants and air traffic controllers. Mr. Harvey is a registered CPA who began his accounting career at Deloitte & Touche and was a partner in their Miami offices prior to September 1992. Mr. Harvey is a member of the Board of Directors of Summit Financial Services Group, Inc.

         John A. Galea, age 52, will serve as Chief Accounting Officer of ILG upon completion of the spin-offs and has served as Chief Financial Officer for Interval since October 2006. Prior to his tenure as Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Galea served as Interval's Vice President of Accounting and Corporate Controller since 2000. Mr. Galea also provides management oversight to the RQH businesses.

         Jeanette E. Marbert, age 51, will serve as Chief Operating Officer of ILG upon completion of the spin-offs and has served in such capacity for Interval since June 1999. Prior to her tenure as Chief Operating Officer, Ms. Marbert served as General Counsel of Interval from 1994 to 1999. Ms. Marbert joined Interval in 1984.

         Marie A. Lee, age 52, will serve as Chief Information Officer of ILG upon completion of the spin-offs and since May 2005 has served as Chief Information Officer and Senior Vice President, U.S. Operations of Interval. Prior to this time, Ms. Lee served as Chief Information Officer of Interval from January 2004 and Senior Vice President, Information Technology of Interval from May 2000 to December 2003.

         Victoria J. Kincke , age 52, will serve as General Counsel of ILG upon completion of the spin-offs and has served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Interval since May 2005. Prior to this time, Ms. Kincke served as General Counsel of Interval from July 1999. Ms. Kincke joined Interval in 1997. Ms. Kincke also provides management oversight to the RQH businesses.

78


Committees of the Board of Directors

        Concurrent with the completion of the spin-offs, the ILG Board of Directors will establish the following committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, the Nominating Committee and the Executive Committee. The composition of each such committee will satisfy the independence requirements and current standards of the SEC, Marketplace Rules and Internal Revenue Service rules (as applicable), including the transitional rules set forth therein.

        Audit Committee.     The Audit Committee of the ILG Board of Directors will consist of Messrs. Kuhn, Korman and Howard. IAC has concluded, subject to confirmation by the ILG Board of Directors, that Mr. Howard is an "audit committee financial expert," as such term is defined in applicable SEC rules.

        The Audit Committee will function pursuant to a written charter adopted by the ILG Board of Directors, pursuant to which it will be granted the responsibilities and authority necessary to comply with Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Audit Committee will be appointed by the ILG Board of Directors to assist the ILG Board with a variety of matters, including monitoring (1) the integrity of ILG's financial statements, (2) the effectiveness of ILG's internal control over financial reporting, (3) the qualifications and independence of ILG's independent registered public accounting firm, (4) the performance of ILG's internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm and (5) the compliance by ILG with legal and regulatory requirements.

        Compensation and Human Resources Committee.     The Compensation and Human Resources Committee will be comprised of Messrs. Stein and Murphy and will be authorized to exercise all of the powers of the ILG Board of Directors with respect to matters pertaining to compensation and benefits, including, but not limited to, salary matters, incentive/bonus plans, stock compensation plans, retirement programs and insurance plans.

        Nominating Committee.     The Nominating Committee will be comprised of Messrs. Kuhn and Korman and will be responsible for identifying individuals qualified to become members of ILG's Board of Directors, recommending to the Board director nominees for the annual meeting of shareholders and otherwise on an as needed basis.

        Executive Committee.     The Executive Committee will be comprised of Messrs. Nash, Blatt and Stein and will have all the power and authority of the ILG Board of Directors, except those powers specifically reserved to the ILG Board of Directors by Delaware law or ILG's organizational documents.

        Other Committees.     In addition to the foregoing committees, the ILG Board of Directors, by resolution, may from time to time establish other committees of the ILG Board of Directors, consisting of one or more of its directors.

Director Compensation

        Non-Employee Director Arrangements.     Each member of the ILG Board of Directors will receive an annual retainer in the amount of $50,000. Each member of the Audit and Compensation and Human Resources Committees (including their respective chairs) will receive an additional annual retainer in the amount of $10,000. Each member of the Nominating Committee will receive an additional annual retainer in the amount of $5,000. Lastly, the chair of each of the Audit and Compensation and Human Resources Committees will receive an additional annual chairperson retainer in the amount of $15,000.

        In addition, each non-employee director will receive a grant of restricted stock units with a dollar value of $100,000 upon his or her initial election to the ILG Board of Directors and annually thereafter upon re-election on the date of ILG's annual meeting of stockholders. The terms of these restricted stock units provide for (i) vesting in two equal annual installments commencing on the first anniversary

79



of the grant date, (ii) cancellation and forfeiture of unvested units in their entirety upon termination of service with the ILG Board of Directors and (iii) full acceleration of vesting upon a change in control of ILG. Non-employee directors are also reimbursed for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with attendance at ILG Board and Committee meetings.

        The Compensation and Human Resources Committee will have primary responsibility for establishing non-employee director compensation arrangements, which are designed to provide competitive compensation necessary to attract and retain high quality non-employee directors and to encourage ownership of ILG stock to further align directors' interests with those of ILG's stockholders. When considering non-employee director compensation arrangements, ILG management will provide the Compensation and Human Resources Committee with information regarding various types of non-employee director compensation arrangements and practices of select peer companies.

        Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors.     Under ILG's Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, non-employee directors will be able to defer all or a portion of their Board and Board Committee fees. Eligible directors who defer all or any portion of these fees can elect to have such fees applied to the purchase of share units, representing the number of shares of ILG common stock that could have been purchased on the relevant date, or credited to a cash fund. If any dividends are paid on ILG common stock, dividend equivalents will be credited on the share units. The cash fund will be credited with deemed interest at an annual rate equal to the weighted average prime lending rate of JPMorgan Chase Bank. After a director ceases to be a member of the ILG Board of Directors, he or she will receive (i) with respect to share units, such number of shares of ILG common stock as the share units represent and (ii) with respect to the cash fund, a cash payment in an amount equal to deferred amounts, plus accrued interest. These payments will be made in either one lump sum or up to five installments, as previously elected by the eligible director at the time of the related deferral election.

Director Independence

        Under the Marketplace Rules, ILG's Board will have a responsibility to make an affirmative determination that those members of its Board that serve as independent directors do not have any relationships with the ILG and its businesses that would impair their independence. In connection with these determinations, ILG's Board will review information regarding transactions, relationships and arrangements involving ILG and its businesses and each director that it deems relevant to independence, including those required by the Marketplace Rules. This information is obtained from director responses to a questionnaire circulated by ILG management, ILG records and publicly available information. Following these determinations, ILG management will monitor those transactions, relationships and arrangements that are relevant to such determinations, as well as solicit updated information potentially relevant to independence from internal personnel and directors, to determine whether there have been any developments that could potentially have an adverse impact on ILG's prior independence determinations.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        ILG's Board of Directors will have a Compensation and Human Resources Committee comprised of Messrs. Stein and Murphy, neither of whom will be or has been in the past an officer or employee of ILG or any of its businesses at the time of their respective service on the Committee.

80


ILG Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

    Roles and Responsibilities

        To date, the compensation of ILG's executive officers has been predominantly determined by IAC, acting in effect as ILG's compensation committee. IAC's compensation process is principally driven by IAC's General Counsel, who has primary responsibility for administering compensation and making compensation recommendations, with all specific decisions approved by IAC's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and, where appropriate, the Compensation Committee of IAC's Board of Directors (specifically with respect to all awards of IAC equity).

        This Compensation Discussion and Analysis deals exclusively with historical information while ILG has been a part of IAC. Following the spin-off, ILG will have an independent board of directors, which will in turn have a compensation committee with responsibility for establishing ILG's compensation philosophy and programs and determining appropriate payments and awards to its executive officers. Because ILG's compensation committee has not yet been established, ILG cannot predict what compensation philosophies and programs will be adopted following the spin-off, and therefore this historical report is not necessarily indicative of the practices it will follow when it is an independent public company.

        In general, IAC has been responsible for establishing bonus pools and equity pools for ILG, and then such pools are allocated throughout ILG, with IAC directly establishing all compensation elements for ILG's CEO, while the CEO makes the determinations for ILG's other executive officers, though subject to IAC's review and approval.

        Neither ILG nor IAC has an ongoing relationship with any particular compensation consulting firm, though IAC has from time to time retained the services of consultants on specific occasions regarding broad-based IAC compensation programs. At no time has a consultant been engaged with respect to compensation of any ILG executive officers.

    Philosophy and Objectives

        ILG's executive officer compensation program is designed to increase long-term stockholder value by attracting, retaining, motivating and rewarding leaders with the competence, character, experience and ambition necessary to enable ILG to meet its growth objectives.

        When establishing compensation packages for a given executive, ILG has followed a flexible approach, and has made decisions based on a host of factors particular to a given executive situation, including ILG's firsthand experience with the competition for recruiting and retaining executives, negotiation and discussion with the relevant individual, competitive survey data, internal equity considerations and other factors deemed relevant at the time. ILG's primary approach has been to pay base salaries at or around market levels while rewarding annual profit growth through an annual bonus program and long-term value creation through equity participation.

    Compensation Elements

        ILG's compensation packages for executive officers have primarily consisted of salary, annual bonuses, long term incentives (typically equity awards), perquisites and other benefits. Prior to making specific decisions related to any particular element of compensation, ILG typically reviews the total compensation of each executive, evaluating the executive's total near and long-term compensation in the aggregate. ILG determines which element or combinations of compensation elements (salary, bonus or equity) can be used most effectively to further our compensation objectives. However, all such

81


decisions are subjective, and made on a facts and circumstances basis without any prescribed relationship between the various elements of the total compensation package.

    Salary

        General.     ILG typically negotiates a new executive officer's starting salary upon arrival, based on the executive's prior compensation history, prior compensation levels for the particular position within ILG, ILG's location, salary levels of other executives within ILG, salary levels available to the individual in alternative opportunities, reference to certain survey information and the extent to which we desire to secure the executive's services. Mr. Nash's salary has been established through negotiations with IAC.

        Once established, salaries can increase based on a number of factors, including the assumption of additional responsibilities, internal equity, periodic market checks and other factors which demonstrate an executive's increased value to ILG.

        ILG utilizes various salary surveys depending upon the position to determine a market relevant range of salaries for each position. At least two surveys are used in each analysis. ILG uses the following surveys: Towers Perrin Executive Compensation Data Bank, Radford Executive Survey, and the Mercer Premium Executive Remuneration Survey.

        2007.     Mr. Nash entered into a new employment agreement with IAC under which his salary was increased from $568,788 to $650,000 through negotiation. Ms. Marbert received a salary increase from $300,000 to $350,000 based on discussions between Ms. Marbert and Mr. Nash, and Mr. Nash's views of internal equity. Mr. Galea also received a salary increase from $200,000 to $250,000 based on reviews of market data and internal equity considerations. Ms. Lee and Ms. Kincke both received ordinary course salary increases of approximately 5% effective January 1, 2007.

        2008.     Mr. Nash and Ms. Marbert each entered into new employment agreements which will become effective upon the spin-off (the "New Nash Employment Agreement" and the "New Marbert Employment Agreement", respectively). Under these agreements, Mr. Nash receives a base salary of $750,000, arrived at by negotiation with Mr. Nash and a recognition by the Company of his increased responsibilities as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of a public company. Ms. Marbert will receive a base salary of $400,000, negotiated by Mr. Nash, which again reflects increased public company responsibilities. Additionally, Ms. Kincke received a raise to $250,000 to reflect her increased responsibilities as General Counsel of a public company.

    Annual Bonuses

        General.     ILG's bonus program is designed to reward performance on an annual basis. Because of the variable nature of the bonus program, and because in any given year bonuses have the potential to make up a significant amount of an executive's total compensation, it provides an important incentive tool to achieve ILG's annual objectives.

        IAC establishes the bonus of the CEO based on its view of corporate performance, based on a target level of 100% of salary. In large part, corporate performance has been measured based on ILG's growth in year over year profitability, generally as measured by Operating Income Before Amortization ("OIBA"), although achievement of strategic objectives is also taken into account. Mr. Nash's old employment agreement provided for a minimum bonus of $350,000 in the event certain modest OIBA targets are achieved, but these targets are expected to be met, and a subjective determination of corporate performance is the true driver of Mr. Nash's bonus.

        After consultation with ILG management, IAC establishes the annual bonus pool for ILG based on its assessment of ILG's performance for the applicable year.

82


        Mr. Nash then allocates the pool to the rest of the company, including to the other executive officers based on individual and corporate success.

        ILG generally pays bonuses shortly after year-end following finalization of financial results for the prior year.

        2007.     In 2007, ILG experienced another solid year of profit growth. IAC paid Mr. Nash a bonus of $800,000, based both on the OIBA growth of ILG and ILG's successful acquisition of the Resort Quest business. While in 2007 Ms. Marbert's employment agreement expired, ILG paid her bonus based primarily on the formula that had been set forth in that employment agreement, which provided for a target bonus of 100% of salary, with incremental bonus paid to the extent OIBA exceeded the Company's plan. Ms. Marbert was paid a bonus of $360,000, slightly more than target. Mr. Galea, Ms. Kincke and Ms. Lee received bonuses based on Mr. Nash's view of corporate performance and individual contributions, including, in the case of Mr. Galea and Ms. Kincke, in connection with the Resort Quest acquisition.

        2008.     ILG has agreed to guarantee the 2008 bonuses for Mr. Nash, Ms. Marbert, Ms. Kincke and Mr. Galea at 100%, 100%, 40% and 40% of salary, respectively, presuming continued employment. This decision was made in light of the strong performance of ILG through May and the significant effort expended by these individuals in connection with the spin-off transaction. Under the New Nash Employment Agreement, Mr. Nash will be entitled to a minimum bonus of $250,000 in the event certain modest OIBA targets to be established annually are achieved, but these targets will be set at a level expected to be met, and a subjective determination of corporate performance is expected to be the true driver of Mr. Nash's bonus.

    Long-Term Incentives

        General.     IAC believes that ownership shapes behavior, and that by providing a meaningful portion of an executive officer's compensation in stock, his or her incentives are aligned with our stockholders' interests in a manner that drives better performance over time. As part of IAC, that led to each ILG executive officer receiving IAC equity awards on a regular basis.

        In setting particular award levels, the predominant objectives are providing the person with effective retention incentives, appropriate reward for past performance and incentives for strong future performance. Appropriate levels to meet these goals may vary from year to year, and from individual to individual, based on a variety of factors.

        The annual corporate performance factors relevant to setting bonus amounts that were discussed above, while taken into account, are generally less relevant in setting annual equity awards, as the awards tend to be more forward looking, and are a longer-term retention and reward instrument than our annual bonuses.

        Awards to the CEO are made by IAC. Additionally, IAC establishes a pool for annual equity awards which the CEO allocates to the Company's employees, including the executive officers, subject to IAC's approval. In establishing the equity pool for ILG, IAC has taken into account historical practices, its view of market compensation generally, the dilutive impact of equity grants across IAC, and other relevant factors. Additionally, IAC approves any equity grants recommended to be made to ILG executives outside of the annual process. Executive officers receive grants that are subjectively determined based on the CEO's view of how best to allocate the equity pool for retention, reward and motivation based on a host of subjective factors (including past contribution, retention risk, contribution potential, and market data), with grants equal to annual salary being a basic guideline.

        Except where otherwise noted, equity awards are made following year-end after financial results for the prior year have been finalized. The meeting of the Compensation and Human Resources

83



Committee of the IAC Board at which the awards are made is generally scheduled months in advance and without regard to the timing of the release of earnings or other material information.

        Restricted Stock Units.     IAC has used restricted stock units, or RSUs, as its exclusive equity compensation tool for ILG executive officers. Through 2006, these awards generally vested in equal annual installments over five years (annual-vesting RSUs), or cliff vested at the end of five years (cliff-vesting RSUs). Annual awards were intended to provide frequent rewards and near-term retention incentives, while cliff-vesting RSUs provided more of a long-term retention mechanism.

        In February 2007, IAC implemented a new equity instrument, Growth Shares, which were RSU grants that cliff vest at the end of three years in varying amounts depending upon growth in IAC's publicly reported metric, Adjusted Earnings Per Share, with certain modifications.

        These awards were introduced throughout IAC to more closely link long-term reward with IAC's overall performance and to provide greater retentive effect by providing the opportunity to earn greater amounts through increased IAC performance. However, in connection with the spin-off, these awards will be converted into three-year cliff-vesting awards at the "target" value (or 50% of the shares actually granted), without variability based on performance. For information regarding the reasons behind this conversion, see "The Separation—Treatment of Outstanding IAC Compensatory Equity-Based Awards."

         2007. In February of 2007, our executive officers generally received a mix of Growth Shares and annual-vesting RSUs. Ms. Marbert received grants twice the size of ILG's other executive officers due to her senior position as COO of the company.

        Mr. Nash received an award of Growth Shares and annual-vesting RSUs as part of the annual grant process, and then in connection with his entering into a new employment agreement in July, Mr. Nash received two additional RSU grants, each cliff vesting at the end of four years. One award was for 100,000 RSUs and the other was for up to 75,000 RSUs, with the actual amount to vest dependent on growth in ILG over the period, however, this performance-based award will be cancelled at the time of the spin-off pursuant to the New Nash Employment Agreement. These awards were determined by negotiation with Mr. Nash.

        2008.     In February 2008, Ms. Marbert received 20,000 RSUs, Ms. Kincke and Mr. Galea each received 6,000 RSUs and Ms. Lee received 4,800 RSUs. These grants were larger than those of prior years principally because the overall ILG equity pool was larger than in the past. The larger pool resulted from IAC's determination that key ILG employees had smaller equity holdings than did comparable individuals at other IAC companies.

        Additionally, under the New Nash Employment Agreement and the New Marbert Employment Agreement, Mr. Nash and Ms. Marbert will receive RSU grants at the time of the spin-off worth $8 million and $2 million, respectively, with 75% of the award vesting annually over four years and 25% of the award vesting at the end of four years. These amounts were negotiated between IAC and Mr. Nash, and were given in contemplation of, and become effective upon, the spin-off.

        Spin-Off Adjustments.     In the spin-off, equity awards denominated in IAC stock will be adjusted as described in "The Separation—Treatment of Outstanding IAC Compensatory Equity-Based Awards."

84


        Presuming the spin-off transactions occur prior to February 2009, the following table reflects the effect of these adjustments on all equity awards held by ILG's executive officers:

 
  Upon Completion of the Spin-Off*
Name
  RSUs that will
vest upon
completion
of spin-off
transactions (#)

  RSUs that will
be converted
exclusively into
RSUs of ILG
and vest
on regular
schedule (#)

  RSUs that will
be split among the
post-transaction
companies
and vest after
February 2009
on regular
schedule (#)

  Options
outstanding at
December 31,
2007—all of
which will be
split among the
post-transaction
companies (#)

Craig Nash   40,649   103,007 (1) 53,715  
Jeanette Marbert   17,971   28,565   8,362  
John Galea   3,852   11,081   3,344  
Marie Lee   11,802   13,333   2,508  
Victoria Kincke   2,921   9,446   2,508  

*
Excludes 9,727, 4,962, 2,502, 3,129, and 2,167 RSUs that vested since December 31, 2007 or will vest prior to August 1, 2008 for Mr. Nash, Ms. Marbert, Mr. Galea, Ms. Lee and Ms. Kincke, respectively.

(1)
Excludes 75,000 performance based RSUs that will be cancelled at the time of the spin-offs pursuant to the New Nash Employment Agreement.

    Change of Control and Severance

        ILG believes that providing executives with severance and change of control protection is critical to allowing executives to fully value the forward looking elements of their compensation packages, and therefore limit retention risk during uncertain times. Accordingly, ILG employment arrangements and equity awards generally provide for salary continuation in the event of certain employment terminations beyond the control of the executive, as well as varying degrees of accelerated vesting in the event of a change of control of the company.

    Other Compensation

        Under other limited circumstances, ILG executive officers have received non-cash and non-equity compensatory benefits. The values of these benefits are reported under the heading "Other Annual Compensation" in this filing pursuant to applicable rules. The executive officers do not participate in any deferred compensation or retirement program other than IAC's 401(k) plan.

    Tax Deductibility

        IAC's practice has been to structure ILG's compensation program in such a manner so that the compensation is deductible by IAC for federal income tax purposes. However, because ILG executive officers will now be subject to the limitations on deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and were not previously, certain compensatory arrangements established prior to the spin-off but that will be paid following the spin-off may not result in deductible compensation for ILG.

85


Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position

  Year
  Salary
($)

  Bonus
($)

  Stock Awards
($)(1)

  All Other Compensation
($)(2)

  Total
($)

Craig Nash
Chairman, President and CEO
  2007   593,063   800,000   1,416,685   38,384   2,848,132
Jeanette Marbert
Chief Operating Officer
  2007   308,077   360,000   352,269   6,750   1,027,096
Marie Lee
Chief Information Officer
  2007   220,000   80,000   176,147   3,388   479,735
Victoria Kincke
General Counsel
  2007   215,000   86,000   107,148   3,116   411,264
John Galea
Chief Accounting Officer
  2007   208,079   85,000   146,643   4,258   443,980

(1)
Reflects the dollar amount recognized by IAC for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, in accordance with SFAS 123R, for IAC restricted stock units ("RSUs") awarded in and prior to 2007 under IAC's stock and annual incentive plans. These amounts do not, therefore, represent the value of IAC equity compensation awarded or realized in 2007. For further discussion of IAC's accounting for its equity compensation plans, see Note 4 of IAC's audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 included in its Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 29, 2008. For information on awards made and realized in 2007, see the Grants of Plan-Based Awards and Option Exercises and Stock Vested tables.

(2)
See the table below for additional information on amounts for 2007. Pursuant to SEC rules, perquisites and personal benefits are not reported for any named executive for whom such amounts were less than $10,000 in aggregate for the fiscal year.

 
  Craig
Nash

  Jeanette
Marbert

  Marie
Lee

  Victoria
Kincke

  John
Galea

Supplemental disability insurance   $ 19,484                
Automobile allowance     14,400                
401(k) plan company match     4,500   $ 6,750   $ 3,388   $ 3,116   $ 4,258
   
 
 
 
 
Total All Other Compensation   $ 38,384   $ 6,750   $ 3,388   $ 3,116   $ 4,258
   
 
 
 
 

86


Grants of Plan-Based Awards

        The table below provides information regarding IAC equity awards granted to our named executives in 2007.

 
   
  Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1)(2)(3)

   
   
Name

  Grant Date
  Threshold
(#)

  Target
(#)

  Maximum
(#)

  All other stock awards: Number of shares of stock or units
(#)(3)

  Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards
($)(4)

Craig Nash   2/16/07
9/12/07
  1,046
1
  18,820
75,000
  37,640
N/A
  6,274
100,000
  999,996
4,840,500

Jeanette Marbert

 

2/16/07

 

697

 

12,546

 

25,092

 

2,509

 

599,942

Marie Lee

 

2/16/07

 

209

 

3,763

 

7,526

 

1,255

 

199,968

Victoria Kincke

 

2/16/07

 

209

 

3,763

 

7,526

 

1,255

 

199,968

John Galea

 

2/16/07

 

279

 

5,018

 

10,036

 

1,255

 

249,979

(1)
Equity incentive plan awards with a grant date of 2/16/07 reflect performance based RSU awards which cliff vest at the end of three years in varying amounts depending upon growth in IAC's publicly reported metric, Adjusted Earnings Per Share, with certain modifications. The threshold amount represents 5.56% of the target payout, which amount would vest upon achieving the minimum growth threshold. These awards will be converted into three year cliff-vesting awards in the spin-offs as described under "The Separation—Treatment of Outstanding IAC Compensatory Equity-Based Awards."

(2)
The equity incentive plan award to Mr. Nash with a grant date of 9/12/07 reflects a performance award which cliff vests in four years in varying amounts depending on the compounded annual growth rate in the value of ILG (as agreed between the executive and IAC) during the valuation period. If the minimum growth rate is not achieved, the RSUs are forfeited, while increasing numbers of shares vest depending on higher levels in the growth rate. In all, the number of shares vesting can range from 0% to 100% of the initial "target" award, with one share vesting upon achieving the minimum growth rate threshold. This award will be cancelled in the spin-off.

(3)
RSU award recipients would be credited with amounts for cash dividends paid on IAC common stock, with such additional amounts vesting concurrently with the related RSU award. For information on the treatment of RSU awards granted to ILG's named executives upon a termination of employment or a change in control, see the discussion under Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.

(4)
The fair value of equity incentive plan awards is based on the target amount.

87


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

        The table below provides information regarding various IAC equity awards held by ILG's named executives as of December 31, 2007. The market value of these awards is based on the closing price of IAC common stock as of December 31, 2007 ($26.92), the last trading day of 2007.

 
  Stock Awards(1)(2)(3)
Name

  Number of
shares or units
of stock that
have not vested (#)

  Market value of
shares or units of
stock that have not
vested ($)

  Equity incentive plan
awards: Number of
unearned shares, units
or other rights that
have not vested (#)

  Equity incentive plan
awards: Market or payout
value of unearned shares,
units or other rights that
have not vested ($)

Craig Nash   188,277   5,068,417   1,047   28,185
Jeanette Marbert   27,314   735,293   697   18,763
Marie Lee   16,278   438,204   209   5,626
Victoria Kincke   7,279   195,951   209   5,626
John Galea   9,761   262,766   279   7,511

(1)
For a discussion regarding how these IAC equity awards will be treated in the spin-offs, see "The Separation—Treatment of Outstanding IAC Compensatory Equity-Based Awards."

(2)
Amounts shown for equity incentive plan awards are based on achieving the minimum threshold growth level of the relevant performance criteria in accordance with SEC rules.

(3)
The table below provides the following information regarding RSU awards held by ILG's named executives as of December 31, 2007: (i) the grant date of each award, (ii) the number of RSUs outstanding (on an aggregate and grant-by-grant basis), (iii) the market value of RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2007, (iv) the vesting schedule for each award and (v) the total number of RSUs that vested or are scheduled to vest in each of the fiscal years ending December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

 
  Number of Unvested RSUs as of 12/31/07
  Market Value of Unvested RSUs as of 12/31/07
   
   
   
   
   
 
  Vesting Schedule (#)
Grant Date

  (#)
  ($)
  2008
  2009
  2010
  2011
  2012
Craig Nash                            
  2/4/04(a)   4,484   120,709   2,241   2,243      
  2/10/05(a)   7,919   213,179   2,639   2,639   2,641    
  2/10/05(b)   28,278   761,244       28,278    
  2/6/06(a)   14,373   386,921   3,593   3,593   3,593   3,594  
  2/6/06(b)   26,949   725,467         26,949  
  2/16/07(a)   6,274   168,896   1,254   1,255   1,255   1,255   1,255
  2/16/07(c)   18,820   506,634       18,820    
  9/12/07(d)   100,000   2,692,000         100,000  
  9/12/07(e)   75,000   2,019,000         75,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total   282,097   7,594,050   9,727   9,730   54,587   206,798   1,255
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

88



Jeanette Marbert

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  2/4/04(a)   2,655   71,473   1,327   1,328      
  2/10/05(a)   5,091   137,050   1,697   1,696   1,698    
  2/10/05(b)   11,310   304,465       11,310    
  2/6/06(a)   5,749   154,763   1,437   1,437   1,437   1,438  
  2/16/07(a)   2,509   67,542   501   502   502   502   502
  2/16/07(c)   12,546   337,738       12,546    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total   39,860   1,073,031   4,962   4,963   27,493   1,940   502
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Marie Lee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  2/4/04(a)   1,770   47,648   885   885      
  2/10/05(a)   2,263   60,920   1,131   1,131   1,132    
  2/10/05(b)   7,541   203,004       7,541    
  2/6/06(a)   3,449   92,847   862   862   862   863  
  2/16/07(a)   1,255   33,785   251   251   251   251   251
  2/16/07(c)   3,763   101,300       3,763    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total   20,041   539,504   3,129   3,129   13,549   1,114   251
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Victoria Kincke

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  2/4/04(a)   885   23,824   442   443      
  2/10/05(a)   2,264   60,947   755   753   756    
  2/6/06(a)   2,875   77,395   719   718   719   719  
  2/16/07(a)   1,255   33,785   251   251   251   251   251
  2/16/07(c)   3,763   101,300       3,763    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total   11,042   297,251   2,167   2,165   5,489   970   251
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

John Galea

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  2/4/04(a)   1,181   31,793   590   591      
  2/10/05(a)   2,828   76,130   942   943   943    
  2/6/06(a)   2,875   77,395   719   718   719   719  
  12/6/06(a)   1,622   43,664   405   406   405   406  
  2/16/07(a)   1,255   33,785   251   251   251   251   251
  2/16/07(c)   5,018   135,085       5,018    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total   14,779   397,852   2,907   2,909   7,336   1,376   251
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(a)
These awards vest in five equal annual installments on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date, subject to continued employment.

(b)
These awards vest in one lump sum installment on the fifth anniversary of the grant date, subject to continued employment.

(c)
Represents the initial "target" awards. See the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table and footnote (1) thereto.

(d)
This award vests in one lump sum installment on July 1, 2011, subject to continued employment.

(e)
Represents the initial "target" award. See the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table and footnote (2) thereto.

89


Option Exercises and Stock Vested

        The table below provides information regarding the number of shares acquired by ILG's named executives in 2007 upon the vesting of RSU awards and the related value realized, excluding the effect of any applicable taxes. The dollar value realized upon vesting of RSUs represents the closing price of IAC common stock on the applicable vesting date multiplied by the number of RSUs so vesting. No named executive officer exercised any stock options during 2007.

 
  Stock Awards
Name

  Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting
(#)

  Value Realized
on Vesting
($)

Craig Nash   8,473   332,224
Jeanette Marbert   4,460   174,889
Marie Lee   2,877   112,810
Victoria Kincke   1,913   75,104
John Galea   2,655   100,242

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

    Change of Control

        Pursuant to the terms of IAC's (and, following the spin-off, ILG's) equity compensation plans and the award agreements thereunder, upon a change of control the named executive officers are generally entitled to accelerated vesting of (i) equity awards made prior to 2006 and (ii) equity awards made thereafter if, following such change in control, their employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than death, disability or cause (as defined in the relevant employment agreement), or by the executive for good reason (as defined in the relevant employment agreement or plan document) (a "Qualifying Termination"). Additionally, under the New Nash Employment Agreement and the New Marbert Employment Agreement, Mr. Nash and Ms. Marbert will be entitled to two-years forward vesting of the RSUs granted under those agreements (including pro ration two years forward on the cliff vesting portions of those awards).

    Severance

        Cash.    Upon a Qualifying Termination, ILG executive officers are entitled to salary continuation of, with respect to Mr. Nash and Ms. Marbert , twenty-four months, with respect to Mr. Galea and Ms. Kincke, 12 months, and with respect to Ms. Lee, 6 months. Additionally, under the New Nash Employment Agreement and New Marbert Employment Agreement, Mr. Nash and Ms. Marbert are entitled to pro rated portions of the bonus they would otherwise earn during the year in which the Qualifying Termination occurs, payable at the time such bonus would otherwise be determined.

        Equity.    Upon a Qualifying Termination, Mr. Nash and Ms. Marbert will receive two-year's forward vesting of their RSUs granted under those agreements (including pro ration two years forward on the cliff vesting portions of those awards).

        Obligations.    The amounts payable upon a Qualifying Termination are all subject to the execution of a general release and to compliance with confidentiality, non-compete, non-solicitation of employees and non-solicitation of customer covenants set forth in the relevant employment agreements. Salary continuation payments will be offset by the amount of any compensation earned by an executive from other employment during the severance payment period.

        The amounts shown in the table assume that the termination or change in control was effective as of December 31, 2007 and that the price of IAC common stock on which certain calculations are based was the closing price of $26.92 on The Nasdaq Stock Market on that date. These amounts are

90


estimates of the incremental amounts that would have been paid out to the executive upon such terminations/change in control, and do not take into account equity grants made, and contractual obligations entered into, after December 31, 2007. The actual amounts to be paid out can only be determined at the time the event actually occurs.

Name and Benefit

  Termination without cause
  Resignation for good reason
  Change in Control
  Termination w/o cause or for good reason in connection with Change in Control
  Termination in connection with Sale of Interval
 
Craig Nash                      
Cash Severance (salary)   1,300,000   1,300,000     1,300,000   1,300,000  
RSUs (vesting accelerated)       1,770,663   5,575,051   673,000 (1)
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total estimated value   1,300,000   1,300,000   1,770,663   6,875,051   1,973,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Jeanette Marbert

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cash Severance (salary)   350,000       350,000    
RSUs (vesting accelerated)       512,988   1,073,031    
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total estimated value   350,000     512,988   1,423,031    
   
 
 
 
 
 

Marie Lee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cash Severance (salary)   110,100       110,100    
RSUs (vesting accelerated)       311,572   539,504    
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total estimated value   110,100     311,572   649,604    
   
 
 
 
 
 

Victoria Kincke

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cash Severance (salary)   107,500       107,500    
RSUs (vesting accelerated)       84,771   297,251    
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total estimated value   107,500     84,771   404,751    
   
 
 
 
 
 

John Galea

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cash Severance (salary)   125,000       125,000    
RSUs (vesting accelerated)       107,922   397,851    
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total estimated value   125,000     107,922   522,851    
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Represents the acceleration of 25% of Mr. Nash's Cliff RSUs. The determination of the number of Mr. Nash's Performance RSUs (which will be cancelled in their entirety at the time of the spin-off) that would have vested would be based on the compounded annual growth rate in the value of Interval (as agreed between the executive and IAC) during the valuation period, which would have been measured at June 30, 2011. Upon the sale of Interval, the sale price would be deemed the agreed value. The treatment of Mr. Nash's Performance RSUs upon a sale of Interval in the absence of the spin-off is described above. No value is presented in the table above for accelerated vesting of the Performance RSUs as the value is neither determinable nor estimable, given that such value would be based on a sale price for Interval, which would be determined by arms' length negotiations between IAC and the acquirer.

91



ILG Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

        As of the date hereof, all of ILG's outstanding shares of common stock are owned by IAC. After the distribution, IAC will no longer own any shares of ILG common stock. The following table presents information relating to the expected beneficial ownership of shares of ILG common stock, assuming completion of the distribution as if it occurred on April 30, 2008, by (i) each individual or entity expected to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of ILG common stock, assuming that there are 278,735,546 shares of common stock and Class B common stock of IAC outstanding immediately prior to the spin-offs and a distribution ratio of one-fifth of a share of ILG common stock for every share of IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock, (ii) each director of ILG, (iii) the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the other three named executive officers in the ILG summary compensation table (see "ILG Executive Compensation") and (iv) all of ILG's executive officers and directors as a group.

        Unless otherwise indicated, beneficial owners listed here may be contacted at ILG's corporate headquarters at 6262 Sunset Drive, Miami, FL 33143. For each listed person, the number of shares of ILG common stock and percent of such class listed assumes the conversion or exercise of any ILG equity securities owned by such person that are or will become convertible or exercisable, and the exercise of stock options and the vesting of restricted stock units, if any, that will vest, within 60 days of April 30, 2008, but does not assume the conversion, exercise or vesting of any such equity securities owned by any other person.

        The share amounts for each beneficial owner listed here are based on each such individual's beneficial ownership of shares of IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock as of April 30, 2008, and assuming a distribution ratio of one fifth of a share of ILG common stock for every share of IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock. To the extent that ILG directors and executive officers own shares of IAC common stock at the time of the distribution, they will participate in the distribution on the same terms as other holders of IAC common stock. In addition, following the distribution, ILG expects that all IAC stock-based awards held by these individuals will be adjusted to become awards relating to common stock of all five companies resulting from the spin-offs. Those awards that will relate to ILG common stock are reflected in the table below based upon the expected adjustment formula described under the caption "The Separation—Treatment of Outstanding IAC Compensatory Equity-Based Awards."

92


        The actual number of shares of ILG capital stock outstanding as of the date of the distribution may differ due, among other things, to the exercise of stock options or warrants or the vesting of restricted stock units, in each case, between April 30, 2008 and the date of the distribution and to the extent the other assumptions set forth above differ from actual developments.

 
  ILG
Common Stock

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Shares
  %
Clearbridge Advisors, LLC, et al (1)(2)
399 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022
  2,651,312   4.75
Lord Abbett & Co. LLC(1)(2)
90 Hudson Street, 11th Floor
Jersey City, NJ 07302
  7,839,768   14.06
Liberty Media Corporation(3)(4)
12300 Liberty Boulevard
Englewood, CO 80112
  16,643,961   29.86
Gregory R. Blatt(5)   9,800   *
David Flowers    
John Galea(5)   1,095   *
William L. Harvey    
Gary S. Howard    
Victoria Kincke(5)   743   *
Lew Korman    
Thomas J. Kuhn   792   *
Marie Lee(5)   748   *
Jeanette Marbert(5)   4,754   *
Thomas J. McInerney(5)   20,576   *
Tom Murphy, Jr.     
Craig Nash(5)   4,459   *
Avy H. Stein    
All executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons)   42,967   *

*
The percentage of shares beneficially owned does not exceed 1%.

(1)
We have not been able to determine the person or persons controlling the fund through publicly available information.

(2)
Based upon information regarding IAC holdings reported on a Schedule 13G, as amended, which was filed with the SEC on February 14, 2008, and a distribution ratio of one-fifth of a share of ILG common stock for every share of IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock.

(3)
Liberty Media Corporation is a publicly traded corporation. According to Liberty Media Corporation's Schedule 14A, filed April 24, 2008, Liberty's chairman, John C. Malone, controls 33% of the voting power of Liberty Media Corporation.

(4)
Based on 58,796,381 shares of IAC common stock held by Liberty and 4,000,000, 15,618,230, 4,005,190 and 800,006 shares of IAC Class B common stock held by each of BDTV Inc., BDTV II Inc., BDTV III Inc. and BDTV IV Inc., respectively, and a distribution ratio of one-fifth of a share of ILG common stock for every share of IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock.

(5)
Excludes any equity awards that will vest upon completion of the spin-offs.

93



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF ILG

General

        The following is a summary of information concerning the capital stock of the Company. The summaries and descriptions below do not purport to be complete statements of the relevant provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company or its by-laws. The summary is qualified by reference to these documents, which you must read for complete information on the capital stock of the Company. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and by-laws of the Company are included as exhibits to the Company's registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part.

Distributions of Securities

        In the past three years, the Company has not sold any securities, including sales of reacquired securities, new issues, securities issued in exchange for property, services, or other securities, and new securities resulting from the modification of outstanding securities, that were not registered under the Securities Act.

Common Stock

        Immediately following the spin-off, our authorized capital stock will consist of 300,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and the preferred stock described below.

        Shares Outstanding.     Immediately following the spin-off, we expect that the number of shares of common stock that we will have issued and outstanding will be approximately 55.75 million shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (based on a distribution ratio of one-fifth of a share of ILG for each share of IAC common stock and Class B common stock outstanding). This is based upon approximately 253,135,548 shares of IAC common stock and 25,599,998 shares of IAC Class B common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2008.

        Dividends.     Subject to prior dividend rights of the holders of any preferred shares, holders of shares of common stock of the Company are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by its board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose.

        Voting Rights.     Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of shares of common stock do not have cumulative voting rights. In other words, a holder of a single share of our common stock cannot cast more than one vote for each position to be filled on our board of directors.

        Other Rights.     In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company after the satisfaction in full of the liquidation preferences of holders of any preferred shares, holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to ratable distribution of the remaining assets available for distribution to stockholders. Shares of common stock are not subject to redemption by operation of a sinking fund or otherwise. Holders of shares of common stock are not currently entitled to preemptive rights.

        Fully Paid.     The issued and outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. This means the full purchase price for the outstanding shares of common stock has been paid and the holders of such shares will not be assessed any additional amounts for such shares. Any additional shares of common stock that we may issue in the future will also be fully paid and non-assessable.

94


Preferred Stock

        ILG is authorized to issue up to 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share. Our board of directors, without further action by the holders of our common stock, may issue shares of preferred stock. The board of directors is vested with the authority to fix by resolution the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation, redemption rights, dividend rights, liquidation preferences and conversion or exchange rights of any class or series of preferred stock, and to fix the number of classes or series of preferred stock, the number of shares constituting any such class or series and the voting powers for each class or series.

        The authority possessed by our board of directors to issue preferred stock could potentially be used to discourage attempts by third parties to obtain control of the Company through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise by making such attempts more difficult or more costly. Our board of directors may issue preferred stock with voting rights or conversion rights that, if exercised, could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our common stock. There are no current agreements or understandings with respect to the issuance of preferred stock and the board of directors does not have a present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Restrictions on Payment of Dividends

        The Company is incorporated in Delaware and is governed by Delaware law. Delaware law allows a corporation to pay dividends only out of surplus, as determined under Delaware law.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

        Section 203 ("Section 203") of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits certain transactions between a Delaware corporation and an "interested stockholder." Generally, an "interested stockholder" for this purpose is a stockholder who is directly or indirectly a beneficial owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting power of a Delaware corporation. This provision, if applicable, prohibits certain business combinations between an interested stockholder and a corporation for a period of three years after the date on which the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless: (1) the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder is approved by the corporation's board of directors before the stockholder became an interested stockholder, (2) the interested stockholder acquired at least 85% of the voting power (as calculated pursuant to Section 203) of the corporation in the transaction in which the stockholder became an interested stockholder, or (3) the business combination is approved by a majority of the board of directors and the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding voting power not owned by the interested stockholder at or subsequent to the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder. These restrictions do not apply in certain circumstances, including if the corporation's certificate of incorporation contains a provision expressly electing not to be governed by Section 203. If such a provision is adopted by an amendment to the corporation's certificate of incorporation, the amendment will be effective immediately if, among other requirements, the corporation has never had a class of voting stock listed on a national securities exchange or held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders. If this and other requirements are not satisfied, the amendment will not be effective until 12 months after its adoption and will not apply to any business combination between the corporation and any person who became an interested stockholder on or prior to such adoption.

        In accordance with Section 203, the restrictions on certain business combinations in Section 203 will not apply in respect of the Company following the spin-off.

95


Anti-takeover Effects of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of ILG and Delaware Law

        Some provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and by-laws and certain provisions of Delaware law could make the following more difficult:

    acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer;

    acquisition of the Company by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or

    removal of incumbent officers and directors of the Company.

    Size of Board and Vacancies

        Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and by-laws provide that the number of directors on the Company's board of directors will be fixed exclusively by the board of directors. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors will be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, provided that a majority of the entire board of directors, or a quorum, is present and any vacancies in the board of directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause will be filled generally by the majority vote of the remaining directors in office, even if less than a quorum is present.

    Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

        Our Amended and Restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws expressly eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent. Stockholder action must take place at the annual or a special meeting of the Company's stockholders.

    Stockholder Meetings

        Under our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and by-laws, stockholders are not entitled to call special meetings of stockholders; only a majority of our board of directors or specified individuals may call such meetings.

    Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

        Our Amended and Restated by-laws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and nomination of candidates for election as directors other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In particular, stockholders must notify the corporate secretary in writing prior to the meeting at which the matters are to be acted upon or directors are to be elected. The notice must contain the information specified in our Amended and Restated by-laws. To be timely, the notice must be received at the Company's principal executive office not later than 45 or more than 75 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Company first mailed its proxy materials for the preceding year's annual meeting of stockholders. However, if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, notice by the stockholder, to be timely, must be delivered no later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Moreover, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the board of directors is increased and there is no public announcement by the Company naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased board of directors at least 55 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Company first mailed its proxy materials for the preceding year's annual meeting of stockholders, the stockholder's notice will be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is delivered to the corporate secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company not later

96


than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Company.

    Undesignated Preferred Stock

        The authorization in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the issuance of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for the our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of the Company. The provision in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizing such preferred stock may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes of control of the Company's management.

NASDAQ Listing

        The Company has been approved to list its shares of common stock on NASDAQ and expects that its shares will trade under the ticker symbol "IILG."

Resale of ILG Common Stock

        As security holders, you will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, which provisions may limit the timing of purchases and sales of our securities by you. In addition, if you are deemed an "affiliate" of ILG (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act), the securities offered hereby may be deemed "restricted securities" (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) notwithstanding their registration under this registration statement. As a result you will not be able to sell the securities offered hereby absent an effective registration statement covering such sales or an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

97



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Agreements with Liberty Media Corporation

        In May 2008, in connection with the settlement of litigation relating to the proposed spin-offs, IAC entered into a "Spinco Agreement" with Liberty and affiliates of Liberty that hold shares of IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock (together with Liberty, the "Liberty Parties"), among others. At the time of the spin-offs, each Spinco will assume from IAC all of those rights and obligations under the Spinco Agreement providing for post-spin-off governance arrangements at the Spincos. As of April 30, 2008, Liberty may be deemed to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) 83,219,807 shares of IAC common stock that consists of shares of common stock and Class B common stock. Such shares constitute 29.9% of the outstanding shares of IAC common stock. Immediately following the spin-offs, it is expected that Liberty will beneficially own shares of common stock in each of the Spincos representing approximately 29.9% of the outstanding common stock of each of the Spincos. The following summary describes the material terms of those governance arrangements and related matters and is qualified by reference to the full Spinco Agreement, which has been filed as an exhibit to each of the Form S-1 registration statements of the Spincos. The Spinco Agreement also requires each Spinco to enter into a registration rights agreement with the Liberty Parties at the time of the spin-offs, as described below.

Spinco Agreement

    Representation of Liberty on the Spinco Boards of Directors

        The Spinco Agreement generally provides that so long as Liberty beneficially owns securities of a Spinco representing at least 20% of the total voting power of the Spinco's equity securities, Liberty has the right to nominate up to 20% of the directors serving on the Spinco Board of Directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number). Any director nominated by Liberty must be reasonably acceptable to a majority of the directors on the Spinco's Board who were not nominated by Liberty. All but one of Liberty's nominees serving on the Spinco Board of directors must qualify as "independent" under applicable stock exchange rules. In addition, the Nominating and/or Governance committee of the Spinco Board may include only "Qualified Directors," namely directors other than any who were nominated by Liberty, are officers or employees of the Spinco or were not nominated by the Nominating and/or Governance Committee of the Spinco's Board in their initial election to the Board and for whose election any Liberty Party voted shares.

        Until the second anniversary of the spin-off of a Spinco, the Liberty Parties agreed to vote all of the equity securities of a Spinco beneficially owned by them in favor of the election of the full slate of director nominees recommended to stockholders by the Spinco Board of Directors so long as the slate includes the director-candidates that Liberty has the right to nominate.

    Acquisition Restrictions

        The Liberty Parties have agreed in the Spinco Agreement not to acquire beneficial ownership of any equity securities of a Spinco (with specified exceptions) unless:

    the acquisition was approved by a majority of the Qualified Directors;

    the acquisition is permitted under the provisions described in "Competing Offers" below; or

    after giving effect to the acquisition, Liberty's ownership percentage of the equity securities of the Spinco, based on voting power, would not exceed the Applicable Percentage.

        The "Applicable Percentage" initially is Liberty's ownership percentage upon the spin-off of a Spinco, based on voting power (expected to be approximately 30%), plus 5%, but in no event more

98


than 35%. Following a spin-off, the Applicable Percentage for the Spinco will be reduced for specified transfers of equity securities of the Spinco by the Liberty Parties. During the first two years following the spin-off of a Spinco, acquisitions by the Liberty Parties are further limited to specified extraordinary transactions and, otherwise, to acquisitions representing no more than one-third of the Spinco Common Stock received by the Liberty Parties in the spin-off.

    Standstill Restrictions

        Until the second anniversary of the spin-off, unless a majority of the Qualified Directors consent or to the extent permitted by the provisions described under "Acquisition Restrictions" or "Competing Offers" or in certain other limited circumstances, no Liberty Party may:

    offer to acquire beneficial ownership of any equity securities of such Spinco;

    initiate or propose any stockholder proposal or seek or propose to influence, advise, change or control the management, Board of Directors, governing instruments or policies or affairs of such Spinco;

    offer, seek or propose, collaborate on or encourage any merger or other extraordinary transaction;

    subject any equity securities of such Spinco to a voting agreement;

    make a request to amend any of the provisions described under "Acquisition Restrictions", "Standstill Restrictions" or "Competing Offers";

    make any public disclosure, or take any action which could reasonably be expected to require such Spinco to make any public disclosure, with respect to any of the provisions described under "Standstill Restrictions"; or

    enter into any discussions, negotiations, arrangements or understandings with any third party with respect to any of the provisions described under "Standstill Restrictions".

    Transfer Restrictions

        Unless a majority of the Qualified Directors consent, the Spinco Agreement prohibits transfers by the Liberty Parties of any equity securities of a Spinco to any person except for certain transfers, including:

    transfers under Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or, if Rule 144 is not applicable, in "broker transactions");

    transfers pursuant to a third party tender or exchange offer or in connection with any merger or other business combination, which merger or business combination has been approved by the Spinco;

    transfers in a public offering in a manner designed to result in a wide distribution, provided that no such transfer is made, to the knowledge of the Liberty Parties, to any person whose ownership percentage (based on voting power) of the Spinco's equity securities, giving effect to the transfer, would exceed 15%;

    a transfer of all of the equity securities of the Spinco beneficially owned by the Liberty Parties and their affiliates in a single transaction if the transferee's ownership percentage (based on voting power), after giving effect to the transfer, would not exceed the Applicable Percentage and only if the transferee assumes all of the rights and obligations (subject to limited exceptions) of the Liberty Parties under the Spinco Agreement relating to the Spinco;

99


    specified transfers in connection with changes in the beneficial ownership of the ultimate parent company of a Liberty Party or a distribution of the equity interests of a Liberty Party or certain similar events; and

    specified transfers relating to certain hedging transactions or stock lending transactions in respect of the Liberty Parties' equity securities in the Spinco, subject to specified restrictions.

        During the first two years following the applicable spin-off, transfers otherwise permitted by the first and third bullets above will be prohibited, and transfers otherwise permitted by the fourth and sixth bullets above in respect of which IAC and the Spinco do not make certain determinations with respect to the transferee will be prohibited, unless such transfers represent no more than one-third of the Spinco Common Stock received by the Liberty Parties in the spin-off.

    Competing Offers

        During the period when Liberty continues to have the right to nominate directors to a Spinco's Board of Directors, if the Spinco's Board of Directors determines to pursue certain types of transactions on a negotiated basis (either through an "auction" or with a single bidder), Liberty is granted certain rights to compete with the bidder or bidders, including the right to receive certain notices and information, subject to specified conditions and limitations. In connection with any such transaction that the Spinco is negotiating with a single bidder, the Spinco's Board must consider any offer for a transaction made in good faith by Liberty but is not obligated to accept any such offer or to enter into negotiations with Liberty.

        If a third party (x) commences a tender or exchange offer for at least 35% of the capital stock of the Spinco other than pursuant to an agreement with the Spinco or (y) publicly discloses that its ownership percentage (based on voting power) exceeds 20% and the Spinco's Board fails to take certain actions to block such third party from acquiring an ownership percentage of the Spinco (based on voting power) exceeding the Applicable Percentage, the Liberty Parties generally will be relieved of the obligations described under "Standstill Restrictions" and "Acquisition Restrictions" above to the extent reasonably necessary to permit Liberty to commence and consummate a competing offer. If Liberty's ownership percentage (based on voting power) as a result of the consummation of a competing offer in response to a tender or exchange offer described in (x) above exceeds 50%, any consent or approval requirements of the Qualified Directors in the Spinco Agreement will be terminated, and, following the later of the second anniversary of the applicable spin-off and the date that Liberty's ownership percentage (based on voting power) exceeds 50%, the obligations described under "Acquisition Restrictions" will be terminated.

    Other

        Following the spin-off of a Spinco, amendments to the Spinco Agreement and determinations required to be made thereunder (including approval of transactions between a Liberty Party and the Spinco that would be reportable under the proxy rules) will require the approval of the Qualified Directors.

Registration Rights Agreement

        As indicated above under "Spinco Agreement," each Spinco will grant to Liberty the registration rights described below at the time of its spin-off.

        Under the registration rights agreement, the Liberty Parties and their permitted transferees (the "Holders") will be entitled to three demand registration rights (and unlimited piggyback registration rights) in respect of the shares of Spinco common stock received by the Liberty Parties as a result of the Spinco's spin-off and other shares of Spinco common stock acquired by the Liberty Parties

100



consistent with the Spinco Agreement (collectively, the "Registrable Shares"). The Holders will be permitted to exercise their registration rights in connection with certain hedging transactions that they may enter into in respect of the Registrable Shares.

        The Spinco will be obligated to indemnify the Holders, and each selling Holder will be obligated to indemnify the Spinco, against specified liabilities in connection with misstatements or omissions in any registration statement.

Relationships Among IAC and the Spincos

        Following the spin-offs, the relationships among IAC and the Spincos will be governed by a number of agreements. These agreements include, among others:

    a Separation and Distribution Agreement;

    a Tax Sharing Agreement;

    an Employee Matters Agreement; and

    a Transition Services Agreement (collectively, the "Spin-Off Agreements").

        The Spin-Off Agreements will be filed as exhibits to the respective registration statement on Form S-1 of each of the Spincos, of which this prospectus is a part, and the summaries of each such agreement are qualified by reference to the full text of the applicable agreement.

    Separation and Distribution Agreement

        The Separation and Distribution Agreement will set forth the arrangements among IAC and each of the Spincos regarding the principal transactions necessary to separate each of the Spincos from IAC, as well as govern certain aspects of the relationship of a Spinco with IAC and other Spincos after the completion of the spin-offs.

        Each Spinco will agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless (and to cause the other members of its respective group to indemnify, defend and hold harmless), under the Separation and Distribution Agreement, IAC and each of the other Spincos, and each of their respective current and former directors, officers and employees, from and against any losses arising out of any breach by such indemnifying companies of the Spin-Off Agreements, any failure by such indemnifying company to assume and perform any of the liabilities allocated to such company and any liabilities relating to the indemnifying company's financial and business information included in filings made with the SEC in connection with the spin-offs. IAC will agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of the Spincos, and each of their respective current and former directors, officers and employees, from and against losses arising out of any breach by IAC of the Spin-Off Agreements, and any failure by IAC to perform its obligations under the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any Spin-Off Agreement.

        In addition, the Separation and Distribution Agreement will also govern insurance and related reimbursement arrangements, provision and retention of records, access to information and confidentiality, cooperation with respect to governmental filings and third party consents and access to property.

    Tax Sharing Agreement

        The Tax Sharing Agreement governs the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of IAC and each Spinco after the spin-off of such Spinco with respect to taxes for periods ending on or before the spin-off of such Spinco. In general, pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement, IAC will prepare and file the consolidated federal income tax return, and any other tax returns that include IAC (or any of its subsidiaries) and a Spinco (or any of its subsidiaries) for all taxable periods ending on or prior to, or

101


including, the distribution date of such Spinco with the appropriate tax authorities, and, except as otherwise set forth below, IAC will pay any taxes relating thereto to the relevant tax authority (including any taxes attributable to an audit adjustment with respect to such returns; provided that IAC will not be responsible for audit adjustments relating to the business of a Spinco (or any of its subsidiaries) with respect to pre-spin off periods if such Spinco fails to fully cooperate with IAC in the conduct of such audit). Each Spinco will prepare and file all tax returns that include solely such Spinco and/or its subsidiaries and any separate company tax returns for such Spinco and/or its subsidiaries for all taxable periods ending on or prior to, or including, the distribution date of such Spinco, and will pay all taxes due with respect to such tax returns (including any taxes attributable to an audit adjustment with respect to such returns). In the event an adjustment with respect to a pre-spin off period for which IAC is responsible results in a tax benefit to a Spinco in a post-spin off period, such Spinco will be required to pay such tax benefit to IAC. In general, IAC controls all audits and administrative matters and other tax proceedings relating to the consolidated federal income tax return of the IAC group and any other tax returns for which the IAC group is responsible.

        Under the Tax Sharing Agreement a Spinco generally (i) may not take (or fail to take) any action that would cause any representation, information or covenant contained in the separation documents or the documents relating to the IRS private letter ruling and the tax opinion regarding the spin-off of such Spinco to be untrue, (ii) may not take (or fail to take) any other action that would cause the spin-off of such Spinco to lose its tax free status, (iii) may not sell, issue, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its equity securities (or equity securities of members of its group), except in certain specified transactions for a period of 25 months following the spin-off of such Spinco and (iv) may not, other than in the ordinary course of business, sell or otherwise dispose of a substantial portion of its assets, liquidate, merge or consolidate with any other person for a period of 25 months following the spin-off. Tree.com will not be subject to certain of the restrictions applicable to the other Spincos during the 25-month period following the spin-off of each such other Spinco. During the 25-month period, a Spinco may take certain actions prohibited by these covenants if (i) it obtains IAC's prior written consent, (ii) it provides IAC with an IRS private letter ruling or an unqualified opinion of tax counsel to the effect that such actions will not affect the tax free nature of the spin-off of such Spinco, in each case satisfactory to IAC in its sole discretion, or (iii) IAC obtains a private letter ruling at such Spinco's request. In addition, with respect to actions or transactions involving acquisitions of Spinco stock entered into at least 18 months after the distribution of such Spinco, such Spinco will be permitted to proceed with such transaction if it delivers an unconditional officer's certificate establishing facts evidencing that such acquisition satisfies the requirements of a specified safe harbor set forth in applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations, and IAC, after due diligence, is satisfied with the accuracy of such certification.

        Notwithstanding the receipt of any such IRS ruling, tax opinion or officer's certificate, generally each Spinco must indemnify IAC and each other Spinco for any taxes and related losses resulting from (i) any act or failure to act by such Spinco described in the covenants above, (ii) any acquisition of equity securities or assets of such Spinco or any member of its group, and (iii) any breach by such Spinco or any member of its group of any representation or covenant contained in the separation documents or the documents relating to the IRS private letter ruling or tax opinion concerning the spin-off of such Spinco.

        Under U.S. federal income tax law, IAC and the Spincos are severally liable for all of IAC's federal income taxes attributable to periods prior to and including the current taxable year of IAC, which ends on December 31, 2008. Thus, if IAC failed to pay the federal income taxes attributable to it under the Tax Sharing Agreement for periods prior to and including the current taxable year of IAC, the Spincos would be severally liable for such taxes. In the event a Spinco is required to make a payment in respect of a spin-off related tax liability of the IAC consolidated federal income tax return group under these rules for which such Spinco is not responsible under the Tax Sharing Agreement and

102



full indemnification cannot be obtained from the Spinco responsible for such payment under the Tax Sharing Agreement, IAC will indemnify the Spinco that was required to make the payment from and against the portion of such liability for which full indemnification cannot be obtained from the Spinco responsible for such payment under the Tax Sharing Agreement.

        The Tax Sharing Agreement also contains provisions regarding the apportionment of tax attributes of the IAC consolidated federal income tax return group, the allocation of deductions with respect to compensatory equity interests, cooperation, and other customary matters. In general, tax deductions arising by reason of exercises of options to acquire IAC or Spinco stock, vesting of "restricted" IAC or Spinco stock, or settlement of restricted stock units with respect to IAC or Spinco stock held by any person will be claimed by the party that employs such person at the time of exercise, vesting or settlement, as applicable (or in the case of a former employee, the party that last employed such person).

    Employee Matters Agreement

        The employee matters agreement covers a wide range of compensation and benefit issues related to the spin-offs. In general, under the employee matters agreement:

    IAC will assume or retain (i) all liabilities with respect to IAC employees, former IAC employees (excluding any former employees of the Spincos) and their dependents and beneficiaries under all IAC employee benefit plans, and (ii) all liabilities with respect to the employment or termination of employment of all IAC employees, former IAC employees (excluding any former employees of the Spincos) and their dependents and beneficiaries.

    Each Spinco will assume or retain (i) all liabilities under its employee benefit plans, and (ii) all liabilities with respect to the employment or termination of employment of all such Spinco's employees, former employees and their dependents and beneficiaries.

        Subject to a transition period through the end of 2008 with respect to health and welfare benefits, after the spin-offs, the Spincos no longer will participate in IAC's employee benefit plans, but will have established their own employee benefit plans that are currently expected to be substantially similar to the plans sponsored by IAC prior to the spin-offs. Through the end of 2008, IAC will continue to provide health and welfare benefits to employees of the Spincos and each Spinco will bear the cost of this coverage with respect to its employees. Assets and liabilities from the IAC Retirement Savings Plan relating to Spinco employees and former employees will be transferred to the applicable, newly established Spinco Retirement Savings Plan as soon as practicable following the spin-offs. For a description of the treatment of outstanding IAC equity awards pursuant to the employee matters agreement, see "The Separation—Treatment of Outstanding IAC Compensatory Equity-Based Awards."

    Transition Services Agreement

        Pursuant to a transition services agreement among IAC and the Spincos, each of IAC and the Spincos currently expect that some combination of the following services, among others, will be provided by/to the parties (and/or their respective businesses) as set forth below on an interim, transitional basis following completion of the spin-offs:

    assistance with certain legal, finance, internal audit, human resources, insurance and tax affairs, including assistance with certain public company functions, from IAC to the Spincos;

    continued coverage/participation for employees of the Spincos under IAC health and welfare plans on the same basis as immediately prior to the distribution;

    the leasing/subleasing of office and/or data center space by IAC and its businesses to various Spincos (and vice versa);

103


    assistance with the implementation and hosting of certain software applications by/from IAC and its businesses for various Spincos (and vice versa);

    call center and customer relations services by Ticketmaster to IAC's Reserve America business and Tree.com;

    payroll processing services by Ticketmaster to certain IAC businesses and an ILG business and by HSNi to IAC;

    tax compliance services by HSNi to ILG and accounting services by Ticketmaster to IAC; and

    such other services as to which any Spinco(s) and IAC may agree.

        The charges for these services will be on a cost plus fixed percentage or hourly rate basis to be agreed upon prior to the completion of the spin-offs. In general, the services to be provided by/to the parties (and/or their respective businesses) will begin on the date of the completion of the spin-offs and will cover a period generally not expected to exceed 12 months following the spin-offs. Any party may terminate the agreement with respect to one or more particular services being received by it upon such notice as will be provided for in the transition services agreement.

    Commercial Agreements

        Each of the Spincos currently, and for the foreseeable future, expect to provide certain services to each other pursuant to certain commercial relationships with IAC and/or other Spincos. Additionally, in connection with the spin-offs, each Spinco is expected to enter or has entered into various commercial agreements, primarily in the form of leases and distribution and services agreements, between their subsidiaries, on the one hand, and subsidiaries of IAC and/or one or more other Spincos, on the other hand, many of which will memorialize (in most material respects) pre-existing arrangements in effect prior to the spin-offs and which are intended to reflect arm's length terms and none of which is expected to constitute a material contract to the applicable Spinco. Below is a brief description of such agreements that, individually or together with similar agreements, involve revenues to either IAC or a Spinco in excess of $120,000. Distribution agreements generally involve the payment of fees (usually on a fixed-per-transaction, revenue sharing or commission basis) from the party seeking distribution of the product or service to the party that is providing the distribution.

        HSNi.     Certain subsidiaries of HSNi distribute their respective products and services via arrangements with certain subsidiaries of IAC and/or other Spincos (and vice versa). For example, HSNi sells merchandise on behalf of Shoebuy through HSN and various Cornerstone brands.

        Aggregate revenues earned in respect of commercial agreements between HSNi and IAC by HSNi subsidiaries from businesses that IAC will own following the distribution were approximately $320,000 in 2007. Aggregate payments made by HSNi subsidiaries to IAC subsidiaries in respect of these commercial agreements were approximately $1.8 million in 2007. Such numbers include payments to and received from Entertainment Publications, Inc., which was sold by IAC subsequent to December 31, 2007.

        ILG.     Certain subsidiaries of ILG distribute their respective products and services via arrangements with certain subsidiaries of IAC and/or other Spincos (and vice versa). For example, Interval promotes and distributes ticketing services for certain events, either through advance access or by passing along a deeper discount to its members via a link to the Ticketmaster booking engine.

        Aggregate revenues earned in respect of commercial agreements between ILG and IAC by ILG subsidiaries from businesses that IAC will own following the distribution were not material in 2007. Aggregate payments made by ILG subsidiaries to IAC subsidiaries in respect of these agreements were approximately $2.1 million in 2007. Such numbers include payments to and received from Entertainment Publications, Inc., which was sold by IAC subsequent to December 31, 2007.

104


        Ticketmaster.     Certain subsidiaries of Ticketmaster (i) distribute their respective products and services via arrangements with certain subsidiaries of IAC and/or other Spincos (and vice versa), (ii) provide certain subsidiaries of IAC and/or other Spincos with various services (and vice versa) and/or (iii) lease office space from IAC. For example:

    Ticketmaster leases its corporate headquarters in California, as well as office space for its New York City operations at IAC's headquarters, from IAC; and

    IAC's Advertising Solutions business acts as a sales agent for Ticketmaster in connection with the sale of advertising on www.ticketmaster.com and websites of other Ticketmaster businesses.

        Aggregate revenues earned in respect of commercial agreements between Ticketmaster and IAC by Ticketmaster subsidiaries from businesses that IAC will own following the distribution were approximately $12.2 million in 2007. Aggregate payments made by Ticketmaster subsidiaries to IAC and its subsidiaries in respect of commercial agreements were approximately $4.2 million in 2007. Such numbers include payments to and received from Entertainment Publications, Inc., which was sold by IAC subsequent to December 31, 2007.

        Tree.com.     Certain subsidiaries of Tree.com (i) distribute their respective products and services via arrangements with certain subsidiaries of IAC and/or other Spincos (and vice versa), (ii) provide certain subsidiaries of IAC and/or other Spincos with various services (and vice versa) and/or (iii) lease office space from IAC. For example:

    Tree.com licenses certain real estate information to IAC's Ask.com business for use in connection with real estate related search results;

    IAC's Ask.com and Citysearch businesses provide search engine marketing services and advertising to Tree.com businesses; and

    Tree.com has agreed to provide certain mortgage brokerage services to a joint venture in which IAC is a party.

        Aggregate revenues earned in respect of commercial agreements between Tree.com and IAC by Tree.com subsidiaries from businesses that IAC will own following the distribution were approximately $300,000 in 2007. Aggregate payments made by Tree.com subsidiaries to IAC subsidiaries in respect of these commercial agreements were approximately $400,000 in 2007. Such numbers include payments to and received from Entertainment Publications, Inc., which was sold by IAC subsequent to December 31, 2007.

Certain Other Relationships and Related Person Transactions

        We are currently subject to the policies and procedures of IAC regarding the review and approval of related person transactions. Immediately prior to the spin-off, we will adopt a formal written policy governing the review and approval of related person transactions. We expect that the policies we implement will require the management of the Company to determine whether any proposed transaction, arrangement or relationship with a related person fell within the definition of "transaction" set forth in Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, and if so, will require management to submit such transaction to the Company's Audit Committee for approval. The Audit Committee, in considering whether to approve related person transactions, would then consider all facts and circumstances that it deemed relevant.

        The disclosure below describes related person transactions involving the Company and related parties of IAC prior to the spin-off, as well as certain relationships involving the Company and its related parties. The terms "related person" and "transaction" have the meanings set forth in Item 404(a) of Regulations S-K under the Securities Act.

105


        In 2007, an ILG subsidiary made payments to Arise Virtual Solutions in the aggregate amount of approximately $3.2 million for call center services. Arise Virtual Solutions is a related party of IAC because it is a portfolio company of Accretive LLC, of which Mr. Edgar Bronfman, a member of the IAC Board of Directors, is a partner.

        In 2007, ILG received payments from Expedia subsidiaries in the aggregate amount of approximately $380,000, which amount represents commissions payable to ILG in connection with the booking of travel accommodations from certain Expedia travel suppliers through an existing affiliate distribution relationship. IAC and Expedia are related parties because they are under common control.

106



DESCRIPTION OF THE STOCK AND ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN

Introduction

        Prior to the completion of the spin-off, ILG expects to adopt the Interval Leisure Group, Inc. 2008 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan. The purpose of the plan will be to assist ILG in attracting, retaining and motivating officers and employees, and to provide ILG with the ability to provide incentives more directly linked to the profitability of our businesses and increases in stockholder value. In addition, the plan is expected to provide for the assumption of awards pursuant to the adjustment of awards granted under current plans of IAC and its subsidiaries. See "The Separation—Treatment of Outstanding IAC Compensatory Equity-Based Awards." ILG was incorporated in 2008 and has not yet completed its first fiscal year.

Description

        The Stock and Annual Incentive Plan is expected to contain important features that are summarized below.

Administration

        The Stock and Annual Incentive Plan will be administered by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee or such other committee of the Board as the ILG Board of Directors may from time to time designate (the "Committee"). Among other things, the Committee will have the authority to select individuals to whom awards may be granted, to determine the type of award as well as the number of shares of ILG common stock to be covered by each award, and to determine the terms and conditions of any such awards.

Eligibility

        In addition to individuals who hold outstanding adjusted awards, persons who serve or agree to serve as officers, employees, non-employee directors or consultants of ILG and its subsidiaries and affiliates will be eligible to be granted awards under the Stock and Annual Incentive Plan (other than adjusted awards that are assumed in connection with the spin-offs).

Shares Subject to the Plan

        The Stock and Annual Incentive Plan with will authorize the issuance of up to 5,000,000 shares of ILG common stock pursuant to new awards under the plan, plus shares to be granted pursuant to the assumption of outstanding adjusted awards. No single participant may be granted awards covering in excess of 3,333,333 shares of ILG common stock over the life of the Stock and Annual Incentive Plan.

        The shares of ILG common stock subject to grant under the Stock and Annual Incentive Plan are to be made available from authorized but unissued shares or from treasury shares, as determined from time to time by the ILG Board. Other than adjusted awards, to the extent that any award is forfeited, or any option or stock appreciation right terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, or any award is settled for cash, the shares of ILG common stock subject to such awards not delivered as a result thereof will again be available for awards under the plan. If the exercise price of any option and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to any award are satisfied by delivering shares of ILG common stock (by either actual delivery or by attestation), only the number of shares of ILG common stock issued net of the shares of ILG common stock delivered or attested to will be deemed delivered for purposes of the limits in the plan. To the extent any shares of ILG common stock subject to an award are withheld to satisfy the exercise price (in the case of an option) and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to such award, such shares of ILG common stock will not generally be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of the limits set forth in the plan.

107


        In the event of certain extraordinary corporate transactions, the Committee or the ILG Board will be able to make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to (1) the aggregate number and kind of shares or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the plan, (2) the various maximum limitations set forth in the plan, (3) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to outstanding awards; and (4) the exercise price of outstanding options and stock appreciation rights.

        As indicated above, several types of stock grants can be made under the Stock and Annual Incentive Plan. A summary of these grants is set forth below. The Stock and Annual Incentive Plan will govern options and restricted stock units that convert from existing IAC options and IAC restricted stock units in connection with the spin-offs, as well as other award grants made following the spin-offs pursuant to such plans. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms that govern IAC options and IAC restricted stock units that convert into options and restricted stock units of ILG in connection with the spin-offs will govern such options and restricted stock units to the extent inconsistent with the terms described below.

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

        Stock options granted under the Stock and Annual Incentive Plan may either be incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Stock appreciation rights granted under the plan may either be granted alone or in tandem with a stock option. The exercise price of options and stock appreciation rights cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock underlying the options or stock appreciation rights on the date of grant. Optionees may pay the exercise price in cash or, if approved by the Committee, in ILG common stock (valued at its fair market value on the date of exercise) or a combination thereof, or by "cashless exercise" through a broker or by withholding shares otherwise receivable on exercise. The term of options and stock appreciation rights will be as determined by the Committee, but an ISO may not have a term longer than ten years from the date of grant. The Committee will determine the vesting and exercise schedule of options and stock appreciation rights, and the extent to which they will be exercisable after the award holder's employment terminates. Generally, unvested options and stock appreciation rights terminate upon the termination of employment, and vested options and stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for one year after the award holder's death, disability or retirement, and 90 days after the award holder's termination for any other reason. Vested options and stock appreciation rights will also terminate upon the optionee's termination for cause (as defined in the plan). Stock options and stock appreciation rights are transferable only by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or in the case of nonqualified stock options or stock appreciation rights, as otherwise expressly permitted by the Committee including, if so permitted, pursuant to a transfer to the participant's family members, to a charitable organization, whether directly or indirectly or by means of a trust or partnership or otherwise.

Restricted Stock

        Restricted stock may be granted with such restriction periods as the Committee may designate. The Committee may provide at the time of grant that the vesting of restricted stock will be contingent upon the achievement of applicable performance goals and/or continued service. In the case of performance-based awards that are intended to qualify under Section 162(m)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (i) such goals will be based on the attainment of one or any combination of the following: specified levels of earnings per share from continuing operations, net profit after tax, EBITDA, EBITA, gross profit, cash generation, unit volume, market share, sales, asset quality, earnings per share, operating income, revenues, return on assets, return on operating assets, return on equity, profits, total shareholder return (measured in terms of stock price appreciation and/or dividend growth), cost saving levels, marketing-spending efficiency, core non-interest income, change in

108



working capital, return on capital and/or stock price, with respect to ILG or any subsidiary, division or department of ILG. Such performance goals also may be based upon the attaining of specified levels of ILG, subsidiary, affiliate or divisional performance under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other entities, divisions or subsidiaries. Performance goals based on the foregoing factors are hereinafter referred to as "Performance Goals." The terms and conditions of restricted stock awards (including any applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each participant. During the restriction period, the Committee may require that the stock certificates evidencing restricted shares be held by ILG. Restricted stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, and is forfeited upon termination of employment, unless otherwise provided by the Committee. Other than such restrictions on transfer and any other restrictions the Committee may impose, the participant will have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the restricted stock award.

Restricted Stock Units

        The Committee may grant restricted stock units payable in cash or shares of ILG common stock, conditioned upon continued service and/or the attainment of Performance Goals determined by the Committee. The terms and conditions of restricted stock unit awards (including any Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each participant.

Other Stock-Based Awards

        Other awards of ILG common stock and other awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based upon, ILG common stock, including (without limitation), unrestricted stock, dividend equivalents and convertible debentures, may be granted under the plan.

Bonus Awards

        Bonus awards granted to eligible employees of ILG and its subsidiaries and affiliates under the Stock and Annual Incentive Plan will be based upon the attainment of the Performance Goals established by the Committee for the plan year or such shorter performance period as may be established by the Committee. Bonus amounts earned by any individual will be limited to $10 million for any plan year, pro rated (if so determined by the Committee) for any shorter performance period. Bonus amounts will be paid in cash or, in the discretion of ILG, in ILG common stock, as soon as practicable following the end of the plan year. The Committee may reduce or eliminate a participant's bonus award in any year notwithstanding the achievement of Performance Goals.

Change in Control

        In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the Stock and Annual Incentive Plan), the Committee will have the discretion to determine the treatment of awards granted under the Stock and Annual Incentive Plan, including providing for the acceleration of such awards upon the occurrence of the Change of Control and/or upon a qualifying termination of employment ( e.g. , without cause or for good reason) following the Change of Control.

Amendment and Discontinuance

        The Stock and Annual Incentive Plan may be amended, altered or discontinued by the ILG Board, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuance may impair the rights of an optionee under an option or a recipient of an SAR, restricted stock award, restricted stock unit award or bonus award previously granted without the optionee's or recipient's consent. Amendments to the Stock and Annual Incentive Plan will require stockholder approval to the extent such approval is required by law or agreement.

109


Federal Income Tax Consequences

        The following discussion is intended only as a brief summary of the federal income tax rules that are generally relevant to stock options. The laws governing the tax aspects of awards are highly technical and such laws are subject to change.

        Nonqualified Options.     Upon the grant of a nonqualified option, the optionee will not recognize any taxable income and IAC will not be entitled to a deduction. Upon the exercise of such an option or related SAR, the excess of the fair market value of the shares acquired on the exercise of the option or SAR over the exercise price or the cash paid under an SAR (the "spread") will constitute compensation taxable to the optionee as ordinary income. ILG, in computing its U.S. federal income tax, will generally be entitled to a deduction in an amount equal to the compensation taxable to the optionee, subject to the limitations of Code Section 162(m).

        ISOs.     An optionee will not recognize taxable income on the grant or exercise of an ISO. However, the spread at exercise will constitute an item includible in alternative minimum taxable income, and, thereby, may subject the optionee to the alternative minimum tax. Such alternative minimum tax may be payable even though the optionee receives no cash upon the exercise of the ISO with which to pay such tax.

        Upon the disposition of shares of stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO, after the later of (i) two years from the date of grant of the ISO or (ii) one year after the transfer of the shares to the optionee (the "ISO Holding Period"), the optionee will recognize long-term capital gain or loss, as the case may be, measured by the difference between the stock's selling price and the exercise price. ILG is not entitled to any tax deduction by reason of the grant or exercise of an ISO, or by reason of a disposition of stock received upon exercise of an ISO if the ISO Holding Period is satisfied. Different rules apply if the optionee disposes of the shares of stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an ISO before the expiration of the ISO Holding Period.


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We will not receive any proceeds from the distribution of our common stock in the spin-off. Any proceeds received by us from the exercise of the stock options covered by the Stock and Annual Incentive Plan will be used for general corporate purposes.


DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

        No consideration will be paid for the shares of common stock distributed in the spin-off.


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of our common stock issued in the spin-off will be passed upon by the General Counsel of IAC/InterActiveCorp. Certain tax matters will be passed upon by Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of ILG at December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 and the related financial statements schedule included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

110



WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC with respect to the shares of our common stock being registered hereunder. This prospectus, which is a part of such registration statement, does not include all of the information that you can find in such registration statement or the exhibits to such registration statement. You should refer to the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, for further information about us and our common stock. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or document are not necessarily complete and, if the contract or document is filed as an exhibit to a registration statement, is qualified in all respects by reference to the relevant exhibit.

        After the spin-off, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The registration statement is, and any of these future filings with the SEC will be, available to the public over the Internet on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. You may read and copy any filed document at the SEC's public reference rooms in Washington, D.C. at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the SEC's regional offices in New York at 233 Broadway, New York, New York 10279 and in Chicago at Citicorp Center, 500 W. Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference rooms.

111


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  PAGE
Audited Financial Statements:    
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006
and 2005

 

F-3
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006

 

F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

 

F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006
and 2005

 

F-6
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

F-28

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

 

 
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007

 

F-29
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007

 

F-30
 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the three months ended March 31, 2008

 

F-31
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007

 

F-32
 
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-33

F-1



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Interval Leisure Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule on page F-28. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Interval Leisure Group, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP                                  

New York, New York
May 5, 2008

F-2



INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (In thousands)

 
Revenue   $ 360,407   $ 288,646   $ 260,843  
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below)     100,799     66,293     60,794  
   
 
 
 
  Gross profit     259,608     222,353     200,049  
Selling and marketing expense     45,835     41,635     38,424  
General and administrative expense     71,913     61,538     56,213  
Amortization of intangibles     26,879     25,220     25,220  
Depreciation     8,415     7,832     7,368  
   
 
 
 
  Operating income     106,566     86,128     72,824  
Other income (expense):                    
  Interest income     10,345     8,914     6,518  
  Interest expense     (205 )   (357 )   (623 )
  Other expense     (606 )   (774 )   (272 )
   
 
 
 
Total other income, net     9,534     7,783     5,623  
   
 
 
 
Earnings before income taxes and minority interest     116,100     93,911     78,447  
Income tax provision     (45,032 )   (35,868 )   (29,204 )
Minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries     (12 )        
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ 71,056   $ 58,043   $ 49,243  
   
 
 
 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-3



INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  December 31,
2007

  December 31,
2006

 
 
  (In thousands)

 
ASSETS              
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 67,113   $ 37,557  
Restricted cash and cash equivalents     5,817     293  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $352 and $255, respectively     15,750     9,301  
Deferred income taxes     28,109     18,417  
Deferred membership costs     13,688     12,440  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     17,086     14,816  
   
 
 
  Total current assets     147,563     92,824  
Property and equipment, net     34,963     21,330  
Goodwill     514,308     473,879  
Intangible assets, net     188,895     153,220  
Deferred membership costs     21,217     18,218  
Deferred income taxes     12,549     7,074  
Other non-current assets     3,122     1,132  
   
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 922,617   $ 767,677  
   
 
 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
LIABILITIES:              
Accounts payable, trade   $ 10,981   $ 7,142  
Deferred revenue     97,898     88,157  
Income taxes payable     2,489      
Accrued compensation and benefits     11,635     7,493  
Member deposits     11,167     10,692  
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     26,105     22,544  
   
 
 
  Total current liabilities     160,275     136,028  
Other long-term liabilities     2,286     1,509  
Deferred revenue     139,044     123,181  
Deferred income taxes     107,133     98,072  
Minority interest     512      
Commitments and contingencies              

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Invested capital     726,919     612,532  
Receivables from IAC and subsidiaries     (436,475 )   (355,057 )
Retained earnings     222,484     151,198  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     439     214  
   
 
 
  Total shareholders' equity     513,367     408,887  
   
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY   $ 922,617   $ 767,677  
   
 
 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-4



INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 
  Total
  Invested
Capital

  Receivables
from IAC and
Subsidiaries

  Retained
Earnings

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income

 
 
   
   
  (In thousands)

   
   
 
Balance as of December 31, 2004   $ 467,746   $ 607,316   $ (182,876 ) $ 43,912   $ (606 )
Comprehensive income:                                
  Net income for the year ended December 31, 2005     49,243             49,243      
  Foreign currency translation     (1,096 )               (1,096 )
   
                         
Comprehensive income     48,147                          
Net transfers from IAC     300     300              
Net changes in receivables from IAC and subsidiaries     (76,246 )       (76,246 )        
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2005     439,947     607,616     (259,122 )   93,155     (1,702 )
Comprehensive income:                                
  Net income for the year ended December 31, 2006     58,043             58,043      
  Foreign currency translation     1,916                 1,916  
   
                         
Comprehensive income     59,959                          
Net transfers from IAC (principally the pushdown of IAC's acquisition of a minority interest in Interval)     4,916     4,916                  
Net changes in receivables from IAC and subsidiaries     (95,935 )       (95,935 )        
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2006     408,887     612,532     (355,057 )   151,198     214  
Comprehensive income:                                
  Net income for the year ended December 31, 2007     71,056             71,056      
  Foreign currency translation     225                 225  
   
                         
Comprehensive income     71,281                          
Cumulative effect of adoption of FIN 48     230             230      
Net transfers from IAC (principally the funding of ILG's acquisition of RQH)     114,387     114,387                  
Net changes in receivables from IAC and subsidiaries     (81,418 )       (81,418 )        
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2007   $ 513,367   $ 726,919   $ (436,475 ) $ 222,484   $ 439  
   
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-5



INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (In thousands)

 
Cash flows from operating activities:                    
Net income   $ 71,056   $ 58,043   $ 49,243  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                    
  Amortization of intangibles     26,879     25,220     25,220  
  Depreciation     8,415     7,832     7,368  
  Non-cash compensation expense     3,629     3,286     1,259  
  Deferred income taxes     (6,106 )   (7,275 )   (9,884 )
  Excess tax benefits from stock-based awards             25  
  Minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries     12          
Changes in current assets and liabilities:                    
  Accounts receivable     (3,552 )   228     (760 )
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets     (2,222 )   185     (796 )
  Accounts payable and other current liabilities     6,741     2,490     3,078  
  Income taxes payable     3,015     1,184     1,042  
  Deferred revenue     18,134     15,118     18,461  
Other, net     (421 )   76     775  
   
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities     125,580     106,387     95,031  
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:                    
  Transfers to IAC     (84,520 )   (103,565 )   (80,129 )
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired     (114,071 )        
  Capital expenditures     (10,319 )   (6,682 )   (8,966 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities     (208,910 )   (110,247 )   (89,095 )
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:                    
  Capital contributions from IAC     114,071          
  Principal payments on short-term obligations     (215 )        
  Excess tax benefits from stock-based awards     259     328      
  Other, net     (1,923 )   137     (33 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     112,192     465     (33 )
   
 
 
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     694     4,509     (3,270 )
   
 
 
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     29,556     1,114     2,633  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     37,557     36,443     33,810  
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 67,113   $ 37,557   $ 36,443  
   
 
 
 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-6



INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Spin-Off

        On November 5, 2007, IAC/InterActiveCorp ("IAC") announced that its Board of Directors approved a plan to separate IAC into five publicly traded companies, identifying Interval Leisure Group, Inc. ("ILG") as one of those five companies. In these consolidated financial statements, we refer to the separation transaction herein as the "spin-off." In connection with the spin-off, ILG was incorporated as a Delaware corporation in May 2008. ILG currently does not have any material assets or liabilities, nor does it engage in any business or other activities and, other than in connection with the spin-off, will not acquire or incur any material assets or liabilities, nor will it engage in any business or other activities. Upon completion of the spin-off, ILG will consist of Interval and ResortQuest Hawaii and ResortQuest Real Estate of Hawaii, collectively referred to herein as "RQH", which was acquired on May 31, 2007, the businesses that formerly comprised IAC's Interval segment. The businesses to be operated by ILG following the spin-off are referred to herein as the "ILG Businesses."

Basis of Presentation

        The historical consolidated financial statements of ILG and its subsidiaries reflect the contribution or other transfer to ILG of all of the subsidiaries and assets and the assumption by ILG of all of the liabilities relating to the ILG Businesses in connection with the spin-off and the allocation to ILG of certain IAC corporate expenses relating to the ILG Businesses. Accordingly, the historical consolidated financial statements of ILG reflect the historical financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the ILG Businesses since their respective dates of acquisition by IAC, based on the historical consolidated financial statements and accounting records of IAC and using the historical results of operations and historical bases of the assets and liabilities of the ILG Businesses with the exception of accounting for income taxes. For purposes of these financial statements, income taxes have been computed for ILG on an as if stand-alone, separate tax return basis. Intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.

        In the opinion of ILG's management, the assumptions underlying the historical consolidated financial statements of ILG are reasonable. However, this financial information does not necessarily reflect what the historical financial position, results of operations and cash flows of ILG would have been had ILG been a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

Company Overview

        ILG is a leading provider of membership services, primarily to the vacation ownership industry, through Interval. With the acquisition of RQH in May 2007, ILG also entered the vacation rental and property management services industry.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Revenue Recognition

        Revenue, net of sales incentives, from Interval membership fees is deferred and recognized over the terms of the applicable memberships ranging from one to five years, on a straight-line basis. Generally, memberships are cancelable and refundable on a pro-rata basis. Direct costs of acquiring members and direct costs of sales related to deferred membership revenue are also deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the applicable memberships. Revenue from vacation

F-7


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


transactions is recognized when Interval provides confirmation of the vacation, at which time the fee is nonrefundable.

        RQH revenue primarily consists of property management fees and service fees. Property management fees, which are generally a percentage (ranging from 1% to 25%) of the rental price of the vacation property, are generated when the property is rented. The management fee rate is based upon the type of services provided to the property owner and the type of rental unit managed. RQH's proportionate share of the rental price of the property is recognized over the rental period. RQH also provides, or arranges through third parties, certain services for property owners or guests including reservations, housekeeping, long-distance telephone, beach equipment rental and pool cleaning. Service fee revenue is recognized when the service is provided by RQH. Services provided by third parties are generally billed directly to property owners or guests and are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents include cash, money market instruments and time deposits with maturities of less than 91 days.

Restricted Cash

        Restricted cash primarily includes amounts held in trust and lock box accounts in connection with certain transactions with RQH's managed properties.

Accounts Receivable

        Accounts receivable are stated at amounts due from customers, principally resort developers and members, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable outstanding longer than the contractual payment terms are considered past due. ILG determines its allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time accounts receivable are past due, ILG's previous loss history, the specific customer's current ability to pay its obligation to ILG and the condition of the general economy. ILG writes off accounts receivable when they become uncollectible.

Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment, including significant improvements, are recorded at cost. Repairs and maintenance and any gains or losses on dispositions are included in operations.

        Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis to allocate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated service lives.

Asset Category
  Depreciation Period
Computer equipment   3 to 8 Years
Capitalized software   3 to 5 Years
Buildings and leasehold improvements   1 to 40 Years
Furniture and other equipment   3 to 10 Years

F-8


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        In accordance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants' Statement of Position No. 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use," Interval capitalizes certain qualified costs incurred in connection with the development of internal use software. Capitalization of internal use software costs begins when the preliminary project stage is completed, management with the relevant authority authorizes and commits to the funding of the software project, and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended. Capitalized internal software costs, net of accumulated depreciation, totaled $12.9 million and $11.0 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and are included in "Property and equipment, net" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

        In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" ("SFAS No. 142"), goodwill acquired in business combinations is assigned to the reporting unit that is expected to benefit from the combination as of the acquisition date. ILG tests goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually as of October 1, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded. If the carrying amount of an indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded.

Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets with Definite Lives

        In accordance with SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" ("SFAS No. 144"), long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets with definite lives, are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. If the carrying amount is deemed to not be recoverable, an impairment loss is recorded as the amount by which the carrying amount of the long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. Amortization of definite lived intangible assets is recorded on a straight-line basis over their estimated lives.

Advertising

        Advertising costs are expensed in the period incurred and principally represent printing and postage costs of directories and magazines, promotions, trade shows and agency fees. Advertising expense was $18.6 million, $19.1 million and $18.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Income Taxes

        ILG accounts for income taxes under the liability method, and deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is provided on

F-9


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

deferred tax assets if it is determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized. ILG records interest on potential tax contingencies as a component of income tax expense and records interest net of any applicable related income tax benefit.

        Effective January 1, 2007, ILG adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109" ("FIN 48"). As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, ILG recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed by the interpretation. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transaction Gains and Losses

        The financial position and operating results of substantially all foreign operations are consolidated using the local currency as the functional currency. Local currency assets and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange as of the balance sheet date, and local currency revenue and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange during the period. Resulting translation gains or losses are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of shareholders' equity. Accumulated other comprehensive income is solely related to foreign currency translation and is recorded net of tax. Transaction gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the entity involved are included in the consolidated statements of operations.

        Foreign currency transaction net losses for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively, and are included in "Other expense" in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

        Effective January 1, 2006, ILG adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), "Share-Based Payment" ("SFAS 123R"), using the modified prospective transition method and therefore has not restated results for prior periods. See Note 4 for a further description of the impact of the adoption of SFAS 123R and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 ("SAB 107").

Minority Interest

        Minority interest in 2007 represents minority ownership in RQH. In connection with the acquisition of RQH, a member of senior management of this business purchased an ownership interest at the same per share price as ILG. ILG is party to a fair value put and call arrangement with respect to this interest. This put and call arrangement allows this member of management to require ILG to purchase their interest or allows ILG to acquire such interest at fair value, respectively. This put and call arrangement becomes exercisable by ILG and the counter-party, respectively, at a date no earlier than 2013. Upon such exercise, the consideration payable can be denominated in either shares of IAC or cash at IAC's option. This put and call arrangement will be modified prior to the spin-off so that the consideration payable in IAC shares will be replaced with ILG shares. This put arrangement is exercisable by the counter-party outside the control of ILG and is accounted for in accordance with

F-10


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


EITF D-98 "Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities." Accordingly, to the extent that the fair value of this interest exceeds the value determined by normal minority interest accounting, the value of such interest is adjusted to fair value with a corresponding adjustment to invested capital. At and for the year ended December 31, 2007, ILG did not record an adjustment as this interest is recorded at fair value.

Accounting Estimates

        ILG's management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions during the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These estimates and assumptions impact the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. They also impact the reported amount of net earnings during any period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        Significant estimates underlying the accompanying consolidated financial statements include: the recovery of goodwill and intangible assets; the determination of deferred income taxes, including related valuation allowances; the determination of deferred revenue; and assumptions related to the determination of stock-based compensation.

Certain Risks and Concentrations

        ILG's business is subject to certain risks and concentrations including exposure to risks associated with online commerce security and credit card fraud. A substantial percentage of the vacation ownership resorts in the Interval network are located in Florida, Hawaii, Las Vegas, Mexico and Southern California and all of the vacation properties for which RQH provides vacation rental and property management services are located in Hawaii. ILG also depends on relationships with developers and vacation property owners, as well as third party service providers for processing certain fulfillment services.

        Financial instruments, which potentially subject ILG to concentration of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are maintained with quality financial institutions of high credit.

        ILG conducts business in one foreign country where a currency restriction exists. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, ILG had $5.1 million and $4.0 million of cash which can only be repatriated upon the approval of that country's government. ILG has requested approval for a portion of the cash to be repatriated. This request is currently pending.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, "Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51" ("SFAS No. 160"). SFAS No. 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent's ownership interest and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. The Statement also establishes reporting requirements that provide sufficient disclosures that clearly identify and distinguish

F-11


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. SFAS No. 160 will be applied prospectively, except as it relates to disclosures, for which the effects will be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. Early adoption is not permitted. ILG is currently assessing the impact of SFAS No. 160 on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), "Business Combinations" ("SFAS No. 141R"), which replaces FASB Statement No. 141. SFAS No. 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. The Statement also establishes disclosure requirements that will enable users to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS No. 141R applies prospectively to business combinations in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is not permitted. ILG is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 141R on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

NOTE 3—BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

        On May 31, 2007, ILG completed the acquisition of RQH, a vacation rental and property management services company, for approximately $110 million in cash. The acquisition was funded by IAC, and such funding has been recorded as a transfer from IAC within the statement of shareholders' equity. ILG performed valuations of certain tangible and intangible assets acquired. These valuations identified $56.2 million of intangible assets other than goodwill. The goodwill recognized amounted to $40.4 million. Intangible assets with definite lives included property management contracts ($45.7 million), wholesaler agreements ($5.9 million), trade names and trademarks ($4.3 million) and other agreements ($0.3 million) and are being amortized over a weighted-average period of 12.7 years. IAC also allocated $9.0 million of the purchase price to increase the recorded value of two vacation property front desk units to fair value. The entire amount allocated to goodwill is tax deductible. ILG viewed RQH's revenue, operating income, Operating Income Before Amortization, net income and cash flow as its most important valuation metrics. ILG agreed to consideration that resulted in recognition of a significant amount of goodwill because RQH's business model complements the business model of ILG and because of RQH's market position, brand and growth opportunities in its market. As a result, a significant portion of the consideration was based on the expected financial performance of RQH, and not the asset value on the books of RQH at the time of acquisition.

NOTE 4—SFAS 123R AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

        The equity awards described below principally relate to awards to ILG employees that were granted under various IAC stock and annual incentive plans.

        Effective January 1, 2006, ILG adopted SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition method and has applied the classification provisions of SAB 107 regarding the SEC's interpretation of SFAS 123R and the valuation of share-based payments for public companies in its adoption of SFAS 123R.

        The adoption of SFAS 123R did not impact the amount of stock-based compensation expense recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as ILG had previously adopted the

F-12


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 4—SFAS 123R AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)


expense recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS No. 123").

        Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the entire tax benefit from stock-based compensation was reported as a component of operating cash flows. Upon the adoption of SFAS 123R, tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statement of operations are reported as a component of financing cash flows. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation of $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, are included as a component of financing cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2005, excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation of less than $0.1 million is included as a component of operating cash flows.

        Non-cash stock-based compensation expense related to equity awards is included in the following line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
Cost of sales   $ 282   $ 225   $ 82  
Selling and marketing expense     308     210     46  
General and administrative expense     3,039     2,851     1,131  
   
 
 
 
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense before income taxes     3,629     3,286     1,259  
Income tax benefit     (1,400 )   (1,268 )   (486 )
   
 
 
 
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense after income taxes   $ 2,229   $ 2,018   $ 773  
   
 
 
 

        The form of awards granted to ILG employees are principally restricted stock units ("RSUs") and performance stock units ("PSUs"). RSUs and PSUs are awards in the form of phantom shares or units, denominated in a hypothetical equivalent number of shares of IAC common stock and with the value of each award equal to the fair value of IAC common stock at the date of grant. All outstanding award agreements provide for settlement, upon vesting, in stock for U.S. employees and in cash for non-U.S. employees. Each RSU, PSU and restricted stock grant is subject to service-based vesting, where a specific period of continued employment must pass before an award vests, and certain grants also include performance-based vesting, where certain performance targets set at the time of grant must be achieved before an award vests. ILG recognizes expense for all RSUs, PSUs and restricted stock, for which vesting is considered probable. For RSU and restricted stock grants to U.S. employees, the accounting charge is measured at the grant date as the fair value of IAC common stock and expensed ratably as non-cash compensation over the vesting term. For PSU grants to U.S. employees, the expense is measured at the grant date as the fair value of IAC common stock and expensed as non-cash compensation when the performance targets are considered probable of being achieved. The expense associated with RSU and PSU awards to non-U.S. employees is initially measured at fair value at the grant date and expensed ratably over the vesting term, subject to mark-to-market adjustments for changes in the price of IAC common stock, as compensation expense within general and administrative expense. The expense related to awards to international employees totaled $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

F-13


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 4—SFAS 123R AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        The amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations is reduced by estimated forfeitures, as the amount recorded is based on awards ultimately expected to vest. The forfeiture rate is estimated at the grant date based on historical experience and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if the actual forfeiture rate differs from the estimated rate.

        As of December 31, 2007, there was approximately $14.0 million of unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to all equity-based awards. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.0 years. At December 31, 2007, there were less than 0.1 million awards outstanding to non-U.S. employees.

        In connection with the acquisition of RQH by IAC in 2007 a member of RQH's management was granted restricted common equity in RQH. This award was granted on May 31, 2007 and was initially measured at fair value, which is being amortized to expense over the vesting period. This award vests ratably over four and a half years, or earlier based upon the occurrence of certain prescribed events. The award vests in non-voting restricted common shares of RQH.

        These shares are subject to a put right by the holder and a call right by IAC, which are not exercisable until the first quarter of 2013 and annually thereafter. The value of these shares upon exercise of the put or call is equal to their fair market value, determined by negotiation or arbitration, reduced by the accreted value of the preferred interest that was taken by IAC upon the purchase of RQH. The initial value of the preferred interest was equal to the acquisition price of RQH. The preferred interest accretes value at a 10% annual rate. Upon exercise of the put or call the consideration is payable in IAC shares or cash or a combination thereof at IAC's option. Prior to the separation, this put and call arrangement will be modified so that the consideration payable in IAC's shares will be replaced with ILG shares.

        The unrecognized compensation cost related to this equity award is $0.4 million at December 31, 2007.

NOTE 5—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        The balance of goodwill and intangible assets, net is as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
Goodwill   $ 514,308   $ 473,879
Intangible assets with indefinite lives     33,300     33,300
Intangible assets with definite lives, net     155,595     119,920
   
 
  Total goodwill and intangible assets, net   $ 703,203   $ 627,099
   
 

F-14


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 5—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

        Intangible assets with indefinite lives relate principally to acquired trade names and trademarks. At December 31, 2007, intangible assets with definite lives relate to the following (in thousands):

 
  Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
  Weighted-Average
Amortization Life (Years)

Customer relationships   $ 129,500   $ (68,257 ) $ 61,243   10.0
Purchase agreements     73,500     (38,741 )   34,759   10.0
Property management contracts     45,700     (1,904 )   43,796   14.0
Technology     24,630     (24,600 )   30   5.0
Other     16,854     (1,087 )   15,767   8.2
   
 
 
   
  Total   $ 290,184   $ (134,589 ) $ 155,595    
   
 
 
   

        At December 31, 2006, intangible assets with definite lives relate to the following (in thousands):

 
  Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
  Weighted-Average
Amortization Life (Years)

Customer relationships   $ 129,500   $ (55,307 ) $ 74,193   10.0
Purchase agreements     73,500     (31,391 )   42,109   10.0
Technology     24,630     (21,012 )   3,618   5.0
   
 
 
   
  Total   $ 227,630   $ (107,710 ) $ 119,920    
   
 
 
   

        Amortization of intangible assets with definite lives is computed on a straight-line basis and, based on December 31, 2007 balances, such amortization for the next five years and thereafter is estimated to be as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending December 31,
   
2008   $ 25,917
2009     25,887
2010     25,887
2011     25,826
2012     19,892
2013 and thereafter     32,186
   
    $ 155,595
   

        The following table presents the balance of goodwill by segment, including the changes in carrying amount of goodwill, for the year ended December 31, 2007 (in thousands):

 
  Balance as of
January 1, 2007

  Additions
  (Deductions)
  Balance as of
December 31, 2007

Interval   $ 473,879   $   $   $ 473,879
RQH         40,429         40,429
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 473,879   $ 40,429   $   $ 514,308
   
 
 
 

F-15


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 5—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

        Additions in 2007 relate to the acquisition of RQH.

        The following table presents the balance of goodwill by segment, including the changes in carrying amount of goodwill, for the year ended December 31, 2006 (in thousands):

 
  Balance as of
January 1, 2006

  Additions
  (Deductions)
  Balance as of
December 31, 2006

Interval   $ 467,504   $ 6,822   $ (447 ) $ 473,879
RQH                
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 467,504   $ 6,822   $ (447 ) $ 473,879
   
 
 
 

        Additions in 2006 principally relate to the pushdown of IAC's acquisition of a minority interest in Interval.

NOTE 6—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

        The balance of property and equipment, net is as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
Computer equipment   $ 14,443   $ 11,900  
Capitalized software     31,312     26,869  
Buildings and leasehold improvements     19,182     8,114  
Furniture and other equipment     8,096     6,638  
Projects in progress     5,848     3,347  
   
 
 
      78,881     56,868  
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization     (43,918 )   (35,538 )
   
 
 
  Total property and equipment, net   $ 34,963   $ 21,330  
   
 
 

NOTE 7—INCOME TAXES

        ILG is a member of IAC's consolidated federal and state tax returns. In all periods presented, current and deferred tax expense has been computed for ILG on a separate return basis. ILG's payments to IAC related to its share of IAC's consolidated federal and state tax return liabilities have been reflected within cash flows from operating activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows.

        U.S. and foreign earnings from continuing operations before income tax and minority interest are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
U.S.    $ 104,021   $ 82,258   $ 67,914
Foreign     12,079     11,653     10,533
   
 
 
  Total   $ 116,100   $ 93,911   $ 78,447
   
 
 

F-16


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 7—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        The components of the provision for income taxes attributable to continuing operations are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
Current income tax provision:                    
Federal   $ 40,619   $ 33,902   $ 30,413  
State     5,945     4,744     5,456  
Foreign     4,574     4,497     3,219  
   
 
 
 
Current income tax provision     51,138     43,143     39,088  
   
 
 
 
Deferred income tax (benefit) provision:                    
Federal     (6,161 )   (6,268 )   (8,355 )
State     412     (14 )   (1,400 )
Foreign     (357 )   (993 )   (129 )
   
 
 
 
Deferred income tax (benefit)     (6,106 )   (7,275 )   (9,884 )
   
 
 
 
Income tax provision   $ 45,032   $ 35,868   $ 29,204  
   
 
 
 

        Current income taxes payable has been reduced by $0.3 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, for tax deductions attributable to stock-based compensation. There was no significant reduction for the year ended December 31, 2005. The related income tax benefits of this stock-based compensation were recorded as amounts charged or credited to invested capital or a reduction in goodwill.

        The tax effects of cumulative temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2007 and 2006 are presented below (in thousands). The valuation allowance is related to items for which it is more likely than not that the tax benefit will not be realized.

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
Deferred tax assets:              
Deferred revenue   $ 50,243   $ 46,838  
Provision for accrued expenses     4,015     2,556  
Net operating loss carryforwards     837     936  
Other     3,565     2,522  
   
 
 
Total deferred tax assets     58,660     52,852  
Less valuation allowance     (679 )   (714 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax assets     57,981     52,138  
   
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities:              
Intangible and other assets     (110,831 )   (111,258 )
Deferred membership costs     (12,612 )   (11,106 )
Property and equipment     (737 )   (2,299 )
Other     (276 )   (56 )
   
 
 
Total deferred tax liabilities     (124,456 )   (124,719 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax liability   $ (66,475 ) $ (72,581 )
   
 
 

F-17


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 7—INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        At December 31, 2007, ILG had foreign net operating losses ("NOLs") of approximately $2.6 million available to offset future income. Of these foreign losses, approximately $2.0 million can be carried forward indefinitely, and approximately $0.6 million will expire within ten years. During 2007, ILG did not recognize any significant tax benefits related to NOLs.

        During 2007, ILG's valuation allowance did not significantly change. At December 31, 2007, ILG had a valuation allowance of approximately $0.7 million related to the portion of tax operating loss carryforwards for which it is more likely than not that the tax benefit will not be realized.

        A reconciliation of total income tax provision to the amounts computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to earnings from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest is shown as follows (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
Income tax provision at the federal statutory rate of 35%   $ 40,635   $ 32,869   $ 27,456  
State income taxes, net of effect of federal tax benefit     4,132     3,075     2,637  
Foreign income taxed at a different statutory tax rate     (520 )   (789 )   (979 )
Other, net     785     713     90  
   
 
 
 
Income tax provision   $ 45,032   $ 35,868   $ 29,204  
   
 
 
 

        In accordance with APB No. 23, no federal and state income taxes have been provided on permanently reinvested earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries aggregating approximately $12.8 million at December 31, 2007. If, in the future, these earnings are repatriated to the U.S., or if ILG determines such earnings will be repatriated to the U.S. in the foreseeable future, additional tax provisions would be required. Due to complexities in the tax laws and the assumptions that would have to be made, it is not practicable to estimate the amounts of income taxes that would have to be provided.

        ILG adopted the provisions of FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The cumulative effect of the adoption resulted in an increase of $0.2 million to retained earnings. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest, is as follows (in thousands):

Balance at January 1, 2007   $ 2,872
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year     2,068
Additions for tax positions of prior years     756
Reductions for tax positions of prior years    
Settlements    
   
Balance at December 31, 2007   $ 5,696
   

        As of January 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007, the unrecognized tax benefits, including interest, were $4.0 million and $7.3 million, respectively. Included in unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2007 is approximately $4.9 million for tax positions included in IAC's consolidated tax return filings.

F-18


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 7—INCOME TAXES (Continued)


Included within "Receivables from IAC and subsidiaries" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007 is approximately $6.3 million of unrecognized tax benefits and related interest that will remain a liability of IAC after the spin-off. Also included in unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2007 is approximately $2.0 million for tax positions which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility.

        ILG recognizes interest and, if applicable, penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Included in income tax expense from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 is $0.4 million, net of related deferred taxes of $0.2 million, for interest on unrecognized tax benefits. At January 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007, ILG has accrued $1.0 million and $1.6 million, respectively, for the payment of interest. There are no material accruals for penalties.

        By virtue of previously filed separate company and consolidated tax returns with IAC, ILG is routinely under audit by federal, state, local and foreign authorities in the area of income tax. These audits include questioning the timing and the amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. Income taxes payable include amounts considered sufficient to pay assessments that may result from examination of prior year returns; however, the amount paid upon resolution of issues raised may differ from the amount provided. Differences between the reserves for tax contingencies and the amounts owed by ILG are recorded in the period they become known.

        The Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") is currently examining the IAC consolidated tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2001 through 2003, which includes the operations of Interval from September 24, 2002, its date of acquisition by IAC. The statute of limitations for these years has been extended to December 31, 2008. Various IAC consolidated tax returns filed with state, local and foreign jurisdictions are currently under examination, the most significant of which are Florida, New York state and New York City, for various tax years after December 31, 2001. These examinations are expected to be completed by late 2008.

        ILG believes that it is reasonably possible that its unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by approximately $2.9 million within twelve months of the current reporting date due primarily to the reversal of deductible temporary differences which will result in a corresponding increase in net deferred tax liabilities. An estimate of other changes in unrecognized tax benefits cannot be made, but are not expected to be significant.

NOTE 8—SEGMENT INFORMATION

        The overall concept that ILG employs in determining its operating segments and related financial information is to present them in a manner consistent with how the chief operating decision maker and executive management view the businesses, how the businesses are organized as to segment management, and the focus of the businesses with regards to the types of products or services offered or the target market. ILG has two operating segments, Interval, its vacation ownership membership services business, and RQH, its vacation rental and property management business.

        ILG's primary metric is Operating Income Before Amortization, which is defined as operating income excluding, if applicable: (1) non-cash compensation expense, (2) amortization of intangibles and goodwill impairment, (3) pro forma adjustments for significant acquisitions and (4) one-time items. ILG believes this measure is useful to investors because it represents the consolidated operating results from ILG's segments, taking into account depreciation, which it believes is an ongoing cost of doing business,

F-19


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 8—SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)


but excluding the effects of any other non-cash expenses. Operating Income Before Amortization has certain limitations in that it does not take into account the impact to ILG's statement of operations of certain expenses, including non-cash compensation, and acquisition-related accounting.

        The following table reconciles Operating Income Before Amortization to operating income and net income in 2007, 2006 and 2005:

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (In thousands)
 
Operating Income Before Amortization   $ 137,074   $ 114,634   $ 99,303  
Non-cash compensation expense     (3,629 )   (3,286 )   (1,259 )
Amortization of intangibles     (26,879 )   (25,220 )   (25,220 )
   
 
 
 
  Operating income     106,566     86,128     72,824  
Interest income     10,345     8,914     6,518  
Interest expense     (205 )   (357 )   (623 )
Other expense     (606 )   (774 )   (272 )
Income tax provision     (45,032 )   (35,868 )   (29,204 )
Minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries     (12 )        
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ 71,056   $ 58,043   $ 49,243  
   
 
 
 

        The following tables reconcile Operating Income Before Amortization to operating income for ILG's operating segments and to net income in total (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
 
  Operating
Income Before
Amortization

  Non-Cash
Compensation
Expense

  Amortization
of Intangibles

  Operating
Income

 
Interval   $ 129,936   $ (3,513 ) $ (23,994 ) $ 102,429  
RQH     7,138     (116 )   (2,885 )   4,137  
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 137,074   $ (3,629 ) $ (26,879 ) $ 106,566  
   
 
 
       
Other income, net     9,534  
                     
 
Earnings before income taxes and minority interest     116,100  
Income tax provision     (45,032 )
Minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries     (12 )
                     
 
Net income   $ 71,056  
                     
 

F-20


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 8—SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

        Prior to the acquisition of RQH in 2007, there was only one reporting segment.

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  (In thousands)
Revenue:                  
Interval   $ 318,370   $ 288,646   $ 260,843
RQH     42,037        
   
 
 
  Total   $ 360,407   $ 288,646   $ 260,843
   
 
 
 
 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  (In thousands)
Operating Income:                  
Interval   $ 102,429   $ 86,128   $ 72,824
RQH     4,137        
   
 
 
  Total   $ 106,566   $ 86,128   $ 72,824
   
 
 
 
 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  (In thousands)
Operating Income Before Amortization:                  
Interval   $ 129,936   $ 114,634   $ 99,303
RQH     7,138        
   
 
 
  Total   $ 137,074   $ 114,634   $ 99,303
   
 
 
 
 
  December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
 
  (In thousands)
Assets:            
Interval   $ 802,846   $ 767,677
RQH     119,771    
   
 
  Total   $ 922,617   $ 767,677
   
 
 
 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  (In thousands)
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles:                  
Interval   $ 31,846   $ 33,052   $ 32,588
RQH     3,448        
   
 
 
  Total   $ 35,294   $ 33,052   $ 32,588
   
 
 

F-21


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 8—SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

 
 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  (In thousands)
Capital expenditures:                  
Interval   $ 9,892   $ 6,682   $ 8,966
RQH     427        
   
 
 
  Total   $ 10,319   $ 6,682   $ 8,966
   
 
 

        ILG maintains operations in the United States, the United Kingdom and other international territories. Geographic information about the United States and international territories is presented below:

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  (In thousands)
Revenue:                  
  United States   $ 302,135   $ 237,818   $ 213,319
  All other countries     58,272     50,828     47,524
   
 
 
  Total   $ 360,407   $ 288,646   $ 260,843
   
 
 
 
  December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
 
  (In thousands)
Long-lived assets (excluding goodwill and intangible assets):            
  United States   $ 33,688   $ 20,161
  All other countries     1,275     1,169
   
 
  Total   $ 34,963   $ 21,330
   
 

F-22


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 9—COMMITMENTS

        ILG leases office space, computers and equipment used in connection with its operations under various operating leases, many of which contain escalation clauses.

        Future minimum payments under operating lease agreements are as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending December 31,

   
2008   $ 9,333
2009     8,152
2010     6,440
2011     6,257
2012     6,172
Thereafter     38,589
   
  Total   $ 74,943
   

        Expenses charged to operations under these agreements were $9.9 million, $9.4 million and $8.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

        ILG also has funding commitments that could potentially require its performance in the event of demands by third parties or contingent events, such as under letters of credit extended or under guarantees of debt, as follows (in thousands):

 
  Amount of Commitment Expiration Per Period
 
  Total
Amounts
Committed

  Less Than
1 Year

  1-3 Years
  3-5 Years
  More Than
5 Years

Guarantees, surety bonds, and letters of credit   $ 32,612   $ 25,040   $ 3,722   $ 1,806   $ 2,044
Purchase obligations     10,587     4,177     3,150     2,173     1,087
   
 
 
 
 
  Total commercial commitments   $ 43,199   $ 29,217   $ 6,872   $ 3,979   $ 3,131
   
 
 
 
 

        The total commercial commitments above primarily consist of guarantees, which support ILG's business in the United Kingdom. The purchase obligations primarily relate to future space purchases.

NOTE 10—CONTINGENCIES

        In the ordinary course of business, ILG is a party to various lawsuits. ILG establishes reserves for specific legal matters when it determines that the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome is probable and the loss is reasonably estimable. Management has also identified certain other legal matters where it believes an unfavorable outcome is not probable and, therefore, no reserve is established. Although management currently believes that an unfavorable resolution of claims against ILG, including claims where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible, will not have a material impact on the liquidity, results of operations, or financial condition of ILG, these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and management's view of these matters may change in the future. ILG also evaluates other contingent matters, including tax contingencies, to assess the probability and estimated extent of potential loss. See Note 7 for discussion related to income tax contingencies.

F-23


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 11—FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        The additional disclosure below of the estimated fair value of financial instruments has been determined by ILG using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies when available. ILG's financial instruments include guarantees, letters of credit and surety bonds. These commitments are in place to facilitate the commercial operations of certain Company subsidiaries.

 
  December 31, 2007
  December 31, 2006
 
 
  Carrying Amount
  Fair Value
  Carrying Amount
  Fair Value
 
 
  (In thousands)

 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 67,113   $ 67,113   $ 37,557   $ 37,557  
Restricted cash and cash equivalents     5,817     5,817     293     293  
Accounts receivable, net     15,750     15,750     9,301     9,301  
Guarantees, surety bonds and letters of credit     N/A     (32,612 )   N/A     (19,612 )

        The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets approximate fair value as they are redeemable at par upon notice or maintained with various high-quality financial institutions and have maturities of less than 91 days. Accounts receivable, net, are short-term in nature and are generally settled shortly after the sale.

NOTE 12—SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (In thousands)

 
Cash paid during the period for:                    
  Interest   $ 55   $ 51   $  
  Income tax payments, including amounts paid to IAC for ILG's share of IAC's consolidated tax liability     48,593     41,663     38,254  
  Income tax refunds     (729 )   (32 )   (233 )

NOTE 13—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        ILG has an agreement with Arise Virtual Solutions relating to outsourced call center services provided by ILG to its members. During 2007 and 2006, total payments of approximately $3.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively, were made to Arise. Amounts payable related to these services were $0.1 million at both December 31, 2007 and 2006 and are included in "Accrued expenses and other current liabilities" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Arise is considered a related party because one of IAC's board members is a partner of Accretive LLC, which owns Arise Virtual Solutions.

        ILG's expenses include allocations from IAC of costs associated with IAC's accounting, treasury, legal, tax, corporate support, human resources and internal audit functions. These allocations were based on the ratio of ILG's revenue as a percentage of IAC's total revenue. Allocated costs were $1.0 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and are included in "General and administrative expense" in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. It is

F-24


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 13—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)


not practicable to determine the actual expenses that would have been incurred for these services had ILG operated as a stand-alone entity. In the opinion of management, the allocation method is reasonable.

        The portion of interest income reflected in the consolidated statements of operations that is intercompany in nature, was $7.7 million, $7.0 million and $4.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. This intercompany interest relates to the receivables from IAC.

        An analysis of ILG's receivables from IAC and subsidiaries is as follows (in thousands):

 
  2007
  2006
 
Receivables from IAC and subsidiaries, beginning of year   $ 355,057   $ 259,122  
Cash transfers to IAC related to its centrally managed U.S. treasury function     95,234     108,202  
Interest income     7,718     7,003  
Employee equity instruments and associated tax withholdings     1,074     1,049  
Taxes (excludes withholdings associated with employee equity instruments)     506     (4,178 )
Allocation of non-cash compensation expense     (3,566 )   (3,286 )
Administrative expenses and other     (19,548 )   (12,855 )
   
 
 
Receivables from IAC and subsidiaries, end of year   $ 436,475   $ 355,057  
   
 
 

Relationship Between IAC and ILG after the Spin-Off

        For purposes of governing certain of the ongoing relationships between ILG and IAC at and after the spin-off, and to provide for an orderly transition, ILG and IAC are expected to enter into a separation agreement, a tax sharing agreement, an employee matters agreement and a transition services agreement (the "Spin-Off Agreements"), among other agreements.

Separation Agreement

        The separation agreement is expected to provide generally that (i) immediately prior to the spin-off, IAC will contribute or otherwise transfer to ILG all of the subsidiaries and assets comprising the ILG Businesses, (ii) ILG will assume all of the liabilities related to the ILG Businesses, (iii) each party will indemnify the other and its respective affiliates, current and former directors, officers and employees for any losses arising out of any breach of any of the Spin-Off Agreements and (iv) ILG will indemnify IAC for its failure to assume and perform any assumed liabilities and any liabilities relating to ILG financial and business information included in the SEC documentation filed with respect to the spin-off as well as such other terms as to which IAC and ILG mutually agree.

Tax Sharing Agreement

        The tax sharing agreement will govern the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of IAC and ILG after the spin-off with respect to taxes for the periods ending on or before the spin-off. Generally, IAC will pay taxes with respect to ILG income included on its consolidated, unitary or combined federal or state tax returns including audit adjustments with respect thereto. Other pre-distribution taxes that are attributable to the ILG Businesses, including taxes reported on separately filed and all foreign returns and audit adjustments with respect thereto, will be borne solely by ILG.

F-25


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 13—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)


The tax sharing agreement is expected to contain certain customary restrictive covenants that generally prohibit ILG (absent a supplemental IRS ruling or an unqualified opinion of counsel to the contrary, in each case, in a form and substance satisfactory acceptable to IAC in its sole discretion) from taking actions that could jeopardize the tax free nature of the spin-off. ILG is expected to agree to indemnify IAC for any taxes and related losses resulting from its non-compliance with these restrictive covenants, as well as for the breach of certain representations in the Spin-Off Agreements and other documentation relating to the tax-free nature of the spin-off.

Employee Matters Agreement

        The employee matters agreement will generally provide that ILG will be responsible for, among other obligations, all employment and benefit-related obligations and liabilities related to those persons employed by the ILG Businesses immediately prior to the spin-off (and their dependents and beneficiaries) and former employees who most recently worked for the ILG Businesses. This agreement is also expected to provide that assets and liabilities from the IAC Retirement Savings Plan of ILG employees will be transferred to a newly established ILG Retirement Savings Plan as soon as practicable following the spin-off.

Transition Services Agreement

        Under the transition services agreement, beginning on the date of the completion of the spin-off, IAC will provide to ILG on an interim, transitional basis, various services, which are expected to relate primarily to public company and operational matters, and such other services as to which IAC and ILG mutually agree. The agreed upon charges for these services will generally allow IAC to recover fully the allocated costs of providing the services, plus all out-of-pocket costs and expenses. ILG may terminate the agreement with respect to one or more particular services upon prior written notice.

Commercial Agreements

        IAC and ILG currently, and for the foreseeable future expect to provide certain services to each other pursuant to certain commercial relationships. In connection with the spin-off, IAC and ILG will enter into a number of commercial agreements between subsidiaries of IAC, on the one hand, and subsidiaries of ILG, on the other hand, many of which will memorialize (in most material respects) pre-existing arrangements in effect prior to the spin-off and all of which are intended to reflect arm's length terms. In addition, IAC and ILG believe that such agreements, whether taken individually or in the aggregate, do not constitute a material contract to either IAC or ILG.

        Aggregate revenue earned with respect to these commercial agreements, with IAC subsidiaries, by the ILG Businesses was not material in 2007, 2006 and 2005. The ILG Businesses incurred approximately $2.1 million, $1.7 million and $1.5 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, in expenses related to these commercial agreements with IAC subsidiaries.

NOTE 14—BENEFIT PLANS

        During the three years ended December 31, 2007, ILG participated in a retirement savings plan sponsored by IAC that qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Subsequent to the spin-off, the net assets available for benefits of the employees of ILG are expected to be transferred from the IAC plan to a newly created ILG plan. Under the IAC plan, participating employees may

F-26


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 14—BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)


contribute up to 16% of their pretax earnings, but not more than statutory limits. ILG's match under the IAC plan is fifty cents for each dollar a participant contributes in this plan, with a maximum contribution of 3% of a participant's eligible earnings. Matching contributions for the plan were approximately $1.1 million, $1.0 million and $1.0 million in 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. Matching contributions are invested in the same manner as each participant's voluntary contributions in the investment options provided under the plan. Investment options in the plan include IAC common stock, but neither participant nor matching contributions are required to be invested in IAC common stock.

        During the three years ended December 31, 2007, ILG also had or participated in various benefit plans, principally defined contribution plans, for its non-U.S. employees. ILG's contributions for these plans were approximately $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

NOTE 15—QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)

 
  Quarter Ended
March 31,

  Quarter Ended
June 30,(a)

  Quarter Ended
September 30,(a)

  Quarter Ended
December 31,(a)

 
  (In thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 2007                        
Revenue   $ 86,433   $ 85,885   $ 96,019   $ 92,070
Gross profit     67,489     63,377     65,753     62,989
Operating income     31,829     26,434     25,054     23,249
Net income     21,149     17,419     16,546     15,942

Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Revenue   $ 78,676   $ 71,377   $ 70,359   $ 68,234
Gross profit     61,219     54,281     54,010     52,843
Operating income     26,179     19,173     19,913     20,863
Net income     17,241     13,256     13,293     14,253

(a)
The second, third and fourth quarters of 2007 include the results of RQH, which was acquired by ILG on May 31, 2007.

F-27



Schedule II


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Description

  Balance at
Beginning of
Period

  Charges to
Earnings

  Charges to
Other
Accounts

  Deductions
  Balance at
End of Period

 
  (In thousands)


2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 255   $ (95 ) $ 200   $ (8) (1) $ 352
Deferred tax valuation allowance     714     45     (80 )       679

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 619   $ (182 ) $ (182 ) $   $ 255
Deferred tax valuation allowance     861     (147 )           714

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 1,129   $ (298 ) $   $ (212) (1) $ 619
Deferred tax valuation allowance     687     177     (3 )       861

(1)
Write-off of uncollectible accounts receivable.

F-28



INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
  2008
  2007
 
 
  (In thousands)

 
Revenue   $ 115,937   $ 86,433  
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below)     36,033     18,944  
   
 
 
  Gross profit     79,904     67,489  
Selling and marketing expense     12,263     11,662  
General and administrative expense     19,965     15,805  
Amortization of intangibles     6,477     6,305  
Depreciation     2,235     1,888  
   
 
 
  Operating income     38,964     31,829  
Other income (expense):              
  Interest income     2,016     2,641  
  Interest expense     (60 )   (46 )
  Other expense     (500 )   (113 )
   
 
 
Total other income, net     1,456     2,482  
   
 
 
Earnings before income taxes and minority interest     40,420     34,311  
Income tax provision     (15,604 )   (13,162 )
Minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries     (8 )    
   
 
 
Net income   $ 24,808   $ 21,149  
   
 
 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-29



INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  March 31,
2008

  December 31,
2007

 
 
  (unaudited)
  (audited)
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 69,242   $ 67,113  
Restricted cash and cash equivalents     8,342     5,817  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $273 and $352, respectively     23,852     15,750  
Deferred income taxes     28,000     28,109  
Deferred membership costs     14,153     13,688  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     21,571     17,086  
   
 
 
  Total current assets     165,160     147,563  
Property and equipment, net     35,192     34,963  
Goodwill     514,320     514,308  
Intangible assets, net     182,442     188,895  
Deferred membership costs     22,025     21,217  
Deferred income taxes     12,549     12,549  
Other non-current assets     2,217     3,122  
   
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 933,905   $ 922,617  
   
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY              

LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Accounts payable, trade   $ 12,993   $ 10,981  
Deferred revenue     106,372     97,898  
Income taxes payable     3,590     2,489  
Accrued compensation and benefits     10,523     11,635  
Member deposits     11,795     11,167  
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     27,665     26,105  
   
 
 
  Total current liabilities     172,938     160,275  
Other long-term liabilities     1,976     2,286  
Deferred revenue     143,140     139,044  
Deferred income taxes     107,782     107,133  
Minority interest     520     512  

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Invested capital     726,760     726,919  
Receivables from IAC and subsidiaries     (467,664 )   (436,475 )
Retained earnings     247,292     222,484  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     1,161     439  
   
 
 
  Total shareholders' equity     507,549     513,367  
   
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY   $ 933,905   $ 922,617  
   
 
 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-30



INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(Unaudited)

 
  Total
  Invested
Capital

  Receivables
from IAC and
Subsidiaries

  Retained
Earnings

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

 
  (In thousands)

Balance as of December 31, 2007   $ 513,367   $ 726,919   $ (436,475 ) $ 222,484   $ 439
Comprehensive income:                              
  Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2008     24,808             24,808    
  Foreign currency translation     722                 722
   
                       
Comprehensive income     25,530                        
Net transfers to IAC     (159 )   (159 )          
Net change in receivables from IAC and subsidiaries     (31,189 )       (31,189 )      
   
 
 
 
 
Balance as of March 31, 2008   $ 507,549   $ 726,760   $ (467,664 ) $ 247,292   $ 1,161
   
 
 
 
 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-31



INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
  2008
  2007
 
 
  (In thousands)

 
Cash flows from operating activities:              
Net income   $ 24,808   $ 21,149  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:              
  Amortization of intangibles     6,477     6,305  
  Depreciation     2,235     1,888  
  Non-cash compensation expense     1,395     365  
  Deferred income taxes     805     (1,951 )
  Minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries     8      
Changes in current assets and liabilities:              
  Accounts receivable     (8,082 )   (2,135 )
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets     (4,485 )   261  
  Accounts payable and other current liabilities     773     (588 )
  Income taxes payable     930     456  
  Deferred revenue     10,761     13,015  
Other, net     886     284  
   
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities     36,511     39,049  
   
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:              
  Transfers to IAC     (32,566 )   (33,036 )
  Capital expenditures     (2,440 )   (1,613 )
   
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities     (35,006 )   (34,649 )
   
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:              
  Excess tax benefits from stock-based awards         256  
  Other, net         (898 )
   
 
 
Net cash used in financing activities         (642 )
   
 
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     624     167  
   
 
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     2,129     3,925  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     67,113     37,557  
   
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 69,242   $ 41,482  
   
 
 

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-32



INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Spin-Off

        On November 5, 2007, IAC/InterActiveCorp ("IAC") announced that its Board of Directors approved a plan to separate IAC into five publicly traded companies, identifying Interval Leisure Group, Inc. ("ILG") as one of those five companies. In these consolidated financial statements, we refer to the separation transaction as the "spin-off." In connection with the spin-off, ILG was incorporated as a Delaware corporation in May 2008. ILG currently does not have any material assets or liabilities, nor does it engage in any business or other activities and, other than in connection with the spin-off, will not acquire or incur any material assets or liabilities, nor will it engage in any business or other activities. Upon completion of the spin-off, ILG will consist of Interval and ResortQuest Hawaii and ResortQuest Real Estate of Hawaii, collectively referred to herein as "RQH", which was acquired on May 31, 2007, the businesses that formerly comprised IAC's Interval segment. The businesses to be operated by ILG following the spin-off are referred to herein as the "ILG Businesses."

Basis of Presentation

        The historical consolidated financial statements of ILG and its subsidiaries reflect the contribution or other transfer to ILG of all of the subsidiaries and assets and the assumption by ILG of all of the liabilities relating to the ILG Businesses in connection with the spin-off and the allocation to ILG of certain IAC corporate expenses relating to the ILG Businesses. Accordingly, the historical consolidated financial statements of ILG reflect the historical financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the ILG Businesses since their respective dates of acquisition by IAC, based on the historical consolidated financial statements and accounting records of IAC and using the historical results of operations and historical bases of the assets and liabilities of the ILG Businesses with the exception of accounting for income taxes. For purposes of these financial statements, income taxes have been computed for ILG on an as if stand-alone, separate tax return basis. Intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.

        In the opinion of ILG's management, the assumptions underlying the historical consolidated financial statements of ILG are reasonable. However, this financial information does not necessarily reflect what the historical financial position, results of operations and cash flows of ILG would have been had ILG been a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

        The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of ILG's management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with ILG's audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2007.

Company Overview

        ILG is a leading provider of membership services, primarily to the vacation ownership industry, through Interval. With the acquisition of RQH in May 2007, ILG also entered the vacation rental and property management services industry.

F-33


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 2—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Accounting Estimates

        ILG's management is required to make certain estimates and assumptions during the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These estimates and assumptions impact the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. They also impact the reported amount of net earnings during any period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        Significant estimates underlying the accompanying consolidated financial statements include: the recovery of goodwill and intangible assets; the determination of deferred income taxes, including related valuation allowances; the determination of deferred revenue; and assumptions related to the determination of stock-based compensation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 160, "Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51" ("SFAS No. 160"). SFAS No. 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent's ownership interest and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. The Statement also establishes reporting requirements that provide sufficient disclosures that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. SFAS No. 160 will be applied prospectively, except as it relates to disclosures, for which the effects will be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. Early adoption is not permitted. ILG is currently assessing the impact of SFAS No. 160 on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), "Business Combinations" ("SFAS No. 141R"), which replaces FASB Statement No. 141. SFAS No. 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. The Statement also establishes disclosure requirements that will enable users to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS No. 141R applies prospectively to business combinations in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is not permitted. ILG is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 141R on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

F-34


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 3—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        The balance of goodwill and intangible assets, net is as follows (in thousands):

 
  March 31, 2008
  December 31, 2007
Goodwill   $ 514,320   $ 514,308
Intangible assets with indefinite lives     33,300     33,300
Intangible assets with definite lives, net     149,142     155,595
   
 
  Total goodwill and intangible assets, net   $ 696,762   $ 703,203
   
 

        Intangible assets with indefinite lives relate principally to trade names and trademarks. At March 31, 2008, intangible assets with definite lives relate to the following (in thousands):

 
  Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
  Weighted
Average
Amortization Life
(Years)

Customer relationships   $ 129,500   $ (71,494 ) $ 58,006   10.0
Purchase agreements     73,500     (40,578 )   32,922   10.0
Property management contracts     45,700     (2,720 )   42,980   14.0
Technology     24,630     (24,601 )   29   5.0
Other     16,878     (1,673 )   15,205   8.1
   
 
 
   
  Total   $ 290,208   $ (141,066 ) $ 149,142    
   
 
 
   

        At December 31, 2007, intangible assets with definite lives relate to the following (in thousands):

 
  Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
  Weighted
Average
Amortization Life
(Years)

Customer relationships   $ 129,500   $ (68,257 ) $ 61,243   10.0
Purchase agreements     73,500     (38,741 )   34,759   10.0
Property management contracts     45,700     (1,904 )   43,796   14.0
Technology     24,630     (24,600 )   30   5.0
Other     16,854     (1,087 )   15,767   8.2
   
 
 
   
  Total   $ 290,184   $ (134,589 ) $ 155,595    
   
 
 
   

F-35


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 3—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

        Amortization of intangible assets with definite lives is computed on a straight-line basis and, based on December 31, 2007 balances, such amortization for the next five years and thereafter is estimated to be as follows (in thousands):

Years Ending December 31,
   
2008   $ 25,917
2009     25,887
2010     25,887
2011     25,826
2012     19,892
2013 and thereafter     32,186
   
    $ 155,595
   

        The following table presents the balance of goodwill by segment, including changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, for the three months ended March 31, 2008 (in thousands):

 
  Balance as of
January 1, 2008

  Additions
  (Deductions)
  Balance as of
March 31, 2008

Interval   $ 473,879   $   $   $ 473,879
RQH     40,429     12         40,441
   
 
 
 
Total   $ 514,308   $ 12   $   $ 514,320
   
 
 
 

NOTE 4—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

        The balance of property and equipment, net is as follows (in thousands):

 
  March 31, 2008
  December 31, 2007
 
Computer equipment   $ 15,648   $ 14,443  
Capitalized software     33,063     31,312  
Buildings and leasehold improvements     19,222     19,182  
Furniture and other equipment     8,488     8,096  
Projects in progress     4,978     5,848  
   
 
 
      81,399     78,881  
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization     (46,207 )   (43,918 )
   
 
 
  Total property and equipment, net   $ 35,192   $ 34,963  
   
 
 

NOTE 5—SEGMENT INFORMATION

        The overall concept that ILG employs in determining its operating segments and related financial information is to present them in a manner consistent with how the chief operating decision maker and executive management view the businesses, how the businesses are organized as to segment management, and the focus of the businesses with regards to the types of products or services offered or the target market. ILG has two operating segments, Interval, its vacation ownership membership services business, and RQH, its vacation rental and property management business.

F-36


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 5—SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

        ILG's primary metric is Operating Income Before Amortization, which is defined as operating income excluding, if applicable: (1) non-cash compensation expense, (2) amortization of intangibles and goodwill impairment, (3) pro forma adjustments for significant acquisitions, and (4) one-time items. ILG believes this measure is useful to investors because it represents the consolidated operating results from ILG's segments, taking into account depreciation, which it believes is an ongoing cost of doing business, but excluding the effects of any other non-cash expenses. Operating Income Before Amortization has certain limitations in that it does not take into account the impact to ILG's statement of operations of certain expenses, including non-cash compensation, and acquisition related accounting.

        The following tables reconcile Operating Income Before Amortization to operating income for ILG's operating segments and to net income in total (in thousands):

 
  For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2008:
 
 
  Operating
Income Before
Amortization

  Non-Cash
Compensation
Expense

  Amortization of
Intangibles

  Operating
Income

 
Interval   $ 42,912   $ (1,320 ) $ (5,241 ) $ 36,351  
RQH     3,924     (75 )   (1,236 )   2,613  
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 46,836   $ (1,395 ) $ (6,477 )   38,964  
   
 
 
       
Other income, net                       1,456  
                     
 
Earnings before income taxes and minority interest     40,420  
Income tax provision     (15,604 )
Minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries     (8 )
                     
 
Net income   $ 24,808  
                     
 

        Prior to the acquisition of RQH on May 31, 2007, there was only one reporting segment.

 
  For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2007:
 
 
  Operating
Income Before
Amortization

  Non-Cash
Compensation
Expense

  Amortization of
Intangibles

  Operating
Income

 
Interval   $ 38,499   $ (365 ) $ (6,305 ) $ 31,829  
   
 
 
       
Other income, net     2,482  
                     
 
Earnings before income taxes     34,311  
Income tax provision     (13,162 )
                     
 
Net income   $ 21,149  
                     
 

F-37


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 5—SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)

        Non-cash compensation expense in the tables above is included in the following line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2008
  2007
Cost of sales   $ 108   $ 29
Selling and marketing expense     118     32
General and administrative expense     1,169     304
   
 
Non-cash compensation expense   $ 1,395   $ 365
   
 
 
 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2008
  2007
Revenue:            
Interval   $ 96,834   $ 86,433
RQH     19,103    
   
 
  Total   $ 115,937   $ 86,433
   
 

        ILG maintains operations in the United States, the United Kingdom and other international territories. Geographic information about the United States and international territories is presented below (in thousands):

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2008
  2007
Revenue:            
  United States   $ 97,289   $ 71,131
  All other countries     18,648     15,302
   
 
  Total   $ 115,937   $ 86,433
   
 
 
 
  March 31, 2008
  December 31, 2007
Long-lived assets (excluding goodwill and intangible assets):            
  United States   $ 33,829   $ 33,688
  All other countries     1,363     1,275
   
 
  Total   $ 35,192   $ 34,963
   
 

F-38


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 6—COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

        Comprehensive income is comprised of (in thousands):

 
  Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2008
  2007
Net income   $ 24,808   $ 21,149
Foreign currency translation     722     68
   
 
Comprehensive income   $ 25,530   $ 21,217
   
 

        Accumulated other comprehensive income at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 is solely related to foreign currency translation and is recorded net of tax.

NOTE 7—INCOME TAXES

        ILG calculates its interim income tax provision in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 28 and FASB Interpretation No. 18. At the end of each interim period, ILG makes its best estimate of the annual expected effective tax rate and applies that rate to its ordinary year-to-date earnings or loss. The tax or benefit related to significant, unusual, or extraordinary items that will be separately reported or reported net of their related tax effect are individually computed and recognized in the interim period in which those items occur. In addition, the effect of changes in enacted tax laws or rates, tax status, or judgment on the realizability of a beginning-of-the-year deferred tax asset in future years is recognized in the interim period in which the change occurs.

        The computation of the annual expected effective tax rate at each interim period requires certain estimates and assumptions including, but not limited to, the expected operating income for the year, projections of the proportion of income (or loss) earned and taxed in foreign jurisdictions, permanent and temporary differences, and the likelihood of recovering deferred tax assets generated in the current year. The accounting estimates used to compute the provision for income taxes may change as new events occur, more experience is acquired, additional information is obtained or ILG's tax environment changes. To the extent that the estimated annual effective tax rate changes during a quarter, the effect of the change on prior quarters is included in tax expense for the current quarter.

        For the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, ILG recorded tax provisions of $15.6 million and $13.2 million, respectively, which represent effective tax rates of 39% and 38%, respectively. The tax rates for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2007 are higher than the federal statutory rate of 35% due principally to state and local income taxes partially offset by foreign income taxed at lower rates.

        As of December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, ILG had unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $5.7 million. Included in unrecognized tax benefits at March 31, 2008 is approximately $4.9 million for tax positions included in IAC's consolidated tax return filings that will remain a liability of IAC after the spin-off. ILG recognizes interest and, if applicable, penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. There were no material accruals for interest for the quarter ended March 31, 2008. At March 31, 2008, ILG has accrued $1.7 million for the payment of interest. There are no material accruals for penalties.

        By virtue of previously filed separate company and consolidated tax returns with IAC, ILG is routinely under audit by federal, state, local and foreign authorities in the area of income tax. These

F-39


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 7—INCOME TAXES (Continued)


audits include questioning the timing and the amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. Income taxes payable include amounts considered sufficient to pay assessments that may result from examination of prior year returns; however, the amount paid upon resolution of issues raised may differ from the amount provided. Differences between the reserves for tax contingencies and the amounts owed by ILG are recorded in the period they become known.

        The Internal Revenue Service is currently examining the IAC consolidated tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2001 through 2003, which includes the operations of ILG from September 24, 2002, its date of acquisition by IAC. The statute of limitations for these years has been extended to December 31, 2008. Various IAC consolidated tax returns filed with state, local and foreign jurisdictions are currently under examination, the most significant of which are California, Florida, New York state and New York City, for various tax years after December 31, 2001. These examinations are expected to be completed by late 2008.

        ILG believes that it is reasonably possible that its unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by approximately $2.9 million within twelve months of the current reporting date due primarily to the reversal of deductible temporary differences which will result in a corresponding increase in net deferred tax liabilities. An estimate of other changes in unrecognized tax benefits cannot be made, but are not expected to be significant.

NOTE 8—CONTINGENCIES

        In the ordinary course of business, ILG is a party to various lawsuits. ILG establishes reserves for specific legal matters when it determines that the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome is probable and the loss is reasonably estimable. Management has also identified certain other legal matters where it believes an unfavorable outcome is not probable and, therefore, no reserve is established. Although management currently believes that an unfavorable resolution of claims against ILG, including claims where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible, will not have a material impact on the liquidity, results of operations, or financial condition of ILG, these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and management's view of these matters may change in the future. ILG also evaluates other contingent matters, including tax contingencies, to assess the probability and estimated extent of potential loss. See Note 7 for discussion related to income tax contingencies.

NOTE 9—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        ILG's expenses include allocations from IAC of costs associated with IAC's accounting, treasury, legal, tax, corporate support, human resources and internal audit functions. These allocations were based on the ratio of ILG's revenue as a percentage of IAC's total revenue. Allocated costs were $0.3 million and $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and are included in "General and administrative expense" in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. It is not practicable to determine the actual expenses that would have been incurred for these services had ILG operated as a stand-alone entity. In the opinion of management, the allocation method is reasonable.

        The portion of interest income reflected in the consolidated statements of operations that is intercompany in nature, was $1.3 million and $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. This intercompany interest relates to the receivables from IAC.

F-40


INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

NOTE 9—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

        An analysis of ILG's receivables from IAC and subsidiaries is as follows (in thousands):

 
  March 31, 2008
 
Receivables from IAC and subsidiaries at December 31, 2007   $ 436,475  
Cash transfers to IAC related to its centrally managed U.S. treasury function     37,646  
Interest income     1,276  
Employee equity instruments and associated tax withholdings     738  
Allocation of non-cash compensation expense     (1,368 )
Administrative expenses and other     (7,103 )
   
 
Receivables from IAC and subsidiaries at March 31, 2008   $ 467,664  
   
 

Relationship Between IAC and ILG after the Spin-Off

        For purposes of governing certain of the ongoing relationships between ILG and IAC at and after the spin-off, and to provide for an orderly transition, ILG and IAC are expected to enter into a separation agreement, a tax sharing agreement, an employee matters agreement and a transition services agreement (the "Spin-Off Agreements"), among other agreements. See ILG's consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007 for descriptions of the Spin-Off Agreements.

F-41



PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14.    Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution

        The following is a statement of the expenses (all of which are estimated other than the SEC registration fee) to be incurred by the Registrant in connection with the distribution of the securities registered under this registration statement:

Item

  Amount*
SEC Registration Fee   $ 19.87
Printing Fees and Expenses     100,000
Nasdaq Listing Fees     150,000
Legal Fees and Expenses     250,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses     20,000
Miscellaneous    
   
  Total   $ 520,019.87
   

      *
      All fees are estimates except SEC registration fee and Nasdaq listing fee

Item 15.    Indemnification Of Directors And Officers

        Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which such person is made a party by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation—a "derivative action"), if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only extends to expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation's by-laws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement or otherwise.

        Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that no director shall be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation on liability is not permitted under the DGCL, as now in effect or as amended. Currently, Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL requires that liability be imposed for the following:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or which involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; and

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

II-1


        Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and by-laws provide that, to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as now in effect or as amended, we will indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact such person, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was serving, at the Company's request, as a director, officer, or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Company. To the extent authorized by the DGCL, the Company will indemnify such persons against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such persons in connection with such service. Any amendment of these provisions will not reduce the indemnification obligations of the Company relating to actions taken before such amendment.

        The Company intends to obtain policies that insure its directors and officers and those of its subsidiaries against certain liabilities they may incur in their capacity as directors and officers. Under these policies, the insurer, on behalf of the Company, may also pay amounts for which the Company has granted indemnification to the directors or officers.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

    (a)
    See Exhibit Index.

    (b)
    See Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

Item 17.    Undertakings

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

            (1)   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such information in this registration statement.

            (2)   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

            (3)   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the Securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

            (4)   That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the Registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-2



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on August 1, 2008.

    INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/  
GREGORY R. BLATT       
Gregory R. Blatt
Vice President and Assistant Secretary

        The person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Gregory R. Blatt, Joanne Hawkins and Tanya M. Stanich and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, severally, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, any subsequent registration statements pursuant to Rule 462 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This power of attorney may be executed in counterparts.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/   CRAIG NASH       
Craig Nash
  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer   August 1, 2008

/s/  
WILLIAM L. HARVEY       
William L. Harvey

 

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal financial officer)

 

August 1, 2008

/s/  
JOHN A. GALEA       
John A. Galea

 

Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal accounting officer)

 

August 1, 2008

/s/  
THOMAS J. MCINERNEY       
Thomas J. McInerney

 

Director

 

August 1, 2008

/s/  
GREGORY R. BLATT       
Gregory R. Blatt

 

Director

 

August 1, 2008

II-3



INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit

  Description
2.1   Form of Separation and Distribution Agreement by and among HSN, Inc., Interval Leisure Group, Inc., Ticketmaster, Tree.com, Inc. and IAC/InterActiveCorp

2.2

 

Stock Purchase Agreement among Interval Acquisition Corp., Vacation Holdings Hawaii, Inc., as Purchasers, and Gaylord Entertainment Company and ResortQuest International, Inc., as Sellers, dated as of April 18, 2007

3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Interval Leisure Group, Inc.

3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of Interval Leisure Group, Inc.

5.1

 

Opinion of the General Counsel of IAC/InterActiveCorp regarding the legality of the securities being issued

8.1

 

Opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz regarding tax matters

10.1

 

Form of Tax Sharing Agreement among HSN, Inc., Interval Leisure Group, Inc., Ticketmaster, Tree.com, Inc. and IAC/InterActiveCorp

10.2

 

Form of Transition Services Agreement among HSN, Inc., Interval Leisure Group, Inc., Ticketmaster, Tree.com, Inc. and IAC/InterActiveCorp

10.3

 

Form of Employee Matters Agreement among HSN, Inc., Interval Leisure Group, Inc., Ticketmaster, Tree.com, Inc. and IAC/InterActiveCorp

10.4

 

Spinco Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, between IAC/InterActiveCorp, Liberty Media Corporation, LMC Silver King, Inc., Liberty HSN II, Inc., LMC USA VIII, Inc., LMC USA IX, Inc., LMC USA XI, Inc., LMC USA XII,  Inc., LMC USA XIII, Inc., LMC USA XIV, Inc., LMC USA XV, Inc., Liberty Tweety, Inc., BDTV Inc., BDTV II Inc., BDTV III Inc., BDTV IV Inc. and Barry Diller (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to IAC/InterActiveCorp's Current Report on Form 8-K (SEC File No. 0-20570) dated May 16, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference)

10.5

 

Employment Agreement between IAC/InterActiveCorp and Craig M. Nash, dated as of July 31, 2008†

10.6

 

Employment Agreement between Interval Acquisition Corp. and Jeanette E. Marbert, dated as of July 31, 2008†

10.7

 

Severance Agreement between Interval Acquisition Corp. and John A. Galea, dated as of July 31, 2008†

10.8

 

Severance Agreement between Interval Acquisition Corp. and Marie A. Lee, dated as of September 1, 2007†

10.9

 

Severance Agreement between Interval Acquisition Corp. and Victoria J. Kincke, dated as of July 31, 2008†

10.10

 

Interval Leisure Group, Inc. 2008 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan†

10.11

 

Lease Agreement between Interval International, Inc., as Lessee, and Frank Guilford, Jr., effective November 1, 1999, as amended

10.12

 

Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors†

10.13

 

Credit Agreement among Interval Acquisition Corp, as Borrower, Certain Subsidiaries of the Borrower, as Guarantors, The Lenders Party thereto, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, dated as of July 25, 2008

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Interval Leisure Group, Inc.


23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

23.2

 

Consent of the General Counsel of IAC/InterActiveCorp (included in Exhibit 5.1)

23.3

 

Consent of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz (included in Exhibit 8.1)

99.1

 

Consent of David Flowers to being named as a director

99.2

 

Consent of Gary S. Howard to being named as a director

99.3

 

Consent of Lew Korman to being named as a director

99.4

 

Consent of Thomas J. Kuhn to being named as a director

99.5

 

Consent of Tom Murphy, Jr. to being named as a director

99.6

 

Consent of Craig Nash to being named as a director

99.7

 

Consent of Avy H. Stein to being named as a director

99.8

 

Letter to stockholders of IAC/InterActiveCorp

99.9

 

Supplemental Quarterly Financial Data for the Year Ended December 31, 2007

Reflects management contracts and management and director compensatory plans



QuickLinks

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
EXPLANATORY NOTE
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.
68,780,505 Shares of Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUMMARY
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT ILG AND THE SPIN-OFFS
RISK FACTORS RISK FACTORS RELATING TO OUR SPIN-OFF FROM IAC
RISK FACTORS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS FOLLOWING ILG'S SPIN-OFF FROM IAC
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
THE SEPARATION
TREATMENT OF OUTSTANDING IAC COMPENSATORY EQUITY-BASED AWARDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
TRANSFERS TO IAC AND FINANCING
CERTAIN INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO ILG
BUSINESS OF ILG
CAPITALIZATION
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET MARCH 31, 2008
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS MARCH 31, 2008
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF ILG
MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW
FINANCIAL POSITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS
FINANCIAL POSITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS
ILG'S PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL REPORTING
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
ILG Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF ILG
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
DESCRIPTION OF THE STOCK AND ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN
USE OF PROCEEDS
DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Unaudited)
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)
INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES
INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit 2.1

 

FORM OF

 

SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

IAC/INTERACTIVECORP,

 

HSN, INC.,

 

INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.,

 

TICKETMASTER

 

and

 

TREE.COM,  INC.

 

DATED AS OF [      ], 2008

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

INTERPRETATION

2

1.01.

Definitions

2

1.02.

Schedules

19

1.03.

Effective Time; Suspension

20

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

THE SEPARATION

20

2.01.

Separation

20

2.02.

Implementation

21

2.03.

Transfer of Spun Assets; Assumption of Spun Liabilities

21

2.04.

TM Assets

21

2.05.

Interval Assets

22

2.06.

HSN Assets

23

2.07.

Tree Assets

24

2.08.

Deferred Spun Assets

25

2.09.

Excluded Assets

25

2.10.

Liabilities

25

2.11.

Third Party Consents and Government Approvals

27

2.12.

Preservation of Agreements

27

2.13.

Ancillary Agreements

27

2.14.

Resignations

28

2.15.

Cooperation

28

2.16.

Intercompany Accounts Among Groups

28

2.17.

Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties

28

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

DEFERRED SEPARATION TRANSACTIONS

29

3.01.

Deferred Transfer Assets

29

3.02.

Unreleased Liabilities

30

3.03.

No Additional Consideration

30

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

31

4.01.

General Covenants

31

4.02.

Covenants of the Spincos

31

4.03.

Spinco Common Stock Escrow Accounts

32

4.04.

Cash Balance True-Ups

33

4.05.

Non-Solicitation

34

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

THE DISTRIBUTION

35

5.01.

Conditions to the Distribution

35

5.02.

Distribution of Spinco Common Stock

36

5.03.

Fractional Shares

37

5.04.

Actions in Connection with the Distributions

37

5.05.

Treatment of Integrated Warrant

38

 

i



 

ARTICLE VI

MUTUAL RELEASES; INDEMNIFICATION

39

6.01.

Release of Pre-Distribution Claims

39

6.02.

Indemnification by Spincos

43

6.03.

Indemnification by IAC

44

6.04.

Procedures for Indemnification of Third Party Claims

44

6.05.

Procedures for Indemnification of Direct Claims

46

6.06.

Adjustments to Liabilities

46

6.07.

Payments

47

6.08.

Contribution

47

6.09.

Remedies Cumulative

47

6.10.

Survival of Indemnities

47

6.11.

Shared Liabilities

47

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

INSURANCE

48

7.01.

Insurance Matters

48

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION; CONFIDENTIALITY

49

8.01.

Agreement for Exchange of Information; Archives

49

8.02.

Ownership of Information

50

8.03.

Compensation for Providing Information

51

8.04.

Record Retention

51

8.05.

Other Agreements Providing for Exchange of Information

51

8.06.

Production of Witnesses; Records; Cooperation

51

8.07.

Confidentiality

52

8.08.

Protective Arrangements

53

8.09.

Disclosure of Third Party Information

53

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

54

9.01.

Interpretation; Agreement to Resolve Disputes

54

9.02.

Dispute Resolution; Mediation

54

9.03.

Arbitration

55

9.04.

Costs

56

9.05.

Continuity of Service and Performance

56

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

FURTHER ASSURANCES

56

10.01.

Further Assurances

56

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

57

11.01.

Auditors and Audits; Annual and Quarterly Financial Statements and Accounting

57

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII

SOLE DISCRETION OF IAC; TERMINATION

59

12.01.

Sole Discretion of IAC

59

12.02.

Termination

59

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

60

13.01.

Limitation of Liability

60

 

ii



 

13.02.

Counterparts

60

13.03.

Entire Agreement

60

13.04.

Construction

60

13.05.

Signatures

61

13.06.

Assignability

61

13.07.

Third Party Beneficiaries

61

13.08.

Payment Terms

62

13.09.

Governing Law

62

13.10.

Notices

62

13.11.

Severability

63

13.12.

Publicity

64

13.13.

Survival of Covenants

64

13.14.

Waivers of Default; Conflicts

64

13.15.

Amendments

64

 

iii



 

SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

This SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT, dated as of [      ], 2008, is entered into by and among IAC/InterActiveCorp, a Delaware corporation (“ IAC ”), HSN, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of IAC (“ HSN Spinco ”), Interval Leisure Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of IAC (“ Interval Spinco ”), Ticketmaster, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of IAC (“ TM Spinco ”), and Tree.com, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of IAC (“ Tree Spinco ”; together with TM Spinco, Interval Spinco and HSN Spinco, the “ Spincos ”; the Spincos and IAC, collectively, the “ Separate-cos ” or “ Parties ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, IAC, acting through its direct and indirect Subsidiaries, currently conducts a number of businesses, including (i) the Ticketing Business (as defined herein), (ii) the Vacations Business (as defined herein), (iii) the Retailing Business (as defined herein), (iv) the Lending and Real Estate Business (as defined herein) (together with the Ticketing Business, the Vacations Business and the Retailing Business, the “ Spun Businesses ”) and (v) the Remaining Business (as defined herein);

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of IAC (the “ IAC Board ”) has determined that it is appropriate, desirable and in the best interests of IAC and its stockholders to separate IAC into five publicly-traded companies (the “ Separation ”): (i) TM Spinco, which following the Separation will own and conduct, directly or indirectly, the Ticketing Business, (ii) Interval Spinco, which following the Separation will own and conduct, directly or indirectly, the Vacations Business, (iii) HSN Spinco, which following the Separation will own and conduct, directly or indirectly, the Retailing Business, (iv) Tree Spinco, which following the Separation will own and conduct, directly or indirectly, the Lending and Real Estate Business, and (v) IAC, which following the Separation will own and conduct, directly or indirectly, the Remaining Business;

 

WHEREAS, following the merger on                  , 2008 of a wholly owned subsidiary of IAC with and into IAC, the outstanding shares of capital stock of IAC consist solely of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of IAC (“ IAC Common Stock ”) and Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of IAC (“ IAC Class B Common Stock ”);

 

WHEREAS, in order to effect the Separation, the IAC Board has determined that it is appropriate, desirable and in the best interests of IAC and its stockholders: (i) for IAC and its Subsidiaries to enter into a series of transactions as set forth in the Transactions Memorandum dated of even date herewith (the “ Transactions Memo ”) as a result of which one or more members of each Group (as defined herein) will, collectively, own all of such Group’s Corresponding Assets (as defined herein) and assume (or retain) all of such Group’s Corresponding Liabilities (as defined herein); and, thereafter (ii) for IAC to distribute to the holders of IAC Common Stock and the holders of IAC Class B Common Stock (in each case without consideration being paid by such stockholders), on a pro rata basis, all of the issued and

 

1



 

outstanding shares of Spinco Common Stock (as defined herein) of each Spinco;

 

WHEREAS, each of the Separate-cos has determined that it is necessary and desirable, on or prior to the Effective Time (as defined herein), to allocate and transfer to the applicable Group those Assets, and to allocate and assign to the applicable Group responsibility for those Liabilities, in respect of the activities of the Corresponding Businesses (as defined herein) of such Group;

 

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Parties that each of the Distributions (as defined herein) qualify as a transaction that is generally tax free for United States federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Distributions, each of HSN Spinco and/or its Subsidiaries, Interval Spinco and/or its Subsidiaries and TM Spinco and/or its Subsidiaries will, subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement, enter into separate credit facilities and/or issue new debt securities, all or a portion of the cash proceeds of borrowings under which shall be distributed to IAC;

 

WHEREAS, (a) IAC has entered into an agreement with certain holders of its 7% Senior Notes due 2013 (the “ IAC Notes ”) providing for, among other things, (i) IAC to exchange (the “ Exchange ”) new 9.5% Senior Notes due 2016 of Interval Acquisition Corp. (as defined herein) that it will receive from Interval Acquisition Corp. as set forth in the Transactions Memorandum (the “ Interval Senior Notes ”) and (ii) the simultaneous closing of the Exchange and the cash tender offer being made by IAC for any and all of the outstanding IAC Notes (the “ IAC Notes Tender Offer ”) and (b) it is intended that the issuance of the Interval Senior Notes to IAC and the Exchange, together with the IAC Notes Tender Offer, are in connection with the Interval Distribution and are intended to give rise to a succession event (with Interval as the sole successor to IAC) for credit derivatives purposes; and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties wish to set forth in this Agreement the terms on which, and the conditions subject to which, they intend to implement the measures described above.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants and other provisions set forth in this Agreement, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
INTERPRETATION

 

1.01.        Definitions .  The capitalized words and expressions and variations thereof used in this Agreement or in its schedules, unless a clearly inconsistent meaning is required under the context, shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

2008 Internal Control Audit and Management Assessments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(b).

 

AAA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03.

 

2



 

Accounts Receivable ” means in respect of any Person, (a) all trade accounts and notes receivable and other rights to payment from customers and all security for such accounts or rights to payment, including all trade accounts receivable representing amounts receivable in respect of goods shipped or products sold or otherwise disposed of or services rendered to customers, (b) all other accounts and notes receivable and all security for such accounts or notes, and (c) any claim, remedy or other right relating to any of the foregoing.

 

Action ” means any demand, action, suit, countersuit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by any Person or any Governmental Authority or before any Governmental Authority or any arbitration or mediation tribunal.

 

Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such first Person as of the date on which or at any time during the period for when such determination is being made.  For purposes of this definition, “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(b).

 

Agreement ” means this Separation and Distribution Agreement, including all of the Schedules hereto.

 

Ancillary Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.13.

 

Applicable Law ” means any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority or any outstanding order, judgment, injunction, ruling or decree by any Governmental Authority.

 

Appurtenances ” means, in respect of any Land, all privileges, rights, easements, servitudes, hereditaments and appurtenances and similar interests belonging to or for the benefit of such Land, including all easements and servitudes appurtenant to and for the benefit of any Land (a “ Dominant Parcel ”) for, and as the primary means of, access between, the Dominant Parcel and a public way, or for any other use upon which lawful use of the Dominant Parcel for the purposes for which it is presently being used is dependent, and all rights existing in and to any streets, alleys, passages and other rights-of-way included therein or adjacent thereto.

 

Asset-Related Claims ” means, in respect of any Asset, all claims of the owner against Third Parties relating to such Asset, whether choate or inchoate, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, disclosed or non-disclosed.

 

Assets ” means assets, properties and rights (including goodwill), wherever located (including in the possession of owners or Third Parties or elsewhere), whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, movable or immovable, in each case whether or not recorded or reflected or required to be recorded or reflected on the books and records or financial statements of a Person, including the following:

 

3



 

(a)           Real Property;

 

(b)           Tangible Personal Property;

 

(c)           Inventories;

 

(d)           Accounts Receivable;

 

(e)           Contractual Assets;

 

(f)            Governmental Authorizations;

 

(g)           Business Records;

 

(h)           Intangible Property Rights;

 

(i)            Insurance Benefits;

 

(j)            Asset-Related Claims; and

 

(k)           Deposit Rights.

 

Authorized Auditor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(c)(i).

 

Authorizing Spinco ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(c)(i).

 

Business Concern ” means any corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated association or any other form of association.

 

Business Day ” means any day excluding (a) Saturday, Sunday and any other day which, in New York City is a legal holiday or (b) a day on which banks are authorized by Applicable Law to close in New York City.

 

Business Records ” means, in respect of any Person, all data and Records relating to such Person, including client and customer lists and Records, referral sources, research and development reports and Records, cost information, sales and pricing data, customer prospect lists, customer and vendor data, production reports and Records, service and warranty Records, equipment logs, operating guides and manuals, financial and accounting Records, personnel Records (subject to Applicable Law), creative materials, advertising materials, promotional materials, studies, reports, correspondence and other similar documents and records.

 

Claim Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(b).

 

Claimant Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a).

 

Code ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.07(a).

 

4



 

Consent ” means any approval, consent, ratification, waiver or other authorization.

 

Contract ” means any contract, agreement, lease, purchase and/or commitment, license, consensual obligation, promise or undertaking (whether written or oral and whether express or implied) that is legally binding on any Person or any part of its property under Applicable Law, including all claims or rights against any Person, choses in action and similar rights, whether accrued or contingent with respect to any such contract, agreement, lease, purchase and/or commitment, license, consensual obligation, promise or undertaking, but excluding this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement save as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement.

 

Contractual Asset ” means, in respect of any Person, any Contract of, or relating to, such Person, any outstanding offer or solicitation made by, or to, such Person to enter into any Contract, and any promise or undertaking made by any other Person to such Person, whether or not legally binding.

 

Corresponding Annual Report ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(d).

 

Corresponding Assets ” (a) with respect to HSN Spinco, any HSN Entity or the HSN Group, means the HSN Assets, (b) with respect to Interval Spinco, any Interval Entity or the Interval Group, means the Interval Assets, (c) with respect to TM Spinco, any TM Entity or the TM Group, means the TM Assets, (d) with respect to Tree Spinco, any Tree Entity or the Tree Group, means the Tree Assets and (e) with respect to IAC or the IAC Group, means the Retained Assets.

 

Corresponding Business ”  (a) with respect to HSN Spinco, any HSN Entity or the HSN Group, means the Retailing Business, (b) with respect to Interval Spinco, any Interval Entity or the Interval Group, means the Vacations Business, (c) with respect to TM Spinco, any TM Entity or the TM Group, means the Ticketing Business, (d) with respect to Tree Spinco, any Tree Entity or the Tree Group, means the Lending and Real Estate Business and (e) with respect to IAC or the IAC Group, means the Remaining Business.

 

Corresponding Distribution Ratio ” (i) with respect to HSN Spinco, means the HSN Distribution Ratio, (ii) with respect to Interval Spinco, means the Interval Distribution Ratio, (iii) with respect to TM Spinco, means the TM Distribution Ratio and (iv) with respect to Tree Spinco, means the Tree Distribution Ratio.

 

Corresponding Escrow Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03.

 

Corresponding Group ” (a) with respect to the Retailing Business, HSN Spinco or any HSN Entity, means the HSN Group, (b) with respect to the Vacations Business, Interval Spinco or any Interval Entity, means the Interval Group, (c) with respect to the Ticketing Business, TM Spinco or any TM Entity, means the TM Group, (d) with respect to the Lending and Real Estate Business, Tree Spinco or any Tree Entity, means the Tree Group and (e) with respect to the Remaining Business, IAC or any Remaining IAC Entity, means the IAC Group.

 

5



 

Corresponding Group Balance Sheet ” (a) with respect to the Retailing Business, HSN Spinco, any HSN Entity or the HSN Group, means the HSN Group Balance Sheet, (b) with respect to the Vacations Business, Interval Spinco, any Interval Entity or the Interval Group, means the Interval Group Balance Sheet, (c) with respect to the Ticketing Business, TM Spinco, any TM Entity or the TM Group, the TM Group Balance Sheet, and (d) with respect to the Lending and Real Estate Business, Tree Spinco, any Tree Entity or the Tree Group, means the Tree Group Balance Sheet.

 

Corresponding Liabilities ” (a) with respect to HSN Spinco, any HSN Entity or the HSN Group, means the HSN Liabilities, (b) with respect to Interval Spinco, any Interval Entity or the Interval Group, means the Interval Liabilities, (c) with respect to TM Spinco, any TM Entity or the TM Group, means the TM Liabilities, (d) with respect to Tree Spinco, any Tree Entity or the Tree Group, means the Tree Liabilities and (e) with respect to IAC or the IAC Group, means the Retained Liabilities.

 

Corresponding Opening Balance Sheet ” (a) with respect to the Retailing Business, HSN Spinco, any HSN Entity or the HSN Group, means the HSN Opening Balance Sheet, (b) with respect to the Vacations Business, Interval Spinco, any Interval Entity or the Interval Group, means the Interval Opening Balance Sheet, (c) with respect to the Ticketing Business, TM Spinco, any TM Entity or the TM Group, means the TM Opening Balance Sheet and (d) with respect to the Lending and Real Estate Business, Tree Spinco, any Tree Entity or the Tree Group, means the Tree Opening Balance Sheet.

 

Corresponding Other Separate-cos Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02.

 

Corresponding Separate-co ” (a) with respect to the Retailing Business, any HSN Entity or the HSN Group, means HSN Spinco, (b) with respect to the Vacations Business, any Interval Entity or the Interval Group, means Interval Spinco, (c) with respect to the Ticketing Business, any TM Entity or the TM Group, means TM Spinco, (d) with respect to the Lending and Real Estate Business, any Tree Entity or the Tree Group, means Tree Spinco and (e) with respect to the Remaining Business, any Remaining IAC Entity or the IAC Group, means IAC.

 

Corresponding Spinco ” (a) with respect to the Retailing Business, any HSN Entity or the HSN Group, means HSN Spinco, (b) with respect to the Vacations Business, any Interval Entity or the Interval Group, means Interval Spinco, (c) with respect to the Ticketing Business, any TM Entity or the TM Group, means TM Spinco and (d) with respect to the Lending and Real Estate Business, any Tree Entity or the Tree Group, means Tree Spinco.

 

Deferred Beneficiary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b).

 

Deferred Corresponding Asset ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

 

Deferred Excluded Asset ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

 

Deferred Spun Asset ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

 

Deferred Transactions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01(a)(ii).

 

6



 

Deferred Transfer Asset ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

 

Deposit Rights ” means rights relating to deposits and prepaid expenses, claims for refunds and rights of set-off in respect thereof.

 

DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Disclosing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.08.

 

Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a).

 

Dispute Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a).

 

Dispute Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a).

 

Distribution Date ” means the HSN Distribution Date, the Interval Distribution Date, the TM Distribution Date or the Tree Distribution Date, as applicable.

 

Distribution Record Date ” means the HSN Distribution Record Date, the Interval Distribution Record Date, the TM Distribution Record Date or the Tree Distribution Record Date, as applicable

 

Distributions ” means the HSN Distribution, the Interval Distribution, the TM Distribution and the Tree Distribution, and each of them a “ Distribution .”

 

Effective Time ” means (a) 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the earliest to occur of one or more of the HSN Distribution Date, the Interval Distribution Date, the TM Distribution Date and the Tree Distribution Date if IAC determines to effect the applicable Distribution(s) prior to the opening of trading on NASDAQ or (b) otherwise, 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on such earliest date to occur.

 

EHS Liabilities ” means any Liability arising from or under any Environmental Law or Occupational Health and Safety Law.

 

Employee Matters Agreement ” means the Employee Matters Agreement among the Parties to be dated as of even date herewith.

 

Encumbrance ” means, with respect to any asset, mortgages, liens, hypothecations, pledges, charges, security interests or encumbrances of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under Applicable Law.

 

Environmental Law ” means any Applicable Law from any Governmental Authority (a) relating to the protection of the environment (including air, water, soil and natural resources) or (b) the use, storage, handling, release or disposal of Hazardous Substances.

 

Escrow Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(a).

 

Escrow Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(a).

 

7



 

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Excluded Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a).

 

GAAP ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(d).

 

Governmental Authority ” means any court, arbitration panel, governmental or regulatory authority, agency, stock exchange, commission or body.

 

Governmental Authorization ” means any Consent, license, certificate, franchise, registration or permit issued, granted, given or otherwise made available by, or under the authority of, any Governmental Authority or pursuant to any Applicable Law.

 

Ground Lease ” means any long-term lease (including any emphyteotic lease) of Land in which most of the rights and benefits comprising ownership of the Land and the Improvements thereon or to be constructed thereon, if any, and the Appurtenances thereto for the benefit thereof, are transferred to the tenant for the term thereof.

 

Ground Lease Property ” means, in respect of any Person, any Land, Improvement or Appurtenance of such Person that is subject to a Ground Lease.

 

Group ” means the IAC Group, the HSN Group, the Interval Group, the TM Group or the Tree Group, as the context requires.

 

Guaranteed Entities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(c).

 

Guaranteed Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(c).

 

Guaranteed Spinco ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(c).

 

Guaranteeing Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(c).

 

Guaranteeing Separate-co ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(c).

 

Hazardous Substance ” means any substance to the extent presently listed, defined, designated or classified as hazardous, toxic or radioactive under any applicable Environmental Law, including petroleum and any derivative or by-products thereof.

 

HSN Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06.

 

HSN Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(c).

 

HSN Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of HSN Spinco.

 

HSN Distribution ” means the distribution on the HSN Distribution Date, to holders of record of shares of IAC Common Stock and IAC Class B Common Stock as of the HSN Distribution Record Date, of the HSN Common Stock owned by IAC on the basis of a

 

8



 

fraction of a share of HSN Common Stock equal to the HSN Distribution Ratio for every one share of IAC Common Stock or IAC Class B Common Stock.

 

HSN Distribution Date ” means the date on which IAC distributes all of the issued and outstanding shares of HSN Common Stock to the holders of IAC Common Stock and IAC Class B Common Stock.

 

HSN Distribution Ratio ” means 1/5, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.02(a).

 

HSN Distribution Record Date ” means such date as may be determined by the IAC Board as the record date for the HSN Distribution.

 

HSN Effective Time Cash Balance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(c).

 

HSN Entities ” means those Business Concerns forming part of the IAC Group which are identified on Schedule 2.06(b)  and which on and after the Effective Time form part of the HSN Group.

 

HSN Group ” means HSN Spinco, the HSN Entities and each other Person (other than any member of any other Group) that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of HSN Spinco immediately after the Effective Time, and each Person that becomes a Subsidiary of HSN Spinco after the Effective Time.

 

HSN Group Balance Sheet ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(c).

 

HSN Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

 

HSN Opening Balance Sheet ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(e).

 

HSN Releasors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(c).

 

HSN Spinco ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

HSN Target Cash Balance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(c).

 

IAC ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

IAC Auditor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(a).

 

IAC Board ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

IAC Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(e).

 

IAC Class B Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

IAC Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

9



 

IAC Group ” means IAC, its Subsidiaries (subject to Section 1.04(b), other than any member of any Spinco Group) and their respective domestic and international businesses, assets and liabilities.

 

IAC Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

IAC Record Date Share Number ” with respect to any Distribution means the aggregate number of shares of IAC Common Stock and IAC Class B Common Stock outstanding on the applicable Distribution Record Date.

 

IAC Releasors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(e).

 

Improvements ” means, in respect of any Land, all buildings, structures, plants, fixtures and improvements located on such Land, including those under construction.

 

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(a).

 

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(b).

 

Information ” means any information, whether or not patentable or copyrightable, in written, oral, electronic or other tangible or intangible forms, stored in any medium, including studies, reports, test procedures, research, records, books, contracts, instruments, surveys, discoveries, ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, manufacturing techniques, manufacturing variables, designs, specifications, drawings, blueprints, diagrams, models, prototypes, samples, products, product plans, flow charts, data, computer data, disks, diskettes, tapes, computer programs or other software, marketing plans, customer information, customer services, supplier information, communications by or to attorneys (including attorney-client privileged communications), memos and other materials prepared by attorneys or under their direction (including attorney work product), and other technical, financial, employee or business information or data.

 

Insurance Benefits ” means, in respect of any Asset or Liability, all insurance benefits, including rights to Insurance Proceeds, arising from or relating to such Asset or Liability.

 

Insurance Proceeds ” means those monies (in each case net of any costs or expenses incurred in the collection thereof and net of any applicable premium adjustments (including reserves and retrospectively rated premium adjustments)):

 

(a)           received by an insured from an insurance carrier; or

 

(b)           paid by an insurance carrier on behalf of the insured.

 

Intangible Property Rights ” means, in respect of any Person, all intangible rights and property of such Person, including IT Assets, going concern value and goodwill.

 

10



 

Intercompany Accounts ” means all balances related to indebtedness, including any intercompany indebtedness, loan, guaranty, receivable, payable or other account between a member of any Group, on the one hand, and a member of any other Group, on the other hand.

 

“Interval Acquisition Corp.” means Interval Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of IAC that, at the time of the Interval Distribution, will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Interval Spinco. “ Interval Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05.

 

Interval Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(b).

 

Interval Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Interval Spinco.

 

Interval Distribution ” means the distribution on the Interval Distribution Date, to holders of record of shares of IAC Common Stock and IAC Class B Common Stock as of the Interval Distribution Record Date, of the Interval Common Stock owned by IAC on the basis of a fraction of a share of Interval Common Stock equal to the Interval Distribution Ratio for every one share of IAC Common Stock or IAC Class B Common Stock.

 

Interval Distribution Date ” means the date on which IAC distributes all of the issued and outstanding shares of Interval Common Stock to the holders of IAC Common Stock and IAC Class B Common Stock.

 

Interval Distribution Ratio ” means 1/5, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.02(a).

 

Interval Distribution Record Date ” means such date as may be determined by the IAC Board as the record date for the Interval Distribution.

 

Interval Effective Time Cash Balance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(b).

 

Interval Entities ” means those Business Concerns forming part of the IAC Group which are identified on Schedule 2.05(b)  and which on and after the Effective Time form part of the Interval Group.

 

Interval Group ” means Interval Spinco, the Interval Entities and each other Person (other than any member of any other Group) that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Interval Spinco immediately after the Effective Time, and each Person that becomes a Subsidiary of Interval Spinco after the Effective Time.

 

Interval Group Balance Sheet ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(c).

 

Interval Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

 

Interval Opening Balance Sheet ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(e).

 

11


 

 

Interval Releasors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(b).

 

Interval Spinco ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Interval Target Cash Balance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(b).

 

Inventories ” means, in respect of any Person, all inventories of such Person wherever located, including all finished goods, (whether or not held at any location or facility of such Person or in transit to or from such Person), work in process, raw materials, spare parts and all other materials and supplies to be used or consumed by the Person in production of finished goods.

 

IT Assets ” means computers, computer software, firmware, middleware, servers, workstations, routers, hubs, switches, data communications lines, all other information technology equipments and all associated documentation.

 

Land ” means, in respect of any Person, all parcels and tracts of land in which the Person has an ownership interest.

 

Lending and Real Estate Business ” means (a) the businesses and operations of Tree Spinco and its subsidiaries described in the Information Statement included as an exhibit to Tree Spinco’s Registration Statement, (b) any other business conducted primarily through the use of the Tree Assets prior to the Effective Time and (c) the businesses and operations of Business Concerns acquired or established by or for Tree Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries after the date of this Agreement.

 

Liberty Spinco Agreement ” means that certain Spinco Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, among IAC, Barry Diller, Liberty Media Corporation and certain subsidiaries of Liberty Media Corporation that hold IAC Common Stock and/or IAC Class B Common Stock.

 

Liberty Spinco Assumption Agreement ” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 5 to the Liberty Spinco Agreement.

 

Liberty Registration Rights Agreement ” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 4 to the Liberty Spinco Agreement.

 

Liability ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all losses, claims, charges, debts, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, damages, obligations, payments, costs and expenses, sums of money, accounts, reckonings, bonds, specialties, indemnities and similar obligations, exoneration covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, doings, omissions, variances, guarantees, make whole agreements and similar obligations, and other liabilities and requirements, including all contractual obligations, whether absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, joint or several, whenever arising, and including those arising under any Applicable Law, Action, threatened or contemplated Action (including the costs and expenses of demands, assessments, judgments, settlements and compromises relating thereto and attorneys’ fees and any and all costs and expenses, whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any such Actions or threatened or contemplated Actions) or Order of any

 

12



 

Governmental Authority or any award of any arbitrator or mediator of any kind, and those arising under any contract, commitment or undertaking, in each case, whether or not recorded or reflected or otherwise disclosed or required to be recorded or reflected or otherwise disclosed, on the books and records or financial statements of any Person, including any Specified Financial Liability, EHS Liability or Liability for Taxes.

 

NASDAQ ” means the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

New IAC Integrated Warrant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.05(a)(i).

 

Non-IAC Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03.

 

Non-IAC Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(e).

 

Non-Interval Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(b).

 

Non-HSN Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(c).

 

Non-Tree Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(d).

 

Non-TM Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(a).

 

Notice Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(b).

 

Occupational Health and Safety Law ” means any Applicable Law designed to provide safe and healthful working conditions and to reduce occupational safety and health hazards, and any program, whether governmental or private (such as those promulgated or sponsored by industry associations and insurance companies), designed to provide safe and healthful working conditions.

 

Old IAC Integrated Warrant ” means the outstanding warrant to purchase shares of IAC Common Stock identified on Schedule 1.01(a) .

 

Order ” means any order, injunction, judgment, decree, ruling, assessment or arbitration award of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator.

 

Ordinary Course of Business ” means any action taken by a Person that is in the ordinary course of the normal, day-to-day operations of such Person and is consistent with the past practices of such Person.

 

Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Person ” means any individual, Business Concern or Governmental Authority.

 

Post-Record Date IAC Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(a)

 

Potential Contributor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.06(a).

 

13



 

Prime Rate ” means the rate which JPMorgan Chase & Co. (or any successor thereto or other major money center commercial bank agreed to by the Parties hereto) announces from time to time as its prime lending rate, as in effect from time to time.

 

Prospectus ” with respect to a Registration Statement means the prospectus forming a part of such Registration Statement, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.  A Prospectus may, but need not, be a joint prospectus of all of the Spincos.

 

Providing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.08.

 

Real Property ” means any Land and Improvements and all Appurtenances thereto and any Ground Lease Property.

 

Record ” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or that is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.

 

Registration Statement ” means, for each Spinco, the Registration Statement on Form S-1 first filed by such Spinco with the SEC on August [      ], 2008 (together with all amendments and supplements thereto) in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of such Spinco’s Spinco Common Stock.

 

Regulation S-K ” means Regulation S-K of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act.

 

Relevant Time ” means (a) as between any two Spincos, on the date of the later Distribution Date to occur with respect to such Spincos if such Distribution Dates are not the same date or, otherwise, on such Distribution Date and (b) as between IAC and any Spinco, on the Distribution Date with respect to such Spinco, in either such case (i) 9:00 a.m., New York City time, if IAC determines to effect the applicable Distribution(s) prior to the opening of trading on NASDAQ or (b) otherwise, 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on such earliest date to occur.

 

Remaining Business ” means all IAC Businesses other than the Spun Businesses.

 

Remaining IAC Entity ” means any Business Concern that is a member of the IAC Group on and after the Effective Time.

 

Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, advisors, accountants or attorneys.

 

Requesting Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(a).

 

Response ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a).

 

Responding Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a).

 

Responsible Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(b).

 

14



 

Responsible Separate-co ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02.

 

Retailing Business ” means (a) the businesses and operations of HSN Spinco and its Subsidiaries as described in the Prospectus forming a part of HSN Spinco’s Registration Statement, (b) any other business conducted primarily through the use of the HSN Assets prior to the Effective Time and (c) the businesses and operations of Business Concerns acquired or established by or for HSN Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries after the date of this Agreement.

 

Retained Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

 

Retaining Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b).

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Senior Party Representatives ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a).

 

Separate-cos ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Separation ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Separation Transactions ” means the transactions to effect the Separation as described in the Transactions Memo and, in the singular, means any one of them.

 

 “ Shared Liability ” of a Spinco means any Liability from, relating to, arising out of, or derivative of any matter, claim or litigation, whether actual or potential, associated with any securities law litigation relating to any public disclosure (or absence of public disclosure) with respect to such Spinco’s Spun Business or the Spun Entities in such Spinco’s Corresponding Group made by IAC prior to the Effective Time, including the fees and expenses of outside counsel retained by IAC in connection with the defense and/or settlement of any such matter.  For purposes of this definition, the phrase “securities law litigation” shall include claims alleging any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in alleged violation of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any similar state law and any claims premised on, related to or derivative of such alleged statements, omissions or violations, whether payable to any current, past or future holders of IAC securities or any Spinco securities, to any of the co-defendants in such action or to any Governmental Authority.  Notwithstanding anything in Section 6.06 to the contrary, the amount of any Shared Liability shall be net of any insurance proceeds actually recovered by or on behalf of any member of any Group.

 

Specified Financial Liabilities ” means, in respect of any Person, all liabilities, obligations, contingencies, instruments and other Liabilities of a financial nature with Third Parties of, or relating to, such Person, including any of the following:

 

(a)           foreign exchange contracts;

 

(b)           letters of credit;

 

15



 

(c)           guarantees of Third Party loans;

 

(d)           surety bonds (excluding surety for workers’ compensation self-insurance);

 

(e)           interest support agreements on Third Party loans;

 

(f)            performance bonds or guarantees issued by Third Parties;

 

(g)           swaps or other derivatives contracts;

 

(h)           recourse arrangements on the sale of receivables or notes; and

 

(i)            indemnities for damages for any breach of, or any inaccuracy in, any representation or warranty or any breach of, or failure to perform or comply with, any covenant, undertaking or obligation.

 

Spinco ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Spinco Auditor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(a).

 

Spinco Common Stock ” means the HSN Common Stock, the Interval Common Stock, the TM Common Stock and/or the Tree Common Stock, as applicable.

 

Spinco Common Stock Escrow Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03.

 

Spinco Group ” means any of the HSN Group, the Interval Group, the TM Group and the Tree Group.

 

Spun Businesses ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Spun Assets ” means the HSN Assets, the Interval Assets, the TM Assets and the Tree Assets.

 

Spun Entities ” means the HSN Entities, the Interval Entities, the TM Entities and the Tree Entities.

 

Spun Liabilities ” means the HSN Liabilities, the Interval Liabilities, the TM Liabilities and the Tree Liabilities.

 

Subsidiary ” of any Person means any corporation, partnership, limited liability entity, joint venture or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which a majority of the total voting power of capital stock or other interests entitled (without the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof, is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

 

Tangible Personal Property ” means, in respect of any Person, all machinery, equipment, tools, furniture, office equipment, supplies, materials, vehicles and other items of

 

16



 

tangible personal or movable property (other than Inventories and IT Assets) of every kind and wherever located that are owned or leased by the Person, together with any express or implied warranty by the manufacturers, sellers or lessors of any item or component part thereof and all maintenance Records and other documents relating thereto.

 

Tax ” means Income Taxes and Other Taxes as defined in the Tax Sharing Agreement.

 

Tax Sharing Agreement ” means the Tax Sharing Agreement among the Parties to be dated as of even date herewith.

 

Third Party ” means a Person (a) that is not a Party to this Agreement, other than a member of any Group and (b) that is not an Affiliate thereof.

 

Third Party Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(b).

 

Third Party Consent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11.

 

Ticketing Business ” means (a) the businesses and operations of TM Spinco and its subsidiaries as described in the Prospectus forming a part of TM Spinco’s Registration Statement, (b) any other business conducted primarily through the use of the TM Assets prior to the Effective Time and (c) the businesses and operations of Business Concerns acquired or established by or for TM Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries after the date of this Agreement.

 

TM Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.

 

TM Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(a).

 

TM Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of TM Spinco.

 

TM Distribution ” means the distribution on the TM Distribution Date, to holders of record of shares of IAC Common Stock and IAC Class B Common Stock as of the TM Distribution Record Date, of the TM Common Stock owned by IAC on the basis of a fraction of a share of TM Common Stock equal to the TM Distribution Ratio for every one share of IAC Common Stock or IAC Class B Common Stock.

 

TM Distribution Date ” means the date on which IAC distributes all of the issued and outstanding shares of TM Common Stock to the holders of IAC Common Stock and IAC Class B Common Stock.

 

TM Distribution Ratio ” means 1/5, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.02(a).

 

TM Distribution Record Date ” means such date as may be determined by the IAC Board as the record date for the TM Distribution.

 

TM Effective Time Cash Balance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a).

 

17



 

TM Entities ” means those Business Concerns forming part of the IAC Group which are identified on Schedule 2.04(b)  and which on and after the Effective Time form part of the TM Group.

 

TM Group ” means TM Spinco, the TM Entities and each other Person (other than any member of any other Group) that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of TM Spinco immediately after the Effective Time, and each Person that becomes a Subsidiary of TM Spinco after the Effective Time.

 

TM Group Balance Sheet ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(c).

 

TM Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

 

TM Opening Balance Sheet ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(e).

 

TM Releasors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(a).

 

TM Spinco ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

TM Target Cash Balance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a).

 

Transfer Impediment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(a).

 

Transactions Memo ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Transition Services Agreement ” means the Transition Services Agreement among the Parties to be dated as of even date herewith.

 

Tree Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07.

 

Tree Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(d).

 

Tree Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Tree Spinco.

 

Tree Distribution ” means the distribution on the Tree Distribution Date, to holders of record of shares of IAC Common Stock and IAC Class B Common Stock as of the Tree Distribution Record Date, of the Tree Common Stock owned by IAC on the basis of a fraction of a share of Tree Common Stock equal to the Tree Distribution Ratio for every one share of IAC Common Stock or IAC Class B Common Stock.

 

Tree Distribution Date ” means the date on which IAC distributes all of the issued and outstanding shares of Tree Common Stock to the holders of IAC Common Stock and IAC Class B Common Stock.

 

Tree Distribution Ratio ” means 1/30, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.02(a).

 

18



 

Tree Distribution Record Date ” means such date as may be determined by the IAC Board as the record date for the Tree Distribution.

 

Tree Effective Time Cash Balance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(d).

 

Tree Entities ” means those Business Concerns forming part of the IAC Group which are identified on Schedule 2.07(b)  and which on and after the Effective Time form part of the Tree Group.

 

Tree Group ” means Tree Spinco, the Tree Entities and each other Person (other than any member of any other Group) that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Tree Spinco immediately after the Effective Time, and each Person that becomes a Subsidiary of Tree Spinco after the Effective Time.

 

Tree Group Balance Sheet ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(c).

 

Tree Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

 

Tree Opening Balance Sheet ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(e).

 

Tree Releasors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(d).

 

Tree Spinco ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Tree Target Cash Balance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(d).

 

Unreleased Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02.

 

Unreleased Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02.

 

Unreleased Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02.

 

Unreleased Separate-co ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02.

 

Vacations Business ” means (a) the businesses and operations of Interval Spinco and its subsidiaries as described in the Prospectus forming a part of Interval Spinco’s Registration Statement, (b) any other business conducted primarily through the use of the Interval Assets prior to the Effective Time and (c) the businesses and operations of Business Concerns acquired or established by or for Interval Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries after the date of this Agreement.

 

Warrant Share Number ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.05(a)(i).

 

1.02.   Schedules .  The following schedules are attached to this Agreement and form a part hereof:

 

Schedule 1.01(a)

 

Old IAC Integrated Warrant

Schedule 2.04(a)

 

TM Assets

Schedule 2.04(b)

 

TM Entities

 

19



 

Schedule 2.04(c)

 

TM Group Balance Sheet

Schedule 2.05(a)

 

Interval Assets

Schedule 2.05(b)

 

Interval Entities

Schedule 2.05(c)

 

Interval Group Balance Sheet

Schedule 2.06(a)

 

HSN Assets

Schedule 2.06(b)

 

HSN Entities

Schedule 2.06(c)

 

HSN Group Balance Sheet

Schedule 2.07(a)

 

Tree Assets

Schedule 2.07(b)

 

Tree Entities

Schedule 2.07(c)

 

Tree Group Balance Sheet

Schedule 2.09(a)

 

Excluded Assets

Schedule 2.10(a)

 

TM Liabilities

Schedule 2.10(b)

 

Interval Liabilities

Schedule 2.10(c)

 

HSN Liabilities

Schedule 2.10(d)

 

Tree Liabilities

Schedule 2.10(e)

 

Retained Liabilities

Schedule 2.14(a)

 

IAC Resignation Exceptions

 

1.03.   Effective Time; Suspension .  (a) This Agreement shall be effective as of the Effective Time.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding Section 1.03(a) above, as between any two of the Parties, the provisions of, and the obligations under, this Agreement shall be suspended as between such Parties until the applicable Relevant Time (and, as the context requires, references to the Effective Time shall be deemed to refer to the Relevant Time), other than Sections 2.01, 2.02, 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.09 and 2.10, each of which shall be effective as of the Effective Time.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that one or more of the Distributions shall not be effected on the first Distribution Date to occur, then for purposes of determining the rights and obligations between IAC and any Spinco the Spinco Common Stock of which shall have been distributed on such date, until the Distribution Date, if any, for each Spinco not so distributed, such undistributed Spinco and the members of its Corresponding Group shall continue to be treated as members of the IAC Group and shall not, upon its Distribution Date, bear any Liability for any Retained Liabilities.

 

ARTICLE II
THE SEPARATION

 

2.01.        Separation .  To the extent not already complete, IAC and the Spincos agree to implement the Separation and to cause the Corresponding Businesses of each Spinco to be transferred to such Spinco and its Subsidiaries and the Remaining Business to be held by IAC and its Subsidiaries (other than the Spincos and their Subsidiaries) as of the Effective Time, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.  The Parties acknowledge that the Separation is intended to result in each Spinco, directly or indirectly, operating its Corresponding Business, owning its Corresponding Assets and assuming its Corresponding Liabilities as set forth in this Article II.

 

20



 

2.02.        Implementation .  The Separation shall be completed in accordance with the agreed general principles, objectives and other provisions set forth in this Article II and shall be implemented in the following manner:

 

(a)           through the completion of the steps described in the Transactions Memo;

 

(b)           through the transfer from time to time following the Effective Time of the Deferred Transfer Assets as described in Article III;

 

(c)           through the completion from time to time following the Effective Time of the Deferred Transactions, as described in Section 10.01(a); and

 

(d)           through the performance by the Parties of all other provisions of this Agreement.

 

2.03.        Transfer of Spun Assets; Assumption of Spun Liabilities .  On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in furtherance of the Separation, with effect as of the Effective Time:

 

(a)           To the extent not already complete, IAC agrees to cause the Corresponding Assets of each Spinco to be contributed, assigned, transferred, conveyed and delivered, directly or indirectly, to such Spinco, and each Spinco agrees to accept all of its Corresponding Assets and all of the rights, title and interest in and to all its Corresponding Assets owned, directly or indirectly, by IAC which, except with respect to Deferred Corresponding Assets and Unreleased Liabilities, will result in such Spinco owning, directly or indirectly, its Corresponding Business.

 

(b)           Each Spinco agrees to accept, assume and faithfully perform, discharge and fulfill all of its Corresponding Liabilities in accordance with their respective terms.

 

2.04.        TM Assets .  For the purposes of this Agreement, “ TM Assets ” shall mean, without duplication, those Assets whether now existing or hereinafter acquired, used or contemplated to be used or held for use exclusively or primarily in the ownership, operation or conduct of the Ticketing Business or relating exclusively or primarily to the Ticketing Business or to a TM Entity including the following:

 

(a)           all Assets expressly identified in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement or in any Schedule hereto or thereto, including those, if any, listed on Schedule 2.04(a) , as Assets to be transferred to, or retained by, TM Spinco or any other member of the TM Group;

 

(b)           the outstanding capital stock, units or other equity interests of the TM Entities, as listed on Schedule 2.04(b) , and the Assets owned by such TM Entities;

 

(c)           all Assets properly reflected on Schedule 2.04(c)  (the “ TM Group Balance Sheet ”), excluding Assets disposed of by IAC or any other Subsidiary or entity controlled by IAC subsequent to the date of the TM Group Balance Sheet;

 

21



 

(d)           all Assets that have been written off, expensed or fully depreciated by IAC or any Subsidiary or entity controlled by IAC that, had they not been written off, expensed or fully depreciated, would have been reflected on the TM Group Balance Sheet in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“ GAAP ”);

 

(e)           all Assets acquired by IAC or any Subsidiary or entity controlled by IAC after the date of the TM Group Balance Sheet and that would be reflected on the balance sheet of TM Spinco as of the Effective Time (the “ TM Opening Balance Sheet ”), if such balance sheet were prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(f)            all Assets transferred to TM Spinco or any member of the TM Group pursuant to Section 10.01(a); provided , however , that any such transfer shall take effect under Section 10.01(a) and not under this Section 2.04.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be excluded from the definition of TM Assets under this Section 2.04 Business Records to the extent they are included in or primarily relate to any Excluded Asset or Retained Liability or the Remaining Business or their transfer is prohibited by Applicable Law or by agreements between any other Separate-co or any member of another Separate-co’s Corresponding Group and Third Parties or otherwise would subject any other Separate-co or any member of any other Corresponding Group to liability for such transfer.  Access to such excluded Business Records shall be governed by Article VIII.

 

2.05.        Interval Assets .  For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Interval Assets ” shall mean, without duplication, those Assets whether now existing or hereinafter acquired, used or contemplated to be used or held for use exclusively or primarily in the ownership, operation or conduct of the Vacations Business or relating exclusively or primarily to the Vacation Business or to an Interval Entity including the following:

 

(a)           all Assets expressly identified in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement or in any Schedule hereto or thereto, including those, if any, listed on Schedule 2.05(a) , as Assets to be transferred to, or retained by, Interval Spinco or any other member of the Interval Group;

 

(b)           the outstanding capital stock, units or other equity interests of the Interval Entities, as listed on Schedule 2.05(b), and the Assets owned by such Interval Entities;

 

(c)           all Assets properly reflected on Schedule 2.05(c)  (the “ Interval Group Balance Sheet ”), excluding Assets disposed of by IAC or any other Subsidiary or entity controlled by IAC subsequent to the date of the Interval Group Balance Sheet;

 

(d)           all Assets that have been written off, expensed or fully depreciated by IAC or any Subsidiary or entity controlled by IAC that, had they not been written off, expensed or fully depreciated, would have been reflected on the Interval Group Balance Sheet in accordance with GAAP;

 

(e)           all Assets acquired by IAC or any Subsidiary or entity controlled by IAC after the date of the Interval Group Balance Sheet and that would be reflected on the balance

 

22



 

sheet of Interval Spinco as of the Effective Time (the “ Interval Opening Balance Sheet ”), if such balance sheet were prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(f)            all Assets transferred to Interval Spinco or any member of the Interval Group pursuant to Section 10.01(a); provided , however , that any such transfer shall take effect under Section 10.01(a) and not under this Section 2.05.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be excluded from the definition of Interval Assets under this Section 2.05 Business Records to the extent they are included in or primarily relate to any Excluded Asset or Retained Liability or the Remaining Business or their transfer is prohibited by Applicable Law or by agreements between any other Separate-co or any member of another Separate-co’s Corresponding Group and Third Parties or otherwise would subject any other Separate-co or any member of any other Corresponding Group to liability for such transfer.  Access to such excluded Business Records shall be governed by Article VIII.

 

2.06.        HSN Assets .  For the purposes of this Agreement, “ HSN Assets ” shall mean, without duplication, those Assets whether now existing or hereinafter acquired, used or contemplated to be used or held for use exclusively or primarily in the ownership, operation or conduct of the Retailing Business or relating exclusively or primarily to the Retailing Business or to an HSN Entity including the following:

 

(a)           all Assets expressly identified in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement or in any Schedule hereto or thereto, including those, if any, listed on Schedule 2.06(a) , as Assets to be transferred to, or retained by, HSN Spinco or any other member of the HSN Group;

 

(b)           the outstanding capital stock, units or other equity interests of the HSN Entities, as listed on  Schedule 2.06(b) , and the Assets owned by such HSN Entities;

 

(c)           all Assets properly reflected on Schedule 2.06(c)  (the “ HSN Group Balance Sheet ”), excluding Assets disposed of by IAC or any other Subsidiary or entity controlled by IAC subsequent to the date of the HSN Group Balance Sheet;

 

(d)           all Assets that have been written off, expensed or fully depreciated by IAC or any Subsidiary or entity controlled by IAC that, had they not been written off, expensed or fully depreciated, would have been reflected on the HSN Group Balance Sheet in accordance with GAAP;

 

(e)           all Assets acquired by IAC or any Subsidiary or entity controlled by IAC after the date of the HSN Group Balance Sheet and that would be reflected on the balance sheet of HSN as of the Effective Time (the “ HSN Opening Balance Sheet ”), if such balance sheet were prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(f)            all Assets transferred to HSN Spinco or any member of the HSN Group pursuant to Section 10.01(a); provided , however , that any such transfer shall take effect under Section 10.01(a) and not under this Section 2.06.

 

23



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be excluded from the definition of HSN Assets under this Section 2.06 Business Records to the extent they are included in or primarily relate to any Excluded Asset or Retained Liability or the Remaining Business or their transfer is prohibited by Applicable Law or by agreements between any other Separate-co or any member of another Separate-co’s Corresponding Group and Third Parties or otherwise would subject any other Separate-co or any member of any other Corresponding Group to liability for such transfer.  Access to such excluded Business Records shall be governed by Article VIII.

 

2.07.        Tree Assets .  For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Tree Assets ” shall mean, without duplication, those Assets whether now existing or hereinafter acquired, used or contemplated to be used or held for use exclusively or primarily in the ownership, operation or conduct of the Lending and Real Estate Business or relating exclusively or primarily to the Lending and Real Estate Business or to a Tree Entity including the following:

 

(a)           all Assets expressly identified in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement or in any Schedule hereto or thereto, including those, if any, listed on Schedule 2.07(a) , as Assets to be transferred to, or retained by, Tree Spinco or any other member of the Tree Group;

 

(b)           the outstanding capital stock, units or other equity interests of the Tree Entities, as listed on Schedule 2.07(b) , and the Assets owned by such Tree Entities;

 

(c)           all Assets properly reflected on Schedule 2.07(c)  (the “ Tree Group Balance Sheet ”), excluding Assets disposed of by IAC or any other Subsidiary or entity controlled by IAC subsequent to the date of the Tree Group Balance Sheet;

 

(d)           all Assets that have been written off, expensed or fully depreciated by IAC or any Subsidiary or entity controlled by IAC that, had they not been written off, expensed or fully depreciated, would have been reflected on the Tree Group Balance Sheet in accordance with GAAP;

 

(e)           all Assets acquired by IAC or any Subsidiary or entity controlled by IAC after the date of the Tree Group Balance Sheet and that would be reflected on the balance sheet of Tree Spinco as of the Effective Time (the “ Tree Opening Balance Sheet ”), if such balance sheet were prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(f)            all Assets transferred to Tree Spinco or any member of the Tree Group pursuant to Section 10.01(a); provided , however , that any such transfer shall take effect under Section 10.01(a) and not under this Section 2.07.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be excluded from the definition of Assets under this Section 2.07 Business Records to the extent they are included in or primarily relate to any Excluded Asset or Retained Liability or the Remaining Business or their transfer is prohibited by Applicable Law or by agreements between any other Separate-co or any member of another Separate-co’s Corresponding Group and Third Parties or otherwise would subject any other Separate-co or any member of any other Corresponding Group to liability for such transfer.  Access to such excluded Business Records shall be governed by Article VIII.

 

24



 

2.08.        Deferred Spun Assets .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.04, 2.05, 2.06 or 2.07 or elsewhere in this Agreement, the Spun Assets shall not include any Deferred Spun Assets.  The transfer to a Spinco or its Corresponding Group of any such Deferred Spun Asset shall only be completed at the time, in the manner and subject to the conditions set forth in Article III.

 

2.09.        Excluded Assets .  (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.04, 2.05, 2.06 or 2.07 or elsewhere in this Agreement, the following Assets of IAC (or of any other relevant member of the IAC Group) that would otherwise be included among the Corresponding Assets of a Spinco shall not be transferred to such Spinco (or any other member of its Corresponding Group), shall not form part of its Corresponding Assets and shall remain the exclusive property of IAC (or the relevant member of the IAC Group) on and after the Effective Time (the “ Excluded Assets ”):

 

(i)            any Asset expressly identified on Schedule 2.09(a) ; and

 

(ii)           any Asset transferred to IAC or to any other relevant member of the IAC Group pursuant to Section 10.01(a); provided , however , that any such transfers shall take effect under Section 10.01(a) and not under this Section 2.09.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Excluded Assets shall not include Deferred Excluded Assets.  The transfer to IAC (or to the relevant member of the IAC Group) or to another Spinco (or to the relevant member of its Corresponding Group) of any such Asset shall be completed at the time, in the manner and subject to the conditions set forth in Article III.

 

2.10.        Liabilities .  For the purposes of this Agreement, Liabilities shall be identified as “ TM Liabilities ,” “ Interval Liabilities ,” “ HSN Liabilities ,”  “ Tree Liabilities or “ Retained Liabilities ” under the following principles:

 

(a)           any Liability which is expressly identified on Schedule 2.10(a)  shall be a TM Liability;

 

(b)           any Liability which is expressly identified on Schedule 2.10(b)  shall be an Interval Liability;

 

(c)           any Liability which is expressly identified on Schedule 2.10(c)  shall be an HSN Liability;

 

(d)           any Liability which is expressly identified on Schedule 2.10(d)  shall be a Tree Liability;

 

(e)           any Liability which is expressly identified on Schedule 2.10(e)  shall be a Retained Liability;

 

(f)            (i) 50% of any Shared Liability of Ticketmaster Spinco shall be a Ticketmaster Liability and 50% shall be a Retained Liability, (ii) 50% of any Shared Liability of Interval Spinco shall be an Interval Liability and 50% shall be a Retained Liability, (iii) 50% of

 

25



 

any Shared Liability of HSN Spinco shall be an HSN Liability and 50% shall be a Retained Liability and (iv) 50% of any Shared Liability of Tree Spinco shall be a Tree Liability and 50% shall be a Retained Liability;

 

(g)           any Liability of a Spun Entity, whether arising or accruing prior to, on or after the Effective Time and whether the facts on which it is based occurred on, prior to or after the Effective Time and whether or not reflected on the Corresponding Group Balance Sheet or on the Corresponding Opening Balance Sheet, shall be a Corresponding Liability of such Spun Entity’s Corresponding Group, unless it is expressly identified in this Agreement (including on any Schedule) or in any Ancillary Agreement as a Liability to be assumed or retained by IAC (or any other member of the IAC Group) or by a Spinco that is not included in such Spun Entity’s Corresponding Group (or any other relevant member of such other Spinco’s Corresponding Group), in which case it shall be a Retained Liability or a Spun Liability of such other Spinco’s Corresponding Group, as applicable;

 

(h)           any Liability relating to, arising out of, or resulting from the conduct of, a Spun Business (as conducted at any time prior to, on or after the Effective Time) or relating to a Spun Asset or a Deferred Spun Asset and whether arising or accruing prior to, on or after the Effective Time and whether the facts on which it is based occurred on, prior to or after the Effective Time and whether or not reflected on the Corresponding Group Balance Sheet or the Corresponding Opening Balance Sheet, shall be a Corresponding Liability of such Spun Business’ Corresponding Group, unless it is expressly identified in this Agreement (including on any Schedule) or in any Ancillary Agreement as a Liability to be assumed or retained by IAC (or any other member of the IAC Group) or by a Spinco that is not included in such Spun Entity’s Corresponding Group (or any other relevant member of such other Spinco’s Corresponding Group), in which case it shall be a Retained Liability or Spun Liability of such other Spinco’s Corresponding Group, as applicable;

 

(i)            any Liability which is reflected or otherwise disclosed as a liability or obligation of any Spinco Group on its Corresponding Group Balance Sheet shall be a Corresponding Liability of such Spinco Group;

 

(j)            any Liability which would be reflected or otherwise disclosed on the Corresponding Group Balance Sheet of any Spinco Group, if such balance sheet were prepared under GAAP, shall be a Corresponding Liability of such Spinco Group;

 

(k)           any Liability pursuant to contracts entered into by IAC and/or any member of the IAC Group (i) in connection with the acquisition, by IAC and/or any member of the IAC Group, of any Spun Entity and/or Spun Business or (ii) otherwise relating primarily to a Spun Entity and/or the conduct of a Spun Business, shall be a Corresponding Liability of such Spun Entity’s or Spun Business’s Corresponding Group, unless it is expressly identified in this Agreement (including on any Schedule) or in any Ancillary Agreement as a Liability to be assumed or retained by IAC (or any other member of the IAC Group) or by a Spinco that is not included in such Spun Entity’s Corresponding Group (or any other relevant member of such other Spinco’s Corresponding Group), in which case it shall be a Retained Liability or Spun Liability of such other Spinco’s Corresponding Group, as applicable;

 

26


 

(l)            any Liability of a Remaining IAC Entity, whether arising or accruing prior to, on or after the Effective Time and whether the facts on which it is based occurred on, prior to or after the Effective Time, shall be Retained Liability, unless it is determined to be a Spun Liability pursuant to clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j) or (k) above, in which case it shall be a Spun Liability as set forth thereunder;

 

(m)          any Liability relating to, arising out of, or resulting from the conduct of, a Remaining IAC Business (as conducted at any time prior to, on or after the Effective Time) or relating to an Excluded Asset and whether arising or accruing prior to, on or after the Effective Time and whether the facts on which it is based occurred on, prior to or after the Effective Time, shall be a Retained Liability, unless it is determined to be a Spun Liability pursuant to clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j) or (k) above, in which case it shall be a Spun Liability as set forth thereunder; and

 

(n)           any Liability of any Spinco or any other member of any Spinco Group under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall be a Corresponding Liability of such Spinco Group and any Liability of IAC or any other member of the IAC Group under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall be a Retained Liability.

 

2.11.        Third Party Consents and Government Approvals .  To the extent that the Separation or any transaction contemplated thereby requires a Consent from any Third Party (a “ Third Party Consent ”) or any Governmental Authorization, the Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such Third Party Consents and Governmental Authorizations prior to the Effective Time.  If the Parties fail to obtain any such Third Party Consent or Governmental Authorization prior to the Effective Time, the matter shall be dealt with in the manner set forth in Article III.

 

2.12.        Preservation of Agreements .  The Parties each agree that all written agreements, arrangements, commitments and understandings between any member or members of its Corresponding Group, on the one hand, and any member or members of any other Group, on the other hand, shall remain in effect in accordance with their terms from and after the Effective Time, unless otherwise terminated by the relevant Parties.

 

2.13.        Ancillary Agreements .  On or prior to the Effective Time, the Parties shall execute and deliver or, as applicable, cause the appropriate members of their respective Groups to execute and deliver, each of the following agreements (collectively, the “ Ancillary Agreements ”):

 

(a)           the Employee Matters Agreement;

 

(b)           the Tax Sharing Agreement;

 

(c)           the Transition Services Agreement; and

 

(d)           the Transactions Memorandum, and such other agreements and instruments as may relate to or be identified in any of the foregoing agreements.

 

27



 

2.14.        Resignations .  (a)  IAC agrees to cause each Person who is a director or an officer of any Spun Entity and who will not be or become an employee of such Spun Entity’s Spinco Group (or any member thereof) at the Effective Time to resign from such position with effect as of the Effective Time; provided , however , that this Section 2.14(a) shall not apply to the persons in the capacities set forth on Schedule 2.14(a).

 

(b)           Each Spinco agrees to cause each Person (i) who is a director or an officer of a Remaining IAC Entity or any Spun Entity that is not a member of such Spinco’s Corresponding Group and (ii) who will become an employee of such Spinco’s Corresponding Group (or any member thereof) at the Effective Time to resign from such position with effect as of the Effective Time.

 

(c)           Each Separate-co agrees to obtain all such letters of resignation or other evidence of such resignations as may be necessary or desirable in performing their respective obligations under this Section 2.14.

 

2.15.        Cooperation .  The Parties shall cooperate in all aspects of the Separation and shall sign all such documents and perform all such other acts as may be necessary or desirable to give full effect to the Separation; and each Separate-co shall cause each other member of its Corresponding Group to do likewise.

 

2.16.        Intercompany Accounts Among Groups .  Except as otherwise expressly provided in any Ancillary Agreement, from and after the Effective Time, each Separate-co agrees to cause any Intercompany Account payable by any member of its Corresponding Group to any member of any other Group to be satisfied in full.

 

2.17.        Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties .  (a)  Each of the Parties (on behalf of itself and each other member of its respective Corresponding Group) understands and agrees that, except as expressly set forth herein or in any Ancillary Agreement, no Party to this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or any other agreement or document contemplated by this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or otherwise, makes any representation or warranty, express or implied, regarding any of the Spun Assets, Spun Entities, Spun Businesses, Excluded Assets, Spun Liabilities or Retained Liabilities including any warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, or any representation or warranty regarding any Consents or Governmental Authorizations required in connection therewith or their transfer, regarding the value or freedom from Encumbrances of, or any other matter concerning, any Spun Asset or Excluded Asset, or regarding the absence of any defense or right of setoff or freedom from counterclaim with respect to any claim or other Spun Asset or Excluded Asset, including any Account Receivable of any Party, or as to the legal sufficiency of any assignment, document or instrument delivered hereunder to convey title to any Spun Asset or Excluded Asset upon the execution, delivery and filing hereof or thereof.

 

(b)           Except as may expressly be set forth herein or in any Ancillary Agreement, all Spun Assets and Excluded Assets are being transferred on an “as is, where is” basis, at the risk of the respective transferees without any warranty whatsoever on the part of the transferor, formal or implicit, legal, statutory or conventional (and, in the case of any Real Property, by means of a quitclaim or similar form deed or conveyance).

 

28



 

ARTICLE III
DEFERRED SEPARATION TRANSACTIONS

 

3.01.        Deferred Transfer Assets .  (a)  If the transfer to, or retention by, any member of a Spinco Group of any Asset that would otherwise constitute its Corresponding Asset (a “ Deferred Spun Asset ”; with respect to such Spinco, a “ Deferred Corresponding Asset ”) or the transfer to, or retention by, any member of the IAC Group of any Asset that would otherwise constitute an Excluded Asset (a “ Deferred Excluded Asset ,” and together with a Deferred Spun Asset, a “ Deferred Transfer Asset ”) cannot be accomplished without giving rise to a violation of Applicable Law, or without obtaining a Third Party Consent or a Governmental Authorization (collectively, a “ Transfer Impediment ”) and any such Third Party Consent or Governmental Authorization has not been obtained prior to the Effective Time, then such Asset shall be dealt with in the manner described in this Section 3.01.

 

(b)           Pending removal of such Transfer Impediment, the Person holding the Deferred Transfer Asset (the “ Retaining Person ”) shall hold such Deferred Transfer Asset for the use and benefit, insofar as reasonably possible, of the Party to whom the transfer of such Asset could not be made at the Effective Time (the “ Deferred Beneficiary ”).  The Retaining Person shall use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve such Asset and its right, title and interest therein and take all such other action as may reasonably be requested by the Deferred Beneficiary (in each case, at such Deferred Beneficiary’s expense) in order to place such Deferred Beneficiary, insofar as reasonably possible, in the same position as it would be in if such Asset had been transferred to it or retained by it with effect as of the Effective Time and so that, subject to the standard of care set forth above, all the benefits and burdens relating to such Deferred Transfer Asset, including possession, use, risk of loss, potential for gain, enforcement of rights against third parties and dominion, control and command over such Asset, are to inure from and after the Effective Time to such Deferred Beneficiary and the members of its Group.  The provisions set forth in this Article III contain all the obligations of the Retaining Person vis-à-vis the Deferred Beneficiary with respect to the Deferred Transfer Asset and the Retaining Person shall not be bound vis-à-vis the Deferred Beneficiary by any other obligations under Applicable Law.

 

(c)           The Parties shall continue on and after the Effective Time to use commercially reasonable efforts to remove all Transfer Impediments; provided , however , that no Party shall be required to make any unreasonable payment or assume any material obligations therefor.  As and when any Transfer Impediment is removed, the relevant Deferred Transfer Asset shall forthwith be transferred to its Deferred Beneficiary at no additional cost and in a manner and on terms consistent with the relevant provisions of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, including Section 2.17(b) hereof, and any such transfer shall take effect as of the date of its actual transfer.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision of Applicable Law, a Retaining Person shall not be obligated, in connection with the foregoing, to expend any money in respect of a Deferred Transfer Asset unless the necessary funds are advanced by the Deferred Beneficiary of such Deferred Transfer Asset, other than reasonable attorneys’ fees and recording or similar fees, all of which shall be promptly reimbursed by the Deferred Beneficiary of such Deferred Transfer Asset.

 

29



 

3.02.        Unreleased Liabilities .  If at any time on or after the Effective Time, any member of any Group shall remain obligated to any Third Party in respect of any Corresponding Liability not its own — i.e., a Corresponding Liability of another Separate-co (such other Separate-co with respect such Unreleased Liability and such Unreleased Person, the “ Responsible Separate-co ”) — the following provisions shall apply.  The Liabilities referred to in this Section 3.02 are hereinafter referred to as the “ Unreleased Liabilities ,” the Person remaining obligated for such Liability in a manner contrary to what is intended under this Agreement is hereinafter referred to as the “ Unreleased Person ,” such Unreleased Person’s Corresponding Separate-co, the “ Unreleased Separate-co ” and such Unreleased Person’s Corresponding Group, the “ Unreleased Group ”.

 

(a)           Each Unreleased Person shall remain obligated to Third Parties for such Unreleased Liability as provided in the relevant Contract, Applicable Law or other source of such Unreleased Liability and shall pay and perform such Unreleased Liability as and when required, in accordance with its terms.

 

(b)           Each Responsible Separate-co shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Other Separate-Co Indemnified Party that is an Unreleased Person from and against any Liabilities arising in respect of each Unreleased Liability of such Unreleased Person that is a Corresponding Liability of such Responsible Separate-co.  Each Responsible Separate-co shall take, and shall cause the members of its Corresponding Group (the “ Responsible Group ”) to take, such other actions as may be reasonably requested by the applicable Unreleased Separate-co in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement in order to place the applicable Unreleased Group, insofar as reasonably possible, in the same position as it would be in if such Unreleased Liability had been fully contributed, assigned, transferred, conveyed, and delivered to, and accepted and assumed or retained, as applicable, by such Responsible Separate-co (or any relevant member of the Responsible Group) with effect as of the Effective Time and so that all the benefits and burdens relating to such Unreleased Liability, including possession, use, risk of loss, potential for gain, and dominion, control and command over such Unreleased Liability, are to inure from and after the Effective Time to the member or members of the Responsible Group.

 

(c)           Each Responsible Separate-co shall continue on and after the Effective Time to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the applicable Unreleased Persons to be released from their respective Unreleased Liabilities.

 

(d)           If, as and when it becomes possible to delegate, novate or extinguish any Unreleased Liability in favor of an Unreleased Person, the relevant Parties shall promptly sign all such documents and perform all such other acts, and shall cause each member of their respective Groups, as applicable, to sign all such documents and perform all such other acts, as may be necessary or desirable to give effect to such delegation, novation, extinction or other release without payment of any further consideration by the Unreleased Person.

 

3.03.        No Additional Consideration .  For the avoidance of doubt, the transfer or assumption of any Assets or Liabilities under this Article III shall be effected without any additional consideration by any Party hereunder.

 

30



 

ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS

 

4.01.        General Covenants .  Each Party covenants with and in favor of the other Parties that it shall, subject, in the case of IAC, to Article XII:

 

(a)           do and perform all such acts and things, and execute and deliver all such agreements, assurances, notices and other documents and instruments as may reasonably be required of it to facilitate the carrying out of the intent and purpose of this Agreement;

 

(b)           cooperate with and assist the other Parties, both before and after the Effective Time, in dealing with transitional matters relating to or arising from the Separation, the Distributions, this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements; and

 

(c)           cooperate in preparing and filing all documentation (i) to effect all necessary applications, notices, petitions, filings and other documents; and (ii) to obtain as promptly as reasonably practicable all Consents and Governmental Authorizations necessary or advisable to be obtained from any Third Party and/or any Governmental Authority in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including all approvals required under applicable antitrust laws).

 

4.02.        Covenants of the Spincos .  In addition to the covenants of the Spincos provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, each Spinco covenants and agrees with, and in favor of, the other Parties that it shall:

 

(a)           use commercially reasonable efforts and do all things reasonably required of it to cause the Separation and the Distributions to be completed, including cooperating with IAC to obtain:  the approval for the listing of such Spinco’s Spinco Common Stock on NASDAQ or such other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system as is reasonably acceptable to IAC;

 

(b)           use its commercially reasonable efforts to take all such action as may be necessary or desirable under applicable state securities and blue sky laws of the United States (and any comparable laws under any foreign jurisdictions) in connection with the Separation and the Distributions;

 

(c)           use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause any member of another Group to be released, as soon as reasonably practicable, from any guarantees given by any member of such other Group (the “ Guaranteeing Group ”; its Corresponding Separate-co, the “ Guaranteeing Separate-co ”) for the benefit of such Spinco (the “ Guaranteed Spinco ”; its Corresponding Group, the “ Guaranteed Group ”; its Corresponding Entities, the “ Guaranteed Entities ”) or any Guaranteed Entities and (to the extent necessary to secure such releases) to cause itself or one or more members of the Guaranteed Group to be substituted in all respects for any member of the Guaranteeing Group in respect of such guarantees, provided , that in the event that, notwithstanding the commercially reasonable efforts of the Guaranteed Spinco, the Guaranteed Spinco is unable to obtain such guarantee releases, the Guaranteed Spinco hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Guaranteeing Separate-co and the other members of the

 

31



 

Guaranteeing Group harmless from and against all Liabilities incurred by them in connection with, arising out of or resulting from such guarantees; and

 

(d)           perform and, as applicable, cause each member of its Corresponding Group to perform each of its and their respective obligations under each Ancillary Agreement.

 

4.03.        Spinco Common Stock Escrow Accounts.   (a)  Immediately following the Effective Time, each Spinco shall deposit a number of shares of its Spinco Common Stock as is equal to the product of (x) its Corresponding Distribution Ratio and (y) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise of the Old IAC Integrated Warrant if such warrant were to be exercised immediately prior to the Effective Time (such Spinco’s “ Corresponding Escrow Shares ”) into an escrow account (a “ Spinco Common Stock Escrow Account ”) to be established by each Spinco with The Bank of New York Mellon (the “ Escrow Agent ”) to be held by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the terms of an escrow agreement in customary form to be agreed upon by each of the Spincos and the Escrow Agent prior to the Effective Time (an “ Escrow Agreement ”).  The Spinco Common Stock Escrow Accounts will serve as a source of shares of Spinco Common Stock deliverable upon the exercise of the New IAC Integrated Warrant.  Under the terms of the Escrow Agreements, any shares of Spinco Common Stock designated for delivery upon exercise of the New IAC Integrated Warrant shall be returned to the applicable Spinco upon the expiration without exercise of the New IAC Integrated Warrant in accordance with its terms.  IAC and each Spinco acknowledge that IAC’s obligation to issue shares of IAC Common Stock to the holder of the Old IAC Integrated Warrant relates to the businesses that were conducted by the IAC Group and the Spinco Groups prior to the Effective Time.  Accordingly, from and after the Effective Time, upon an exercise of the New IAC Integrated Warrant, as between IAC and the Spincos, each Spinco will exclusively bear the obligation to deliver shares of its Spinco Common Stock.  The issuance and delivery by each Spinco of its Corresponding Escrow Shares to the applicable Spinco Common Stock Escrow Account is intended to further such Spinco’s satisfaction of such obligations following the Separation and the Distributions; provided , however , that if for any reason such Spinco Common Stock Escrow Account does not satisfy such obligations, the transfer of shares by such Spinco to the Spinco Common Stock Escrow Account under this Section 4.03 is not in substitution of the obligations of such Spinco under the immediately preceding sentence to deliver shares of its Spinco Common Stock.  For the avoidance of doubt, any obligations with respect to the delivery of any Spinco Common Stock on account of the New IAC Integrated Warrant shall be a Corresponding Liability of such Spinco.  If, at any time or from time to time following the Effective Time,

 

(X)          IAC reasonably determines in good faith (which determination, absent manifest error, shall be final and binding) in its sole discretion that, for any Spinco, its Corresponding Escrow Shares are insufficient to satisfy the obligations with respect to the New IAC Integrated Warrant, IAC shall provide to such Spinco written notice indicating the number of additional shares of such Spinco Common Stock necessary to satisfy the obligations pursuant to the New IAC Integrated Warrant and such Spinco shall promptly deposit into the applicable Spinco Common Stock Escrow Account the number of shares of such Spinco Common Stock indicated in the written notice from IAC; or

 

32



 

(Y)           any Spinco undertakes any action, or any event shall occur, that either (i) results in an adjustment to the number of shares of its Spinco Common Stock with respect to which the New IAC Integrated Warrant is exercisable or (ii) causes that portion of the New IAC Integrated Warrant that would otherwise have been exercisable for shares of such Spinco Common Stock to become exercisable into another form of consideration (including, without limitation, in conjunction with a merger of such Spinco or a reclassification of such Spinco Common Stock), then, in each case, such Spinco shall promptly deposit into the applicable Spinco Common Stock Escrow Account the number of additional shares of such Spinco Common Stock and/or the other consideration with respect to which the New IAC Integrated Warrant is exercisable.

 

(b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in lieu of issuing any fractional shares of its Spinco Common Stock upon the exercise of the New IAC Integrated Warrant, the applicable Spinco shall promptly deposit into the applicable Spinco Common Stock Escrow Account cash in lieu of such fractional share in an amount computed in accordance with the terms of the New IAC Integrated Warrant.

 

4.04.        Cash Balance True-Ups .  (a)  In the event that, after review and reconciliation, the amount of cash and cash equivalents reflected in the bank statements of TM Spinco and its subsidiaries as of the Effective Time plus the balance as of the Effective Time of any note or notes of any member of the IAC Group held by any member of the TM Group less the balance as of the Effective Time of any note or notes of any member of the TM Group held by any member of the IAC Group (the “ TM Effective Time Cash Balance ”) is greater than $[•] (the “ TM Target Cash Balance ”), TM Spinco shall make one or more payments to IAC as promptly as practicable after the Effective Time, but in no event more than [ninety (90)] days after the Effective Time, totaling an amount equal to the excess of the TM Effective Time Cash Balance over the TM Target Cash Balance.  In the event that, after review and reconciliation, the TM Effective Time Cash Balance is less than the TM Target Cash Balance, IAC shall make one or more payments to TM Spinco as promptly as practicable after the Effective Time, but in no event more than [ninety (90)] days after the Effective Time, totaling an amount equal to the excess of the TM Target Cash Balance over the TM Effective Time Cash Balance.  Notwithstanding Section 13.08, payments pursuant to this Section 4.04(a) shall not bear any interest.

 

(b)           In the event that, after review and reconciliation, the amount of cash and cash equivalents reflected in the bank statements of Interval Spinco and its subsidiaries as of the Effective Time plus the balance as of the Effective Time of any note or notes of any member of the IAC Group held by any member of the Interval Group less the balance as of the Effective Time of any note or notes of any member of the Interval Group held by any member of the IAC Group (the “ Interval Effective Time Cash Balance ”) is greater than $[•] (the “ Interval Target Cash Balance ”), Interval Spinco shall make one or more payments to IAC as promptly as practicable after the Effective Time, but in no event more than [ninety (90)] days after the Effective Time, totaling an amount equal to the excess of the Interval Effective Time Cash Balance over the Interval Target Cash Balance.  In the event that, after review and reconciliation, the Interval Effective Time Cash Balance is less than the Interval Target Cash Balance, IAC shall make one or more payments to Interval Spinco as promptly as practicable after the Effective

 

33



 

Time, but in no event more than [ninety (90)] days after the Effective Time, totaling an amount equal to the excess of the Interval Target Cash Balance over the Interval Effective Time Cash Balance.  Notwithstanding Section 13.08, payments pursuant to this Section 4.04(b) shall not bear any interest.

 

(c)           In the event that, after review and reconciliation, the amount of cash and cash equivalents reflected in the bank statements of HSN Spinco and its subsidiaries as of the Effective Time plus the balance as of the Effective Time of any note or notes of any member of the IAC Group held by any member of the HSN Group less the balance as of the Effective Time of any note or notes of any member of the HSN Group held by any member of the IAC Group (the “ HSN Effective Time Cash Balance ”) is greater than $[•] (the “ HSN Target Cash Balance ”), HSN Spinco shall make one or more payments to IAC as promptly as practicable after the Effective Time, but in no event more than [ninety (90)] days after the Effective Time, totaling an amount equal to the excess of the HSN Effective Time Cash Balance over the HSN Target Cash Balance.  In the event that, after review and reconciliation, the HSN Effective Time Cash Balance is less than the HSN Target Cash Balance, IAC shall make one or more payments to HSN Spinco as promptly as practicable after the Effective Time, but in no event more than [ninety (90)] days after the Effective Time, totaling an amount equal to the excess of the HSN Target Cash Balance over the HSN Effective Time Cash Balance.  Notwithstanding Section 13.08, payments pursuant to this Section 4.04(c) shall not bear any interest.

 

(d)           In the event that, after review and reconciliation, the amount of cash and cash equivalents in the bank statements of Tree Spinco and its subsidiaries as of the Effective Time plus the balance as of the Effective Time of any note or notes of any member of the IAC Group held by any member of the Tree Group less the balance as of the Effective Time of any note or notes of any member of the Tree Group held by any member of the IAC Group (the “ Tree Effective Time Cash Balance ”) is greater than $[•] (the “ Tree Target Cash Balance ”), Tree Spinco shall make one or more payments to IAC as promptly as practicable after the Effective Time, but in no event more than [ninety (90)] days after the Effective Time, totaling an amount equal to the excess of the Tree Effective Time Cash Balance over the Tree Target Cash Balance.  In the event that, after review and reconciliation, the Tree Effective Time Cash Balance is less than the Tree Target Cash Balance, IAC shall make one or more payments to Tree Spinco as promptly as practicable after the Effective Time, but in no event more than [ninety (90)] days after the Effective Time, totaling an amount equal to the excess of the Tree Target Cash Balance over the Tree Effective Time Cash Balance.  Notwithstanding Section 13.08, payments pursuant to this Section 4.04(d) shall not bear any interest.

 

4.05.  Non-Solicitation .

 

(a)           IAC and each of the Spincos shall not, and each of them shall cause the other members of its respective Corresponding Group not to, from the applicable Distribution Date of a Spinco (the “ Subject Spinco ”) through and including the eighteen-month anniversary of such Distribution Date, without the prior written consent of the Subject Spinco, either directly or indirectly, on their own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit for employment or solicit, aid, induce or encourage any person who is an employee of the Subject Spinco’s respective Corresponding Group as of such Distribution Date to leave his or her employment.

 

34



 

(b)           No Spinco shall, and each of them shall cause the other members of its respective Corresponding Group not to, from the applicable Distribution Date of such Spinco through and including the eighteen-month anniversary of such Distribution Date, without the prior written consent of IAC, either directly or indirectly, on their own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit for employment or solicit, aid, induce or encourage any person who is an employee of IAC’s Corresponding Group as of such Distribution Date to leave his or her employment.

 

(c)           Nothing in this Section 4.06 shall be deemed to prohibit any general solicitation for employment through advertisements and search firms not specifically directed at employees of another Party, provided that the applicable Party has not encouraged or advised such firm to approach any such employee.

 

ARTICLE V
THE DISTRIBUTIONS

 

5.01.        Conditions to the Distributions .  (a) In addition to, and without in any way limiting, IAC’s rights under Section 12.1, completion of each Distribution is conditioned on:

 

(i)            the IAC Board not having determined that such Distribution is not in the best interests of IAC and its stockholders;

 

(ii)           the Registration Statements with respect to such Spinco’s common shares shall have been declared effective by the SEC or become effective under the Exchange Act, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or threatened by the SEC;

 

(iii)          the applicable Spinco Common Stock shall have been accepted for listing on NASDAQ, subject to compliance with applicable listing requirements;

 

(iv)          no Order or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of any of the Distributions, or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, including the transactions to effect the Separation, shall be threatened, pending or in effect;

 

(v)           any material Consents and Governmental Authorizations necessary to complete the Separation and the Distributions shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect;

 

(vi)          the stockholders of IAC shall have approved, in accordance with the DGCL, a merger agreement providing for the merger of a wholly-owned subsidiary of IAC with and into IAC pursuant to which all of the outstanding shares of preferred stock of IAC shall be converted into the right to receive cash;

 

(vii)         the IAC Board shall have received a written solvency opinion, in form and substance acceptable to the IAC Board, from Duff & Phelps regarding the

 

35



 

Separation, the Distributions and other transactions contemplated hereby, which opinion shall not have been withdrawn or modified;

 

(viii)        IAC shall have received an opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, in form and substance satisfactory to the IAC Board, regarding the qualification of the Distributions, as transactions that are generally tax free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code (to the extent such qualification is not addressed by an Internal Revenue Service private letter ruling (the “IRS Ruling”) received by IAC), which opinion (and, in the event IAC shall have received the IRS Ruling, the IRS Ruling) shall not have been withdrawn or modified;

 

(ix)           IAC shall have received opinions from its external tax advisors, in form and substance satisfactory to the IAC Board, regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to IAC of certain related matters and transactions (to the extent such matters are not addressed by the IRS Ruling) and certain state tax consequences to IAC of the spin-offs, which opinions shall not have been withdrawn or modified; and

 

(x)            IAC shall have received an opinion of Delaware counsel to IAC, in form and substance satisfactory to the IAC Board, to the effect that the Separation and the Distributions do not require approval of the stockholders of IAC under Section 271 of the DGCL.

 

(b)           The foregoing conditions  are for the sole benefit of IAC and shall not give rise to or create any duty on the part of IAC or the IAC Board to waive or not to waive such conditions or in any way limit IAC’s right to terminate this Agreement in whole or in part as set forth in Article XII or alter the consequences of any such termination from those specified in such Article XII.  Any determination made by IAC prior to the Separation and the Distributions concerning the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in this Section 5.01 shall be final and conclusive.

 

5.02.        Distribution of Spinco Common Stock .  (a) Prior to the Effective Time and in accordance with the Transactions Memo, each Spinco shall issue to IAC such additional shares of its Spinco Common Stock (or shall take or cause to be taken such other appropriate actions to ensure that IAC has the requisite number of shares of Spinco Common Stock) to cause the number of shares of such Spinco Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time to equal the product of (x) the sum of (i) the applicable IAC Record Date Share Number and (ii) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the exercise of outstanding IAC Stock Options or pursuant to the vesting of IAC Restricted Stock Units (as such terms are defined in the Employee Matters Agreement), in either case following the applicable Distribution Record Date and prior to the third Business Day immediately prior to the applicable Distribution Date (giving effect to any cashless exercise of IAC Stock Options or withholding of shares of IAC Common Stock to satisfy tax withholding obligations) (“ Post-Record Date IAC Shares ”) (y) the Corresponding Distribution Ratio.  The Corresponding Distribution Ratio with respect to any Spinco shall be appropriately adjusted in the event of any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event in respect of the IAC Common Stock and/or IAC Class B Common Stock following the date of this Agreement and prior to the Effective Time.

 

36



 

(b)           On the terms and subject to the conditions in this Agreement, with respect to each Distribution, IAC will cause the applicable distribution or transfer agent (the “ Agent ”) at the Effective Time to distribute all of the outstanding shares of the applicable Spinco Common Stock then owned by IAC to holders of IAC Common Stock and IAC Class B Common Stock as of the applicable Distribution Record Date and, in accordance with the Employee Matters Agreement, to holders of Post-Record Date IAC Shares, and to credit the number of such shares of Spinco Common Stock to book-entry accounts for each such holder or designated transferee or transferees of such holder of IAC Common Stock or IAC Class B Common Stock.  On the terms and subject to the conditions in this Agreement, each holder of IAC Common Stock or IAC Class B Common Stock on the applicable Distribution Record Date (or such holder’s designated transferee or transferees) will be entitled to receive in the applicable Distribution a fraction of a share of the applicable Spinco’s Spinco Common Stock equal to the applicable Distribution Ratio for each share of IAC Common Stock or IAC Class B Common Stock so held by such stockholder as of the applicable Distribution Record Date.  No action by any such stockholder shall be necessary for such stockholder (or such stockholder’s designated transferee or transferees) to receive the applicable number of shares of Spinco Common Stock (and, if applicable, cash in lieu of any fractional shares) that such stockholder is entitled to receive in the applicable Distribution.

 

5.03.        Fractional Shares .  With respect to each Distribution, IAC stockholders holding a number of shares of IAC Common Stock or IAC Class B Common Stock on the applicable Distribution Record Date which would entitle such stockholders to receive other than a whole number of shares of the applicable Spinco Common Stock in such Distribution, will receive cash in lieu of such fractional shares.  Fractional shares of Spinco Common Stock will not be distributed in any Distribution nor credited to book-entry accounts.  The Agent shall, as soon as practicable after the applicable Distribution Date:  (a) determine the number of whole shares and fractional shares of the applicable Spinco Common Stock to each holder of record as of close of business on the applicable Distribution Record Date, (b) aggregate all such fractional shares into whole shares and sell the whole shares obtained thereby in open market transactions as soon as practicable after the applicable Distribution Date, in each case, at then prevailing trading prices on behalf of holders who would otherwise be entitled to fractional share interests, and (c) distribute to each such holder, or for the benefit of each such beneficial owner, such holder or owner’s ratable share of the net proceeds of such sale, based upon the average gross selling price per share of applicable Spinco Common Stock, after making appropriate deductions for any amount required to be withheld for United States federal income tax purposes.  Each Spinco shall bear the cost of brokerage fees incurred in connection with the sales of fractional shares of its Spinco Common Stock, which sales shall occur as soon after the applicable Distribution Date as practicable and as determined by the Agent.  None of the Parties nor the Agent will guarantee any minimum sale price for fractional shares of Spinco Common Stock.  None of the Parties will pay any interest on the proceeds from the sale of fractional shares.  The Agent acting on behalf of the applicable Spinco will have the sole discretion to select the broker-dealers through which to sell the aggregated fractional shares and to determine when, how and at what price to sell such shares.  Neither the Agent nor the broker-dealers through which the aggregated fractional shares are sold will be Affiliates of IAC or the applicable Spinco.

 

5.04.        Actions in Connection with the Distributions .  (a) Each Spinco shall file such amendments and supplements to its respective Registration Statement as IAC may

 

37



 

reasonably request, and such amendments as may be necessary in order to cause the same to become and remain effective as required by Applicable Law, including filing such amendments and supplements to its respective Registration Statement as may be required by the SEC or federal, state or foreign securities laws.  IAC shall mail to the holders of IAC Common Stock and IAC Class B Common Stock, at such time on or prior to the applicable Distribution Date as IAC shall determine, the Prospectus forming a part of the applicable Registration Statement, as well as any other information concerning any of the Spincos, their business, operations and management, the Separation and such other matters as IAC shall reasonably determine are necessary and as may be required by Applicable Law.

 

(b)           Each of the Spincos shall also cooperate with IAC in preparing, filing with the SEC and causing to become effective registration statements or amendments thereof which are required to reflect the establishment of, or amendments to, any employee benefit and other plans necessary or appropriate in connection with the Separation or other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.  Promptly after receiving a request from IAC, to the extent requested, each of HSN Spinco, Interval Spinco, TM Spinco and Tree Spinco, as applicable, shall prepare and, in accordance with Applicable Law, file with the SEC any such documentation that IAC determines is necessary or desirable to effectuate the Distributions, and IAC, HSN Spinco, Interval Spinco, TM Spinco and Tree Spinco shall each use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary approvals from the SEC with respect thereto as soon as practicable.

 

(c)           Nothing in this Section 5.04 shall be deemed, by itself, to shift Liability for any portion of any Registration Statement or Prospectus to IAC.

 

(d)           In addition to the covenants of the Spincos provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, each Spinco covenants and agrees with, and in favor of, IAC that it shall (i) cooperate with IAC in connection with IAC’s performance of its obligations under the Liberty Spinco Agreement with respect to such Spinco to be performed by IAC prior to the Effective Time, (ii) enter into a Liberty Spinco Assumption Agreement and a Liberty Registration Rights Agreement as contemplated by the Liberty Spinco Agreement and (iii) indemnify and hold IAC and the other members of the IAC Group harmless from and against all Liabilities incurred by them in connection with, arising out of or resulting from such Spinco’s performance or failure to perform its obligations under such agreements following the Effective Time.

 

5.05.        Treatment of Integrated Warrant .  Immediately following the Effective Time:

 

(a)           the Old IAC Integrated Warrant shall by its terms, effective as of the Effective Time be adjusted (as so adjusted, the “ New IAC Integrated Warrant ), represent the right to receive upon due exercise (w) a number of shares of IAC Common Stock equal to the number of shares of IAC Common Stock subject to the Old IAC Integrated Warrant immediately prior the Effective Time (the “ Warrant Share Number ”); (x) a number of shares of common stock of Expedia, Inc. (or substitutions therefor) as set forth in that certain Separation Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2005, between IAC and Expedia, Inc.; (y) a number of shares of Spinco Common Stock (or substitutions therefor) of each Spinco, if any, the Distribution Date of which shall have occurred prior to such Effective Time; and (z) such number of shares of

 

38



 

Spinco Common Stock of each Spinco whose Distribution is effected at such Effective Time as a given holder of IAC Common Stock would be entitled at the Effective Time had such holder held, on the applicable Distribution Record Date, a number of shares of IAC Common Stock equal to the Warrant Share Number; and

 

(b)           the exercise price of the New IAC Integrated Warrant will not change.

 

ARTICLE VI
MUTUAL RELEASES; INDEMNIFICATION

 

6.01.        Release of Pre-Distribution Claims .  (a) Except as provided in Section 6.01(f), effective as of the Effective Time, TM Spinco does hereby, on behalf of itself and each other member of the TM Group, their respective Affiliates (other than any member of any other Group), successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been stockholders (other than any member of any other Group), directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the TM Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such) (the “ TM Releasors ”), unequivocally, unconditionally and irrevocably release and discharge each of the other Separate-cos, the other members of the other Groups, their respective Affiliates (other than any member of the TM Group), successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been stockholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of any other Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, trustees, administrators, successors and assigns (the “ Non-TM Parties ”), from any and all Actions, causes of action, choses in action, cases, claims, suits, debts, dues, damages, judgments and liabilities, of any nature whatsoever, in law, at equity or otherwise, whether direct, derivative or otherwise, which have been asserted against a Non-TM Party or which, whether currently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, fixed or contingent, and whether or not concealed or hidden, the TM Releasors ever could have asserted or ever could assert, in any capacity, whether as partner, employer, agent or otherwise, either for itself or as an assignee, heir, executor, trustee, administrator, successor or otherwise for or on behalf of any other Person, against the Non-TM Parties, relating to any claims or transactions or occurrences whatsoever, up to but excluding the Effective Time, including in connection with the transactions and all activities to implement the Separation and the Distributions (“ TM Claims ”); and the TM Releasors hereby unequivocally, unconditionally and irrevocably agree not to initiate proceedings with respect to, or institute, assert or threaten to assert, any TM Claim.

 

(b)           Except as provided in Section 6.01(f), effective as of the Effective Time, Interval Spinco does hereby, on behalf of itself and each other member of the Interval Group, their respective Affiliates (other than any member of any other Group), successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been stockholders (other than any member of any other Group), directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the Interval Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such) (the “ Interval Releasors ”), unequivocally, unconditionally and irrevocably release and discharge each of the other Separate-cos, the other members of the other Groups, their respective Affiliates (other than any member of the Interval Group), successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been stockholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of any other Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective

 

39



 

heirs, executors, trustees, administrators, successors and assigns (the “ Non-Interval Parties ”), from any and all Actions, causes of action, choses in action, cases, claims, suits, debts, dues, damages, judgments and liabilities, of any nature whatsoever, in law, at equity or otherwise, whether direct, derivative or otherwise, which have been asserted against a Non-Interval Party or which, whether currently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, fixed or contingent, and whether or not concealed or hidden, the Interval Releasors ever could have asserted or ever could assert, in any capacity, whether as partner, employer, agent or otherwise, either for itself or as an assignee, heir, executor, trustee, administrator, successor or otherwise for or on behalf of any other Person, against the Non-Interval Parties, relating to any claims or transactions or occurrences whatsoever, up to but excluding the Effective Time, including in connection with the transactions and all activities to implement the Separation and the Distributions (“ Interval Claims ”); and the Interval Releasors hereby unequivocally, unconditionally and irrevocably agree not to initiate proceedings with respect to, or institute, assert or threaten to assert, any Interval Claim.

 

(c)           Except as provided in Section 6.01(f), effective as of the Effective Time, HSN Spinco does hereby, on behalf of itself and each other member of the HSN Group, their respective Affiliates (other than any member of any other Group), successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been stockholders (other than any member of any other Group), directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the HSN Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such) (the “ HSN Releasors ”), unequivocally, unconditionally and irrevocably release and discharge each of the other Separate-cos, the other members of the other Groups, their respective Affiliates (other than any member of the HSN Group), successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been stockholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of any other Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, trustees, administrators, successors and assigns (the “ Non-HSN Parties ”), from any and all Actions, causes of action, choses in action, cases, claims, suits, debts, dues, damages, judgments and liabilities, of any nature whatsoever, in law, at equity or otherwise, whether direct, derivative or otherwise, which have been asserted against a Non-HSN Party or which, whether currently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, fixed or contingent, and whether or not concealed or hidden, the HSN Releasors ever could have asserted or ever could assert, in any capacity, whether as partner, employer, agent or otherwise, either for itself or as an assignee, heir, executor, trustee, administrator, successor or otherwise for or on behalf of any other Person, against the Non-HSN Parties, relating to any claims or transactions or occurrences whatsoever, up to but excluding the Effective Time, including in connection with the transactions and all activities to implement the Separation and the Distributions (“ HSN Claims ”); and the HSN Releasors hereby unequivocally, unconditionally and irrevocably agree not to initiate proceedings with respect to, or institute, assert or threaten to assert, any HSN Claim.

 

(d)           Except as provided in Section 6.01(f), effective as of the Effective Time, Tree Spinco does hereby, on behalf of itself and each other member of the Tree Group, their respective Affiliates (other than any member of any other Group), successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been stockholders (other than any member of any other Group), directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the Tree Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such) (the “Tree Releasors ”), unequivocally, unconditionally and irrevocably release and discharge each of the other Separate-cos, the other

 

40



 

members of the other Groups, their respective Affiliates (other than any member of the Tree Group), successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been stockholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of any other Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, trustees, administrators, successors and assigns (the “ Non-Tree Parties ”), from any and all Actions, causes of action, choses in action, cases, claims, suits, debts, dues, damages, judgments and liabilities, of any nature whatsoever, in law, at equity or otherwise, whether direct, derivative or otherwise, which have been asserted against a Non-LT Party or which, whether currently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, fixed or contingent, and whether or not concealed or hidden, the Tree Releasors ever could have asserted or ever could assert, in any capacity, whether as partner, employer, agent or otherwise, either for itself or as an assignee, heir, executor, trustee, administrator, successor or otherwise for or on behalf of any other Person, against the Non-LT Parties, relating to any claims or transactions or occurrences whatsoever, up to but excluding the Effective Time, including in connection with the transactions and all activities to implement the Separation and the Distributions (“ Tree Claims ”); and the Tree Releasors hereby unequivocally, unconditionally and irrevocably agree not to initiate proceedings with respect to, or institute, assert or threaten to assert, any Tree Claim.

 

(e)           Except as provided in Section 6.01(f), effective as of the Effective Time, IAC does hereby, on behalf of itself and each other member of the IAC Group, their respective Affiliates (other than any member of any Spinco Group), successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been stockholders, directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of the IAC Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such) (the “ IAC Releasors ”), unequivocally, unconditionally and irrevocably release and discharge each of the Spincos, the other members of the Spinco Groups, their respective Affiliates (other than any member of the IAC Group), successors and assigns, and all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been stockholders (other than any member of the IAC Group), directors, officers, agents or employees of any member of any Spinco Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, trustees, administrators, successors and assigns (the “ Non-IAC Parties ”), from any and all Actions, causes of action, choses in action, cases, claims, suits, debts, dues, damages, judgments and liabilities, of any nature whatsoever, in law, at equity or otherwise, whether direct, derivative or otherwise, which have been asserted against an Non-IAC Party or which, whether currently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, fixed or contingent, and whether or not concealed or hidden, the IAC Releasors ever could have asserted or ever could assert, in any capacity, whether as partner, employer, agent or otherwise, either for itself or as an assignee, heir, executor, trustee, administrator, successor or otherwise for or on behalf of any other Person, against the Non-IAC Parties, relating to any claims or transactions or occurrences whatsoever, up to but excluding the Effective Time including in connection with the transactions and all activities to implement the Separation and the Distributions (“ IAC Claims ”); and the IAC Releasors hereby unequivocally, unconditionally and irrevocably agree not to initiate proceedings with respect to, or institute, assert or threaten to assert, any IAC Claim.

 

(f)            Nothing contained in Section 6.01(a), 6.01(b), 6.01(c), 6.01(d) or 6.01(e) shall impair any right of any Person to enforce this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or, any agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding that is contemplated by Section 2.12 or any other agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding that is entered into after the

 

41


 

Effective Time among any member of any Group, on the one hand, and any member of any other Group, on the other hand, nor shall anything contained in those sections be interpreted as terminating as of the Effective Time any rights under any such agreements, contracts, commitments or understandings.  For purposes of clarification, nothing contained in Section 6.01(a), 6.01(b), 6.01(c), 6.01(d) or 6.01(e) shall release any Person from:

 

(i)            any Liability provided in or resulting from this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements;

 

(ii)           any Liability provided in or resulting from any agreement among any members of any Group that is contemplated by Section 2.13 (including for greater certainty, any Liability resulting or flowing from any breaches of such agreements that arose prior to the Effective Time);

 

(iii)          any Liability provided in or resulting from any other agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding that is entered into after the Effective Time between any member of any Group, on the one hand, and any member of any other Group, on the other hand;

 

(iv)          (A) with respect to each Spinco, any Corresponding Liability of such Spinco and (B) with respect to IAC, any Retained Liability;

 

(v)           any Liability that the Parties may have with respect to indemnification or contribution pursuant to Article III or Section 5.04(d) of this Agreement or this Article VI for Third Party Claims;

 

(vi)          any Liability for unpaid Intercompany Accounts; or

 

(vii)         any Liability the release of which would result in the release of any Person other than a Person released pursuant to this Section 6.01.

 

In addition, nothing contained in Section 6.01(a), 6.01(b),  6.01(c), 6.01(d) or 6.01(e) hereof shall release any Separate-co from honoring its existing obligations to indemnify any director, officer or employee of any Group who was a director, officer or employee of such Separate-co on or prior to the Effective Time, to the extent that such director, officer or employee becomes a named defendant in any litigation involving such Separate-co and was entitled to such indemnification pursuant to then existing obligations.

 

(g)           TM Spinco shall not make, and shall not permit any other member of the TM Group to make, any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification, against any other Separate-co or any member of any other Group or any other Person released pursuant to Section 6.01(a), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 6.01(a).

 

(h)           Interval Spinco shall not make, and shall not permit any other member of the Interval Group to make, any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification, against any other

 

42



 

Separate-co or any member of any other Group or any other Person released pursuant to Section 6.01(b), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 6.01(b).

 

(i)            HSN Spinco shall not make, and shall not permit any other member of the HSN Group to make, any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification, against any other Separate-co or any member of any other Group or any other Person released pursuant to Section 6.01(c), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 6.01(c).

 

(j)            Tree Spinco shall not make, and shall not permit any other member of the Tree Group to make, any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification, against any other Separate-co or any member of any other Group or any other Person released pursuant to Section 6.01(d), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 6.01(d).

 

(k)           IAC shall not make, and shall not permit any other member of the IAC Group to make, any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification, against any Spinco or any other member of any Spinco Group or any other Person released pursuant to Section 6.01(e), with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 6.01(e).

 

6.02.        Indemnification by Spincos .  Except as provided in Sections 6.04 and 6.05 and subject to Section 13.01, each Spinco shall, and shall cause the other members of its Corresponding Group to, fully indemnify, defend and hold harmless each other Separate-co, each other member of each other Group and each of their respective current and former directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, trustees, administrators, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, such Spinco’s “ Corresponding Other Separate-cos Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all Liabilities of its Corresponding Other Separate-cos Indemnified Parties relating to, arising out of or resulting from any of the following items (without duplication):

 

(a)           with respect to such Spinco, the Corresponding Business, any Corresponding Entity, any Corresponding Asset, any Corresponding Liability or, subject to Article III, any Deferred Spun Asset;

 

(b)           any breach of, or failure to perform or comply with, any covenant, undertaking or obligation of, this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements, by such Spinco or any other member of it Corresponding Group, subject to any limitation on liability set forth in any Ancillary Agreement for any such breach or failure to perform or comply with any covenant, undertaking or obligation under such Ancillary Agreement; and

 

(c)           any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent relating to such Spinco’s Corresponding Group or Corresponding Business contained in any Registration Statement or any other filings made with the SEC in connection with the Separation and the Distributions.

 

43



 

6.03.        Indemnification by IAC .  Except as provided in Sections 6.04 and 6.05 and subject to Section 13.01, IAC shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Spinco, each other member of each Spinco Group and each of their respective current and former directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, trustees, administrators, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Non-IAC Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all Liabilities of the Non-IAC Indemnified Parties relating to, arising out of or resulting from any of the following items (without duplication):

 

(a)           any Remaining IAC Business or any Retained Liability;

 

(b)           any breach of, or failure to perform or comply with, any covenant, undertaking or obligation of, this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements, by IAC or any other member of the IAC Group, subject to any limitation on liability set forth in any Ancillary Agreement for any such breach or failure to perform or comply with any covenant, undertaking or obligation under such Ancillary Agreement;

 

(c)           except to the extent set forth in Section 6.02(c), any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus forming a part thereof; and

 

(d)           any determination by a court of competent jurisdiction (whether or not in a final, non-appealable judgment) that any of the Spincos has any liability (whether direct or indirect) for the payment of the IAC Notes; it being understood that in the event of any such determination, IAC shall be entitled to elect either of the following options: (1) IAC shall make arrangements that are reasonably satisfactory to any such Spinco to provide assurance that IAC has the financial wherewithal to promptly satisfy the IAC Notes or (2) IAC shall repay, redeem, satisfy and discharge, or otherwise retire the IAC Notes; provided, that if such determination could reasonably be expected to result in a default under any of such Spinco’s indebtedness, then such Spinco shall be entitled to require IAC to exercise option (2) above.

 

6.04.        Procedures for Indemnification of Third Party Claims .  (a) All claims for indemnification relating to a Third Party Claim by any indemnified party (an “ Indemnified Party ”) hereunder shall be asserted and resolved as set forth in this Section 6.04.

 

(b)           In the event that any written claim or demand for which an indemnifying party (an “ Indemnifying Party ”) may have liability to any Indemnified Party hereunder, is asserted against or sought to be collected from any Indemnified Party by a Third Party (a “ Third Party Claim ”), such Indemnified Party shall promptly, but in no event more than ten (10) days following such Indemnified Party’s receipt of a Third Party Claim, notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of such Third Party Claim, the amount or the estimated amount of damages sought thereunder to the extent then ascertainable (which estimate shall not be conclusive of the final amount of such Third Party Claim), any other remedy sought thereunder, any relevant time constraints relating thereto and, to the extent practicable, and any other material details pertaining thereto (a “ Claim Notice ”); provided , however , that the failure to timely give a Claim Notice shall affect the rights of an Indemnified Party hereunder only to the extent that such failure has a material prejudicial effect on the defenses or other rights available to the

 

44



 

Indemnifying Party with respect to such Third Party Claim. The Indemnifying Party shall have thirty (30) days (or such lesser number of days set forth in the Claim Notice as may be required by court proceeding in the event of a litigated matter) after receipt of the Claim Notice (the “ Notice Period ”) to notify the Indemnified Party whether it desires to defend the Indemnified Party against such Third Party Claim; provided that in the event a Claim Notice in respect of indemnification sought pursuant to Section 6.02(c) so specifies, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to require the Indemnifying Party, and in such event the Indemnifying Party shall be required, to defend the Indemnified Party against such Third Party Claim at the Indemnifying Party’s expense.

 

(c)           In the event that the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party within the Notice Period that it desires to defend the Indemnified Party against a Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to defend the Indemnified Party by appropriate proceedings and shall have the sole power to direct and control such defense, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party at the Indemnifying Party’s expense.  Once the Indemnifying Party has duly assumed the defense of a Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to participate in any such defense and to employ separate counsel of its choosing.  The Indemnified Party shall participate in any such defense at its expense, provided that such expense shall be the responsibility of the Indemnifying Party if (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party are both named parties to the proceedings and the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them (in which case the Indemnifying Party shall not be responsible for expenses in respect of more than one counsel for the Indemnified Party in any single jurisdiction), or (ii) the Indemnified Party assumes the defense of a Third Party Claim after the Indemnifying Party has failed to diligently defend a Third Party Claim it has assumed the defense of, as provided in the first sentence of this Section 6.04(c).  The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, settle, compromise or offer to settle or compromise any Third Party Claim on a basis that would result in (i) the imposition of a consent order, injunction or decree that would restrict the future activity or conduct of the Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates, (ii) a finding or admission of a violation of Applicable Law or violation of the rights of any Person by the Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates or (iii) a finding or admission that would have an adverse effect on other claims made or threatened against the Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates.

 

(d)           If the Indemnifying Party (i) elects not to defend the Indemnified Party against a Third Party Claim, whether by not giving the Indemnified Party timely notice of its desire to so defend or otherwise or (ii) after assuming the defense of a Third Party Claim or after receiving a Claim Notice specified in the proviso to the last sentence of Section 6.04(b), fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently such Third Party Claim within ten (10) days after receiving written notice from the Indemnified Party to the effect that the Indemnifying Party has so failed, the Indemnified Party shall have the right but not the obligation to assume its own defense; it being understood that the Indemnified Party’s right to indemnification for a Third Party Claim shall not be adversely affected by assuming the defense of such Third Party Claim.  The Indemnified Party shall not settle a Third Party Claim without the consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

45



 

(e)           The Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall cooperate in order to ensure the proper and adequate defense of a Third Party Claim, including by providing access to each other’s relevant business records and other documents, and employees; it being understood that the reasonable costs and expenses of the Indemnified Party relating thereto shall be Liabilities, subject to indemnification.

 

(f)            The Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid production of confidential information (consistent with Applicable Law), and to cause all communications among employees, counsel and others representing any party to a Third Party Claim to be made so as to preserve any applicable attorney-client or work-product privileges.

 

6.05.        Procedures for Indemnification of Direct Claims .  Any claim for indemnification made directly by the Indemnified Party against the Indemnifying Party that does not result from a Third Party Claim shall be asserted by written notice from the Indemnified Party to the Indemnifying Party specifically claiming indemnification hereunder.  Such Indemnifying Party shall have a period of 45 days after the receipt of such notice within which to respond thereto.  If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such 45-day period, such Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have accepted responsibility to make payment and shall have no further right to contest the validity of such claim.  If such Indemnifying Party does respond within such 45-day period and rejects such claim in whole or in part, such Indemnified Party shall be free to pursue resolution as provided in Article IX.

 

6.06.        Adjustments to Liabilities .  (a)  If an Indemnified Party receives any payment from an Indemnifying Party in respect of any Liabilities and the Indemnified Party could have recovered all or a part of such Liabilities from a Third Party (a “ Potential Contributor ”) based on the underlying claim or demand asserted against such Indemnifying Party, such Indemnified Party shall, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, assign such of its rights to proceed against the Potential Contributor as are necessary to permit such Indemnifying Party to recover from the Potential Contributor the amount of such payment.

 

(b)           If notwithstanding Section 6.06(a) an Indemnified Party receives an amount from a Third Party in respect of a Liability that is the subject of indemnification hereunder after all or a portion of such Liability has been paid by an Indemnifying Party pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnified Party shall promptly remit to the Indemnifying Party the excess (if any) of (i) the amount paid by the Indemnifying Party in respect of such Liability, plus the amount received from the Third Party in respect thereof, over (ii) the full amount of the Liability.

 

(c)           An insurer who would otherwise be obligated to pay any claim shall not be relieved of the responsibility with respect thereto or, solely by virtue of the indemnification provisions hereof, have any subrogation rights with respect thereto, it being expressly understood and agreed that no insurer or any other Third Party shall be entitled to a “wind-fall” (i.e., a benefit they would not be entitled to receive in the absence of the indemnification provisions) by virtue of the indemnification provisions hereof.

 

46



 

6.07.        Payments .  The Indemnifying Party shall pay all amounts payable pursuant to this Article VI by wire transfer of immediately available funds, promptly following receipt from an Indemnified Party of a bill, together with all accompanying reasonably detailed backup documentation, for a Liability that is the subject of indemnification hereunder, unless the Indemnifying Party in good faith disputes the Liability, in which event it shall so notify the Indemnified Party.  In any event, the Indemnifying Party shall pay to the Indemnified Party, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, the amount of any Liability for which it is liable hereunder no later than three (3) days following any final determination of such Liability and the Indemnifying Party’s liability therefor.  A “final determination” shall exist when (a) the parties to the dispute have reached an agreement in writing, (b) a court of competent jurisdiction shall have entered a final and non-appealable order or judgment, or (c) an arbitration or like panel shall have rendered a final non-appealable determination with respect to disputes the parties have agreed to submit thereto.

 

6.08.        Contribution .  If the indemnification provided for in this Article VI shall, for any reason, be unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the Indemnified Party hereunder in respect of any Liability, then each Indemnifying Party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Liability, in such proportion as shall be sufficient to place the Indemnified Party in the same position as if such Indemnified Party were indemnified hereunder, the Parties intending that their respective contributions hereunder be as close as possible to the indemnification under Sections 6.02 and 6.03.  If the contribution provided for in the previous sentence shall, for any reason, be unavailable or insufficient to put the Indemnified Party in the same position as if it were indemnified under Section 6.02 or 6.03, as the case may be, then the Indemnifying Party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Liability, in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by and the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and the Indemnified Party on the other hand with respect to the matter giving rise to the Liability.

 

6.09.        Remedies Cumulative .  The remedies provided in this Article VI shall be cumulative and, subject to the provisions of Article IX, shall not preclude assertion by any Indemnified Party of any other rights or the seeking of any and all other remedies against any Indemnifying Party.

 

6.10.        Survival of Indemnities .  The rights and obligations of each of the Separate-cos and their respective Indemnified Parties under this Article VI shall survive the distribution, sale or other transfer by any Party of any Assets or the delegation or assignment by it of any Liabilities.

 

6.11.        Shared Liabilities .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement:

 

(a)           In order to facilitate the defense of any Shared Liability, the Parties agree that (i) the relevant Parties shall cooperate in the defense of any Shared Liability; (ii) each relevant Party shall be responsible for the costs of its own in-house counsel and other internal personnel in the defense of any Shared Liability; (iii) IAC shall be entitled to control the defense and/or settlement of any Shared Liability, although each relevant Spinco shall be entitled to

 

47



 

observe with counsel of its own selection and at its own expense; provided , however , that after the Effective Time IAC shall not settle all or any portion of any Shared Liability unless any remaining Liability of any Spinco and its Affiliates and their respective current and former officers and directors relating to the Shared Liability will be fully released as a result of such settlement.

 

(b)           The Parties agree to act in good faith and to use their reasonable best efforts to preserve and maximize the insurance benefits due to be provided under all policies of insurance and to cooperate with one another as necessary to permit each other to access or obtain the benefits under those policies; provided , however , that nothing hereunder shall be construed to prevent any party or any other Person from asserting claims for insurance benefits or accepting insurance benefits provided by the policies.  The Parties agree to exchange information upon reasonable request of the other Party regarding requests that they have made for insurance benefits, notices of claims, occurrences and circumstances that they have submitted to the insurance companies or other entities managing the policies, responses they have received from those insurance companies or entities, including any payments they have received from the insurance companies and any agreements by the insurance companies to make payments, and any other information that the Parties may need to determine the status of the insurance policies and the continued availability of benefits thereunder.

 

(c)           If any Party receives notice or otherwise learns of the assertion by any person or entity (including a Governmental Authority) of a Shared Liability, that Party shall give the other Parties written notice of such Shared Liability, providing notice of such Shared Liability in reasonable detail.  The failure to give notice under this subsection shall not relieve any Party of its Liability for any Shared Liability except to the extent the Party is actually prejudiced by the failure to give such notice.  The Parties shall be deemed to be on notice of any Shared Liability pending prior to the Effective Time.

 

ARTICLE VII
INSURANCE

 

7.01.        Insurance Matters .  (a)  Each Spinco does hereby, for itself and each other member of its Corresponding Group, agree that no member of the IAC Group or any IAC Indemnified Party shall have any liability whatsoever as a result of the insurance policies and practices of IAC and its Affiliates as in effect at any time prior to the Effective Time, including as a result of the level or scope of any such insurance, the creditworthiness of any insurance carrier, the terms and conditions of any policy, the adequacy or timeliness of any notice to any insurance carrier with respect to any claim or potential claim or otherwise; provided this Section 7.01(a) shall not negate IAC’s agreement under Section 7.01(b).

 

(b)           IAC agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to cause the interest and rights of each Spinco and the other members of its Corresponding Group as of the Relevant Time as insureds or beneficiaries or in any other capacity under occurrence-based insurance policies and programs (and under claims-made policies and programs to the extent a claim has been submitted prior to the Relevant Time) of IAC or any other member of the IAC Group in respect of periods prior to the Relevant Time to survive the Relevant Time for the period for which such interests and rights would have survived without regard to the transactions contemplated hereby

 

48



 

to the extent permitted by such policies, and IAC shall continue to administer such policies and programs on behalf of the relevant Spincos and the other relevant members of the Spinco Groups, subject to such Spinco’s reimbursement to IAC and the other relevant members of the IAC Group for the actual out-of-pocket costs of such ongoing administration and the internal costs (based on the proportion of the amount of time actually spent on such matter to such employee’s normal working time) of any employee or agent of IAC of any other relevant member of the IAC Group who will be required to spend at least ten percent of his or her normal working time over any ten (10) Business Days working with respect to any such matter on behalf of a Spinco or any member of its Corresponding Group.  Any proceeds received by IAC or any other member of the IAC Group after the Relevant Time under such policies and programs in respect of a Spinco or other members of its Corresponding Group shall be for the benefit of such Spinco and such other members.

 

(c)           This Agreement is not intended as an attempted assignment of any policy of insurance or as a contract of insurance and shall not be construed to waive any right or remedy of any member of the IAC Group in respect of any insurance policy or any other contract or policy of insurance.

 

(d)           Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to restrict any member of any Spinco Group from acquiring at its own expense any other insurance policy in respect of any Liabilities or covering any period.

 

ARTICLE VIII
EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION; CONFIDENTIALITY

 

8.01.        Agreement for Exchange of Information; Archives .  (a)  Without limiting any rights or obligations under any Ancillary Agreement between the Parties and/or any other member of their respective Groups relating to confidentiality, each Party agrees to provide, and to cause its Representatives, its Group members and its respective Group members’ Representatives to provide, to the other Groups and any member thereof (a “ Requesting Party ”), at any time before, on or after the Effective Time, subject to the provisions of Section 8.04 and as soon as reasonably practicable after written request therefor, any Information within the possession or under the control of such Party or one of such Persons which the Requesting Party reasonably needs (i) to comply with reporting, disclosure, filing or other requirements imposed on the Requesting Party (including under applicable securities laws) by a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Requesting Party, (ii) for use in any other judicial, regulatory, administrative or other proceeding or in order to satisfy audit, accounting, claims, regulatory, litigation or similar requirements of the Requesting Party, in each case other than claims or allegations that one Party to this Agreement or any of its Group members has or brings against the other Party or any of its Group members, or (iii) subject to the foregoing clause (ii) above, to comply with its obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement; provided , however , that in the event that any Party determines that any such provision of Information could be commercially detrimental, violate any Applicable Law or agreement, or waive any attorney-client privilege, the Parties shall take all reasonable measures to permit the compliance with such obligations in a manner that avoids any such harm or consequence.  More particularly, and without limitation to the generality of the foregoing sentence, the Parties agree

 

49



 

that the provisions of the Tax Sharing Agreement shall govern with respect to the sharing of Information relating to Tax.

 

(b)           After the Effective Time, each Spinco and the other members of its Spinco Group shall have access during regular business hours (as in effect from time to time), and upon reasonable advance notice, to the documents and objects of historical significance that relate to the Spun Businesses, the Spun Assets or the Spun Entities with respect to such Spinco and that are located in archives retained or maintained by (i) IAC or any other member of the IAC Group or (ii) by another Spinco or any other member of another Spinco Group.  Each Spinco and the other members of its Spinco Group may obtain copies (but not originals) of documents for bona fide business purposes and may obtain objects for exhibition purposes for commercially reasonable periods of time if required for bona fide business purposes, provided that (i) such Spinco shall cause any such objects to be returned promptly, at such Spinco’s expense, in the same condition in which they were delivered to such Spinco or to any member of its Spinco Group and (ii) such Spinco and the other members of its Spinco Group shall comply with any rules, procedures or other requirements, and shall be subject to any restrictions (including prohibitions on removal of specified objects), that are then applicable to such other Separate-co or such other member of such other Separate-co’s Group.  In any event, the foregoing shall not be deemed to restrict the access of IAC or any other member of the IAC Group to any such documents or objects.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to impose any Liability on IAC or any other member of the IAC Group if documents or objects referred to in this Section 9.01 are not maintained or preserved by IAC or any other member of the IAC Group.  Alternatively, IAC, acting reasonably, may request from any Spinco and any other member of such Spinco’s Group that they provide IAC with reasonable advance notice, with a list of the requested Information that relates to the relevant Spun Businesses, the Spun Assets or the Spun Entities and IAC shall use, and shall cause the other members of the IAC Group that are in possession of the Information requested to use, commercially reasonable efforts to locate all requested Information that is owned or possessed by IAC or any of its Group members or Representatives.  IAC will make available all such Information for inspection by the relevant Spincos or any other relevant member of any Spinco Group during normal business hours at the place of business reasonably designated by IAC.  Subject to such confidentiality or security obligations as IAC or the other relevant members of its Group may reasonably deem necessary, the Spincos and the other relevant members of the Spinco Groups may have all requested Information duplicated.  Alternatively, IAC or the other relevant members of the IAC Group may choose to deliver to a Spinco, at such Spinco’s expense, all requested Information in the form reasonably requested by such Spinco or any other member of its Group.  At IAC’s request, such Spinco shall cause such Information when no longer needed to be returned to IAC at such Spinco’s expense.

 

(c)           With respect to the other Spinco Groups and the IAC Group, each Spinco shall make available and shall cause its Corresponding Group to make available to the other Spinco Groups and the IAC Group at least the level of access provided by the IAC Group under Section 8.01(b) to all Spinco Groups.

 

8.02.        Ownership of Information .  Any Information owned by a Party or any of its Group members and that is provided to a Requesting Party pursuant to Section 8.01 shall be deemed to remain the property of the providing party.  Unless specifically set forth herein or in

 

50



 

any Ancillary Agreement, nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as granting or conferring rights of license or otherwise in any such Information.

 

8.03.        Compensation for Providing Information .  The Party requesting Information agrees to reimburse the providing Party for the reasonable costs, if any, of creating, gathering and copying such Information, to the extent that such costs are incurred for the benefit of the Requesting Party.  Except as may be otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement, in the Ancillary Agreements, or in any other agreement between the Parties, such costs shall be computed in accordance with the providing Party’s standard methodology and procedures.

 

8.04.        Record Retention .  To facilitate the possible exchange of Information pursuant to this Article VIII and other provisions of this Agreement after the Effective Time, the Parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to retain, and to cause the members of their respective Group to retain, all Information in their respective possession or control at the Effective Time in accordance with the policies of the IAC Group as in effect at the Effective Time or such other policies as may be reasonably adopted by the appropriate Party after the Effective Time.  No Party will destroy, or permit any member of its Group to destroy, any Information which another Party or any member of its Group may have the right to obtain pursuant to this Agreement prior to the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Effective Time without first using commercially reasonable efforts to notify such other Party of the proposed destruction and giving such other Party the opportunity to take possession of such Information prior to such destruction.

 

8.05.        Other Agreements Providing for Exchange of Information .  The rights and obligations granted or created under this Article VIII are subject to any specific limitations, qualifications or additional provisions on the sharing, exchange, retention or confidential treatment of Information set forth in any Ancillary Agreement.

 

8.06.        Production of Witnesses; Records; Cooperation .  (a)  After the Effective Time, but only with respect to a Third Party Claim, each Party hereto shall use commercially reasonable efforts to, and shall cause the other relevant members of its Group to use commercially reasonable efforts to, make available to a requesting Party or any member of the Group to which such Requesting Party belongs, upon written request, its then former and current Representatives (and the former and current Representatives of its respective Group members) as witnesses and any books, records or other documents within its control (or that of its respective Group members) or which it (or its respective Group members) otherwise has the ability to make available, to the extent that any such person (giving consideration to business demands of such Representatives) or books, records or other documents may reasonably be required in connection with any Action in which the Requesting Party may from time to time be involved, regardless of whether such Action is a matter with respect to which indemnification may be sought hereunder. The Requesting Party shall bear all costs and expenses in connection therewith.

 

(b)           If a Party, being entitled to do so under this Agreement, chooses to defend or to seek to settle or compromise any Third Party Claim, the other relevant Party or Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make available to such Party, upon written request, its or their then former and current Representatives and those of its or their respective Group members

 

51



 

as witnesses and any books, records or other documents within its or their control (or that of its or their respective Group members) or which it or they (or its or their respective Group members) otherwise has or have the ability to make available, to the extent that any such Person (giving consideration to business demands of such Representatives) or books, records or other documents may reasonably be required in connection with such defense, settlement or compromise, as the case may be, and shall otherwise cooperate in such defense, settlement or compromise, as the case may be.

 

(c)           Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties shall cooperate and consult, and shall cause their respective Group members to cooperate and consult, to the extent reasonably necessary with respect to any Actions (except in the case of an Action by one Party against another).

 

(d)           The obligation of the Parties to provide witnesses pursuant to this Section 8.06 is intended to be interpreted in a manner so as to facilitate cooperation and shall include the obligation to provide as witnesses inventors and other employees without regard to whether the witness or the employer of the witness could assert a possible business conflict (subject to the limitation set forth in the first sentence of Section 8.06(a) regarding Third Party Claims).

 

(e)           In connection with any matter contemplated by this Section 8.06, the relevant Parties will enter into, and shall cause all other relevant members of their respective Groups to enter into, a mutually acceptable joint defense agreement so as to maintain to the extent practicable any applicable attorney-client privilege or work-product privileges of any member of any Group.

 

8.07.        Confidentiality .  (a)  Subject to Section 8.08, each Separate-co shall hold, and shall cause its respective Group members and its respective Affiliates (whether now an Affiliate or hereafter becoming an Affiliate) and its Representatives to hold, in strict confidence, with at least the same degree of care that applies to IAC’s confidential and proprietary Information pursuant to policies in effect as of the Effective Time, all confidential and proprietary Information concerning another Group (or any member thereof) that is either in such Separate-co’s possession (including Information in its possession prior to the date hereof) or furnished by any other Group (or any member thereof) or by any of such other Group’s Affiliates (whether now an Affiliate or hereafter becoming an Affiliate) or their respective Representatives at any time pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (any such Information referred to herein as “ Confidential Information ”), and shall not use, and shall cause its respective Group members, Affiliates and Representatives not to use, any such Confidential Information other than for such purposes as shall be expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include Information that is or was (i) in the public domain other than by the breach of this Agreement or by breach of any other agreement relating to confidentiality between or among the relevant Parties and/or their respective Group members, their respective Affiliates or Representatives, (ii) lawfully acquired by such disclosing Party (or any member of the Group to which such Party belongs or any of such Party’s Affiliates) from a Third Party not bound by a confidentiality obligation, or (iii) independently generated or developed by Persons who do not have access to, or descriptions of, any such confidential or

 

52



 

proprietary Information of the other Parties (or any member of the Group to which such other Party belongs).

 

(b)           Each Party shall maintain, and shall cause its respective Group members to maintain, policies and procedures, and develop such further policies and procedures as will from time to time become necessary or appropriate, to ensure compliance with Section 8.07(a).

 

(c)           Each Party agrees not to release or disclose, or permit to be released or disclosed, any Confidential Information to any other Person, except its Representatives who need to know such Confidential Information (who shall be advised of their obligations hereunder with respect to such Confidential Information), except in compliance with Section 8.08.  Without limiting the foregoing, when any Information furnished by another Party after the Effective Time pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement is no longer needed for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, such Party will promptly, after request of the furnishing Party and at the election of the Party receiving such request, destroy or return to the furnishing Party all such Information in a printed or otherwise tangible form (including all copies thereof and all notes, extracts or summaries based thereon), and destroy all Information in an electronic or otherwise intangible form and certify to the furnishing Party that it has destroyed such Information (and such copies thereof and such notes, extracts or summaries based thereon). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties agree that to the extent some Information to be destroyed or returned is retained as data or records for the purpose of business continuity planning or is otherwise not accessible in the Ordinary Course of Business, such data or records shall be destroyed in the Ordinary Course of Business in accordance, if applicable, with the business continuity plan of the applicable Party.

 

8.08.        Protective Arrangements .  In the event that any Party or any member of its Group or any Affiliate of such Party or any of their respective Representatives either determines that it is required to disclose any Confidential Information (the “ Disclosing Party ”) pursuant to Applicable Law or receives any demand under lawful process or from any Governmental Authority to disclose or provide Confidential Information of another Party (or any member of the Group to which such other Party belongs) (the “ Providing Party ”), the Disclosing Party shall, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, promptly notify the Providing Party prior to the Disclosing Party disclosing or providing such Confidential Information and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Providing Party so that the Providing Party may seek any reasonable protective arrangements or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with this Section 8.08.  All expenses reasonably incurred by the Disclosing Party in seeking a protective order or other remedy will be borne by the Providing Party.  Subject to the foregoing, the Disclosing Party may thereafter disclose or provide such Confidential Information to the extent (but only to the extent) required by such Applicable Law (as so advised by legal counsel) or by lawful process or by such Governmental Authority and shall promptly provide the Providing Party with a copy of the Confidential Information so disclosed, in the same form and format as disclosed, together with a list of all Persons to whom such Confidential Information was disclosed.

 

8.09.        Disclosure of Third Party Information .  Each Spinco acknowledges that it and the other members of its respective Group may have in its or their possession confidential or proprietary Information of Third Parties that was received under confidentiality or non-disclosure

 

53



 

agreements with such Third Party while it or they were part of the IAC Group.  Each Spinco will hold, and will cause the other members of its Group and its and their respective Representatives to hold, in strict confidence the confidential and proprietary Information of Third Parties to which such Spinco or any other member of its respective Group has access, in accordance with the terms of any agreements entered into prior to the Effective Time between one or more members of another  Group (whether acting through, on behalf of, or in connection with, the Spun Businesses) and such Third Parties.

 

ARTICLE IX
DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

9.01.        Interpretation; Agreement to Resolve Disputes .

 

(a)           In the event of any ambiguous provision in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, or any inconsistency or conflict between or among the provisions of this Agreement and one or more Ancillary Agreements or between or among the provisions of the Ancillary Agreements, IAC’s interpretation of such ambiguity or resolution of such inconsistency or conflict shall be final and binding unless such interpretation or resolution is unreasonable or clearly erroneous; it being understood and agreed that the reasonableness of an interpretation or resolution shall be assessed without regard to whether such interpretation or resolution happens to be in IAC’s self-interest.

 

(b)           Except as otherwise specifically provided in any Ancillary Agreement, the procedures for discussion, negotiation and dispute resolution set forth in this Article IX shall apply to all disputes, controversies or claims (whether sounding in contract, tort or otherwise) that may arise out of or relate to, or arise under or in connection with this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including all actions taken in furtherance of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby on or prior to the date hereof), or the commercial or economic relationship of the Parties relating hereto or thereto, between or among any member of any Group on the one hand and any other Group on the other hand.  Each Party agrees on behalf of itself and each member of its respective Group that the procedures set forth in this Article IX shall be the sole and exclusive procedures in connection with any dispute, controversy or claim relating to any of the foregoing matters and irrevocably waives any right to commence any Action in or before any Governmental Authority, except as otherwise required by Applicable Law.

 

9.02.        Dispute Resolution; Mediation .  (a)  Any Party (a “ Claimant Party ”) may commence the dispute resolution process of this Section 9.02 by giving the other Party or Parties with whom there is such a controversy, claim or dispute written notice (a “ Dispute Notice ”) of any controversy, claim or dispute of whatever nature arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach, termination, enforceability or validity thereof (a “ Dispute ”) which has not been resolved in the normal course of business.  The relevant Parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any Dispute by negotiation among executives of such Parties (“ Senior Party Representatives ”) who have authority to settle the Dispute and who are at a higher level of management than the persons who have direct responsibility for the administration of this Agreement.  Within 15 days after delivery of the Dispute Notice, the receiving Party or Parties (the “ Responding Parties ” and, together with the Claimant Party, the “ Dispute Parties ”) shall

 

54



 

submit to the other Dispute Party or Parties a written response (the “ Response ”).  The Dispute Notice and the Response shall include (i) a statement setting forth the position of the Dispute Party giving such notice and a summary of arguments supporting such position and (ii) the name and title of such Dispute Party’s Senior Party Representative and any other persons who will accompany the Senior Party Representative at the meeting at which the Dispute Parties will attempt to settle the Dispute.  Within 30 days after the delivery of the Dispute Notice, the Senior Party Representatives of the Dispute Parties shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and place, and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary, to attempt to resolve the Dispute.  The Dispute Parties shall cooperate in good faith with respect to any reasonable requests for exchanges of information regarding the Dispute or a Response thereto.

 

(b)           If the Dispute has not been resolved within 60 days after delivery of the Dispute Notice, or if the Dispute Parties fail to meet within 30 days after delivery of the Dispute Notice as hereinabove provided, the Dispute Parties shall make a good faith attempt to settle the Dispute by mediation pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.02 before resorting to arbitration contemplated by Section 9.03 or any other dispute resolution procedure that may be agreed by the Dispute Parties.

 

(c)           All negotiations, conferences and discussions pursuant to this Section 9.02 shall be confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations.  Nothing said or disclosed, nor any document produced, in the course of such negotiations, conferences and discussions that is not otherwise independently discoverable shall be offered or received as evidence or used for impeachment or for any other purpose in any current or future arbitration.

 

(d)           Unless the Dispute Parties agree otherwise, the mediation shall be conducted in accordance with the CPR Institute for Dispute Resolution Model Procedure for Mediation of Business Disputes in effect on the date of this Agreement by a mediator selected by the Dispute Parties.

 

(e)           Within 30 days after the mediator has been selected as provided above, all Dispute Parties and their respective attorneys shall meet with the mediator for one mediation session of at least four hours, it being agreed that each representative of a Dispute Party attending such mediation session shall be a Senior Party Representative with authority to settle the Dispute.  If the Dispute cannot be settled at such mediation session or at any mutually agreed continuation thereof, any of the Dispute Parties may give the other and the mediator a written notice declaring the mediation process at an end.

 

9.03.        Arbitration .  If the Dispute has not been resolved by the dispute resolution process described in Section 9.02, the Dispute Parties agree that any such Dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration before the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) in Wilmington, Delaware pursuant to the Commercial Rules of the AAA.  Any arbitrator(s) selected to resolve the Dispute shall be bound exclusively by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its choice of law rules.  Any decisions of award of the arbitrator(s) will be final and binding upon the Dispute Parties and may be entered as a judgment by the Dispute Parties hereto.  Any rights to appeal or review such award by any court or tribunal are hereby waived to the extent permitted by law.

 

55



 

9.04.        Costs .  The costs of any mediation or arbitration pursuant to this Article IX shall be shared equally among the Dispute Parties.

 

9.05.        Continuity of Service and Performance .  Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Dispute Parties will continue to provide service and honor all other commitments under this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement during the course of dispute resolution pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX with respect to all matters not subject to such dispute, controversy or claim.

 

ARTICLE X
FURTHER ASSURANCES

 

10.01.      Further Assurances .  (a)  Except as provided in Section 12.01, each Party covenants with and in favor of the other Parties as follows:

 

(i)            prior to, on and after the Effective Time, each Party hereto shall, and shall cause the other relevant members of its Group to, cooperate with the other Parties, and without any further consideration, but at the expense of the requesting Party, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, or use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be executed and delivered, all instruments, assurances or documents, including instruments of conveyance, assignments and transfers, and to make all filings with, and to obtain all consents, approvals or authorizations of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person under any permit, license, agreement, indenture or other instrument (including any Consents or Governmental Authorizations), and to take all such other actions as such Party may reasonably be requested to take by the requesting Party (or any member of its Group) from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, in order to give effect to the provisions, obligations and purposes of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the transfers of the Spun Businesses and of the Spun Assets and the assignment and assumption of the Spun Liabilities and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; and

 

(ii)           to the extent that IAC or any Spinco discovers at any time following the Effective Time any Asset that was intended to be transferred to any Separate-co or any other member of another Spinco Group pursuant to this Agreement was not so transferred at the Effective Time, IAC and the Spincos shall, or shall cause the other relevant members of their Corresponding Groups to promptly, assign and transfer to such Separate-co or another member of such Separate-co’s Group reasonably designated by such Separate-co such Asset and all right, title and interest therein in a manner and on the terms consistent with the relevant provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 2.17(b).  Similarly, to the extent that IAC or any Spinco discovers at any time following the Effective Time any Asset that was intended to be retained by IAC or any other member of the IAC Group was not so retained at the Effective Time, the relevant Spinco shall, or shall cause the other relevant members of its Group to promptly to, assign and transfer to IAC or any other member of the IAC Group reasonably designated by IAC such Asset and all right, title and interest therein in a manner and on the terms consistent with the relevant provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 2.17(b).  For the avoidance of doubt, the transfer of any Assets under

 

56


 

this paragraph (a) shall be effected without any additional consideration by any Party hereunder (such deferred transfers being referred to as “ Deferred Transactions ”).

 

(b)           On or prior to the Effective Time, each of the Separate-cos, in their respective capacities as direct and indirect parent companies of the members of their respective Groups, shall each approve or ratify any actions of the members of their respective Groups as may be necessary or desirable to give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

 

(c)           Prior to the Effective Time, if a Party identifies any commercial or other service that is needed to assure a smooth and orderly transition of the businesses in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and that is not otherwise governed by the provisions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, the relevant Parties will cooperate in determining whether there is a mutually acceptable arms’ length basis on which the such Party can provide such service.

 

ARTICLE XI
CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

 

11.01.      Auditors and Audits; Annual and Quarterly Financial Statements and Accounting .  Each Party agrees that during the one hundred and eighty (180) days following the Effective Time and in any event solely with respect to the preparation and audit of each of IAC’s and each Spinco’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008, the printing, filing and public dissemination of such financial statements, the audit of IAC’s internal control over financial reporting and management’s assessment thereof and management’s assessment of IAC’s disclosure controls and procedures, in each case made as of December 31, 2008:

 

(a)           Date of Spinco Auditors’ Opinions .  Each Spinco shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enable such Spinco’s auditors (in each case, such auditors, the “ Spinco Auditor ”) to complete their audit such that they will date their opinion on such Spinco’s audited annual financial statements on the same date that the IAC’s auditors (the “ IAC Auditor ”) date their opinion on IAC’s audited annual financial statements (except to the extent an earlier date is necessary to comply with SEC rules), and to enable IAC to meet its timetable for the printing, filing and public dissemination of IAC’s annual financial statements.

 

(b)           Annual Financial Statements .  Each (i) Separate-co shall provide to the other Separate-cos on a timely basis all Information reasonably required to meet such Separate-co’s schedule for the preparation, printing, filing, and public dissemination of its annual financial statements and for management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures in accordance with Item 307 of Regulation S-K and (ii) each Spinco shall provide to the IAC on a timely basis all Information reasonably required to meet IAC’s schedule for  its report on internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Item308 of Regulation S-K and its auditor’s audit of its internal control over financial reporting and management’s assessment thereof in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the SEC’s and Public Company Accounting Oversight Board’s rules and auditing standards thereunder (such assessments and audit being referred to as the “ 2008 Internal Control Audit and Management Assessments ”).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Separate-co

 

57



 

will provide all required financial and other Information with respect to such Separate-co and its Subsidiaries to its respective auditors in a sufficient and reasonable time and in sufficient detail to permit its respective auditors to take all steps and perform all reviews necessary to provide sufficient assistance to the IAC Auditor and each other Spinco Auditor with respect to respective Information to be included or contained in the annual financial statements of such other Separate-co and to permit the IAC Auditor and IAC’s management to all complete the 2008 Internal Control Audit and Management Assessments.

 

(c)           Access to Personnel and Books and Records .

 

(i)            Each Spinco (an “ Authorizing Spinco ”) shall authorize its respective Spinco Auditor (the “ Authorized Auditor ”) to make available to each of the IAC Auditor and the Spinco Auditor of each other Spinco both the personnel who performed or are performing the annual audits of the Authorizing Spinco and work papers related to the annual audits of the Authorizing Spinco, in all cases within a reasonable time prior to the Authorized Auditor’s opinion date, so that (A) the IAC Auditor is able to perform the procedures it considers necessary to take responsibility for the work of the Authorized Auditor as it relates to the IAC Auditor’s report on IAC’s financial statements, all within sufficient time to enable IAC to meet its timetable for the printing, filing and public dissemination of IAC’s annual financial statements; and (B) each such other Spinco Auditor is able to perform the procedures it considers necessary to take responsibility for the work of the Authorized Auditor as it relates to the relevant Spinco Auditor’s report on such Spinco’s financial statements, all within sufficient time to enable such Spinco to meet its timetable for the printing, filing and public dissemination of such Spinco’s annual financial statements.

 

(ii)           IAC shall authorize the IAC Auditor to make available to each Spinco Auditor both the personnel who performed or are performing the annual audits of IAC and work papers related to the annual audits of IAC, in all cases within a reasonable time prior to the IAC Auditor’s opinion date, so that each Spinco Auditor is able to perform the procedures it considers necessary to take responsibility for the work of the IAC Auditor as it relates to such Spinco Auditor’s report on the relevant Spinco’s financial statements, all within sufficient time to enable such Spinco to meet its timetable for the printing, filing and public dissemination of such Spinco’s annual financial statements.

 

(iii)          Each Spinco shall make available to the IAC Auditor and IAC’s management such Spinco’s personnel and such Spinco’s books and records in a reasonable time prior to the IAC Auditor’s opinion date and IAC’s management’s assessment date so that the IAC Auditor and IAC’s management are able to perform the procedures they consider necessary to conduct the 2008 Internal Control Audit and Management Assessments.

 

(d)           Spinco Annual Reports .  Each Spinco will deliver to IAC a substantially final draft, as soon as the same is prepared, of the first report to be filed with the SEC that includes such Spinco’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008 (such Spinco’s “ Corresponding Annual Report ”); provided , however , that a Spinco may continue to

 

58



 

revise such Corresponding Annual Report prior to the filing thereof, which changes will be delivered to IAC as soon as reasonably practicable; provided , further , that the respective personnel of IAC and each Spinco will actively consult with each other regarding any changes which a Spinco may consider making to its Corresponding Annual Report and related disclosures prior to the anticipated filing with the SEC, with particular focus on any changes which would have an effect upon IAC’s financial statements or related disclosures.

 

Nothing in this Section 11.01 shall require any Party to violate any agreement with any Third Party regarding the confidentiality of confidential and proprietary Information relating to that Third Party or its business; provided , however , that in the event that a Party is required under this Section 11.01 to disclose any such Information, such Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to seek to obtain such Third Party Consent to the disclosure of such Information.

 

ARTICLE XII
SOLE DISCRETION OF IAC; TERMINATION

 

12.01.      Sole Discretion of IAC .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, until the occurrence of the applicable Relevant Time, IAC shall have the sole and absolute discretion:

 

(a)           to determine whether to proceed with all or any part of the Separation, including any Separation Transaction, or any or all of the Distributions, and to determine the timing of and any and all conditions to the completion of the Separation and the Distributions or any part thereof or of any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement; and

 

(b)           to amend or otherwise change, delete or supplement, from time to time, any term or element of the Separation, including any Separation Transaction, or any or all of the Distributions or any other transaction contemplated  by this Agreement.

 

12.02.      Termination .  (a)  This Agreement and all Ancillary Agreements may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby may be amended, supplemented, modified or abandoned in any respect at any time prior to the Effective Time of the first Distribution to occur, by and in the sole and absolute discretion of IAC without the approval of any Spinco or of the stockholders of IAC.  In the event of such termination, no Party shall have any liability of any kind to any other Party or any other Person.

 

(b)           After the Effective Time of the first Distribution to occur, this Agreement may not be terminated to the extent the rights and obligations provided for hereunder are between and among IAC and those Spincos the Distribution of which shall have previously occurred except by an agreement in writing signed by the relevant Parties; provided , that IAC in its sole discretion may abandon one or more of the Distributions the Distribution date of which shall not yet have occurred and, by notice to the other Spincos, shall have the right to terminate (subject to the last sentence of Section 1.04(b)) this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to the extent of the rights and obligations provided between the Spinco(s) the Distribution of which shall have been abandoned and the Spincos the Distribution of which shall have previously occurred.

 

59



 

ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.01.      Limitation of Liability .  In no event shall any member of any Group be liable to any member of any other Group for any special, consequential, indirect, collateral, incidental or punitive damages or lost profits or failure to realize expected savings or other commercial or economic loss of any kind, however caused and on any theory of liability (including negligence) arising in any way out of this Agreement, whether or not such Person has been advised of the possibility of any such damages; provided , however , that the foregoing limitations shall not limit any Party’s indemnification obligations for Liabilities with respect to Third Party Claims as set forth in Article VI.  The provisions of Article IX shall be the Parties’ sole recourse for any breach hereof or any breach of the Ancillary Agreements.

 

13.02.      Counterparts .  This Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties thereto and delivered to the other party or parties.

 

13.03.      Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, and the Schedules and Exhibits hereto and thereto and the specific agreements contemplated hereby or thereby contain the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all previous agreements, oral or written, negotiations, discussions, writings, understandings, commitments and conversations with respect to such subject matter.  No agreements or understandings exist between the Parties other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein.

 

13.04.      Construction .  In this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements, unless a clear contrary intention appears:

 

(a)           the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa;

 

(b)           reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are not prohibited by this Agreement or the relevant Ancillary Agreement, and reference to a Person in a particular capacity excludes such Person in any other capacity or individually;

 

(c)           reference to any gender includes each other gender;

 

(d)           reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended, modified, supplemented or restated, and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof subject to compliance with the requirements set forth herein or in the relevant Ancillary Agreement;

 

(e)           reference to any Applicable Law means such Applicable Law as amended, modified, codified, replaced or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time, including rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and reference to any section or other provision of any Applicable Law means that provision of such Applicable Law from time to time

 

60



 

in effect and constituting the substantive amendment, modification, codification, replacement or reenactment of such section or other provision;

 

(f)            “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “hereto” and words of similar import shall be deemed references to this Agreement or to the relevant Ancillary Agreement as a whole and not to any particular article, section or other provision hereof or thereof;

 

(g)           “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term;

 

(h)           the Table of Contents and headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation hereof or thereof;

 

(i)            with respect to the determination of any period of time, “from” means “from and including” and “to” means “to but excluding;” and

 

(j)            references to documents, instruments or agreements shall be deemed to refer as well to all addenda, exhibits, schedules or amendments thereto.

 

13.05.      Signatures .  Each Party acknowledges that it and the other Party (and the other members of their respective Groups) may execute certain of the Ancillary Agreements by facsimile, stamp or mechanical signature.  Each Party expressly adopts and confirms each such facsimile, stamp or mechanical signature made in its respective name (or that of the applicable member of its Group) as if it were a manual signature, agrees that it will not assert that any such signature is not adequate to bind such Party to the same extent as if it were signed manually and agrees that at the reasonable request of the other Party at any time it will as promptly as reasonably practicable cause each such Ancillary Agreement to be manually executed (any such execution to be as of the date of the initial date thereof).

 

13.06.      Assignability .  Except as set forth in any Ancillary Agreement, this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and thereto, respectively, and their respective successors and assigns; provided , however , that except as specifically provided in any Ancillary Agreement, no Party hereto or thereto may assign its respective rights or delegate its respective obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement without the express prior written consent of the other parties hereto or thereto.

 

13.07.      Third Party Beneficiaries .  Except for the indemnification rights under this Agreement of any Corresponding Indemnified Party in its capacity as such and for the release under Section 6.01 of any Person provided therein and except as specifically provided in any Ancillary Agreement, (a) the provisions of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement are solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and thereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and are not intended to confer upon any Person, except the parties hereto and thereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any rights or remedies hereunder and (b) there are no third party beneficiaries of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement; and neither this Agreement nor any Ancillary Agreement shall provide any Third Party with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

 

61



 

13.08.      Payment Terms .  (a)  Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, any amount to be paid or reimbursed by one Party to the other under this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed hereunder within thirty (30) days after presentation of an invoice or a written demand therefor and setting forth, or accompanied by, reasonable documentation or other reasonable explanation supporting such amount.

 

(b)           Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, any amount not paid when due pursuant to this Agreement (and any amount billed or otherwise invoiced or demanded and properly payable that is not paid within thirty (30) days of such bill, invoice or other demand) shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate plus 2% (or the maximum legal rate, whichever is lower), calculated for the actual number of days elapsed, accrued from the date on which such payment was due up to the date of the actual receipt of payment.

 

13.09.      Governing Law .  Except as set forth in Article IX, this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement, shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, irrespective of the choice of laws principles of the State of Delaware, as to all matters, including matters of validity, construction, effect, enforceability, performance and remedies.

 

13.10.      Notices .  All notices or other communications under this Agreement and, unless expressly provided therein, each Ancillary Agreement, shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given when delivered in person or successfully transmitted by facsimile, addressed as follows:

 

If to IAC, to:

 

IAC/InterActiveCorp
555 West 18th Street
New York, NY  10011
Attention:  General Counsel
Telecopier:  (212) 632-9642

 

with a copy to:

 

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
51 West 52nd Street
New York, NY  10019
Attention:  Pamela S. Seymon, Esq.
Telecopier:  (212) 403-2000

 

If to TM Spinco:

 

Ticketmaster

8800 Sunset Boulevard

West Hollywood, California 90069

Attention: General Counsel

Telecopier:  (310)       -      

 

62



 

with a copy to:

 

[              ]

 

If to Interval Spinco:

 

Interval Leisure Group, Inc.

6262 Sunset Drive

Miami, Florida 33143

Attention: General Counsel

Telecopier:  (305)       -      

 

with a copy to:

 

[              ]

 

If to HSN Spinco:

 

1 HSN Drive

St. Petersburg, Florida 33729

Attention: General Counsel

Telecopier:  (727)       -      

 

with a copy to:

 

[              ]

 

If to Tree Spinco:

 

11115 Rushmore Drive

Charlotte, North Carolina 28277

Attention: General Counsel

Telecopier:  (704)       -

 

with a copy to:

 

[              ]

 

Any Party may, by notice to the other Parties as set forth herein, change the address or fax number to which such notices are to be given.

 

13.11.      Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof or thereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and

 

63



 

effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, as the case may be, is not affected in any manner adverse to any party hereto or thereto.  Upon such determination, the relevant Parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon such a suitable and equitable provision to effect the original intent of the Parties.

 

13.12.      Publicity .  Prior to the Effective Time, IAC shall be responsible for issuing any press releases or otherwise making public statements with respect to this Agreement, the Separation, the Distributions or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and no Spinco shall make such statements without the prior written consent of IAC.  Prior to the Effective Time, the Separate-cos shall each consult with the other prior to making any filings with any Governmental Authority with respect thereto.

 

13.13.      Survival of Covenants .  Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, any covenants, representations or warranties contained in this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement shall survive the Separation and the Distributions and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

13.14.      Waivers of Default; Conflicts .  (a) Waiver by any Party of any default by the other Party of any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver by the waiving Party of any subsequent or other default, nor shall it prejudice the rights of the other Party.  No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

(b)           Each Party acknowledges that each of the Parties and each member of their respective Group are all currently represented by members of IAC’s legal department and IAC’s outside counsel.  IAC (on behalf of itself and every member of its Group), on the one hand, and each Spinco (on behalf of itself and every member of its Group), on the other hand, waives any conflict with respect to such common representation that may arise before, at or after the Effective Time.

 

13.15.      Amendments .  After the Effective Time, no provisions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall be deemed waived, amended, supplemented or modified by any Party, unless such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification is in writing and signed by the authorized representative of the Party against whom it is sought to enforce such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification.

 

[ THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK. ]

 

64



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

 

IAC/INTERACTIVECORP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

HSN, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

TICKETMASTER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

TREE.COM, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

65




Exhibit 2.2

 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

BY AND AMONG

 

VACATION HOLDINGS HAWAII, INC.,

 

INTERVAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

RESORTQUEST INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

AND

 

GAYLORD ENTERTAINMENT COMPANY

 

April 18, 2007

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE 1 PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES

1

1.1

Transfer of Shares

1

ARTICLE 2 CONSIDERATION

1

2.1

Purchase Price

1

2.2

Purchase Price Adjustment

2

ARTICLE 3 CLOSING; OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES

4

3.1

Closing Date

4

3.2

Obligations of the Parties at the Closing

4

ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GEC AND SELLER

5

4.1

Status

5

4.2

Authority

5

4.3

No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents

5

4.4

Capitalization

6

4.5

Financial Statements

8

4.6

Title to Assets and Properties

8

4.7

Material Contracts

9

4.8

Real Property; Leases; Managed Property

10

4.9

Intellectual Property; Information Systems

11

4.10

Litigation; Claims and Proceedings

13

4.11

Environmental Safety and Health Matters

13

4.12

Compliance with Law; Licenses and Permits

14

4.13

Employee Matters and Benefit Plans

14

4.14

Taxes

16

4.15

Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities; Capital Commitments

18

4.16

Absence of Certain Changes

19

4.17

Labor Matters

19

4.18

Finder’s Fee

19

4.19

Insurance

20

4.20

Accounts Receivable

20

4.21

Related Party Transactions

20

4.22

Books and Records

20

4.23

Hawaiian Operations

20

4.24

Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard

20

4.25

Amendment to Waimea Plantation Cottages Management Agreement

21

ARTICLE 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF INTERVAL AND PURCHASER

21

5.1

Corporate Status

21

5.2

Authority

21

5.3

No Conflict

21

5.4

Compliance with Law

22

5.5

Consents

22

5.6

Sufficient Funds

22

5.7

Finder’s Fee

22

 

i



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

5.8

No Reliance

23

5.9

Investment Intent

23

5.10

Litigation, Claims and Proceedings

23

ARTICLE 6 COVENANTS

23

6.1

Interim Operations of the Companies

23

6.2

Consents

26

6.3

Publicity

27

6.4

Access to Records and Properties

27

6.5

Further Action

28

6.6

Expenses

28

6.7

Notification of Certain Matters

28

6.8

Employee Benefit Plans

28

6.9

Intercompany Indebtedness

30

6.10

Debt and Guaranties

30

6.11

Supplements to Disclosure Schedule

30

6.12

Guaranties by GEC and Interval

31

6.13

Retention and Access to Books and Records

31

6.14

Non-Competition; Non-Solicit and Confidentiality

32

6.15

RHAC Holdings, LLC; Waipouli Holdings LLC

35

ARTICLE 7 CLOSING CONDITIONS

36

7.1

Conditions to Obligations of Seller and Purchaser to Consummate the Transaction

36

7.2

Additional Conditions to Obligations of Purchaser

36

7.3

Additional Conditions to Obligations of Seller

38

ARTICLE 8 CERTAIN TAX MATTERS

38

8.1

Tax Indemnity Obligations

38

8.2

Responsibility for Filing Tax Returns

39

8.3

Cooperation on Tax Matters

40

8.4

Refunds and Tax Benefits

41

8.5

Section 338(h)(10) Election and Purchase Price Allocation

41

8.6

Transfer Taxes

42

8.7

Termination of Tax Sharing Agreements

42

8.8

Tax Proceedings

43

8.9

Treatment of Indemnity Payment

43

8.10

Withholding

43

8.11

Conflict with Article 10

43

ARTICLE 9 TERMINATION

44

9.1

Termination

44

9.2

Effect of Termination and Abandonment

44

ARTICLE 10 INDEMNIFICATION

44

10.1

Survival of Representations and Warranties

44

10.2

Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of Purchaser

45

10.3

Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of Seller

45

 

ii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

10.4

Procedure for Matters Involving Third Parties

46

10.5

Limitations on Seller’s and GEC’s Indemnification Liability

46

10.6

Limitations on Purchaser’s Indemnification Liability

47

10.7

Determination of Losses

47

10.8

Exclusive Remedy

48

10.9

Indemnification Obligations of Seller

48

ARTICLE 11 MISCELLANEOUS

48

11.1

Notices

48

11.2

Certain Definitions; Interpretation

49

11.3

Severability

52

11.4

Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries

53

11.5

Amendment; Waiver

53

11.6

Binding Effect; Assignment

53

11.7

Disclosure Schedule

53

11.8

Governing Law; Jurisdiction

53

11.9

Construction

54

11.10

Counterparts

54

11.11

Enforcement

54

 

iii


 

TABLE OF DEFINED TERMS

 

Term

 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

Accountants

 

Section 2.2(b)(iii)

 

3

Action

 

Section 11.2(a)(i)

 

48

Affiliate Group

 

Section 11.2(a)(iii)

 

49

Affiliate

 

Section 11.2(a)(ii)

 

49

Agreement

 

Preamble

 

1

Allocation

 

Section 8.5(b)

 

41

Ancillary Agreements

 

Section 11.2(a)(iv)

 

49

Applicable Rate

 

Section 11.2(a)(v)

 

49

Blue Sky

 

Section 4.3(b)

 

6

Cap

 

Section 10.5(a)

 

46

Claim Notice

 

Section 10.4(e)

 

45

Closing Date Balance Sheet

 

Section 2.2(b)(i)

 

2

Closing Date RQ Working Capital

 

Section 2.2(b)(i)

 

2

Closing Date

 

Section 3.1

 

4

Closing

 

Section 3.1

 

4

Code

 

Section 11.2(a)(vi)

 

49

Companies

 

Preamble

 

1

Company Covered Employees

 

Section 6.8(a)

 

28

Company

 

Preamble

 

1

Confidential Information

 

Section 6.14(e)

 

34

Confidentiality Agreement

 

Section 6.2(a)

 

26

Control

 

Section 11.2(a)(vii)

 

49

Deductible

 

Section 10.5(b)

 

46

Disclosure Schedule Supplement

 

Section 6.11

 

30

DOJ

 

Section 6.2(a)

 

26

Employment Agreement

 

Preamble

 

1

Encumbrances

 

Section 4.3(a)

 

6

Environmental Law

 

Section 4.11(a)

 

13

ERISA Affiliate

 

Section 4.13(e)

 

16

ERISA

 

Section 11.2(a)(viii)

 

49

Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet

 

Section 2.2(a)

 

2

Estimated RQ Working Capital

 

Section 2.2(a)

 

2

Financial Statements

 

Section 4.5(a)

 

8

FTC

 

Section 6.2(a)

 

26

GAAP

 

Section 2.2(a)

 

2

GEC

 

Preamble

 

1

Governmental Authority

 

Section 11.2(a)(ix)

 

49

Governmental Order

 

Section 11.2(a)(x)

 

49

Hazardous Substance

 

Section 4.11(a)

 

13

HSR Act

 

Section 4.3(a)

 

6

Indemnified Party

 

Section 10.4(a)

 

45

Indemnifying Party

 

Section 10.4(a)

 

45

Intellectual Property

 

Section 4.9

 

12

 

iv



 

Term

 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

Interval

 

Preamble

 

1

IRS

 

Section 4.13(a)

 

15

Law

 

Section 11.2(a)(xii)

 

49

License Agreement

 

Section 7.2(i)

 

36

LLC Conversion

 

Section 8.5(a)

 

41

Losses

 

Section 10.2

 

44

Material Adverse Effect

 

Section 6.11

 

30

Material Contract

 

Section 4.7

 

9

Multiemployer Plan

 

Section 4.13(e)

 

16

PCI DSS

 

Section 4.24

 

20

Permit

 

Section 11.2(a)(xiii)

 

49

Permitted Encumbrances

 

Section 4.6

 

8

Person

 

Section 11.2(a)(xiv)

 

50

Plans

 

Section 4.13(a)

 

14

Purchase Price

 

Section 2.1

 

1

Purchaser Indemnified Parties

 

Section 10.2

 

44

Purchaser Material Adverse Effect

 

Section 11.2(a)(xv)

 

50

Purchaser

 

Preamble

 

1

Real Property

 

Section 4.8

 

10

Reference Balance Sheet

 

Section 4.5(a)

 

8

Registered Intellectual Property

 

Section 4.9

 

11

Related Person

 

Section 4.21

 

20

RQIH

 

Preamble

 

1

RQIH Shares

 

Section 1.1

 

1

RQRE

 

Preamble

 

1

RQRE Shares

 

Section 1.1

 

1

Section 338(h)(10) Elections

 

Section 8.5(a)

 

40

Seller Indemnified Parties

 

Section 10.3

 

44

Seller Material Adverse Effect

 

Section 11.2(a)(xvi)

 

50

Seller

 

Preamble

 

1

Shares

 

Section 1.1

 

1

Specified Properties

 

Section 4.8(f)

 

11

Straddle Periods

 

Section 8.1(a)

 

38

Subsidiary

 

Section 11.2(a)(xvii)

 

50

Tax Return

 

Section 11.2(a)(xx)

 

51

Taxes

 

Section 11.2(a)(xviii)

 

50

Taxing Authority

 

Section 11.2(a)(xix)

 

51

Termination Date

 

Section 9.1(b)

 

43

Third Party Acquirer

 

Section 6.14

 

31

Third-Party Claim

 

Section 10.4(a)

 

45

Transition Services Agreement

 

Section 7.2(f)

 

36

Working Capital

 

Section 11.2(a)(xxi)

 

51

 

v



 

Index of the Disclosure Schedule

 

Section

4.3 – No Conflict

4.4(c) – Listing of Subsidiaries

4.5(a)(i) – Financial Statements

4.5(a)(ii) – Accounting Policies

4.5(b) – Non-Compliance with GAAP

4.6 – Title to Assets and Properties

4.7(a) – Material Contracts

4.7(b) – Breach or Termination of Material Contracts

4.8(a) – Real Property; Leases

4.8(d) – Right of Use/Occupancy Contracts

4.8(f)(i) – Specified Managed Properties

4.8(f)(ii) – Specified Managed Properties

4.9 – Intellectual Property

4.10 – Litigation, Claims and Proceedings

4.11 – Environmental and Safety and Health Matters

4.12 – Compliance with Law; Licenses and Permits

4.13(a) – Employee Matters and Benefit Plans

4.13(b) – Plan Creation/Modification

4.13(c) – ERISA Compliance

4.13(d) – Post-Termination Benefits

4.13(e) – Multiemployer Plans

4.13(f) – Acceleration of Benefits

4.14 – Taxes

4.15 – Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities

4.16 – Absence of Certain Changes

4.17 – Labor Matters

4.19 – Insurance

4.21 – Related Party Transactions

4.23 – Hawaiian Operations

6.1 – Interim Operations of the Companies

6.10 – Debt and Guaranties

6.14(c) – Mainland Properties

7.2(d) – Required Consents

 

Index of Exhibits

 

Exhibit A

Form of Transition Services Agreement

Exhibit B

Form of Opinion of Counsel

Exhibit C

Form of Trademark and Domain Name License Agreement

Exhibit D

Third Amendment to Waimea Plantation Cottages Management Agreement

 

i



 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made this 18 th day of April, 2007, by and among Interval Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Interval ”), Vacation Holdings Hawaii, Inc., a Delaware corporation and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Interval (“ Purchaser ”), Gaylord Entertainment Company, a Delaware corporation (“ GEC ”), and ResortQuest International, Inc., a Delaware corporation and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of GEC (“ Seller ”).

 

WHEREAS, Seller owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of RQI Holdings, Ltd., a Hawaii corporation (“ RQIH ”), and ResortQuest Real Estate of Hawaii, Inc., a Hawaii corporation (“ RQRE ”; each of RQIH and RQRE is a “ Company ” and, collectively, the “ Companies ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Purchaser desires to acquire from Seller, and Seller desires to sell to Purchaser, all of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Companies upon and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1
PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES

 

1.1                                Transfer of Shares .  1.2               On the terms and subject to conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing (as defined in Section 3.1 ), Seller shall sell, transfer and convey to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall purchase and acquire from Seller, 1,000 shares of common stock of RQIH (the “ RQIH Shares ”), which constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of RQIH, and 10 shares of common stock of RQRE (the “ RQRE Shares ,” and, collectively with the RQIH Shares, the “ Shares ”), which constitute all the issued and outstanding capital stock of RQRE.

 

ARTICLE 2
CONSIDERATION

 

2.1                                Purchase Price .  The aggregate purchase price (the “ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares shall be $109,125,000, prior to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.2(a)  and 2.2(b)  below.  The Purchase Price, as adjusted pursuant to Section 2.2(a)  but prior to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.2(b) , shall be paid at the Closing to Seller, by wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to the wire transfer instructions provided in advance by Seller.

 

1



 

2.2                                Purchase Price Adjustment.

 

(a)                                   Closing Date Purchase Price Adjustment .  At least five (5) business days prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to Purchaser an estimated combined balance sheet of the Companies and their Subsidiaries as of the month end immediately preceding the Closing Date (the “ Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet ”), which shall include the Working Capital as of such month-end date (“ Estimated RQ Working Capital ”).  The Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet and the Estimated RQ Working Capital shall be prepared in good faith and in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) applied on a basis consistent with the Financial Statements.  W ithin 24 hours of notice, Seller shall provide Purchaser access to all relevant documents and information reasonably requested by Purchaser in connection with its review of the Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet.  No later than two (2) business days prior to the Closing Date, Purchaser shall notify Seller of any objections to the Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet, which notice shall state in reasonable detail the basis for Purchaser’s objections.  If Purchaser has any objections, Purchaser and Seller shall attempt in good faith to resolve any such objections; provided, however , that in the event that any such objections are not resolved prior to Closing, the Estimated Closing Date Balance Sheet shall remain as initially delivered to Purchaser for all purposes hereunder.  The Purchase Price to be paid at Closing by Purchaser shall, (i) if the Estimated RQ Working Capital is a positive amount, be increased by such amount, or, (ii) if the Estimated RQ Working Capital is a negative amount, be decreased by such amount.

 

(b)                                  Post-Closing Date Purchase Price Adjustment .

 

(i)                                      Within 90 days following the Closing Date, Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to GEC a combined balance sheet of the Companies and their Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date (the “ Closing Date Balance Sheet ”), which shall include the Working Capital as of the Closing Date (the “ Closing Date RQ Working Capital ”).  The Closing Date Balance Sheet and the Closing Date RQ Working Capital shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the Financial Statements.

 

(ii)                                   If, within 30 days following delivery of the Closing Date Balance Sheet, GEC has not given Purchaser written notice of its objection as to the Closing Date Balance Sheet or calculation of the Closing Date RQ Working Capital (which notice shall state in reasonable detail the basis of GEC’s objection), then the Closing Date Balance Sheet and Purchaser’s calculation of the Closing Date RQ Working Capital as of the Closing Date shall be binding and conclusive on the parties for all purposes hereunder.  Upon prior reasonable notice, Purchaser shall provide GEC access to all relevant documents and information reasonably requested by GEC in connection with its review of the Closing Date Balance Sheet.

 

(iii)                                If GEC duly gives Purchaser such notice of objection within the 30-day period, and if GEC and Purchaser fail to resolve the issues outstanding

 

2



 

with respect to the Closing Date Balance Sheet and Purchaser’s calculation of the Closing Date RQ Working Capital within 30 days of Purchaser’s receipt of GEC’s objection notice, GEC and Purchaser shall submit the issues remaining in dispute to a nationally recognized certified public accounting firm mutually determined by GEC and Purchaser that has not performed accounting, tax or audit services for Purchaser, GEC, Seller or any of their respective Affiliates during the past three years (the “ Accountants ”), for resolution in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the Financial Statements.  If issues are submitted to the Accountants for resolution, (A) GEC and Purchaser shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Accountants such work papers and other documents and information relating to the disputed issues as the Accountants may request and are available to that party or its agents and shall be afforded the opportunity to present to the Accountants any material relating to the disputed issues and to discuss issues with the Accountants; (B) the determination by the Accountants, as set forth in a notice to be delivered to both GEC and Purchaser within 60 days of the submission to the Accountants of the issues remaining in dispute, shall be final, binding and conclusive on the parties and shall be used in calculation of the Closing Date RQ Working Capital; and (C) GEC and Purchaser will each bear fifty percent (50%) of the fees and costs of the Accountants for such determination.

 

(iv)                             Within three business days after the Closing Date Balance Sheet becomes binding and conclusive pursuant to this Section 2.2(b) , the following adjustments to the Purchase Price shall be made:

 

(A)                               In the event that the Closing Date RQ Working Capital is less than the Estimated Closing Date RQ Working Capital, then GEC shall pay an amount equal to the difference between the Estimated Closing Date RQ Working Capital and the Closing Date RQ Working Capital to Purchaser by wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to the wire transfer instructions provided by Purchaser; or

 

(B)                                In the event that the Closing Date RQ Working Capital is greater than the Estimated Closing Date RQ Working Capital, then Purchaser shall pay an amount equal to the difference between the Closing Date RQ Working Capital and the Estimated Closing Date RQ Working Capital to GEC by wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to the wire transfer instructions provided by GEC.

 

(c)                                   Any payments made under this Section 2.2 shall be treated by GEC, Seller and Purchaser as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for tax purposes, unless a final determination (which shall include the execution of a Form 870-AD or successor form) with respect to the recipient of such payment causes any such payment not to be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for tax purposes.

 

3



 

ARTICLE 3
CLOSING; OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES

 

3.1                                Closing Date.   The closing (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at 10:00 a.m., local time, at the offices of Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Nashville, Tennessee, on the immediately succeeding last business day of the month following satisfaction or, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, waiver of all conditions to Closing set forth in Article 7 , or at such other place or at such other time or on such other date as Purchaser and Seller mutually may agree in writing.  The date on which the Closing takes place shall be referred to as the “ Closing Date .”  The effective time of the Closing will be 11:59 p.m. (Central time) on (a) the Closing Date, if the Closing Date is the last day of the month, or (b) the last day of the month immediately following the Closing Date, if the business day on which the Closing occurs is not the last day of the month.

 

3.2                                Obligations of the Parties at the Closing.

 

(a)                                   At the Closing, Purchaser shall deliver to Seller:

 

(i)                                      payment of the Purchase Price, prior to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.2(b) , as set forth in Section 2.1 ;

 

(ii)                                   a copy of resolutions of the Board of Directors of Purchaser, certified by Purchaser’s secretary, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other documents referred to herein to be executed by Purchaser, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and

 

(iii)                                executed Ancillary Agreements to which Purchaser is a party.

 

(b)                                  At the Closing, Seller shall deliver to Purchaser:

 

(i)                                      stock certificates representing the Shares, which certificates shall be duly endorsed to Purchaser or accompanied by a duly executed stock power;

 

(ii)                                   a copy of resolutions of the Board of Directors of Seller, certified by Seller’s secretary, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other documents referred to herein to be executed by Seller, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(iii)                                the certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation or other organizing document and a certificate of good standing for each of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, each dated within ten (10) days of the Closing Date and certified by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of the jurisdiction of organization or formation of such Company or such Subsidiary; and

 

(iv)                               executed Ancillary Agreements to which Seller, any Company or any Subsidiary of a Company is a party.

 

4


 

ARTICLE 4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF GEC AND SELLER

 

Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule attached hereto, GEC and Seller, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to Purchaser as follows:

 

4.1                                Status .  Each of GEC, Seller, each of the Companies and each Subsidiary of the Companies is a corporation or limited liability company duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has all requisite corporate or limited liability company power and authority to own, operate or lease its properties and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted.  Each of the Companies and each Subsidiary of the Companies is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each of the jurisdictions in which the ownership, operation or leasing of its properties and assets and the conduct of its business requires it to be so qualified, licensed or authorized, except where the failure to be so qualified, licensed or authorized would not reasonably be expected to have a Seller Material Adverse Effect.  Seller has made available to Purchaser true, correct and complete copies of the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, limited liability company agreement (or similar organizing documents) of each of the Companies and each Subsidiary of the Companies, each as in effect on the date hereof.

 

4.2                                Authority .  Each of GEC and Seller has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements by GEC and/or Seller, as applicable, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by the Board of Directors of GEC, the Board of Directors of Seller and the sole shareholder of Seller, and no other corporate proceedings are necessary to authorize this Agreement and any of the Ancillary Agreements or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  This Agreement and any Ancillary Agreements executed as of the date hereof have been, and the Ancillary Agreements to be executed and delivered at Closing upon execution will have been, duly executed and delivered by each of GEC, Seller and/or the Companies, as applicable, and (assuming due authorization and delivery by Purchaser) this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements executed on the date hereof constitute, and the Ancillary Agreements to be executed and delivered at Closing will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of GEC, Seller and/or the Companies, as applicable, enforceable against each of them that it is a party to in accordance with their respective terms, subject to general principles of equity and except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws of general application relating to creditors’ rights.

 

4.3                                No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents .

 

(a)                                   Except as set forth in Section 4.3 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the execution, delivery and performance by GEC and Seller of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which they are a party, nor the consummation by GEC and Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will (i) violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any term or provision of the certificate of incorporation, bylaws,

 

5



 

limited liability company agreement (or similar organizing documents) of GEC, Seller, the Companies or any Subsidiary of the Companies, each as in effect on the date hereof and as may be further amended prior to the Closing, (ii) assuming the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ HSR Act ”), has expired or been terminated, conflict with or violate any Law applicable to GEC, Seller, the Companies or any Subsidiary of the Companies or any of their respective assets, properties or businesses or (iii) conflict with or violate, result in the breach of any term or provision of, or constitute a default (or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration, consent, suspension, revocation or cancellation of, or result in the creation of any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, claim, security interest, encumbrance, interest, option, lien or other restriction (collectively, “ Encumbrances ”) on any of the Shares or on any of the assets or properties of the Companies or any Subsidiary of any of the Companies or pursuant to any Material Contract (as defined in Section 4.7 ); except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) only, for such violations, conflicts, breaches, defaults, rights of termination, amendment, acceleration, consent, suspension, revocation or cancellation or creation of any Encumbrance that (A) would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Seller Material Adverse Effect or (B) would become applicable solely as a result of the business or activities in which Purchaser engages in or the status of any facts pertaining to Purchaser.

 

(b)                                  Except as set forth in Section 4.3 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither GEC nor Seller is required to file, seek or obtain any notice, authorization, approval, order, permit or consent of or with any Governmental Authority in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by GEC and Seller of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which they are a party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except for (i) any filings required to be made under the HSR Act, (ii) such filings as may be required by any applicable federal or state securities or “ blue sky ” laws, (iii) where failure to obtain such consent, approval, authorization or action, or to make such filing or notification, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Seller Material Adverse Effect or (iv) as may be necessary as a result of any facts or circumstances relating to Purchaser or any of its Affiliates.

 

4.4                                Capitalization .

 

(a)                                   The authorized capital stock of RQIH consists of 1,000 shares of common stock, which have no stated par value.  The authorized capital stock of RQRE consists of 1,000 shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share.  All of the Shares are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and are not subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first offer or rights of first refusal.  The Shares constitute all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Companies.  Seller is the record and beneficial owner of the Shares, free and clear of any Encumbrance.  Upon delivery to Purchaser of certificates evidencing the Shares duly endorsed for transfer at the Closing in exchange for Purchaser’s payment of the Purchase Price, Purchaser shall acquire good, valid and

 

6



 

marketable title to the Shares, free and clear of any Encumbrance other than Encumbrances created by Purchaser.

 

(b)                                  There are (i) no outstanding obligations, options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights, agreements, arrangements or commitments of any kind relating to the capital stock of a Company or securities convertible or exchangeable into capital stock of a Company or obligating a Company to issue or sell any shares of capital stock of, or any other interest in, a Company, (ii) no outstanding contractual obligations of a Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or to provide funds to, or make any investment (in the form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise) in, any other Person, other than as set forth in Section 4.4(c)  of the Disclosure Schedule or (iii) no voting trusts, stockholder agreements, registration rights agreements, proxies or other agreements or understandings in effect with respect to the voting or transfer of any of the capital stock of a Company.

 

(c)                                   Section 4.4(c)  of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of (i) all Subsidiaries of the Companies, listing for each Subsidiary its name, its jurisdiction of organization or formation, each jurisdiction (other than its jurisdiction of organization or formation) in which it is qualified to do business, the percentage of stock or other equity interest of each Subsidiary owned by the Companies or a Subsidiary of a Company and, for each Subsidiary that is a corporation, the authorized and outstanding capital stock of each such Subsidiary and (ii) all other Persons in which the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries own, of record or beneficially, any direct or indirect equity or other similar interest or any right (contingent or otherwise) to acquire the same, listing for each Person its name, its jurisdiction of organization, each jurisdiction (other than its jurisdiction of organization) in which it is qualified to do business, the percentage of stock or other equity interest of each Person owned by the Companies (as well as identification of which Company owns such interest) or a Subsidiary of the Companies and, for each Person that is a corporation, the authorized and outstanding capital stock of each such Person.  Other than the Subsidiaries and other entities set forth in Section 4.4(c)  of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no other corporations, limited liability companies, partnerships, joint ventures, associations or other similar entities in which a Company owns or any of their Subsidiaries own, of record or beneficially, any direct or indirect equity or other similar interest or any right (contingent or otherwise) to acquire the same.  All of the issued and outstanding shares (or voting securities) of each of the Subsidiaries of the Companies that are corporations are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and are not subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first offer or rights of first refusal.  Except as set forth in Section 4.4(c)  of the Disclosure Schedule, (w) the Companies, or one of their Subsidiaries, own beneficially and of record all of the outstanding shares of capital stock (or voting securities), or securities convertible or exchangeable into capital stock (or voting securities), of each of the Companies’ Subsidiaries free and clear of any Encumbrances, (x) there are no outstanding obligations, options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights, agreements or commitments of any kind relating to the capital stock, or securities convertible or exchangeable into capital stock, of any Subsidiary of the Companies or obligating the Companies or any Subsidiary of the Companies to issue or sell any shares of capital stock of, or any other interest in, any such Subsidiary of the Companies, (y) there are no outstanding

 

7



 

contractual obligations of any Subsidiary of the Companies to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or to provide funds to, or make any investment (in the form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise) in, any other Person, and (z) except as set forth in Section 4.4(c)  of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no voting trusts, stockholder agreements, proxies or other agreements or understandings in effect with respect to the voting or transfer of any of the equity interests of any Companies or any Subsidiary thereof.

 

4.5                                Financial Statements .

 

(a)                                   Attached hereto as Section 4.5(a)(i)  of the Disclosure Schedule are true and complete copies of the unaudited combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and related unaudited combined statements of operations for the Companies and their Subsidiaries for the fiscal years then ended (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”).  The December 31, 2006 balance sheet is referred to herein as the “ Reference Balance Sheet .”  Section 4.5(a)(ii)  of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate description of the significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the Financial Statements.

 

(b)                                  The Financial Statements (i) have been prepared based on the books and records of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, (ii) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP as applied consistent with the past practice of Seller and GEC and the Companies’ normal accounting practices (except as set forth on Section 4.5(b)  of the Disclosure Schedule or as may be indicated in the Financial Statements and except for the absence of notes) and (iii) present fairly and accurately, in all material respects, the combined financial position and results of operations of the Companies and their Subsidiaries as of the dates indicated or for the periods indicated therein.

 

4.6                                Title to Assets and Properties .  Except as set forth in Section 4.6 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Companies and their Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to, or valid leasehold interests in, their assets and properties sufficient to operate such properties and to conduct their businesses as currently conducted, except for (a) the Permitted Encumbrances (as defined below) and (b) other defects in such titles, or any easements, restrictive covenants or similar encumbrances that have not had and would not reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the Companies and their Subsidiaries and their respective assets.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Permitted Encumbrances ” mean:  (i) encumbrances for assessments, taxes, water, sewer and other similar charges not yet delinquent or that either Company or any of their Subsidiaries is contesting in good faith through appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate reserves have been established with respect thereto; (ii) easements or reservations thereof, rights of way, highway and railroad crossings, sewers, electric and other utility lines, telegraph and telephone lines, zoning, building code and other covenants, conditions and restrictions as to the use of the Real Property that do not affect or interfere in an material way with the use of such Real Property by the Companies and their Subsidiaries; (iii) encumbrances listed on Section 4.6 of the Disclosure Schedule; (iv) liens securing the claims of materialmen, landlords and others provided payment is not yet delinquent; (v) any leases, subleases or licenses listed on Section 4.6 of the Disclosure

 

8



 

Schedule; (vi) all encumbrances relating to liens securing borrowed money to be released at or prior to the Closing, all of which are listed on Section 4.6 of the Disclosure Schedule; (vii)  any and all matters and encumbrances (including, without limitation, fee mortgages or ground leases) affecting the leased real property of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, not created or granted by the Companies or their Subsidiaries, but only to the extent that such matters and encumbrances (1) do not materially interfere with the right of the Companies or their Subsidiaries to use any of the leased real property, or (2) are not Known to Seller (it being understood that reasonable investigation for purposes of this clause (vii) will not require GEC or Seller to conduct title searches with respect to such real property) ; and (viii) any subordination or attornment agreement between either of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries and the lender for any of the landlords of either of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries, all of which are listed on Section 4.6 of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

4.7                                Material Contracts.

 

(a)                                   Section 4.7(a)  of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of all the Material Contracts of the Companies and the Subsidiaries of the Companies.  As used herein, “ Material Contract ” means any of the following:

 

(i)                              each material agreement or arrangement of either Company or any Subsidiary of either Company that was not entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ii)                           each agreement related to indebtedness for borrowed money, or guaranteeing, or providing security for, any indebtedness of any Person;

 

(iii)                        each partnership, joint venture or other similar agreement to which a Company or any Subsidiary of either Company is a party or by which any of them is otherwise bound;

 

(iv)                       each agreement, arrangement, contract or commitment of either Company or any Subsidiary of either Company restricting or otherwise affecting the ability of either Company or any Subsidiary of either Company to compete in any jurisdiction;

 

(v)                          each employment agreement to which either Company or a Subsidiary of either Company is a party;

 

(vi)                       each agreement for the sale of a material asset that has not yet been consummated and was not entered into in the ordinary course of business as presently conducted;

 

(vii)                    all agreements between any of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any of GEC, Seller or their respective Affiliates (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries), on the other hand;

 

(viii)                 all hotel management agreements to which either Company or a Subsidiary of either Company is a party;

 

9



 

(ix)                         all condominium association management agreements to which either Company or a Subsidiary of either Company is a party;

 

(x)                            all front-desk leases to which either Company or a Subsidiary of either Company is a party; and

 

(xi)                         each other existing agreement, not otherwise covered by clauses (i) through (x), that (A) requires payments by or to a Company or any Subsidiary of either Company in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) during any twelve (12)-month period or (B) is material to the Companies and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(b)                                  Except as disclosed in Section 4.7(b)  of the Disclosure Schedule:

 

(i)                              none of the Companies or any Subsidiary of either Company party to any Material Contract, nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other party thereto, is in breach thereof or default thereunder, or has given notice of breach or default to any other party thereunder, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred and no condition or state of facts exists which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute such a default;

 

(ii)                           no party to a Material Contract has given notice to the Companies or any Subsidiaries of the Companies of its intent, nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, intends, to terminate any Material Contract or not to renew any Material Contract upon expiration of its term; and

 

(iii)                        each Material Contract is valid and binding on and in full force and effect with respect to either Company or a Subsidiary of either Company party thereto and, to the Knowledge of Seller, each respective counterparty thereto, subject to general principles of equity and except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws of general application relating to creditors’ rights.

 

(c)                                   Seller has made available to Purchaser (i) complete and accurate copies of all Material Contracts and (ii) representative samples of individual agency rental agreements, rental agreements and wholesale agreements of the Companies.

 

4.8                                Real Property; Leases; Managed Property.

 

(a)                                   Section 4.8(a)  of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of the locations of all real property owned and leased by the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries (collectively with all improvements located thereon and appurtenances thereto, the “ Real Property ”), including whether such Real Property is owned or leased and the location of, and a brief description of the nature of the activities conducted on, such Real Property.  Except as set forth on Section 4.8(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, one of the Companies or one of their Subsidiaries has good and marketable fee

 

10



 

simple title to or a valid leasehold interest in the Real Property, free and clear of all Encumbrances except Permitted Encumbrances.

 

(b)                                  The Real Property is not subject to any order to be sold nor is it being condemned, expropriated or otherwise taken by any Governmental Authority with or without payment or compensation therefor, nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, has any such condemnation, expropriation or taking been threatened or proposed.

 

(c)                                   There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened condemnation proceedings, lawsuits, or administrative actions relating to any of the Real Property which would reasonably be expected to be material to the Companies and their Subsidiaries.

 

(d)                                  Except as described in Section 4.8(d)  of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Companies nor any of their Subsidiaries has entered into any material contract, agreement or arrangement granting to any person the right of or use or occupancy of any portion of the Real Property.

 

(e)                                   There are no material latent defects or material adverse physical conditions affecting the Real Property.  All structures and buildings on the Real Property are adequately maintained and are in good operating condition and repair in all material respects for the requirements of the business of the Companies and their Subsidiaries as currently conducted.

 

(f)                                     Except as set forth on Section 4.8(f)(i)  of the Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of Seller, none of the owners of any of the properties listed on Section 4.8(f)(ii)  of the Disclosure Schedule (the “ Specified Properties “) that are managed or maintained by either Company or any of their Subsidiaries plans or intends to cease or interrupt the operations of any of such properties in any material respect or otherwise close or make unavailable a material portion of any such property for purposes of renovations or otherwise.

 

4.9                                Intellectual Property; Information Systems .

 

(a)                                   Section 4.9 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and complete list of all patents and patent applications, registered trademarks, registered trade names and service marks, domain names, and registered copyrights, together with applications to register the same, owned by one or both of the Companies or a Subsidiary of a Company (“ Registered Intellectual Property ”), and all other material Intellectual Property (as defined below) owned by one or both of the Companies or a Subsidiary of a Company and used in or necessary for the conduct of their businesses (excluding “clickwrap” or “shrinkwrap” agreements or agreements contained in or pertaining to “off-the-shelf” software, trade secrets or the terms of use or service for any website).  A Company or a Subsidiary of a Company is the exclusive owner of all Registered Intellectual Property and other material Intellectual Property listed on Section 4.9 of the Disclosure Schedule with respect to which the Companies or such Subsidiary is indicated as the owner on Section 4.9 of the Disclosure Schedule.  To Seller’s Knowledge, the Registered

 

11



 

Intellectual Property is valid and enforceable and is not now involved in any opposition or cancellation proceeding and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no such proceeding is or has been threatened in writing with respect thereto.  There are no pending actions against a Company or any Subsidiary of a Company of which a Company or any Subsidiary of a Company has been given written notice that assert that a Company or any Subsidiary of a Company has or may have violated, infringed, misappropriated or diluted the Intellectual Property rights or rights or privacy, rights of publicity, or other rights of others, or challenging or questioning the validity or enforceability of any Registered Intellectual Property or any other material Intellectual Property right of a Company or any Subsidiary.  To the Knowledge of Seller, none of the Companies nor any Subsidiary of a Company has infringed upon, misappropriated, diluted, or unlawfully used any Intellectual Property owned by another Person or violated rights of privacy, rights of publicity, or other rights of others.  Except as set forth in Section 4.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of Seller, none of the Companies nor any Subsidiary of a Company has received any written notice alleging any infringement upon or unlawful use of any intellectual property owned or claimed by another Person that remains unresolved on the date hereof.  Except as set forth in Section 4.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of Seller, no third party is misappropriating, infringing, or diluting any Intellectual Property rights of a Company or any Subsidiary in a material manner.  No loss or expiration of any of the material Intellectual Property rights is pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened.  The Companies and their Subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps to protect their rights in the Intellectual Property and to maintain the confidentiality of any trade secret of the Companies or their Subsidiaries .  Except as set forth in Section 4.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to either Company or their Subsidiaries constitutes all the material Intellectual Property rights necessary for the conduct and support of the business as it is currently conducted.  As used herein, “ Intellectual Property ” shall mean all Registered Intellectual Property, together with (a)  trade names and unregistered trademarks and service marks, (b) unregistered copyrights, (c) inventions, discoveries, technical data, processes, methods, formulae, and other trade secrets, (d)  database rights, publicity rights and all other intellectual and industrial property rights, whether protected, created or arising under the laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction, and (e) information technology systems and software excluding “off-the-shelf” software, used in the Companies’ and their Subsidiaries’ operations and that has not been customized or otherwise modified by or for the Companies or such Subsidiaries .

 

(b)                                  Section 4.9 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list of all material agreements and contracts to which any Company or any Subsidiary of any Company is a party under which any Company or any Subsidiary of any Company licenses the Intellectual Property (as a licensor or licensee) (“ Intellectual Property Contracts ”).  All of the Intellectual Property Contracts are in full force and effect.  Neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will result in the breach, termination, or suspension of any of the Intellectual Property Contracts. Except as set forth in Section 4.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, following the Closing Date, Purchaser will be permitted to exercise all of the rights of the Companies and their Subsidiaries under the Intellectual Property Contracts.

 

12


 

4.10                         Litigation; Claims and Proceedings Except as set forth in Section 4.10 of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no actions, lawsuits, proceedings or investigations that have been brought by or against any Governmental Authority or any other Person pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened, against or by either Company or any Subsidiary of a Company or any of their properties, assets or businesses, except those that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to the Companies and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  There are no existing Governmental Orders naming a Company or any Subsidiary of a Company as an affected party.

 

4.11                         Environmental Safety and Health Matters Except as disclosed in Section 4.11 of the Disclosure Schedule:

 

(a)                                   Environmental Law ” means any applicable law in effect on the date hereof relating to (i) the pollution, protection, investigation or restoration of the environment or natural resources, or (ii) the handling, use, presence, disposal, treatment, storage, release or threatened release of any material defined as hazardous or toxic in any statute or regulation pertaining to the environment, including, but not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and the Clean Air Act.  “ Hazardous Substance ” means any substance that is (x) listed, classified or regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law, (y) any petroleum product or by-product and (z) any other substance which is the subject of regulatory action by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

(b)                                  Section 4.11 of the Disclosure Schedule lists all material environmental Permits and the identity of the holder of each such Permit held by a Company, a Subsidiary of a Company or Seller or its Affiliates (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries) for the benefit of either Company or any Subsidiary of a Company or for use in the businesses of the Companies and their Subsidiaries.  The Companies and their Subsidiaries have obtained and are in material compliance with all material Permits that are required under any Environmental Law for the operation of their businesses as currently being conducted.  To Seller’s Knowledge, (i) all such Permits are valid and in full force and effect and (ii) no circumstances exist which could cause any such Permit to be revoked, modified or rendered non-renewable upon payment of the permit fee.

 

(c)                                   Each of the Companies, their Subsidiaries and the Real Property is in material compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.  To the Knowledge of Seller, no fact or circumstance exists which would reasonably be expected to involve the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries in any material environmental litigation, or impose any material environmental liability.

 

(d)                                  Neither the Companies nor any Subsidiary of a Company nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other Person has had a material disposal or release of any Hazardous Substances on, under, in, from or about the Real Property.

 

(e)                                   Neither the Companies nor any Subsidiary of a Company nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other Person has disposed or arranged for the disposal of Hazardous Substances on any third-party property that has subjected or, to the

 

13



 

Knowledge of Seller, may subject the Companies or a Subsidiary of a Company to material liability under any Environmental Law.

 

(f)                                     Neither the Companies nor any Subsidiary of a Company has received any written notice, demand, letter, claim or request for information relating to the Real Property alleging a violation of or liability under any Environmental Law and neither the Companies nor any Subsidiary of a Company is party to any written proceedings, actions, orders, decrees or injunctions alleging material liability under any Environmental Law.

 

4.12                         Compliance with Law; Licenses and Permits Except as disclosed in Section 4.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, since November 20, 2003, the businesses of the Companies and their Subsidiaries have been conducted in compliance in all material respects with all Laws and Governmental Orders applicable to the Companies and their Subsidiaries.  Except as disclosed in Section 4.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, since November 20, 2003, none of the Companies nor any Subsidiary of a Company has received any outstanding or uncured written notice alleging any default or violation of any Law or Governmental Order, nor are there any circumstances Known to Seller that would reasonably be expected to result in any such defaults or violations, except any such defaults or violations which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Seller Material Adverse Effect.  Except as disclosed in Section 4.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, as of the date hereof, there is no pending change of Law that, to the Knowledge of the Seller, would reasonably be expected to have a Seller Material Adverse Effect.  The Companies and the Subsidiaries of the Companies have all material Permits, whether federal, state or local, relating to the ownership and operation of the Companies and their Subsidiaries as are necessary or required for the conduct of the businesses of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, except where the failure to have such Permits would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Companies and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  As of the date hereof, there has not been any actual, nor to Seller’s Knowledge is there any pending, threat of loss of any Permit held or enjoyed by the Companies or a Subsidiary of the Companies which loss was or would reasonably be expected to be material to the Companies and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

4.13                         Employee Matters and Benefit Plans .

 

(a)                                   Section 4.13(a)  of the Disclosure Schedule identifies (i) each employment, bonus, deferred compensation, pension, stock option, stock appreciation right, stock purchase, profit-sharing, retirement, supplemental retirement, or other similar employee benefit plan, program, arrangement or practice, (ii) each health, life or disability insurance , vacation, retiree medical or life insurance, severance, termination pay or similar plan, program, arrangement or practice, and (iii) each other agreement or fringe benefit plan, in each case, whether written or unwritten, that is maintained, sponsored, contributed to or required to be contributed to by a Company, Seller, GEC or a Subsidiary of a Company and which covers any current or former employee, officer, director or consultant of a Company or a Subsidiary of a Company, or with respect to which a Company or a Subsidiary of a Company could reasonably be expected to have any liability (contingent or otherwise), including all “employee benefit plans” as defined by Section 3(3) of ERISA (collectively, the “ Plans ”); provided , however , that there shall be no obligation to identify on Section 4.13(a)  of the Disclosure Schedule any Plan that is

 

14



 

not material.  For each Plan, correct and complete copies of the plan documents and summary plan descriptions, the two most recent Form 5500 annual reports, the two most recent actuarial reports, if applicable, all related trust agreements, insurance contracts and funding agreements that implement each such Plan, and the most recent determination letter or opinion letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) , if any, have been made available to Purchaser.

 

(b)                                  Neither of the Companies nor any Subsidiary of a Company has any commitment, whether formal or informal, (i) to create any new Plan; (ii) to modify or change any Plan; or (iii) to maintain for any period of time any Plan, except as described in Section 4.13(b) of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

(c)                                   Except as disclosed in Section 4.13(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, (i) neither Company nor any Subsidiary of a Company, or, to the Knowledge of Seller, any Plan or any trustee, third party administrator, fiduciary or sponsor of any Plan, has engaged in any prohibited transactions as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code for which there is no statutory exemption under Section 408 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code for which a Company or a Subsidiary of a Company has incurred or could incur any material liability; (ii) all material filings, reports and descriptions as to such Plans (including Form 5500 annual reports, summary plan descriptions, and summary annual reports) required, since January 1, 2005, to have been made or distributed to participants, the IRS, the United States Department of Labor and other governmental agencies have been made in a timely manner; (iii) there is no material litigation, disputed claim, governmental proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened with respect to any Plan, any related trust, or any fiduciary, trustee, administrator or sponsor of any Plan; and (iv) the Plans have been established, maintained and administered in all material respects in accordance with their governing documents and all applicable laws, including ERISA and the Code.  Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Code has received a favorable determination or opinion letter from the IRS and, to the Knowledge of Seller, nothing has occurred with respect to the operation of any such Plan that would reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification or exemption or the imposition of any material liability, penalty or tax under ERISA or the Code.  All contributions (including all employer contributions and employee salary reduction contributions) required to have been made under any of the Plans to any funds or trusts established thereunder or in connection therewith have been timely made, other than a failure to make contributions that is not material.

 

(d)                                  Except as disclosed in Section 4.13(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Plans that are “welfare benefit plans,” within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA, provide for continuing benefits or coverage after termination or retirement from employment, except for COBRA rights under a “group health plan” as defined in Section 4980B(g) of the Code and Section 607 of ERISA.  The Companies and any Subsidiaries of the Companies have complied in all material respects with the provisions of Part 6 of Title I of ERISA, Sections 4980B, 9801, 9802, 9811 and 9812 of the Code, and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (including regulations thereunder).

 

15



 

(e)                                   Except as disclosed in Section 4.13(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Companies, any Subsidiary of a Company nor any entity required to be aggregated with the Companies or any Subsidiary of a Company under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code (“ ERISA Affiliate ”) has in the last six (6) years sponsored, participated in, contributed to or incurred any material liability (contingent or otherwise) with respect to either a plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, or a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA (“ Multiemployer Plan ”), and none of the Companies, any Subsidiary of a Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has in the last six (6) years withdrawn in a partial or complete withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan and incurred any material liability as a result of any such partial or complete withdrawal by the Companies, any Subsidiary of a Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan as described under Sections 4201, 4203, or 4205 of ERISA.  None of the Companies nor any Subsidiary of a Company has incurred any outstanding material liability under Section 4062 of ERISA to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or to a trustee appointed under Section 4042 of ERISA.  None of the Companies, any Subsidiary of a Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in any transaction described in Section 4069 of ERISA.  All contributions required to have been made under any Multiemployer Plan to any funds or trusts established thereunder or in connection therewith have been timely made.

 

(f)                                     Except as set forth in Section 4.13(f) of the Disclosure Schedule , there will be no payment, accrual of additional benefits, acceleration of payments or vesting of any benefit under any Plan or any other agreement or arrangement to which a Company is a party, and no employee, officer, director or consultant of a Company or any Subsidiary of the Companies will become entitled to severance, termination allowance or similar payments, solely by reason of entering into or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (whether alone or in combination with any other event).  No payment or benefit that will or may be made in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (either alone or in combination with any other events) by a Company, a Subsidiary of the Companies, Seller or any of its Affiliates with respect to any employee, officer, director or consultant of a Company or any Subsidiary of the Companies will be characterized as a “parachute payment,” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code.

 

(g)                                  Each Plan that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) has been operated in good faith compliance with Sections 409A(a)(2), (3), and (4) of the Code.

 

4.14                         Taxes .

 

(a)                                   Each Company and each Subsidiary has timely filed all Tax Returns that it was required to file and such Tax Returns are true, correct, and complete in all material respects.  All Taxes due or payable by or with respect to the Companies and their Subsidiaries have been or will be timely paid.  T here is an adequate accrual on the Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP for all Taxes (other than income Taxes and payroll Taxes) of the Companies and their Subsidiaries that were not yet due or payable as of the date of the Financial Statements.  Seller has made available to Purchaser

 

16



 

t rue and correct copies of all (i)  federal and state income Tax Returns of the Companies and their Subsidiaries that are prepared on a consolidated basis or combined basis on a pro forma basis and only covering the operations of the Companies and their Subsidiaries and relating to all periods since November 20, 2003, (ii)  federal, state and local income Tax Returns filed by or with respect to the Companies and their Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis for all periods since November 20, 2003, and (iii) all other material Tax Ret urns filed by either or both of the Companies and/or any of their Subsidiaries .  There are no pending audits or administrative or judicial proceedings relating to Taxes of a Company or any Subsidiary of a Company.  There are no existing penalty, interest or deficiency assessments relating to U.S. federal Taxes of a Company or any Subsidiary of a Company, and the Seller has not received any notice of such assessments relating to foreign, state, or local Taxes of any Company or any Subsidiary and to the Knowledge of Seller, there are no such assessments.  None of Seller, the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries has received written notice from any Taxing Authority that it intends to commence such an audit or proceeding.

 

(b)                                  None of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries is a party to any Tax allocation, sharing, indemnity or similar agreement or arrangement pursuant to which any of them will have any obligation to make any payments after the Closing .

 

(c)                                   None of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries is a “foreign person” for purposes of Section 1445 of the Code, except as set forth in Section 4.14 of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

(d)                                  None of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries has been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code.

 

(e)                                   Except with respect to any Affiliated Group of which Seller, its parent or a Company is the common parent, neither Company nor their Subsidiaries (i) has been a member of an Affiliated Group or (ii) has liability for the Taxes of any Person under Treas. Reg. Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise.

 

(f)                                     Each Affiliated Group has timely filed all material Tax Returns that it was required to file for each taxable period during which a Company was a member of that Affiliated Group, all such Tax Returns are true, complete and accurate in all material respects, and each Affiliated Group has paid all material Taxes due and payable with respect to each member of the Affiliated Group.  With respect to Taxes and Tax Returns of the Company and its Subsidiaries, the foregoing representation is true, accurate, and complete without regard to any materiality qualifiers.

 

(g)                                  Each of the Companies and their Subsidiaries has withheld and paid to each appropriate Taxing Authority all Taxes required to have been withheld and paid to such authorities in connection with amounts paid or owed to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, stockholder, member or other third party, except as set forth on Section 4.14 of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

17



 

(h)                                  None of the Companies nor any of their Subsidiaries has constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution of stock intended to qualify for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (i) in the two (2) years prior to the date of this Agreement or (ii) in a distribution which could otherwise constitute part of a “plan” or “series of related transactions” (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) in conjunction with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(i)                                      None of the Companies nor any of their Subsidiaries has participated in any “reportable transaction” as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.6011-4(b).

 

(j)                                      None of the Companies nor any of their Subsidiaries will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date or prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date.  None of the Companies nor any of their Subsidiaries nor any other Person on any of their behalf has (i) agreed to or is required to make any adjustments pursuant to Section 481(a) of the Code or any similar provision of Law or (ii) executed or entered into a closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code or any similar provision of Law with respect to the Companies or their Subsidiaries.

 

(k)                                   Each Company and each of its Subsidiaries is member of the “Selling Consolidated Group” (within the meaning of Section 338(h)(10)(B) and Treas. Reg. § 1.338(h)(10)-1(b)(2)) that includes the Seller.

 

(l)                                      ResortQuest Hawaii, LLC is, and has at all times since its conversion from a C corporation in 2002 been, properly treated for federal, state, and local income tax purposes as an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 301.7701-3.

 

(m)                                The transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not subject to the tax withholding provisions of the Code or the tax withholding provisions of Hawaii state law.  To the Knowledge of Seller, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not subject to the withholding provisions of any other state, local or foreign law.

 

4.15                         Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities; Capital Commitments Except as disclosed in Section 4.15 of the Disclosure Schedule, and except for liabilities or obligations (i) that are reflected in, accrued, reserved against or otherwise described in the Reference Balance Sheet, (ii) that were incurred after the date of the Reference Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices, (iii) arising pursuant to the terms of contracts or agreements of any Company or a Subsidiary of any Company entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices that are not required to be reflected as liabilities on a balance sheet, or disclosed in the notes thereto, prepared in accordance with GAAP, or (iv) that are being paid or satisfied by Seller or its Affiliates at Closing in accordance with the terms hereof , none of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries has any material liabilities or

 

18



 

obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable .

 

4.16                         Absence of Certain Changes Except as disclosed in Section 4.16 of the Disclosure Schedule, since the date of the Reference Balance Sheet, (a) neither Company nor any Subsidiary of a Company has (i) split, combined or reclassified its capital stock, (ii) materially changed its accounting principles, practices or methods, except as required by GAAP or applicable Law, (iii) declared or paid any dividend or other distribution of cash or other assets or made any payments to Seller or its Affiliates (in each case, on a net basis), except for participation in Seller’s and/or its Affiliates’ cash management program pursuant to which cash collected by a Company is swept by Seller and/or its Affiliates, which shall continue until Closing, or (iv) suffered any change constituting a Seller Material Adverse Effect and (b) the business of the Companies and their Subsidiaries has been conducted, in all material respects, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

 

4.17                         Labor Matters Except as disclosed in Section 4.17 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither of the Companies nor any Subsidiary of a Company is a party to any collective bargaining agreement or other labor union contract.  There is no labor strike, slowdown or stoppage in progress or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened, against or involving either Company or any Subsidiary of a Company.  Since November 20, 2003, neither Company nor any Subsidiary of a Company has experienced any labor strike, slowdown or stoppage.  Seller has no Knowledge of any material activities or proceedings of any labor union to organize any employees of a Company or any Subsidiary of a Company.  Except as set forth in Section 4.17 of the Disclosure Schedule, since January 1, 2006, there has been no request for collective bargaining or for a representation election from any employee, union or the National Labor Relations Board.  All individuals who are performing consulting or other services for a Company or any Subsidiary of a Company are or were correctly classified as either “independent contractors” or “employees,” as the case may be, and, immediately prior to the Closing, will qualify for such classification with immaterial exceptions.  Seller is not aware that any officer or key employee, or that any group of key employees, currently intends to terminate his or her employment with a Company or any Subsidiary of a Company, nor does a Company or any Subsidiary of a Company have a present intention to terminate the employment of any of the foregoing.  Section  4.17 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth all employment, consulting or other material agreements, written or oral, between a Company or any Subsidiary of a Company and any employee, officer, director or consultant and identifies each such employee or consultant whose employment or services may not be terminated on less than three months’ notice without compensation.  Each Company and each Subsidiary of a Company is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws respecting employment, termination of employment, employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours.  There are no pending, or to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened, material claims or actions against a Company or any Subsidiary of a Company under any workers’ compensation policy or long-term disability policy.

 

4.18                         Finder’s Fee .  Except for fees payable to Citigroup Global Markets Inc., which fees are payable by GEC or Seller, neither GEC, Seller, the Companies nor any Subsidiary of the Companies has incurred any liability to any party for any brokerage or finder’s fee or agent’s

 

19



 

commission, or the like, in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Seller or either Company.

 

4.19                         Insurance Section 4.19 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list of all policies of property, fire and casualty, product liability, workers’ compensation, and other forms of insurance held by the Companies or their Subsidiaries as of the date hereof.  Seller has heretofore provided Purchaser with a summary of the coverage and terms of each such policy.  All such policies are in full force and effect, no notice of default or termination has been received in respect thereof, and all premiums due thereupon have been paid.  Seller has made available to Purchaser (a) true and complete copies or binders of all such insurance policies and (b) a list of all claims paid under the insurance policies of the Companies and their Subsidiaries since January 1, 2005 and all claims pending as of the date hereof.

 

4.20                         Accounts Receivable .  The accounts receivable reflected on the Reference Balance Sheet or the accounting records of the Companies and their Subsidiaries as of the Closing represent or will represent valid obligations for monies due for goods sold and delivered or services actually performed by the Companies or their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.  There is no material contest, claim, defense or right of set off relating to the amount or validity of any such accounts receivable.

 

4.21                         Related Party Transactions .  Except as set forth in Section 4.21 of the Disclosure Schedule, (a) neither GEC, Seller nor any of their Affiliates, nor any officer or director of GEC, Seller or their Affiliates, nor any officer or director of a Company or the Subsidiaries of a Company (any such person, a “ Related Person ”), is involved, either directly or indirectly, in any material business arrangement or relationship with (i) the Companies or their Subsidiaries (except in connection with their service as an officer or director, as applicable), (ii) any Person that purchases from or sells, licenses or furnishes to the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries any material amount of goods, property, technology, intellectual or other property rights or (iii) any contract or agreement to which either Company or any of their Subsidiaries is a party or by which it may be bound or affected, and (b) no Related Person owns any material property or right, tangible or intangible, used by the Companies or their Subsidiaries in the conduct of their business.

 

4.22                         Books and Records .  The Companies and their Subsidiaries have made and kept (and given Purchaser access to) their true, correct and complete books and records and accounts, which accurately and fairly reflect, in reasonable detail, the activities of the Companies and their Subsidiaries in all material respects.

 

4.23                         Hawaiian Operations .  Except as set forth in Section 4.23 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Companies and their Subsidiaries own or lease all assets used in the conduct of the Hawaiian operations of Seller, GEC and their respective Subsidiaries.

 

4.24                         Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard.   Neither Company nor any of their Subsidiaries has received notice from any credit card company or credit card processor that (a) either Company or any Subsidiary is not in compliance with the applicable guidelines and standards established by the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards (“ PCI DSS ”) or

 

20



 

(b) such credit card company or credit card processor intends to assess a fine with respect to, or terminate, the credit card processing operations of either Company or any Subsidiary.

 

4.25                         Amendment to Waimea Plantation Cottages Management Agreement ResortQuest Hawaii, LLC has entered into a Third Amendment to Waimea Plantation Cottages Management Agreement with Waimea Plantation Cottages, LLC in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , and has agreed to contribute the sum of $125,000 to Waimea Plantation Cottages, LLC for purposes of property improvements pursuant to the terms of such agreement.

 

ARTICLE 5
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF INTERVAL AND PURCHASER

 

Interval and Purchaser, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to Seller as follows:

 

5.1                                Corporate Status .  Each of Interval and Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has all requisite corporate power under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and authority to own, operate or lease all of its properties and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each of the jurisdictions in which the ownership, operation or leasing of its properties and assets and the conduct of its business requires it to be so qualified, licensed or authorized, except where the failure to have such power and authority or to be so qualified, licensed or authorized would not reasonably be expected to have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.2                                Authority Each of Interval and Purchaser has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party by each of Interval and Purchaser and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by each of Interval and Purchaser, and no other corporate proceedings are necessary to authorize this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party that have been executed as of the date hereof have been, and the Ancillary Agreements to which Purchaser will be a party that will be executed at Closing will be, duly executed and delivered by each of Interval and Purchaser, and (assuming due authorization and delivery by GEC and Seller) this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which e ach of Interval and Purchaser is a party that have been executed as of the date hereof constitute, and the Ancillary Agreements to which Purchaser will be a party that will be executed at Closing will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of each of Interval and Purchaser, enforceable against each of them in accordance with their terms, subject to general principles of equity and except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws of general application relating to creditors’ rights.

 

5.3                                No Conflict Except for the notification requirements of the HSR Act, neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party by each of Interval and Purchaser nor the consummation by each of Interval and

 

21



 

Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will (a) violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any term or provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of either Interval or Purchaser, (b) conflict with or violate, in any material respect, any Law applicable to either Interval or Purchaser or any of its assets, properties or business, or (c) conflict with or violate, result in the breach of any term or provision of, or constitute a default (or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration, consent, suspension, revocation or cancellation of, or result in the creation of any Encumbrances on any of the assets or properties of either Interval or Purchaser pursuant to, any material note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease, license, contract, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which either Interval or Purchaser is a party or by which its properties or assets may be bound, except, in the case of clauses (b) and (c) only, for such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults, rights of termination, amendment, acceleration, consent, suspension, revocation or cancellation or creation of any Encumbrance that would not , individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.4                                Compliance with Law Each of Interval and Purchaser has complied in all material respects with all applicable Laws or Governmental Orders that would affect its ability to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party.  There is no Action pending or, to the Knowledge of Interval and Purchaser, threatened against either Interval or Purchaser affecting its ability to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

 

5.5                                Consents Except for the requirements of the HSR Act, no action, approval, consent or authorization by either Interval or Purchaser, including, but not limited to, any action, approval, consent or authorization by, or any other order of, filing with or notification to any Governmental Authority, is or will be necessary to make this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or any of the agreements or instruments to be executed, performed and delivered by either Interval or Purchaser pursuant hereto a legal, valid and binding obligation of either Interval or Purchaser, subject to general principles of equity and except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws of general application relating to creditors’ rights, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder, except where the failure to obtain such actions, approvals, consents or authorizations or orders of, or the failure to make such filings or notifications, would not have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.6                                Sufficient Funds .  As of the date hereof, Purchaser has, and as of the Closing Purchaser will have, sufficient funds available (through existing credit arrangements or otherwise) to enable it to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

5.7                                Finder’s Fee .  N either Interval nor Purchaser has not entered into nor will enter into any contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding with any broker, finder or similar agent or any Person that will result in the obligation of GEC, Seller, the Companies, their Subsidiaries or any of their respective stockholders, option holders, directors, officers or other Affiliates to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage fees or commission or similar payment in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

22


 

5.8                                No Reliance Each of Interval and Purchaser acknowledges that, except as set forth in this Agreement or the Disclosure Schedule, Purchaser is not relying on any representation or warranty regarding the Companies or their Subsidiaries or their respective assets, properties and businesses.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither GEC, Seller, the Companies nor any other Person has made a representation or warranty to Interval or Purchaser with respect to (a) any projections, estimates or budgets for the Companies’ or their Subsidiaries’ businesses, (b) any material, documents or information relating to either of the Companies or any Subsidiary of a Company made available to each of Interval and Purchaser or their counsel, accountants or advisors in Seller’s data room or otherwise, except as expressly covered by a representation or warranty set forth in Article 4 , or (c) the information contained in Seller’s Confidential Information Memorandum dated October 2006.

 

5.9                                Investment Intent .  Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the risks and merits associated with the acquisition of the Shares and is acquiring the Shares for its own account for investment, with no present intention of making a public distribution thereof.  Purchaser shall not offer to sell, sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities laws.

 

5.10                         Litigation, Claims and Proceedings There are no claims or actions that have been brought by or against any Governmental Authority or any other Person pending or, to the Knowledge of Interval and Purchaser, threatened against or by either Interval or Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries or assets that would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.  To the Knowledge of Interval and Purchaser, there are no existing Governmental Orders naming Interval, Purchaser or any of their respective Subsidiaries as an affected party that, individually or in the aggregate, have had or would reasonably be expected to have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.  There are no outstanding judgments against Interval, Purchaser or any of their respective Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, have had or would reasonably be expected to have a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.

 

ARTICLE 6
COVENANTS

 

6.1                                Interim Operations of the Companies .  Seller covenants and agrees that, after the date hereof and prior to the Closing Date or earlier termination of this Agreement pursuant to its terms (unless Purchaser shall otherwise approve in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, or unless as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or disclosed in Section 6.1 of the Disclosure Schedule):

 

(a)                                   the businesses of the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall be conducted in all material respects in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(b)                                  the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall not (i) amend their articles of incorporation, bylaws, limited liability company agreements or similar organizing documents; (ii) split, combine, subdivide or reclassify their outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests; or (iii) repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or make

 

23



 

any dividends or distributions on account of, any shares of their capital stock, equity interests or any securities convertible into their capital stock or equity interests (it being understood that this provision shall not prohibit (a) dividends of cash from the Companies’ Subsidiaries or any other entities in which the Companies or their Subsidiaries have invested, or (b) any inter-company cash management or other payments made by the Companies and their Subsidiaries to GEC or its Affiliates in the ordinary course of business);

 

(c)                                   except as required by applicable Law, the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall not: (i) enter into, renew, adopt or amend (except for renewals on substantially identical terms) any employee welfare, pension, retirement, profit-sharing or similar plan, program, agreement, policy or arrangement (including those containing severance or change in control provisions); (ii) enter into, modify, adopt or amend (except for renewals on substantially identical terms) any employee benefit plan; (iii)  enter into, modify or amend any employment or consulting agreement (except for renewals on substantially identical terms) with, or grant or announce any increase in the salaries, bonuses, retention or success pay or other benefits payable by the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries to any of their officers, directors, consultants or employees, other than as required by Law and except for merit or other increases in compensation or benefits in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice, but in any event, not in excess of 3% in the aggregate for any Person, pursuant to any plans, programs or agreements existing on the date hereof; or (iv) hire any employee outside of the scope of the budget of the Companies and their Subsidiaries previously provided to Purchaser (excluding any person hired as a replacement for an employee who has left the employ of the Companies or their Subsidiaries);

 

(d)                                  the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall not (i) incur or assume any long-term or short-term debt, issue any debt securities or incur any indebtedness for borrowed or purchase money or letters of credit, except for borrowings from GEC, Seller or its Affiliates in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice (through participation in GEC’s, Seller’s and their Affiliates’ cash management program) ; (ii) assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise become liable or responsible (whether directly, contingently or otherwise) for the material obligations of any other Person except as set forth in Section 6.1 of the Disclosure Schedule; (iii) make any material loans, advances or capital contributions to, or investments in, any other Person, whether by purchase of stock or securities, contributions to capital, property transfer or otherwise ; (iv) mortgage, pledge or otherwise encumber any of their assets, create any Encumbrance of any kind with respect to any such asset other than Permitted Encumbrances, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their assets except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; (v)  authorize, or make any commitment with respect to, any single capital expenditure that is in excess of $125,000 or capital expenditures in excess of $700,000 for the Companies and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole; or (vi) make any prepayments with respect to, or advance any funds under, any agreement or arrangement to which the Companies or their Subsidiaries is a party;

 

(e)                                   the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall not issue, deliver, sell or encumber shares of any class of their capital stock, equity interests or any securities

 

24



 

convertible or exchangeable into, or any rights, warrants or options to acquire, any such shares or interests;

 

(f)                                     the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall not acquire any business, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, other business organization or any division thereof, whether by merger, consolidation, the purchase of a substantial portion of the assets of such business or otherwise;

 

(g)                                  the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall not change their accounting policies, practices or methods except as required by GAAP or by the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

(h)                                  the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall not make, change or revoke any Tax election, enter into any closing agreement, settle or compromise any Tax claim or assessment, file any amended Tax Return, change any Tax reporting method policy or procedure or consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of material Taxes;

 

(i)                                      Seller shall not pledge or otherwise encumber the Shares;

 

(j)                                      the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall not adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, merger, consolidation, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization or otherwise permit its corporate or limited liability company existence to be suspended, lapsed or revoked;

 

(k)                                   the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall not (i)  enter into any contract, agreement or arrangement that would be a Material Contract if entered into prior to the date hereof or (ii) modify, amend or terminate any Material Contract;

 

(l)                                      the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall not sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets of the Companies or their Subsidiaries with a value in excess of $100,000 individually or in the aggregate;

 

(m)                                the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall not take any action to replace any property management system;

 

(n)                                  GEC, Seller, the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall not take any action or fail to take any action within their control which would cause any representation or warranty of GEC or Seller in this Agreement to be or become untrue in any material respect; and

 

(o)                                  the Companies shall not enter into, or permit any of their Subsidiaries to enter into, any commitments or agreements to do any of the foregoing.

 

In addition, between the date hereof and the Closing: (x) GEC shall complete all reasonably necessary documentation to transfer all right, title and interest in (1) the approximately forty (40) time clocks used by ResortQuest Hawaii, LLC to ResortQuest Hawaii, LLC so as to allow for ResortQuest Hawaii LLC’s use thereof in conjunction with its license of

 

25



 

the Kronos time-keeping software following the Closing; and (2) the two (2) check printers and two (2) check sealing machines currently used by ResortQuest Hawaii, LLC for their continued use by ResortQuest Hawaii, LLC following the Closing, and (y) where reasonably requested to do so by Purchaser, GEC shall cooperate with Purchaser to provide it with adequate documentation of professional liability coverage afforded the Companies and their Subsidiaries by GEC and its predecessors on a historical basis, where reasonably available to GEC, so as to allow Purchaser the opportunity to obtain endorsement of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, at the sole cost and expense of Purchaser, for conduct occurring prior to the Closing.

 

6.2                                Consents .

 

(a)                                   Each of the parties hereto shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Law or otherwise to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements as promptly as practicable, including using all commercially reasonable efforts to (i) obtain from Governmental Authorities and other Persons all consents, approvals, authorizations, qualifications and orders as are necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, (ii) promptly make all necessary filings, and thereafter make any other required submissions, with respect to this Agreement required under any applicable Law (other than the HSR Act) , and (iii) in no event later than ten (10) business days following the date hereof, file or cause to be filed with the United States Federal Trade Commission (the “ FTC ”) and the United States Department of Justice (the “ DOJ ”) the notification and report form pursuant to the HSR Act, required for the transactions contemplated hereby; and (iv) as promptly as practicable, comply with any request for additional information and documents pursuant to the HSR Act.  Each of the parties hereto shall inform the others promptly of any communication made by or on behalf of such party to (including permitting the other party to review such communication in advance), or received from, the FTC or the DOJ and shall furnish to the other such information and assistance as the other may reasonably request in connection with its preparation of any filing, submission or other act that is necessary or advisable under the HSR Act to the extent permitted by applicable Law.  The parties hereto shall keep each other timely apprised of the status of any communications with, and any inquiries or requests for additional information from, the FTC or the DOJ to the extent permitted by applicable Law, and shall comply promptly with any such inquiry or request.  No party shall agree to participate in any meeting with any Governmental Authority in respect of any filings, investigation or other inquiry unless it consults with the other party in advance and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Authority, gives the other party the opportunity to attend and participate thereat.  Subject to the Mutual Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2006, by and between GEC and Interval International, Inc., an Affiliate of Purchaser (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), and to the extent permitted by applicable Law, the parties will provide each other with copies of all correspondence, filings or communications between them or any of their representatives, on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority or members of its staff, on the other hand, with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

26



 

(b)                                  The parties hereto shall cooperate with one another in determining whether any action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority (excluding the actions and filings described in clause (a) above) is required or reasonably appropriate, or any action, consent, approval or waiver from any party to any Material Contract is required or reasonably appropriate, in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement, in taking such actions or making any such filings, the parties hereto shall furnish information required in connection therewith and timely seek to obtain any such actions, consents, approvals or waivers.

 

6.3                                Publicity .  GEC, Seller and Purchaser agree that the initial press release with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby shall be a joint press release.  Thereafter, subject to their respective legal obligations (including requirements of stock exchanges, national stock markets and other similar regulatory bodies), GEC and Purchaser shall consult with each other, and use reasonable efforts to agree upon the text of any press release, before issuing any such press release or otherwise making public statements with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and in making any filings with any federal or state governmental or regulatory agency or with any national securities exchange or national stock market with respect thereto.

 

6.4                                Access to Records and Properties .

 

(a)                                   From the date hereof until the Closing Date or earlier termination of this Agreement, Seller will, and will cause the Companies and their Subsidiaries to:

 

(i)                              provide Purchaser and its officers, counsel and other representatives with reasonable access during normal business hours to the operations of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, their principal personnel and representatives, and such books and records pertaining to the Companies and their Subsidiaries as Purchaser may reasonably request, provided that (A) Purchaser agrees that such access will give due regard to minimizing interference with the operations, activities and employees of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, (B) such access and disclosure would not violate the terms of any agreement to which the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries is bound or any applicable Law and (C) all arrangements for access shall be made solely through Seller; and

 

(ii)                           furnish to Purchaser or its representatives such additional financial and operating data and other information relating to the Companies and their Subsidiaries as may be reasonably requested, to the extent that such access and disclosure would not (A) violate the terms of any agreement to which the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries is bound or any applicable Law, or (B) cause significant competitive harm to the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries or their Affiliates if the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not consummated.

 

(b)                                  From the date hereof until the Closing Date, Purchaser agrees that all information so received from Seller, the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall be

 

27



 

deemed received pursuant to the Confidentiality Agreement and that each shall, and shall cause its Affiliates and each of its and their representatives to, comply with the provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement with respect to such information, and the provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference with the same effect as if fully set forth in this Agreement.

 

6.5                                Further Action .  From and after the Closing Date, each of the parties hereto shall use its reasonable efforts to perform such further acts and execute such documents as may be reasonably required to effect the transactions contemplated hereby.  Each of GEC and Purchaser will comply in all material respects with all applicable Laws in connection with its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.  Each of GEC and Purchaser agrees to use its reasonable efforts to obtain in a timely manner all necessary waivers, consents, approvals and opinions and to effect all necessary registrations and filings, and to use its reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all other actions and to do, or cause to be done, all other things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective as promptly as practicable the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

6.6                                Expenses .  Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party hereto incurring such expenses, except as expressly provided herein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of Seller and Purchaser shall pay one half of the fees required to be paid under the HSR Act.

 

6.7                                Notification of Certain Matters Each party shall:

 

(a)                                   give prompt notice to the others of the occurrence or nonoccurrence of any event whose occurrence or nonoccurrence is reasonably expected to cause any of the conditions precedent set forth in Article 7 not to be satisfied; and

 

(b)                                  promptly furnish the other with copies of notices or other communications received by any party from any Governmental Authority or other third party with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

6.8                                Employee Benefit Plans .

 

(a)                                   Purchaser intends to cause each of the Companies and their Subsidiaries to continue to employ on an at-will basis all employees of the Companies and their Subsidiaries who are so employed immediately prior to the Closing Date (including employees absent from work as of the Closing Date due to short-term or long-term disability, sick leave, workers’ compensation absence or other approved leave who have been active employees within six (6) months prior to the Closing Date) (“ Company Covered Employees ”).  The Companies, Seller and GEC shall each use their commercially reasonable efforts to assist Purchaser in employing such Company Covered Employees as of the Closing.  For the avoidance of doubt, no provision in this Agreement shall be construed to restrict the ability of the Companies, their Subsidiaries or Purchaser to amend any of the compensation and employee benefit plans and policies maintained by the Companies and/or their Subsidiaries following the Closing.

 

28



 

(b)                                  Except as otherwise provided herein, Seller and/or GEC shall be solely liable for any severance or other termination payments or benefits required to be made or provided to any current or former employee, officer, director or consultant of a Company or a Subsidiary of the Companies (including any Company Covered Employee) (i) as a result of any termination of employment or service that occurs on or prior to the Closing or (ii) otherwise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (excluding any such payments required to be made as the result of the termination of such Covered Employee’s employment by Purchaser at or after the Closing).

 

(c)                                   Except (i) as set forth in Section 6.8(h) , and (ii) for any other Plans covered by the Transition Services Agreement, effective as of the Closing, the Companies and their Subsidiaries and each of their present and former employees shall cease participating in Seller’s or its affiliated entities’ Plans (other than any of such Plans sponsored by a Company or a Company Subsidiary).  For purposes of determining eligibility and vesting (but not for benefit accrual) under any Purchaser benefit plan in which a Company Covered Employee participates after the Effective Time, such employee shall be credited with his or her years of service with the Companies or a Subsidiary of the Companies.

 

(d)                                  As of the Closing Date, Purchaser shall cause to be maintained for the benefit of Company Covered Employees a defined contribution plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and Purchaser shall, upon the Closing or as soon as practicable thereafter, direct the trustee of GEC’s 401(k) Plan to transfer to the trustee of a defined contribution plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code the aggregate individual account balances of the Company Covered Employees (whether or not vested) who are then employed by Purchaser or the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

(e)                                   In the event that (i) GEC makes payments under its Supplemental Salary Deferral (SUDCOMP) plan to Company Covered Employees that may be categorized as income reportable on Form W-2 during 2007 with respect to such Company Covered Employees, or (ii) the Company Covered Employees exercise options to acquire common stock of GEC that results in income reportable on Form W-2 during 2007 with respect to such Company Covered Employees, the parties will cooperate with respect to reporting such amounts as required by applicable Law on Forms W-2 prepared by GEC or Purchaser, as the case may be.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, GEC shall be and remain responsible for the payment of all Taxes and expenses, and shall be entitled to all Tax benefits, with respect to such Supplemental Salary Deferral (SUDCOMP) Plan and the exercise of such stock options.

 

(f)                                     GEC shall remain solely responsible for satisfying the continuation coverage requirements for group health plans under the Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985 and Sections 601 through 608 of ERISA (collectively, “ COBRA ”) for all former employees (and their respective beneficiaries and dependents) of the Companies and any Subsidiary thereof who are receiving COBRA continuation coverage as of the Closing Date and for all former employees and Company Covered Employees (and their respective beneficiaries and dependents) who are entitled to elect such coverage on account of a qualifying event occurring on or before the Closing Date, in each case, to the extent such right to such continuation coverage arose or arises under a

 

29



 

Plan sponsored by Seller and/or GEC (i.e., other than any Plan sponsored by any Company or any Subsidiary of any Company).  The Companies (or any Subsidiary of any Company, as applicable) shall be solely responsible for satisfying the continuation coverage requirements for group health plans under COBRA for all former employees (and their respective beneficiaries and dependents) of the Companies and any Subsidiary thereof who are receiving COBRA continuation coverage as of the Closing Date and for all former employees and Company Covered Employees (and their respective beneficiaries and dependents) who are entitled to elect such coverage on account of a qualifying event occurring on or before the Closing Date, in each case, to the extent such right to such continuation coverage arose or arises under a Plan sponsored by a Company or any Subsidiary of any Company.

 

(g)                                  GEC shall provide Purchaser with correctly completed I-9 forms (the “ I-9 Forms ”) and attachments with respect to all Company Covered Employees (excluding any Company Covered Employees whose employment commenced prior to the time at which I-9 Forms were required to be entered into under applicable Law).

 

(h)                                  Simultaneously with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, GEC and Seller agree to distribute the vested account balances of the Company Covered Employees under the GEC Supplemental Salary Deferral (SUDCOMP) Plan to such individuals in accordance with the provisions of the GEC Supplemental Salary Deferral (SUDCOMP) Plan.

 

(i)                                      Within two (2) business days before the Closing, GEC shall provide to Purchaser a list of all active employees and employees out on leave of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, which list will include the employee name, date last worked and, where applicable, expected date for return to work status.  Such list shall be dated within one week of the delivery of such list as provided in the foregoing sentence.

 

6.9                                Intercompany Indebtedness .  Immediately prior to the Closing, Seller shall contribute to the Companies, as a capital contribution in respect of the Shares of the relevant Company, all indebtedness owed by such Company or any of its Subsidiaries to GEC, Seller or any of their Affiliates that has not been repaid by such Company or its Subsidiary prior to the Closing, if any.  In addition, immediately prior to the Closing, any indebtedness owed by Seller or its Affiliates (other than the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries) to the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries that has not been repaid by the Seller or its Affiliates prior to the Closing, shall be satisfied.

 

6.10                         Debt and Guaranties .  At the Closing, GEC shall pay or make provision for the release of guaranties of the Companies and their Subsidiaries related to the contracts, agreements and obligations of GEC, Seller and any of their respective Affiliates (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries).  Section 6.10 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth all such guaranties.

 

6.11                         Supplements to Disclosure Schedule .  If GEC or Seller becomes aware of, or there occurs after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Closing, any fact or condition that constitutes a Seller Material Adverse Effect or a material breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller in Article 4 ( without giving effect, for purposes of this Section 6.11 , to any qualifications as to materiality or “ Material Adverse Effect ” or any similar qualification contained in such representations or warranties), or if any fact or condition, either currently

 

30



 

existing or hereafter occurring, otherwise requires any change in the Disclosure Schedule delivered to Purchaser at the time of execution of this Agreement, Seller will promptly disclose such fact or condition to Purchaser and deliver to Purchaser a supplement to the Disclosure Schedule (each, a “ Disclosure Schedule Supplement ”) specifying any needed change.  In addition, if prior to the Closing, Purchaser becomes aware of any fact or condition that constitutes a breach of any representation or warranty of Seller, Purchaser will promptly disclose such fact or condition to Seller.  Any Disclosure Schedule Supplement shall not be deemed to amend the Disclosure Schedule for purposes of determining whether the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 or Article 10 have been satisfied and shall not be deemed to cure any breach of any representation or warranty or to limit the rights and remedies of Purchaser under this Agreement for any breach of such representations and warranties.

 

6.12                         Guaranties by GEC and Interval .

 

(a)                                   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, GEC will cause Seller to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, GEC waives (i) any and all defenses specifically available to a guarantor (other than any defenses otherwise available to Seller), and (ii) any notices, including, without limitation, any notice of any amendment of this Agreement or waiver or other similar action granted pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Interval will cause Purchaser to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Interval waives (i) any and all defenses specifically available to a guarantor (other than any defenses otherwise available to Purchaser), and (ii) any notices, including, without limitation, any notice of any amendment of this Agreement or waiver or other similar action granted pursuant to this Agreement.

 

6.13                         Retention and Access to Books and Records .  As soon as practicable after the Closing, GEC or Seller shall provide to Purchaser copies of any books and records primarily related to the operations of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, and access to other information related to the operations of the Companies or their Subsidiaries reasonably requested by Purchaser, including, without limitation, the books and records with respect to any properties managed by a Company or any Subsidiary of either Company, in the possession of GEC or Seller or their Affiliates to the extent that the Companies or their Subsidiaries do not already possess copies of such books and records.  After the Closing Date, Purchaser shall cause the Companies and their Subsidiaries to retain for a period consistent with Purchaser’s record retention policies and practices all books and records of the Companies and their Subsidiaries.  Following the Closing, Purchaser shall provide GEC or Seller and its representatives, at GEC’s or Seller’s sole cost and expense, reasonable access thereto, during normal business hours and on prior written notice as reasonably necessary in connection with any Tax, audit, governmental or similar inquiry, the preparation of financial statements relating to GEC or Seller, the preparation of any filings required to be made by GEC or Seller with the Securities and Exchange Commission or to pursue or defend any suit, claim, action, proceeding or investigation reasonably related to claims arising or accruing prior to the Closing.  Any access to the books and records of the Companies and their Subsidiaries following the Closing pursuant to this Section 6.13 shall be upon the condition that any such access not materially interfere with the

 

31



 

business operations of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, provided that such access shall not be unreasonably denied.

 

6.14                         Non-Competition; Non-Solicit and Confidentiality .

 

(a)                                   (i)                                      For a period of five years from and after the Closing Date, GEC shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, without the prior written consent of Purchaser (which may be withheld in its sole discretion), directly or indirectly engage in the business of providing hotel management or vacation condominium, hotel condominium, timeshare or rental property management services anywhere in the State of Hawaii, whether such engagement is as an officer, director, proprietor, employee, partner, investor (other than as a holder of less than 5% of the outstanding capital stock of a publicly traded corporation), guarantor, consultant, advisor, agent, sales representative or other participant.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this clause (i) shall (A) restrict the activities of any third party acquirer of GEC (a “ Third Party Acquirer ”), provided that in no event shall a Third Party Acquirer be permitted to provide hotel or condominium resort management services with respect to the Specified Properties; or (B) prohibit GEC or any of its Affiliates from providing hotel management services to hotels whose primary business is in hosting conventions, meetings and/or large business groups, provided that in no event shall GEC or any of its Affiliates be permitted to provide hotel management services with respect to the Specified Properties.  It is acknowledged and agreed that RHAC Holdings, LLC and Waipouli Holdings, LLC will not be considered to be Affiliates of GEC or Seller for purposes of this Section 6.14 .

 

(ii)                                   For a period of five years from and after the Closing Date, Seller and its Subsidiaries shall not, and Seller shall cause its Affiliates who are or propose to be engaged in the business of providing hotel management or vacation condominium, hotel condominium, timeshare or rental property management services, not to, without the prior written consent of Purchaser (which may be withheld in its sole discretion), directly or indirectly engage in the business of providing hotel or condominium resort management services with respect to the Specified Properties, whether such engagement is as an officer, director, proprietor, employee, partner, investor (other than as a holder of less than 5% of the outstanding capital stock of a publicly traded corporation), guarantor, consultant, advisor, agent, sales representative or other participant.

 

(b)                                  For a period of five years from and after the Closing Date, (i) GEC shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, and (ii) Seller and its Subsidiaries shall not, and Seller shall cause its Affiliates who are or propose to be engaged the business of providing hotel management or vacation condominium, hotel condominium, timeshare or rental property management services, not to, without the prior written consent of Purchaser, which may be withheld in its sole discretion:

 

(i)                                      directly or indirectly solicit or recruit any employee of either Company or any of their Subsidiaries, or encourage or aid any employees of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date to terminate their employment with either Company or any of their Subsidiaries, in each case, for the purpose of being employed by GEC or Seller or by any business, individual,

 

32



 

partnership, firm, corporation or other entity on whose behalf GEC or Seller is acting as an agent, representative or employee, or convey any confidential information or trade secrets about other employees of either Company or any of their Subsidiaries relating to their education, experience, skills, abilities, compensation and benefits, and inter-personal relationships with suppliers to and customers of either Company and their Subsidiaries to any other Person except within the scope of GEC’s or Seller’s duties to either Company; provided , however , that a general solicitation of the public for employment shall not constitute a solicitation, encouragement or aid hereunder so long as the general solicitation is not designed to target, or does not have the effect of targeting, any employee of either Company or any of their Subsidiaries; or

 

(ii)                                   solicit, induce or persuade any supplier of either Company or any of their Subsidiaries to terminate or otherwise limit its business relationship with either Company or any of their Subsidiaries.

 

(c)                                   For a period of five years from and after the Closing Date, Interval and Purchaser shall not, and shall cause their Subsidiaries not to, without the prior written consent of Seller (which may be withheld in its sole discretion), directly or indirectly engage in the business of providing management services with respect to the properties listed on Schedule 6.14(c) , whether such engagement is as an officer, director, proprietor, employee, partner, investor (other than as a holder of less than 5% of the outstanding capital stock of a publicly traded corporation), guarantor, consultant, advisor, agent, sales representative or other participant.

 

(d)                                  For a period of five years from and after the Closing Date, Interval and Purchaser shall not, and shall cause their Subsidiaries, not to, without the prior written consent of Seller, which may be withheld in its sole discretion:

 

(i)                                      directly or indirectly solicit or recruit any employee of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, or encourage or aid any employees of the Seller or any of its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date to terminate their employment with Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case, for the purpose of being employed by Purchaser or any Company or by any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity on whose behalf Purchaser or any Company is acting as an agent, representative or employee, or convey any confidential information or trade secrets about other employees of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries relating to their education, experience, skills, abilities, compensation and benefits, and inter-personal relationships with suppliers to and customers of Seller and its Subsidiaries to any other Person; provided , however , that a general solicitation of the public for employment shall not constitute a solicitation, encouragement or aid hereunder so long as the general solicitation is not designed to target, or does not have the effect of targeting, any employee of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries; or

 

(ii)                                   solicit, induce or persuade any supplier of Seller any of its Subsidiaries to terminate or otherwise limit its business relationship with Seller or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

33


 

(e)                                   The parties hereto agree that (i) due to the unique nature of the services and capabilities of GEC, Seller, Interval and Purchaser, damages would be an inadequate remedy in the event of breach or threatened breach of the provisions this Section 6.14 , (ii) any breach under Section 6.14(a) , Section 6.14(b)  or Section 6.14(g)  may allow GEC and Seller to unfairly compete with Interval, Purchaser, the Companies and their Subsidiaries, resulting in irreparable harm to Interval, Purchaser, the Companies and their Subsidiaries, and any breach under Section 6.14(c)  or Section 6.14(d)  may allow Interval and Purchaser to unfairly compete with Seller, GEC and their Subsidiaries, resulting in irreparable harm to Seller, GEC and their Subsidiaries, and (iii) in the event of any breach of Section 6.14(a) , Section 6.14(b)  or Section 6.14(g) , Interval, Purchaser, the Companies and their Subsidiaries and Affiliates shall be entitled to, and in the event of any breach of Section 6.14(c ) or Section 6.14(d) , GEC, Seller and their Subsidiaries and Affiliates, shall be entitled to, appropriate equitable relief, in addition to whatever remedies they might have at law, and may, either with or without pursuing any potential damage remedies, immediately obtain and enforce an injunction, including, without limitation, a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction, prohibiting GEC, Seller and their Affiliates (in the case of any breach of Section 6.14(a) , Section 6.14(b)  or Section 6.14(g) ), and Interval, Purchaser and their Affiliates (in the case of any breach of Section 6.14(c)  or Section 6.14(d) ) from violating the provisions of this Section 6.14 in any available forum.

 

(f)                                     (i)                                      Without limitation, the parties agree and intend that the covenants contained in this Section 6.14 shall be deemed to be a series of separate covenants and agreements, one for each and every political subdivision.  It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Section 6.14 be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies of each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought.  Accordingly, if any provision in this Section 6.14 or deemed to be included herein shall be adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision, without any action on the part of the parties hereto, shall be deemed amended to delete or to modify (including, without limitation, a reduction in duration, geographical area or prohibited business activities) the portion adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such deletion or modification to apply only with respect to the operation of such provision in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudication is made, and such deletion or modification to be made only to the extent necessary to cause the provision as amended to be valid and enforceable.

 

(ii)                                   GEC and Seller agree and acknowledge that the covenants of each contained in this Section 6.14 are reasonably necessary for the protection of Purchaser’s interests under this Agreement, including the full benefit of any reputation or goodwill associated with the business of the Companies and their Subsidiaries as the business may exist on and after the date hereof, and are not unduly restrictive upon either of GEC or Seller.  Interval and Purchaser agree and acknowledge that the covenants of Interval and Purchaser contained in this Section 6.14 are reasonably necessary for the protection of Seller’s interests under this Agreement, including the full benefit of any reputation or goodwill associated with the business of the Seller and its Subsidiaries as the business may exist on and after the date hereof, and are not unduly restrictive upon Interval and Purchaser.

 

34



 

(g)                                  GEC and Seller acknowledge that, through their direct or indirect ownership of the Companies and the Subsidiaries of the Companies, GEC and Seller have acquired Confidential Information (as defined below).  GEC and Seller shall not, except as may be required to perform GEC’s and Seller’s duties under this Agreement or as required by applicable law, without limitation in time, communicate, divulge, disseminate, disclose to others or otherwise use, whether directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information regarding the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates.  “ Confidential Information ” shall mean material information about either Company or any of their Subsidiaries, and their respective businesses, employees, consultants, contractors, clients and customers, that is not disclosed by either Company or any of their Subsidiaries for financial reporting purposes or otherwise publicly available and that was learned by GEC or Seller through its relationship with the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates, including (without limitation) any proprietary knowledge, trade secrets, data, formulae, information and client and customer lists and all papers, resumes, and records (including computer records) of the documents containing such Confidential Information.  The obligations of GEC and Seller under this Section 6.14 shall not apply to information which: (1) is or becomes generally available to the public without breach of this Section 6.14 ; (2) GEC, in good faith, deems necessary or advisable to be included in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission or related public disclosures; or (3) GEC or its Subsidiaries received from a third party without an obligation of confidentiality.  In addition, the parties acknowledge and agree that GEC, Seller and their representatives have provided Confidential Information to prospective purchasers of the Companies and the Subsidiaries of the Companies and their businesses in connection with the strategic alternative review process with respect thereto and the provisions of this Section 6.14 shall not apply to any such information provided by GEC, Seller or their representatives prior to the date hereof in connection with the aforementioned strategic alternative review process; provided such information has been made available pursuant to confidentiality agreements with terms materially no less stringent than the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement.  GEC and Seller acknowledge that such Confidential Information is specialized, unique in nature and of great value to the Companies and their Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

6.15                         RHAC Holdings, LLC; Waipouli Holdings LLC.   It is acknowledged and agreed by the parties that, prior to the Closing, the ownership interest held by RQIH in RHAC Holdings, LLC and Waipouli Holdings LLC will be distributed and/or transferred by RQIH to GEC or an Affiliate of GEC prior to Closing and that no Company or any Subsidiary of any Company will hold an ownership interest in RHAC Holdings, LLC or Waipouli Holdings LLC at the Closing, or have any liability or obligation arising out of or related to such ownership interest.

 

35



 

ARTICLE 7
CLOSING CONDITIONS

 

7.1                                Conditions to Obligations of Seller and Purchaser to Consummate the Transaction The respective obligation of each of Seller and Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                   Legality .  No order, decree or injunction shall have been entered or issued by any Governmental Authority that is in effect and has the effect of making the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise prohibiting consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)                                  HSR Act and Other Regulatory Approvals .  Any governmental or regulatory notices or approvals required under any Laws (including the expiration or termination of the waiting period (or extension thereof) under the HSR Act) to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been obtained and the parties shall have complied with all Laws applicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

7.2                                Additional Conditions to Obligations of Purchaser The obligation of Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall also be subject to the satisfaction or waiver of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                   Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement that are qualified by Seller Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties shall have been expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such earlier date) with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date and the representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement that are not qualified as to Seller Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties shall have been expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such earlier date) with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date, except to the extent that any failures of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  Agreements and Covenants .  Seller shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing.

 

(c)                                   Other Closing Deliverables .  Purchaser shall have received the Closing deliverables set forth in Section 3.2(a) .

 

(d)                                  Consents .  The consents required pursuant to the Material Contracts set forth in Section 7.2(d ) of the Disclosure Schedule shall have been received.

 

36



 

(e)                                   Release of Guaranty .  Seller shall have delivered to Purchaser releases of or from lenders under the agreements set forth in Section 6.10 of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

(f)                                     Transition Services Agreement GEC and Gaylord Hotels, Inc. (an Affiliate of GEC) shall have executed and delivered to Purchaser a Transition Services Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A effective as of the Closing Date with respect to the provision by Gaylord Hotels, Inc. of certain services specified therein to the Companies and their Subsidiaries after the Closing (the “ Transition Services Agreement ”).

 

(g)                                  Opinion of Counsel Seller shall have delivered to Purchaser the written opinion of counsel to Seller, dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

(h)                                  Officer’s Certificate Seller shall have delivered to Purchaser a certificate of an officer of Seller that the conditions set forth in Sections 7.2(a)  and 7.2(b)  have been satisfied.

 

(i)                                      License Agreement .  Seller and ResortQuest Hawaii, LLC shall have executed and delivered to Purchaser the Trademark and Domain Names License Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ License Agreement ”) with respect to the use of the “ResortQuest” tradename in Hawaii.

 

(j)                                      Resignation of Directors and Officers .  All directors or officers of the Companies and/or the Subsidiaries of a Company shall have resigned as of the Closing Date.

 

(k)                                   No MAE .  There shall not have occurred after the date hereof an event, change, circumstance or effect that has had or is reasonably likely to have a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

 

(l)                                      Section 338 Election and FIRPTA Certificates .  Purchaser shall have received from Seller (i) an affidavit of non-foreign status that complies with Section 1445 of the Code and any certificate required to establish that no withholding is required under applicable state law (including a Form N-289, Certification for Exemption from the Withholding Tax on Disposition of Hawaii Real Property), (ii) unless the Purchaser has elected to cause the LLC Conversion, an executed IRS Form 8023 (and all applicable corresponding state and local forms) with respect to each of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, and (iii) if the Purchaser has elected to cause the LLC Conversion, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser that the Conversion has occurred.

 

(m)                                RHAC Holdings, LLC; Waipouli Holdings, LLC .  The ownership interest held by RQIH in RHAC Holdings, LLC and Waipouli Holdings LLC shall have been distributed and/or transferred by RQIH to GEC or an Affiliate of GEC prior to Closing such that no Company or any Subsidiary of any Company holds an ownership interest in RHAC Holdings, LLC or Waipouli Holdings LLC as of the Closing.

 

37



 

7.3                                Additional Conditions to Obligations of Seller.  The obligation of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall also be subject to the satisfaction or waiver of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                   Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of Purchaser contained in this Agreement that are qualified by Purchaser Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties shall have been expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such earlier date) with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date, and the representations and warranties of Purchaser contained in this Agreement that are not qualified as to Purchaser Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties shall have been expressly made as of an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such earlier date) with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Closing Date, except to the extent that any failures of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  Agreements and Covenants .  Purchaser shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing.

 

(c)                                   Other Closing Deliverables .  Seller shall have received the Closing deliverables set forth in Section 3.2(b) .

 

(d)                                  Officer’s Certificate Purchaser shall have delivered to Seller a certificate of an officer of Purchaser that the conditions set forth in Sections 7.3(a)  and 7.3(b)  have been satisfied

 

(e)                                   Transition Services Agreements .  Purchaser shall have executed and delivered the Transition Services Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 8
CERTAIN TAX MATTERS

 

8.1                                Tax Indemnity Obligations.

 

(a)                                   GEC and Seller shall be liable for, and shall save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser and its Subsidiaries (including the Companies and their Subsidiaries) from and against any and all Losses suffered or paid as a result of, in connection with or arising out of: (i) Taxes of the Companies and their Subsidiaries that are due with respect to periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date, including all interest related thereto, all Taxes arising from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including distributions of assets pursuant to Section 7.2(m)  and all Taxes attributable to RHAC Holdings, LLC and Waipouli Holdings, LLC), and all withholding Taxes; (ii) Taxes of the Companies and their Subsidiaries that are due with respect to

 

38



 

periods (“ Straddle Periods ”) that include but do not end on the Closing Date to the extent attributable to the portion of the Straddle Period ending at the close of business on the Closing Date; (iii) any and all Taxes imposed on either of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries by reason of either of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries (or any predecessor thereof) having been a member of an Affiliated Group on or prior to the Closing Date (including, without limitation, by reason of the liability of either Company or any of their Subsidiaries (or any predecessor thereof) pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.1502-6(a) (or any predecessor or successor thereof or any analogous or similar provision under state, local or foreign Law)) ; and (iv) any inaccuracy in or breach of any Tax representation or warranty contained in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto and any breach of any Tax covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement (without regard to disclosure in the Disclosure Schedule).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, GEC and Seller shall not be required to indemnify Purchaser or the Companies and their Subsidiaries for any Tax to the extent such Tax is specifically accrued as a liability for Taxes in arriving at the working capital adjustments pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Unless prohibited by applicable Law, the parties hereto shall cause the taxable period of the Companies and their Subsidiaries to close as of the close of business on the Closing Date.  For purposes of this Agreement, whenever it is necessary to determine the liability for Taxes of the Companies and their Subsidiaries for a Straddle Period, the determination of the Taxes of the Companies and their Subsidiaries for the portion of the Straddle Period ending on and including, and the portion of the Straddle Period beginning after, the Closing Date shall be determined by assuming that the Straddle Period consisted of two taxable years or periods, one which ended at the close of the Closing Date and the other which began at the beginning of the day following the Closing Date, and items of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit, and state and local apportionment factors of the Companies and their Subsidiaries for the Straddle Period, shall be allocated between such two taxable years or periods on a “closing of the books basis” by assuming that the books of the Companies and their Subsidiaries were closed at the close of the Closing Date.  However, (i) exemptions, allowances or deductions that are calculated on an annual basis, such as the deduction for depreciation, and (ii) periodic taxes such as real and personal property taxes shall be apportioned ratably between such periods on a daily basis.

 

8.2                                Responsibility for Filing Tax Returns .

 

(a)                                   Income Tax Returns .  GEC will be responsible for and will cause to be prepared and duly filed (i) all Tax Returns of the Companies and their Subsidiaries that are due before the Closing Date (taking account of extensions of time to file such Tax Returns) and (ii) all Tax Returns of the Companies and their Subsidiaries that are income Tax Returns and are prepared on a consolidated, unitary, or combined basis and that include GEC or Seller for all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date.   GEC shall include the income of the Companies and their Subsidiaries on GEC’s consolidated federal income Tax Returns (and any foreign or state consolidated, unitary or combined Tax Returns) for all periods ending on or before the Closing Date and pay any income Taxes attributable to such income.  The Companies and their Subsidiaries shall furnish

 

39



 

Tax information to GEC for inclusion in GEC’s federal consolidated income Tax Return (or other Tax Return described in the preceding sentence) for the period that includes the Closing Date in accordance with the Companies’ and their Subsidiaries’ past custom and practice.

 

(b)                                  Other Tax Returns .  Purchaser shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed all Tax Returns for the Companies and their Subsidiaries that are filed after the Closing Date (other than Tax Returns with respect to periods described in Section 8.1(a) ) and, subject to the right to payment from GEC under the next sentence, Purchaser shall pay all Taxes shown as due on those Tax Returns.  Not later than two (2) days prior to the filing of any such Tax Returns, GEC shall pay to Purchaser the amount of Taxes owed by GEC pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.1(a) .

 

(c)                                   Review Rights No later than thirty (30) days prior to the due date for filing thereof, Purchaser shall provide GEC with drafts of all Tax Returns prepared by it pursuant to Section 8.2(b) , but only to the extent such Tax Returns would reflect a Tax liability for which GEC is responsible under this Agreement.  The reviewing party shall have the right to review and provide comments on Tax Returns during the fifteen (15)-day period following the receipt of such Tax Returns.  GEC and Purchaser shall consult with each other and attempt in good faith to resolve any issues arising as a result of any Tax Returns described in this Section 8.2(c)  and, if they are unable to do so, the disputed items shall be resolved (within a reasonable time, taking into account the deadline for filing such Tax Return) by an internationally recognized independent accounting firm chosen by both Purchaser and GEC.  Upon resolution of all such items, the relevant Tax Return shall be timely filed on that basis.  The costs, fees and expenses of such accounting firm shall be borne equally by Purchaser and GEC.  If any dispute with respect to a Tax Return is not resolved prior to the due date of such Tax Return, such Tax Return shall be filed in the manner which the party responsible for preparing such Tax Return deems correct, without prejudice to the other party’s rights and obligations under this Article 8 .

 

8.3                                Cooperation on Tax Matters.

 

(a)                                   Purchaser and GEC shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns pursuant to this Article 8 and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes.  Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information that are reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder.  GEC and Purchaser agree (i) to retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to the Companies or a Subsidiary of a Company relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by Purchaser or GEC, any extensions thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any Taxing Authority, and (ii) to give the other party reasonable written notice prior to transferring,

 

40



 

destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if Purchaser so requests, GEC shall allow Purchaser to take possession of such books and records.

 

(b)                                  Purchaser and GEC further agree, upon request, to use their best efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any Governmental Authority or any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed (including, but not limited to, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby).

 

8.4                                Refunds and Tax Benefits.  Any income Tax refunds that are received by Purchaser, either Company or any Subsidiary, and any amounts credited against income Tax liability of Purchaser, a Company or any Subsidiary for which GEC is not liable and that relate to income Tax periods or portions thereof ending on or before the Closing Date, other than any such refunds or credits of Tax that are (a) attributable to a loss, credit or other tax attribute arising in periods beginning after the Closing Date (including the portion of a Straddle Period beginning after the Closing Date) or (b) reflected as an asset on the Closing Date Balance Sheet, shall be net of any Taxes incurred in respect of the receipt or accrual of such refund or credit and net of any other expenses attributable thereto be for the account of GEC paid over to GEC within fifteen (15) days after receipt or entitlement thereto .

 

8.5                                Section 338(h)(10) Election and Purchase Price Allocation.

 

(a)                                   GEC and Seller, on the one hand, and Purchaser, on the other hand, shall join together in making an election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code (and all corresponding elections under state, local or foreign law) (collectively, the “ Section 338(h)(10 Elections ”) with respect to the shares of stock of the Companies that are purchased by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement and, at the request of Purchaser, shares of stock of any Subsidiaries of the Companies.  GEC and Seller shall cooperate with Purchaser by taking all steps necessary in order to effectuate the Section 338(h)(10) Election s in accordance with applicable laws (including, without limitation, the preparation of IRS Form 8023 and all similar state and local forms and submitting any ruling request, prepared by and at the sole expense of Purchaser on behalf of GEC, the Seller or the Companies, as the case may be, the applicable taxing authorities with respect to such election).  At the request of the Purchaser, GEC and Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser on the Closing Date (or such later time as requested by Purchaser) an executed IRS Form 8023 (and all applicable corresponding state or local forms) with respect to the Companies and their Subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the request of the Purchaser, GEC and the Seller shall convert each of the Companies (and, at the discretion of the Purchaser, each of the Subsidiaries that is not a limited liability company) into a limited liability company before the Closing Date in lieu of the parties making the Section 338(h)(10) Election set forth above, provided that Purchaser provides a written notice of such request to GEC and Seller no later than ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date (the “ LLC Conversion ”).

 

(b)                                  Within one hundred and twenty (120) days following the Closing Date, Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to GEC a draft schedule allocating the Purchase Price among the stock of the Companies and allocating the “aggregate deemed sales price”

 

41



 

within the meaning of the applicable Treasury Regulations under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code with respect to each of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, among the assets of the Companies and their Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Allocation ”).  Within thirty (30) days of delivery of the Allocation, GEC shall notify Purchaser of any proposed changes.  If the parties cannot agree on the Allocation, the dispute shall be resolved by an independent nationally recognized accounting firm mutually determined by Purchaser and GEC.  The Allocation shall be used in preparing IRS Form 8883 (and a ll similar forms required under state or local Law), which form shall be completed, executed, and delivered by the parties as soon as reasonably practicable after the finalization of the Allocation, but in no event later than sixty (60) days before the due date for the filing of such form.  Any payments subsequent to the Closing Date (such as indemnity payments under the terms of this Agreement) that are treated as an adjustment to purchase price of the assets of the Companies and their Subsidiaries for tax purposes shall be reflected as an adjustment to the price allocated to a specific asset, if any, giving rise to the adjustment and if any such adjustment does not relate to a specific asset, such adjustment shall be allocated among the Company assets in accordance with the Allocation method provided in this Section 8.5(b) .  In the event that Purchaser has made the election to proceed with a LLC Conversion, the provisions described in this paragraph shall continue to apply, except that the reference to “Allocation” shall be an allocation of the purchase price for tax purposes that is done in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder and the applicable form used to reflect the Allocation shall be IRS Form 8594 (and a ll similar forms required under state or local Law) .

 

(c)                                   Purchaser, GEC and Seller agree to file and agree to cause each of the Companies and their Subsidiaries to file all federal, state, local and foreign Returns in accordance with the Allocation (as originally proposed or as revised in accordance with this Agreement, as the case may be) and, except as required pursuant to a final determination (as defined in Section 1313(a) of the Code or corresponding provisions of state or local Law), not to take, or cause to be taken, any action that would be inconsistent with such Allocation in any Return, audit, litigation or otherwise.

 

8.6                                Transfer Taxes All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other similar Taxes and fees (including any penalties and interest) incurred in connection with this Agreement shall be borne fifty percent (50%) by Purchaser and fifty percent (50%) by GEC, except that any transfer Taxes arising from the distribution of RHAC Holdings, LLC and Waipouli Holdings, LLC shall be borne by GEC.

 

8.7                                Termination of Tax Sharing Agreements.   Any Tax allocation, sharing or indemnity agreement or arrangement (other than this Agreement), whether or not written, that may have been entered into by Seller (or any Affiliate of Seller), on the one hand, and either Company or any of their Subsidiaries, on the other hand, shall be terminated as to the Companies and their Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date, and no payments (or any other obligations) that are owed by or to either Company or their Subsidiaries pursuant thereto shall be required to be made (or performed) thereunder.

 

42


 

8.8                                Tax Proceedings .

 

(a)                                   In the event (i) Purchaser (or its Affiliates) or (ii) GEC (or its Affiliates) receives notice of any pending or threatened Tax audits or assessments by any Tax authority or other disputes concerning Taxes with respect to which the other party may incur liability under this Article 8 (or otherwise), the party in receipt of such notice shall promptly notify the other party of such matter in writing.  The failure by Purchaser to provide such notice on a timely basis, however, shall not release GEC from any of its obligations under this Article 8 , except to the extent that GEC is prejudiced by such failure.

 

(b)                                  GEC shall have the right to defend, object to or prosecute, at its sole cost and expense, those Tax claims relating to periods ending on or before the Closing Date.  GEC may in its discretion settle or compromise any such Tax claim; provided , however , that if the results of such Tax claim could affect the Tax liability of Purchaser, the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries for any Tax period including or ending after the Closing Date, then GEC shall not settle or compromise such Tax claim without the prior written consent of Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  With respect to Tax claims relating to periods ending on or before the Closing Date that are controlled by GEC and the settlement of which requires Purchaser’s consent pursuant to this paragraph, Purchaser or its authorized representatives shall be entitled, at the expense of Purchaser, to attend and participate in all proceedings relating to such Tax claim.  Purchaser shall have the right to defend, object to or prosecute all other Tax claims.

 

8.9                                Treatment of Indemnity Payment Except as otherwise required by applicable Law , the parties agree that any indemnity payments under the terms of this Agreement and any payment under Sections 2.2 and 2.3 shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for income tax purposes.

 

8.10                         Withholding .  Purchaser shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the Purchase Price otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as it is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of United States federal, state or local, or any foreign, tax Law.  To the extent that amounts are so withheld or paid over to or deposited with the relevant Governmental Authority by Purchaser, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the applicable holders of Shares in respect of which Purchaser made such deduction and withholding.

 

8.11                         Conflict with Article 10 .  In the event of any conflict between Article 10 and this Article 8 with respect to indemnification for Taxes, this Article 8 shall control.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Sections 8.1(a)  and 8.2 are not subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.5 hereof.

 

43



 

ARTICLE 9
TERMINATION

 

9.1                                Termination This Agreement may be terminated at any time before the Closing Date as follows:

 

(a)                                   by mutual written consent of each of Seller and Purchaser;

 

(b)                                  by either Seller or Purchaser, if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before October 1, 2007 (the “ Termination Date ”); provided , however , that in the event the FTC or DOJ issues a “second request” in connection with any review of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under the HSR Act, such date shall be extended to January 1, 2008; provided further , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.1(b)  shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or before the Termination Date;

 

(c)                                   by either Seller or Purchaser, if a Governmental Authority shall have issued an order, decree or injunction having the effect of making the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or permanently prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and such order, decree or injunction shall have become final and nonappealable; and

 

(d)                                  by either Seller or Purchaser, if there shall have been a material breach by the other of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, which breach would result in the failure to satisfy one or more of the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 (in the case of a breach by Seller) or Section 7.3 (in the case of a breach by Purchaser), and such breach shall be incapable of being cured or, if capable of being cured, shall not have been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof shall have been received by the party alleged to be in breach.

 

9.2                                Effect of Termination and Abandonment.  In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Article 9 , this Agreement (other than as set forth in Sections 6.4(b)  and 6.6 ) shall become void and of no effect with no liability on the part of any party hereto (or of any of its representatives); provided , however , that no such termination shall relieve any party hereto from any liability for damages (or fees and out-of-pocket expenses) resulting from any willful and intentional breach of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 10
INDEMNIFICATION

 

10.1                         Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All of the representations and warranties of Seller shall survive the Closing and continue in full force and effect for a period of eighteen months thereafter, except (a)  Sections 4.2 (“Authority”) and 4.4 (“Capitalization”) shall survive in perpetuity and (b)  Section 4.14 (“Taxes”) and any claims based on actual fraud or intentional misrepresentation shall survive the Closing until ninety (90) days following the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations (including any extensions thereof).  All of the representations and warranties of Purchaser shall survive the Closing and continue in full force

 

44



 

and effect for a period of eighteen months thereafter, except (x)  Section 5.2 (“Authority”) shall survive in perpetuity and (y) any claims found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from actual fraud or intentional misrepresentation shall survive the Closing until ninety (90) days following the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations (including any extensions thereof).  Each covenant and other agreement in this Agreement shall survive the Closing and continue in full force and effect until such covenant or other agreement is to be performed in full in accordance with its terms.  The right of Purchaser to indemnification pursuant to Section 8.1(a)  shall survive the Closing and continue in full force until the date ninety (90) days following the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations (including any extensions thereof).

 

10.2                         Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of Purchaser .  Provided Purchaser issues a Claim Notice (as hereinafter defined) within the applicable survival period, then, subject to the terms hereof, GEC and Seller, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser and its Affiliates and each of their respective officers, directors, members, partners, managers and employees (collectively, “ Purchaser Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines, claims, damages and assessments (collectively, “ Losses ”) through and after the date of the claim for indemnification that are imposed on or incurred by Purchaser Indemnified Parties that result from, arise out of, relate to (a) any breach of any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of GEC or Seller contained herein, (b) any expenses or liabilities with respect to any of GEC’s, Seller’s, the Companies’ or any of their Affiliates’ expenses incurred in connection with or in relation to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements, including without limitation severance or other termination payment obligations that become payable as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby (excluding any such payments required to be made as the result of the termination of such Covered Employee’s employment by Purchaser at or after Closing), (c) the ownership interest held by any Company or any Subsidiary of any Company prior to the Closing Date in REP Holdings Ltd., RHAC Holdings, LLC or Waipouli Holdings, LLC, or (d) the matter described in Item (a)(2)L. of Section 4.13 of the Disclosure Schedule pursuant to the terms set forth therein.

 

10.3                         Indemnification Provisions for Benefit of Seller .  In the event of any breach of any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of Purchaser contained herein, and provided Seller issues a Claim Notice within the applicable survival period, then, subject to the terms hereof, Purchaser agrees to indemnify Seller, GEC and their Affiliates and each of their respective officers, directors, members, partners, managers and employees (collectively, “ Seller Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any Losses through and after the date of the claim for indemnification that are imposed on or incurred by Seller Indemnified Parties that result from, arise out of, relate to, or are caused by the breach, subject to the terms of this Article 10 .  In addition, Purchaser agrees to indemnify the Seller Indemnified Parties from and against any Losses that are imposed on or incurred by the Seller Indemnified Parties to the extent arising from or out of the operations of the Companies and their Subsidiaries following the Closing (subject to the representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements of GEC or Seller set forth herein).

 

45



 

10.4                         Procedure for Matters Involving Third Parties .

 

(a)                                   If any third party shall notify either of the parties to this Agreement (the “ Indemnified Party ”) with respect to any matter (a “ Third-Party Claim ”) that may give rise to a claim for indemnification against any other party to this Agreement (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) under this Article 10 , then the Indemnified Party shall promptly issue a Claim Notice to the Indemnifying Party with respect thereto.

 

(b)                                  An Indemnifying Party will have the right to defend the Indemnified Party against the Third-Party Claim with counsel of its choice reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party so long as the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party in writing within thirty (30) days following the receipt of the Claim Notice that the Indemnifying Party desires to assume the defense of the Third-Party Claim and the Indemnifying Party thereafter conducts the defense of the Third-Party Claim actively and diligently.

 

(c)                                   So long as the Indemnifying Party is conducting the defense of the Third-Party Claim in accordance with Section 10.4(b) , the Indemnified Party may retain separate co-counsel at its sole cost and expense and participate in the defense of the Third-Party Claim.  The Indemnifying Party will not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third-Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, except the Indemnifying Party may consent to the entry of judgment or settlement without the consent of the Indemnified Party if the judgment or settlement is solely for money damages.

 

(d)                                  In the event any of the conditions in Section 10.4(b)  is or becomes unsatisfied, the Indemnified Party may defend against the Third-Party Claim and the Indemnifying Party will remain responsible for any Losses the Indemnified Party may suffer resulting from the Third-Party Claim.

 

(e)                                   A party suffering Losses that gives or could give rise to a claim for indemnification under this Article 10 shall promptly notify the other party thereof in writing (a “ Claim Notice ”) in accordance with Section 11.1 .  The Claim Notice shall contain a brief description of the nature of the Losses suffered and, if practicable, an aggregate dollar value estimate of the Losses suffered.  No delay in the issuance of a Claim Notice shall relieve either party from any obligation under this Article 10 , unless and solely to the extent the Indemnifying Party is thereby prejudiced.

 

10.5                         Limitations on Seller’s and GEC’s Indemnification Liability.

 

(a)                                   Ceiling :  Seller’s and GEC’s aggregate liability for indemnification claims under this Article 10 arising from breaches of representations and warranties in Article 4 hereof, shall not exceed $27,281,250 (the “ Cap ”).

 

(b)                                  Deductible :  Seller and GEC shall have no liability for indemnification claims under Article 10 arising from breaches of representations, warranties, covenants and/or agreements hereunder by Seller and/or GEC, unless and until the aggregate Losses

 

46



 

claimed under Article 10 exceed $1,000,000 (the “ Deductible ”), and then only for the amount by which such Losses exceed the Deductible.

 

(c)                                   Exceptions to the Cap and Deductible .  The limitations in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 10.5 shall not apply to (i) breaches of Sections 4.2 (“Authority”), 4.4 (“Capitalization”), or 4.14 (“Taxes”), (ii) Losses arising out of or related to the matters set forth in clause  (b) , (c)  or (d)  of Section 10.2 , (iii) any claims found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from actual fraud or intentional misrepresentation, (iv) any failure of GEC to pay any post-closing purchase price adjustment required to be made by GEC pursuant to Section 2.2(b) , (v) breaches of Section 6.14 hereof, (vi) the right of the Purchaser to indemnification pursuant to Section 8.1(a) , (vii) any claims under the Transition Services Agreement, and (viii) the obligation of GEC to pay fees or expenses as set forth in Section 8.6 and the last sentence of Section 6.6 .

 

10.6                         Limitations on Purchaser’s Indemnification Liability .

 

(a)                                   Ceiling :  Purchaser’s aggregate liability for indemnification claims under this Article 10 arising from breaches of representations and warranties in Article 5 shall not exceed the Cap.

 

(b)                                  Deductible :  Purchaser shall have no liability for indemnification claims under Article 10 arising from breaches of representations, warranties, covenants and/or agreements hereunder by Purchaser, unless and until the aggregate Losses claimed under Article 10 exceed the Deductible, and then only for the amount by which such Losses exceed the Deductible.

 

(c)                                   Exceptions to the Cap and Deductible.   The limitations in subsections (a) and (b) above of this Section 10.6 shall not apply to (i) breaches of Section 5.2 (first and second sentences only), (ii) any failure of Purchaser to close and pay the Purchase Price as required hereunder (including any post-closing purchase price adjustment required to be made by Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.2(b) ), (iii) breaches of Section 6.14 hereof, (iv) any claims under the Transition Services Agreement, (v) any claims of Seller or GEC pursuant to the last sentence of Section 10.3 , and (vi) the obligation of Purchaser to pay fees or expenses as set forth in Section 8.6 and the last sentence of Section 6.6 .

 

10.7                         Determination of Losses The parties shall take into account any net Tax benefits actually realized by the Indemnified Party as of the time that the indemnity payment is made as a result of the incurrence of Losses giving rise to indemnity.  In computing the amount of any such Tax benefit, the parties shall take account of any Tax costs to the Indemnified Party as a result of the receipt of the indemnity payment and the Indemnified Party shall be deemed to recognize all other items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit before recognizing any item arising from the receipt of any indemnity payment hereunder or the incurrence or payment of any indemnified Losses.  In addition, the amount of Losses incurred by any Indemnified Party hereunder will be determined net of any insurance proceeds actually received by the Indemnified Party under any policies of insurance covering the Loss giving rise to the applicable claim.  The Indemnified Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make an insurance claim under

 

47



 

any relevant policies of insurance covering the loss but shall not be obligated to institute legal proceedings to enforce coverage of any such claim.  Furthermore, any amounts received pursuant to making an insurance claim shall be offset by any Loss related to making such claim, including the payment of any deductible and any increases in premium payments that can be shown to be directly attributable to having made such claim, and the Loss shall be increased by the amount, if any, by which the Losses related to making such claim exceed the insurance proceeding actually received.

 

10.8                         Exclusive Remedy.  In the event the Closing occurs, Purchaser and Seller acknowledge and agree that the foregoing indemnification provisions in this Article 10 shall be the exclusive remedy of Purchaser (and the other Purchaser Indemnified Parties) and Seller (and the other Seller Indemnified Parties) with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other than for specific performance of this Agreement, which shall be available as a remedy as set forth herein).  Except as provided in the last sentence of this Section 10.8 , each party to this Agreement hereby waives all statutory, common Law and other claims with respect to this Agreement, other than claims for indemnification with respect to this Agreement pursuant to (and in accordance with the terms of) this Article 10 and other than claims for specific performance or injunctive relief.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Seller or Purchaser be liable for any special or punitive damages or consequential damages, except to the extent such damages are payable with respect to a Third-Party Claim, and Purchaser shall not be entitled to recover or seek any remedy under this Agreement (a) with respect to any claim or liability to any employee employed by a Company or any of their Subsidiaries arising as a result of the termination of such employees’ employment after the Closing Date (except to the extent arising out of a breach of any representation or warranty of Seller hereunder relating to severance or other payments or obligations in connection with such termination) or (b) to the extent that the liability for such damages is included in the calculation of the Closing Date RQ Working Capital.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party hereto shall be deemed to have waived any rights, claims, causes of action or remedies if and to the extent such rights, claims, causes of actions or remedies are found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from actual fraud or intentional misrepresentation.

 

10.9                         Indemnification Obligations of Seller.   Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, at and after such time that GEC or an Affiliate thereof has sold Seller to a third party, whether by stock purchase, merger, sale of substantially all of its assets or similar business combination transaction, Seller shall not have any indemnification obligation hereunder to the Purchaser Indemnified Parties (except in the event of any breach by Seller or its Affiliates or Subsidiaries of Section 6.13 or Section 6.14 , in which case Seller will have indemnification obligations to the Purchaser Indemnified Parties in accordance with the terms set forth herein with respect to such breaches)

 

ARTICLE 11
MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1                         Notices All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as of the date of receipt and shall be delivered personally or mailed by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), sent by overnight courier or sent by telecopy, to the applicable party at

 

48



 

the following addresses or telecopy numbers (or at such other address or telecopy number for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

(a)                                   if to GEC or Seller:              ResortQuest International, Inc.

c/o Gaylord Entertainment Company

One Gaylord Drive

Nashville, Tennessee  37214

Attention:  Carter R. Todd, Esq.

                                                    (615) 316-6186

Telecopy No.: (615) 316-6544

 

with a copy to:                                                                  Bass, Berry & Sims PLC

315 Deaderick Street, Suite 2700

Nashville, Tennessee  37238-3001

Attention:  F. Mitchell Walker, Jr.

Telecopy No.: (615) 742-2775

 

(b)                                  if to Interval                                                                                Interval Acquisition Corp.
                                                                                                or Purchaser:                                                                           Vacation Holdings Hawaii, Inc.

6262 Sunset Drive

Miami, Florida 33143

Attention:  General Counsel

Telecopy No.: (305) 667-2072

 

                                                with a copy to:                                                                  IAC/InterActiveCorp

555 West 18 th Street

New York, New York 10011

Attention :  General Counsel

Telecopy No. : (212) 314-7497

 

and a copy to:                                                                     Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

333 S. Grand Avenue

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attention:  Karen E. Bertero, Esq.

Telecopy No.: (213) 229-7520

 

11.2                         Certain Definitions; Interpretation .

 

(a)                                   For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(i)                              Action ” means any written claim, action or suit by or before any Governmental Authority.

 

49



 

(ii)                           Affiliate ” of a Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the first-mentioned Person.

 

(iii)                        Affiliated Group ” means any affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code or any similar group defined under a similar provision of state, local or foreign law.

 

(iv)                       Ancillary Agreements ” means, collectively, (A) the Transition Services Agreement, (B) the Employment Agreement and (C) the License Agreement.

 

(v)                          Applicable Rate ” means the corporate base rate of interest published from time to time in the Wall Street Journal .

 

(vi)                       Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(vii)                    Control ” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to do direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of stock, as trustee or executor, by contract or credit arrangement or otherwise.

 

(viii)                 ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(ix)                         Governmental Authority means any United States federal, state or local or foreign governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or any court .

 

(x)                            Governmental Order means any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority.

 

(xi)                         Known ” or “ Knowledge of any Person shall mean the knowledge of the senior officers (including, but not limited to, Persons holding a position comparable to a chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, general counsel, and director of human resources) and directors of such Person (and, in the case of Seller, Knowledge of Seller shall include the knowledge of the senior officers of either Company, the chief financial officer of GEC and the president and chief operating officer of Seller) , which they would have after a reasonable investigation of the surrounding circumstances, whether or not in fact they made such reasonable investigation .

 

(xii)                      Law ” means any Governmental Order or any law, statute, ordinance, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority, or any binding agreement with any Government Authority.

 

50



 

(xiii)                   Permit ” means any permit, franchise, authorization, or other license or approval issued or granted by any Governmental Authority.

 

(xiv)                  Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, entity or group.

 

(xv)                     Purchaser Material Adverse Effect means any material adverse change in or material adverse effect on the ability of Purchaser to perform its obligations under this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party, including the ability of Purchaser to consummate the purchase of the Shares.

 

(xvi)                  Seller Material Adverse Effect means any event, change, circumstance, effect or state of facts that is materially adverse to (A)  the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (B)  the ability of GEC, Seller or the Companies to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby ; provided , however , that “ Seller Material Adverse Effect ” shall not include the effect of any event, change, circumstance, effect or state of facts (1) resulting from or relating to changes in economic conditions or financial or securities markets in general or the industries and markets in which the Companies and their Subsidiaries operate, including changes resulting from travel restrictions, economic downturn or other factors generally affecting leisure travel or the leisure travel business, weather or natural conditions, political conditions, commodity prices or changes in laws, rules and regulations, other than any events, circumstances, changes or effects that affect the Companies and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a materially disproportionate extent relative to other entities operating in the industries and markets in which the Companies and their Subsidiaries operate; (2) resulting from any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or act of terrorism involving the United States or any declaration of war by the U.S. Congress, other than any events, circumstances, changes or effects that affect the Companies and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a materially disproportionate extent relative to other entities operating in the industries and markets in which the Companies and their Subsidiaries operate ; or (3) resulting from the breach by Purchaser of this Agreement.

 

(xvii)               Subsidiary ” of a Person means any corporation or other legal entity of which such Person (either alone or through or together with any other Subsidiary or Subsidiaries) is the general partner or managing entity or of which at least a majority of the stock or other equity interests the holders of which are generally entitled to vote for the election of the board of directors or others performing similar functions of such corporation or other legal entity is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person (either alone or through or together with any other Subsidiary or Subsidiaries); provided, however, that for purposes of clarification, RHAC Holdings, LLC and Waipouli Holdings, LLC will not be

 

51



 

considered Subsidiaries of (i) the Companies, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Companies, or (iii) GEC or any Subsidiary of GEC for purposes of this Agreement.

 

(xviii)            Taxes ” shall mean any and all taxes, fees, levies or other assessments, including, without limitation, federal, state, local or foreign income, transient accommodation, gross receipts, excise, real or personal property, sales, withholding, social security, occupation, use, service, service use, value added, license, net worth, payroll franchise or similar taxes, imposed by any Taxing Authority, together with any interest, penalties or additions to Tax and additional amounts imposed with respect thereto.

 

(xix)                    Taxing Authority ” shall mean any Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition or collection of any Taxes.

 

(xx)                       Tax Return ” shall mean any report, return, document, declaration or other information or filing required to be supplied to any Taxing Authority or jurisdiction (foreign or domestic) with respect to Taxes.

 

(xxi)                    Working Capital ” as of a given date shall mean the amount calculated by subtracting the current liabilities of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, excluding (A) liabilities for income Taxes, (B) the current portion of capital lease obligations, (C) interest payable, (D) intercompany payables owing to Seller or its Affiliates or their Subsidiaries and (E) any Seller or GEC insurance liability allocation (including for self-insured claims or retention), as of that date from the current assets of the Companies and their Subsidiaries (other than (1) current deferred income tax assets, (2) any other income Tax assets and (3) intercompany receivables owed by Seller or its Affiliates or their Subsidiaries) as of that date; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, calculations of inventory and accounts receivable shall be net of the applicable reserve (which reserve will be calculated in accordance with the past practice of the Companies and their Subsidiaries).

 

(b)                                  When a reference is made in this Agreement to Articles, Sections, or the Disclosure Schedule, such reference is to an Article or a Section of, or Disclosure Schedule to, this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated.  The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be understood to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

11.3                         Severability If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party.  Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, Seller and Purchaser shall negotiate in good faith

 

52



 

to modify this Agreement so as to effect their original intent as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the maximum extent possible.

 

11.4                         Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries This Agreement, including all exhibits attached hereto, the Disclosure Schedule and any Disclosure Schedule Supplement (which shall be construed with and as an integral part of this Agreement to the same extent as if the same had been set forth verbatim herein), the Ancillary Agreements and the Confidentiality Agreement constitute the entire agreement and supersede any and all other prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, among the parties hereto, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof and do not, and are not intended to, confer upon any Person other than the parties hereto, any rights whatsoever.

 

11.5                         Amendment; Waiver This Agreement may be amended only in a writing signed by all parties hereto.  Any waiver of rights hereunder must be set forth in writing.  A waiver of any breach or failure to enforce any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall not in any way affect, limit or waive any party’s rights at any time to enforce strict compliance thereafter with every term or condition of this Agreement.

 

11.6                         Binding Effect; Assignment This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives and successors.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall not be assigned by any party hereto by operation of law or otherwise without the express written consent of the other parties.

 

11.7                         Disclosure Schedule Any matter disclosed pursuant to the Disclosure Schedule or any Disclosure Schedule Supplement shall be deemed to be disclosed for all purposes under this Agreement to the extent reasonably apparent from the language of the disclosure (without reference to any facts or provisions in any document other than the Disclosure Schedule, whether or not incorporated by reference) , but such disclosure shall not be deemed to be an admission or representation as to the materiality of the item so disclosed.

 

11.8                         Governing Law; Jurisdiction This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof that would apply the law of another jurisdiction.  Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the courts of the United States of America located in the State of New York for any litigation arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to its respective address set forth in Section 11.1 shall be effective service of process for any litigation brought against it in any such court.  Each of the parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any litigation arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States of America located in the State of New York and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such litigation brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to trial by

 

53



 

jury in connection with any litigation arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

11.9                         Construction The headings of Articles and Sections in this Agreement are provided for convenience only and will not affect its construction or interpretation.  The language used in this Agreement is the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

 

11.10                  Counterparts This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic .pdf submission), and by the different parties in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

11.11                  Enforcement The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at Law or in equity.

 

[Signature Page Follows.]

 

54



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

Vacation Holdings Hawaii, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Craig M. Nash

 

Name:

 Craig M. Nash

 

Title:

 Director

 

 

 

 

 

Interval Acquisition Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Craig M. Nash

 

Name:

 Craig M. Nash

 

Title:

 Director

 

 

 

 

 

ResortQuest International, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ David Kloeppel

 

Name:

 David Kloeppel

 

Title:

 EVP

 

 

 

 

 

Gaylord Entertainment Company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ David Kloeppel

 

Name:

 David Kloeppel

 

Title:

 EVP

 


 



Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.

 

Interval Leisure Group, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies that:

 

1.                                        The original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 8, 2008.

 

2.                                        The name under which the Corporation was initially incorporated is Interval Leisure Group, Inc.

 

3.                                        This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and amends in its entirety the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

 

4.                                        This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and by the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

 

5.                                        The text of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in full as follows:

 

FIRST :                                                            The name of the corporation is Interval Leisure Group, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND :                                          The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is c/o National Registered Agents, Inc., 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101 City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware 19904.  The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at that address is National Registered Agents, Inc

 

THIRD :                                                        The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or

 

1



 

activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

 

FOURTH :                                       A .                                         The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is three hundred and twenty-five million (325,000,000), consisting of three hundred million (300,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share (the “Common Stock”) and twenty-five million (25,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

 

B .                                      The board of directors (the “Board”) is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (such certificate being hereinafter referred to as a “Preferred Stock Designation”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.  The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation.

 

C.                                      Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of

 

2



 

Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

 

FIFTH :                                                           The Corporation elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

SIXTH :                                                         The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

A .                                    The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.  In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation or the by-laws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

 

B .                                      The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the by-laws so provide.

 

C .                                      Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

3



 

D .                                     Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by or at the direction of the Board or by a person specifically designated with such authority by the Board.  Stockholders are not entitled to call special meetings.

 

SEVENTH :                                   A .                                        Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board.

 

B .                                      Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise required by law or by resolution of the Board, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum (and not by stockholders).  Any director so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other reason.

 

C .                                      Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the by-laws of the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH :                                             The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws of the Corporation.

 

4



 

NINTH :                                                      A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.  If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

TENTH :                                                    The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer this [    ] day of [            ], 2008.

 

 

 

 

INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

[                                                                ]

 

 

 

[                                                                ]

 

5




Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.

 

ARTICLE I - OFFICES

 

Section 1 .                       Registered Office .

 

The registered office of Interval Leisure Group, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be located in the city of Dover, State of Delaware.

 

Section 2 .                       Other Offices .

 

The Corporation may have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors (the “Board”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II - STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1 .                       Annual Meeting .

 

(1)           An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board shall each year fix.

 

(2)           Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of business to be transacted by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (a) pursuant to the Corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Board, or (c) by any stockholder of record of the Corporation (the “Record Stockholder”) at the time of the giving of the notice required in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this

 



 

section.  For the avoidance of doubt, clause (c) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and propose business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (such act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Exchange Act”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

(3)           For nominations or business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Record Stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of the foregoing paragraph, (a) the Record Stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (b) any such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, and (c) the Record Stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, must have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement required by these Bylaws.  To be timely, a Record Stockholder’s notice shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 45 or more than 75 days prior to the first anniversary (the “Anniversary”) of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials for the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, or if the Corporation did not hold an annual meeting during the preceding year, notice by the Record Stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or (ii) the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.  Such Record Stockholder’s notice shall set forth (a) if such notice pertains to the nomination of directors, as to each person whom the Record Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to

 

2



 

such person as would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of such nominees as directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, and such person’s written consent to serve as a director if elected; (b) as to any business that the Record Stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of such business, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such Record Stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as to the Record Stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such Record Stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) (A) the class, series, and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by  such Record Stockholder and  such beneficial owner, (B) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a “Derivative Instrument”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (C) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant o which such stockholder has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Company, (D) any short interest in any security of the Company (for purposes of this By-law a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any

 

3



 

profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (E) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (F) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner and (G) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including without limiation any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s immediate family sharing the same household (which information shall be supplemented by such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date)  and (iii) a statement whether or not such Record Stockholder or beneficial owner will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation reasonably believed by such Record Stockholder or beneficial holder to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such Record Stockholder (such statement, a “Solicitation Statement”).

 

(4)           Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of the third paragraph of this Section 1 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board made by the Corporation at least 55 days prior to the Anniversary, a

 

4



 

Record Stockholder’s notice required by this Bylaw shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(5)           A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at an annual meeting unless (i) the person is nominated by a Record Stockholder in accordance with Section 1(2)(c) or (ii) the person is nominated by or at the direction of the Board.  Only such business shall be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section.  The chairman of the meeting shall have the power and the duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting has been made in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defectively proposed business or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

 

(6)           For purposes of these Bylaws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(7)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 1.  Nothing in this Section 1 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the

 

5



 

Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

 

Section 2 .                       Special Meetings .

 

(1)           Special meetings of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Board or by a person specifically designated with such authority by the Board.  The Board may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting. Stockholders are not entitled to call special meetings.

 

(2)           Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board or (b) by any stockholder of record  of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 1 of this Article II.  Nominations by stockholders of persons for election to the Board may be made at such a special meeting of stockholders only if the stockholder’s notice required by the third paragraph of Section 1 of this Article II shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting.  A person shall not be eligible for election or reelection as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the Board or (ii) by a Record Stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in Section 1 of this Article II.

 

(3)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, a stockholder

 

6



 

shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 2.  Nothing in this Section 2 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

 

Section 3 .                       Notice of Meetings .

 

Notice of the place, if any, date, and time of all meetings of the stockholders, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), a national securities exchange, or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation).   Meetings may be held without notice if all stockholders entitled to vote are present (unless any such stockholders are present for the purpose of objecting to the meeting as lawfully called or convened), or if notice is waived by those not present.  Any previously scheduled meeting of the stockholders may be postponed, and (unless the Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provides) any special meeting of the stockholders may be canceled, by resolution of the Board upon public notice given prior to the time previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment

 

7



 

is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the place, if any, date, and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given in conformity herewith.  At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

Section 4 .                       Quorum .

 

At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the shares of the stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law.  Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

 

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, (a) the chairman of the meeting or (b)  the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the shares of the stock present in person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date, or time.

 

Section 5 .                       Organization .

 

Such person as the Board may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting.  In the

 

8



 

absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints.

 

Section 6 .                       Conduct of Business .

 

The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order.  The chairman shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date and time.  The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

 

Section 7 .                       Proxies and Voting .

 

At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting.  Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this paragraph may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

 

The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof.  The Corporation may designate one or more alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.  If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more

 

9



 

inspectors to act at the meeting.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.  Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by a duly appointed inspector or inspectors.

 

All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

Section 8 .                       Stock List .

 

A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law.

 

The stock list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law.  This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

ARTICLE III  -  BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1 .                       Number, Election and Term of Directors .

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors

 

10



 

under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board.

 

Section 2 .                       Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies .

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise required by law or by resolution of the Board, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum (and not by stockholders).  No decrease in the number of authorized directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 3 .                       Regular Meetings .

 

Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board and publicized among all directors.

 

Section 4 .                       Special Meetings .

 

Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the CEO or by a majority of the Board and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix.  Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director by whom it is not waived by mailing written notice not less than five (5) days before the meeting or by telephone or by telegraphing or telexing or by facsimile or electronic transmission of the same not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting.  Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.  A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present or if those not present

 

11



 

waive notice of the meeting in accordance with Section 2 of Article VII of these By-Laws.

 

Section 5 .                       Quorum .

 

At any meeting of the Board, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for all purposes.  If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

Section 6 .                                                                     Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

 

Members of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 7 .                       Conduct of Business .

 

At any meeting of the Board, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.  Action may be taken by the Board without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 8 .                       Compensation of Directors .

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the directors.  The directors may be paid their expenses, if

 

12



 

any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or paid a stated salary or paid other compensation as a director.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

ARTICLE IV  -  COMMITTEES

 

Section 1 .                                                                     Committees of the Board .

 

The Board may from time to time designate committees of the Board, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

 

Section 2 .                                                                     Conduct of Business .

 

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.  Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third (1/3) of the members, but never less than two members, shall constitute a quorum, unless the committee shall consist of one (1) member, in which event one (1) member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present.  Action may be taken by any

 

13



 

committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

ARTICLE V  —  CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD; OFFICERS

 

Section 1 .                                                                     Generally .

 

The Corporation shall have a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”), a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers as may from time to time be appointed by the Board, all of whom shall perform such duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board.  Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the same person.  Officers shall be elected by the Board, which shall consider that subject at its first meeting after every annual meeting of stockholders.  Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.  The salaries of officers elected by the Board shall be fixed from time to time by the Board or by such officers as may be designated by resolution of the Board.

 

Section 2.                        Chairman of the Board of Directors .

 

Subject to the provisions of these By-laws and to the direction of the Board, the Chairman of the Board shall preside at meetings of the Board, shall have the duties as prescribed by theses By-laws and such other duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board.

 

Section 3 .                                                                     The Chief Executive Officer .

 

Subject to the provisions of these By-laws and to the direction of the Board, the CEO shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and

 

14



 

affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of chief executive or which are delegated to him or her by the Board.  He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation.

 

Section 4 .                                                                     President .

 

The Board or the CEO may elect a President to have such duties and responsibilities as from time to time may be assigned to him by the CEO or the Board.  He or she shall have general responsibility for the management and control of the operations of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of chief operating officer or which are delegated to him or her by the Board or the CEO.  Subject to the direction of the Board and the Chairman of the Board, the President shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized, and to all acts which are authorized by the CEO or the Board, and shall, in general, have such other duties and responsibilities as are assigned consistent with the authority of President of a corporation.

 

Section 5 .                                                                     Chief Financial Officer .

 

The Chief Financial Officer (if any) shall act in an executive financial capacity. He shall assist the CEO and the President, if any, in the general supervision of the Corporation’s financial policies and affairs.  Subject to the direction of the Board and the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Financial Officer shall have the power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall, in general, have such other duties and responsibilities as are assigned consistently with the authority of a Chief Financial Officer of a corporation.

 

15


 

Section 6 .                                                                     Vice Presidents .

 

The Board or the CEO may from time to time name one or more Vice Presidents that may include the designation of Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents all of whom shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the CEO or the Board.

 

Section 7 .                                                                     Treasurer .

 

The Treasurer shall have the responsibility for maintaining the financial records of the Corporation.  He or she shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation.  The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 8 .                                                                     Secretary .

 

The Secretary shall issue all authorized notices for, and shall keep minutes of, all meetings of the stockholders and the Board.  He or she shall have charge of the corporate books and shall perform such other duties as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 9 .                                                                     Delegation of Authority .

 

The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

Section 10 .                                                               Removal .

 

Any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board.

 

16



 

ARTICLE VI  -  STOCK

 

Section 1 .                                                                     Certificates of Stock .

 

The stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution for any or all of the stock to be uncertificated shares.  Each holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman or President, if any (or any Vice President), and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.

 

Section 2 .                                                                     Record Date .

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may, except as otherwise required by law, fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the time for such other action as hereinbefore described; provided, however, that if no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and, for determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise any rights of change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other purpose, the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts a resolution relating thereto.

 

17



 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 3 .                                                                     Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

 

In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place pursuant to such regulations as the Board may establish concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.  When authorizing such issue of new certificate(s), the Board may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate(s), or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate(s) alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

 

Section 4 .                                                                     Regulations .

 

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board may establish.

 

ARTICLE VII  -  NOTICES

 

Section 1 .                                                                     Notices .

 

If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

 

18



 

Section 2 .                                                                     Waivers .

 

A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person.  Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.  Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the sole purpose of objecting to the transaction of business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

ARTICLE VIII  -  MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1 .                                                                     Facsimile Signatures .

 

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these By-laws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board or a committee thereof.  In case any officer or officers who have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

 

Section 2 .                                                                     Corporate Seal .

 

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization, and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

 

19



 

Section 3 .                                                                     Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records .

 

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director or committee member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 4 .                                                                     Fiscal Year .

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board.

 

Section 5 .                                                                     Time Periods .

 

In applying any provision of these By-laws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

 

ARTICLE IX  -  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Section 1 .                                                                     Indemnification .

 

(A) Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or a person of whom he is the legal representative is or was, at any time during which this By-Law is in effect (whether or not such person continues to serve in such capacity at the time any indemnification or payment of

 

20



 

expenses pursuant hereto is sought or at the time any proceeding relating thereto exists or is brought), a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was at any such time serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Corporation (each such person, an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of his heirs, executors and administrators;  provided,  however, that except as provided in paragraph (C) of this By-Law, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board. The right to indemnification conferred in this By-Law shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition, such advances to be paid by the Corporation within twenty (20) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from the claimant requesting such advance or advances from time to time; provided,  however, that if the DGCL requires, the payment of such

 

21



 

expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter, the “undertaking”) by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right of appeal (a “final disposition”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this By-Law or otherwise. The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this By-Law shall be contract rights that vest at the time of such person’s service to or at the request of the Corporation and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

(B)   To obtain indemnification under this By-Law, a claimant shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the claimant and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant is entitled to indemnification. Upon written request by a claimant for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph (B), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the claimant’s entitlement thereto shall be made as follows: (i) by the Board by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no Disinterested Directors or the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the claimant, or (iv) if a quorum of Disinterested

 

22



 

Directors so directs, by the stockholders of the Corporation. If it is so determined that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, payment to the claimant shall be made within 10 days after such determination.

 

  (C)   If a claim under paragraph (A) of this By-Law is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after a written claim pursuant to paragraph (B) of this By-Law has been received by the Corporation (except in the case of a claim for advancement of expenses, for which the applicable period is twenty (20) days), the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct which makes it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including the Disinterested Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including the Disinterested Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(D)   If a determination shall have been made pursuant to paragraph (B) of this By-Law that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such

 

23



 

determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to paragraph (C) of this By-Law.

 

(E)   The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to paragraph (C) of this By-Law that the procedures and presumptions of this By-Law are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in such proceeding that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this By-Law.

 

(F)   The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this By-Law (i) shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise and (ii) cannot be terminated by the Corporation, the Board or the stockholders of the Corporation with respect to a person’s service prior to the date of such termination. Any amendment, modification, alteration or repeal of this By-Law that in any way diminishes, limits, restricts, adversely affects or eliminates any right of an indemnitee or his successors to indemnification, advancement of expenses or otherwise shall be prospective only and shall not in any way diminish, limit, restrict, adversely affect or eliminate any such right with respect to any actual or alleged state of facts, occurrence, action or omission then or previously existing, or any action, suit or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such actual or alleged state of facts, occurrence, action or omission.

 

(G)   The Corporation may grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any current or former employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the

 

24



 

provisions of this By-Law with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of current or former directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

(H)   If any provision or provisions of this By-Law shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this By-Law (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this By-Law containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this By-Law (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this By-Law containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

 

(I)   For purposes of this By-Law:

 

(i)   “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the matter in respect of which indemnification is sought by the claimant.

 

(ii)   “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, a member of a law firm, or an independent practitioner, selected by the Disinterested Directors (if such Disinterested Directors so exist), that is experienced in matters of corporation law and shall include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would not have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or the claimant in an action to determine the claimant’s rights

 

25



 

under this By-Law.

 

(J)   Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given to the Corporation under this By-Law shall be in writing and either delivered in person or sent by telecopy, telex, telegram, overnight mail or courier service, or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Secretary of the Corporation and shall be effective only upon receipt by the Secretary.

 

      Section 2 .                                                      Insurance .

 

The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any current or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation and any current or former director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including any person who serves or served in any such capacity with respect to any employee benefit plan maintained or sponsored by the Corporation, against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE X  -  AMENDMENTS

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board is expressly authorized to adopt, amend and repeal these By-Laws subject to the power of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws.

 

26




Exhibit 5.1

 

August 1, 2008

 

Interval Leisure Group, Inc.
6262 Sunset Drive
Miami, FL 33143

 

Re:          Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Interval Leisure Group, Inc

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

I am the Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of IAC/InterActiveCorp, a Delaware corporation (“IAC”). This opinion is being delivered in connection with the preparation and filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) relating to the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), which relates to 68,780,505 shares of common stock (“Common Stock”), par value $.01 per share, of Interval Leisure Group, Inc.  (the “Company”), which will be issued (i) in connection with spin-off transaction, (ii) in respect of certain equity-based awards previously issued pursuant to IAC’s equity incentive plans that will be converted, in whole or in part, in connection with the spin-off into equity-based awards under the Interval Leisure Group, Inc. 2008 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan (the “Stock and Annual Incentive Plan”), (iii) in respect of equity-based awards that may be granted from time to time following the spin-off pursuant to the Stock and Annual Incentive Plan and (iv) pursuant to the Interval Leisure Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (such IAC equity incentive plans, the Stock and Annual Incentive Plan and the Interval Leisure Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, the “Plans”).

 

In rendering this opinion, I have (i) examined such corporate records and other documents (including the Company’s charter and bylaws as currently in effect and the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto), and have reviewed such matters of law, as I have deemed necessary or appropriate, (ii) assumed the genuineness of all signatures or instruments relied upon by me, and the conformity of certified copies submitted to me with the original documents to which such certified copies relate, and (iii) have further assumed that there will be no changes in applicable law between the date of this opinion and the dates on which the Securities are issued or sold pursuant to the Registration Statement.

 

The Company is a Delaware corporation, and while I am not engaged in the practice of law in the State of Delaware, I am generally familiar with the Delaware General Corporation Law as presently in effect and have made such inquires as I considered necessary to render this opinion.  I am a member of the Bar of the State of New York and express no opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the federal laws of the United States, the laws of the State of New York and the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Based on and subject to the foregoing, I am of the opinion that the Securities will be, upon issuance and delivery pursuant to the terms and conditions as set forth in the Registration Statement, legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

I hereby consent to be named in the Registration Statement and in the related prospectus contained therein as the attorney who passed upon the legality of the Securities and to the filing of a copy of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, I do not thereby admit that I am in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Gregory R. Blatt

 

Executive Vice President, General

 

Counsel and Secretary of IAC/InterActiveCorp

 

 




Exhibit 8.1

 

[WLRK Letterhead]

 

August 1, 2008

Interval Leisure Group, Inc.

6262 Sunset Drive

Miami, FL 33143

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (as amended through the date hereof, the “ Registration Statement ”) of Interval Leisure Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ ILG ”), including the Prospectus, forming a part thereof, relating to the proposed spin-off of ILG from IAC/InterActiveCorp and the related transactions contemplated to occur prior to or contemporaneously with the spin-off of ILG.

 

We have participated in the preparation of the discussion, set forth in the section entitled “THE SEPARATION—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Offs” in the Registration Statement.  In our opinion, such discussion of those consequences, insofar as it summarizes United States federal income tax law, is accurate in all material respects.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and to the references therein to us. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

 




Exhibit 10.1

 

FORM OF

 

TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

IAC/INTERACTIVECORP,

 

TICKETMASTER,

 

INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.,

 

HSN, INC.

 

and

 

TREE.COM, INC.

 

Dated as of
[  ], 2008

 



 

TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

 

This TAX SHARING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement” ), dated as of [ ], 2008, by and among IAC/InterActiveCorp, a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Ticketmaster, a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (“ Ticketmaster Spinco ”), Interval Leisure Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (“ Interval Spinco ”), HSN, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (“ HSN Spinco ”), and Tree.com, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent (“ Tree Spinco ”, together with Ticketmaster Spinco, Interval Spinco, and HSN Spinco, the “ Spincos ”, and each of the Spincos, a “ Spinco ”).  Each of Parent, Ticketmaster Spinco, Interval Spinco, HSN Spinco and Tree Spinco is sometimes referred to herein as a “ Party ” and collectively, as the “ Parties ”.

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Parties have entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of [  ], 2008 (the “ Separation Agreement ”), providing for the restructuring of Parent and its subsidiaries into the Parent Group, the Ticketmaster Spinco Group, the Interval Spinco Group, the HSN Spinco Group, and the Tree Spinco Group (each as defined herein);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement, Parent and its subsidiaries will consummate a series of internal restructuring steps (the “ Internal Restructuring Steps ”) described in the Transactions Memo;

 

WHEREAS, for federal income tax purposes, it is intended that the Internal Distributions (as defined herein) shall qualify as tax-free transactions under Sections 355(a) and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement, the Parties will effect the Distributions (as defined herein) and related transactions;

 

WHEREAS, for federal income tax purposes, it is intended that the Distributions shall qualify as tax-free transactions under Sections 355(a) and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code;

 

WHEREAS, at the close of business on the Distribution Date of a Spinco, the taxable year of such Spinco shall close for federal income tax purposes; and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties wish to provide for the payment of Income Taxes and Other Taxes and entitlement to Refunds thereof, allocate responsibility and provide for cooperation in connection with the filing of returns in respect of Income Taxes and Other Taxes, and provide for certain other matters relating to Income Taxes and Other Taxes.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the representations, covenants and agreements herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties agree as follows:

 

2



 

1.              Definitions Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Separation Agreement.  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Actually Realized ” or “ Actually Realizes ” shall mean, for purposes of determining the timing of the incurrence of any Spin-Off Tax Liability, Income Tax Liability or Other Tax Liability or the realization of a Refund (or any related Tax cost or benefit), whether by receipt or as a credit or other offset to Taxes payable, by a Person in respect of any payment, transaction, occurrence or event, the time at which the amount of Income Taxes or Other Taxes paid (or Refund realized) by such Person is increased above (or reduced below) the amount of Income Taxes or Other Taxes that such Person would have been required to pay (or Refund that such Person would have realized) but for such payment, transaction, occurrence or event.

 

Aggregate Spin-Off Tax Liabilities ” shall mean the sum of the Spin-Off Tax Liabilities with respect to each Taxing Jurisdiction.

 

Breaching Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(c) hereof.

 

Carryback ” shall mean the carryback of a Tax Attribute (including, without limitation, a net operating loss, a net capital loss or a tax credit) by a member of a Spinco Group from a Post-Distribution Taxable Period to a Pre-Distribution Taxable Period during which the member of the Spinco Group was included in a Combined Return filed for such Pre-Distribution Taxable Period.

 

Carryback Spinco ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(b) hereof.

 

Cash Acquisition Merger ” shall mean a merger of a newly-formed Subsidiary of a Spinco with a corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, general partnership or joint venture (in each case, not previously owned directly or indirectly by such Spinco) pursuant to which such Spinco acquires such corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, general partnership or joint venture solely for cash and no Equity Securities of such Spinco or any Subsidiary of such Spinco are issued, sold, redeemed or acquired, directly or indirectly.

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Combined Return ” shall mean a consolidated, combined or unitary Income Tax Return or Other Tax Return that includes, by election or otherwise, one or more members of the Parent Group together with one or more members of a Spinco Group.

 

Compensatory Equity Interests ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

3



 

Distribution ” or “ Distributions ” shall mean, individually or collectively, the Ticketmaster Spinco Distribution, the Interval Spinco Distribution, the HSN Spinco Distribution and the Tree Spinco Distribution.

 

Distribution Date ” shall mean, with respect to a Spinco, the date on which the Distribution of such Spinco is completed.

 

Distribution-Related Proceeding ” shall mean any Proceeding in which the IRS, another Tax Authority or any other party asserts a position that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Tax-Free Status of any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions.

 

EMA ” shall mean the Employee Matters Agreement by and among Parent and the Spincos dated as of [  ], 2008.

 

Employing Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a) hereof.

 

Equity Securities ” shall mean any stock or other securities treated as equity for federal income tax purposes, options, warrants, rights, convertible debt, or any other instrument or security that affords any Person the right, whether conditional or otherwise, to acquire stock or to be paid an amount determined by reference to the value of stock.

 

 “ Fifty-Percent or Greater Interest ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term for purposes of Sections 355(d) and (e) of the Code.

 

Final Determination ” shall mean the final resolution of liability for any Tax, which resolution may be for a specific issue or adjustment or for a taxable period, (a) by IRS Form 870 or 870-AD (or any successor forms thereto), on the date of acceptance by or on behalf of the taxpayer, or by a comparable form under the laws of any other Taxing Jurisdiction, except that a Form 870 or 870-AD or comparable form shall not constitute a Final Determination to the extent that it reserves (whether by its terms or by operation of law) the right of the taxpayer to file a claim for Refund or the right of the Tax Authority to assert a further deficiency in respect of such issue or adjustment or for such taxable period (as the case may be); (b) by a decision, judgment, decree, or other order by a court of competent jurisdiction, which has become final and unappealable; (c) by a closing agreement or accepted offer in compromise under Sections 7121 or 7122 of the Code, or a comparable agreement under the laws of any other Taxing Jurisdiction; (d) by any allowance of a Refund or credit in respect of an overpayment of Tax, but only after the expiration of all periods during which such Refund may be recovered (including by way of offset) by the Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Tax; or (e) by any other final disposition, including by reason of the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or by mutual agreement of the parties.

 

Group ” shall mean the Parent Group, the Ticketmaster Spinco Group, the Interval Spinco Group, the HSN Spinco Group or the Tree Spinco Group, as applicable.

 

4



 

HSN Spinco Consolidated Group ” shall mean the affiliated group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the exclusions in Section 1504(b)(1) through (8)) of which HSN Spinco is the common parent, determined immediately after the HSN Spinco Distribution (and any predecessor or successor to such affiliated group other than the Parent Consolidated Group or any other Spinco Consolidated Group).

 

HSN Spinco Distribution ” shall mean the distribution by Parent of all the common stock of HSN Spinco pro rata to holders of Distributing Common Stock and Distributing Class B Common Stock.

 

HSN Spinco Group ” shall mean (a) HSN Spinco and each Person that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of HSN Spinco (including any Subsidiary of HSN Spinco that is disregarded for federal Income Tax purposes (or for purposes of any state, local, or foreign tax law)) immediately after the HSN Spinco Distribution after giving effect to the Spin-Off-Related Transactions, (b) any corporation (or other Person) that shall have merged or liquidated into HSN Spinco or any such Subsidiary and (c) any predecessor or successor to any Person otherwise described in this definition.

 

Income Taxes ” (a) shall mean (i) any federal, state, local or foreign taxes, charges, fees, imposts, levies or other assessments that are based upon, measured by, or calculated with respect to (A) net income or profits (including, but not limited to, any capital gains, gross receipts, or minimum tax, and any tax on items of tax preference, but not including sales, use, value added, real property gains, real or personal property, transfer or similar taxes), (B) multiple bases (including, but not limited to, corporate franchise, doing business or occupation taxes), if one or more of the bases upon which such tax may be based, by which it may be measured, or with respect to which it may be calculated is described in clause (a)(i)(A) of this definition, or (C) any net worth, franchise or similar tax, in each case together with (ii) any interest and any penalties, fines, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any Tax Authority with respect thereto and (b) shall include any transferee or successor liability in respect of an amount described in clause (a) of this definition.

 

Income Tax Benefit ” shall mean, with respect to a Party and the members of its Group, the excess of (a) the hypothetical Income Tax Liability of the Party and the members of its Group for such taxable period, calculated as if such Carryback had not been utilized but with all other facts unchanged over (b) the actual Income Tax Liability of the Party or the members of its Group for such taxable period, calculated taking into account such Carryback (and treating any Refund as a negative Income Tax Liability for purposes of such calculation).

 

Income Tax Return ” shall mean any return, report, filing, statement, questionnaire, declaration or other document required to be filed with a Tax Authority in respect of Income Taxes.

 

Indemnified Party ” shall mean any Person seeking indemnification pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

5



 

Indemnifying Party ” shall mean any Party from which any Indemnified Party is seeking indemnification pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Indemnifying Spinco ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

 

Injured Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(c) hereof.

 

Internal Distribution ” shall mean any of the Internal Restructuring Steps that is intended to qualify as a as tax-free transaction under Section 355(a) and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code.

 

Internal Restructuring Steps ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Interval ” shall mean Interval Acquisition Corp.

 

Interval Spinco Consolidated Group ” shall mean the affiliated group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the exclusions in Section 1504(b)(1) through (8)) of which Interval Spinco is the common parent, determined immediately after the Interval Spinco Distribution (and any predecessor or successor to such affiliated group other than the Parent Consolidated Group or any other Spinco Consolidated Group).

 

 “ Interval Spinco Distribution ” shall mean the distribution by Parent of all the common stock of Interval Spinco pro rata to holders of Distributing Common Stock and Distributing Class B Common Stock.

 

Interval Spinco Group ” shall mean (a) Interval Spinco and each Person that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Interval Spinco (including any Subsidiary of Interval Spinco that is disregarded for federal Income Tax purposes (or for purposes of any state, local, or foreign tax law)) immediately after the Interval Spinco Distribution after giving effect to the Spin-Off-Related Transactions, (b) any corporation (or other Person) that shall have merged or liquidated into Interval Spinco or any such Subsidiary and (c) any predecessor or successor to any Person otherwise described in this definition.

 

IRS ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service.

 

IRS Ruling ” shall mean any private letter ruling issued by the IRS in connection with any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions.

 

IRS Ruling Documents ” shall mean the request for a private letter ruling submitted by Parent to the IRS on April 11, 2008, together with the appendices and exhibits thereto, and any supplemental filings or other materials subsequently submitted to the IRS in connection with the Spin-Off-Related Transactions.

 

Losses ” shall mean any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, obligations, payments, costs and expenses, matured or unmatured, absolute or contingent,

 

6



 

accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated, known or unknown (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of any and all Actions, threatened Actions, demands, assessments, judgments, settlements and compromises relating thereto and attorneys’ fees and any and all expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any such Actions or threatened Actions).

 

Option ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the EMA.

 

Other Tax Returns ” shall mean any return, report, filing, statement, questionnaire, declaration or other document required to be filed with a Tax Authority in respect of Other Taxes.

 

Other Taxes ” shall mean any federal, state, local or foreign taxes, charges, fees, imposts, levies or other assessments of any nature whatsoever, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall include superfund, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, occupancy, transfer, recording, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, occupation, premium or property taxes (in each case, together with any related interest, penalties and additions to tax, or additional amounts imposed by any Tax Authority thereon); provided , however , that Other Taxes shall not include any Income Taxes.

 

Parent Consolidated Group ” shall mean the affiliated group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the exclusions in Section 1504(b)(1) through (8)) of which Parent is the common parent (and any predecessor or successor to such affiliated group).

 

Parent Group ” shall mean (a) Parent and each Person that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Parent (including any Subsidiary of Parent that is disregarded for federal Income Tax purposes (or for purposes of any state, local, or foreign tax law)) immediately after the Distributions after giving effect to the Spin-Off-Related Transactions, (b) any corporation (or other Person) that shall have merged or liquidated into Parent or any such Subsidiary and (c) any predecessor or successor to any Person otherwise described in this definition.

 

Parent Separate Return ” shall mean any Separate Return required to be filed by Parent or any member of the Parent Group.

 

Participating Spinco ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.

 

Party ” or “ Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Permitted Transaction ” shall mean any transaction that satisfies the requirements of Sections 4(c).

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated

 

7



 

organization or similar entity or a governmental authority or any department or agency or other unit thereof.

 

Post-Distribution Taxable Period ” shall mean, with respect to a Spinco and its Subsidiaries, a taxable period that begins after the Distribution Date of such Spinco.

 

Pre-Distribution Taxable Period ” shall mean, with respect to a Spinco and its Subsidiaries, a taxable period that ends on or before the Distribution Date of such Spinco.

 

Proceeding ” shall mean any audit or other examination, or judicial or administrative proceeding relating to liability for, or Refunds or adjustments with respect to, Taxes.

 

Refund ” shall mean any refund of Taxes, including any reduction in Tax Liabilities by means of a credit, offset or otherwise.

 

Relying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(d) hereof.

 

Representative ” shall mean with respect to a Person, such Person’s officers, directors, employees and other authorized agents.

 

Representing Spinco ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Requesting Spinco ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c)(ii) hereof.

 

Responsible Spinco ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(e) hereof.

 

Restriction Period ” shall mean, with respect to a Spinco, the period beginning on the Distribution Date after the Distribution of such Spinco and ending on the twenty five (25) month anniversary thereof.

 

Separate Return ” shall mean (a) in the case of any Tax Return required to be filed by any member of a Spinco Group (including any consolidated, combined or unitary return), any such Tax Return that does not include any member of the Parent Group or any member of any other Spinco Group and (b) in the case of any Tax Return required to be filed by any member of the Parent Group (including any consolidated, combined or unitary return), any such Tax Return that does not include any member of a Spinco Group.

 

Separation Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

8



 

Specified Restructuring Income Taxes ” shall mean any Income Taxes of Parent or any entity that is or was a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Parent prior to the Distributions resulting from (a) the transfer of any Equity Securities of Interval to Interval Spinco prior to the Interval Spinco Distribution; (b) any transfer of assets by FLMG Holdings Corp. to TM Spinco or one of its Subsidiaries prior to the TM Spinco Distribution; (c) any Internal Distribution failing to achieve Tax-Free Status, (d) the sum of (i) any money and (ii) the fair market value of other property, in each case, transferred by any Spinco or Interval to any shareholder of such Spinco or Interval in connection with a Distribution exceeding (x) such shareholder’s tax basis in its shares of stock of such Spinco or Interval or (y) the net tax basis of any assets contributed by such shareholder to such Spinco, and (e) the triggering of any excess loss account as a result of the Distributions or the Internal Restructuring Steps.

 

 “ Spinco Adjustment ” shall mean, with respect to a Spinco, an adjustment of any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit on a Combined Return that is attributable to members of such Spinco Group (including, in the case of any state or local consolidated, combined or unitary income or franchise Taxes, a change in one or more apportionment factors of members of a Spinco Group) pursuant to a Final Determination for a Pre-Distribution Taxable Period.

 

 “ Spinco Business ” shall mean, with respect to a Spinco, each trade or business actively conducted (within the meaning of Section 355(b) of the Code) by such Spinco or any member of its respective Spinco Group immediately after the Distribution of such Spinco, as set forth in the IRS Ruling Documents (if applicable) and the Tax Opinion Documents.

 

Spinco Consolidated Group ” or “ Spinco Consolidated Groups ” shall mean, individually or collectively, the Ticketmaster Spinco Consolidated Group, the Interval Spinco Consolidated Group, the HSN Spinco Consolidated Group, and the Tree Spinco Consolidated Group.

 

Spinco Group ” or “ Spinco Groups ” shall mean, individually or collectively, the Ticketmaster Spinco Group, the Interval Spinco Group, the HSN Spinco Group, and the Tree Spinco Group.

 

Spinco Separate Return ” shall mean any Separate Return required to be filed by a Spinco or any member of its respective Spinco Group, including, without limitation, (a) any consolidated federal Income Tax Returns of the Spinco Consolidated Group required to be filed with respect to a Post-Distribution Taxable Period and (b) any consolidated federal Income Tax Returns for any group of which any member of the Spinco Group was the common parent.

 

 “ Spin-Off-Related Transactions ” shall mean, with respect to a Distribution of a Spinco, any related contribution of assets to, and assumption of liabilities by, such Spinco, the Distribution of such Spinco and any Internal Restructuring Steps associated with such Distribution, in each case, as described in the Transactions Memo.

 

9



 

Spin-Off Tax Liabilities ” shall mean, with respect to any Taxing Jurisdiction, the sum of (a) any increase in a Tax Liability (or reduction in a Refund) Actually Realized as a result of any corporate-level gain or income recognized with respect to the failure of any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions to qualify for Tax-Free Status under the Income Tax laws of such Taxing Jurisdiction pursuant to any settlement, Final Determination, judgment, assessment, proposed adjustment or otherwise, (b) interest on such amounts calculated pursuant to such Taxing Jurisdiction’s laws regarding interest on Tax liabilities at the highest Underpayment Rate in such Taxing Jurisdiction from the date such additional gain or income was recognized until full payment with respect thereto is made pursuant to Section 3 hereof (or in the case of a reduction in a Refund, the amount of interest that would have been received on the foregone portion of the Refund but for the failure of any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions to qualify for Tax-Free Status), and (c) any penalties actually paid to such Taxing Jurisdiction that would not have been paid but for the failure of any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions to qualify for Tax-Free Status in such Taxing Jurisdiction.

 

Supplying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(d) hereof.

 

Tax Attribute ” shall mean a consolidated, combined or unitary net operating loss, net capital loss, unused investment credit, unused foreign tax credit, or excess charitable contribution (as such terms are used in Treasury Regulations 1.1502-79 and 1.1502-79A or comparable provisions of foreign, state or local tax law), or a minimum tax credit or general business credit.

 

Tax Authority ” shall mean a governmental authority (foreign or domestic) or any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof or any quasi-governmental or private body having jurisdiction over the assessment, determination, collection or imposition of any Tax (including, without limitation, the IRS).

 

Tax Benefits ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Tax Counsel ” shall mean tax counsel or an accounting firm of recognized national standing that is acceptable to Parent in its sole discretion.

 

Taxes ” shall mean Income Taxes and Other Taxes.

 

Tax-Free Status ” shall mean, with respect to a Distribution, the qualification of each of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions (other than the transfer by Parent of its membership interests in LendingTree, LLC to LendingTree Holdings Corp.) as (a) a transaction described in Sections 355(a) and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code (or, in the case of the Internal Restructuring Steps associated with a Distribution, the qualification of such Internal Restructuring Steps as one or more transactions that are generally tax-free for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 351, Section 355, Section 368(a), Sections 332 and 337, or otherwise), (b) except with respect to the Distribution of Tree Spinco, as a transaction in which the stock distributed thereby is “qualified property” for purposes of Section 361(c) of the Code, and (c) as a transaction in which the Parties and the members of their respective Groups recognize no income or

 

10



 

gain other than intercompany items or excess loss accounts, if any, taken into account pursuant to the Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 1502 of the Code.

 

Taxing Jurisdiction ” shall mean the United States and every other government or governmental unit having jurisdiction to tax one or more of the Parties or any of their respective Affiliates.

 

Tax Liabilities ” shall mean any liabilities for Taxes.

 

Tax Opinions ” shall mean the tax opinions issued by Tax Counsel in connection with the Spin-Off-Related Transactions.

 

Tax Opinion Documents ” shall mean the Tax Opinions and the information and representations provided by, or on behalf of, the Parties to Tax Counsel in connection therewith.

 

Tax-Related Losses ” shall mean:

 

(a)           the Aggregate Spin-Off Tax Liabilities,

 

(b)           all accounting, legal and other professional fees, and court costs incurred in connection with any settlement, Final Determination, judgment or other determination with respect to such Aggregate Spin-Off Tax Liabilities, and

 

(c)           all costs, expenses and damages associated with stockholder litigation or controversies and any amount paid by a Party in respect of the liability of shareholders, whether paid to shareholders or to the IRS or any other Tax Authority payable by a Party or its respective Affiliates, in each case, resulting from the failure of any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions to qualify for Tax-Free Status.

 

Ticketmaster Spinco Consolidated Group ” shall mean the affiliated group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the exclusions in Section 1504(b)(1) through (8)) of which Ticketmaster Spinco is the common parent, determined immediately after the Ticketmaster Spinco Distribution (and any predecessor or successor to such affiliated group other than the Parent Consolidated Group or any other Spinco Consolidated Group).

 

Ticketmaster Spinco Distribution ” shall mean the distribution by Parent of all the common stock of Ticketmaster Spinco pro rata to holders of Distributing Common Stock and Distributing Class B Common Stock.

 

Ticketmaster Spinco Group ” shall mean (a) Ticketmaster Spinco and each Person that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Ticketmaster Spinco (including any Subsidiary of Ticketmaster Spinco that is disregarded for federal Income Tax purposes (or for purposes of any state, local, or foreign tax law)) immediately after the Ticketmaster Spinco Distribution after giving effect to the Spin-Off-Related Transactions, (b) any corporation (or other Person) that shall have merged or liquidated

 

11



 

into Ticketmaster Spinco or any such Subsidiary and (c) any predecessor or successor to any Person otherwise described in this definition.

 

Tree Spinco Consolidated Group ” shall mean the affiliated group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the exclusions in Section 1504(b)(1) through (8)) of which Tree Spinco is the common parent, determined immediately after the Tree Spinco Distribution (and any predecessor or successor to such affiliated group other than the Parent Consolidated Group or any other Spinco Consolidated Group).

 

Tree Spinco Distribution ” shall mean the distribution by Parent of all the common stock of Tree Spinco pro rata to holders of Distributing Common Stock and Distributing Class B Common Stock.

 

Tree Spinco Group ” shall mean (a) Tree Spinco and each Person that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Tree Spinco (including any Subsidiary of Tree Spinco that is disregarded for federal Income Tax purposes (or for purposes of any state, local, or foreign tax law)) immediately after the Tree Spinco Distribution after giving effect to the Spin-Off-Related Transactions, (b) any corporation (or other Person) that shall have merged or liquidated into Tree Spinco or any such Subsidiary and (c) any predecessor or successor to any Person otherwise described in this definition.

 

Underpayment Rate ” shall mean the annual rate of interest described in Section 6621(c) of the Code for large corporate underpayments of Income Tax (or similar provision of state, local, or foreign Income Tax law, as applicable), as determined from time to time.

 

Unqualified Tax Opinion ” shall mean an unqualified opinion of Tax Counsel on which Parent may rely to the effect that a transaction (a) will not disqualify any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions from having Tax-Free Status, assuming that the Spin-Off-Related Transactions would have qualified for Tax-Free Status if such transaction did not occur, and (b) will not adversely affect any of the conclusions set forth in the IRS Ruling (if applicable) or the Tax Opinions; provided , that any tax opinion obtained in connection with a proposed acquisition of Equity Securities of a Spinco (or any entity treated as a successor to such Spinco), other than Tree Spinco, entered into during the Restriction Period shall not qualify as an Unqualified Opinion unless such tax opinion concludes that such proposed acquisition will not be treated as “part of a plan (or series of related transactions),” within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, that includes the Distribution of such Spinco.

 

2.             Filing of Tax Returns; Payment of Taxes .

 

(a)           Filing of Tax Returns; Payment of Income Taxes and Other Taxes .

 

(i)            Parent Consolidated Returns; Other Combined Returns .  Parent shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed (A) all consolidated federal Income

 

12


 

Tax Returns of the Parent Consolidated Group and (B) all other Combined Returns for all taxable periods that end, with respect to a Spinco, on or before or include the Distribution Date of such Spinco.  Parent shall pay, or cause to be paid, any and all Taxes due or required to be paid with respect to or required to be reported on any such Tax Return (in each case, including any increase in such Tax Liabilities attributable to a Final Determination with respect to a Pre-Distribution Taxable Period (including a Spinco Adjustment); provided   that Parent shall not be responsible for any Spinco Adjustment if the Spinco Group to which such Spinco Adjustment relates fails to promptly provide such cooperation as is requested by Parent in connection with Parent’s conduct of the Proceeding to which such Final Determination relates).

 

(ii)                                   Parent Separate Returns .  Parent shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed all Parent Separate Returns for all taxable periods.  Parent shall pay, or cause to be paid, any and all Taxes due or required to be paid with respect to or required to be reported on any Parent Separate Return (including any increase in such Tax Liabilities attributable to a Final Determination).

 

(iii)                                Spinco Adjustments .  If a Spinco fails to promptly provide such cooperation as is requested by Parent in connection with Parent’s conduct of a Proceeding relating to a Spinco Adjustment with respect to such Spinco, such Spinco shall be responsible for any Tax Liabilities attributable to such Spinco Adjustment.

 

(iv)                               Spinco Separate Returns .  Each Spinco shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed its respective Spinco Separate Returns for all taxable years.  Each Spinco shall pay, or cause to be paid, and shall be responsible for, any and all Taxes due or required to be paid with respect to or required to be reported on its Spinco Separate Returns (including any increase in such Tax Liabilities attributable to a Final Determination).

 

(b)                                  Preparation of Tax Returns .

 

(i)                                      Parent (or its designee) shall determine the entities to be included in any Combined Return and make or revoke any Tax elections, adopt or change any Tax accounting methods, and determine any other position taken on or in respect of any Tax Return required to be prepared and filed by Parent pursuant to Section 2(a)(i) or (ii).  Any Tax Return filed by Parent pursuant to Section 2(a)(i) with respect to any Pre-Distribution Taxable Period shall, to the extent relating to one or more of the Spincos or their respective Spinco Groups, be prepared in good faith.  For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the consolidated federal income tax return of Parent and its subsidiaries for any taxable year that includes one or more Distributions, Parent shall determine in its sole discretion whether to elect ratable allocation under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-76.  Each Spinco shall, and shall cause each member of its respective Spinco Group to, take all actions necessary to give effect to such election.  Each Spinco shall, and shall cause each member of its respective Spinco Group to, prepare and submit at Parent’s request (but in no event later than 90 days after such request), at its own expense, all information that Parent shall reasonably request, in such form as Parent shall reasonably request, including any such information requested to enable Parent to prepare any Tax Return required to be filed by Parent pursuant to Section 2(a)(i).

 

13



 

(ii)                                   Except as otherwise required by applicable law or as a result of a Final Determination, (A) no Party shall, or permit or cause any member of its respective Group to, take any position that is either inconsistent with the treatment of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions as having Tax-Free Status (or analogous status under state, local or foreign law) and, (B) no Spinco shall, or permit or cause any member of its respective Spinco Group to, take any position with respect to an item of income, deduction, gain, loss, or credit on a Tax Return, or otherwise treat such item in a manner which is inconsistent with the manner such item is reported on a Tax Return required to be prepared or filed by Parent pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof (including, without limitation, the claiming of a deduction previously claimed on any such Tax Return).

 

3.                                        Indemnification for Income Taxes and Other Taxes .

 

(a)                                   Indemnification by Parent .  From and after the Distribution of a Spinco, except as otherwise provided in Sections 3(b) and 3(c), Parent and each member of the Parent Group shall be responsible for and shall jointly and severally indemnify, defend and hold harmless such Spinco and each member of its Spinco Group and each of its Representatives and Affiliates (and the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of them) from and against (i) all Spin-Off Tax Liabilities incurred by any member of the Parent Group, (ii) without duplication, all Tax Liabilities that any member of the Parent Group is required to pay pursuant to Section 2, (iii) all Taxes, Spin-Off Tax Liabilities and Tax-Related Losses incurred by any member of any Group by reason of the breach by Parent or a member of the Parent Group of any of its representations or covenants hereunder or made in connection with the IRS Ruling (if applicable) and/or the Tax Opinions and, in each case, any related costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), and (iv) all Specified Restructuring Income Taxes; provided , however , that neither Parent nor any member of the Parent Group shall have any obligation to indemnify, defend or hold harmless any Person pursuant to this Section 3(a) to the extent that such indemnification obligation is otherwise attributable to a breach by a Spinco (or a member of its Group) of any of its representations or covenants hereunder or made in connection with the IRS Ruling (if applicable) and/or the Tax Opinions; provided , that (x) in the event that an IRS Ruling is not obtained with respect to the Distribution of a Spinco, neither Parent nor such Spinco shall be deemed to make any representations regarding such Distribution in the IRS Ruling Documents, and (y) no Spinco makes any representations regarding any facts that, if untrue, would result in Specified Restructuring Income Taxes (other than representations regarding (1) whether such Spinco is engaged in the active conduct of a trade or business within the meaning of Section 355(b) of the Code, (2) such Spinco’s conduct after the Distribution, and (3) the matters set forth in Section 4(a)(iii) hereof).  If the indemnification obligation of Parent or any member of the Parent Group under this Section 3(a) (or any adjustment for which Parent is responsible pursuant to this Section 3(a), including any adjustment with respect to a Tax Return for which Parent is responsible pursuant to Section 2(a)(i)) results in (i) increased deductions, losses, or credits, or (ii) decreases in income, gains or recapture of Tax credits (“ Tax Benefits ”) to a Spinco or any member of such Spinco’s Group, which would not, but for the indemnification obligation (or the adjustment giving rise to such indemnification obligation), be allowable, then each Spinco receiving such Tax Benefit shall pay Parent the amount by which such Tax Benefit actually reduces, in cash, the amount of Tax that such Spinco or any member of its Spinco Group would have been required to pay and bear (or increases, in cash, the amount of a Refund to

 

14



 

which such Spinco or any member of its Spinco Group would have been entitled) but for such indemnification obligation (or adjustment giving rise to such indemnification obligation).  Each Spinco receiving the Tax Benefit shall pay Parent for such Tax Benefit no later than five days after such Tax Benefit is Actually Realized.

 

(b)                                  Indemnification by Spincos .  From and after the Distribution Date of a Spinco, such Spinco (an “ Indemnifying Spinco ”) and each member of its Spinco Group shall be responsible for and shall jointly and severally indemnify, defend and hold harmless each other Party and the members of each other Party’s respective Group and their respective Representatives and Affiliates (and the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of them) from and against (i) all Tax Liabilities (including Specified Restructuring Taxes), Spin-Off Tax Liabilities and Tax-Related Losses that the Indemnifying Spinco or any member of its Spinco Group is required to pay under Section 2 or is responsible for under Section 4 (including, without limitation, any Tax Liabilities or Spin-Off Tax Liabilities or Tax-Related Losses arising with respect to a Permitted Transaction for which the Indemnifying Spinco is liable pursuant to Section 4(e)(i)); (ii) all Taxes (including Specified Restructuring Income Taxes), Spin-Off Tax Liabilities and other Tax-Related Losses incurred by any member of any Group by reason of the breach by the Indemnifying Spinco or any member of its Spinco Group of any of its representations or covenants hereunder or made in connection with the IRS Ruling (if applicable) and/or the Tax Opinions) and, in each case, any related costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses); provided , that (x) in the event that an IRS Ruling is not obtained with respect to the Distribution of a Spinco, such Spinco shall not be deemed to make any representations regarding such Distribution in the IRS Ruling Documents, and (y) no Spinco makes any representations regarding any facts that, if untrue, would result in Specified Restructuring Income Taxes (other than representations regarding (1) whether such Spinco is engaged in the active conduct of a trade or business within the meaning of Section 355(b) of the Code, (2) such Spinco’s conduct after the Distribution, and (3) the matters set forth in Section 4(a)(iii) hereof).  If the indemnification obligation of a Spinco or any member of its Spinco Group under this Section 3(b) (or any adjustment for which such Spinco is responsible pursuant to this Section 3(b)) results in a Tax Benefit to another Party or any member of such other Party’s Group, which would not, but for the Tax which is the subject of the indemnification obligation (or the adjustment giving rise to such indemnification obligation), be allowable, then each Party receiving such Tax Benefit shall pay the Indemnifying Spinco the amount by which such Tax Benefit actually reduces, in cash, the amount of Tax that the Party or any member of its Group would have been required to pay and bear (or increases, in cash, the amount of a Refund to which the Party or any member of its Group would have been entitled) but for such indemnification (or adjustment giving rise to such indemnification obligation).  Each Party receiving such Tax Benefit shall pay the Indemnifying Spinco for such Tax Benefit no later than five days after such Tax Benefit is Actually Realized.

 

(c)                                   Spinco Group Indemnification Failure .  In the event that (i) pursuant to a Final Determination, any member of a Spinco Group is liable for, or otherwise required to make a payment in respect of, Spin-Off Tax Liabilities for which such Spinco Group is not responsible pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) full indemnification cannot be obtained from the Spinco Group responsible for such Spin-Off Tax Liabilities pursuant to this Agreement, Parent and each member of the Parent Group shall jointly and severally indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Spinco referred to in clause (i) and each member of its Spinco Group and each

 

15



 

of its respective Representatives and Affiliates (and the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of them) from and against the portion of such liability for which full indemnification cannot be obtained from the Spinco Group referred to in clause (ii).  Upon any payment by Parent or any member of the Parent Group in accordance with the preceding sentence, Parent or such member of the Parent Group shall be subrogated to any and all rights (including rights to payment and causes of action, under this Agreement or otherwise) of each member of the Spinco Group described in clause (i) in connection with the Final Determination at issue.

 

(d)                                  Timing of Indemnification Payments .  Any payment and indemnification made pursuant to this Section 3 shall be made by the Indemnifying Party promptly, but, in any event, no later than:

 

(i)                                      in the case of an indemnification obligation with respect to any Tax Liabilities or Spin-Off Tax Liabilities, the later of (A) five Business Days after the Indemnified Party notifies the Indemnifying Party and (B) five Business Days prior to the date the Indemnified Party is required to make a payment of taxes, interest, or penalties to the applicable Tax Authority (including a payment with respect to an assessment of a tax deficiency by any Taxing Jurisdiction or a payment made in settlement of an asserted tax deficiency) or realizes a reduced Refund; and

 

(ii)                                   in the case of any payment or indemnification of any Losses not otherwise described in clause (i) of this Section 3(d) (including, but not limited to, any Losses described in clause (b) or (c) of the definition of Tax-Related Losses, attorneys’ fees and expenses and other indemnifiable Losses), the later of (A) five Business Days after the Indemnified Party notifies the Indemnifying Party and (B) five Business Days prior to the date the Indemnified Party makes a payment thereof.

 

4.                                        Spin-Off Related Matters .

 

(a)                                   Representations .

 

(i)                                      IRS Ruling Documents and Tax Opinion Documents .  Each Spinco (a “ Representing Spinco ”) hereby represents and warrants that (A) such Representing Spinco has examined the IRS Ruling Documents and the Tax Opinion Documents (including, without limitation, the representations to the extent that they relate to the plans, proposals, intentions, and policies of the Representing Spinco or any member of its Spinco Group, or the Spinco Business of such Spinco Group), and (B) to the extent in reference to such Representing Spinco, any member of its Spinco Group, or the Spinco Business of such Spinco Group, the facts presented and the representations made therein are true, correct and complete; provided , that (x) in the event that an IRS Ruling is not obtained with respect to the Distribution of a Spinco, such Spinco shall not be deemed to make any representations regarding such Distribution in the IRS Ruling Documents, and (y) no Spinco makes any representations regarding any facts that, if untrue, would result in Specified Restructuring Income Taxes (other than representations regarding (1) whether such Spinco is engaged in the active conduct of a trade or business within the meaning of Section 355(b) of the Code, (2) such Spinco’s conduct after the Distribution, and (3) the matters set forth in Section 4(a)(iii) hereof).

 

16



 

(ii)                                   Tax-Free Status .  Each Representing Spinco hereby represents and warrants that it has no plan or intention of taking any action, or failing to take any action or knows of any circumstance, that could reasonably be expected to cause any representation or factual statement made in this Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the IRS Ruling Documents, the Tax Opinion Documents or any of the Ancillary Agreements to be untrue; provided , that , in the event that an IRS Ruling is not obtained with respect to the Distribution of a Spinco, such Spinco shall not be deemed to make any representations regarding the IRS Ruling Documents.

 

(iii)                                Plan or Series of Related Transactions .  Each Representing Spinco hereby represents and warrants that, during the two-year period ending on the Distribution Date of such Spinco, there was no “agreement, understanding, arrangement, substantial negotiations or discussions” (as such terms are defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7(h)) by any one or more officers or directors of any member of such Spinco Group or by any other person or persons with the implicit or explicit permission of one or more of such officers or directors regarding an acquisition of all or a significant portion of the Equity Securities of such Spinco (or any predecessor); provided that no representation is made by any Spinco regarding any “agreement, understanding, arrangement, substantial negotiations or discussions” (as such terms are defined in Treasury Regulation 1.355-7(h)) by any one or more officers or directors of Parent.

 

(b)                                  Covenants .

 

(i)                                      Actions Consistent with Representations and Covenants .  No Spinco (or any member of its respective Spinco Group) shall take any action, or fail to take any action or permit any member of its respective Group, to fail to take any action, where such action or failure to act would be inconsistent with or cause to be untrue any material information, covenant or representation made in connection with the IRS Ruling (if applicable), the Tax Opinions, the Separation Agreement or this Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   Preservation of Tax-Free Status; Spinco Business .  From and after its respective Distribution, no Spinco shall (A) take any action or permit any member of its respective Spinco Group to take any action, and each Spinco shall not fail to take any action or permit any member of its respective Spinco Group to fail to take any action, in each case, unless such action or failure to act could not reasonably be expected to cause any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions to fail to have Tax-Free Status or could not require any of the Parties to reflect a liability or reserve for Income Taxes with respect to any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions in its financial statements, and (B) until the first day after the Restriction Period, engage in any transaction that could reasonably be expected to result in it or any member of its respective Spinco Group ceasing to be a company engaged in its respective Spinco Business.

 

(iii)                                Sales, Issuances and Redemptions of Equity Securities . Until the first day after the Restriction Period applicable to a Spinco, such Spinco shall not and shall not agree to (and shall cause the members of its respective Spinco Group not to and not to agree to) sell or otherwise issue to any Person, or redeem or otherwise acquire from any Person, any Equity Securities of such Spinco or any member of its Spinco Group; provided , however ,

 

17



 

that (A) the adoption of a shareholder rights plan shall not constitute a sale or issuance of Equity Securities, (B) a Spinco may issue Equity Securities to the extent the issuance satisfies Safe Harbor VIII (relating to acquisitions in connection with a person’s performance of services) or Safe Harbor IX (relating to acquisitions by a retirement plan of an employer) of Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7(d), and (C) members of a Spinco Group (other than a Spinco) may issue or sell Equity Securities to other members of the same Spinco Group, and may redeem or purchase Equity Securities from other members of the same Spinco Group, in each case, to the extent not inconsistent with the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Related Transactions.  Anything in this Section 4(b)(iii) to the contrary notwithstanding, there shall be no limitation on the ability of Tree Spinco to issue Equity Securities of Tree Spinco (or any member of its Group to issue Equity Securities of such member) to any Person, or to redeem or otherwise acquire from any Person, any Equity Securities of Tree Spinco or any member of its Group; provided that any redemption or acquisition of Equity Securities of Tree Spinco by Tree Spinco or any member of its Spinco Group prior to (or pursuant to an agreement or arrangement negotiated, in whole or in part, prior to) the first anniversary of the Distribution Date of Tree Spinco shall be permitted only if such transaction satisfies the requirements of Section 4.05(1)(b) of Revenue Procedure 96-30.

 

(iv)                               Tender Offers; Other Business Combination Transactions . Until the first day after the Restriction Period applicable to a Spinco, such Spinco shall (and shall cause the members of its Spinco Group) not to (A) solicit any Person to make a tender offer for, or otherwise acquire or sell, Equity Securities of such Spinco, (B) participate in or support any unsolicited tender offer for, or other acquisition or disposition of, Equity Securities of such Spinco, or (C) approve or otherwise permit any transaction described in clauses (A) or (B).  In addition, no Spinco (nor any members of its respective Spinco Group) shall at any time, whether before or subsequent to the expiration of the Restriction Period applicable to such Spinco, engage in any action described in clauses (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence pursuant to an agreement or arrangement negotiated (in whole or in part) prior to the first anniversary of the Distribution of such Spinco, even if at the time of the Distribution or thereafter such action is subject to one or more conditions.  Anything in this Section 4(b)(iv) to the contrary notwithstanding, unless (x) such action is taken prior to the first anniversary of the Distribution Date of Tree Spinco (or pursuant to an agreement or arrangement negotiated, in whole or in part, prior to the first anniversary of the Distribution Date of Tree Spinco) and (y) relates to a “subsequent sale or exchange” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-2(d)(2)(iii) (taking into account clause (E) thereof) of Tree Spinco stock, the limitations described in this Section 4(b)(iv) shall not apply to Tree Spinco (or any member of its Spinco Group).

 

(v)                                  Dispositions of Assets . Until the first day after the Restriction Period, no Spinco (nor any member of its respective Spinco Group) shall sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of or agree to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose (including in any transaction treated for federal income tax purposes as a sale, transfer or disposition) of assets (including, any shares of capital stock of a Subsidiary) that, in the aggregate, constitute more than 30% of the gross assets of such Spinco or more than 30% of the consolidated gross assets of such Spinco Group.  The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) sales, transfers, or dispositions of assets in the ordinary course of business, (B) any cash paid to acquire assets from an unrelated Person in an arm’s-length transaction, or (C) any assets transferred to a Person that

 

18



 

is disregarded as an entity separate from the transferor for federal income tax purposes or (D) any mandatory or optional repayment (or pre-payment) of any indebtedness of such Spinco (or any member of its Spinco Group).  The percentages of gross assets or consolidated gross assets of such Spinco or its respective Spinco Group, as the case may be, sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of, shall be based on the fair market value of the gross assets of such Spinco and the members of its respective Spinco Group as of the Distribution Date of such Spinco.  For purposes of this Section 4(b)(v), a merger of a Spinco or one of its Subsidiaries with and into any Person shall constitute a disposition of all of the assets of such Spinco or such Subsidiary.

 

(vi)                               Liquidations, Mergers, Reorganizations . Until the first day after the Restriction Period, no Spinco (nor any of its Subsidiaries) shall, or shall agree to, voluntarily dissolve or liquidate (including by converting into an entity that is treated as a “disregarded entity” or partnership for federal income tax purposes) or engage in any transaction involving a merger (except for a Cash Acquisition Merger), consolidation or other reorganization; provided , that , mergers of direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries of a Spinco solely with and into such Spinco or with other direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries of such Spinco, and liquidations of such Spinco’s wholly-owned subsidiaries are not subject to this Section 4(b)(vi) to the extent not inconsistent with the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions.

 

(c)                                   Permitted Transactions .

 

(i)                                      Anything in Sections 4(b)(iii) and 4(b)(iv) to the contrary notwithstanding, a Spinco (or any member of its Group) shall not be prohibited from entering into or consummating a transaction otherwise prohibited solely by Section 4(b)(iii) or 4(b)(iv), if such transaction, together with any other transaction or transactions previously permitted pursuant to this Section 4(c)(i), would not result in one or more Persons acquiring, directly or indirectly, Equity Securities representing a 10% or greater interest, by vote or value, in such Spinco (or any successor thereto) pursuant to one or more transactions that have not been approved by Parent pursuant to Section 4(c)(ii).  In the event the transaction at issue is a redemption or purchase of Equity Securities of a Spinco by such Spinco or a member of its Spinco Group prior to (or pursuant to an agreement or arrangement negotiated, in whole or in part, prior to) the first anniversary of the Distribution Date of such Spinco, such transaction shall be permitted only if it also satisfies the requirements of Section 4.05(1)(b) of Revenue Procedure 96-30.

 

(ii)                                   Notwithstanding the restrictions otherwise imposed by Sections 4(b)(iii) through 4(b)(vi), during the Restriction Period, a Spinco (the “ Requesting Spinco ”) may (i) issue, sell, redeem or otherwise acquire (or cause a member of its respective Spinco Group to issue, sell, redeem or otherwise acquire) its own Equity Securities or Equity Securities of any member of its respective Spinco Group in a transaction that would otherwise breach the covenant set forth in Section 4(b)(iii) (determined after giving effect to Section 4(c)(i)), (ii) approve, participate in, support or otherwise permit a proposed business combination or transaction that would otherwise breach the covenant set forth in Section 4(b)(iv) (determined after giving effect to Section 4(c)(i)), (iii) sell or otherwise dispose of its assets or the assets of any member of its respective Spinco Group in a transaction that would otherwise breach the covenant set forth in Section 4(b)(v), or (iv) merge itself or any member of its respective Spinco Group with another

 

19



 

entity without regard to which party is the surviving entity in a transaction that would otherwise breach the covenant set forth in Section 4(b)(vi), if and only if such transaction would not violate Section 4(b)(i) or Section 4(b)(ii)  and prior to entering into any agreement contemplating a transaction described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 4(c)(ii), and prior to consummating any such transaction: (X) the Requesting Spinco obtains Parent’s written consent (which may be withheld in Parent’s sole discretion), (Y) the Requesting Spinco provides Parent with an Unqualified Tax Opinion (or, subject to Section 4(d)(iii), a private letter ruling), in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to Parent in its sole and absolute discretion exercised in good faith (and in determining whether an opinion or ruling is satisfactory, Parent may consider, among other factors, the appropriateness of any underlying assumptions and management’s representations if used as a basis for the opinion or supplemental ruling), or (Z) the Requesting Spinco shall request that Parent obtain a private letter ruling (or, if applicable, a supplemental private letter ruling) in accordance with Section 4(d)(ii) of this Agreement to the effect that such transaction will not affect the Tax-Free Status of any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions and Parent shall have received such private letter ruling, in form and substance satisfactory to Parent in its sole and absolute discretion, exercised in good faith.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action or transaction involving an acquisition of the Requesting Spinco’s stock entered into at least 18 months after the Distribution Date of the Requesting Spinco, the Requesting Spinco shall be permitted to consummate such transaction if it delivers an unconditional officer’s certificate establishing facts evidencing that such acquisition satisfies the requirements of Safe Harbor III in Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7(d), and Parent, after due diligence, is satisfied with the accuracy of such certification.

 

(d)                                  Private Letter Rulings and Restrictions on the Spincos .

 

(i)                                      Private Letter Ruling at Parent’s Request .  Parent shall have the right to obtain a private letter ruling (or, if applicable, a supplemental private letter ruling) in its sole discretion.  If Parent determines to obtain a private letter ruling, each Spinco shall (and shall cause each member of its respective Spinco Group to) cooperate with Parent and take any and all actions reasonably requested by Parent in connection with obtaining the private letter ruling (including, without limitation, by making any representation or covenant or providing any materials or information requested by any Tax Authority; provided   that none of the Spincos shall be required to make (or cause any member of their respective Spinco Groups to make) any representation or covenant that is inconsistent with historical facts or as to future matters or events over which it has no control).

 

(ii)                                   Private Letter Rulings at Spinco’s Request .  Parent agrees that at the reasonable request of a Requesting Spinco pursuant to Section 4(c), Parent shall (and shall cause each member of the Parent Group to) cooperate with the Requesting Spinco and use reasonable efforts to seek to obtain, as expeditiously as reasonably practicable, a private letter ruling (or supplemental private letter ruling) from the IRS for the purpose of confirming compliance on the part of the Requesting Spinco or any member of its respective Spinco Group with its obligations under Section 4(b) of this Agreement.  Further, in no event shall Parent be required to file any request for a private letter ruling under this Section 4(d)(ii) unless the Requesting Spinco represents that (A) it has reviewed the request for the private letter ruling and any materials, appendices and exhibits submitted or filed therewith, and (B) all information and representations, if any, relating to any member of the Requesting Spinco’s Spinco Group

 

20



 

contained in the IRS Ruling Documents (if applicable) or Tax Opinion Documents are true, correct and complete in all material respects.  The Requesting Spinco shall reimburse Parent for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Parent Group in obtaining a private letter ruling requested by the Requesting Spinco within 10 Business Days after receiving an invoice from Parent therefor.  Each Spinco hereby agrees that Parent shall have sole and exclusive control over the process of obtaining a private letter ruling, and that only Parent shall have the right to apply for a private letter ruling relating to any of the Spin-Off Related Transactions.  In connection with obtaining a private letter ruling pursuant to this Section 4(d)(ii), (A) Parent shall, to the extent practicable, consult with the Requesting Spinco reasonably in advance of taking any material action in connection therewith; (B) Parent shall (1) reasonably in advance of the submission of any documents to the IRS provide the Requesting Spinco with a draft copy thereof, (2) reasonably consider the Requesting Spinco’s comments on such documents, and (3) provide the Requesting Spinco with copies of all documents submitted to or received from the Tax Authority in connection with such ruling request; and (C) Parent shall provide the Requesting Spinco with notice reasonably in advance of, and the Requesting Spinco shall have the right to attend and participate in, any formally scheduled meetings with any Tax Authority (subject to the approval of the Tax Authority) that relate to such supplemental private letter ruling.

 

(iii)                                Prohibition on the Spincos .  Each Spinco hereby agrees that, except to the extent permitted by Section 4(d)(ii) or as otherwise consented to by Parent in writing, neither it nor any member of its respective Spinco Group shall seek any guidance from the IRS or any other Tax Authority (whether written, verbal or otherwise) concerning any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions (or the impact of any transaction on any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions).

 

(e)                                   Liability of each Spinco for Undertaking Certain Actions .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, each Spinco (a “ Responsible Spinco ”) and the members of its respective Spinco Group shall be responsible for any and all Tax-Related Losses that are attributable to, or result from:

 

(i)                                      any act or failure to act by the Responsible Spinco or any member of its respective Spinco Group, which action or failure to act is inconsistent with any of the covenants set forth in Sections 4(b)(i) through 4(b)(vi) of this Agreement, in each case, determined without regard to any of the exceptions or provisos contained in such provisions or in Section 4(c)), expressly including, for this purpose, any Permitted Transaction and any act or failure to act that is inconsistent with Section 4(b)(i) or 4(b)(ii), regardless of whether such act or failure to act is permitted by Sections 4(b)(iii) through 4(b)(vi);

 

(ii)                                   any acquisition or disposition of Equity Securities of the Responsible Spinco or any member of its respective Spinco Group by any Person or Persons (including, without limitation, as a result of an issuance of the Responsible Spinco’s Equity Securities or a merger of another entity with and into the Responsible Spinco or any member of its respective Spinco Group) or any acquisition of assets of the Responsible Spinco or any member of its respective Spinco Group (including, without limitation, as a result of a merger) by any Person or Persons; and

 

21



 

(iii)                                any breach by the Responsible Spinco or any member of its Spinco Group of a representation or covenant made in this Agreement, the Separation Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement, or any documents relating to the IRS Ruling or the Tax Opinions; provided , that (x) in the event that an IRS Ruling is not obtained with respect to the Distribution of a Spinco, such Spinco shall not be deemed to make any representations regarding such Distribution in the IRS Ruling Documents, and (y) no Spinco makes any representations regarding any facts that, if untrue, would result in Specified Restructuring Income Taxes (other than representations regarding (1) whether such Spinco is engaged in the active conduct of a trade or business within the meaning of Section 355(b) of the Code, (2) such Spinco’s conduct after the Distribution, and (3) the matters set forth in Section 4(a)(iii) hereof).

 

(f)                                     Cooperation .

 

(i)                                      Without limiting the prohibition set forth in Section 4(d)(iii), until the first day after the Restriction Period, each Spinco shall furnish Parent with a copy of any ruling request that any member of its respective Spinco Group may file with the IRS or any other Tax Authority and any opinion received that in any respect relates to, or otherwise reasonably could be expected to have any effect on, the Tax-Free Status of any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions with respect to such Spinco.

 

(ii)                                   Each Party shall reasonably cooperate with the Requesting Spinco in connection with any request by the Requesting Spinco for an Unqualified Tax Opinion pursuant to Section 4(c)(ii).

 

(iii)                                Until the first day after the Restriction Period, each Spinco shall provide adequate advance notice to Parent in accordance with the terms of Section 4(f)(iv) of any action described in Sections 4(b)(i) through 4(b)(vi) within a period of time sufficient to enable Parent to seek injunctive relief pursuant to Section 4(g) in a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that Tree Spinco shall not be required to provide advance notice with respect to any action described in Sections 4(b)(iii) through 4(b)(vi) with respect to which Tree Spinco is not subject to restrictions.

 

(iv)                               Each notice required by Section 4(f)(iii) shall set forth the terms and conditions of any such proposed transaction, including, without limitation, (A) the nature of any related action proposed to be taken by the board of directors of such Spinco, (B) the approximate number of Equity Securities (and their voting and economic rights) of such Spinco or any member of its respective Spinco Group (if any) proposed to be sold (or otherwise issued) or acquired, (C) the approximate value of such Spinco’s assets (or assets of any member of its respective Spinco Group) proposed to be transferred, and (D) the proposed timetable for such transaction, all with sufficient particularity to enable Parent to seek such injunctive relief.  Promptly, but in any event within 30 days, after Parent receives such written notice from such Spinco, Parent shall notify such Spinco in writing of Parent’s decision to seek injunctive relief pursuant to Section 4(g).

 

(v)                                  Until the first day after the Restriction Period, no Spinco nor any member of its respective Spinco Group shall take (or refrain from taking) any action to the extent that such action or inaction would have caused a representation made with respect to

 

22



 

such Spinco in connection with the IRS Ruling (but only if such IRS Ruling was received) and/or the Tax Opinions to have been untrue as of the relevant representation date, had such Spinco or any member of its respective Spinco Group intended to take (or refrain from taking) such action on the relevant representation date.

 

(g)                                  Enforcement .   The Parties acknowledge that irreparable harm would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Section 4 were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.  The Parties agree that, in order to preserve the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions, injunctive relief is appropriate to prevent any violation of the foregoing covenants; provided , however , that injunctive relief shall not be the exclusive legal or equitable remedy for any such violation.

 

5.                                        Refunds .  Parent shall be entitled to all Refunds (and any interest thereon received from the applicable Tax Authority) in respect of Taxes paid with respect to any Tax Return for which Parent or any member of the Parent Group is responsible pursuant to Section 2.  Each Spinco shall be entitled to all Refunds (and any interest thereon received from the applicable Tax Authority) in respect of Taxes paid with respect to any Tax Return for which it or members of its respective Spinco Group are responsible pursuant to Section 2.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Party obtains a Refund of Taxes for which it was indemnified by another Party (other than Taxes for which a Spinco is responsible pursuant to Section 2(a)(iii)), the indemnifying Party shall be entitled to such Refund.  A Party receiving a Refund to which another Party is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 shall pay the amount to which such other Party is entitled within fifteen Business Days after such Refund is Actually Realized.  The Parties shall cooperate with each other in connection with any claim for a Refund in respect of a Tax for which any member of their respective Groups is responsible pursuant to Section 2.

 

6.                                        Tax Contests .

 

(a)                                   Notification .  Each Party shall notify the other Parties in writing of any communication with respect to any pending or threatened Proceeding in connection with a Tax Liability (or any issue related thereto) of any Party or member of its Group, for which another Party or member of its Group, may be responsible pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) Business Days of receipt; provided , however , that in the case of any Distribution-Related Proceeding (no matter which Party is responsible), such notice shall be provided no later than ten (10) Business Days after such Party first receives written notice from the IRS or other Tax Authority of such Distribution-Related Proceeding.  The notifying Party shall include with such notification a true, correct and complete copy of any written communication, and an accurate and complete written summary of any oral communication, received by such notifying Party or member of its Group.  The failure of one Party to notify the other Parties of such communication in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall not relieve such other Party of any liability or obligation that it may have under this Agreement, except to the extent that the failure timely to forward such notification actually prejudices the ability of such other Party to contest such Income Tax Liability or Other Tax Liability or increases the amount of such Income Tax Liability or Other Tax Liability.

 

23


 

(b)           Representation with Respect to Tax Disputes .  Parent (or such member of the Parent Group as Parent shall designate) shall have the sole right to administer and control and to employ counsel of its choice at its expense in any Proceeding (including any Distribution-Related Proceeding) relating to (i) any consolidated federal Income Tax Returns of the Parent Consolidated Group, (ii) any other Combined Returns and (iii) any Parent Separate Returns.  Each Spinco (or such member of its respective Spinco Group as such Spinco shall designate) shall have the sole right to administer and control and to employ counsel of its choice at its expense in any Proceeding (excluding any Distribution-Related Proceeding) relating to its respective Spinco Consolidated Return or Spinco Separate Return.

 

(c)           Power of Attorney .  Each Spinco (and members of its respective Group) shall execute and deliver to Parent (or such member of the Parent Group as Parent shall designate) any power of attorney or other document requested by Parent (or such designee) in connection with any Proceeding described in the first sentence of Section 6(b).

 

(d)           Distribution-Related Proceedings .

 

(i)            In the event of any Distribution-Related Proceeding as a result of which a Spinco could reasonably be expected to become liable for any Tax or Tax-Related Losses (each, a “ Participating Spinco ”) and which Parent has the right to administer and control pursuant to Section 6(b) above, (A) Parent shall consult with each Participating Spinco reasonably in advance of taking any significant action in connection with such Proceeding, (B) Parent shall offer each Participating Spinco a reasonable opportunity to comment before submitting any written materials prepared or furnished in connection with such Proceeding, (C) Parent shall defend such Proceeding diligently and in good faith as if it were the only party in interest in connection with such Proceeding, and (D) Parent shall provide each Participating Spinco copies of any written materials relating to such Proceeding received from the relevant Tax Authority.  Notwithstanding anything in the preceding sentence to the contrary, the final determination of the positions taken, including with respect to settlement or other disposition, in any Distribution-Related Proceeding shall be made in the sole discretion of Parent and shall be final and not subject to the dispute resolution provisions of Article 9 of the Separation Agreement.

 

(ii)           In the event of any Distribution-Related Proceeding with respect to any  Spinco Separate Return, (A) such Spinco shall consult with Parent reasonably in advance of taking any significant action in connection with such Proceeding, (B) such Spinco shall consult with Parent and offer Parent a reasonable opportunity to comment before submitting any written materials prepared or furnished in connection with such Proceeding, (C) such Spinco shall defend such Proceeding diligently and in good faith as if it were the only party in interest in connection with such Proceeding, (D) Parent shall be entitled to participate in such Proceeding and receive copies of any written materials relating to such Proceeding received from the relevant Tax Authority, and (E) such Spinco shall not settle, compromise or abandon any such Proceeding without obtaining the prior written consent of Parent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

24



 

7.             Apportionment of Tax Attributes; Carrybacks .

 

(a)           Apportionment of Tax Attributes .

 

(i)            If the Parent Consolidated Group has a Tax Attribute, the portion, if any, of such Tax Attribute apportioned to any Spinco or the members of its respective Spinco Consolidated Group and treated as a carryover to the first Post-Distribution Taxable Period of such Spinco (or such member) shall be determined by Parent in accordance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1502-21, 1.1502-21T, 1.1502-22, 1.1502-79 and, if applicable, 1.1502-79A.

 

(ii)           No Tax Attribute with respect to consolidated federal Income Tax of the Parent Consolidated Group, other than those described in Section 7(a)(i), and no Tax Attribute with respect to consolidated, combined or unitary state, local, or foreign Income Tax, in each case, arising in respect of a Combined Return shall be apportioned to any Spinco or any member of its respective Spinco Group, except as Parent (or such member of the Parent Group as Parent shall designate) determines is otherwise required under applicable law.

 

(iii)          Parent (or its designee) shall determine the portion, if any, of any Tax Attribute which must (absent a Final Determination to the contrary) be apportioned to a Spinco or any member of its respective Spinco Group in accordance with this Section 7(a) and applicable law, and the amount of tax basis and earnings and profits to be apportioned to such Spinco or any member of its respective Spinco Group in accordance with applicable law, and shall provide written notice of the calculation thereof to such Spinco as soon as reasonably practicable after the information necessary to make such calculation becomes available to Parent.

 

(iv)          The written notice delivered by Parent pursuant to Section 7(a)(iii) shall be binding on each Spinco Group and shall not be subject to dispute resolution. Except as otherwise required by a change in applicable law or pursuant to a Final Determination, no Spinco shall take any position (whether on a Tax Return or otherwise) that is inconsistent with the information contained in such written notice.

 

(b)           Carrybacks .  Except to the extent otherwise consented to by Parent or prohibited by applicable law, each Spinco shall elect to relinquish, waive or otherwise forgo all Carrybacks.  In the event that a Spinco (the “ Carryback Spinco ”), or the appropriate member of its respective Spinco Group, is prohibited by applicable law to relinquish, waive or otherwise forgo a Carryback (or Parent consents to a Carryback), (i) each Party shall cooperate with the Carryback Spinco, at the Carryback Spinco’s expense, in seeking from the appropriate Tax Authority such Refund as reasonably would result from such Carryback, and (ii) the Carryback Spinco shall be entitled to any Income Tax Benefit Actually Realized by a member of another Group (including any interest thereon received from such Tax Authority), to the extent that such Refund is directly attributable to such Carryback, within 15 Business Days after such Refund is Actually Realized; provided , however , that the Carryback Spinco shall indemnify and hold the members of the other Party’s Group harmless from and against any and all collateral tax consequences resulting from or caused by any such Carryback, including (but not limited to) the loss or postponement of any benefit from the use of tax attributes generated by a member of the other Party’s Group or an Affiliate thereof if (x) such tax attributes expire unutilized, but would

 

25



 

have been utilized but for such Carryback, or (y) the use of such tax attributes is postponed to a later taxable period than the taxable period in which such tax attributes would have been utilized but for such Carryback.  If there is a Final Determination that results in any change to or adjustment of an Income Tax Benefit Actually Realized by a member of the other Party’s Group that is directly attributable to a Carryback, then the other Party (or its designee) shall make a payment to the Carryback Spinco, or the Carryback Spinco shall make a payment to the other Party (or its designee), as may be necessary to adjust the payments between the Carryback Spinco and the other Party (or its designee) to reflect the payments that would have been made under this Section 7(b) had the adjusted amount of such Income Tax Benefit been taken into account in computing the payments due under this Section 7(b).

 

8.             Cooperation and Exchange of Information .

 

(a)           Cooperation and Exchange of Information .  Each Party, on behalf of itself and the members of its Group, agrees to provide each other Party (or its designee) with such cooperation or information as such other Party (or its designee) reasonably shall request in connection with the determination of any payment or any calculations described in this Agreement, the preparation or filing of any Tax Return or claim for Refund, or the conduct of any Proceeding.  Such cooperation and information shall include, without limitation, upon reasonable notice (i) promptly forwarding copies of appropriate notices and forms or other communications (including, without limitation, information document requests, revenue agent’s reports and similar reports, notices of proposed adjustments and notices of deficiency) received from or sent to any Tax Authority or any other administrative, judicial or governmental authority, (ii) providing copies of all relevant Tax Returns, together with accompanying schedules and related workpapers, documents relating to rulings or other determinations by any Tax Authority, and such other records concerning the ownership and tax basis of property, or other relevant information, (iii) the provision of such additional information and explanations of documents and information provided under this Agreement (including statements, certificates, forms, returns and schedules delivered by either party) as shall be reasonably requested by any of the other Parties (or their designee), (iv) the execution of any document that may be necessary or reasonably helpful in connection with the filing of a Tax Return, a claim for a Refund, or in connection with any Proceeding, including such waivers, consents or powers of attorney as may be necessary for the other Party to exercise its rights under this Agreement, and (v) the use of the Party’s reasonable efforts to obtain any documentation from a governmental authority or a third party that may be necessary or reasonably helpful in connection with any of the foregoing.  It is expressly the intention of the Parties to take all actions that shall be necessary to establish Parent as the sole agent for Tax purposes of each member of the Spinco Groups with respect to all Combined Returns.  Upon reasonable notice, each Party shall make its, or shall cause the members of its respective Group, as applicable, to make their, employees and facilities available on a mutually convenient basis to provide explanation of any documents or information provided hereunder.  Any information obtained under this Section 8 shall be kept confidential, except as otherwise reasonably may be necessary in connection with the filing of Tax Returns or claims for Refund or in conducting any Proceeding.

 

(b)           Retention of Records . The Parties each agree to retain all Tax Returns, related schedules and workpapers, and all material records and other documents as

 

26



 

required under Section 6001 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder (and any similar provision of state, local, or foreign law) existing on the date hereof or created in respect of (i) any taxable period that ends on or before or includes the Distribution Date or (ii) any taxable period that may be subject to a claim hereunder until the later of (A) the expiration of the statute of limitations (including extensions) for the taxable periods to which such Tax Returns and other documents relate and (B) the Final Determination of any payments that may be required in respect of such taxable periods under this Agreement.  From and after the end of the period described in the preceding sentence of this Section 8(b), if a Party or a member of its respective Group wishes to dispose of any such records and documents, then such Party shall provide written notice thereof to the other Parties and shall provide the other Parties the opportunity to take possession of any such records and documents within 90 days after such notice is delivered; provided , however , that if no other Party, within such 90-day period, confirms its intention to take possession of such records and documents, then the Party wishing to destroy or otherwise dispose of such records and documents may do so.

 

(c)           Remedies .  Each of the Parties hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the failure of any member of its respective Group to comply with the provisions of this Section 8 may result in substantial harm to the other Parties, including the inability to determine or appropriately substantiate a Tax Liability (or a position in respect thereof) for which a Party (or a member of its respective Group) would be responsible under this Agreement or appropriately defend against an adjustment thereto by a Tax Authority, (ii) the remedies available to one Party (the “ Injured Party ”) for the breach by a member of another Party (the “ Breaching Party ”) of its obligations under this Section 8 shall include (without limitation) the indemnification by the Breaching Party of the Injured Party for any Tax Liabilities incurred or any tax benefit lost or postponed by reason of such breach and the forfeiture by the Breaching Party of any related rights to indemnification by the Injured Party.

 

(d)           Reliance .  If any member of a Group supplies (“ Supplying Party ”) information to a member of another Group (“ Relying Party ”) in connection with a Tax Liability and an officer of a member of the Relying Party signs a statement or other document under penalties of perjury in reliance upon the accuracy of such information, then upon the written request of the member of the Relying Party identifying the information being so relied upon, the chief financial officer of Supplying Party (or his or her designee) shall certify in writing that to his knowledge (based upon consultation with appropriate employees) the information so supplied is accurate and complete.  Each Party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each member of the other Groups and its directors, officers and employees from and against any fine, penalty, or other cost or expense of any kind attributable to a member of its respective Group having supplied, pursuant to this Section 8, a member of another Group with inaccurate or incomplete information in connection with a Tax Liability.

 

9.             Resolution of Disputes .   The provisions of Article 9 of the Separation Agreement (Dispute Resolution) shall apply to any dispute arising in connection with this Agreement; provided , however , that in the case of disputes arising under this Agreement, the relevant Parties shall jointly select the arbitrator, who shall be an attorney or accountant who is generally recognized in the tax community as a qualified and competent tax practitioner with experience in the tax area involved in the issue or issues to be resolved.

 

27



 

10.           Payments .

 

(a)           Method of Payment .  All payments required by this Agreement shall be made by (i) wire transfer to the appropriate bank account as may from time to time be designated by the Parties for such purpose; provided that , on the date of such wire transfer, notice of the transfer is given to the recipient thereof in accordance with Section 11, or (ii) any other method agreed to by the Parties.  All payments due under this Agreement shall be deemed to be paid when available funds are actually received by the payee.

 

(b)           Interest .  Any payment required by this Agreement that is not made on or before the date required hereunder shall bear interest, from and after such date through the date of payment, at the Underpayment Rate.

 

(c)           Characterization of Payments .  For all Income Tax purposes, the Parties agree to treat, and to cause their respective Affiliates to treat, (i) any payment required by this Agreement or by the Separation Agreement, by (A) Parent to any of the Spincos as a contribution by Parent to the appropriate Spinco occurring immediately prior to the Distribution of such Spinco, (B) a Spinco to Parent as a distribution by such Spinco occurring immediately prior to the Distribution of such Spinco, and (C) a Spinco to another Spinco as a distribution by the first Spinco to Parent occurring immediately before the Distribution of the first Spinco followed by a contribution by Parent to the recipient Spinco occurring immediately before the Distribution of the second Spinco; and (ii) any payment of interest or non-federal Income Taxes by or to a Tax Authority, as taxable or deductible, as the case may be, to the Party entitled under this Agreement to retain such payment or required under this Agreement to make such payment, in either case, except as otherwise mandated by applicable law or a Final Determination; provided that in the event it is determined (A) pursuant to applicable law that it is more likely than not, or (B) pursuant to a Final Determination, that any such treatment is not permissible (or that an Indemnified Party nevertheless suffers a Tax detriment as a result of such payment), the payment in question shall be adjusted to place the Indemnified Party in the same after-tax position it would have enjoyed absent such applicable law or Final Determination.

 

11.           Compensatory Equity Interests .

 

(a)           Allocation of Deductions.   To the extent permitted by applicable law, Income Tax deductions arising by reason of exercises of Options to acquire Parent or Spinco stock, vesting of “restricted” Parent stock or Spinco stock, or settlement of restricted stock units, in each case, following the Distributions, with respect to Parent stock or Spinco stock (such Options, restricted stock and restricted stock units, collectively, “ Compensatory Equity Interests ”) held by any Person shall be claimed (i) in the case of an active employee, solely by the Party that employs such Person at the time of exercise, vesting, or settlement, as applicable, and (ii) in the case of a former employee, solely by the Party that last employed such Person (the Party described in clause (i) or (ii), the “ Employing Party ”).

 

(b)           Withholding and Reporting .  The Employing Party (or any of its Affiliates) that is entitled to claim the Tax deductions described in 11(a) with respect to Compensatory Equity Interests held by a current or former employee shall be responsible for all applicable Taxes (including, but not limited to, withholding and excise taxes) and shall satisfy, or

 

28



 

shall cause to be satisfied, all applicable Tax reporting obligations with respect to such Compensatory Equity Interests; provided , that in the event Compensatory Equity Interests are settled by the issuing corporation on a “net basis” that takes into account withholding or other Taxes for which the holder of the Compensatory Equity Interest is responsible, the issuing corporation shall promptly remit to the Employing Party an amount of cash equal to the fair market value of the shares withheld by the issuing corporation in respect of such withholding or other Taxes.

 

12.           Notices .  Notices, requests, permissions, waivers, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon (a) a transmitter’s confirmation of a receipt of a facsimile transmission (but only if followed by confirmed delivery of a standard overnight courier the following Business Day or if delivered by hand the following Business Day), or (b) confirmed delivery of a standard overnight courier or delivered by hand, to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

If to Parent, to:

 

IAC/InterActiveCorp
555 West 18th Street
New York, NY  10011
Attention:  General Counsel
Telecopier:  (212) 632-9642

 

with a copy to:

 

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
51 West 52nd Street
New York, NY  10019
Attention:  Pamela S. Seymon, Esq.
Telecopier:  (212) 403-2000

 

If to TM Spinco:

 

Ticketmaster

8800 Sunset Boulevard

West Hollywood, California 90069

Attention: General Counsel

Telecopier:  (310)       -

 

with a copy to:

 

[              ]

 

29



 

If to Interval Spinco:

 

Interval Leisure Group, Inc.

6262 Sunset Drive

Miami, Florida 33143

Attention: General Counsel

Telecopier:  (305)       -      

 

with a copy to:

 

[              ]

 

If to HSN Spinco:

 

1 HSN Drive

St. Petersburg, Florida 33729

Attention: General Counsel

Telecopier:  (727)       -

 

with a copy to:

 

[              ]

 

If to Tree Spinco:

 

11115 Rushmore Drive

Charlotte, North Carolina 28277

Attention: General Counsel

Telecopier:  (704)       -

 

with a copy to:

 

[              ]

 

Such names and addresses may be changed by notice given in accordance with this Section 12.

 

13.           Designation of Affiliate .   Each of the Parties may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any member of its respective Group as it shall designate; provided , however , that no such assignment shall relieve the Party making the assignment of any obligation hereunder, including any obligation to make a payment hereunder to another Party, to the extent such designee fails to make such payment.

 

30



 

14.           Miscellaneous .   Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of Article 13 (Miscellaneous) of the Separation Agreement to the extent set forth therein.

 

31



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first written above.

 

 

IAC/INTERACTIVECORP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

TICKETMASTER

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

HSN, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

32



 

 

TREE.COM, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

33




Exhibit 10.2

 

FORM OF

 

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

IAC/INTERACTIVECORP,

 

HSN, Inc.,

 

INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.

 

TICKETMASTER

 

and

 

TREE.COM, INC.

 



 

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT, dated as of [•], 2008 (this “ Services Agreement ”), is entered into by and among IAC/InterActiveCorp, a Delaware corporation (“ IAC ” or “ New IAC ”), HSN, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of IAC (“ HSNSpinco ” or “ HSN ”), Interval Leisure Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of IAC (“ Interval Spinco ” or “ Interval ”), Ticketmaster, a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of IAC (“ TMSpinco ” or “ TM ”), and Tree.com, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of IAC (“ Tree Spinco ” or “ LT ” and, together with HSNSpinco, Interval Spinco and TMSpinco, the “ Spincos ” and, the Spincos together with IAC, the “ Parties ” and each a “ Party ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of IAC has determined it is appropriate and desirable to separate IAC and the Spincos into five publicly-traded companies all as set forth in that certain Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, by and among the Parties (the “ Separation Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, IAC and the Spincos expect to enter into the Separation Agreement on the date hereof, which sets forth, among other things, the assets, liabilities, rights and obligations of each of the Parties for purposes of effecting the separation of IAC and the Spincos; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with such separation, (a) each of the Spincos desires to procure certain services from IAC and/or one or more of the other Spincos, and IAC and such other Spincos each are willing to provide such services, during a transition period commencing on the applicable Effective Date (as defined in Section 7.01), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Services Agreement; and (b) IAC desires to procure certain services from the Spincos, and each of the Spincos is willing to provide such services to IAC, during a transition period commencing on the applicable Effective Date, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Services Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants and other provisions set forth in this Services Agreement, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

1.01.     All terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Separation Agreement.

 

2



 

ARTICLE II

 

Agreement To Provide and Accept Services

 

2.01.      Provision of Services.

 

(a)               On the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, IAC agrees with each Spinco, as applicable, that it shall provide, or shall cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and their respective employees designated by IAC (such designated Subsidiaries, Affiliates and employees, together with IAC, being herein collectively referred to as the “ IAC Service Providers ”) to provide, to such Spinco the services (“ IAC Services ”) listed on the Schedule of Services attached hereto (the “ Services Schedule ”) as being performed by IAC or a member of its Corresponding Group identified in the column of the Services Schedule titled “Spin Party” and being received by such Spinco.  Subject to  Section 3.01 , any decisions as to which of the IAC Service Providers (including the decisions to use third parties) shall provide the IAC Services shall be made by IAC in its sole discretion, except to the extent specified in the Services Schedule.  Each IAC Service shall be provided in exchange for the consideration set forth with respect to such IAC Service on the Services Schedule or as IAC and such Spinco may otherwise agree in writing.  Each IAC Service shall be provided and accepted in accordance with the terms, limitations and conditions set forth herein and on the Services Schedule.

 

(b)              On the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, TMSpinco agrees with each other Spinco and IAC, as applicable, that it shall provide, or shall cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and their respective employees designated by it (such designated Subsidiaries, Affiliates and employees, together with TMSpinco, being herein collectively referred to as the “ Ticketmaster Service Providers ”) to provide, to such other Spinco or IAC, as applicable, the services (“ Ticketmaster Services ”) listed on the Services Schedule as being performed by TM or a or a member of its Corresponding Group identified in the column of the Services Schedule titled “Spin Party” and being received by such other Spinco or IAC, as applicable.  Subject to Section 3.01 , any decisions as to which of the Ticketmaster Service Providers (including the decisions to use third parties) shall provide the Ticketmaster Services shall be made by TMSpinco in its sole discretion, except to the extent specified in the  Services Schedule.  Each Ticketmaster Service shall be provided in exchange for the consideration set forth with respect to such Service on the Services Schedule or as TMSpinco and the applicable recipient of the Ticketmaster Services may otherwise agree in writing.  Each Ticketmaster Service shall be provided and accepted in accordance with the terms, limitations and conditions set forth herein and on the Services Schedule.

 

(c)               On the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, HSNSpinco agrees with each other Spinco and IAC, as applicable, that it shall provide, or shall cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and their respective employees designated by it (such designated Subsidiaries, Affiliates and employees, together with HSNSpinco, being herein collectively referred to as the “ HSN Service Providers ”) to provide, to such other Spinco or IAC, as applicable, the services (“ HSN Services ”) listed on the Services Schedule as being performed by HSN or a member of its Corresponding Group identified in the column of the Services Schedule titled “Spin Party” and being received by such other Spinco or IAC, as applicable.  Subject to

 

3



 

Section 3.01 , any decisions as to which of the HSN Service Providers (including the decisions to use third parties) shall provide the HSN Services shall be made by HSNSpinco in its sole discretion, except to the extent specified in the Services Schedule.  Each HSN Service shall be provided in exchange for the consideration set forth with respect to such Service on the Services Schedule or as HSNSpinco and the applicable recipient of the HSN Services may otherwise agree in writing.  Each HSN Service shall be provided and accepted in accordance with the terms, limitations and conditions set forth herein and on the Services Schedule.

 

(d)              On the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, Interval Spinco agrees with each other Spinco and IAC, as applicable, that it shall provide, or shall cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and their respective employees designated by it (such designated Subsidiaries, Affiliates and employees, together with Interval Spinco, being herein collectively referred to as the “ Interval Service Providers ”) to provide, to such other Spinco or IAC, as applicable, the services (“ Interval Services ”) listed on the attached Services Schedule as being performed by Interval or a member of its Corresponding Group identified in the column of the Services Schedule titled “Spin Party” and being received by such other Spinco or IAC, as applicable.  Subject to Section 3.01 , any decisions as to which of the Interval Service Providers (including the decisions to use third parties) shall provide the Interval Services shall be made by Interval Spinco in its sole discretion, except to the extent specified in the Services Schedule.  Each Interval Service shall be provided in exchange for the consideration set forth with respect to such Service on the Services Schedule or as Interval Spinco and the applicable recipient of the Interval Services may otherwise agree in writing.  Each Interval Service shall be provided and accepted in accordance with the terms, limitations and conditions set forth herein and on the Services Schedule.

 

(e)               On the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, Tree Spinco agrees with each other Spinco and IAC, as applicable, that it shall provide, or shall cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and their respective employees designated by it (such designated Subsidiaries, Affiliates and employees, together with Tree Spinco, being herein collectively referred to as the “ Tree Service Providers ” and together with the IAC Service Providers, the Ticketmaster Service Providers, the HSN Service Providers and the Interval Service Providers, being herein collectively referred to as the “ Service Providers ”) to provide, to such other Spinco or IAC, as applicable, the services (“ Tree Services ” and together with the IAC Services, the Ticketmaster Services, the HSN Services and the Interval Services, being herein collectively referred to as the “ Services ”) listed on the Services Schedule as being performed by LT or a member of its Corresponding Group identified in the column of the Services Schedule titled “Spin Party” and being received by such other Spinco or IAC, as applicable.  Subject to Section 3.01 , any decisions as to which of the Tree Service Providers (including the decisions to use third parties) shall provide the Tree Services shall be made by Tree Spinco in its sole discretion, except to the extent specified in the Services Schedule.  Each Tree Service shall be provided in exchange for the consideration set forth with respect to such Service on the Services Schedule or as Tree Spinco and the applicable recipient of the Tree Services may otherwise agree in writing.  Each Tree Service shall be provided and accepted in accordance with the terms, limitations and conditions set forth herein and on the Services Schedule.

 

(f)               As used in this Services Agreement, the term “ Receiving Party ” shall mean the

 

4



 

Party receiving (or the Party another member of whose Corresponding Group is receiving) the applicable Services from a Service Provider.

 

2.02.      Books and Records; Availability of Information.     Each Party shall create and maintain accurate books and records in connection with the provision of the Services performed or caused to be performed by it and, upon reasonable notice from a Receiving Party, shall make available for inspection and copying by such Receiving Party’s agents such books and records to the extent relating to the Services provided to such Receiving Party hereunder during reasonable business hours with such inspection occurring no more than one (1) time during the term in which the Service Provider has provided the applicable Service to the Receiving Party. Moreover, such inspection shall be conducted by the Receive Party or its agents in a manner that will not unreasonably interfere with the normal business operations of the Service Provider.  Each Receiving Party shall make available on a timely basis to the Service Providers all information and materials reasonably requested by such Service Providers to enable them to provide the applicable Services.  Each Receiving Party shall provide to the Service Providers reasonable access to such Receiving Party’s premises to the extent necessary for the purpose of providing the applicable Services.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Services; Payment; Independent Contractors

 

3.01.      Services To Be Provided.     (a) Unless otherwise agreed between the applicable Party providing Services hereunder and the Receiving Party (including to the extent specified in the applicable entry on the Services Schedule), (i) the Service Providers shall be required to perform the Services only in a manner, scope, nature and quality as provided by or within IAC that is similar in all material respects to the manner in which such Services were performed immediately prior to the applicable Effective Date, and (ii) the Services shall be used for substantially the same purposes and in substantially the same manner (including as to volume, amount, level or frequency, as applicable) as the Services have been used immediately prior to the applicable Effective Date; provided however , that the applicable entry on the Services Schedule shall control the scope of the Service to be performed (to the extent provided therein), unless otherwise agreed in writing.  Each Party and the Service Providers shall act under this Services Agreement solely as an independent contractor and not as an agent or employee of any other Party or any of such Party’s Affiliates. As an independent contractor, all overhead and personnel necessary to the Services required of the Service Providers hereunder shall be the Service Provider’s sole responsibility and shall be at the Service Provider’s sole cost and expense. No Service Provider shall have the authority to bind the Receiving Party by contract or otherwise.

 

(b)              The provision of Services by the Service Providers shall be subject to Article V hereof.

 

(c)               Each Party agrees with each other Party providing Services to it hereunder to use its reasonable efforts to reduce or eliminate its dependency on such Services as soon as is

 

5



 

reasonably practicable; provided that a breach of this Section 3.01(c)  shall not affect a Service Provider’s obligation to provide any Service through the term applicable to such Service.

 

3.02.     Each Receiving Party and Party providing Services to it hereunder will use good-faith efforts to reasonably cooperate with each other in all matters relating to the provision and receipt of Services.  Such cooperation shall include obtaining all consents, licenses or approvals necessary to permit each such Party to perform its obligations to such Receiving Party hereunder; provided , however , under no circumstances shall any Service Provider be required to make any payments to any third party in respect of any such consents, licenses or approvals nor shall any Service Provider be required to make any alternative arrangements in the event that any such consents, licenses or approvals are not obtained.

 

3.03.      Additional Services.

 

(a)               From time to time during the term applicable to any Service being provided by a Service Provider, each Party may request any of the other Parties (i) to provide additional or different services which such other Party is not expressly obligated to provide under this Services Agreement if such services are of the type and scope provided by such providing Party within IAC during fiscal year 2008 or (ii) expand the scope of any Service (such additional or expanded services, the “ Additional Services ”).  The Party receiving such request shall consider such request in good faith and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such Additional Service; provided , no Party shall be obligated to provide any Additional Services if it does not, in its reasonable judgment, have adequate resources to provide such Additional Services or if the provision of such Additional Services would interfere with the operation of its business.  The Party receiving the request for Additional Services shall notify the requesting Party within fifteen (15) days as to whether it will or will not provide the Additional Services.

 

(b)              If a Party agrees to provide Additional Services pursuant to Section 3.03(a) , then a representative of each applicable Party shall in good faith negotiate the terms of a supplement to the Services Schedule which will describe in detail the service, project scope, term, schedule impact, price and payment terms to be charged for the Additional Services.  Once agreed to in writing, the supplement to the Services Schedule shall be deemed part of this Services Agreement as of such date and the Additional Services shall be deemed “Services” provided by such Service Provider to such Receiving Party hereunder, in each case subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

3.04.      Payments.     Except as set forth on the Services Schedule, statements will be delivered to each applicable Receiving Party within fifteen (15) days after the end of each month by the Service Providers designated by each providing Party for Services provided by such Service Provider to the Receiving Party during the preceding month, and each such statement shall set forth a brief description of such Services, the amounts charged therefor, and, except as the applicable providing Party and Receiving Party may agree or as set forth on the Services Schedule, such amounts shall be due and payable by the Receiving Party within thirty (30) days after the date of such statement.  Statements not paid within such 30-day period shall be subject to late charges, calculated at an interest rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate plus 2% (or the maximum legal rate, whichever is lower), and calculated for the actual number of days elapsed,

 

6



 

accrued from the date on which such payment was due up to the date of the actual receipt of payment.  Payments shall be made by wire transfer to an account designated in writing from time to time by the applicable Service Provider.

 

3.05.      Disclaimer of Warranty.     EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT, THE SERVICES TO BE PURCHASED UNDER THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT ARE FURNISHED AS IS, WHERE IS, WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  In the event that the provision of any Service for the account of a Receiving Party by a Service Provider conflicts with such Service Provider’s provision of such Service for its own account or the account of other Receiving Parties, priority for the provision of such Service shall be allocated in a equitable manner on an aggregate basis, and in a manner consistent with the Receiving Party’s level of use of such Service during fiscal year 2008 up to the applicable Effective Date (or as described in the applicable entry on the Services Schedule).

 

3.06.      Taxes.     In the event that any Tax is properly chargeable on the provision of the Services as indicated in the applicable entry on the Services Schedule, the Receiving Party shall be responsible for and shall pay to the applicable Service Provider the amount of any such Tax in addition to and at the same time as the applicable Service fees.  All Service fees and other consideration will be paid free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any Tax, except as may be required by law.

 

3.07.      Use of Services.     Each party, in its capacity as a Receiving Party agrees with each applicable providing Party that it shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, resell any Services to any person whatsoever or permit the use of the Services by any person other than in connection with the conduct of such Receiving Party’s operations as conducted immediately prior to the applicable Effective Date.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Term of Services

 

4.01.     Subject to Section 7.01 , the provision of each Service shall commence on the date hereof and shall terminate no later than twelve (12) months after the date hereof or as of the date indicated for each such Service in the applicable entry on the Services Schedule; provided , however , that subject to the applicable entry on the Services Schedule, any Service may be cancelled or reduced in amount or any portion thereof by the Receiving Party upon ninety (90) days written notice thereof (or such other notice period if one is set forth for such Service in the applicable entry on the Services Schedule) to the applicable Service Provider subject to the requirement that such Receiving Party pay to the applicable Service Provider the actual out-of-pocket costs incurred by such Service Provider, as well as the actual incremental internal costs incurred by such Service Provider, in each case directly resulting from such cancellation (including employee severance and other termination costs), which out-of-pocket and internal costs shall be set forth in a written statement provided by such Service Provider to the Receiving

 

7



 

Party; provided , further , that such costs shall not exceed amounts payable hereunder in respect of the applicable Service for the ninety (90) days prior to such termination.  The forgoing notwithstanding and subject to Section 7.02 , (i) a Service Provider may immediately terminate any individual Service provided to a Receiving Party in the event that the Receiving Party fails to make payments for such Service under Section 3.02 and has not cured such failure within thirty (30) days of written notice of such failure from the applicable Service Provider, and (ii) upon ninety (90) days written notice, the Service Provider may terminate any Service provided to a Receiving Party at such time as the Service Provider no longer provides the same Service to itself for its own account.

 

4.02.     In the event a Receiving Party requests an extension of the term applicable to the provision of Services, such request shall be considered in good faith by the applicable Service Provider.  Any terms, conditions or costs or fees to be paid by the Receiving Party for Services provided during an extended term will be on terms mutually acceptable to such Service Provider and Receiving Party.  For the avoidance of doubt, under no circumstances shall a Service Provider be required to extend the term of provision of any Service if (i) the Service Provider does not, in its reasonable judgment, have adequate resources to continue providing such Services, (ii) the extension of the term would interfere with the operation of the Service Provider’s business or (iii) the extension would require capital expenditure on the part of the Service Provider or otherwise require the Service Provider to renew or extend any Contract with any third party.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Force Majeure

 

5.01.     The Service Providers shall not be liable for any expense, loss or damage whatsoever arising out of any interruption of Service or delay or failure to perform under this Services Agreement that is due to acts of God, acts of a public enemy, acts of terrorism, acts of a nation or any state, territory, province or other political division thereof, changes in applicable law, fires, hurricanes, floods, epidemics, riots, theft, quarantine restrictions, freight embargoes or other similar causes beyond the reasonable control of the Service Providers.  In any such event, the applicable Service Provider’s obligations hereunder shall be postponed for such time as its performance is suspended or delayed on account thereof, provided that if the force majeure event continues for more that forty-five (45) days, the Service Provider may cancel unperformed Services upon written notice to the Receiving Party.  Each Service Provider will promptly notify the recipient of the Service, either orally or in writing, upon learning of the occurrence of such event of force majeure.  Upon the cessation of the force majeure event, such Service Provider will use commercially reasonable efforts to resume, or to cause any other relevant Service Provider to resume, its performance with the least practicable delay ( provided that, at the election of the applicable Receiving Party, the applicable term for such suspended Service shall be extended by the length of the force majeure event unless such event has continued for more than 45 days in which case the Service may be cancelled by the Service Provider).

 

8



 

ARTICLE VI

 

Liabilities

 

6.01.      Consequential and Other Damages.   None of the Service Providers shall be liable to any Receiving Party with respect to this Services Agreement, whether in contract, tort (including negligence and strict liability) or otherwise, for any special, indirect, incidental or consequential damages whatsoever (except, in each case, to the extent any amount is paid to third parties by such Receiving Party or its Affiliates) which in any way arise out of, relate to or are a consequence of, the performance or nonperformance by it hereunder or the provision of, or failure to provide, any Service hereunder, including with respect to loss of profits, business interruptions or claims of customers.

 

6.02.      Limitation of Liability.   Subject to Section 6.03 hereof, the liability of any Service Provider with respect to this Services Agreement to any Receiving Party or in respect of any Services provided to such Receiving Party or any act or failure to act in connection herewith (including, but not limited to, the performance or breach hereof), or from the sale, delivery, provision or use of any Service provided under or covered by this Services Agreement, whether in contract, tort (including negligence and strict liability) or otherwise, shall be limited to actions or omissions resulting from intentional breach of this Services Agreement or gross negligence, and, in any event, such liability shall not exceed the fees previously paid to such Service Provider by such Receiving Party during the term of the applicable Service giving rise thereto.

 

6.03.      Obligation to Re-perform.   In the event of any breach of this Services Agreement by any Service Provider resulting from any error or defect in the performance of any Service (which breach such Service Provider can reasonably be expected to cure by re-performance in a commercially reasonable manner), the Service Provider shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to correct in all material respects such error, defect or breach or re-perform in all material respects such Service upon receipt of the written request of the applicable Receiving Party.

 

6.04.      Indemnity.   Except as otherwise provided in this Service Agreement (including the limitation of liability provisions in this Article VI ), each Party shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each other Party from and against any Liability arising out of the intentional breach hereunder or gross negligence of the Indemnifying Party or its Affiliates, employees, agents, or contractors (including with respect to the performance or nonperformance of any Service hereunder).  The procedures set forth in Sections 6.04 and 6.05 of the Separation Agreement shall apply to any claim for indemnification hereunder.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Effectiveness; Certain Deemed References; Termination

 

7.01.      Effectiveness; Certain Substitutions .  The provision of Services hereunder to any Spinco by each other applicable Party and to each other applicable Party by such Spinco shall commence as of the Distribution Date for such Spinco (the time of commencement of the provision of such Services being referred to as the “ applicable Effective Date ”); provided , that in

 

9



 

the event Services are contemplated to be provided hereunder to such Spinco by another Spinco (a “ Later-Spun Spinco ”) the spinoff of which shall not have been effected prior to or substantially simultaneously with the spinoff of such first-mentioned Spinco, references herein and in the Services Schedule to such Later-Spun Spinco in its capacity as Service Provider to such first-mentioned Spinco shall be deemed references to IAC until the Distribution Date for such Later-Spun Spinco; and, provided , further , that in the event Services are contemplated to be provided hereunder by such first-mentioned Spinco to any Later-Spun Spinco, to the extent requested in writing by IAC (a) references herein and in the Services Schedule to such Later-Spun Spinco in its capacity as Receiving Party of Services from such Spinco shall be deemed references to IAC until the Distribution Date for such Later-Spun Spinco or (b) the provision of such Service shall be suspended until the Distribution Date for such Later-Spun Spinco (it being understood that any such suspension shall not increase the term during which the Service Provider would otherwise have been required to provide such Service).

 

7.02    Termination.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to each pair of Parties (i.e., with respect to IAC and TMSpinco; IAC and HSNSpinco; IAC and Interval Spinco; IAC and Tree Spinco; TMSpinco and HSN Spinco; TMSpinco and Interval Spinco; TMSpinco and Tree Spinco; HSNSpinco and Interval Spinco; HSNSpinco and Tree Spinco; and Interval Spinco and Tree Spinco) the rights and obligations of each such Party in respect of such other Party under this Services Agreement shall terminate, and the obligation of the applicable Service Provider to provide or cause to be provided any applicable Service shall cease, on the earliest to occur of (i) the last date indicated for the termination of any Service provided by one such Party to the other such Party on the Services Schedule, as the case may be, (ii) the date on which the provision of all Services by either such Party to the other such Party has been cancelled pursuant to Article IV or Article V hereof or (iii) the date on which this Services Agreement, to the extent of the rights and obligations of such pair of Parties to each other, is terminated by either such Party, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of Section 7.03 hereof; provided that, in each case, no such termination shall relieve any Party of any liability for any breach of any provision of this Services Agreement prior to the date of such termination.

 

7.03.      Breach of Services Agreement; Dispute Resolution.   Subject to Article VI hereof, and without limiting a Party’s obligations under Section 4.01 , if a Party shall cause or suffer to exist any material breach of any of its obligations to any other Party (the “ Nonbreaching Party ”) under this Services Agreement, including any failure to make a payment within thirty (30) days after receipt of the statement describing the Services provided for pursuant to Section 3.04 with respect to more than one Service provided hereunder, and such breaching Party does not cure such default in all material respects within thirty (30) days after receiving written notice thereof from the Nonbreaching Party, the Nonbreaching Party shall have the right to terminate this Services Agreement to the extent of the rights and obligations of such Nonbreaching Party and breaching Party to each other hereunder immediately thereafter.  In the event a dispute arises between two or more Parties regarding the terms of this Services Agreement, such dispute shall be governed by Article IX of the Separation Agreement.

 

7.03.      Sums Due.   In addition to any other payments required pursuant to this Services Agreement, in the event of a termination of this Services Agreement with respect to the rights and obligations of a Service Provider and a Receiving Party to each other, such Service Provider

 

10



 

shall be entitled to the immediate payment of, and such Receiving Party shall within three (3) Business Days, pay to such Service Provider, all accrued amounts for Services, Taxes and other amounts due from such Receiving Party to such Service Provider under this Services Agreement as of the date of termination.

 

7.04.      Effect of Termination.     Section 2.02 hereof and Articles V , VI , VII and VIII hereof shall survive any termination or partial termination of this Services Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Miscellaneous

 

8.01.      Incorporation of Separation Agreement Provisions.     The provisions of Article XIII of the Separation Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and unless otherwise expressly specified herein, such provisions shall apply as if fully set forth herein.

 

8.02.     Ownership of Work Product.   Subject to the Separation Agreement, (i) each Service Provider acknowledges and agrees that it will acquire no right, title or interest (including any license rights or rights of use) to any work product resulting from the provision of Services hereunder for the Receiving Party’s exclusive use and such work product shall remain the exclusive property of the Receiving Party and (ii) each Receiving Party acknowledges and agrees that it will acquire no right, title or interest (other than a non-exclusive, worldwide right of use) to any work product resulting from the provision of Services hereunder that is not for the Receiving Party’s exclusive use and such work product shall remain the exclusive property, subject to license, of the Service Provider.

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Services Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

 

 

IAC/InterActiveCorp,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

HSN, Inc.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Interval Leisure Group, Inc.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Ticketmaster,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Tree.com, Inc.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

12



 

Schedule of Services

 




Exhibit 10.3

 

FORM OF

 

EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT

 

BY AND AMONG

 

IAC/INTERACTIVECORP

 

TICKETMASTER,

 

INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.,

 

HSN, INC.,

 

AND

 

TREE.COM, INC.

 

Dated as of [      ], 2008

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

10

2.1

Employment

10

2.2

Assumption and Retention of Liabilities; Related Assets

10

2.3

SpinCo Participation in IAC Benefit Plans

12

2.4

Terms of Participation by SpinCo Employees in SpinCo Benefit Plans

12

2.5

Commercially Reasonable Efforts

13

2.6

Regulatory Compliance

13

2.7

Approval by IAC as Sole Stockholder

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

SAVINGS PLANS

13

3.1

Savings Plans

13

3.2

SpinCo Savings Plans

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

HEALTH AND WELFARE PLANS

15

4.1

Transition Period

15

4.2

Establishment of Health and Welfare Plans

16

4.3

Retention of Sponsorship and Liabilities

17

4.4

Vendor Contracts

17

4.5

Flexible Benefit Plan

18

4.6

Workers’ Compensation Liabilities

18

4.7

Payroll Taxes and Reporting of Compensation

19

4.8

COBRA and HIPAA Compliance

19

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

EXECUTIVE BENEFITS AND OTHER BENEFITS

20

5.1

Assumption of Obligations

20

5.2

IAC Incentive Plans

21

5.3

IAC Long-Term Incentive Plans

22

5.4

Registration Requirements

38

5.5

Executive Deferred Compensation Plans

39

5.6

Severance

40

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

41

6.1

Sharing of Participant Information

41

6.2

Reasonable Efforts/Cooperation

41

6.3

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

41

6.4

Audit Rights With Respect to Information Provided

42

6.5

Fiduciary Matters

42

6.6

Consent of Third Parties

43

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

43

7.1

Effect If Effective Time Does Not Occur

43

7.2

Relationship of Parties

43

7.3

Affiliates

43

7.4

Notices

43

7.5

Incorporation of Separation Agreement Provisions

44

 

i



 

EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT

 

This Employee Matters Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [        ] , 2008, with effect as of the Effective Time, is entered into by and among IAC/InterActiveCorp, a Delaware corporation (“ IAC ”), Ticketmaster, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of IAC (“ TM ”), Interval Leisure Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of IAC (“ Interval ”), HSN, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of IAC (“ HSN ”) and Tree.com, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of IAC (“ Tree ,” together with TM, Interval, HSN and Tree,  the “ SpinCos ,” the SpinCos and IAC, collectively, the “ Parties ”).

 

RECITALS :

 

WHEREAS, IAC, TM, Interval, HSN and Tree have entered into a Separation Agreement pursuant to which the Parties have set out the terms on which, and the conditions subject to which, they wish to implement the Separation (as defined in the Separation Agreement) (such agreement, as amended, restated or modified from time to time, the “ Separation Agreement ”).

 

WHEREAS, in connection therewith, IAC, TM, Interval, HSN and Tree have agreed to enter into this Agreement to allocate between them assets, liabilities and responsibilities with respect to certain employee compensation, pension and benefit plans, programs and arrangements and certain employment matters.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants and other provisions set forth in this Agreement, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, capitalized words and expressions and variations thereof used in this Agreement or in its Appendices have the meanings set forth below.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Separation Agreement.

 

Adjustment Ratio ” means (a) the IAC Stock Value divided by (b) the sum of (i) 0.5 of the IAC Post-Separation Stock Value plus (ii) 0.2 of the Ticketmaster Stock Value (or if IAC does not distribute shares of TM Common Stock on the Distribution Date, zero) plus (iii) 0.2 of the Interval Stock Value (or if IAC does not distribute shares of Interval Common Stock on the Distribution Date, zero) plus (iv) 0.2 of the HSN Stock Value (or if IAC does not distribute shares of HSN Common Stock on the Distribution Date, zero) plus (v) 0.03333 of the Tree Stock Value (or if IAC does not distribute shares of Tree Common Stock on the Distribution Date, zero).

 

Active HSN Participants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(c).

 

Affiliate ” has the meaning given that term in the Separation Agreement.

 

Agreement ” means this Employee Matters Agreement, including all the Schedules hereto.

 



 

Ancillary Agreements ” has the meaning given that term in the Separation Agreement.

 

Approved Leave of Absence ” means an absence from active service (a) due to an individual’s inability to perform his or her regular job duties by reason of illness or injury and resulting in eligibility to receive benefits pursuant to the terms of the IAC Short-Term Disability Plan or the IAC Long-Term Disability Plan, or (b) pursuant to an approved leave policy with a guaranteed right of reinstatement.

 

ASO Contract ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a).

 

Auditing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b).

 

Award ” (a) when immediately preceded by “IAC,” means IAC Restricted Stock and IAC Restricted Stock Units, (b) when immediately preceded by “TM,” means TM Restricted Stock and TM Restricted Stock Units, (c) when immediately preceded by “Interval,” means Interval Restricted Stock and Interval Restricted Stock Units, (d) when immediately preceded by “HSN,” means HSN Restricted Stock and HSN Restricted Stock Units and (e) when immediately preceded by Tree means Tree Restricted Stock and Tree Restricted Stock Units.

 

Benefit Plan ” means, with respect to an entity or any of its Subsidiaries, (a) each “employee welfare benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) and all other employee benefits arrangements, policies or payroll practices (including, without limitation, severance pay, sick leave, vacation pay, salary continuation, disability, retirement, deferred compensation, bonus, stock option or other equity-based compensation, hospitalization, medical insurance or life insurance) sponsored or maintained by such entity or by any of its Subsidiaries (or to which such entity or any of its Subsidiaries contributes or is required to contribute) and (b) all “employee pension benefit plans” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), occupational pension plan or arrangement or other pension arrangements sponsored, maintained or contributed to by such entity or any of its Subsidiaries (or to which such entity or any of its Subsidiaries contributes or is required to contribute).  For the avoidance of doubt, “Benefit Plans” includes Health and Welfare Plans.  When immediately preceded by “IAC,” Benefit Plan means any Benefit Plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by IAC or any IAC Entity.  When immediately preceded by “TM,” Benefit Plan means any Benefit Plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by TM or any TM Entity.  When immediately preceded by “Interval,” Benefit Plan means any Benefit Plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by Interval or any Interval Entity.  When immediately preceded by “HSN,” Benefit Plan means any Benefit Plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by HSN or any HSN Entity.  When immediately preceded by “Tree,” Benefit Plan means any Benefit Plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by Tree or any Tree Entity.

 

Cliff Vest ” with respect to any Award means the lump-sum vesting of 100% of such Award following the passage of a multi-year period after the date of grant.  The terms “ Cliff Vesting ” and “ Cliff Vested ” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Close of the Distribution Date ” means 11:59:59 P.M., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Time (whichever shall then be in effect), on the Distribution Date.

 

COBRA ” means the continuation coverage requirements for “group health plans” under Title X of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, and as codified in Code § 4980B and ERISA §§ 601 through 608.

 

2



 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor federal income tax law.  Reference to a specific Code provision also includes any proposed, temporary or final regulation in force under that provision.

 

Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a).

 

Distribution Date ” means the first date on which one or more of the Distributions (as defined in the Separation Agreement) occurs.

 

Effective Time Year ” means the calendar year during which the Effective Time occurs.

 

Effective Time ” has the meaning given that term in the Separation Agreement.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.  Reference to a specific provision of ERISA also includes any proposed, temporary or final regulation in force under that provision.

 

FICA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(g)(ii)(A).

 

FICA Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(g)(ii)(A).

 

 “ Former HSN Employee ” means any individual who as of the Effective Time is a former employee of the IAC Group, the TM Group, the Interval Group, the HSN Group or the Tree Group, and whose last employment with any such group, was with an HSN Entity.

 

Former IAC Employee ” means any individual who as of the Effective Time is a former employee of the IAC Group, the TM Group, the Interval Group, the HSN Group or the Tree Group, and whose last employment with any such group, was with an IAC Entity.

 

Former Interval Employee ” means any individual who as of the Effective Time is a former employee of the IAC Group, the TM Group, the Interval Group, the HSN Group or the Tree Group, and whose last employment with any such group, was with an Interval Entity.

 

Former SpinCo Employee ” means a Former TM Employee, Former Interval Employee, Former HSN Employee and/or Former Tree Employee as the context requires.

 

Former TM Employee ” means any individual who as of the Effective Time is a former employee of the IAC Group, the TM Group, the Interval Group, the HSN Group or the Tree Group, and whose last employment with any such group, was with a TM Entity.

 

Former Tree Employee ” means any individual who as of the Effective Time is a former employee of the IAC Group, the TM Group, the Interval Group, the HSN Group or the Tree Group, and whose last employment with any such group, was with a Tree Entity.

 

Group Insurance Policies ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a).

 

Growth Share Awards ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(g).

 

H&W Transition Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

 

Health and Welfare Plans ” means any plan, fund or program which was established or is maintained for the purpose of providing for its participants or their beneficiaries,

 

3



 

through the purchase of insurance or otherwise, medical, dental, surgical or hospital care or benefits, or benefits in the event of sickness, accident, disability, death or unemployment, or vacation benefits, apprenticeship or other training programs or day care centers, scholarship funds, or prepaid legal services, including any such plan, fund or program as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA.  When immediately preceded by “IAC,” Health and Welfare Plans means each Health and Welfare Plan that is an IAC Benefit Plan.  When immediately preceded by “TM,” Health and Welfare Plans means each Health and Welfare Plan that is a TM Benefit Plan.  When immediately preceded by “Interval,” Health and Welfare Plans means each Health and Welfare Plan that is an Interval Benefit Plan. When immediately preceded by “HSN,” Health and Welfare Plans means each Health and Welfare Plan that is an HSN Benefit Plan. When immediately preceded by “Tree,” Health and Welfare Plans means each Health and Welfare Plan that is a Tree Benefit Plan.

 

HIPAA ” means the health insurance portability and accountability requirements for “group health plans” under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended.

 

HMO Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a).

 

HMO ” means a health maintenance organization that provides benefits under the IAC Medical Plans, the TM Medical Plans, the Interval Medical Plans, the HSN Medical Plans or the Tree Medical Plans.

 

HSN ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.

 

HSN Common Stock ” means common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of HSN.

 

HSN Deferred Compensation Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(c).

 

HSN Employee ” means any individual who, immediately prior to the Effective Time, is either actively employed by, or then on Approved Leave of Absence from, an HSN Entity.

 

HSN Entities ” has the meaning given that term in the Separation Agreement.

 

HSN Executive Benefit Plans ” means the executive benefit and nonqualified plans, programs, and arrangements established, sponsored, maintained, or agreed upon, by any HSN Entity for the benefit of employees and former employees of any HSN Entity before the Close of the Distribution Date.

 

HSN Factor ” means the product obtained by multiplying (a) 0.2 and (b) the Adjustment Ratio.

 

HSN Long-Term Incentive Plan ” means the long-term incentive plan or program to be established by HSN, effective immediately prior to the Distribution Date.

 

HSN Ratio ” means the quotient obtained by dividing the IAC Stock Value by the HSN Stock Value.

 

HSN Retirement Savings Plan ” means the 401(k) and profit sharing plan to be established by HSN pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Agreement, as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provision of this Agreement.

 

4



 

HSN Retirement Savings Plan Trust ” means a trust relating to the HSN Retirement Savings Plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) and be exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code.

 

HSN Stock Value ” means the closing per-share price of HSN Common Stock in the “when issued market” as listed on the NASDAQ as of 4:00 P.M. Eastern Standard Time in the last completed trading session immediately preceding the Effective Time.

 

IAC ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.

 

IAC Common Stock ” means shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of IAC.

 

IAC Employee ” means any individual who, immediately prior to the Close of the Distribution Date, is either actively employed by, or then on Approved Leave of Absence from, any IAC Entity.

 

IAC Entities ” means the members of the IAC Group, as defined in the Separation Agreement, and their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates, excluding any business or operations (whether current or historical, regardless of whether discontinued or sold) that are included in the TM Group, the Interval Group, the HSN Group or the Tree Group.

 

IAC Executive Benefit Plans ” means the executive benefit and nonqualified plans, programs, and arrangements established, sponsored, maintained, or agreed upon, by any IAC Entity for the benefit of employees and former employees of any IAC Entity before the Close of the Distribution Date.

 

IAC Deferred Compensation Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a).

 

 “ IAC Factor ” means the product obtained by multiplying (a) 0.5 and (b) the Adjustment Ratio.

 

IAC Flexible Benefit Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5.

 

IAC Incentive Plans ” means any of the annual or short term incentive plans of IAC, all as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

 

IAC Long-Term Incentive Plans ” means any of the Silver King Communications, Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan, HSN, Inc. 1997 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan, USA Interactive Amended and Restated 2000 Annual Stock and Incentive Plan, IAC/InterActiveCorp 2005 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan, Home Shopping Network, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan for Employees, Equity and Bonus Compensation Agreement with Barry Diller, TM, Inc. 1999 Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan, the Hotels Reservations Network, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan, Ticketmaster Online-Citysearch, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan, Ticketmaster Online-Citysearch, Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan, Ticketmaster 1999 Stock Plan, and Ticketweb, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan, Styleclick, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan, Servicemagic, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan, Precision Response Corporation Amended and Restated 1996 Incentive Stock Plan, TM, Inc. Amended and Restated 2001 Stock Plan, 1998 Stock Option Plan of LendingTree, Inc., Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan of LendingTree, Inc., the Silver King Communications, Inc. Directors Stock Option Plan, Hotwire, Inc. 2000 Equity Incentive Plan and any other stock incentive plan of IAC, all as in effect as of the time relevant to the

 

5



 

applicable provisions of this Agreement.

 

IAC Post-Separation Stock Value ” means the closing per-share price of IAC Common Stock trading in the “ex-distribution market” as listed on the NASDAQ as of 4:00 P.M. Eastern Standard Time in the last completed trading session immediately preceding the Effective Time.

 

IAC Rabbi Trust ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a).

 

IAC Ratio ” means the quotient obtained by dividing the IAC Stock Value by the IAC Post-Separation Stock Value.

 

IAC Retirement Savings Plan ” means the InterActiveCorp Retirement Savings Plan as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provision of this Agreement.

 

 “ IAC Stock Value ” means the closing per share price of IAC Common Stock trading “regular way with due bills” as listed on the NASDAQ as of 4:00 P.M., Eastern Standard Time in the last completed trading session immediately preceding the Effective Time.

 

Immediately after the Distribution Date ” means on the first moment of the day after the Distribution Date.

 

Interval ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.

 

Interval Common Stock ” means common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Interval.

 

Interval Employee ” means any individual who, immediately prior to the Effective Time, is either actively employed by, or then on Approved Leave of Absence from, an Interval Entity.

 

Interval Entities ” has the meaning given that term in the Separation Agreement.

 

Interval Executive Benefit Plans ” means the executive benefit and nonqualified plans, programs, and arrangements established, sponsored, maintained, or agreed upon, by any Interval Entity for the benefit of employees and former employees of any Interval Entity before the Close of the Distribution Date.

 

Interval Factor ” means the product obtained by multiplying (a) 0.2 and (b) the Adjustment Ratio.

 

Interval Long-Term Incentive Plan ” means the long-term incentive plan or program to be established by Interval, effective immediately prior to the Distribution Date.

 

Interval Ratio ” means the quotient obtained by dividing the IAC Stock Value by the Interval Stock Value.

 

Interval Retirement Savings Plan Trust ” means a trust relating to the Interval Retirement Savings Plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) and be exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code.

 

6



 

Interval Retirement Savings Plan ” means the 401(k) and profit sharing plan to be established by Interval pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Agreement, as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provision of this Agreement.

 

Interval Stock Value ” means the closing per-share price of Interval Common Stock in the “when issued market” as listed on the NASDAQ as of 4:00 P.M. Eastern Standard Time in the last completed trading session immediately preceding the Effective Time.

 

Liability ” has the meaning given that term in the Separation Agreement.

 

Medical Plan ” when immediately preceded by “IAC,” means the Benefit Plan under which medical benefits are provided to IAC Employees established and maintained by IAC.  When immediately preceded by TM, Medical Plan means the Benefit Plan under which medical benefits are provided to TM Employees to be established by TM pursuant to Article IV.  When immediately preceded by Interval, Medical Plan means the Benefit Plan under which medical benefits are provided to Interval Employees to be established by Interval pursuant to Article IV. When immediately preceded by HSN, Medical Plan means the Benefit Plan under which medical benefits are provided to HSN Employees to be established by HSN pursuant to Article IV. When immediately preceded by Tree, Medical Plan means the Benefit Plan under which medical benefits are provided to Tree Employees to be established by Tree pursuant to Article IV.

 

NASDAQ ” means the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. Automated Quotation System.

 

Net RSU Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(l).

 

Non-parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(c).

 

Option ” when immediately preceded by “IAC,” means an option (either nonqualified or incentive) to purchase shares of IAC Common Stock pursuant to an IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan.  When immediately preceded by “TM,” Option means an option (either nonqualified or incentive) to purchase shares of TM Common Stock following the Effective Time pursuant to the TM Long-Term Incentive Plan.  When immediately preceded by “Interval,” Option means an option (either nonqualified or incentive) to purchase shares of Interval Common Stock following the Effective Time pursuant to the Interval Long-Term Incentive Plan.  When immediately preceded by “HSN,” Option means an option (either nonqualified or incentive) to purchase shares of HSN Common Stock following the Effective Time pursuant to the HSN Long-Term Incentive Plan.  When immediately preceded by “Tree,” Option means an option (either nonqualified or incentive) to purchase shares of Tree Common Stock following the Effective Time pursuant to the Tree Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

Participating Company ” means (a) IAC and (b) any other Person (other than an individual) that participates in a plan sponsored by any IAC Entity.

 

Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.

 

Person ” has the meaning given that term in the Separation Agreement.

 

PV IAC Restricted Stock Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(g).

 

Restricted Stock ” (a) when immediately preceded by “IAC,” means shares of IAC Common Stock that are subject to restrictions on transferability and a risk of forfeiture and

 

7



 

are issued under an IAC Benefit Plan, (b) when immediately preceded by “TM,” means shares of TM Common Stock that are subject to restrictions on transferability and a risk of forfeiture and are issued under a TM Benefit Plan, (c) when immediately preceded by “Interval,” means shares of Interval Common Stock that are subject to restrictions on transferability and a risk of forfeiture and are issued under an Interval Benefit Plan, (d) when immediately preceded by “HSN,” means shares of HSN Common Stock that are subject to restrictions on transferability and a risk of forfeiture and are issued under an HSN Benefit Plan and (e) when immediately preceded by “Tree,” means shares of Tree Common Stock that are subject to restrictions on transferability and a risk of forfeiture and are issued under a Tree Benefit Plan.

 

Restricted Stock Unit ” (a) when immediately preceded by “IAC,” means units issued under an IAC Benefit Plan representing a general unsecured promise by IAC to pay the value of shares of IAC Common Stock in cash or shares of IAC Common Stock, (b) when immediately preceded by “TM,” means units issued under the TM Long-Term Incentive Plan representing a general unsecured promise by TM to pay the value of shares of TM Common Stock in cash or shares of TM Common Stock, (c) when immediately preceded by “Interval,” means units issued under the Interval Long-Term Incentive Plan representing a general unsecured promise by Interval to pay the value of shares of Interval Common Stock in cash or shares of Interval Common Stock, (d) when immediately preceded by “HSN,” means units issued under the HSN Long-Term Incentive Plan representing a general unsecured promise by HSN to pay the value of shares of HSN Common Stock in cash or shares of HSN Common Stock, (e) when immediately preceded by “Tree,” means units issued under the Tree Long-Term Incentive Plan representing a general unsecured promise by Tree to pay the value of shares of Tree Common Stock in cash or shares of Tree Common Stock.

 

Separation ” has the meaning given that term in the Separation Agreement.

 

Separation Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

SpinCos ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.

 

SpinCo Employee ” means a TM Employee, Interval Employee, HSN Employee and/or Tree Employee as the context requires.

 

TM ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.

 

TM Common Stock ” means common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of TM.

 

TM Deferred Compensation Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a).

 

TM Employee ” means any individual who, immediately prior to the Effective Time, is either actively employed by, or then on Approved Leave of Absence from, a TM Entity.

 

TM Entities ” has the meaning given that term in the Separation Agreement.

 

TM Executive Benefit Plans ” means the executive benefit and nonqualified plans, programs, and arrangements established, sponsored, maintained, or agreed upon, by any TM Entity for the benefit of employees and former employees of any TM Entity before the Close of the Distribution Date.

 

TM Factor ” means the product obtained by multiplying (a) 0.2 and (b) the Adjustment Ratio.

 

8



 

TM Long-Term Incentive Plan ” means the long-term incentive plan or program to be established by TM, effective immediately prior to the Distribution Date.

 

TM Participants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a).

 

TM Rabbi Trust ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a).

 

TM Ratio ” means the quotient obtained by dividing the IAC Stock Value by the TM Stock Value.

 

TM Retirement Savings Plan ” means the 401(k) and profit sharing plan to be established by TM pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Agreement, as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provision of this Agreement.

 

TM Retirement Savings Plan Trust ” means a trust relating to the TM Retirement Savings Plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) and be exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code.

 

TM Stock Value ” means the closing per-share price of TM Common Stock in the “when issued market” as listed on the NASDAQ as of 4:00 P.M. Eastern Standard Time in the last completed trading session immediately preceding the Effective Time.

 

Tree ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement.

 

Tree Common Stock ” means common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Tree.

 

Tree Deferred Compensation Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(d).

 

Tree Employee ” means any individual who, immediately prior to the Effective Time, is either actively employed by, or then on Approved Leave of Absence from, a Tree Entity.

 

Tree Entities ” has the meaning given that term in the Separation Agreement.

 

Tree Executive Benefit Plans ” means the executive benefit and nonqualified plans, programs, and arrangements established, sponsored, maintained, or agreed upon, by any Tree Entity for the benefit of employees and former employees of any Tree Entity before the Close of the Distribution Date.

 

Tree Factor ” means the product obtained by multiplying (a) 0.03333 and (b) the Adjustment Ratio.

 

Tree Long-Term Incentive Plan ” means the long-term incentive plan or program to be established by Tree, effective immediately prior to the Distribution Date.

 

Tree Participants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(d).

 

Tree Rabbi Trust ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(d).

 

Tree Ratio ” means the quotient obtained by dividing the IAC Stock Value by the Tree Stock Value.

 

9


 

Tree Retirement Savings Plan ” means the 401(k) and profit sharing plan to be established by Tree pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Agreement, as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provision of this Agreement.

 

Tree Retirement Savings Plan Trust ” means a trust relating to the Tree Retirement Savings Plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) and be exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code.

 

Tree Stock Value ” means the closing per-share price of Tree Common Stock in the “when issued market” as listed on the NASDAQ as of 4:00 P.M. Eastern Standard Time in the last completed trading session immediately preceding the Effective Time.

 

U.S. ” means the 50 United States of America and the District of Columbia.

 

ARTICLE II
GENERAL PRINCIPLES

 

2.1            Employment .

 

(a)           All TM Employees shall continue to be employees of TM or another TM Entity, as the case may be, immediately after the Effective Time.

 

(b)           All Interval Employees shall continue to be employees of Interval or another Interval Entity, as the case may be, immediately after the Effective Time.

 

(c)           All HSN Employees shall continue to be employees of HSN or another HSN Entity, as the case may be, immediately after the Effective Time.

 

(d)           All Tree Employees shall continue to be employees of Tree or another Tree Entity, as the case may be, immediately after the Effective Time.

 

2.2            Assumption and Retention of Liabilities; Related Assets .

 

(a)           As of the Distribution Date, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the IAC Entities shall assume or retain and IAC hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course in full (i) all Liabilities under all IAC Benefit Plans with respect to all IAC Employees, Former IAC Employees and their dependents and beneficiaries, (ii) all Liabilities with respect to the employment or termination of employment of all IAC Employees, Former IAC Employees and their dependents and beneficiaries, and other service providers (including any individual who is, or was, an independent contractor, temporary employee, temporary service worker, consultant, freelancer, agency employee, leased employee, on-call worker, incidental worker, or nonpayroll worker of any IAC Entity or in any other employment, non-employment, or retainer arrangement, or relationship with any IAC Entity), in each case to the extent arising in connection with or as a result of employment with or the performance of services to any IAC Entity, and (iii) any other Liabilities expressly assigned to IAC under this Agreement.  All assets held in trust to fund the IAC Benefit Plans and all insurance policies funding the IAC Benefit Plans shall be IAC Assets (as defined in the Separation Agreement), except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement.

 

(b)           From and after the Distribution Date, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, TM and the TM Entities shall assume or retain, as applicable, and TM  hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course in full, (i) all Liabilities

 

10



 

under all TM Benefit Plans, (ii) all Liabilities with respect to the employment or termination of employment of all TM Employees, Former TM Employees and their dependents and beneficiaries, and other service providers (including any individual who is, or was, an independent contractor, temporary employee, temporary service worker, consultant, freelancer, agency employee, leased employee, on-call worker, incidental worker, or nonpayroll worker of TM or any TM Entity or in any other employment, non-employment, or retainer arrangement, or relationship with TM or a TM Entity), in each case to the extent arising in connection with or as a result of employment with or the performance of services to any TM Entity and (iii) any other Liabilities expressly assigned to TM or any TM Entity under this Agreement.

 

(c)           From and after the Distribution Date, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, Interval and the Interval Entities shall assume or retain, as applicable, and Interval hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course in full, (i) all Liabilities under all Interval Benefit Plans, (ii) all Liabilities with respect to the employment or termination of employment of all Interval Employees, Former Interval Employees and their dependents and beneficiaries, and other service providers (including any individual who is, or was, an independent contractor, temporary employee, temporary service worker, consultant, freelancer, agency employee, leased employee, on-call worker, incidental worker, or nonpayroll worker of Interval or any Interval Entity or in any other employment, non-employment, or retainer arrangement, or relationship with Interval or an Interval Entity), in each case to the extent arising in connection with or as a result of employment with or the performance of services to any Interval Entity and (iii) any other Liabilities expressly assigned to Interval or any Interval Entity under this Agreement.

 

(d)           From and after the Distribution Date, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, HSN and the HSN Entities shall assume or retain, as applicable, and HSN hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course in full, (i) all Liabilities under all HSN Benefit Plans, (ii) all Liabilities with respect to the employment or termination of employment of all HSN Employees, Former HSN Employees and their dependents and beneficiaries, and other service providers (including any individual who is, or was, an independent contractor, temporary employee, temporary service worker, consultant, freelancer, agency employee, leased employee, on-call worker, incidental worker, or nonpayroll worker of HSN or any HSN Entity or in any other employment, non-employment, or retainer arrangement, or relationship with HSN or an HSN Entity), in each case to the extent arising in connection with or as a result of employment with or the performance of services to any HSN Entity and (iii) any other Liabilities expressly assigned to HSN or any HSN Entity under this Agreement.

 

(e)           From and after the Distribution Date, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, Tree and the Tree Entities shall assume or retain, as applicable, and Tree hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course in full, (i) all Liabilities under all Tree Benefit Plans, (ii) all Liabilities with respect to the employment or termination of employment of all Tree Employees, Former Tree Employees and their dependents and beneficiaries, and other service providers (including any individual who is, or was, an independent contractor, temporary employee, temporary service worker, consultant, freelancer, agency employee, leased employee, on-call worker, incidental worker, or nonpayroll worker of Tree or any Tree Entity or in any other employment, non-employment, or retainer arrangement, or relationship with Tree or a Tree Entity), in each case to the extent arising in connection with or as a result of employment with or the performance of services to any Tree Entity and (iii) any other Liabilities expressly assigned to Tree or any Tree Entity under this Agreement.

 

11



 

2.3            SpinCo Participation in IAC Benefit Plans .

 

(a)           Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Close of the Distribution Date, TM and each other TM Entity shall cease to be a Participating Company in any IAC Benefit Plan, and IAC and TM shall take all necessary action before the Distribution Date to effectuate such cessation as a Participating Company.

 

(b)           Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Close of the Distribution Date, Interval and each other Interval Entity shall cease to be a Participating Company in any IAC Benefit Plan, and IAC and Interval shall take all necessary action before the Distribution Date to effectuate such cessation as a Participating Company.

 

(c)           Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Close of the Distribution Date, HSN and each other HSN Entity shall cease to be a Participating Company in any IAC Benefit Plan, and IAC and HSN shall take all necessary action before the Distribution Date to effectuate such cessation as a Participating Company.

 

(d)           Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Close of the Distribution Date, Tree and each other Tree Entity shall cease to be a Participating Company in any IAC Benefit Plan, and IAC and Tree shall take all necessary action before the Distribution Date to effectuate such cessation as a Participating Company.

 

2.4            Terms of Participation by SpinCo Employees in SpinCo Benefit Plans .

 

(a)           IAC and TM shall agree on methods and procedures, including, without limitation, amending the respective Benefit Plan documents, to prevent TM Employees from receiving duplicative benefits from the IAC Benefit Plans and the TM Benefit Plans.  With respect to TM Employees, each TM Benefit Plan shall provide that all service, all compensation and all other benefit-affecting determinations that, as of December 31, 2008 were recognized under the corresponding IAC Benefit Plan shall, as of January 1, 2009 receive full recognition, credit and validity and be taken into account under such TM Benefit Plan to the same extent as if such items occurred under such TM Benefit Plan, except to the extent that duplication of benefits would result or for benefit accrual to the extent that TM adopts a final average pay defined benefit pension plan.

 

(b)           IAC and Interval shall agree on methods and procedures, including, without limitation, amending the respective Benefit Plan documents, to prevent Interval Employees from receiving duplicative benefits from the IAC Benefit Plans and the Interval Benefit Plans.  With respect to Interval Employees, each Interval Benefit Plan shall provide that all service, all compensation and all other benefit-affecting determinations that, as of December 31, 2008 were recognized under the corresponding IAC Benefit Plan shall, as of January 1, 2009 receive full recognition, credit and validity and be taken into account under such Interval Benefit Plan to the same extent as if such items occurred under such Interval Benefit Plan, except to the extent that duplication of benefits would result or for benefit accrual to the extent that Interval adopts a final average pay defined benefit pension plan.

 

(c)           IAC and HSN shall agree on methods and procedures, including, without limitation, amending the respective Benefit Plan documents, to prevent HSN Employees from receiving duplicative benefits from the IAC Benefit Plans and the HSN Benefit Plans.  With respect to HSN Employees, each HSN Benefit Plan shall provide that all service, all compensation and all other benefit-affecting determinations that, as of   December 31, 2008 were recognized under the corresponding IAC Benefit Plan shall, as of January 1, 2009 receive full recognition, credit and validity and be taken into account under

 

12



 

such HSN Benefit Plan to the same extent as if such items occurred under such HSN Benefit Plan, except to the extent that duplication of benefits would result or for benefit accrual to the extent that HSN adopts a final average pay defined benefit pension plan.

 

(d)           IAC and Tree shall agree on methods and procedures, including, without limitation, amending the respective Benefit Plan documents, to prevent Tree Employees from receiving duplicative benefits from the IAC Benefit Plans and the Tree Benefit Plans.  With respect to Tree Employees, each Tree Benefit Plan shall provide that all service, all compensation and all other benefit-affecting determinations that, as of December 31, 2008 were recognized under the corresponding IAC Benefit Plan shall, as of January 1, 2009 receive full recognition, credit and validity and be taken into account under such Tree Benefit Plan to the same extent as if such items occurred under such Tree Benefit Plan, except to the extent that duplication of benefits would result or for benefit accrual to the extent that Tree adopts a final average pay defined benefit pension plan.

 

2.5            Commercially Reasonable Efforts .  IAC, TM, Interval, HSN and Tree shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) enter into any necessary agreements to accomplish the assumptions and transfers contemplated by this Agreement; and (b) provide for the maintenance of the necessary participant records, the appointment of the trustees and the engagement of recordkeepers, investment managers, providers, insurers, etc.

 

2.6            Regulatory Compliance .  IAC, TM, Interval, HSN and Tree shall, in connection with the actions taken pursuant to this Agreement, cooperate in making any and all appropriate filings required under the Code, ERISA and any applicable securities laws, implementing all appropriate communications with participants, transferring appropriate records and taking all such other actions as may be necessary and appropriate to implement the provisions of this Agreement in a timely manner.

 

2.7            Approval by IAC as Sole Stockholder .  Prior to the Effective Time, IAC shall cause (a) TM to adopt the TM 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan, (b) Interval to adopt the Interval 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan, (c) HSN to adopt the HSN 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan and (d) Tree to adopt the Tree 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

ARTICLE III
SAVINGS PLANS

 

3.1            Savings Plan Transition Period .  From the Distribution Date and continuing until December 31, 2008, each of TM, Interval, HSN and Tree shall adopt and maintain the IAC Retirement Savings Plan for the benefit of TM Employees and Former TM Employees, Interval Employees and Former Interval Employees, HSN Employees and Former HSN Employees and Tree Employees and Former Tree Employees, respectively, and IAC shall consent to such adoption and maintenance, in accordance with the terms of the IAC Retirement Savings Plan.  Each of the Parties agrees that, following the Distribution Date and prior to December 31, 2008, the trustee of the IAC Retirement Savings Plan shall sell all shares of IAC Common Stock, TM Common Stock, Interval Common Stock, HSN Common Stock and Tree Common Stock held in the accounts of IAC Employees and Former IAC Employees, TM Employees and Former TM Employees, Interval Employees and Former Interval Employees, HSN Employees and Former HSN Employees and Tree Employees and Former Tree Employees (provided that IAC may in its sole discretion instruct the trustee of the IAC Retirement Savings Plan not to sell the shares of IAC Common Stock held by IAC Employees and Former IAC Employees).  On and after the Distribution Date and until the completion of the sales contemplated by the immediately preceding sentence, shares of IAC Common Stock shall be held in an IAC Common Stock Fund, shares of TM Common Stock

 

13



 

shall be held in a TM Common Stock Fund, shares of Interval Common Stock shall be held in an Interval Common Stock Fund, shares of HSN Common Stock shall be held in an HSN Common Stock Fund and shares of Tree Common Stock shall be held in a Tree Common Stock Fund, in each case, under the IAC Retirement Savings Plan.  Following the Distribution Date, IAC Employees and Former IAC Employees, TM Employees and Former TM Employees, Interval Employees and Former Interval Employees and Tree Employees and Former Tree Employees shall not be permitted to acquire shares of IAC Common Stock, TM Common Stock, Interval Common Stock, HSN Common Stock or Tree Common Stock in the IAC Common Stock Fund, the TM Common Stock Fund, the Interval Common Stock Fund, the HSN Common Stock Fund or the Tree Common Stock Fund, as applicable, under the IAC Retirement Savings Plan (provided that IAC may in its sole discretion instruct the trustee of the IAC Retirement Savings Plan to permit IAC Employees and Former IAC Employees to acquire additional shares of IAC Common Stock in the IAC Common Stock Fund).

 

3.2            SpinCo Savings Plans

 

(a)           Effective as of January 1, 2009, TM shall establish the TM Retirement Savings Plan and the TM Retirement Savings Plan Trust.  As soon as practical following the establishment of the TM Retirement Savings Plan and the TM Retirement Savings Plan Trust, IAC shall cause the accounts of the TM Employees and Former TM Employees in the IAC Retirement Savings Plan to be transferred to the TM Retirement Savings Plan and the TM Retirement Savings Plan Trust in cash or such other assets as mutually agreed by IAC and TM, and TM shall cause the TM Retirement Savings Plan to assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities under the TM Retirement Savings Plan to or relating to TM Employees and Former TM Employees whose accounts are transferred from the IAC Retirement Savings Plan.  IAC and TM agree to cooperate in making all appropriate filings and taking all reasonable actions required to implement the provisions of this Section 3.2; provided that TM acknowledges that it will be responsible for complying with any requirements and applying for any determination letters with respect to the TM Retirement Savings Plan.

 

(b)           Effective as of January 1, 2009, Interval shall establish the Interval Retirement Savings Plan and the Interval Retirement Savings Plan Trust.  As soon as practical following the establishment of the Interval Retirement Savings Plan and the Interval Retirement Savings Plan Trust, IAC shall cause the accounts of the Interval Employees and Former Interval Employees in the IAC Retirement Savings Plan to be transferred to the Interval Retirement Savings Plan and the Interval Retirement Savings Plan Trust in cash or such other assets as mutually agreed by IAC and Interval, and Interval shall cause the Interval Retirement Savings Plan to assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities under the Interval Retirement Savings Plan to or relating to Interval Employees and Former Interval Employees whose accounts are transferred from the IAC Retirement Savings Plan.  IAC and Interval agree to cooperate in making all appropriate filings and taking all reasonable actions required to implement the provisions of this Section 3.2; provided that Interval acknowledges that it will be responsible for complying with any requirements and applying for any determination letters with respect to the Interval Retirement Savings Plan.

 

(c)           Effective as of January 1, 2009, HSN shall establish the HSN Retirement Savings Plan and the HSN Retirement Savings Plan Trust.  As soon as practical following the establishment of the HSN Retirement Savings Plan and the HSN Retirement Savings Plan Trust, IAC shall cause the accounts of the HSN Employees and Former HSN Employees in the IAC Retirement Savings Plan to be transferred to the HSN Retirement Savings Plan and the HSN Retirement Savings Plan Trust in cash or such other assets as mutually agreed by IAC and HSN, and HSN shall cause the HSN Retirement Savings Plan to

 

14



 

assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities under the HSN Retirement Savings Plan to or relating to HSN Employees and Former HSN Employees whose accounts are transferred from the IAC Retirement Savings Plan.  IAC and HSN agree to cooperate in making all appropriate filings and taking all reasonable actions required to implement the provisions of this Section 3.2; provided that HSN acknowledges that it will be responsible for complying with any requirements and applying for any determination letters with respect to the HSN Retirement Savings Plan.

 

(d)           Effective as of January 1, 2009, Tree shall establish the Tree Retirement Savings Plan and the Tree Retirement Savings Plan Trust.  As soon as practical following the establishment of the Tree Retirement Savings Plan and the Tree Retirement Savings Plan Trust, IAC shall cause the accounts of the Tree Employees and Former Tree Employees in the IAC Retirement Savings Plan to be transferred to the Tree Retirement Savings Plan and the Tree Retirement Savings Plan Trust in cash or such other assets as mutually agreed by IAC and Tree, and Tree shall cause the Tree Retirement Savings Plan to assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities under the Tree Retirement Savings Plan to or relating to Tree Employees and Former Tree Employees whose accounts are transferred from the IAC Retirement Savings Plan.  IAC and Tree agree to cooperate in making all appropriate filings and taking all reasonable actions required to implement the provisions of this Section 3.2; provided that Tree acknowledges that it will be responsible for complying with any requirements and applying for any determination letters with respect to the Tree Retirement Savings Plan.

 

ARTICLE IV
HEALTH AND WELFARE PLANS

 

4.1            Transition Period .

 

(a)           IAC will cause the IAC Health and Welfare Plans in effect on the Distribution Date to provide coverage to TM Employees and Former TM Employees, Interval Employees and Former Interval Employees, HSN Employees and Former HSN Employees and Tree Employees and Former Tree Employees (and, in each case, their beneficiaries and dependents) from and after the Distribution Date until December 31, 2008 (such period, the “ H&W Transition Period ”) on the same basis as immediately prior to the date of the Distribution Date and in accordance with the terms of IAC’s Health and Welfare Plans.  Following the Distribution Date, each SpinCo shall pay to IAC fees in respect of IAC covering such SpinCo’s SpinCo Employees and SpinCo Former Employees under the IAC Health and Welfare Plans, such fees to be based on the per-employee budgeted rates set forth on Exhibit A to this Agreement.  The fees contemplated by this Section 4.1 shall be payable in advance each month ( i.e. , not later than the first day of any month during which coverage applies) during the H&W Transition Period and shall be based on the prior month’s enrollment, with appropriate, subsequent adjustments in each succeeding month to reflect actual enrollment; provided , however , that the fees relating to the period from and including the first day of the month during which the Distribution Date occurs through the end of the month during which the Distribution Date occurs shall be payable no later than the fifth business day following the Distribution Date.  In the event that any SpinCo fails to pay in a timely manner the fees contemplated by this Section 4.1(a), IAC shall have no obligation to provide the coverage contemplated by this Section 4.1(a) to such SpinCo’s SpinCo Employees and SpinCo Former Employees.

 

(b)           Following the H&W Transition Period, but not later than May 15, 2009, IAC shall calculate in good faith the total costs and expenses of the IAC Health and Welfare Plans for 2008 (including without limitation claims paid and administration fees and IAC’s

 

15



 

good faith estimate of claims incurred in 2008 but not reported by March 31, 2009 (such estimate to be prepared based on historical claims reporting patterns and history)) (the “ 2008 H&W Expenses ”), and IAC promptly shall provide to each of the SpinCos the 2008 H&W Expenses following such calculation.  To the extent 2008 H&W Expenses (i) exceed the aggregate fees paid by IAC and the SpinCos in respect of coverage during 2008 of IAC Employees and Former Employees and SpinCo Employees and Former SpinCo Employees (the “ 2008 H&W Fees ”), each of the SpinCos shall be required to pay to IAC by wire transfer such SpinCo’s ratable portion (calculated on the basis of the number of such SpinCo’s SpinCo Employees relative to the total number of IAC Employees and SpinCo Employees taken together) of the fees deficit, and (ii) is less than the 2008 H&W Fees, IAC shall pay to each of the SpinCos such SpinCo’s ratable portion (calculated on the basis of the number of such SpinCo’s SpinCo Employees relative to the total number of IAC Employees and SpinCo Employees taken together) of the excess fees collected, any such payments pursuant to clause (i) or clause (ii) to be made no later than July 15, 2009 .  Any calculations made by IAC pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) shall be final and binding upon the SpinCos.  For purposes of this Section 4.1(b), any calculation based on a number of employees shall be based on [      ] .

 

4.2            Establishment of Health and Welfare Plans .

 

(a)           Effective as of January 1, 2009, TM shall adopt Health and Welfare Plans for the benefit of TM Employees and Former TM Employees, and TM shall be responsible for all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from health and welfare coverage or claims incurred by or on behalf of TM Employees and Former TM Employees or their covered dependents under the TM Health and Welfare Plans prior to, on or after January 1, 2009.

 

(b)           Effective as of January 1, 2009, Interval shall adopt Health and Welfare Plans for the benefit of Interval Employees and Former Interval Employees, and Interval shall be responsible for all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from health and welfare coverage or claims incurred by or on behalf of Interval Employees and Former Interval Employees or their covered dependents under the Interval Health and Welfare Plans prior to, on or after January 1, 2009.

 

(c)           Effective as of January 1, 2009, HSN shall adopt Health and Welfare Plans for the benefit of HSN Employees and Former HSN Employees, and HSN shall be responsible for all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from health and welfare coverage or claims incurred by or on behalf of HSN Employees and Former HSN Employees or their covered dependents under the HSN Health and Welfare Plans prior to, on or after January 1, 2009.

 

(d)           Effective as of January 1, 2009, Tree shall adopt Health and Welfare Plans for the benefit of Tree Employees and Former Tree Employees, and Tree shall be responsible for all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from health and welfare coverage or claims incurred by or on behalf of Tree Employees and Former Tree Employees or their covered dependents under the Tree Health and Welfare Plans prior to, on or after January 1, 2009.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.2, with respect to any TM Employee, Interval Employee, HSN Employee or Tree Employee who becomes disabled under the terms of the IAC Health and Welfare Plans and becomes entitled to receive

 

16



 

long-term or short-term disability benefits prior to January 1, 2009, such TM Employee, Interval Employee, HSN Employee or Tree Employee shall continue to receive long-term or short-term disability benefits under the IAC Health and Welfare Plans on and after January 1, 2009 in accordance with the terms of the IAC Health and Welfare Plans.

 

4.3            Retention of Sponsorship and Liabilities .  Following the Distribution Date, IAC shall retain:

 

(a)           sponsorship of all IAC Health and Welfare Plans and any trust or other funding arrangement established or maintained with respect to such plans, including any “voluntary employee’s beneficiary association,” or any assets held as of the Distribution Date with respect to such plans; and

 

(b)           all Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from health and welfare coverage or claims incurred by or on behalf of IAC Employees or Former IAC Employees or their covered dependents under the IAC Health and Welfare Plans prior to, on or after the Distribution Date.

 

Other than as contemplated by Section 4.1 with respect to the H&W Transition Period, IAC shall not assume any Liability relating to health and welfare claims incurred by or on behalf of SpinCo Employees or Former SpinCo Employees or their respective covered dependents prior to, on or after the Distribution Date, and such claims shall be satisfied pursuant to Section 4.2.  For purposes of Sections 4.2 and 4.3 of this Agreement, a claim or Liability (1) for medical, dental, vision and/or prescription drug benefits shall be deemed to be incurred upon the rendering of health services giving rise to the obligation to pay such benefits; (2) for life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment and business travel accident insurance benefits and workers’ compensation benefits shall be deemed to be incurred upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the entitlement to such benefits; (3) for salary continuation or other disability benefits shall be deemed to be incurred upon the effective date of an individual’s disability giving rise to the entitlement to such benefits under the applicable disability policy; and (4) for a period of continuous hospitalization shall be deemed to be incurred on the date of admission to the hospital.

 

4.4            Vendor Contracts .

 

(a)           IAC and TM shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obligate the third party administrator of each administrative-services-only contract with a third-party administrator that relates to any of the IAC Health and Welfare Plans (an “ ASO Contract ”), each group insurance policy that relates to any of the IAC Health and Welfare Plans (“ Group Insurance Policies ”) and each agreement with a Health Maintenance Organization that provides medical services under the IAC Health and Welfare Plans (“ HMO Agreements ”), in each case, in existence as of the date of this Agreement that is applicable to TM Employees, to enter into a separate ASO Contract, Group Insurance Policy and HMO Agreement, as applicable, with TM providing for substantially similar terms and conditions as are contained in the ASO Contracts, Group Insurance Policies and HMO Agreements, as applicable, to which IAC is a party.  Such terms and conditions shall include the financial and termination provisions, performance standards, methodology, auditing policies, quality measures and reporting requirements.

 

(b)           IAC and Interval shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obligate the third party administrator of each administrative-services-only contract with an ASO Contract, each Group Insurance Policy and each HMO Agreement, in each case, in existence as of the date of this Agreement that is applicable to Interval Employees, to enter into a separate ASO Contract, Group Insurance Policy and HMO Agreement, as applicable, with Interval providing for substantially similar terms and conditions as are contained in the ASO

 

17



 

Contracts, Group Insurance Policies and HMO Agreements, as applicable, to which IAC is a party.  Such terms and conditions shall include the financial and termination provisions, performance standards, methodology, auditing policies, quality measures and reporting requirements.

 

(c)           IAC and HSN shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obligate the third party administrator of each administrative-services-only contract with an ASO Contract, each Group Insurance Policy and each HMO Agreement, in each case, in existence as of the date of this Agreement that is applicable to HSN Employees, to enter into a separate ASO Contract, Group Insurance Policy and HMO Agreement, as applicable, with HSN providing for substantially similar terms and conditions as are contained in the ASO Contracts, Group Insurance Policies and HMO Agreements, as applicable, to which IAC is a party.  Such terms and conditions shall include the financial and termination provisions, performance standards, methodology, auditing policies, quality measures and reporting requirements.

 

(d)           IAC and Tree shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obligate the third party administrator of each administrative-services-only contract with an ASO Contract, each Group Insurance Policy and each HMO Agreement, in each case, in existence as of the date of this Agreement that is applicable to Tree Employees, to enter into a separate ASO Contract, Group Insurance Policy and HMO Agreement, as applicable, with Tree providing for substantially similar terms and conditions as are contained in the ASO Contracts, Group Insurance Policies and HMO Agreements, as applicable, to which IAC is a party.  Such terms and conditions shall include the financial and termination provisions, performance standards, methodology, auditing policies, quality measures and reporting requirements.

 

4.5            Flexible Benefit Plan .  IAC will continue to maintain on behalf of TM Employees, Interval Employees, HSN Employees and Tree Employees the health care reimbursement program, the transit and parking reimbursement program and the dependent care reimbursement program of the IAC Flexible Benefit Plan (all of such accounts, “ IAC Flexible Benefit Plan ”) for claims incurred with respect to 2008 elections under the IAC Flexible Benefit Plan (all such claims must be submitted no later than April 15, 2009) on the same basis as immediately prior to the Distribution Date and in accordance with the terms of the IAC Flexible Benefit Plan.  Following the Distribution Date, each SpinCo shall pay to IAC the amounts claimed by such SpinCo’s SpinCo Employees under the IAC Flexible Benefit Plan in addition to such SpinCo’s share of the administrative cost of the IAC Flexible Benefit Plan (based on IAC historical allocations), such amounts to be paid by each SpinCo on a one-month lagging basis ( i.e. , claims made and administrative costs incurred during a particular month shall be billed in the immediately succeeding month); provided , that each SpinCo shall remit payment to IAC no later than the fifth business day following delivery by IAC of an invoice to such SpinCo.  SpinCo Employees shall not participate in the IAC Flexible Benefit Plan with respect to any plan year after the 2008 plan year.

 

4.6            Workers’ Compensation Liabilities .

 

(a)           Except as provided below, all workers’ compensation Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from any claim by an IAC Employee, Former IAC Employee, SpinCo Employee or Former SpinCo Employee that results from an accident occurring, or from an occupational disease which becomes manifest, before the Distribution Date shall be retained by IAC.

 

18



 

(b)           All workers’ compensation Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from any claim by an IAC Employee or Former IAC Employee that results from an accident occurring, or from an occupational disease which becomes manifest, on or after the Distribution Date shall be retained by IAC.

 

(c)           All workers’ compensation Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from any claim by a TM Employee or Former TM Employee that results from an accident occurring, or from an occupational disease which becomes manifest, on or after the Distribution Date shall be retained by TM.

 

(d)           All workers’ compensation Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from any claim by an Interval Employee or Former Interval Employee that results from an accident occurring, or from an occupational disease which becomes manifest, on or after the Distribution Date shall be retained by Interval.

 

(e)           All workers’ compensation Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from any claim by an HSN Employee or Former HSN Employee that results from an accident occurring, or from an occupational disease which becomes manifest, on or after the Distribution Date shall be retained by HSN.

 

(f)            All workers’ compensation Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from any claim by a Tree Employee or Former Tree Employee that results from an accident occurring, or from an occupational disease which becomes manifest, on or after the Distribution Date shall be retained by Tree.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, a compensable injury shall be deemed to be sustained upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to eligibility for workers’ compensation benefits or at the time that an occupational disease becomes manifest, as the case may be.  The Parties shall cooperate with respect to any notification to appropriate governmental agencies of the Effective Time and the issuance of new, or the transfer of existing, workers’ compensation insurance policies and claims handling contracts.

 

4.7            Payroll Taxes and Reporting of Compensation .  Each of IAC, TM, Interval, HSN and Tree shall, and shall cause each of its respective Subsidiaries to, take such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to minimize Liabilities related to payroll taxes after the Distribution Date.  Each of IAC, TM, Interval, HSN and Tree shall, and shall cause each if its respective Subsidiaries to, respectively, bear its responsibility for payroll tax obligations and for the proper reporting to the appropriate governmental authorities of compensation earned by their respective employees after the Close of the Distribution Date, including compensation related to the exercise of Options and the vesting and/or settlement of Restricted Stock Units.

 

4.8            COBRA and HIPAA Compliance .

 

(a)           IAC shall be responsible for administering compliance with the health care continuation requirements of COBRA, the certificate of creditable coverage requirements of HIPAA, and the corresponding provisions of the IAC Health and Welfare Plans with respect to IAC Employees and Former IAC Employees and their covered dependents who incur a COBRA qualifying event or loss of coverage under the IAC Health and Welfare Plans at any time before, on or after the Effective Time.

 

(b)           Until December 31, 2008, IAC shall be responsible for administering compliance with the health care continuation requirements of COBRA, the certificate of

 

19



 

creditable coverage requirements of HIPAA, and the corresponding provisions of the IAC Health and Welfare Plans with respect to SpinCo Employees and Former SpinCo Employees and their covered dependents who incur a COBRA qualifying event or loss of coverage under the IAC Health and Welfare Plans at any time through December 31, 2008.

 

(c)           On and after January 1, 2009, TM or another TM Entity shall be responsible for administering compliance with the health care continuation requirements of COBRA, the certificate of creditable coverage requirements of HIPAA, and the corresponding provisions of the TM Health and Welfare Plans and/or the IAC Health and Welfare Plans with respect to TM Employees and Former TM Employees and their covered dependents who incur a COBRA qualifying event or loss of coverage under the TM Health and Welfare Plans and/or the IAC Health and Welfare Plans at any time before, on or after the Effective Time.

 

(d)           On and after January 1, 2009, Interval or another Interval Entity shall be responsible for administering compliance with the health care continuation requirements of COBRA, the certificate of creditable coverage requirements of HIPAA, and the corresponding provisions of the Interval Health and Welfare Plans and/or the IAC Health and Welfare Plans with respect to Interval Employees and Former Interval Employees and their covered dependents who incur a COBRA qualifying event or loss of coverage under the Interval Health and Welfare Plans and/or the IAC Health and Welfare Plans at any time before, on or after the Effective Time.

 

(e)           On and after January 1, 2009, HSN or another HSN Entity shall be responsible for administering compliance with the health care continuation requirements of COBRA, the certificate of creditable coverage requirements of HIPAA, and the corresponding provisions of the HSN Health and Welfare Plans and/or the IAC Health and Welfare Plans with respect to HSN Employees and Former HSN Employees and their covered dependents who incur a COBRA qualifying event or loss of coverage under the HSN Health and Welfare Plans and/or the IAC Health and Welfare Plans at any time before, on or after the Effective Time.

 

(f)            On and after January 1, 2009, Tree or another Tree Entity shall be responsible for administering compliance with the health care continuation requirements of COBRA, the certificate of creditable coverage requirements of HIPAA, and the corresponding provisions of the Tree Health and Welfare Plans and/or the IAC Health and Welfare Plans with respect to Tree Employees and Former Tree Employees and their covered dependents who incur a COBRA qualifying event or loss of coverage under the Tree Health and Welfare Plans and/or the IAC Health and Welfare Plans at any time before, on or after the Effective Time.

 

The Parties hereto agree that the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Separation Agreement shall not constitute a COBRA qualifying event for any purpose of COBRA.

 

ARTICLE V
EXECUTIVE BENEFITS AND OTHER BENEFITS

 

5.1            Assumption of Obligations .

 

(a)           Except as provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Time, TM shall assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities to or relating to TM Employees and Former TM Employees under all IAC Executive Benefit Plans and TM Executive Benefit Plans.

 

20


 

(b)            Except as provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Time, Interval shall assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities to or relating to Interval Employees and Former Interval Employees under all IAC Executive Benefit Plans and Interval Executive Benefit Plans.

 

(c)            Except as provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Time, HSN shall assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities to or relating to HSN Employees and Former HSN Employees under all IAC Executive Benefit Plans and HSN Executive Benefit Plans.

 

(d)            Except as provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Time, Tree shall assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities to or relating to Tree Employees and Former Tree Employees under all IAC Executive Benefit Plans and Tree Executive Benefit Plans.

 

The Parties hereto agree that none of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements, including, without limitation, this Agreement, constitutes a “change in control,” “change of control” or similar term, as applicable, within the meaning of any Benefit Plan or any IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

5.2            IAC Incentive Plans .

 

(a)            SpinCo Bonus Awards .

 

(i)             TM shall be responsible for determining all bonus awards that would otherwise be payable under the IAC Incentive Plans to TM Employees for the Effective Time Year.  TM shall also determine for TM Employees (A) the extent to which established performance criteria (as interpreted by TM, in its sole discretion) have been met, and (B) the payment level for each TM Employee.  TM shall assume all Liabilities with respect to any such bonus awards payable to TM Employees for the Effective Time Year and thereafter.

 

(ii)            Interval shall be responsible for determining all bonus awards that would otherwise be payable under the IAC Incentive Plans to Interval Employees for the Effective Time Year.  Interval shall also determine for Interval Employees (A) the extent to which established performance criteria (as interpreted by Interval, in its sole discretion) have been met, and (B) the payment level for each Interval Employee.  Interval shall assume all Liabilities with respect to any such bonus awards payable to Interval Employees for the Effective Time Year and thereafter.

 

(iii)           HSN shall be responsible for determining all bonus awards that would otherwise be payable under the IAC Incentive Plans to HSN Employees for the Effective Time Year.  HSN shall also determine for HSN Employees (A) the extent to which established performance criteria (as interpreted by HSN, in its sole discretion) have been met, and (B) the payment level for each HSN Employee.  HSN shall assume all Liabilities with respect to any such bonus awards payable to HSN Employees for the Effective Time Year and thereafter.

 

(iv)           Tree shall be responsible for determining all bonus awards that would otherwise be payable under the IAC Incentive Plans to Tree Employees for the Effective Time Year.  Tree shall also determine for Tree Employees (A) the extent to which established performance criteria (as interpreted by Tree, in its sole discretion) have been met, and (B) the payment level for each Tree Employee.  Tree shall

 

21



 

assume all Liabilities with respect to any such bonus awards payable to Tree Employees for the Effective Time Year and thereafter.

 

(b)            IAC Bonus Awards .  IAC shall retain all Liabilities with respect to any bonus awards payable under the IAC Incentive Plans to IAC Employees for the Effective Time Year and thereafter.

 

5.3            IAC Long-Term Incentive Plans .  IAC and each of the SpinCos shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions necessary or appropriate so that each outstanding Option and Award granted under any IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan held by any individual shall be adjusted as set forth in this Article V.  Following the Separation, with respect to any award adjusted under this Section 5.3, any reference to a “change in control,” “change of control” or similar definition in an award agreement, employment agreement or IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan applicable to such award (1) with respect to post-Separation equity awards denominated in shares of IAC Common Stock, shall be deemed to refer to a “change in control,” “change of control” or similar definition as set forth in the applicable award agreement, employment agreement or IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, (2) with respect to post-Separation equity awards denominated in shares of TM Common Stock, shall be deemed to refer to a “Change in Control” as defined in the TM Long-Term Incentive Plan, (3) with respect to post-Separation equity awards denominated in shares of Interval Common Stock, shall be deemed to refer to a “Change in Control” as defined in the Interval Long-Term Incentive Plan, (4) with respect to post-Separation equity awards denominated in shares of HSN Common Stock, shall be deemed to refer to a “Change in Control” as defined in the HSN Long-Term Incentive Plan, and (5) with respect to post-Separation equity awards denominated in shares of Tree Common Stock, shall be deemed to refer to a “Change in Control” as defined in the Tree Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

(a)            IAC Options Granted Prior to January 1, 2008 .  As determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the IAC Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”) pursuant to its authority under the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, each IAC Option granted prior to January 1, 2008, whether vested or unvested, that is outstanding as of the Effective Time shall be converted at the Effective Time into an IAC Option, a TM Option, an Interval Option, an HSN Option and a Tree Option and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting) after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time, subject to the following adjustments which shall apply from and after the Effective Time:

 

(i)             (A) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock subject to such IAC Option, rounded down to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (1) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock subject to such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (2) the IAC Factor, and (B) the per share exercise price of such IAC Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the per share exercise price of such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (2) the IAC Ratio;

 

(ii)            (A) the number of shares of TM Common Stock subject to such TM Option, rounded down to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (1) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock subject to such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (2) the TM Factor, and (B) the per share exercise

 

22



 

price of such TM Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the per share exercise price of such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (2) the TM Ratio (this clause (ii) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of TM Common Stock on the Distribution Date);

 

(iii)           (A) the number of shares of Interval Common Stock subject to such Interval Option, rounded down to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (1) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock subject to such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (2) the Interval Factor, and (B) the per share exercise price of such Interval Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the per share exercise price of such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (2) the Interval Ratio (this clause (iii) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of Interval Common Stock on the Distribution Date);

 

(iv)           (A) the number of shares of HSN Common Stock subject to such HSN Option, rounded down to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (1) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock subject to such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (2) the HSN Factor, and (B) the per share exercise price of such HSN Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the per share exercise price of such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (2) the HSN Ratio (this clause (iv) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of HSN Common Stock on the Distribution Date); and

 

(v)            (A) the number of shares of Tree Common Stock subject to such Tree Option, rounded down to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (1) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock subject to such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (2) the Tree Factor, and (B) the per share exercise price of such Tree Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the per share exercise price of such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (2) the Tree Ratio (this clause (v) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of Tree Common Stock on the Distribution Date);

 

provided , however , the exercise price, the number of shares of IAC Common Stock, TM Common Stock, Interval Common Stock, HSN Common Stock and Tree Common Stock subject to such options and the terms and conditions of exercise of such options shall be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; provided , further , that, in the case of any IAC Option to which Section 421 of the Code applies by reason of its qualification under Section 422 of the Code as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, the exercise price, the number of shares of IAC Common Stock, TM Common Stock, Interval Common Stock, HSN Common Stock and Tree Common Stock subject to such option and the terms and conditions of exercise of such option shall be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

(b)            IAC Options Held by IAC Employees and Former IAC Employees Granted on or after January 1, 2008 .  As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, each IAC Option held by an IAC Employee or a Former IAC Employee granted on or after January 1, 2008, whether vested or unvested, that is outstanding as of the Effective Time shall be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting) after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time, subject to the following adjustments which shall apply from and after the Effective Time: 

 

23



 

(i) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock subject to such IAC Option, rounded down to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock subject to such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) the IAC Ratio and (ii) the per share exercise price of such IAC Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the per share exercise price of such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the IAC Ratio; provided , however , the exercise price, the number of shares of IAC Common Stock subject to such option and the terms and conditions of exercise of such option shall be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; provided , further , that, in the case of any IAC Option to which Section 421 of the Code applies by reason of its qualification under Section 422 of the Code as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, the exercise price, the number of shares of IAC Common Stock subject to such option and the terms and conditions of exercise of such option shall be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

(c)            IAC Options Held by TM Employees and Former TM Employees Granted on or after January 1, 2008 .  As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, each IAC Option held by a TM Employee or Former TM Employee granted on or after January 1, 2008, whether vested or unvested, that is outstanding as of the Effective Time shall be converted at the Effective Time into a TM Option and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting) after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time, subject to the following adjustments which shall apply from and after the Effective Time:  (i) the number of shares of TM Common Stock subject to such Option, rounded down to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock subject to such IAC Option immediately prior to   the Effective Time and (B) the TM Ratio and (ii) the per share exercise price of such TM Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the per share exercise price of such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the TM Ratio; provided , however , the exercise price, the number of shares of TM Common Stock subject to such option and the terms and conditions of exercise of such option shall be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; provided , further , that, in the case of any IAC Option to which Section 421 of the Code applies by reason of its qualification under Section 422 of the Code as of the Effective Time, the exercise price, the number of shares of TM Common Stock subject to such option and the terms and conditions of exercise of such option shall be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code.  This clause (c) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of TM Common Stock on the Distribution Date.

 

(d)            IAC Options Held by Interval Employees and Former Interval Employees Granted on or after January 1, 2008 .  As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, each IAC Option held by an Interval Employee or Former Interval Employee granted on or after January 1, 2008, whether vested or unvested, that is outstanding as of the Effective Time shall be converted at the Effective Time into an Interval Option and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting) after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time, subject to the following adjustments which shall apply from and after the Effective Time: (i) the number of shares of Interval Common Stock subject to such Option, rounded down to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock subject to such IAC Option immediately prior to   the Effective Time and (B) the Interval Ratio and (ii) the per share exercise price of such Interval Option, rounded up

 

24



 

to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the per share exercise price of such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Interval Ratio; provided , however , the exercise price, the number of shares of Interval Common Stock subject to such option and the terms and conditions of exercise of such option shall be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; provided , further , that, in the case of any IAC Option to which Section 421 of the Code applies by reason of its qualification under Section 422 of the Code as of the Effective Time, the exercise price, the number of shares of Interval Common Stock subject to such option and the terms and conditions of exercise of such option shall be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code.  This clause (d) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of Interval Common Stock on the Distribution Date.

 

(e)            IAC Options Held by HSN Employees and Former HSN Employees Granted on or after January 1, 2008 .  As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, each IAC Option held by a HSN Employee or Former HSN Employee granted on or after January 1, 2008, whether vested or unvested, that is outstanding as of the Effective Time shall be converted at the Effective Time into a HSN Option and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting) after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time, subject to the following adjustments which shall apply from and after the Effective Time:  (i) the number of shares of HSN Common Stock subject to such Option, rounded down to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock subject to such IAC Option immediately prior to   the Effective Time and (B) the HSN Ratio and (ii) the per share exercise price of such HSN Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the per share exercise price of such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the HSN Ratio; provided , however , the exercise price, the number of shares of HSN Common Stock subject to such option and the terms and conditions of exercise of such option shall be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; provided , further , that, in the case of any IAC Option to which Section 421 of the Code applies by reason of its qualification under Section 422 of the Code as of the Effective Time, the exercise price, the number of shares of HSN Common Stock subject to such option and the terms and conditions of exercise of such option shall be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code.  This clause (e) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of HSN Common Stock on the Distribution Date.

 

(f)             IAC Options Held by Tree Employees and Former Tree Employees Granted on or after January 1, 2008 .  As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, each IAC Option held by a Tree Employee or Former Tree Employee granted on or after January 1, 2008, whether vested or unvested, that is outstanding as of the Effective Time shall be converted at the Effective Time into a Tree Option and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting) after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time, subject to the following adjustments which shall apply from and after the Effective Time:  (i) the number of shares of Tree Common Stock subject to such Option, rounded down to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock subject to such IAC Option immediately prior to   the Effective Time and (B) the Tree Ratio and (ii) the per share exercise price of such Tree Option, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the per share exercise price of such IAC Option immediately prior to the Effective Time by (B) the Tree

 

25



 

Ratio; provided , however , the exercise price, the number of shares of Tree Common Stock subject to such option and the terms and conditions of exercise of such option shall be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; provided , further , that, in the case of any IAC Option to which Section 421 of the Code applies by reason of its qualification under Section 422 of the Code as of the Effective Time, the exercise price, the number of shares of Tree Common Stock subject to such option and the terms and conditions of exercise of such option shall be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code.  This clause (f) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of Tree Common Stock on the Distribution Date.

 

(g)            IAC Restricted Stock Units .

 

(i)             Conversion of Growth Share Awards .  IAC has awarded IAC Restricted Stock Units that may vest from 0% to 200% of the IAC Restricted Stock Units granted depending upon performance of IAC (the “ Growth Share Awards ”).  As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, prior to the Effective Time and prior to any other action contemplated by this Section 5.3(g), the Growth Share Awards shall be amended such that the number of IAC Restricted Stock Units subject to each Growth Share Award shall be fixed at 100% (target) of the IAC Restricted Stock Units subject to the initial Growth Share Awards (there will be no upward or downward variability and the balance of the IAC Restricted Stock Units subject to the initial Growth Share Award shall be forfeited), the vesting of such IAC Restricted Stock Units shall cease to be subject to satisfaction of performance goals (subject to the last sentence of this Section 5.3(g)(i)), the IAC Restricted Stock Units shall Cliff Vest on the three-year anniversary of the initial grant date of such Growth Share Award and the IAC Restricted Stock Units subject to each Growth Share Award shall otherwise remain subject to the same terms and conditions, subject to any further adjustments described in this Section 5.3(g).  The vesting of Growth Share Awards intended to satisfy the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m) of the Code will remain subject to applicable performance goals adopted for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(ii)            Accelerated Vesting and Settlement of Certain IAC Restricted Stock Units .  As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, (I) all IAC Restricted Stock Units (x) awarded prior to August 8, 2005 or (y) awarded on or after August 8, 2005, but prior to January 1, 2008, and scheduled to vest on or before February 28, 2009, and (II) all PV IAC Restricted Stock Units (as defined below) held by award holders with respect to whom the Committee determines to provide for accelerated vesting on the Distribution Date (clauses (I) and (II) together, “ Accelerated RSUs ”):

 

(A)           subject to the proviso below, with respect to the Accelerated RSUs listed on Schedule [      ] , such Accelerated RSUs will vest on the Distribution Date and be settled on January 2, 2009, such that on January 2, 2009, for each share of IAC Common Stock underlying any such award immediately prior to the Effective Time, the holder of such award shall be entitled to receive (subject to application of Section 5.3(g)(x) below):  (1) a number of shares of IAC Common Stock, rounded up to the nearest whole share, equal to the number of shares of IAC Common Stock to which the holder would be entitled if the holder held the shares of IAC Common Stock underlying such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time (“ Delayed IAC Common Stock ”); (2) a number of shares of TM Common Stock, rounded up to the nearest whole share, equal to the number of

 

26



 

shares of TM Common Stock to which the holder would be entitled if the holder held the shares of IAC Common Stock underlying such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time (“ Delayed TM Common Stock ”) (this clause (2) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of TM Common Stock on the Distribution Date); (3) a number of shares of Interval Common Stock, rounded up to the nearest whole share, equal to the number of shares of Interval Common Stock to which the holder would be entitled if the holder held the shares of IAC Common Stock underlying such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time (“ Delayed Interval Common Stock ”) (this clause (3) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of Interval Common Stock on the Distribution Date); (4) a number of shares of HSN Common Stock, rounded up to the nearest whole share, equal to the number of shares of HSN Common Stock to which the holder would be entitled if the holder held the shares of IAC Common Stock underlying such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time (“ Delayed HSN Common Stock ”) (this clause (4) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of HSN Common Stock on the Distribution Date); and (5) a number of shares of Tree Common Stock, rounded up to the nearest whole share, equal to the number of shares of Tree Common Stock to which the holder would be entitled if the holder held the shares of IAC Common Stock underlying such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time (“ Delayed Tree Common Stock ,” and together with Delayed IAC Common Stock, Delayed TM Common Stock, Delayed Interval Common Stock and Delayed HSN Common Stock, “ Delayed Common Stock ”) (this clause (5) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of Tree Common Stock on the Distribution Date); provided , however , that immediately prior to the Effective Time, with respect to each individual holding IAC Restricted Stock Units subject to this Section 5.3(g)(ii), IAC shall settle a number of IAC Restricted Stock Units (and withhold the corresponding number of shares of IAC Common Stock underlying such IAC Restricted Stock Units) sufficient to satisfy (x) any tax payable by such holder under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act (“ FICA ”) by virtue of the operation of this Section 5.3(b)(ii) (the “ FICA Amount ”), and (y) applicable income tax on wages imposed under Section 3401 of the Code or the corresponding withholding provisions of applicable state, local or foreign tax laws as a result of the payment of the FICA Amount, and to pay the additional income tax at source on wages attributable to the pyramiding Code Section 3401 wages and taxes; provided , further , however , that any fractional amounts remaining after payment of the foregoing shall be converted into cash and shall accrue interest at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code and shall be payable by IAC on January 2, 2009;
 
(B)            with respect to any holder whose Accelerated RSUs are not subject to Tax in the United States and are not subject to Section 409A of the Code, such holder’s Accelerated RSUs will vest immediately prior to the Effective Time and be settled in cash in accordance with IAC’s customary practices applicable to such Exempt Holder; and
 
(C)            with respect to all other Accelerated RSUs not addressed in clause (A) or clause (B) above, such Accelerated RSUs will vest immediately prior to the Effective Time and be settled as soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Time, such that for each share of IAC Common Stock underlying any such award immediately prior to the Effective Time (less a number of shares of IAC Common Stock withheld to satisfy any tax withholding obligations with respect to the vesting and settlement of such IAC Restricted Stock Units, such withholding based on the value of a share of IAC Common Stock trading “regular way with due bills”),

 

27



 

IAC will deliver or cause to be delivered:  (1) a number of shares of IAC Common Stock, rounded up to the nearest whole share, equal to the number of shares of IAC Common Stock to which the holder would be entitled if the holder held the shares of IAC Common Stock underlying such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time; (2) a number of shares of TM Common Stock, rounded up to the nearest whole share, equal to the number of shares of TM Common Stock to which the holder would be entitled if the holder held the shares of IAC Common Stock underlying such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time (this clause (2) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of TM Common Stock on the Distribution Date); (3) a number of shares of Interval Common Stock, rounded up to the nearest whole share, equal to the number of shares of Interval Common Stock to which the holder would be entitled if the holder held the shares of IAC Common Stock underlying such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time (this clause (3) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of Interval Common Stock on the Distribution Date); (4) a number of shares of HSN Common Stock, rounded up to the nearest whole share, equal to the number of shares of HSN Common Stock to which the holder would be entitled if the holder held the shares of IAC Common Stock underlying such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time (this clause (4) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of HSN Common Stock on the Distribution Date); and (5) a number of shares of Tree Common Stock, rounded up to the nearest whole share, equal to the number of shares of Tree Common Stock to which the holder would be entitled if the holder held the shares of IAC Common Stock underlying such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time (this clause (5) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of Tree Common Stock on the Distribution Date).
 

(iii)           Treatment of Certain Cliff Vesting IAC Restricted Stock Unit Awards Scheduled to Vest After February 28, 2009 .  As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, for each Cliff Vesting IAC Restricted Stock Unit Award granted prior to January 1, 2008 and scheduled to vest after February 28, 2009 (including the Growth Share Awards), with respect to such number of IAC Restricted Stock Units (rounded up to the nearest whole share) (the “ PV IAC Restricted Stock Units ”) that would have vested on or before February 28, 2009 if the award had been an annual installment vesting award ( e.g. , 60% of a 5-year cliff-vesting award granted on February 1 of 2006), for all award holders (other than award holders with respect to whom the Committee determines to provide for accelerated vesting as contemplated by clause (ii) above), the PV IAC Restricted Stock Units held as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted at the Effective Time into:

 

(A)           IAC Restricted Stock Units, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting) after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such PV IAC Restricted Stock Unit immediately prior to the Effective Time, subject to the following adjustment which shall apply from and after the Effective Time:  the number of shares of IAC Common Stock covered by such IAC Restricted Stock Units held by the participant, as applicable, rounded up to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the number of shares of IAC Common Stock to which the holder of the PV IAC Restricted Stock Units would be entitled had the PV IAC Restricted Stock Units represented actual shares of IAC Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time;

 

28



 

(B)            TM Restricted Stock Units, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting) after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such PV IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time, subject to the following adjustment which shall apply from and after the Effective Time:  the number of shares of TM Common Stock covered by such TM Restricted Stock Units held by the participant, as applicable, rounded up to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the number of shares of TM Common Stock to which the holder of the PV IAC Restricted Stock Units would be entitled had the PV IAC Restricted Stock Units represented actual shares of IAC Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time (this clause (B) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of TM Common Stock on the Distribution Date);
 
(C)            Interval Restricted Stock Units, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting) after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such PV IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time, subject to the following adjustment which shall apply from and after the Effective Time:  the number of shares of Interval Common Stock covered by such Interval Restricted Stock Units held by the participant, as applicable, rounded up to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the number of shares of Interval Common Stock to which the holder of the PV IAC Restricted Stock Units would be entitled had the PV IAC Restricted Stock Units represented actual shares of IAC Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time (this clause (C) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of Interval Common Stock on the Distribution Date);
 
(D)           HSN Restricted Stock Units, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting) after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such PV IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time, subject to the following adjustment which shall apply from and after the Effective Time:  the number of shares of HSN Common Stock covered by such HSN Restricted Stock Units held by the participant, as applicable, rounded up to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the number of shares of HSN Common Stock to which the holder of the PV IAC Restricted Stock Units would be entitled had the PV IAC Restricted Stock Units represented actual shares of IAC Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time (this clause (D) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of HSN Common Stock on the Distribution Date); and
 
(E)            Tree Restricted Stock Units, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting) after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such PV IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time, subject to the following adjustment which shall apply from and after the Effective Time: the number of shares of Tree Common Stock covered by such Tree Restricted Stock Units held by the participant, as applicable, rounded up to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the number of shares of Tree Common Stock to which the holder of the PV IAC Restricted Stock Units would be entitled had the PV IAC Restricted Stock Units represented actual shares of IAC Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time (this clause (E) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of Tree Common Stock on the Distribution Date).

 

29



 

(iv)           Other IAC Restricted Stock Units Held by IAC Employees and Former IAC Employees .  As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, the IAC Restricted Stock Units held by an IAC Employee or a Former IAC Employee (other than those IAC Restricted Stock Units converted pursuant to Section 5.3(g)(ii) or Section 5.3(g)(iii)) shall be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting) after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time, subject to the following adjustment which shall apply from and after the Effective Time:  the number of shares of IAC Common Stock covered by such IAC Restricted Stock Units, rounded up to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock covered by such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) the IAC Ratio.

 

(v)            Other IAC Restricted Stock Units Held by TM Employees and Former TM Employees .  As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, the IAC Restricted Stock Units held by a TM Employee or a Former TM Employee as of the Effective Time (other than those IAC Restricted Stock Units converted pursuant to Section 5.3(g)(ii) or Section 5.3(g)(iii)) shall be converted at the Effective Time into TM Restricted Stock Units, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting) after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time, subject to the following adjustment which shall apply from and after the Effective Time:  the number of shares of TM Common Stock covered by such TM Restricted Stock Units held by the participant, as applicable, rounded up to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock covered by such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) the TM Ratio.  This clause (v) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of TM Common Stock on the Distribution Date.

 

(vi)           Other IAC Restricted Stock Units Held by Interval Employees and Former Interval Employees .  As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, the IAC Restricted Stock Units held by an Interval Employee or a Former Interval Employee as of the Effective Time (other than those IAC Restricted Stock Units converted pursuant to Section 5.3(g)(ii) or Section 5.3(g)(iii)) shall be converted at the Effective Time into Interval Restricted Stock Units, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting) after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time, subject to the following adjustment which shall apply from and after the Effective Time:  the number of shares of Interval Common Stock covered by such Interval Restricted Stock Units held by the participant, as applicable, rounded up to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock covered by such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) the Interval Ratio.  This clause (vi) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of Interval Common Stock on the Distribution Date.

 

(vii)          Other IAC Restricted Stock Units Held by HSN Employees and Former HSN Employees . As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, the IAC Restricted Stock Units held by a HSN Employee or a Former HSN Employee as of the Effective Time (other

 

30



 

than those IAC Restricted Stock Units converted pursuant to Section 5.3(g)(ii) or Section 5.3(g)(iii)) shall be converted at the Effective Time into HSN Restricted Stock Units, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting) after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time , subject to the following adjustment which shall apply from and after the Effective Time:  the number of shares of HSN Common Stock covered by such HSN Restricted Stock Units held by the participant, as applicable, rounded up to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock covered by such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) the HSN Ratio.  This clause (vii) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of HSN Common Stock at the Effective Time.

 

(viii)         Other IAC Restricted Stock Units Held by Tree Employees and Former Tree Employees .  As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, the IAC Restricted Stock Units held by a Tree Employee or a Former Tree Employee as of the Effective Time (other than those IAC Restricted Stock Units converted pursuant to Section 5.3(g)(ii) or Section 5.3(g)(iii)) shall be converted at the Effective Time into Tree Restricted Stock Units, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including with respect to vesting) after the Effective Time as the terms and conditions applicable to such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time, subject to the following adjustment which shall apply from and after the Effective Time:  the number of shares of Tree Common Stock covered by such Tree Restricted Stock Units held by the participant, as applicable, rounded up to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of IAC Common Stock covered by such IAC Restricted Stock Units immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) the Tree Ratio.  This clause (viii) shall not apply if IAC does not distribute shares of Tree Common Stock at the Effective Time.

 

(ix)            IAC Restricted Stock Units Held by Specified Individuals .  As determined by the Committee pursuant to its authority under the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 5.3(g), the IAC Restricted Stock Units set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement shall be treated in the manner set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement.

 

(x)             Settlement of Delayed Common Stock; Delayed Common Stock Diversification Arrangement .  Each holder’s Delayed Common Stock will be recorded in a book entry account administered by Deloitte LLP and each such book entry account will be subdivided among each Party’s Delayed Common Stock and further subdivided between stock settled accounts and cash settled accounts.  Each holder of Delayed Common Stock will have the ability to elect to convert any of such holder’s Delayed Common Stock to a cash settled account on not more than three occasions with respect to each Party’s Delayed Common Stock based on (1) the closing trading price of the applicable Delayed Common Stock on the date of the holder’s election if the holder makes an election during trading hours or (2) the closing trading price of the applicable Delayed Common Stock during the next trading session immediately following the holder’s election if the holder makes an election outside of trading hours (elections shall be made solely with respect to whole shares of Delayed Common Stock) (or based on such other methodology as IAC shall determine in its sole discretion and communicate to holders of Delayed Common Stock).  Elections with respect to this diversification arrangement shall be irrevocable.  Cash settled accounts will accrue interest at 2.5% per annum.  Individuals will not be entitled to

 

31



 

move amounts from cash settled accounts into stock settled accounts.  Accounts will be frozen during the ten days immediately following the Separation and from November 30, 2008 through January 2, 2009.  On January 2, 2009, each Party will settle all cash and stock denominated accounts relating to such Party’s Delayed Common Stock using shares of such Party’s common stock with respect to stock denominated accounts and U.S. dollars with respect to cash denominated accounts and such settlement obligation shall be a Liability solely of such Party and no other Party to this Agreement.  IAC shall have sole discretion to modify the diversification arrangement.

 

(h)            IAC Restricted Stock .  Shares of IAC Restricted Stock that are outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be treated in the Separation in the same manner as other outstanding shares of IAC Common Stock are treated in the Separation and will otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions (including vesting conditions) applicable to such shares of IAC Restricted Stock immediately prior to the Separation.

 

(i)             Foreign Grants/Awards .  To the extent that the IAC Awards or any of the IAC Options are granted to non-U.S. employees under any domestic or foreign equity-based incentive program sponsored by an IAC Entity, IAC, TM, Interval, HSN and Tree shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to preserve, at and after the Effective Time, the value and tax treatment accorded to such IAC Options and such IAC Awards granted to non-U.S. employees under any domestic or foreign equity-based incentive program sponsored by an IAC Entity.

 

(j)             Miscellaneous Option and Other Award Terms .

 

(i)             After the Distribution Date, (A) IAC Options and IAC Awards adjusted pursuant to Section 5.3, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by IAC pursuant to the terms of the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan, (B) TM Options and TM Awards, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by TM pursuant to the terms of the TM Long-Term Incentive Plan, (C) Interval Options and Interval Awards, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by Interval pursuant to the terms of the Interval Long-Term Incentive Plan, (D) HSN Options and HSN Awards, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by HSN pursuant to the terms of the HSN Long-Term Incentive Plan, and (E) Tree Options and Tree Awards, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by Tree pursuant to the terms of the Tree Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

(ii)            Accordingly, it is intended that, (A) to the extent of the issuance of such TM Options and TM Awards in connection with the adjustment provisions of this Section 5.3, the TM Long-Term Incentive Plan shall be considered a successor to each of the IAC Long-Term Incentive Plans and to have assumed the obligations of the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan to make the adjustment of the IAC Options and IAC Awards as set forth in this Section 5.3, (B) to the extent of the issuance of such Interval Options and Interval Awards in connection with the adjustment provisions of this Section 5.3, the Interval Long-Term Incentive Plan shall be considered a successor to each of the IAC Long-Term Incentive Plans and to have assumed the obligations of the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan to make the adjustment of the IAC Options and IAC Awards as set forth in this Section 5.3, (C) to the extent of the issuance of such HSN Options and HSN Awards in connection with the adjustment provisions of this Section 5.3, the HSN Long-Term Incentive Plan shall be considered a successor to each of the IAC Long-Term

 

32


 

Incentive Plans and to have assumed the obligations of the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan to make the adjustment of the IAC Options and IAC Awards as set forth in this Section 5.3 and (D) to the extent of the issuance of such Tree Options and Tree Awards in connection with the adjustment provisions of this Section 5.3, the Tree Long-Term Incentive Plan shall be considered a successor to each of the IAC Long-Term Incentive Plans and to have assumed the obligations of the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan to make the adjustment of the IAC Options and IAC Awards as set forth in this Section 5.3.

 

(iii)           (A) The Effective Time shall not constitute a termination of employment for any TM Employees for purposes of any IAC Option or IAC Award, any Interval Option or Interval Award, any HSN Option or HSN Award or any Tree Option or Tree Award and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, with respect to grants adjusted pursuant to this Section 5.3, employment with TM shall be treated as employment with IAC with respect to IAC Options or IAC Awards held by TM Employees, employment with TM shall be treated as employment with Interval with respect to Interval Options or Interval Awards held by TM Employees, employment with TM shall be treated as employment with HSN with respect to HSN Options and HSN Awards held by TM Employees and employment with TM shall be treated as employment with Tree with respect to Tree Options and Tree Awards held by TM Employees.

 

(B)            The Effective Time shall not constitute a termination of employment for any Interval Employees for purposes of any IAC Option or IAC Award, any TM Option or TM Award, any HSN Option or HSN Award or any Tree Option or Tree Award and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, with respect to grants adjusted pursuant to this Section 5.3, employment with Interval shall be treated as employment with IAC with respect to IAC Options or IAC Awards held by Interval Employees, employment with Interval shall be treated as employment with TM with respect to TM Options or TM Awards held by Interval Employees, employment with Interval shall be treated as employment with HSN with respect to HSN Options and HSN Awards held by Interval Employees and employment with Interval shall be treated as employment with Tree with respect to Tree Options and Tree Awards held by Interval Employees.
 
(C)            The Effective Time shall not constitute a termination of employment for any HSN Employees for purposes of any IAC Option or IAC Award, any TM Option or TM Award, any Interval Option or Interval Award or any Tree Option or Tree Award and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, with respect to grants adjusted pursuant to this Section 5.3, employment with HSN shall be treated as employment with IAC with respect to IAC Options or IAC Awards held by HSN Employees, employment with HSN shall be treated as employment with TM with respect to TM Options or TM Awards held by HSN Employees, employment with HSN shall be treated as employment with Interval with respect to Interval Options and Interval Awards held by HSN Employees and employment with HSN shall be treated as employment with Tree with respect to Tree Options and Tree Awards held by HSN Employees.
 
(D)           The Effective Time shall not constitute a termination of employment for any Tree Employees for purposes of any IAC Option or IAC Award, any TM Option or TM Award, any Interval Option or Interval Award or any Tree Option or Tree Award and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, with

 

33



 

respect to grants adjusted pursuant to this Section 5.3, employment with Tree shall be treated as employment with IAC with respect to IAC Options or IAC Awards held by Tree Employees, employment with Tree shall be treated as employment with TM with respect to TM Options or TM Awards held by Tree Employees, employment with Tree shall be treated as employment with Interval with respect to Interval Options and Interval Awards held by Tree Employees and employment with Tree shall be treated as employment with HSN with respect to HSN Options and HSN Awards held by Tree Employees.
 
(E)            Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, with respect to grants adjusted pursuant to this Section 5.3, employment with IAC shall be treated as employment with TM with respect to TM Options or TM Awards held by IAC Employees, employment with IAC shall be treated as employment with Interval with respect to Interval Options and Interval Awards held by IAC Employees, employment with IAC shall be treated as employment with HSN with respect to HSN Options and HSN Awards held by IAC Employees and employment with IAC shall be treated as employment with Tree with respect to Tree Options and Tree Awards held by IAC Employees.
 

(k)            Waiting Period for Exercisability of Options and Grant of Options and Awards .  The IAC Options, TM Options, Interval Options, HSN Options and Tree Options shall not be exercisable during a period beginning on a date prior to the Distribution Date determined by IAC in its sole discretion, and continuing until the IAC Post-Separation Stock Value, the TM Stock Value, the Interval Stock Value, the HSN Stock Value and the Tree Stock Value are determined after the Effective Time, or such longer period as IAC, with respect to IAC Options, TM, with respect to TM Options, Interval, with respect to Interval Options, HSN, with respect to HSN Options and Tree, with respect to Tree Options, determines necessary to implement the provisions of this Section 5.3.  The IAC Restricted Stock Units, TM Restricted Stock Units, Interval Restricted Stock Units, HSN Restricted Stock Units and Tree Restricted Stock Units shall not be settled during a period beginning on a date prior to the Distribution Date determined by IAC in its sole discretion, and continuing until the IAC Post-Separation Stock Value, the TM Stock Value, the Interval Stock Value, the HSN Stock Value and the Tree Stock Value are determined immediately after the Effective Time, or such longer period as IAC, with respect to IAC Restricted Stock Units, TM, with respect to TM Restricted Stock Units, Interval, with respect to Interval Restricted Stock Units, HSN, with respect to HSN Stock Units and Tree, with respect to Tree Stock Units, determines necessary to implement the provisions of this Section 5.3.

 

(l)             Exercise of IAC Options after Distribution Record Date and prior to the Distribution Date; IAC RSUs that Vest after Distribution Record Date and prior to the Distribution Date .

 

(i)             In the event that any holder exercises an IAC Option after the first Distribution Record Date (as defined in the Separation Agreement) and prior to the third Business Day immediately preceding the Distribution Date (option exercises will not be permitted during the three Business Days immediately preceding the Distribution Date), IAC will coordinate with Smith Barney to ensure that such holder exercises such IAC Option with respect to shares of IAC Common Stock trading “regular way with due bills.”

 

(ii)            With respect to any individual that holds IAC Restricted Stock Units that vest after the first Distribution Record Date (as defined in the Separation

 

34



 

Agreement) and prior to the Distribution Date, (1) IAC will deliver (or cause to be delivered) to such holder shares of IAC Common Stock in settlement of such IAC Restricted Stock Units due to such holder upon vesting, giving effect to the withholding of shares of IAC Common Stock to satisfy any tax withholding obligations with respect to the settlement of such IAC Restricted Stock Units, such withholding based on the value of a share of IAC Common Stock trading “regular way with due bills” (the number of shares, net of shares withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations, the “ Net RSU Shares ”) and (2) as soon as reasonably practicable following the Distribution Date, IAC will be obligated to deliver to such holder (x) the number of shares of SpinCo Common Stock with respect to each SpinCo (and any cash in lieu of fractional shares) that such holder would be entitled to receive if the holder owned the number of Net RSU Shares on the first Distribution Record Date (as defined in the Separation Agreement).

 

(m)           Obligation to Deliver Shares .  Except as provided in Section 5.3(l):

 

(i)             The obligation to deliver shares of IAC Common Stock upon the exercise of IAC Stock Options or the settlement of IAC Restricted Stock Units shall be a Liability of IAC.

 

(ii)            The obligation to deliver shares of TM Common Stock upon the exercise of TM Stock Options or the settlement of TM Restricted Stock Units shall be a Liability of TM.

 

(iii)           The obligation to deliver shares of HSN Common Stock upon the exercise of HSN Stock Options or the settlement of HSN Restricted Stock Units shall be a Liability of HSN.

 

(iv)           The obligation to deliver shares of Interval Common Stock upon the exercise of Interval Stock Options or the settlement of Interval Restricted Stock Units shall be a Liability of Interval.

 

(v)            The obligation to deliver shares of Tree Common Stock upon the exercise of Tree Stock Options or the settlement of Tree Restricted Stock Units shall be a Liability of Tree.

 

(n)            Equity and Bonus Compensation Agreement with Barry Diller .  For the avoidance of doubt, Section 5 of the Equity and Bonus Compensation Agreement with Barry Diller shall be binding on IAC and each SpinCo to the extent that any payment or distribution by such Party to or for the benefit of Mr. Diller would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by Mr. Diller with respect to such excise tax.

 

(o)            Abandonment .  In the event that on or prior to the Distribution Date IAC abandons a Distribution (as defined in the Separation Agreement) with respect to one or more SpinCos, the adjustments set forth in this Section 5.3 will apply as described above except that there will be no conversion of IAC equity awards into equity awards of a SpinCo the shares of common stock of which IAC does not distribute and SpinCo Employees and Former SpinCo Employees of any such SpinCo will be treated as IAC Employees and Former IAC Employees, respectively, for purposes of such adjustments.

 

35



 

(p)            Restrictive Covenants .

 

(i)             Following the Distribution Date, TM shall use commercially reasonable efforts to monitor the TM Employees and Former TM Employees to determine whether any such TM Employees or Former TM Employees have breached any of the restrictive covenants in the agreements evidencing the terms of their IAC Options and IAC Awards.  As soon as practicable following TM’s reasonable belief that a TM Employee or Former TM Employee has breached any such covenant, TM shall provide IAC in writing with the name and address of such employee or former employee and a description of the breach that such employee or former employee is believed to have committed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in any agreement evidencing the terms of any IAC Options and IAC Awards or otherwise to the contrary, it shall not be a violation of any IAC non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenant for a TM Employee to engage in acts on behalf of TM or a TM Entity that are otherwise prohibited by the terms of such non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenants and it shall not be a violation of any TM non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenant for an IAC Employee to engage in acts on behalf of IAC or an IAC Entity that are otherwise prohibited by the terms of such non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenants.  In addition, following the Effective Time, the restrictive covenants (including without limitation any proprietary rights agreements or confidential information covenants) to which any TM Employee or Former TM Employee are party shall run in favor of TM (and, to the extent relating to IAC, shall run in favor of IAC to the same extent that they ran in favor of IAC immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , that the Effective Time shall be treated as a termination of employment from IAC for purposes of the duration of IAC’s ability to enforce the restrictive covenant) and the restrictive covenants to which any IAC Employee or Former IAC Employee are party shall run in favor of IAC.  Any employment agreement between IAC and a TM Employee or Former TM Employee shall as of the Effective Time be assigned by IAC to TM and assumed by TM.

 

(ii)            Following the Distribution Date, Interval shall use commercially reasonable efforts to monitor the Interval Employees and Former Interval Employees to determine whether any such Interval Employees or Former Interval Employees have breached any of the restrictive covenants in the agreements evidencing the terms of their IAC Options and IAC Awards.  As soon as practicable following Interval’s reasonable belief that an Interval Employee or Former Interval Employee has breached any such covenant, Interval shall provide IAC in writing with the name and address of such employee or former employee and a description of the breach that such employee or former employee is believed to have committed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in any agreement evidencing the terms of any IAC Options and IAC Awards or otherwise to the contrary, it shall not be a violation of any IAC non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenant for an Interval Employee to engage in acts on behalf of Interval or an Interval Entity that are otherwise prohibited by the terms of such non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenants and it shall not be a violation of any Interval non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenant for an IAC Employee to engage in acts on behalf of IAC or an IAC Entity that are otherwise prohibited by the terms of such non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenants.  In addition, following the Effective Time, the restrictive covenants (including without limitation any proprietary rights agreements or confidential information covenants) to which any Interval Employee or Former Interval Employee are party shall run in favor of Interval (and, to the extent relating to IAC, shall run in favor of IAC to the same extent that they ran in favor of IAC

 

36



 

immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , that the Effective Time shall be treated as a termination of employment from IAC for purposes of the duration of IAC’s ability to enforce the restrictive covenant) and the restrictive covenants to which any IAC Employee or Former IAC Employee are party shall run in favor of IAC.  Any employment agreement between IAC and an Interval Employee or Former Interval Employee shall as of the Effective Time be assigned by IAC to Interval and assumed by Interval.

 

(iii)           Following the Distribution Date, HSN shall use commercially reasonable efforts to monitor the HSN Employees and Former HSN Employees to determine whether any such HSN Employees or Former HSN Employees have breached any of the restrictive covenants in the agreements evidencing the terms of their IAC Options and IAC Awards.  As soon as practicable following HSN’s reasonable belief that an HSN Employee or Former HSN Employee has breached any such covenant, HSN shall provide IAC in writing with the name and address of such employee or former employee and a description of the breach that such employee or former employee is believed to have committed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in any agreement evidencing the terms of any IAC Options and IAC Awards or otherwise to the contrary, it shall not be a violation of any IAC non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenant for an HSN Employee to engage in acts on behalf of HSN or an HSN Entity that are otherwise prohibited by the terms of such non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenants and it shall not be a violation of any HSN non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenant for an IAC Employee to engage in acts on behalf of IAC or an IAC Entity that are otherwise prohibited by the terms of such non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenants.  In addition, following the Effective Time, the restrictive covenants (including without limitation any proprietary rights agreements or confidential information covenants) to which any HSN Employee or Former HSN Employee are party shall run in favor of HSN (and, to the extent relating to IAC, shall run in favor of IAC to the same extent that they ran in favor of IAC immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , that the Effective Time shall be treated as a termination of employment from IAC for purposes of the duration of IAC’s ability to enforce the restrictive covenant) and the restrictive covenants to which any IAC Employee or Former IAC Employee are party shall run in favor of IAC.  Any employment agreement between IAC and an HSN Employee or Former HSN Employee shall as of the Effective Time be assigned by IAC to HSN and assumed by HSN.

 

(iv)           Following the Distribution Date, Tree shall use commercially reasonable efforts to monitor the Tree Employees and Former Tree Employees to determine whether any such Tree Employees or Former Tree Employees have breached any of the restrictive covenants in the agreements evidencing the terms of their IAC Options and IAC Awards.  As soon as practicable following Tree’s reasonable belief that a Tree Employee or Former Tree Employee has breached any such covenant, Tree shall provide IAC in writing with the name and address of such employee or former employee and the name and a description of the breach that such employee or former employee is believed to have committed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in any agreement evidencing the terms of any IAC Options and IAC Awards or otherwise to the contrary, it shall not be a violation of any IAC non-competition or

 

37



 

non-solicitation of clients or customers covenant for a Tree Employee to engage in acts on behalf of Tree or a Tree Entity that are otherwise prohibited by the terms of such non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenants and it shall not be a violation of any Tree non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenant for an IAC Employee to engage in acts on behalf of IAC or an IAC Entity that are otherwise prohibited by the terms of such non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenants.  In addition, following the Effective Time, the restrictive covenants (including without limitation any proprietary rights agreements or confidential information covenants) to which any Tree Employee or Former Tree Employee are party shall run in favor of Tree (and, to the extent relating to IAC, shall run in favor of IAC to the same extent that they ran in favor of IAC immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , that the Effective Time shall be treated as a termination of employment from IAC for purposes of the duration of IAC’s ability to enforce the restrictive covenant) and the restrictive covenants to which any IAC Employee or Former IAC Employee are party shall run in favor of IAC.  Any employment agreement between IAC and a Tree Employee or Former Tree Employee shall as of the Effective Time be assigned by IAC to Tree and assumed by Tree.

 

5.4            Registration Requirements .

 

(a)            As soon as possible following the time as of which the Registration Statement (as defined in the Separation Agreement) is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission but in any case before the Distribution Date, TM agrees that it shall file a Form S-8 Registration Statement and a Form S-3 Registration Statement with respect to and cause to be registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the shares of TM Common Stock authorized for issuance under the TM Long-Term Incentive Plan as required pursuant to such Act and any applicable rules or regulations thereunder, with such registration to be effective prior to the Distribution Date.

 

(b)            As soon as possible following the time as of which the Registration Statement (as defined in the Separation Agreement) is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission but in any case before the Distribution Date, Interval agrees that it shall file a Form S-8 Registration Statement and a Form S-3 Registration Statement with respect to and cause to be registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the shares of Interval Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Interval Long-Term Incentive Plan as required pursuant to such Act and any applicable rules or regulations thereunder, with such registration to be effective prior to the Distribution Date.

 

(c)            As soon as possible following the time as of which the Registration Statement (as defined in the Separation Agreement) is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission but in any case before the Distribution Date, HSN agrees that it shall file a Form S-8 Registration Statement and a Form S-3 Registration Statement with respect to and cause to be registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the shares of HSN Common Stock authorized for issuance under the HSN Long-Term Incentive Plan as required pursuant to such Act and any applicable rules or regulations thereunder, with such registration to be effective prior to the Distribution Date.

 

(d)            As soon as possible following the time as of which the Registration Statement (as defined in the Separation Agreement) is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission but in any case before the Distribution Date, Tree agrees that it shall file a Form S-8 Registration Statement and a Form S-3 Registration Statement with respect to and cause to be registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the shares of Tree Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Tree Long-Term Incentive Plan as required pursuant to such Act and any applicable rules or regulations thereunder, with such registration to be effective prior to the Distribution Date.

 

38



 

(e)            IAC agrees that, following the Distribution Date, it shall use reasonable efforts to continue to maintain a Form S-8 Registration Statement with respect to and cause to be registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the shares of IAC Common Stock authorized for issuance under the IAC Long-Term Incentive Plans as required pursuant to such Act and any applicable rules or regulations thereunder.

 

5.5            Executive Deferred Compensation Plans .

 

(a)            Effective as of the Distribution Date, TM shall establish a deferred compensation plan (the “ TM Deferred Compensation Plan ”) and a related rabbi trust (the “ TM Rabbi Trust ”), each of which is substantially identical to the IAC/InterActiveCorp Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (“ IAC Deferred Compensation Plan ”) and the related rabbi trust for the IAC Deferred Compensation Plan (the “ IAC Rabbi Trust ”), to provide benefits to TM Employees and Former TM Employees from and after the Distribution Date who were participants in the IAC Deferred Compensation Plan as of immediately prior to the Distribution Date (“ TM Participants ”).  All benefits under the IAC Deferred Compensation Plan with respect to TM Participants shall be assumed by TM and paid under the TM Deferred Compensation Plan.  Effective on the Distribution Date or as soon as administratively practicable after the Distribution Date, IAC shall cause the trustee of the IAC Rabbi Trust to transfer an amount of assets from the IAC Rabbi Trust to the TM Rabbi Trust equal to the account balances of TM Participants as of the date of such transfer to fund the benefits of TM Participants under the TM Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

(b)            Effective as of the Distribution Date, each Interval Employee and Former Interval Employee shall be deemed to have elected to receive a lump sum distribution of his or her accrued benefits under the IAC Deferred Compensation Plan in 2009 and shall be paid such benefits by IAC in 2009 in accordance with the terms of such plans.

 

(c)            Effective as of the Distribution Date, HSN shall establish a deferred compensation plan (the “ HSN Deferred Compensation Plan ”) that is substantially identical to the IAC Deferred Compensation Plan as of immediately prior to the Distribution Date to provide benefits to HSN Employees from and after the Distribution Date who were participants in the IAC Deferred Compensation Plan as of immediately prior to the Distribution Date and had made effective elections to defer compensation earned in 2008 (“ Active HSN Participants ”).  Each Active HSN Participant and each other HSN Employee and Former HSN Employee shall be deemed to have elected to receive a lump sum distribution of his or her accrued benefits under the IAC Deferred Compensation Plan and HSN Deferred Compensation Plan in 2009 and shall be paid such benefits in 2009 in accordance with the terms of such plans.  IAC shall be liable for any benefits accrued under the IAC Deferred Compensation Plan by any Active HSN Participant, other HSN Employee and Former HSN Employee prior to the Distribution Date and HSN shall be liable for any benefits accrued by Active HSN Participants after the Distribution Date.  No portion of the IAC Rabbi Trust shall be transferred to HSN or any rabbi trust established by HSN or shall be used to pay the benefits of Active HSN Participants accrued after the Distribution Date.

 

(d)            Effective as of the Distribution Date, Tree shall establish a deferred compensation plan (the “ Tree Deferred Compensation Plan ”) and a related rabbi trust (the “ Tree Rabbi Trust ”) (each of which is substantially identical to the IAC Deferred Compensation Plan and IAC Rabbi Trust) to provide benefits to Tree Employees and Former Tree Employees from and after the Distribution Date who were participants in the IAC Deferred Compensation Plan as of immediately prior to the Distribution Date (“ Tree Participants ”).  All benefits under the IAC Deferred Compensation Plan with respect to Tree

 

39



 

Participants shall be assumed by Tree and paid under the Tree Deferred Compensation Plan.  Effective on the Distribution Date or as soon as administratively practicable after the Distribution Date, IAC shall cause the trustee of the IAC Rabbi Trust to transfer an amount of assets from the IAC Rabbi Trust to the Tree Rabbi Trust equal to the account balances of Tree Participants as of the date of such transfer to fund the benefits of Tree Participants under the Tree Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

5.6            Severance .

 

(a)            A TM Employee shall not be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of determining eligibility for severance benefits in connection with or in anticipation of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement.  TM shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities in respect of all costs arising out of payments and benefits relating to the termination or alleged termination of any TM Employee or Former TM Employee’s employment that occurs prior to, as a result of, in connection with or following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement, including any amounts required to be paid (including any payroll or other taxes), and the costs of providing benefits, under any applicable severance, separation, redundancy, termination or similar plan, program, practice, contract, agreement, law or regulation (such benefits to include any medical or other welfare benefits, outplacement benefits, accrued vacation, and taxes).

 

(b)            An Interval Employee shall not be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of determining eligibility for severance benefits in connection with or in anticipation of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement.  Interval shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities in respect of all costs arising out of payments and benefits relating to the termination or alleged termination of any Interval Employee or Former Interval Employee’s employment that occurs prior to, as a result of, in connection with or following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement, including any amounts required to be paid (including any payroll or other taxes), and the costs of providing benefits, under any applicable severance, separation, redundancy, termination or similar plan, program, practice, contract, agreement, law or regulation (such benefits to include any medical or other welfare benefits, outplacement benefits, accrued vacation, and taxes).

 

(c)            An HSN Employee shall not be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of determining eligibility for severance benefits in connection with or in anticipation of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement.  HSN shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities in respect of all costs arising out of payments and benefits relating to the termination or alleged termination of any HSN Employee or Former HSN Employee’s employment that occurs prior to, as a result of, in connection with or following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement, including any amounts required to be paid (including any payroll or other taxes), and the costs of providing benefits, under any applicable severance, separation, redundancy, termination or similar plan, program, practice, contract, agreement, law or regulation (such benefits to include any medical or other welfare benefits, outplacement benefits, accrued vacation, and taxes).

 

(d)            A Tree Employee shall not be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of determining eligibility for severance benefits in connection with or in anticipation of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement.  Tree shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities in respect of all costs arising out of payments and benefits relating to the termination or alleged termination of any Tree

 

40



 

Employee or Former Tree Employee’s employment that occurs prior to, as a result of, in connection with or following the consummation of t he transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement, including any amounts required to be paid (including any payroll or other taxes), and the costs of providing benefits, under any applicable severance, separation, redundancy, termination or similar plan, program, practice, contract, agreement, law or regulation (such benefits to include any medical or other welfare benefits, outplacement benefits, accrued vacation, and taxes).

 

ARTICLE VI
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

 

6.1            Sharing of Participant Information .  IAC and each of the SpinCos shall share with one another, and IAC shall cause each other IAC Entity to share, TM shall cause each other TM Entity to share, Interval shall cause each other Interval Entity to share, HSN shall cause each other HSN Entity to share and Tree shall cause each other Tree Entity to share with one another and their respective agents and vendors (without obtaining releases) all participant information necessary for the efficient and accurate administration of each of the IAC Benefit Plans, the TM Benefit Plans, the Interval Benefit Plans, the HSN Benefit Plans and the Tree Benefit Plans.  IAC, TM, Interval, HSN, Tree and their respective authorized agents shall, subject to applicable laws, be given reasonable and timely access to, and may make copies of, all information relating to the subjects of this Agreement in the custody of such other Party, to the extent necessary for such administration.  Until December 31, 2008, all participant information shall be provided in the manner and medium applicable to Participating Companies in IAC Benefit Plans generally, and thereafter until December 31, 2009, all participant information shall be provided in a manner and medium as may be agreed to by IAC, TM, Interval, HSN and/or Tree, as applicable.

 

6.2            Reasonable Efforts/Cooperation .  Each of the Parties hereto will use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Each of the Parties hereto shall cooperate fully on any issue relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which the other Party seeks a determination letter or private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, an advisory opinion from the Department of Labor or any other filing (including, but not limited to, securities filings (remedial or otherwise)), consent or approval with respect to or by a governmental agency or authority in any jurisdiction in the United States or abroad.

 

6.3            No Third-Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and is not intended to confer upon any other Persons any rights or remedies hereunder.  Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude IAC or any other IAC Entity, at any time after the Close of the Distribution Date, from amending, merging, modifying, terminating, eliminating, reducing, or otherwise altering in any respect any IAC Benefit Plan, any benefit under any Benefit Plan or any trust, insurance policy or funding vehicle related to any IAC Benefit Plan.  Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude TM or any other TM Entity, at any time after the Close of the Distribution Date, from amending, merging, modifying, terminating, eliminating, reducing, or otherwise altering in any respect any TM Benefit Plan, any

 

41



 

benefit under any Benefit Plan or any trust, insurance policy or funding vehicle related to any TM Benefit Plan.  Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Interval or any other Interval Entity, at any time after the Close of the Distribution Date, from amending, merging, modifying, terminating, eliminating, reducing, or otherwise altering in any respect any Interval Benefit Plan, any benefit under any Benefit Plan or any trust, insurance policy or funding vehicle related to any Interval Benefit Plan.  Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude HSN or any other HSN Entity, at any time after the Close of the Distribution Date, from amending, merging, modifying, terminating, eliminating, reducing, or otherwise altering in any respect any HSN Benefit Plan, any benefit under any Benefit Plan or any trust, insurance policy or funding vehicle related to any HSN Benefit Plan.  Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Tree or any other Tree Entity, at any time after the Close of the Distribution Date, from amending, merging, modifying, terminating, eliminating, reducing, or otherwise altering in any respect any Tree Benefit Plan, any benefit under any Benefit Plan or any trust, insurance policy or funding vehicle related to any Tree Benefit Plan.

 

6.4            Audit Rights With Respect to Information Provided .

 

(a)            Each Party, and its duly authorized representatives, shall have the right to conduct reasonable audits with respect to all information required to be provided to it by any other Party under this Agreement.

 

(b)            The Party conducting an audit pursuant to this Section 6.4(a) (the “ Auditing Party ”) may adopt reasonable procedures and guidelines for conducting audits and the selection of audit representatives under this Section 6.4.  The Auditing Party shall have the right to make copies of any records at its expense, subject to any restrictions imposed by applicable laws and to any confidentiality provisions set forth in the Separation Agreement, which are incorporated by reference herein.  The Party being audited shall provide the Auditing Party’s representatives with reasonable access during normal business hours to its operations, computer systems and paper and electronic files, and provide workspace to its representatives.  After any audit is completed, the Party being audited shall have the right to review a draft of the audit findings and to comment on those findings in writing within thirty business days after receiving such draft.

 

(c)            The Auditing Party’s audit rights under this Section 6.4 shall include the right to audit, or participate in an audit facilitated by the Party being audited, of any Subsidiaries and Affiliates of the Party being audited and to require the other Party to request any benefit providers and third parties with whom the Party being audited has a relationship, or agents of such Party, to agree to such an audit to the extent any such Persons are affected by or addressed in this Agreement (collectively, the “ Non-parties ”).  The Party being audited shall, upon written request from the Auditing Party, provide an individual (at the Auditing Party’s expense) to supervise any audit of a Non-party.  The Auditing Party shall be responsible for supplying, at the Auditing Party’s expense, additional personnel sufficient to complete the audit in a reasonably timely manner.  The responsibility of the Party being audited shall be limited to providing, at the Auditing Party’s expense, a single individual at each audited site for purposes of facilitating the audit.

 

6.5            Fiduciary Matters .  It is acknowledged that actions required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement may be subject to fiduciary duties or standards of conduct under ERISA or other applicable law, and no Party shall be deemed to be in violation of this Agreement if it fails to comply with any provisions hereof based upon its good faith determination that to do so would violate such a fiduciary duty or standard.  Each Party shall be responsible for taking such actions as are deemed necessary and appropriate to comply with its own fiduciary responsibilities and shall fully release and indemnify the other Party for any Liabilities caused by the failure to satisfy any such responsibility.

 

42



 

6.6            Consent of Third Parties .  If any provision of this Agreement is dependent on the consent of any third party (such as a vendor) and such consent is withheld, the Parties hereto shall use commercially reasonable efforts to implement the applicable provisions of this Agreement to the full extent practicable.  If any provision of this Agreement cannot be implemented due to the failure of such third party to consent, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to implement the provision in a mutually satisfactory manner.  The phrase “commercially reasonable efforts” as used herein shall not be construed to require any Party to incur any non-routine or unreasonable expense or Liability or to waive any right.

 

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1            Effect If Effective Time Does Not Occur .  If the Separation Agreement is terminated prior to the Distribution Date, then this Agreement shall terminate and all actions and events that are, under this Agreement, to be taken or occur effective immediately prior to or as of the Close of the Distribution Date, or Immediately after the Distribution Date, or otherwise in connection with the Separation Transactions, shall not be taken or occur except to the extent specifically agreed by the Parties.

 

7.2            Relationship of Parties .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed by the Parties or any third party as creating the relationship of principal and agent, partnership or joint venture between the Parties, it being understood and agreed that no provision contained herein, and no act of the Parties, shall be deemed to create any relationship between the Parties other than the relationship set forth herein.

 

7.3            Affiliates .  Each of IAC, TM, Interval, HSN and Tree shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth in this Agreement to be performed by another IAC Entity, TM Entity, Interval Entity, HSN Entity or Tree Entity, respectively.

 

7.4            Notices .  All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given to a Party when (a) delivered to the appropriate address by hand or by nationally recognized overnight courier service (costs prepaid); (b) sent by facsimile with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment; or (c) received or rejected by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, in each case to the following addresses and facsimile numbers and marked to the attention of the person (by name or title) designated below (or to such other address, facsimile number or person as a Party may designate by notice to the other Parties):

 

(a)            if to IAC:

 

IAC/InterActiveCorp
555 West 18 th Street
New York, NY 10011
Attention:  General Counsel
Facsimile No.:  (212) 314-7379

 

(b)            if to TM:

 

Ticketmaster
8800 West Sunset Blvd

West Hollywood, CA 90069
Attention:  General Counsel
Facsimile No.:  [      ]

 

43



 

(c)            if to Interval:

 

Interval Leisure Group, Inc.
6262 Sunset Drive
Miami, FL 33143
Attention:  General Counsel
Facsimile No.:  [      ]

 

(d)            if to HSN:

 

HSN, Inc.
1 HSN Drive
St. Petersburg, FL 33729
Attention:  General Counsel
Facsimile No.:  [      ]

 

(e)            if to Tree:

 

Tree.com, Inc.
11115 Rushmore Drive
Charlotte, NC 28277
Attention:  General Counsel
Facsimile No.:  [      ]

 

7.5            Abandonment .  IAC may in its sole discretion abandon one or more of the Distributions (as defined in the Separation Agreement) prior to the Distribution Date, and, by notice to the other SpinCos, shall have the right to terminate this Agreement to the extent of the rights and obligations provided between the SpinCo(s) the Distribution of which shall have been abandoned, on the one hand, and the other SpinCos and IAC, on the other hand.  In the event that one or more of the Distributions (as defined in the Separation Agreement) shall not be effected on the Distribution Date, (a) any provisions contained in this Agreement regarding the rights or obligations of a SpinCo the Distribution of which shall have been abandoned shall have no effect, (b) such SpinCo shall continue to be treated as a member of the IAC Group (as defined in the Separation Agreement) and (c) such SpinCo’s SpinCo Employees and Former SpinCo Employees shall be treated as IAC Employees and Former IAC Employees, respectively, for purposes of this Agreement.

 

7.6            Incorporation of Separation Agreement Provisions .  The following provisions of the Separation Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and unless otherwise expressly specified herein, such provisions shall apply as if fully set forth herein mutatis mutandis (references in this Section 7.6 to an “Article” or “Section” shall mean Articles or Sections of the Separation Agreement, and references in the material incorporated herein by reference shall be references to the Separation Agreement):  Article VI (relating to Mutual Releases; Indemnification); Article VIII (relating to Exchange of Information; Confidentiality); Article IX (relating to Dispute Resolution); Article X (relating to Further Assurances); Article XII (relating to Sole Discretion of IAC; Termination) and Article XIV (relating to Miscellaneous).

 

44



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Employee Matters Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

IAC/INTERACTIVECORP

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Gregory R. Blatt

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

TICKETMASTER

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

HSN, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

TREE.COM, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

45



 

Exhibit A

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between Craig M. Nash (“ Executive ”) and Interval Leisure Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as of the 31st day of July, 2008.

 

WHEREAS , IAC/InterActiveCorp, a Delaware corporation (“ IAC ”) and Executive are parties to that certain employment agreement, the effective date of which is July 1, 2007 (the “ Prior Employment Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive expect that IAC, will cause the Company to become a separate public entity (the “ Spin-Off ”);

 

WHEREAS , as a result of the Spin-Off, Executive will no longer be employed with IAC and the Prior Employment Agreement will terminate; and

 

WHEREAS , the Company desires to establish its right to the services of Executive for a period beginning on the date the Spin-Off occurs (the “ Effective Date ”), in the capacity described below, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and Executive is willing to accept such employment on such terms and conditions.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, Executive and the Company have agreed and do hereby agree as follows:

 

1A.           EMPLOYMENT .  During the Term (as defined below), the Company shall employ Executive, and Executive shall be employed, as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  During Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall do and perform all services and acts necessary or advisable to fulfill the duties and responsibilities as are commensurate and consistent with Executive’s position and shall render such services on the terms set forth herein.  During Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall report directly to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) and shall be nominated to serve as a member of the Board.  Executive shall have such powers and duties with respect to the Company as may reasonably be assigned to Executive by the Board, to the extent consistent with Executive’s position, which shall, without limiting the authority of the Board, include the direct charge of and general supervision over the business and affairs of the Company.  Executive agrees to devote all of Executive’s working time, attention and efforts to the Company and to perform the duties of Executive’s position in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.  Executive may (i) serve as a director or member of a committee or organization involving no actual or potential conflict of interest with the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates; (ii) deliver lectures and fulfill speaking engagements; (iii) engage in charitable and community activities; and (iv) invest his personal assets in such form or manner that will not violate this Agreement or require services on the part of Executive in the operation or affairs of the companies in which those investments are made; provided the activities described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) do not materially affect or interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties and obligations to the Company or conflict with such policies as may be

 



 

adopted from time to time by the Board.   Executive’s principal place of employment shall be the Company’s offices located in Miami, Florida .

 

2A.           TERM .  The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and shall end on the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date (such period, the “ Initial Term ”); provided , that on the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter, the Initial Term shall automatically be extended for additional one-year periods (the Initial Term as so extended, the “ Term ”) unless either party provides the other party with a notice of termination at least thirty (30) days before any such anniversary (the anniversary date on which the Term terminates shall be referred to herein as the “ Scheduled Termination Date ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated during the Term prior to the Scheduled Termination Date.

 

Notwithstanding the termination of the Term, certain terms and conditions herein may specify a greater period of effectiveness.  If Executive’s employment with IAC is terminated prior to the date of the Spin-Off, this Agreement shall terminate automatically and be null and void.

 

3A.           COMPENSATION .

 

(a)            BASE SALARY .  During the period that Executive is employed with the Company hereunder, the Company shall pay Executive an annual base salary of $750,000 (the “ Base Salary ”), payable in equal biweekly installments (or, if different, in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice as in effect from time to time).  During the Term, the Base Salary will be reviewed annually and is subject to adjustment at the discretion of the Board, but in no event shall the Company pay Executive a Base Salary less than that set forth above during the period that Executive is employed with the Company.  For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Base Salary” shall refer to the Base Salary as in effect from time to time.

 

(b)            BONUS .  During the period that Executive is employed with the Company hereunder, Executive shall be eligible to receive discretionary annual bonuses, with a target annual bonus of 100% of Base Salary; provided , however , that Executive shall be entitled to receive a minimum annual bonus, as described on Exhibit A hereto.  Any such annual bonus shall be paid not later than March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year with respect to which such annual bonus relates (unless Executive has elected to defer receipt of such bonus pursuant to an arrangement that meets the requirements of Section 409A (as defined below)).

 

(c)            GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS .

 

(i)             As promptly as practicable following the Effective Date, Executive shall be granted, under and subject to the provisions of the Company’s Stock and Annual Incentive Plan then in effect (the “ Company Incentive Plan ”), an award of a number of Company restricted stock units (“ Company RSUs ”) (each such unit corresponding to one share of common stock of the Company (“ Company Common Stock ”)) determined by dividing $2,000,000 by the value of a share of Company Common Stock utilized to convert IAC restricted stock units into Company RSUs in the Spin-Off, rounded to the nearest whole number of Company RSUs (such

 

2



 

award, the “ Cliff Vesting Award ”).  Contingent upon satisfaction of one or more of the performance conditions attached as Exhibit B hereto, which performance conditions have been agreed upon by the Executive and the Company and approved by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of IAC, the Cliff Vesting Award shall vest and no longer be subject to any restriction on the four-year anniversary of the Spin-Off, subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through such date.

 

(ii)            As promptly as practicable following the Effective Date, Executive shall be granted, under and subject to the provisions of the Company Incentive Plan an award of a number of Company RSUs determined by dividing $6,000,000 by the value of a share of Company Common Stock utilized to convert IAC restricted stock units into Company RSUs in the Spin-Off, rounded to the nearest whole number of Company RSUs (the “ Annual Vesting Award ” and, together with the Cliff Vesting Award, the “ Initial Equity Awards ”).  Contingent upon satisfaction of one or more of the performance conditions attached as Exhibit B hereto, which performance conditions have been agreed upon by the Executive and the Company and approved by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of IAC, the Cliff Vesting Award shall vest and no longer be subject to any restriction (in each case subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date):

 

Vesting Date

 

Percentage of Total Award Vesting

 

 

 

 

 

On the first anniversary of the Spin-Off

 

25

%

 

 

 

 

On the second anniversary of the Spin-Off

 

25

%

 

 

 

 

On the third anniversary of the Spin-Off

 

25

%

 

 

 

 

On the fourth anniversary of the Spin-Off

 

25

%

 

(iii)           Other terms for each of the Cliff Vesting Award and the Annual Vesting Award will be set forth in one or more Award Notices and related Terms and Conditions consistent with the terms of this Agreement and otherwise in form and substance consistent with Award Notices and Terms and Conditions historically used by IAC for equity awards to its senior executives.

 

(d)            BENEFITS .  From the Effective Date through the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall be entitled to participate in any welfare, health and life insurance and pension benefit and incentive, perquisite and fringe benefit programs as may be adopted from time to time by the Company on the same basis as that provided to similarly situated employees of the Company.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits:

 

(i)             Reimbursement for Business Expenses .  During the period that Executive is employed with the Company hereunder, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable, necessary and documented expenses incurred by Executive in performing

 

3



 

Executive’s duties for the Company, on the same basis as similarly situated employees and in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.

 

(ii)            Vacation .  During the period that Executive is employed with the Company hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation each year, in accordance with the plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company applicable to similarly situated employees of the Company generally.

 

(iii)           Automobile Allowance .  During the period that Executive is employed with the Company hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to an automobile allowance of $1,200 per month.

 

(iv)           Disability Policy .  The Company acknowledges that notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Executive shall be entitled to continue his current disability insurance policy during the period that Executive is employed with the Company hereunder at the Company’s expense and in accordance with the Company’s current practices.

 

(v)            Business Travel .  Executive shall be entitled to private jet or commercial first-class air travel and to first-class hotel accommodations when traveling on Company business.

 

4A.           NOTICES .  All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by first-class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, or by hand delivery, or by overnight delivery by a nationally recognized carrier, in each case to the applicable address set forth below, and any such notice is deemed effectively given when received by the recipient (or if receipt is refused by the recipient, when so refused):

 

If to the Company:

Interval Leisure Group, Inc.

 

6262 Sunset Drive

 

Miami, FL 33143

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

If to Executive:

Craig M. Nash

 

At the last address indicated in the Company’s records.

 

Either party may change such party’s address for notices by notice duly given pursuant hereto.

 

5A.           GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION .  This Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto (including, without limitation, any dispute arising out of or related to this Agreement) shall be governed by and construed under and in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Florida without reference to its principles of conflicts of laws.  Any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement will be heard and determined before an appropriate federal court located in the State of Florida in Miami-Dade County, or, if not maintainable therein, then in an appropriate Florida state court located in Miami-Dade County, and each party hereto submits itself and its property to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the foregoing courts with respect to such disputes.

 

4



 

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Company is headquartered in Florida and that, in the course of performing duties hereunder for the Company, Executive shall have multiple contacts with the business and operations of the Company, as well as other businesses and operations in the State of Florida, and that for those and other reasons this Agreement and the undertakings of the parties hereunder bear a reasonable relation to the State of Florida.  If an appropriate court determines, in connection with a dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement, that the internal laws of the State of Florida do not govern this Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto, then this Agreement and such legal relations shall be governed by and construed under and in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without reference to its principles of conflicts of laws.  In such a case, if the dispute is not, for any reason, maintainable in the applicable court referred to above, such dispute will be heard exclusively, and determined before, an appropriate Delaware state court located in New Castle County, or, if not maintainable therein, then in an appropriate federal court located in the State of Delaware in New Castle County, and, in such case, each party hereto submits itself and its property to the exclusive jurisdiction of the foregoing courts with respect to such disputes.  Each party hereto (i) agrees that service of process may be made by mailing a copy of any relevant document to the address of the party set forth above, (ii) waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the courts referred to above on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise as regards any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement, (iii) waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue in the courts referred to above as regards any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement and (iv) agrees that a judgment or order of any court referred to above in connection with any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement is conclusive and binding on it and may be enforced against it in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

6A.           COUNTERPARTS .  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7A.           STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS .  Executive expressly understands and acknowledges that the Standard Terms and Conditions attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference, deemed a part of this Agreement and are binding and enforceable provisions of this Agreement.  References to “this Agreement” or the use of the term “hereof” shall refer to this Agreement and the Standard Terms and Conditions attached hereto, taken as a whole.

 

8A.           SECTION 409A OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE .   This Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the rules and regulations issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) or an exemption and shall in all respects be administered in accordance with Section 409A.    Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, distributions upon termination of employment may only be made upon a “separation from service” as determined under Section 409A.  Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A.  In no event may Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment to be made under this Agreement.  All reimbursements and in-kind benefits

 

5



 

provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A.   In the event the parties determine that the terms of this Agreement do not comply with Section 409A, they will negotiate reasonably and in good faith to amend the terms of this Agreement such that it complies (in a manner that attempts to minimize the economic impact of such amendment on Executive and the Company) within the time period permitted by the applicable Treasury Regulations.  In no event shall the Company be required to pay Executive any “gross-up” or other payment with respect to any taxes or penalties imposed under Section 409A with respect to any benefit paid to Executive hereunder.

 

9A.           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement shall become effective upon, and subject to the occurrence of, the Effective Date.

 

[The Signature Page Follows]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer and Executive has executed and delivered this Agreement on July 31, 2008.

 

 

INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gregory Blatt

 

By: Gregory Blatt

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Craig M. Nash

 

CRAIG M. NASH

 



 

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.              TERMINATION OF EXECUTIVE’S EMPLOYMENT.

 

(a)            DEATH .  In the event Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated by reason of Executive’s death, the Company shall pay Executive’s designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, within thirty (30) days of Executive’s death in a lump sum in cash, (i) Executive’s Base Salary through the end of the month in which death occurs and (ii) any other Accrued Obligations (as defined in paragraph 1(f) below).

 

(b)            DISABILITY .  If, as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness (“ Disability ”), Executive shall have been absent from the full-time performance of Executive’s duties with the Company for a period of four (4) consecutive months and, within thirty (30) days after written notice is provided to Executive by the Company (in accordance with Section 4A hereof), Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of Executive’s duties, Executive’s employment under this Agreement may be terminated by the Company for Disability.  During any period prior to such termination during which Executive is absent from the full-time performance of Executive’s duties with the Company due to Disability, the Company shall continue to pay Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the commencement of such period of Disability, offset by any amounts payable to Executive under any disability insurance plan or policy provided by the Company.  Upon termination of Executive’s employment due to Disability, the Company shall pay Executive within thirty (30) days of such termination (i) Executive’s Base Salary through the end of the month in which termination occurs in a lump sum in cash, offset by any amounts payable to Executive under any disability insurance plan or policy provided by the Company; and (ii) any other Accrued Obligations.

 

(c)            TERMINATION FOR CAUSE OR WITHOUT GOOD REASON .  Executive shall have the right to resign his employment without Good Reason.  Upon the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause (as defined below), or by Executive without Good Reason, the Company shall have no further obligation hereunder, except for the payment of any Accrued Obligations (as defined in paragraph 1(f) below).  As used herein, “ Cause ” shall mean:  (i) the plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or conviction for, the commission of a felony offense by Executive; provided , however , that after indictment, the Company may suspend Executive from the rendition of services, but without limiting or modifying in any other way the Company’s obligations under this Agreement; provided , further , that Executive’s employment shall be immediately reinstated if the indictment is dismissed or otherwise dropped and there are not otherwise grounds to terminate Executive’s employment for Cause; (ii) a material breach by Executive of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company; provided that the Board determines, in the Board’s good faith discretion, that such material breach undermines the Board’s confidence in Executive’s fitness to continue in his position, as evidenced in writing from the Board; (iii) a material breach by Executive of any of the covenants made by Executive in Section 4 hereof; provided , however , that in the event such material breach is curable, Executive shall have failed to remedy such material breach within ten (10) days of Executive having received a written demand for cure by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the

 



 

Company believes that Executive has materially breached any of the covenants made by Executive in Section 4 hereof; (iv) the willful or gross neglect by Executive of the material duties required by this Agreement following receipt of written notice from the Board which specifically identifies the nature of such willful or gross neglect and a reasonable opportunity to cure; or (v) a knowing and material violation by Executive of any Company policy pertaining to ethics, wrongdoing or conflicts of interest.

 

(d)            TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY OTHER THAN FOR DEATH, DISABILITY OR CAUSE OR RESIGNATION BY EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON .  If Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term by the Company for any reason other than Executive’s death or Disability or for Cause, or if Executive terminates his employment hereunder prior to the expiration of the Term for Good Reason (any such termination, a “ Qualifying Termination ”), then:

 

(i)             the Company shall continue to pay to Executive the Base Salary for twenty-four (24) months from the date of such termination (the “ Severance Period ”), payable in equal biweekly installments (or, if different, in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice as in effect from time to time) (the “ Cash Severance Payments ”);

 

(ii)            at the time when bonuses for the year in which the date of termination occurs would otherwise be paid (but in no event later than the 15th day of the third month following the close of such fiscal year unless Executive has previously elected to defer the receipt of such bonus pursuant to an arrangement that meets the requirements of Section 409A), the Company shall pay to Executive any bonus that would have been earned by Executive during such year if such termination had not occurred, which bonus, if any, shall be based on the Company’s actual achievement of pre-established performance criteria, if any, established by the compensation committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”), pro rated for the portion of the year during which Executive was employed (but which shall not include bonuses earned if the Compensation Committee retained discretion to reduce the award and the Compensation Committee elects to apply such discretion to reduce bonuses on the same basis for all employees eligible to participate in the bonus plan for such year).

 

(iii)           the Company shall pay Executive within thirty (30) days of the date of such termination in a lump sum in cash any Accrued Obligations (as defined in paragraph 1(f) below); and

 

(iv)           any portion of the Initial Equity Awards that is outstanding and unvested at the time of such termination but that would, but for a termination of employment, have vested during the Severance Period shall vest as of the date of such termination of employment; provided ; however , that, for purposes of this provision, the Cliff Vesting Award shall be treated as though it vested annually pro rata over its vesting period ( e.g. , if the date of termination occurred between the one and two-year anniversaries of the Effective Date, 75% of Company RSUs subject to the Cliff Vesting Award would vest on the date of termination and if the date of termination occurred following the two-year anniversary of the Effective Date, all of the Company RSUs subject to the Cliff Vesting Award would vest on the date of termination); provided , further , however , that any Company RSUs that would vest under this provision but for

 

2



 

the fact that outstanding performance conditions have not been satisfied shall vest only if, and at such point as, such performance conditions are satisfied.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 1(d), in the event that Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A) on the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company and the Cash Severance Payments to be paid within the first six months following such date (the “ Initial Payment Period ”) exceed the amount referenced in Treas. Regs. Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A) (the “ Limit ”), then (i) any portion of the Cash Severance Payments that is payable during the Initial Payment Period that does not exceed the Limit shall be paid at the times set forth in Section 1(d)(i), (ii) any portion of the Cash Severance Payments that exceeds the Limit (and would have been payable during the Initial Payment Period but for the Limit) shall be paid, with Interest, on the first business day of the first calendar month that begins after the six-month anniversary of Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) and (iii) any portion of the Cash Severance Payments that is payable after the Initial Payment Period shall be paid at the times set forth in Section 1(d)(i).  For purposes of this paragraph, “ Interest ” shall mean interest at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code, from the date on which payment would otherwise have been made but for any required delay through the date of payment.

 

The payment to Executive of the severance benefits described in this Section 1(d) (including any accelerated vesting) shall be subject to Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a general release of the Company and its affiliates, in a form substantially similar to that used for similarly situated executives of the Company and its affiliates within 60 days of the date of termination of Executive’s employment, and Executive’s compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 4 hereof (other than any non-compliance that is immaterial, does not result in harm to the Company or its affiliates, and, if curable, is cured by Executive promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Company).  Executive acknowledges and agrees that the severance benefits described in this Section 1(d) constitute good and valuable consideration for such release.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following without Executive’s prior written consent: (A) a material change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform his services; (B) the Company significantly diminishes Executive’s duties and responsibilities as set forth in Section 1A; (C) Executive is required to report to a corporate officer or employee of the Company instead of reporting directly to the Board of Directors of the Company; or (D) the Company materially (1)  breaches this Agreement; provided that in no event shall Executive’s resignation be for “Good Reason” unless (x) an event or circumstance set forth in clauses (A), (B), (C) or (D) shall have occurred and Executive provides the Company with written notice thereof within thirty (30) days after Executive has knowledge of the occurrence or existence of such event or circumstance, which notice specifically identifies the event or circumstance that Executive believes constitutes Good Reason, (y) the Company fails to correct the circumstance or event so identified within thirty (30) days

 


(1)  Note:  This revision would, in our opinion, make this a compliant good reason definition for purposes of Section 409A and obviate the need for us to add a six-month delay on settlement of the existing RSUs.

 

3


 

after the receipt of such notice, and (z) Executive resigns within ninety (90) days after the date of delivery of the notice referred to in clause (x) above.

 

(e)            NO MITIGATION; OFFSET .  In the event of termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to Section 1(d), Executive shall not be obligated to seek other employment or take any actions to mitigate the payments or continuation of benefits required under Section 1(d) hereof.  If Executive obtains other employment (whether or not comparable and whether or not in the same geographic location) during the period of time in which the Company is required to make Cash Severance Payments to Executive pursuant to Section 1(d) above, the amount of any such remaining payments or benefits to be provided to Executive shall be reduced by the amount of compensation and benefits earned by Executive from such other employment through the end of such period.  For purposes of this Section 1(e), Executive shall have an obligation to inform the Company regarding Executive’s employment status following termination and during the period of time in which the Company is making Cash Severance Payments to Executive as provided under Section 1(d) above.

 

(f)             ACCRUED OBLIGATIONS .  As used in this Agreement, “ Accrued Obligations ” shall mean the sum of (i) any portion of Executive’s accrued but unpaid Base Salary through the date of death or termination of employment for any reason, as the case may be; (ii) any compensation previously earned but deferred by Executive (together with any interest or earnings thereon) that has not yet been paid, is not considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A and has not otherwise been deferred to a later date pursuant to any deferred compensation arrangement of the Company to which Executive is a party, if any (in which case, any such deferred compensation shall be paid in accordance with the terms of such deferred compensation arrangement and shall not be deemed “Accrued Obligations” pursuant to this Agreement); (iii) other than in the event of Executive’s resignation without Good Reason or termination by the Company for Cause (except as required by applicable law), any portion of Executive’s accrued but unpaid vacation pay through the date of death or termination of employment; (iv) any reimbursements that Executive is entitled to receive under Section 3A(d)(i) of the Agreement; and (v) any vested benefits or amounts that Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any other contract or agreement with the Company in accordance with the terms thereof (other than any such plan, policy, practice or program of the Company that provides benefits in the nature of severance or continuation pay).

 

2.              TREATMENT OF EXECUTIVE’S INITIAL EQUITY AWARDS IN THE EVENT OF A CHANGE OF CONTROL OF THE COMPANY .  In the event that, during the Term, there is consummated a Change of Control (as defined in the Company Incentive Plan), any portion of the Initial Equity Awards that is outstanding and unvested at the time of such Change of Control which would have vested during the twenty-four (24) month period following such Change of Control shall vest as of the date of such Change of Control and the Initial Equity Awards shall otherwise continue to vest in accordance with their terms; provided that, for purposes of this provision, the Cliff Vesting Award shall be treated as though it vested annually pro rata over its vesting period ( e.g. , if the Change of Control occurred on the one-year anniversary of the Effective Date, 75% of the Company RSUs subject to the Cliff Vesting Award would vest on the date of consummation of the Change of Control and if the date of termination occurred following the two-year anniversary of the Effective Date, all of the Company RSUs subject to the Cliff

 

4



 

Vesting Award would vest on the date of consummation of such Change of Control).  In the event any portion of the Initial Equity Awards remains unvested following such Change of Control after application of the foregoing sentence, the agreements effectuating the Change of Control shall provide for the assumption or substitution of the unvested Initial Equity Awards by the successor entity (unless the successor entity is the Company, in which case the unvested Initial Equity Awards shall remain outstanding in accordance with their terms).  In no event shall any unvested portion of the Initial Equity Awards be cancelled or forfeited without value in connection with a Change of Control.

 

3.              CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY

 

(a)            Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any Payment would be subject to the Excise Tax, then Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (the “ Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount such that, after payment by Executive of all taxes (and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, but excluding any income taxes and penalties imposed pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(a), if it shall be determined that Executive is entitled to the Gross-Up Payment, but that the Parachute Value of all Payments does not exceed 110% of the Safe Harbor Amount, then no Gross-Up Payment shall be made to Executive and the amounts payable under this Agreement shall be reduced so that the Parachute Value of all Payments, in the aggregate, equals the Safe Harbor Amount.  The reduction of the amounts payable hereunder, if applicable, shall be made by reducing the payments and benefits under the following sections in the following order: (i) Section 1(d)(i) of these Standard Terms and Conditions, (ii) Section 1(d)(ii) of these Standard Terms and Conditions and (iii) Section 1(d)(iii) of these Standard Terms and Conditions.  For purposes of reducing the Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount, only amounts payable under this Agreement (and no other Payments) shall be reduced.  If the reduction of the amount payable under this Agreement would not result in a reduction of the Parachute Value of all Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount, no amounts payable under the Agreement shall be reduced pursuant to this Section 3(a).  The Company’s obligation to make Gross-Up Payments under this Section 3 shall not be conditioned upon Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(b)            Subject to the provisions of Section 3(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 3, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by                 , or such other nationally recognized certified public accounting firm as may be designated by Executive (the “ Accounting Firm ”).  The Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of notice from Executive that there has been a Payment or such earlier time as is requested by the Company.  In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, Executive may appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm

 

5



 

hereunder).  All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company; provided , however , (i) the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm not later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the related work is performed or the expenses are incurred by the Accounting Firm, (ii) the amount of the Accounting Fees that the Company is obligated to pay in any given calendar year shall not affect the Accounting Fees that the Company is obligated to pay in any other calendar year, and (iii) Executive’s right to have the Company pay such fees and expenses may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive.  As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments that will not have been made by the Company should have been made (the “ Underpayment ”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder.  In the event the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 3(c) and Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive.

 

(c)            Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment.  Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable, but no later than ten (10) business days after Executive is informed in writing of such claim.  Executive shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid.  Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) day period following the date on which Executive gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due).  If the Company notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that the Company desires to contest such claim, Executive shall:

 

(i)             give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,

 

(ii)            take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

 

(iii)           cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim; and

 

(iv)           permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

 

provided , however , that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest, and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs

 

6



 

and expenses; provided , further , however , (i) the Company shall pay the costs and expenses not later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the costs and expenses are incurred, (ii) the amount of such costs and expenses that the Company is obligated to pay in any given calendar year shall not affect the costs and expenses that the Company is obligated to pay in any other calendar year, and (iii) the Executive’s right to have the Company pay such costs and expenses may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit.  Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest, and, at its sole discretion, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the applicable taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole discretion, either pay the tax claimed to the appropriate taxing authority on behalf of Executive and direct Executive to sue for a refund or contest the claim, at the sole cost and expense of the Company, in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided , however , that, if the Company pays such claim and directs Executive to sue for a refund, the Company shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties) imposed with respect to such payment or with respect to any imputed income in connection with such payment; and provided , further , that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount.  Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which the Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder, and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

 

(d)            If, after the receipt by Executive of a Gross-Up Payment or payment by the Company of an amount on Executive’s behalf pursuant to Section 3(c), Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to the Excise Tax to which such Gross-Up Payment relates or with respect to such claim, Executive shall (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of Section 3(c), if applicable) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto).  If, after payment by the Company of an amount on Executive’s behalf pursuant to Section 3(c), a determination is made that Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty (30) days after such determination, then the amount of such payment shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

 

(e)            Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 3, shall be paid by the Company to Executive within five (5) days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination; provided that, the Gross-Up Payment shall in all events be paid no later than the end of Executive’s taxable year next following Executive’s taxable year in which the Excise Tax (and any income or other related taxes or interest or penalties thereon) on a Payment are remitted to the Internal Revenue Service or any other applicable taxing authority or, in the case of amounts relating to a claim described in Section 3(c) that does not result in the remittance of any federal, state, local and foreign income, excise, social security and other taxes, the calendar year

 

7



 

in which the claim is finally settled or otherwise resolved.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3, the Company may, in its sole discretion, withhold and pay over to the Internal Revenue Service or any other applicable taxing authority, for the benefit of Executive, all or any portion of any Gross-Up Payment, and Executive hereby consents to such withholding.

 

(f)             Definitions .  The following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Section 3.

 

(i)             Excise Tax ” shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, together with any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such excise tax.

 

(ii)            Parachute Value ” of a Payment shall mean the present value as of the date of the change of control for purposes of Section 280G of the Code of the portion of such Payment that constitutes a “parachute payment” under Section 280G(b)(2), as determined by the Accounting Firm for purposes of determining whether and to what extent the Excise Tax will apply to such Payment.

 

(iii)           Payment ” shall mean any payment or distribution in the nature of compensation (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) to or for the benefit of Executive, whether paid or payable pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise.

 

(iv)           Safe Harbor Amount ” means 2.99 times Executive’s “base amount,” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code.

 

4.              CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; NON-COMPETITION; NON-SOLICITATION; AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS .

 

(a)            CONFIDENTIALITY .  Executive acknowledges that, while employed by the Company, Executive will occupy a position of trust and confidence.  The Company, its subsidiaries and/or affiliates shall provide Executive with “Confidential Information” as referred to below.  Executive shall not, except as may be required to perform Executive’s duties hereunder or as required by applicable law, without limitation in time, communicate, divulge, disseminate, disclose to others or otherwise use, whether directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information regarding the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries and/or affiliates.

 

Confidential Information ” shall mean information about the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, and their respective businesses, employees, consultants, contractors, clients and customers that is not disclosed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates for financial reporting purposes or otherwise generally made available to, or in the possession of, the public (other than by Executive’s breach of the terms hereof) and that was learned or developed by Executive in the course of employment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including (without limitation) any proprietary knowledge, trade secrets, data, formulae, information and client and customer lists and all papers, resumes, and records (including computer records) of the documents containing such Confidential Information.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if Executive is required to disclose any such confidential or proprietary information pursuant to applicable law or a subpoena or court order,

 

8



 

Executive shall promptly notify the Company in writing of any such requirement so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive compliance with the provisions hereof.  Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company to obtain such a protective order or other remedy.  If such order or other remedy is not obtained prior to the time Executive is required to make the disclosure, or the Company waives compliance with the provisions hereof, Executive shall be permitted to disclose only that portion of the confidential or proprietary information which he is advised by counsel that he is legally required to so disclose.  Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information is specialized, unique in nature and of great value to the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates, and that such information gives the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates a competitive advantage.  Executive agrees to deliver or return to the Company, at the Company’s request at any time or upon termination or expiration of Executive’s employment or as soon thereafter as possible, all documents, computer tapes and disks, records, lists, data, drawings, prints, notes and written information (and all copies thereof) furnished by the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates or prepared by Executive in the course of Executive’s employment by the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates.  As used in this Agreement, “subsidiaries” and “affiliates” shall mean any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

 

(b)            NON-COMPETITION .  In consideration of this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration provided hereunder, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by Executive, Executive hereby agrees and covenants that, during Executive’s employment hereunder and for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter (the “ Restricted Period ”), Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, engage in or become associated with a Competitive Activity.

 

For purposes of this Section 4(b), (i) a “ Competitive Activity ” means, any business or other endeavor involving Similar Products if such business or endeavor is in a country (including the United States) in which the Company (or any of its businesses) (x) at the time of Executive’s termination provides or planned to provide such Similar Products or (y) during Executive’s employment provided, such Similar Products; (ii) “ Similar Products ” means any products or services that are the same or substantially similar to any of the types of products or services that the Company and/or any other business for which Executive may, during the Term, have direct or indirect responsibility hereunder provides or planned to provide during Executive’s employment hereunder; and (iii) Executive shall be considered to have become “associated with a Competitive Activity” if Executive becomes directly or indirectly involved as an owner, principal, employee, officer, director, independent contractor, representative, stockholder, financial backer, agent, partner, member, advisor, lender, consultant or in any other individual or representative capacity with any individual, partnership, corporation or other organization that is engaged in a Competitive Activity.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may make and retain investments during the Restricted Period, for investment purposes only, in less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding capital stock of any publicly-traded corporation engaged in a Competitive Activity if the stock of such corporation is either listed on a national stock exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market System if Executive is not otherwise affiliated with such corporation.  Executive

 

9



 

acknowledges that Executive’s covenants under this Section 4(b) are a material inducement to the Company’s entering into this Agreement.

 

(c)            NON-SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES .  Executive recognizes that he will possess Confidential Information about other employees, consultants and contractors of the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates relating to their education, experience, skills, abilities, compensation and benefits, and inter-personal relationships with suppliers to and customers of the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates.  Executive recognizes that the information he will possess about these other employees, consultants and contractors is not generally known, is of substantial value to the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates in developing their respective businesses and in securing and retaining customers, and will be acquired by Executive because of Executive’s business position with the Company.  Executive agrees that, during the Restricted Period, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit or recruit any employee of (i) the Company and/or (ii) its subsidiaries and/or affiliates with whom Executive has had direct contact during his employment hereunder, in all cases, for the purpose of being employed by Executive or by any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity on whose behalf Executive is acting as an agent, representative or employee and that Executive will not convey any such Confidential Information or trade secrets about employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to any other person except within the scope of Executive’s duties hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive is not precluded from soliciting any individual who (i) responds to any public advertisement or general solicitation or (ii) has been terminated by the Company prior to the solicitation.

 

(d)            NON-SOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS .  During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not solicit any customers of (i) the Company and/or (ii) any of its subsidiaries or affiliates with whom Executive has direct contact during his employment hereunder or encourage (regardless of who initiates the contact) any such customers to use the facilities or services of any competitor of (i) the Company and/or (ii) any of its subsidiaries or affiliates with whom Executive has direct contact during his employment hereunder.

 

(e)            NON-SOLICITATION OF BUSINESS PARTNERS .  During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, persuade or encourage any business partners or business affiliates of (i) the Company and/or (ii) any of its subsidiaries and/or affiliates with whom Executive has direct contact during his employment hereunder, in each case, to cease doing business with the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries and/or affiliates or to engage in any business competitive with the Company and/or its subsidiaries and/or affiliates.

 

(f)             PROPRIETARY RIGHTS; ASSIGNMENT .  All Employee Developments (defined below) shall be considered works made for hire by Executive for the Company or, as applicable, its subsidiaries or affiliates, and Executive agrees that all rights of any kind in any Employee Developments belong exclusively to the Company.  In order to permit the Company to exploit such Employee Developments, Executive shall promptly and fully report all such Employee Developments to the Company.  Except in furtherance of his obligations as an employee of the Company, Executive shall not use or reproduce any portion of any record associated with any Employee Development without prior written consent of the Company or, as

 

10



 

applicable, its subsidiaries or affiliates.  Executive agrees that in the event actions of Executive are required to ensure that such rights belong to the Company under applicable laws, Executive will cooperate and take whatever such actions are reasonably requested by the Company, whether during or after the Term, and without the need for separate or additional compensation.  “ Employee Developments ” means any idea, know-how, discovery, invention, design, method, technique, improvement, enhancement, development, computer program, machine, algorithm or other work of authorship, in each case, (i) that (A) concerns or relates to the actual or anticipated business, research or development activities, or operations of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or (B) results from or is suggested by any undertaking assigned to Executive or work performed by Executive for or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether created alone or with others, during or after working hours, or (C) uses, incorporates or is based on Company equipment, supplies, facilities, trade secrets or inventions of any form or type, and (ii) that is developed, conceived or reduced to practice during the period that Executive is employed with the Company.  All Confidential Information and all Employee Developments are and shall remain the sole property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.  Executive shall acquire no proprietary interest in any Confidential Information or Employee Developments developed or acquired during the Term.  To the extent Executive may, by operation of law or otherwise, acquire any right, title or interest in or to any Confidential Information or Employee Development, Executive hereby assigns and covenants to assign to the Company all such proprietary rights without the need for a separate writing or additional compensation.  Executive shall, both during and after the Term, upon the Company’s request, promptly execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Company all such assignments, confirmations of assignment, certificates, and instruments, and shall promptly perform such other acts, as the Company may from time to time in its discretion deem necessary or desirable to evidence, establish, maintain, perfect, enforce or defend the Company’s rights in Confidential Information and Employee Developments.

 

(g)            COMPLIANCE WITH POLICIES AND PROCEDURES .  During the period that Executive is employed with the Company hereunder, Executive shall adhere to the policies and standards of professionalism set forth in the Company’s Policies and Procedures applicable to all employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and/or affiliates as they may exist from time to time.

 

(h)            SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS .  The obligations contained in this Section 4 shall, to the extent provided in this Section 4, survive the termination or expiration of Executive’s employment with the Company and, as applicable, shall be fully enforceable thereafter in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  If it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any restriction in this Section 4 is excessive in duration or scope or is unreasonable or unenforceable under applicable law, it is the intention of the parties that such restriction may be modified or amended by the court to render it enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

 

5.              TERMINATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and, as of the Effective Date, terminates and supersedes (i) any and all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and (ii) the Prior Employment Agreement. 

 

11



 

Executive acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has made, and is not making, and in executing this Agreement, Executive has not relied upon, any representations, promises or inducements except to the extent the same is expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

6.              ASSIGNMENT; SUCCESSORS .  This Agreement is personal in its nature and none of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided that in the event of the merger, consolidation, transfer, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “ Transaction ”) with or to any other individual or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder, and in the event of any such assignment or Transaction, all references herein to the “Company” shall refer to the Company’s assignee or successor hereunder.

 

7.              WITHHOLDING .  The Company shall make such deductions and withhold such amounts from each payment and benefit made or provided to Executive hereunder, as may be required from time to time by applicable law, governmental regulation or order.

 

8.              HEADING REFERENCES .  Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.  References to “this Agreement” or the use of the term “hereof” shall refer to these Standard Terms and Conditions and the Employment Agreement attached hereto, taken as a whole.

 

9.              REMEDIES FOR BREACH .  Executive expressly agrees and understands that Executive will notify the Company in writing of any alleged breach of this Agreement by the Company, and the Company will have thirty (30) days from receipt of Executive’s notice to cure any such breach.  Executive expressly agrees and understands that in the event of any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company during the Term, the Company’s contractual obligations to Executive shall be fulfilled through compliance with its obligations under Section 1 of the Standard Terms and Conditions and, in the event of a termination of Executive’s employment by the Company following a Change of Control, Section 2 of the Standard Terms and Conditions.

 

Executive expressly agrees and understands that the remedy at law for any breach by Executive of Section 4 of the Standard Terms and Conditions will be inadequate and that damages flowing from such breach are not usually susceptible to being measured in monetary terms.  Accordingly, it is acknowledged that, upon Executive’s violation of any provision of such Section 4, the Company shall be entitled to obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction immediate injunctive relief and obtain a temporary order restraining any threatened or further breach as well as an equitable accounting of all profits or benefits arising out of such violation.  Nothing shall be deemed to limit the Company’s remedies at law or in equity for any breach by Executive of any of the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 4, which may be pursued by or available to the Company.

 

12



 

10.            WAIVER; MODIFICATION .  Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right or power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times.  This Agreement shall not be modified in any respect except by a writing executed by each party hereto.

 

11.            SEVERABILITY .  In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any portion of this Agreement is in violation of any law or public policy, only the portions of this Agreement that violate such law or public policy shall be stricken.  All portions of this Agreement that do not violate any statute or public policy shall continue in full force and effect.  Further, any court order striking any portion of this Agreement shall modify the stricken terms as narrowly as possible to give as much effect as possible to the intentions of the parties under this Agreement.

 

12.            LEGAL FEES; INDEMNIFICATION; DIRECTOR AND OFFICER INSURANCE .

 

(a)            In the event of any contest or dispute between the Company and Executive with respect to this Agreement or Executive’s employment hereunder, each of the parties shall be responsible for its respective legal fees and expenses; provided , however , that if Executive prevails on any material issue in any action, the Company shall reimburse Executive any reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred at any time from the Effective Date of this Agreement through Executive’s remaining lifetime (or, if longer, through the 20 th anniversary of the Effective Date).  The amount of any such fees and expenses that the Company is obligated to pay in any given calendar year shall not affect the fees and expenses that the Company is obligated to pay in any other calendar year, and Executive’s right to have the Company pay such fees and expenses may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit.

 

(b)            The Company shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless for acts and omissions in Executive’s capacity as an officer, director or employee of the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, including the advancement of fees and expenses; provided , however , that neither the Company, nor any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall indemnify Executive for any losses incurred by Executive as a result of acts described in Section 1(c) of this Agreement.

 

(c)            During the period that Executive is employed with the Company hereunder and for a period of at least three (3) years after Executive’s termination of employment from the Company, the Company shall provide Executive with directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage for his acts and omissions while an officer or director of the Company on a basis no less favorable to Executive than the coverage the Company provides generally to its other directors and officers.

 

[The Signature Page Follows]

 

13



 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

 

Date: July 31, 2008

 

 

INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gregory Blatt

 

By: Gregory Blatt

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Craig M. Nash

 

CRAIG M. NASH

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between Jeannette Marbert (“ Executive ”) and Interval Leisure Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as of the 31st day of July, 2008.

 

WHEREAS , the Company and Executive expect that IAC/InterActiveCorp, a Delaware corporation (“ IAC ”), will cause the Company to become a separate public entity (the “ Spin-Off ”);

 

WHEREAS , the Company desires to establish its right to the services of Executive for a period beginning on the date the Spin-Off occurs (the “ Effective Date ”), in the capacity described below, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and Executive is willing to accept such employment on such terms and conditions.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, Executive and the Company have agreed and do hereby agree as follows:

 

1A.          EMPLOYMENT .  During the Term (as defined below), the Company shall employ Executive, and Executive shall be employed, as Chief Operating Officer of the Company.  During Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall do and perform all services and acts necessary or advisable to fulfill the duties and responsibilities as are commensurate and consistent with Executive’s position and shall render such services on the terms set forth herein.  During Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO ”).  Executive shall have such powers and duties with respect to the Company as may reasonably be assigned to Executive by the CEO, to the extent consistent with Executive’s position.  Executive agrees to devote all of Executive’s working time, attention and efforts to the Company and to perform the duties of Executive’s position in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.  Executive may (i) serve as a director or member of a committee or organization involving no actual or potential conflict of interest with the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates; (ii) deliver lectures and fulfill speaking engagements; (iii) engage in charitable and community activities; and (iv) invest her personal assets in such form or manner that will not violate this Agreement or require services on the part of Executive in the operation or affairs of the companies in which those investments are made; provided the activities described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) do not materially affect or interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties and obligations to the Company or conflict with such policies as may be adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).  Executive’s principal place of employment shall be the Company’s offices located in Miami, Florida.

 

2A.          TERM .  The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and shall end on the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date (such period, the “ Initial Term ”); provided , that on the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter, the Initial Term

 



 

shall automatically be extended for additional one-year periods (the Initial Term as so extended, the “ Term ”) unless either party provides the other party with a notice of termination at least thirty (30) days before any such anniversary (the anniversary date on which the Term terminates shall be referred to herein as the “ Scheduled Termination Date ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated during the Term prior to the Scheduled Termination Date.

 

Notwithstanding the termination of the Term, certain terms and conditions herein may specify a greater period of effectiveness.  If Executive’s employment with IAC is terminated prior to the date of the Spin-Off, this Agreement shall terminate automatically and be null and void.

 

3A.          COMPENSATION .

 

(a)           BASE SALARY .  During the period that Executive is employed with the Company hereunder, the Company shall pay Executive an annual base salary of $400,000 (the “ Base Salary ”), payable in equal biweekly installments (or, if different, in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice as in effect from time to time).  During the Term, the Base Salary will be reviewed annually and is subject to adjustment at the discretion of the Board, but in no event shall the Company pay Executive a Base Salary less than that set forth above during the period that Executive is employed with the Company.  For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Base Salary” shall refer to the Base Salary as in effect from time to time.

 

(b)           BONUS .  During the period that Executive is employed with the Company hereunder, Executive shall be eligible to receive discretionary annual bonuses, with a target annual bonus of 100% of Base Salary.  Any such annual bonus shall be paid not later than March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year with respect to which such annual bonus relates (unless Executive has elected to defer receipt of such bonus pursuant to an arrangement that meets the requirements of Section 409A (as defined below)).

 

(c)           GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS .

 

(i)            As promptly as practicable following the Effective Date, Executive shall be granted, under and subject to the provisions of the Company’s Stock and Annual Incentive Plan then in effect (the “ Company Incentive Plan ”), an award of a number of Company restricted stock units (“ Company RSUs ”) (each such unit corresponding to one share of common stock of the Company (“ Company Common Stock ”)) determined by dividing $500,000 by the value of a share of Company Common Stock utilized to convert IAC restricted stock units into Company RSUs in the Spin-Off, rounded to the nearest whole number of Company RSUs (such award, the “ Cliff Vesting Award ”).  Contingent upon satisfaction of one or more of the performance conditions attached as Exhibit A hereto, which performance conditions have been agreed upon by the Executive and the Company and approved by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of IAC, the Cliff Vesting Award shall vest and no longer be subject to any restriction on the four-year anniversary of the Spin-Off, subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through such date.

 

2



 

(ii)           As promptly as practicable following the Effective Date, Executive shall be granted, under and subject to the provisions of the Company Incentive Plan an award of a number of Company RSUs determined by dividing $1,500,000 by the value of a share of Company Common Stock utilized to convert IAC restricted stock units into Company RSUs in the Spin-Off, rounded to the nearest whole number of Company RSUs (the “ Annual Vesting Award ” and, together with the Cliff Vesting Award, the “ Initial Equity Awards ”).  Contingent upon satisfaction of one or more of the performance conditions attached as Exhibit A hereto, which performance conditions have been agreed upon by the Executive and the Company and approved by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of IAC, the Annual Vesting Award shall vest and no longer be subject to any restriction (in each case subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date):

 

Vesting Date

 

Percentage of Total Award Vesting

 

 

 

 

 

On the first anniversary of the Spin-Off

 

25

%

 

 

 

 

On the second anniversary of the Spin-Off

 

25

%

 

 

 

 

On the third anniversary of the Spin-Off

 

25

%

 

 

 

 

On the fourth anniversary of the Spin-Off

 

25

%

 

(iii)          Other terms for each of the Cliff Vesting Award and the Annual Vesting Award will be set forth in one or more Award Notices and related Terms and Conditions consistent with the terms of this Agreement and otherwise in form and substance consistent with Award Notices and Terms and Conditions historically used by IAC for equity awards to its senior executives.

 

(d)           BENEFITS .  From the Effective Date through the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall be entitled to participate in any welfare, health and life insurance and pension benefit and incentive, perquisite and fringe benefit programs as may be adopted from time to time by the Company on the same basis as that provided to similarly situated employees of the Company.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled to the following benefits:

 

(i)            Reimbursement for Business Expenses .  During the period that Executive is employed with the Company hereunder, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable, necessary and documented expenses incurred by Executive in performing Executive’s duties for the Company, on the same basis as similarly situated employees and in accordance with the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time.

 

(ii)           Vacation .  During the period that Executive is employed with the Company hereunder, Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation each year, in accordance with the plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company applicable to similarly situated employees of the Company generally.

 

3



 

(iii)          Disability Policy .  The Company acknowledges that notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Executive shall be entitled to continue her current disability insurance policy during the period that Executive is employed with the Company hereunder at the Company’s expense and in accordance with the Company’s current practices.

 

4A.          NOTICES .  All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by first-class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, or by hand delivery, or by overnight delivery by a nationally recognized carrier, in each case to the applicable address set forth below, and any such notice is deemed effectively given when received by the recipient (or if receipt is refused by the recipient, when so refused):

 

If to the Company:

 

Interval Leisure Group, Inc.

 

 

6262 Sunset Drive

 

 

Miami, FL 33143

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

 

If to Executive:

 

Jeanette Marbert

 

 

At the last address indicated in the Company’s records.

 

Either party may change such party’s address for notices by notice duly given pursuant hereto.

 

5A.          GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION .  This Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto (including, without limitation, any dispute arising out of or related to this Agreement) shall be governed by and construed under and in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Florida without reference to its principles of conflicts of laws.  Any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement will be heard and determined before an appropriate federal court located in the State of Florida in Miami-Dade County, or, if not maintainable therein, then in an appropriate Florida state court located in Miami-Dade County, and each party hereto submits itself and its property to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the foregoing courts with respect to such disputes.

 

Each party hereto (i) agrees that service of process may be made by mailing a copy of any relevant document to the address of the party set forth above, (ii) waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the courts referred to above on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise as regards any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement, (iii) waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue in the courts referred to above as regards any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement and (iv) agrees that a judgment or order of any court referred to above in connection with any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement is conclusive and binding on it and may be enforced against it in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

6A.          COUNTERPARTS .  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

4



 

7A.          STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS .  Executive expressly understands and acknowledges that the Standard Terms and Conditions attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference, deemed a part of this Agreement and are binding and enforceable provisions of this Agreement.  References to “this Agreement” or the use of the term “hereof” shall refer to this Agreement and the Standard Terms and Conditions attached hereto, taken as a whole.

 

8A.          SECTION 409A OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE .   This Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the rules and regulations issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”)  or an exemption and shall in all respects be administered in accordance with Section 409A.  Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, distributions upon termination of employment may only be made upon a “separation from service” as determined under Section 409A.  Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A.  In no event may Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment to be made under this Agreement.  All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A.   In the event the parties determine that the terms of this Agreement do not comply with Section 409A, they will negotiate reasonably and in good faith to amend the terms of this Agreement such that it complies (in a manner that attempts to minimize the economic impact of such amendment on Executive and the Company) within the time period permitted by the applicable Treasury Regulations.  In no event shall the Company be required to pay Executive any “gross-up” or other payment with respect to any taxes or penalties imposed under Section 409A with respect to any benefit paid to Executive hereunder.

 

9A.          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement shall become effective upon, and subject to the occurrence of, the Effective Date.

 

[The Signature Page Follows]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer and Executive has executed and delivered this Agreement on July 31, 2008.

 

 

INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

          /s/ Gregory Blatt

 

By:  Gregory Blatt

 

Title:  Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

          /s/ Jeanette Marbert

 

JEANETTE MARBERT

 


 

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.             TERMINATION OF EXECUTIVE’S EMPLOYMENT.

 

(a)           DEATH .  In the event Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated by reason of Executive’s death, the Company shall pay Executive’s designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, within thirty (30) days of Executive’s death in a lump sum in cash, (i) Executive’s Base Salary through the end of the month in which death occurs and (ii) any other Accrued Obligations (as defined in paragraph 1(f) below).

 

(b)           DISABILITY .  If, as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness (“ Disability ”), Executive shall have been absent from the full-time performance of Executive’s duties with the Company for a period of four (4) consecutive months and, within thirty (30) days after written notice is provided to Executive by the Company (in accordance with Section 4A hereof), Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of Executive’s duties, Executive’s employment under this Agreement may be terminated by the Company for Disability.  During any period prior to such termination during which Executive is absent from the full-time performance of Executive’s duties with the Company due to Disability, the Company shall continue to pay Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the commencement of such period of Disability, offset by any amounts payable to Executive under any disability insurance plan or policy provided by the Company.  Upon termination of Executive’s employment due to Disability, the Company shall pay Executive within thirty (30) days of such termination (i) Executive’s Base Salary through the end of the month in which termination occurs in a lump sum in cash, offset by any amounts payable to Executive under any disability insurance plan or policy provided by the Company; and (ii) any other Accrued Obligations (as defined in paragraph 1(f) below).

 

(c)           TERMINATION FOR CAUSE OR WITHOUT GOOD REASON .  Upon the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for Cause (as defined below), or by Executive without Good Reason, the Company shall have no further obligation hereunder, except for the payment of any Accrued Obligations (as defined in paragraph 1(f) below).  As used herein, “ Cause ” shall mean:  (i) the plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or conviction for, the commission of a felony offense by Executive; provided , however , that after indictment, the Company may suspend Executive from the rendition of services, but without limiting or modifying in any other way the Company’s obligations under this Agreement; provided , further , that Executive’s employment shall be immediately reinstated if the indictment is dismissed or otherwise dropped and there are not otherwise grounds to terminate Executive’s employment for Cause; (ii) a material breach by Executive of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company; provided that the CEO determines, in the CEO’s good faith discretion, that such material breach undermines the CEO’s confidence in Executive’s fitness to continue in her position, as evidenced in writing from the CEO; (iii) a material breach by Executive of any of the covenants made by Executive in Section 4 hereof; provided , however , that in the event such material breach is curable, Executive shall have failed to remedy such material breach within ten (10) days of Executive having received a written demand for cure by the CEO, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes that Executive has materially breached any

 



 

of the covenants made by Executive in Section 4 hereof; (iv) the willful or gross neglect by Executive of the material duties required by this Agreement following receipt of written notice from the CEO which specifically identifies the nature of such willful or gross neglect and a reasonable opportunity to cure; or (v) a knowing and material violation by Executive of any Company policy pertaining to ethics, wrongdoing or conflicts of interest.

 

(d)           TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY OTHER THAN FOR DEATH, DISABILITY OR CAUSE OR RESIGNATION BY EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON .  If Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term by the Company for any reason other than Executive’s death or Disability or for Cause, or if Executive terminates her employment hereunder prior to the expiration of the Term for Good Reason (any such termination, a “ Qualifying Termination ”), then:

 

(i)            the Company shall continue to pay to Executive the Base Salary for twenty-four (24) months from the date of such termination (the “ Severance Period ”), payable in equal biweekly installments (or, if different, in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice as in effect from time to time) (the “ Cash Severance Payments ”);

 

(ii)           at the time when bonuses for the year in which the date of termination occurs would otherwise be paid (but in no event later than the 15th day of the third month following the close of such fiscal year unless Executive has previously elected to defer the receipt of such bonus pursuant to an arrangement that meets the requirements of Section 409A), the Company shall pay to Executive any bonus that would have been earned by Executive during such year if such termination had not occurred, which bonus, if any, shall be based on the Company’s actual achievement of pre-established performance criteria, if any, established by the compensation committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”), pro rated for the portion of the year during which Executive was employed (but which shall not include bonuses earned if the Compensation Committee retained discretion to reduce the award and the Compensation Committee elects to apply such discretion to reduce bonuses on the same basis for all employees eligible to participate in the bonus plan for such year).

 

(iii)          the Company shall pay Executive within thirty (30) days of the date of such termination in a lump sum in cash any Accrued Obligations (as defined in paragraph 1(f) below); and

 

(iv)          any portion of the Initial Equity Awards that is outstanding and unvested at the time of such termination but that would, but for a termination of employment, have vested during the Severance Period shall vest as of the date of such termination of employment; provided ; however , that, for purposes of this provision, the Cliff Vesting Award shall be treated as though it vested annually pro rata over its vesting period ( e.g. , if the date of termination occurred between the one and two-year anniversaries of the Effective Date, 75% of Company RSUs subject to the Cliff Vesting Award would vest on the date of termination and if the date of termination occurred following the two-year anniversary of the Effective Date, all of the Company RSUs subject to the Cliff Vesting Award would vest on the date of termination); provided , further , however , that any Company RSUs that would vest under this provision but for

 

2



 

the fact that outstanding performance conditions have not been satisfied shall vest only if, and at such point as, such performance conditions are satisfied.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 1(d), in the event that Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A) on the date of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company and the Cash Severance Payments to be paid within the first six months following such date (the “ Initial Payment Period ”) exceed the amount referenced in Treas. Regs. Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A) (the “ Limit ”), then (i) any portion of the Cash Severance Payments that is payable during the Initial Payment Period that does not exceed the Limit shall be paid at the times set forth in Section 1(d)(i), (ii) any portion of the Cash Severance Payments that exceeds the Limit (and would have been payable during the Initial Payment Period but for the Limit) shall be paid, with Interest, on the first business day of the first calendar month that begins after the six-month anniversary of Executive’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) and (iii) any portion of the Cash Severance Payments that is payable after the Initial Payment Period shall be paid at the times set forth in Section 1(d)(i).  For purposes of this paragraph, Interest shall mean interest at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code, from the date on which payment would otherwise have been made but for any required delay through the date of payment.

 

The payment to Executive of the severance benefits described in this Section 1(d) (including any accelerated vesting) shall be subject to Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a general release of the Company and its affiliates, in a form substantially similar to that used for similarly situated executives of the Company and its affiliates within 60 days of the date of termination of Executive’s employment, and Executive’s compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 4 hereof (other than any non-compliance that is immaterial, does not result in harm to the Company or its affiliates, and, if curable, is cured by Executive promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Company).  Executive acknowledges and agrees that the severance benefits described in this Section 1(d) constitute good and valuable consideration for such release.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following without Executive’s prior written consent: (A) a material change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform her services; (B) the Company materially diminishes Executive’s duties and responsibilities or reporting relationships as set forth in Section 1A; or (C) the Company breaches any material term or condition of this Agreement; provided that in no event shall Executive’s resignation be for “Good Reason” unless (x) an event or circumstance set forth in clauses (A), (B) or (C) shall have occurred and Executive provides the Company with written notice thereof within thirty (30) days after Executive has knowledge of the occurrence or existence of such event or circumstance, which notice specifically identifies the event or circumstance that Executive believes constitutes Good Reason, (y) the Company fails to correct the circumstance or event so identified within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice, and (z) Executive resigns within ninety (90) days after the date of delivery of the notice referred to in clause (x) above.

 

(e)           NO MITIGATION; OFFSET .  In the event of termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to Section 1(d), Executive shall not be obligated to seek other employment

 

3



 

or take any actions to mitigate the payments or continuation of benefits required under Section 1(d) hereof.  If Executive obtains other employment (whether or not comparable and whether or not in the same geographic location) during the period of time in which the Company is required to make Cash Severance Payments to Executive pursuant to Section 1(d) above, the amount of any such remaining payments or benefits to be provided to Executive shall be reduced by the amount of compensation and benefits earned by Executive from such other employment through the end of such period.  For purposes of this Section 1(e), Executive shall have an obligation to inform the Company regarding Executive’s employment status following termination and during the period of time in which the Company is making Cash Severance Payments to Executive as provided under Section 1(d) above.

 

(f)            ACCRUED OBLIGATIONS .  As used in this Agreement, “ Accrued Obligations ” shall mean the sum of (i) any portion of Executive’s accrued but unpaid Base Salary through the date of death or termination of employment for any reason, as the case may be; (ii) any compensation previously earned but deferred by Executive (together with any interest or earnings thereon) that has not yet been paid, is not considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A and has not otherwise been deferred to a later date pursuant to any deferred compensation arrangement of the Company to which Executive is a party, if any (in which case, any such deferred compensation shall be paid in accordance with the terms of such deferred compensation arrangement and shall not be deemed “Accrued Obligations” pursuant to this Agreement); (iii) other than in the event of Executive’s resignation without Good Reason or termination by the Company for Cause (except as required by applicable law), any portion of Executive’s accrued but unpaid vacation pay through the date of death or termination of employment; (iv) any reimbursements that Executive is entitled to receive under Section 3A(d)(i) of the Agreement; and (v) any vested benefits or amounts that Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any other contract or agreement with the Company in accordance with the terms thereof (other than any such plan, policy, practice or program of the Company that provides benefits in the nature of severance or continuation pay).

 

2.             TREATMENT OF EXECUTIVE’S INITIAL EQUITY AWARDS IN THE EVENT OF A CHANGE OF CONTROL OF THE COMPANY .  In the event that, during the Term, there is consummated a Change of Control (as defined in the Company Incentive Plan), any portion of the Initial Equity Awards that is outstanding and unvested at the time of such Change of Control which would have vested during the twenty-four (24) month period following such Change of Control shall vest as of the date of such Change of Control and the Initial Equity Awards shall otherwise continue to vest in accordance with their terms; provided that, for purposes of this provision, the Cliff Vesting Award shall be treated as though it vested annually pro rata over its vesting period ( e.g. , if the Change of Control occurred on the one-year anniversary of the Effective Date, 75% of the Company RSUs subject to the Cliff Vesting Award would vest on the date of consummation of the Change of Control and if the date of termination occurred following the two-year anniversary of the Effective Date, all of the Company RSUs subject to the Cliff Vesting Award would vest on the date of consummation of such Change of Control).  In the event any portion of the Initial Equity Awards remains unvested following such Change of Control after application of the foregoing sentence, the agreements effectuating the Change of Control shall provide for the assumption or substitution of the unvested Initial Equity Awards by the successor entity (unless the successor entity is the Company, in which case the unvested

 

4



 

Initial Equity Awards shall remain outstanding in accordance with their terms).  In no event shall any unvested portion of the Initial Equity Awards be cancelled or forfeited without value in connection with a Change of Control.

 

3.                                        CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; NON-COMPETITION; NON-SOLICITATION; AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS .

 

(a)           CONFIDENTIALITY .  Executive acknowledges that, while employed by the Company, Executive will occupy a position of trust and confidence.  The Company, its subsidiaries and/or affiliates shall provide Executive with “Confidential Information” as referred to below.  Executive shall not, except as may be required to perform Executive’s duties hereunder or as required by applicable law, without limitation in time, communicate, divulge, disseminate, disclose to others or otherwise use, whether directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information regarding the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries and/or affiliates.

 

              Confidential Information ” shall mean information about the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, and their respective businesses, employees, consultants, contractors, clients and customers that is not disclosed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates for financial reporting purposes or otherwise generally made available to, or in the possession of, the public (other than by Executive’s breach of the terms hereof) and that was learned or developed by Executive in the course of employment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, including (without limitation) any proprietary knowledge, trade secrets, data, formulae, information and client and customer lists and all papers, resumes, and records (including computer records) of the documents containing such Confidential Information.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, if Executive is required to disclose any such confidential or proprietary information pursuant to applicable law or a subpoena or court order, Executive shall promptly notify the Company in writing of any such requirement so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive compliance with the provisions hereof.  Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company to obtain such a protective order or other remedy.  If such order or other remedy is not obtained prior to the time Executive is required to make the disclosure, or the Company waives compliance with the provisions hereof, Executive shall be permitted to disclose only that portion of the confidential or proprietary information which she is advised by counsel that she is legally required to so disclose.  Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information is specialized, unique in nature and of great value to the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates, and that such information gives the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates a competitive advantage.  Executive agrees to deliver or return to the Company, at the Company’s request at any time or upon termination or expiration of Executive’s employment or as soon thereafter as possible, all documents, computer tapes and disks, records, lists, data, drawings, prints, notes and written information (and all copies thereof) furnished by the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates or prepared by Executive in the course of Executive’s employment by the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates.  As used in this Agreement, “subsidiaries” and “affiliates” shall mean any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

 

(b)           NON-COMPETITION .  In consideration of this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration provided hereunder, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby

 

5



 

acknowledged by Executive, Executive hereby agrees and covenants that, during Executive’s employment hereunder and for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter (the “ Restricted Period ”), Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, engage in or become associated with a Competitive Activity.

 

For purposes of this Section 3(b), (i) a “ Competitive Activity ” means, any business or other endeavor involving Similar Products if such business or endeavor is in a country (including the United States) in which the Company (or any of its businesses) (x) at the time of Executive’s termination provides or planned to provide such Similar Products or (y) during Executive’s employment provided, such Similar Products; (ii) “ Similar Products ” means any products or services that are the same or substantially similar to any of the types of products or services that the Company and/or any other business for which Executive may, during the Term, have direct or indirect responsibility hereunder provides or planned to provide during Executive’s employment hereunder; and (iii) Executive shall be considered to have become “associated with a Competitive Activity” if Executive becomes directly or indirectly involved as an owner, principal, employee, officer, director, independent contractor, representative, stockholder, financial backer, agent, partner, member, advisor, lender, consultant or in any other individual or representative capacity with any individual, partnership, corporation or other organization that is engaged in a Competitive Activity.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may make and retain investments during the Restricted Period, for investment purposes only, in less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding capital stock of any publicly-traded corporation engaged in a Competitive Activity if the stock of such corporation is either listed on a national stock exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market System if Executive is not otherwise affiliated with such corporation.  Executive acknowledges that Executive’s covenants under this Section 3(b) are a material inducement to the Company’s entering into this Agreement.

 

(c)           NON-SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES .  Executive recognizes that she will possess Confidential Information about other employees, consultants and contractors of the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates relating to their education, experience, skills, abilities, compensation and benefits, and inter-personal relationships with suppliers to and customers of the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates.  Executive recognizes that the information she will possess about these other employees, consultants and contractors is not generally known, is of substantial value to the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates in developing their respective businesses and in securing and retaining customers, and will be acquired by Executive because of Executive’s business position with the Company.  Executive agrees that, during the Restricted Period, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit or recruit any employee of (i) the Company and/or (ii) its subsidiaries and/or affiliates with whom Executive has had direct contact during her employment hereunder, in all cases, for the purpose of being employed by Executive or by any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity on whose behalf Executive is acting as an agent, representative or employee and that Executive will not convey any such Confidential Information or trade secrets about employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to any other person except within the scope of Executive’s duties hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive is not precluded from soliciting any

 

6



 

individual who (i) responds to any public advertisement or general solicitation or (ii) has been terminated by the Company prior to the solicitation.

 

(d)           NON-SOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS .  During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not solicit any customers of (i) the Company and/or (ii) any of its subsidiaries or affiliates with whom Executive has direct contact during her employment hereunder or encourage (regardless of who initiates the contact) any such customers to use the facilities or services of any competitor of (i) the Company and/or (ii) any of its subsidiaries or affiliates with whom Executive has direct contact during her employment hereunder.

 

(e)           NON-SOLICITATION OF BUSINESS PARTNERS .  During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, persuade or encourage any business partners or business affiliates of (i) the Company and/or (ii) any of its subsidiaries and/or affiliates with whom Executive has direct contact during her employment hereunder, in each case, to cease doing business with the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries and/or affiliates or to engage in any business competitive with the Company and/or its subsidiaries and/or affiliates.

 

(f)            PROPRIETARY RIGHTS; ASSIGNMENT .  All Employee Developments (defined below) shall be considered works made for hire by Executive for the Company or, as applicable, its subsidiaries or affiliates, and Executive agrees that all rights of any kind in any Employee Developments belong exclusively to the Company.  In order to permit the Company to exploit such Employee Developments, Executive shall promptly and fully report all such Employee Developments to the Company.  Except in furtherance of her obligations as an employee of the Company, Executive shall not use or reproduce any portion of any record associated with any Employee Development without prior written consent of the Company or, as applicable, its subsidiaries or affiliates.  Executive agrees that in the event actions of Executive are required to ensure that such rights belong to the Company under applicable laws, Executive will cooperate and take whatever such actions are reasonably requested by the Company, whether during or after the Term, and without the need for separate or additional compensation.  “ Employee Developments ” means any idea, know-how, discovery, invention, design, method, technique, improvement, enhancement, development, computer program, machine, algorithm or other work of authorship, in each case, (i) that (A) concerns or relates to the actual or anticipated business, research or development activities, or operations of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or (B) results from or is suggested by any undertaking assigned to Executive or work performed by Executive for or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether created alone or with others, during or after working hours, or (C) uses, incorporates or is based on Company equipment, supplies, facilities, trade secrets or inventions of any form or type, and (ii) that is developed, conceived or reduced to practice during the period that Executive is employed with the Company.  All Confidential Information and all Employee Developments are and shall remain the sole property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.  Executive shall acquire no proprietary interest in any Confidential Information or Employee Developments developed or acquired during the Term.  To the extent Executive may, by operation of law or otherwise, acquire any right, title or interest in or to any Confidential Information or Employee Development, Executive hereby assigns and covenants to assign to the Company all such proprietary rights without the need for a separate writing or

 

7



 

additional compensation.  Executive shall, both during and after the Term, upon the Company’s request, promptly execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Company all such assignments, confirmations of assignment, certificates, and instruments, and shall promptly perform such other acts, as the Company may from time to time in its discretion deem necessary or desirable to evidence, establish, maintain, perfect, enforce or defend the Company’s rights in Confidential Information and Employee Developments.

 

(g)           COMPLIANCE WITH POLICIES AND PROCEDURES .  During the period that Executive is employed with the Company hereunder, Executive shall adhere to the policies and standards of professionalism set forth in the Company’s Policies and Procedures applicable to all employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and/or affiliates as they may exist from time to time.

 

(h)           SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS .  The obligations contained in this Section 3 shall, to the extent provided in this Section 3, survive the termination or expiration of Executive’s employment with the Company and, as applicable, shall be fully enforceable thereafter in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  If it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any restriction in this Section 3 is excessive in duration or scope or is unreasonable or unenforceable under applicable law, it is the intention of the parties that such restriction may be modified or amended by the court to render it enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

 

4.             TERMINATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and, as of the Effective Date, terminates and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.  Executive acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has made, and is not making, and in executing this Agreement, Executive has not relied upon, any representations, promises or inducements except to the extent the same is expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

5.             ASSIGNMENT; SUCCESSORS .  This Agreement is personal in its nature and none of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided that  in the event of the merger, consolidation, transfer, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “ Transaction ”) with or to any other individual or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder, and in the event of any such assignment or Transaction, all references herein to the “Company” shall refer to the Company’s assignee or successor hereunder.

 

6.             WITHHOLDING .  The Company shall make such deductions and withhold such amounts from each payment and benefit made or provided to Executive hereunder, as may be required from time to time by applicable law, governmental regulation or order.

 

7.             HEADING REFERENCES .  Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other

 

8



 

purpose.  References to “this Agreement” or the use of the term “hereof” shall refer to these Standard Terms and Conditions and the Employment Agreement attached hereto, taken as a whole.

 

8.             REMEDIES FOR BREACH .  Executive expressly agrees and understands that Executive will notify the Company in writing of any alleged breach of this Agreement by the Company, and the Company will have thirty (30) days from receipt of Executive’s notice to cure any such breach.  Executive expressly agrees and understands that in the event of any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company during the Term, the Company’s contractual obligations to Executive shall be fulfilled through compliance with its obligations under Section 1 of the Standard Terms and Conditions and, in the event of a termination of Executive’s employment by the Company following a Change of Control, Section 2 of the Standard Terms and Conditions.

 

Executive expressly agrees and understands that the remedy at law for any breach by Executive of Section 3 of the Standard Terms and Conditions will be inadequate and that damages flowing from such breach are not usually susceptible to being measured in monetary terms.  Accordingly, it is acknowledged that, upon Executive’s violation of any provision of such Section 4, the Company shall be entitled to obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction immediate injunctive relief and obtain a temporary order restraining any threatened or further breach as well as an equitable accounting of all profits or benefits arising out of such violation.  Nothing shall be deemed to limit the Company’s remedies at law or in equity for any breach by Executive of any of the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 3, which may be pursued by or available to the Company.

 

9.             WAIVER; MODIFICATION .  Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right or power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times.  This Agreement shall not be modified in any respect except by a writing executed by each party hereto.

 

10.           SEVERABILITY .  In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any portion of this Agreement is in violation of any law or public policy, only the portions of this Agreement that violate such law or public policy shall be stricken.  All portions of this Agreement that do not violate any statute or public policy shall continue in full force and effect.  Further, any court order striking any portion of this Agreement shall modify the stricken terms as narrowly as possible to give as much effect as possible to the intentions of the parties under this Agreement.

 

11.           INDEMNIFICATION .  The Company shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless for acts and omissions in Executive’s capacity as an officer, director or employee of the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, including the advancement of fees and expenses; provided , however , that neither the Company, nor any of its subsidiaries or affiliates shall indemnify Executive for any losses incurred by Executive as a result of acts described in Section 1(c) of this Agreement.  [The Signature Page Follows]

 

9



 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

 

Date: July 31, 2008

 

 

INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

          /s/ Gregory Blatt

 

By:  Gregory Blatt

 

Title:  Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

          /s/ Jeanette Marbert

 

JEANETTE MARBERT

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between John A. Galea (“Executive”) and Interval Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and is effective as of July 31, 2008 (the “Effective Date”).

 

WHEREAS, Executive is currently an at-will employee of the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive have agreed that Executive shall be entitled to receive certain severance payments upon the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for any reason other than Executive’s death or Disability or for Cause (as described below).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, Executive and the Company have agreed and do hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY OTHER THAN FOR DEATH, DISABILITY OR CAUSE .

 

(a)                 If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than Executive’s death or Disability or for Cause (a “Qualifying Termination”) then (i) the Company shall pay to Executive an amount equal to twelve (12) months of Base Salary, which amount shall be payable in equal, biweekly installments (or, if different, in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice as in effect from time to time) during the twelve (12)-month period following such Qualifying Termination (the “Severance Period”); and (ii) the Company shall pay Executive within thirty (30) days of the date of such Qualifying Termination in a lump sum in cash any Accrued Obligations (as defined below) (together, the “Severance Payments”). The payment to Executive of the Severance Payments shall be subject to Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a general release of the Company and its affiliates, in a form substantially similar to that used for similarly situated executives of the Company and its affiliates (the “Release”), and Executive’s compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 3 hereof. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Severance Payments constitute good and valuable consideration for the Release.

 

(b)                 For purposes of this Agreement, the terms “Base Salary”, “Cause” and “Accrued Obligations,” and the phrase “termination by the Company for Disability,” shall have the following meanings:

 

(i)            “Base Salary” shall mean Executive’s Base Salary as in effect from time to time during his employment by the Company;

 

(ii)           “Accrued Obligations” shall mean the sum of (A) any portion of Executive’s accrued but unpaid Base Salary through the date of death or termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, including a Qualifying Termination; (B) any compensation previously earned but deferred by Executive (together with any interest or earnings thereon) that has not yet been paid and that is not otherwise to be paid at a later date pursuant to

 



 

the executive deferred compensation plan of the Company, if any, and (C)  any reimbursements that Executive is entitled to receive in accordance with applicable Company policies in effect from time to time;

 

(iii)          “Cause” shall mean: (A) the plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or conviction for, the commission of a felony offense by Executive; (B) a material breach by Executive of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company; (C) a material breach by Executive of any of the covenants made by Executive in Section 3 hereof; (D) the willful or gross neglect by Executive of his material duties; or (E) a violation by Executive of any Company policy pertaining to ethics, wrongdoing or conflicts of interest; and

 

(iv)         “termination by the Company for Disability” shall mean the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company following (A) Executive’s absence from the full-time performance of his duties with the Company for a period of four (4) consecutive months as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness (“Disability”) and (B) Executive’s failure to return to the full-time performance of his duties within thirty (30) days after written notice is provided to Executive by the Company.

 

(c)           Upon any termination of Executive’s employment other than a Qualifying Termination, the Company shall have no obligations hereunder, except for the payment of any Accrued Obligations.

 

2.                   OFFSET . If Executive obtains other employment during the Severance Period, the amount of any remaining Severance Payments to be provided to Executive shall be reduced by the amount of compensation and benefits earned by Executive from such other employment through the end of the Severance Period. For purposes of this Section 2, Executive shall have an obligation to inform the Company regarding Executive’s employment status following a Qualifying Termination and during the Severance Period.

 

3.                   RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS .

 

(a)           CONFIDENTIALITY . Executive acknowledges that, during his employment by the Company, Executive will occupy a position of trust and confidence. The Company and/or its affiliates shall provide Executive with “Confidential Information” as referred to below. Executive shall not, except as may be required to perform Executive’s duties or as required by applicable law, without limitation in time, communicate, divulge, disseminate, disclose to others or otherwise use, whether directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information regarding the Company and/or any of affiliates.

 

“Confidential Information” shall mean information about the Company or any of its affiliates, and their respective businesses, employees, consultants, contractors, clients and customers that is not disclosed by the Company or any of its affiliates for financial reporting purposes or otherwise generally made available to the public (other than by Executive’s breach of the terms hereof) and that was learned or developed by Executive in the course of his employment by the Company or any of its affiliates, including (without limitation) any proprietary knowledge, trade secrets, data, formulae, information and client and customer lists

 

2



 

and all papers, resumes, and records (including computer records) of the documents containing such Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information is specialized, unique in nature and of great value to the Company and its affiliates, and that such information gives the Company and its affiliates a competitive advantage. Executive agrees to deliver or return to the Company, at the Company’s request at any time or upon termination of Executive’s employment or as soon thereafter as possible, all documents, computer tapes and disks, records, lists, data, drawings, prints, notes and written information (and all copies thereof) furnished by the Company and its affiliates or prepared by Executive in the course of Executive’s employment by the Company and its affiliates. As used in this Agreement, “subsidiaries” and “affiliates” shall mean any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

 

(b)          NON-COMPETITION. In consideration of the Company’s obligation to make the Severance Payments under certain circumstances (as described in Section 1(a) above) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by Executive, Executive hereby agrees and covenants that, during Executive’s employment by the Company and for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, engage in or become associated with a Competitive Activity. For purposes of this Agreement, (i) “Competitive Activity” means any business or other endeavor involving Similar Products if such business or endeavor is in a country (including the United States) in which the Company (or any of its businesses) provides or planned to provide during Executive’s employment by the Company such Similar Products and (ii) “Similar Products” means (A) any time share or vacation ownership exchange service or program (the “Exchange Business”); (B) any travel agency, club or service that provides such services to anyone engaged in the Exchange Business or their members; (C) any travel agency, club or service that is competitive with the Company’s travel and leisure membership programs, including, but not limited - to, the Interval Gold, Leisure Time Passport or LiveItUp membership programs; (D) hotel management or vacation condominium, hotel condominium, timeshare or rental property management services; or (E) any other products or services that are the same or similar to any of the types of products or services that the Company (or any of its businesses) provides, has provided or planned to provide during Executive’s employment by the Company. The provisions of subsections (b)(ii)(B) through (E) shall only apply if Executive has provided services on behalf of the Company or its affiliates in direct support of the businesses described in such subsections.

 

Executive shall be considered to have become “associated with a Competitive Activity” if Executive becomes directly or indirectly involved as an owner, principal, employee, officer, director, independent contractor, representative, stockholder, financial backer, agent, partner, member, advisor, lender, consultant or in any other individual or representative capacity with any individual, partnership, corporation or other organization that is engaged in a Competitive Activity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may make and retain investments during the Restricted Period, for investment purposes only, in less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding capital stock of any publicly-traded corporation engaged in a Competitive Activity if the stock of such corporation is either listed on a national stock exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market System if Executive is not otherwise affiliated with such corporation.

 

3



 

Executive acknowledges that Executive’s covenants under this Section 3(b) are a material inducement to the Company’s entering into this Agreement.

 

(c)                 NON-SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES . For a period of thirty-six (36) months following Executive’s termination of employment for any reason, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, hire or solicit or recruit any employee of the Company, or any of its affiliates with whom Executive has had direct contact during his employment by the Company, in all cases, for the purpose of being employed by Executive or by any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity on whose behalf Executive is acting as an agent, representative or employee and that Executive will not convey any Confidential Information or trade secrets about employees of the Company or any of its affiliates to any other person except within the scope of Executive’s duties.

 

(d)          NON-SOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS . During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not solicit any customers of the Company or any of its affiliates or encourage (regardless of who initiates the contact) any such customers to use the facilities or services of any competitor of the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

(e)           PROPRIETARY RIGHTS; ASSIGNMENT . All Employee Developments (defined below) shall be considered works made for hire by Executive for the Company or, as applicable, its affiliates, and Executive agrees that all rights of any kind in any Employee Developments belong exclusively to the Company. In order to permit the Company to exploit such Employee Developments, Executive shall promptly and fully report all such Employee Developments to the Company. Except in furtherance of his obligations as an employee of the Company, Executive shall not use or reproduce any portion of any record associated with any Employee Development without prior written consent of the Company or, as applicable, its affiliates. Executive agrees that in the event actions of Executive are required to ensure that such rights belong to the Company under applicable laws, Executive will cooperate and take whatever such actions are reasonably requested by the Company, whether during or after his employment by the Company, and without the need for separate or additional compensation.

 

“Employee Developments” means any idea, know-how, discovery, invention, design, method, technique, improvement, enhancement, development, computer program, machine, algorithm or other work of authorship, whether developed, conceived or reduced to practice during or following Executive’s employment by the Company, that (i) concerns or relates to the actual or anticipated business, research or development activities, or operations of the Company or any of its affiliates, or (ii) results from or is suggested by any undertaking assigned to Executive or work performed by Executive for or on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates, whether created alone or with others, during or after working hours, or (iii) uses, incorporates or is based on Company equipment, supplies, facilities, trade secrets or inventions of any form or type. All Confidential Information and all Employee Developments are and shall remain the sole property of the Company or any of its affiliates. Executive shall acquire no proprietary interest in any Confidential Information or Employee Developments developed or acquired his employment by the Company. To the extent Executive may, by operation of law or otherwise, acquire any right, title or interest in or to any Confidential Information or Employee Development, Executive hereby assigns and covenants to assign to the Company all such

 

4



 

proprietary rights without the need for a separate writing or additional compensation. Executive shall, both during and after his employment by the Company, upon the Company’s request, promptly execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Company all such assignments, confirmations of assignment, certificates, and instruments, and shall promptly perform such other acts, as the Company may from time to time in its discretion deem necessary or desirable to evidence, establish, maintain, perfect, enforce or defend the Company’s rights in Confidential Information and Employee Developments.

 

4.                   NOTICES . All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by first-class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, or by hand delivery, or by overnight delivery by a nationally recognized carrier, in each case to the applicable address set forth below, and any such notice is deemed effectively given when received by the recipient (of if receipt is refused by the recipient, when so refused):

 

If to the Company:

 

Interval Acquisition Corp.
c/
o Interval International, Inc.
Attention: General Counsel
6262 Sunset Drive

Miami, Florida 33143

 

 

 

If to Executive:

 

At the most recent address on file at the Company.

 

Either party may change such party’s address for notices by notice duly given pursuant hereto.

 

5.                   GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION . This Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto (including, without limitation, any dispute arising out of or related to this Agreement) shall be governed by and construed under and in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Florida without reference to its principles of conflicts of laws. Any such dispute will be heard and determined before an appropriate federal court located in the State of Florida in Miami-Dade County, or, if not maintainable therein, then in an appropriate Florida state court located in Miami-Dade County, and each party hereto submits itself and its property to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the foregoing courts with respect to such disputes. Each party hereto (i) agrees that service of process may be made by mailing a copy of any relevant document to the address of the party set forth above, (ii) waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the courts referred to above on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise as regards any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement, (iii) waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue in the courts referred to above as regards any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement and (iv) agrees that a judgment or order of any court referred to above in connection with any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement is conclusive and binding on it and may be enforced against it in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

6.                   SECTION 409A OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE . This Agreement is not intended to constitute a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of

 

5



 

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations issued thereunder (“Section 409A”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Agreement or any amounts or benefits payable to Executive hereunder is subject to Section 409A and if the Executive is a “Specified Employee” (as defined under Section 409A) as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment, then the payment of such amounts or benefits, if any, scheduled to be paid by the Company to Executive hereunder during the first twelve (12) month period beginning on the date of a termination of employment shall be delayed during such twelve (12) month period and shall commence immediately following the end of such twelve (12) month period (and, if applicable, the period in which such payments were scheduled to be made if not for such delay shall be extended accordingly). In no event shall the Company be required to pay Executive any “gross-up” or other payment with respect to any taxes or penalties imposed under Section 409A with respect to any amounts or benefits paid to Executive hereunder.

 

7.                   SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS . The obligations contained in Section 3 shall, to the extent provided in Section 3, survive a Qualifying Termination and, as applicable, shall be fully enforceable thereafter in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. If it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any restriction in Section 3 is excessive in duration or scope or is unreasonable or unenforceable under applicable law, it is the intention of the parties that such restriction may be modified or amended by the court to render it enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

 

8.                   TERMINATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and, as of the Effective Date, terminates and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. Executive acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has made, and is not making, and in executing this Agreement, Executive has not relied upon, any representations, promises or inducements except to the extent the same is expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

9.                   ASSIGNMENT; SUCCESSORS . This Agreement is personal in its nature and none of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the others, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, that the Company may assign this Agreement to, or allow any of its obligations to be fulfilled by, or take actions through, any affiliate of the Company and, in the event of the merger, consolidation, transfer, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Transaction”) with or to any other individual or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder, and in the event of any such assignment or Transaction, all references herein to the “Company” shall refer to the Company’s assignee or successor hereunder.

 

10.                 WITHHOLDING . The Company shall make such deductions and withhold such amounts from each payment and benefit made or provided to Executive hereunder, as may be required from time to time by applicable law, governmental regulation or order.

 

6



 

11.                 COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

12.                 H EADING REFERENCES . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

 

13.                 REMEDIES FOR BREACH . Executive expressly agrees and understands that Executive will notify the Company in writing of any alleged breach of this Agreement by the Company, and the Company will have thirty (30) days from receipt of Executive’s notice to cure any such breach. Executive expressly agrees and understands that in the event of a Qualifying Termination, the Company’s contractual obligations to Executive shall be fulfilled through compliance with its obligations under Section 1 of this Agreement.

 

Executive expressly agrees and understands that the remedy at law for any breach by Executive of Section 3 of this Agreement will be inadequate and that damages flowing from such breach are not usually susceptible to being measured in monetary terms. Accordingly, it is acknowledged that, upon Executive’s violation of any provision of Section 3, the Company shall be entitled to obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction immediate injunctive relief and obtain a temporary order restraining any threatened or further breach as well as an equitable accounting of all profits or benefits arising out of such violation. Nothing shall be deemed to limit the Company’s remedies at law or in equity for any breach by Executive of any of the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 3, which may be pursued by or available to the Company.

 

14.                 WAIVER; MODIFICATION . Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right or power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times. This Agreement shall not be modified in any respect except by a writing executed by each party hereto.

 

15.                 SEVERABILITY . In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any portion of this Agreement is in violation of any law or public policy, only the portions of this Agreement that violate such law or public policy shall be stricken. All portions of this Agreement that do not violate any statute or public policy shall continue in full force and effect. Further, any court order striking any portion of this Agreement shall modify the stricken terms as narrowly as possible to give as much effect as possible to the intentions of the parties under this Agreement,

 

[The Signature Page Follows]

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer and Executive has executed and delivered this Agreement on this 31st day of July, 2008.

 

 

 

Interval Acquisition Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Craig M. Nash

 

 

By:

Craig M. Nash

 

 

Title:

President and

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John A. Galea

 

 

John A. Galea

 

8




Exhibit 10.8

 

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between Marie Lee (“Executive”) and Interval Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and is effective as of September 1, 2007 (the “Effective Date”).

 

WHEREAS, Executive is currently an at-will employee of the Company, and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive have agreed that Executive shall be entitled to receive certain severance payments upon the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for any reason other than Executive’s death or Disability or for Cause (as described below).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, Executive and the Company have agreed and do hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY OTHER THAN FOR DEATH, DISABILITY OR CAUSE .

 

(a)           If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than Executive’s death or Disability or for Cause (a “Qualifying Termination”) then (i) the Company shall pay to Executive an amount equal to six (6) months of Base Salary, which amount shall be payable in equal, biweekly installments (or, if different, in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice as in effect from time to time) during the six (6)-month period following such Qualifying Termination (the “Severance Period”); and (ii) the Company shall pay Executive within thirty (30) days of the date of such Qualifying Termination in a lump sum in cash any Accrued Obligations (as defined below) (together, the “Severance Payments”). The payment to Executive of the Severance Payments shall be subject to Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a general release of the Company and its affiliates, in a form substantially similar to that used for similarly situated executives of the Company and its affiliates (the “Release”), and Executive’s compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 3 hereof. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Severance Payments constitute good and valuable consideration for the Release.

 

(b)          For purposes of this Agreement, the terms “Base Salary”, “Cause” and “Accrued Obligations,” and the phrase “termination by the Company for Disability,” shall have the following meanings:

 

(i)            “Base Salary” shall mean Executive’s Base Salary as in effect from time to time during her employment by the Company;

 

(ii)           “Accrued Obligations” shall mean the sum of (A) any portion of Executive’s accrued but unpaid Base Salary through the date of death or termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, including a Qualifying Termination; (B) any compensation previously earned but deferred by Executive (together with any interest or earnings thereon) that has not yet been paid and that is not otherwise to be paid at a later date pursuant to

 



 

the executive deferred compensation plan of the Company, if any, and (C) any reimbursements that Executive is entitled to receive in accordance with applicable Company policies in effect from time to time;

 

(iii)          “Cause” shall mean: (A) the plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or conviction for, the commission of a felony offense by Executive; (B) a material breach by Executive of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company; (C) a material breach by Executive of any of the covenants made by Executive in Section 3 hereof; (D) the willful or gross neglect by Executive of her material duties; or (E) a violation by Executive of any Company policy pertaining to ethics, wrongdoing or conflicts of interest; and

 

(iv)         “termination by the Company for Disability” shall mean the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company following (A) Executive’s absence from the full-time performance of her duties with the Company for a period of four (4) consecutive months as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness (“Disability”) and (B)   Executive’s failure to return to the full-time performance of her duties within thirty (30) days after written notice is provided to Executive by the Company.

 

(c)           Upon any termination of Executive’s employment other than a Qualifying Termination, the Company shall have no obligations hereunder, except for the payment of any Accrued Obligations.

 

2.            OFFSET. If Executive obtains other employment during the Severance Period, the amount of any remaining Severance Payments to be provided to Executive shall be reduced by the amount of compensation and benefits earned by Executive from such other employment through the end of the Severance Period. For purposes of this Section 2, Executive shall have an obligation to inform the Company regarding Executive’s employment status following a Qualifying Termination and during the Severance Period.

 

3.            RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS .

 

(a)           CONFIDENTIALITY . Executive acknowledges that, during her employment by the Company, Executive will occupy a position of trust and confidence. The Company and/or its affiliates shall provide Executive with “Confidential Information” as referred to below. Executive shall not, except as may be required to perform Executive’s duties or as required by applicable law, without limitation in time, communicate, divulge, disseminate, disclose to others or otherwise use, whether directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information regarding the Company and/or any of affiliates.

 

“Confidential Information” shall mean information about the Company or any of its affiliates, and their respective businesses, employees, consultants, contractors, clients and customers that is not disclosed by the Company or any of its affiliates for financial reporting purposes or otherwise generally made available to the public (other than by Executive’s breach of the terms hereof) and that was learned or developed by Executive in the course of her employment by the Company or any of its affiliates, including (without limitation) any proprietary knowledge, trade secrets, data, formulae, information and client and customer lists

 

2



 

and all papers, resumes, and records (including computer records) of the documents containing such Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information is specialized, unique in nature and of great value to the Company and its affiliates, and that such information gives the Company and its affiliates a competitive advantage. Executive agrees to deliver or return to the Company, at the Company’s request at any time or upon termination of Executive’s employment or as soon thereafter as possible, all documents, computer tapes and disks, records, lists , data, drawings, prints, notes and written information (and all copies thereof) furnished by the Company and its affiliates or prepared by Executive in the course of Executive’s employment by the Company and its affiliates. As used in this Agreement, “subsidiaries” and “affiliates” shall mean any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

 

(b)          NON-COMPETITION . In consideration of the Company’s obligation to make the Severance Payments under certain circumstances (as described in Section 1(a) above) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by Executive, Executive hereby agrees and covenants that, during Executive’s employment by the Company and for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, engage in or become associated with a Competitive Activity. For purposes of this Agreement, (i) “Competitive Activity” means any business or other endeavor involving Similar Products if such business or endeavor is in a country (including the United States) in which the Company (or any of its businesses) provides or planned to provide during Executive’s employment by the Company such Similar Products and (ii) “Similar Products” means (A) any time share or vacation ownership exchange service or program (the “Exchange Business”); (B) any travel agency, club or service that provides such services to anyone engaged in the Exchange Business or their members; (C) any travel agency, club or service that is competitive with the Company’s travel and leisure membership programs, including, but not limited to, the Interval Gold, Leisure Time Passport or LiveItUp membership programs; (D) hotel management or vacation condominium, hotel condominium, timeshare or rental property management services; or (E) any other products or services that are the same or similar to any of the types of products or services that the Company (or any of its businesses) provides, has provided or planned to provide during Executive’s employment by the Company. The provisions of subsections (b)(ii)(B) through (E) shall only apply if Executive has provided services on behalf of the Company or its affiliates in direct support of the businesses described in such subsections.

 

Executive shall be considered to have become “associated with a Competitive Activity” if Executive becomes directly or indirectly involved as an owner, principal, employee, officer, director, independent contractor, representative, stockholder, financial backer, agent, partner, member, advisor, lender, consultant or in any other individual or representative capacity with any individual, partnership, corporation or other organization that is engaged in a Competitive Activity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may make and retain investments during the Restricted Period, for investment purposes only, in less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding capital stock of any publicly-traded corporation engaged in a Competitive Activity if the stock of such corporation is either listed on a national stock exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market System if Executive is not otherwise affiliated with such corporation.

 

3



 

Executive acknowledges that Executive’s covenants under this Section 3(b) are a material inducement to the Company’s entering into this Agreement.

 

(c)           NON-SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES . For a period of thirty - six (36) months following Executive’s termination of employment for any reason, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, hire or solicit or recruit any employee of the Company, or any of its affiliates with whom Executive has had direct contact during her employment by the Company, in all cases, for the purpose of being employed by Executive or by any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity on whose behalf Executive is acting as an agent, representative or employee and that Executive will not convey any Confidential Information or trade secrets about employees of the Company or any of its affiliates to any other person except within the scope of Executive’s duties.

 

(d)          NON-SOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS . During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not solicit any customers of the Company or any of its affiliates or encourage (regardless of who initiates the contact) any such customers to use the facilities or services of any competitor of the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

(e)           PROPRIETARY RIGHTS; ASSIGNMENT . All Employee Developments (defined below) shall be considered works made for hire by Executive for the Company or, as applicable, its affiliates, and Executive agrees that all rights of any kind in any Employee Developments belong exclusively to the Company. In order to permit the Company to exploit such Employee Developments, Executive shall promptly and fully report all such Employee Developments to the Company. Except in furtherance of her obligations as an employee of the Company, Executive shall not use or reproduce any portion of any record associated with any Employee Development without prior written consent of the Company or, as applicable, its affiliates. Executive agrees that in the event actions of Executive are required to ensure that such rights belong to the Company under applicable laws, Executive will cooperate and take whatever such actions are reasonably requested by the Company, whether during or after her employment by the Company, and without the need for separate or additional compensation.

 

“Employee Developments” means any idea, know-how, discovery, invention, design, method, technique, improvement, enhancement, development, computer program, machine, algorithm or other work of authorship, whether developed, conceived or reduced to practice during or following Executive’s employment by the Company, that (i) concerns or relates to the actual or anticipated business, research or development activities, or operations of the Company or any of its affiliates, or (ii) results from or is suggested by any undertaking assigned to Executive or work performed by Executive for or on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates, whether created alone or with others, during or after working hours, or (iii) uses, incorporates or is based on Company equipment, supplies, facilities, trade secrets or inventions of any form or type. All Confidential Information and all Employee Developments are and shall remain the sole property of the Company or any of its affiliates. Executive shall acquire no proprietary interest in any Confidential Information or Employee Developments developed or acquired her employment by the Company. To the extent Executive may, by operation of law or otherwise, acquire any right, title or interest in or to any Confidential Information or Employee Development, Executive hereby assigns and covenants to assign to the Company all such

 

4



 

proprietary rights without the need for a separate writing or additional compensation. Executive shall, both during and after her employment by the Company, upon the Company’s request, promptly execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Company all such assignments, confirmations of assignment, certificates, and instruments, and shall promptly perform such other acts, as the Company may from time to time in its discretion deem necessary or desirable to evidence, establish, maintain, perfect, enforce or defend the Company’s rights in Confidential Information and Employee Developments.

 

4.            NOTICES. All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by first-class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, or by hand delivery, or by overnight delivery by a nationally recognized carrier, in each case to the applicable address set forth below, and any such notice is deemed effectively given when received by the recipient (of if receipt is refused by the recipient, when so refused):

 

If to the Company:

 

Interval Acquisition Corp.

 

 

c/o Interval International, Inc.

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

6262 Sunset Drive

 

 

Miami, Florida 33143

 

 

 

If to Executive:

 

At the most recent address on file at the Company.

 

Either party may change such party’s address for notices by notice duly given pursuant hereto.

 

5.            GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION . This Agreement and the - legal relations thus created between the parties hereto (including, without limitation, any dispute arising out of or related to this Agreement) shall be governed by and construed under and in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Florida without reference to its principles of conflicts of laws. Any such dispute will be heard and determined before an appropriate federal court located in the State of Florida in Miami-Dade County, or, if not maintainable therein, then in an appropriate Florida state court located in Miami-Dade County, and each party hereto submits itself and its property to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the foregoing courts with respect to such disputes. Each party hereto (i) agrees that service of process may be made by mailing a copy of any relevant document to the address of the party set forth above, (ii) waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the courts referred to above on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise as regards any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement, (iii) waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue in the courts referred to above as regards any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement and (iv) agrees that a judgment or order of any court referred to above in connection with any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement is conclusive and binding on it and may be enforced against it in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

6.            SECTION 409A OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE . This Agreement is not intended to constitute a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of

 

5



 

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations issued thereunder (“Section 409A”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Agreement or any amounts or benefits payable to Executive hereunder is subject to Section 409A and if the Executive is a “Specified Employee” (as defined under Section 409A) as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment, then the payment of such amounts or benefits, if any, scheduled to be paid by the Company to Executive hereunder during the first six (6) month period beginning on the date of a termination of employment shall be delayed during such six (6) month period and shall commence immediately following the end of such six (6) month period (and, if applicable, the period in which such payments were scheduled to be made if not for such delay shall be extended accordingly). In no event shall the Company be required to pay Executive any “gross-up” or other payment with respect to any taxes or penalties imposed under Section 409A with respect to any amounts or benefits paid to Executive hereunder.

 

7.            SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS . The obligations contained in Section 3 shall, to the extent provided in Section 3, survive a Qualifying Termination and, as applicable, shall be fully enforceable thereafter in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. If it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any restriction in Section 3 is excessive in duration or scope or is unreasonable or unenforceable under applicable law, it is the intention of the parties that such restriction may be modified or amended by the court to render it enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

 

8.            TERMINATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and, as of the Effective Date, terminates and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. Executive acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has made, and is not making, and in executing this Agreement, Executive has not relied upon, any representations, promises or inducements except to the extent the same is expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

9.           ASSIGNMENT; SUCCESSORS . This Agreement is personal in its nature and none of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the others, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, that the Company may assign this Agreement to, or allow any of its obligations to be fulfilled by, or take actions through, any affiliate of the Company and, in the event of the merger, consolidation, transfer, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Transaction”) with or to any other individual or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder, and in the event of any such assignment or Transaction, all references herein to the “Company” shall refer to the Company’s assignee or successor hereunder.

 

10.          WITHHOLDING . The Company shall make such deductions and withhold such amounts from each payment and benefit made or provided to Executive hereunder, as may be required from time to time by applicable law, governmental regulation or order.

 

6



 

11.          COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

12.          HEADING REFERENCES . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

 

13.          REMEDIES FOR BREACH . Executive expressly agrees and understands that Executive will notify the Company in writing of any alleged breach of this Agreement by the Company, and the Company will have thirty (30) days from receipt of Executive’s notice to cure any such breach. Executive expressly agrees and understands that in the event of a Qualifying Termination, the Company’s contractual obligations to Executive shall be fulfilled through compliance with its obligations under Section 1 of this Agreement.

 

Executive expressly agrees and understands that the remedy at law for any breach by Executive of Section 3 of this Agreement will be inadequate and that damages flowing from such breach are not usually susceptible to being measured in monetary terms. Accordingly, it is acknowledged that, upon Executive’s violation of any provision of Section 3, the Company shall be entitled to obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction immediate injunctive relief and obtain a temporary order restraining any threatened or further breach as well as an equitable accounting of all profits or benefits arising out of such violation. Nothing shall be deemed to limit the Company’s remedies at law or in equity for any breach by Executive of any of the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 3, which may be pursued by or available to the Company.

 

14.          WAIVER; MODIFICATION . Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right or power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times. This Agreement shall not be modified in any respect except by a writing executed by each party hereto.

 

15.          SEVERABILITY . In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any portion of this Agreement is in violation of any law or public policy, only the portions of this Agreement that violate such law or public policy shall be stricken. All portions of this Agreement that do not violate any statute or public policy shall continue in full force and effect. Further, any court order striking any portion of this Agreement shall modify the stricken terms as narrowly as possible to give as much effect as possible to the intentions of the parties under this Agreement.

 

[The Signature Page Follows]

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer and Executive has executed and delivered this Agreement on this 12 day of November, 2007.

 

 

Interval Acquisition Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Craig M. Nash

 

By:

Craig M. Nash

 

Title:

President and

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Marie Lee

 

Marie Lee

 

8




Exhibit 10.9

 

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between Victoria J. Kincke (“Executive”) and Interval Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and is effective as of July 31, 2008 (the “Effective Date”).

 

WHEREAS, Executive is currently an at-will employee of the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive have agreed that Executive shall be entitled to receive certain severance payments upon the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company for any reason other than Executive’s death or Disability or for Cause (as described below).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, Executive and the Company have agreed and do hereby agree as follows:

 

1.           TERMINATION BY THE COMPANY OTHER THAN FOR DEATH, DISABILITY OR CAUSE .

 

(a)          If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than Executive’s death or Disability or for Cause (a “Qualifying Termination”) then (i) the Company shall pay to Executive an amount equal to twelve (12) months of Base Salary, which amount shall be payable in equal, biweekly installments (or, if different, in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice as in effect from time to time) during the twelve (12)-month period following such Qualifying Termination (the “Severance Period”); and (ii) the Company shall pay Executive within thirty (30) days of the date of such Qualifying Termination in a lump sum in cash any Accrued Obligations (as defined below) (together, the “Severance Payments”). The payment to Executive of the Severance Payments shall be subject to Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a general release of the Company and its affiliates, in a form substantially similar to that used for similarly situated executives of the Company and its affiliates (the “Release”), and Executive’s compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 3 hereof. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Severance Payments constitute good and valuable consideration for the Release.

 

(b)         For purposes of this Agreement, the terms “Base Salary”, “Cause” and “Accrued Obligations,” and the phrase “termination by the Company for Disability,” shall have the following meanings:

 

(i)           “Base Salary” shall mean Executive’s Base Salary as in effect from time to time during her employment by the Company;

 

(ii)          “Accrued Obligations” shall mean the sum of (A) any portion of Executive’s accrued but unpaid Base Salary through the date of death or termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, including a Qualifying Termination; (B) any compensation previously earned but deferred by Executive (together with any interest or earnings thereon) that has not yet been paid and that is not otherwise to be paid at a later date pursuant to

 



 

the executive deferred compensation plan of the Company, if any, and (C) any reimbursements that Executive is entitled to receive in accordance with applicable Company policies in effect from time to time;

 

(iii)         “Cause” shall mean: (A) the plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or conviction for, the commission of a felony offense by Executive; (B)   a material breach by Executive of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company; (C) a material breach by Executive of any of the covenants made by Executive in Section 3 hereof; (D) the willful or gross neglect by Executive of her material duties; or (E) a violation by Executive of any Company policy pertaining to ethics, wrongdoing or conflicts of interest; and

 

(iv)        “termination by the Company for Disability” shall mean the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company following (A) Executive’s absence from the full-time performance of her duties with the Company for a period of four (4) consecutive months as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness (“Disability”) and (B) Executive’s failure to return to the full-time performance of her duties within thirty (30) days after written notice is provided to Executive by the Company.

 

(c)          Upon any termination of Executive’s employment other than a Qualifying Termination, the Company shall have no obligations hereunder, except for the payment of any Accrued Obligations.

 

2.           OFFSET. If Executive obtains other employment during the Severance Period, the amount of any remaining Severance Payments to be provided to Executive shall be reduced by the amount of compensation and benefits earned by Executive from such other employment through the end of the Severance Period. For purposes of this Section 2, Executive shall have an obligation to inform the Company regarding Executive’s employment status following a Qualifying Termination and during the Severance Period.

 

3.           RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS .

 

(a)          CONFIDENTIALITY . Executive acknowledges that, during her employment by the Company, Executive will occupy a position of trust and confidence. The Company and/or its affiliates shall provide Executive with “Confidential Information” as referred to below. Executive shall not, except as may be required to perform Executive’s duties or as required by applicable law, without limitation in time, communicate, divulge, disseminate, disclose to others or otherwise use, whether directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information regarding the Company and/or any of affiliates.

 

“Confidential Information” shall mean information about the Company or any of its affiliates, and their respective businesses, employees, consultants, contractors, clients and customers that is not disclosed by the Company or any of its affiliates for financial reporting purposes or otherwise generally made available to the public (other than by Executive’s breach of the terms hereof) and that was learned or developed by Executive in the course of her employment by the Company or any of its affiliates, including (without limitation) any proprietary knowledge, trade secrets, data, formulae, information and client and customer lists

 

2



 

and all papers, resumes, and records (including computer records) of the documents containing such Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information is specialized, unique in nature and of great value to the Company and its affiliates, and that such information gives the Company and its affiliates a competitive advantage. Executive agrees to deliver or return to the Company, at the Company’s request at any time or upon termination of Executive’s employment or as soon thereafter as possible, all documents, computer tapes and disks, records, lists, data, drawings, prints, notes and written information (and all copies thereof) furnished by the Company and its affiliates or prepared by Executive in the course of Executive’s employment by the Company and its affiliates. As used in this Agreement, “subsidiaries” and “affiliates” shall mean any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

 

(b)         NON-COMPETITION . In consideration of the Company’s obligation to make the Severance Payments under certain circumstances (as described in Section 1(a) above) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by Executive, Executive hereby agrees and covenants that, during Executive’s employment by the Company and for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter (the “Restricted Period”), Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, engage in or become associated with a Competitive Activity. For purposes of this Agreement, (i) “Competitive Activity” means any business or other endeavor involving Similar Products if such business or endeavor is in a country (including the United States) in which the Company (or any of its businesses) provides or planned to provide during Executive’s employment by the Company such Similar Products and (ii) “Similar Products” means (A) any time share or vacation ownership exchange service or program (the “Exchange Business”); (B) any travel agency, club or service that provides such services to anyone engaged in the Exchange Business or their members; (C) any travel agency, club or service that is competitive with the Company’s travel and leisure membership programs, including, but not limited to, the Interval Gold, Leisure Time Passport or LiveItUp membership programs; (D)   hotel management or vacation condominium, hotel condominium, timeshare or rental property management services; or (E) any other products or services that are the same or similar to any of the types of products or services that the Company (or any of its businesses) provides, has provided or planned to provide during Executive’s employment by the Company. The provisions of subsections (b)(ii)(B) through (E) shall only apply if Executive has provided services on behalf of the Company or its affiliates in direct support of the businesses described in such subsections.

 

Executive shall be considered to have become “associated with a Competitive Activity” if Executive becomes directly or indirectly involved as an owner, principal, employee, officer, director, independent contractor, representative, stockholder, financial backer, agent, partner, member, advisor, lender, consultant or in any other individual or representative capacity with any individual, partnership, corporation or other organization that is engaged in a Competitive Activity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may make and retain investments during the Restricted Period, for investment purposes only, in less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding capital stock of any publicly-traded corporation engaged in a Competitive Activity if the stock of such corporation is either listed on a national stock exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market System if Executive is not otherwise affiliated with such corporation.

 

3



 

Executive acknowledges that Executive’s covenants under this Section 3(b) are a material inducement to the Company’s entering into this Agreement.

 

(c)          NON-SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES . For a period of thirty-six (36) months following Executive’s termination of employment for any reason, Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, directly or indirectly, hire or solicit or recruit any employee of the Company, or any of its affiliates with whom Executive has had direct contact during her employment by the Company, in all cases, for the purpose of being employed by Executive or by any business, individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity on whose behalf Executive is acting as an agent, representative or employee and that Executive will not convey any Confidential Information or trade secrets about employees of the Company or any of its affiliates to any other person except within the scope of Executive’s duties.

 

(d)         NON-SOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS . During the Restricted Period, Executive shall not solicit any customers of the Company or any of its affiliates or encourage (regardless of who initiates the contact) any such customers to use the facilities or services of any competitor of the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

(e)          PROPRIETARY RIGHTS; ASSIGNMENT . All Employee Developments (defined below) shall be considered works made for hire by Executive for the Company or, as applicable, its affiliates, and Executive agrees that all rights of any kind in any Employee Developments belong exclusively to the Company. In order to permit the Company to exploit such Employee Developments, Executive shall promptly and fully report all such Employee Developments to the Company. Except in furtherance of her obligations as an employee of the Company, Executive shall not use or reproduce any portion of any record associated with any Employee Development without prior written consent of the Company or, as applicable, its affiliates. Executive agrees that in the event actions of Executive are required to ensure that such rights belong to the Company under applicable laws, Executive will cooperate and take whatever such actions are reasonably requested by the Company, whether during or after her employment by the Company, and without the need for separate or additional compensation.

 

“Employee Developments” means any idea, know-how, discovery, invention, design, method, technique, improvement, enhancement, development, computer program, machine, algorithm or other work of authorship, whether developed, conceived or reduced to practice during or following Executive’s employment by the Company, that (i) concerns or relates to the actual or anticipated business, research or development activities, or operations of the Company or any of its affiliates, or (ii) results from or is suggested by any undertaking assigned to Executive or work performed by Executive for or on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates, whether created alone or with others, during or after working hours, or (iii) uses, incorporates or is based on Company equipment, supplies, facilities, trade secrets or inventions of any form or type. All Confidential Information and all Employee Developments are and shall remain the sole property of the Company or any of its affiliates. Executive shall acquire no proprietary interest in any Confidential Information or Employee Developments developed or acquired her employment by the Company. To the extent Executive may, by operation of law or otherwise, acquire any right, title or interest in or to any Confidential Information or Employee Development, Executive hereby assigns and covenants to assign to the Company all such

 

4



 

proprietary rights without the need for a separate writing or additional compensation. Executive shall, both during and after her employment by the Company, upon the Company’s request, promptly execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Company all such assignments, confirmations of assignment, certificates, and instruments, and shall promptly perform such other acts, as the Company may from time to time in its discretion deem necessary or desirable to evidence, establish, maintain, perfect, enforce or defend the Company’s rights in Confidential Information and Employee Developments.

 

4.          NOTICES . All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given by first-class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, or by hand delivery, or by overnight delivery by a nationally recognized carrier, in each case to the applicable address set forth below, and any such notice is deemed effectively given when received by the recipient (of if receipt is refused by the recipient, when so refused):

 

If to the
Company:

 

Interval Acquisition Corp.

 

 

c/o Interval International, Inc.

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

6262 Sunset Drive

 

 

Miami, Florida 33143

 

 

 

If to Executive:

 

At the most recent address on file at the Company.

 

Either party may change such party’s address for notices by notice duly given pursuant hereto.

 

5.           GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION . This Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto (including, without limitation, any dispute arising out of or related to this Agreement) shall be governed by and construed under and in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Florida without reference to its principles of conflicts of laws. Any such dispute will be heard and determined before an appropriate federal court located in the State of Florida in Miami-Dade County, or, if not maintainable therein, then in an appropriate Florida state court located in Miami-Dade County, and each party hereto submits itself and its property to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the foregoing courts with respect to such disputes. Each party hereto (i) agrees that service of process may be made by mailing a copy of any relevant document to the address of the party set forth above, (ii) waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the courts referred to above on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise as regards any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement, (iii) waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue in the courts referred to above as regards any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement and (iv) agrees that a judgment or order of any court referred to above in connection with any dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or related to this Agreement is conclusive and binding on it and may be enforced against it in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

6.           SECTION 409A OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE . This Agreement is not intended to constitute a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of

 

5



 

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations issued thereunder (“Section 409A”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Agreement or any amounts or benefits payable to Executive hereunder is subject to Section 409A and if the Executive is a “Specified Employee” (as defined under Section 409A) as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment, then the payment of such amounts or benefits, if any, scheduled to be paid by the Company to Executive hereunder during the first twelve (12) month period beginning on the date of a termination of employment shall be delayed during such six (6) month period and shall commence immediately following the end of such twelve (12) month period (and, if applicable, the period in which such payments were scheduled to be made if not for such delay shall be extended accordingly). In no event shall the Company be required to pay Executive any “gross-up” or other payment with respect to any taxes or penalties imposed under Section 409A with respect to any amounts or benefits paid to Executive hereunder.

 

7.           SURVIVAL OF PROVISIONS . The obligations contained in Section 3 shall, to the extent provided in Section 3, survive a Qualifying Termination and, as applicable, shall be fully enforceable thereafter in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. If it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any restriction in Section 3 is excessive in duration or scope or is unreasonable or unenforceable under applicable law, it is the intention of the parties that such restriction may be modified or amended by the court to render it enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

 

8.           TERMINATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and, as of the Effective Date, terminates and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. Executive acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has made, and is not making, and in executing this Agreement, Executive has not relied upon, any representations, promises or inducements except to the extent the same is expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

9.           ASSIGNMENT; SUCCESSORS . This Agreement is personal in its nature and none of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the others, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, that the Company may assign this Agreement to, or allow any of its obligations to be fulfilled by, or take actions through, any affiliate of the Company and, in the event of the merger, consolidation, transfer, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Transaction”) with or to any other individual or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder, and in the event of any such assignment or Transaction, all references herein to the “Company” shall refer to the Company’s assignee or successor hereunder.

 

10.         WITHHOLDING . The Company shall make such deductions and withhold such amounts from each payment and benefit made or provided to Executive hereunder, as may be required from time to time by applicable law, governmental regulation or order.

 

6



 

11.         COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

12.         HEADING REFERENCES . Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

 

13.         REMEDIES FOR BREACH . Executive expressly agrees and understands that Executive will notify the Company in writing of any alleged breach of this Agreement by the Company, and the Company will have thirty (30) days from receipt of Executive’s notice to cure any such breach. Executive expressly agrees and understands that in the event of a Qualifying Termination, the Company’s contractual obligations to Executive shall be fulfilled through compliance with its obligations under Section 1 of this Agreement.

 

Executive expressly agrees and understands that the remedy at law for any breach by Executive of Section 3 of this Agreement will be inadequate and that damages flowing from such breach are not usually susceptible to being measured in monetary terms. Accordingly, it is acknowledged that, upon Executive’s violation of any provision of Section 3, the Company shall be entitled to obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction immediate injunctive relief and obtain a temporary order restraining any threatened or further breach as well as an equitable accounting of all profits or benefits arising out of such violation. Nothing shall be deemed to limit the Company’s remedies at law or in equity for any breach by Executive of any of the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 3, which may be pursued by or available to the Company.

 

14.         WAIVER; MODIFICATION . Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right or power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times. This Agreement shall not be modified in any respect except by a writing executed by each party hereto.

 

15.         SEVERABILITY . In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any portion of this Agreement is in violation of any law or public policy, only the portions of this Agreement that violate such law or public policy shall be stricken. All portions of this Agreement that do not violate any statute or public policy shall continue in full force and effect. Further, any court order striking any portion of this Agreement shall modify the stricken terms as narrowly as possible to give as much effect as possible to the intentions of the parties under this Agreement.

 

[The Signature Page Follows]

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer and Executive has executed and delivered this Agreement on this 31st day of July, 2008.

 

 

Interval Acquisition Corp.

 

 

 

/s/ Craig M. Nash

 

By:

Craig M. Nash

 

Title:

President and

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Victoria J. Kincke

 

Victoria J. Kincke

 

8




Exhibit  10.10

 

INTERVAL LEISURE GROUP, INC.
2008 STOCK AND ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN

 

SECTION 1.  Purpose; Definition

 

The purpose of this Plan is (a) to give the Company a competitive advantage in attracting, retaining and motivating officers, employees, directors and/or consultants and to provide the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates with a stock and incentive plan providing incentives directly linked to stockholder value and (b) to assume and govern other awards pursuant to the adjustment of awards granted under any IAC Long Term Incentive Plan (as defined in the Employee Matters Agreement) in accordance with the terms of the Employee Matters Agreement (“ Adjusted Awards ”). Certain terms used herein have definitions given to them in the first place in which they are used. In addition, for purposes of this Plan, the following terms are defined as set forth below:

 

(a)  “ Affiliate ” means a corporation or other entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with, the Company.

 

(b)  “ Applicable Exchange ” means Nasdaq or such other securities exchange as may at the applicable time be the principal market for the Common Stock.

 

(c)  “ Award ” means an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, or other stock-based award granted or assumed pursuant to the terms of this Plan, including Adjusted Awards.

 

(d)  “ Award Agreement ” means a written or electronic document or agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of a specific Award.

 

(e)  “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall have the meaning given in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

(f)  “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(g)  “ Bonus Award ” means a bonus award made pursuant to Section 9.

 

(h)  “ Cause ” means, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, (i) “Cause” as defined in any Individual Agreement to which the applicable Participant is a party, or (ii) if there is no such Individual Agreement or if it does not define Cause:  (A) the willful or gross neglect by a Participant of his employment duties; (B) the plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or conviction for, the commission of a felony offense by a Participant; (C) a material breach by a Participant of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (D) a material breach by a Participant of any nondisclosure, non-solicitation or non-competition obligation owed to the Company or any of its Affiliates; or (E) before a Change in Control, such other events as shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in a Participant’s Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the general rule of Section 2(c), following a Change in Control, any determination by the Committee as to whether “Cause” exists shall be subject to de novo review.

 

1



 

(i)  “ Change in Control ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(c).

 

(j)  “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto, the Treasury Regulations thereunder and other relevant interpretive guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service or the Treasury Department.  Reference to any specific section of the Code shall be deemed to include such regulations and guidance, as well as any successor provision of the Code.

 

(k)  “ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

 

(l)  “ Committee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

 

(m)  “ Common Stock ” means common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

(n)  “ Company ” means Interval Leisure Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its successor.

 

(o)  “ Disability ” means (i) “Disability” as defined in any Individual Agreement to which the Participant is a party, or (ii) if there is no such Individual Agreement or it does not define “Disability,” (A) permanent and total disability as determined under the Company’s long-term disability plan applicable to the Participant, or (B) if there is no such plan applicable to the Participant or the Committee determines otherwise in an applicable Award Agreement, “Disability” as determined by the Committee.  Notwithstanding the above, with respect to an Incentive Stock Option, Disability shall mean Permanent and Total Disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code and, with respect to all Awards, to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code, “disability” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(p)  “ Disaffiliation ” means a Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s ceasing to be a Subsidiary or Affiliate for any reason (including, without limitation, as a result of a public offering, or a spinoff or sale by the Company, of the stock of the Subsidiary or Affiliate) or a sale of a division of the Company and its Affiliates.

 

(q)  “ EBITA ” means for any period, operating profit (loss) plus (i) amortization, including goodwill impairment, (ii) amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing expense and non-cash compensation expense, (iii) restructuring charges, (iv) non-cash write-downs of assets or goodwill, (v) charges relating to disposal of lines of business, (vi) litigation settlement amounts and (vii) costs incurred for proposed and completed acquisitions.

 

(r)  “ EBITDA ” means for any period, operating profit (loss) plus (i) depreciation and amortization, including goodwill impairment, (ii) amortization of non-cash distribution and marketing expense and non-cash compensation expense, (iii) restructuring charges, (iv) non-cash write-downs of assets or goodwill, (v) charges relating to disposal of lines of business, (vi) litigation settlement amounts and (vii) costs incurred for proposed and completed acquisitions.

 

(s)  “ Eligible Individuals ” means directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and prospective employees and consultants who

 

2



 

have accepted offers of employment or consultancy from the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

(t)  “ Employee Matters Agreement ” means the Employee Matters Agreement by and among IAC, Ticketmaster, Interval Leisure Group, Inc., HSN, Inc. and Tree.com, Inc.

 

(u)  “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

 

(v)  “ Fair Market Value ” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the closing price of a share of Common Stock on the Applicable Exchange on the date of measurement, or if Shares were not traded on the Applicable Exchange on such measurement date, then on the next preceding date on which Shares were traded, all as reported by such source as the Committee may select. If the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in its good faith discretion, taking into account, to the extent appropriate, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(w)  “ Free-Standing SAR ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b).

 

(x)  “ Grant Date ” means (i) the date on which the Committee by resolution selects an Eligible Individual to receive a grant of an Award and determines the number of Shares to be subject to such Award or the formula for earning a number of shares or cash amount, (ii) such later date as the Committee shall provide in such resolution or (iii) the initial date on which an Adjusted Award was granted under the IAC Long Term Incentive Plan.

 

(y)  “ Group ” shall have the meaning given in Section 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

 

(z)  IAC ” means IAC/InterActiveCorp, a Delaware corporation.

 

(aa)  “ Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option that is designated in the applicable Award Agreement as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, and that in fact so qualifies.

 

(bb)  “ Individual Agreement ” means an employment, consulting or similar agreement between a Participant and the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

(cc)  “ Nasdaq ” means the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. Automated Quotation System.

 

(dd)  “ Nonqualified Option ” means any Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(ee)  “ Option ” means an Award granted under Section 5.

 

(ff)  “ Participant ” means an Eligible Individual to whom an Award is or has been granted.

 

3



 

(gg)  “ Performance Goals ” means the performance goals established by the Committee in connection with the grant of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Bonus Awards or other stock-based awards. In the case of Qualified-Performance Based Awards, (i) such goals shall be based on the attainment of one or any combination of the following: specified levels of earnings per share from continuing operations, net profit after tax, EBITDA, EBITA, gross profit, cash generation, unit volume, market share, sales, asset quality, earnings per share, operating income, revenues, return on assets, return on operating assets, return on equity, profits, total stockholder return (measured in terms of stock price appreciation and/or dividend growth), cost saving levels, marketing-spending efficiency, core non-interest income, change in working capital, return on capital, and/or stock price, with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary, Affiliate, division or department of the Company and (ii) such Performance Goals shall be set by the Committee within the time period prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code and related regulations. Such Performance Goals also may be based upon the attaining of specified levels of Company, Subsidiary, Affiliate or divisional performance under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other entities, divisions or subsidiaries.

 

(hh)  “ Plan ” means this Ticket 2008 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as hereafter amended from time to time.

 

(ii)  “ Plan Year ” means the calendar year or, with respect to Bonus Awards, the Company’s fiscal year if different.

 

(jj)  “ Qualified Performance-Based Award ” means an Award intended to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption, as provided in Section 11.

 

(kk)  “ Restricted Stock ” means an Award granted under Section 6.

 

(ll)  “ Restricted Stock Units ” means an Award granted under Section 7.

 

(mm)  “ Resulting Voting Power ” shall mean the outstanding combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or equivalent governing body, if applicable) of the entity resulting from a Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries).

 

(nn)  “ Retirement ” means retirement from active employment with the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate at or after the Participant’s attainment of age 65.

 

(oo)  “ Section 162(m) Exemption ” means the exemption from the limitation on deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code that is set forth in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

 

(pp)  “ Separation ” has the meaning set forth in the Employee Matters Agreement.

 

(qq)  “ Share ” means a share of Common Stock.

 

(rr)  “ Stock Appreciation Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b).

 

4



 

(ss)  “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity during any period in which at least a 50% voting or profits interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any successor to the Company.

 

(tt)  “ Tandem SAR ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b).

 

(uu)  “ Term ” means the maximum period during which an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may remain outstanding, subject to earlier termination upon Termination of Employment or otherwise, as specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(vv)  “ Termination of Employment ” means the termination of the applicable Participant’s employment with, or performance of services for, the Company and any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if a Participant’s employment with, or membership on a board of directors of the Company and its Affiliates terminates but such Participant continues to provide services to the Company and its Affiliates in a non-employee director capacity or as an employee, as applicable, such change in status shall not be deemed a Termination of Employment. A Participant employed by, or performing services for, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate or a division of the Company and its Affiliates shall be deemed to incur a Termination of Employment if, as a result of a Disaffiliation, such Subsidiary, Affiliate, or division ceases to be a Subsidiary, Affiliate or division, as the case may be, and the Participant does not immediately thereafter become an employee of (or service provider for), or member of the board of directors of, the Company or another Subsidiary or Affiliate. Temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation or leave of absence and transfers among the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates shall not be considered Terminations of Employment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, “Termination of Employment” shall mean a “separation from service” as defined under Section 409A of the Code.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Separation shall not constitute a Termination of Employment for purposes of any Adjusted Award.

 

SECTION 2.  Administration

 

(a)  Committee .  The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee of the Board as the Board may from time to time designate (the “Committee”), which shall be composed of not less than two directors, and shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Committee shall, subject to Section 11, have plenary authority to grant Awards pursuant to the terms of the Plan to Eligible Individuals. Among other things, the Committee shall have the authority, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Employee Matters Agreement (including the original terms of the grant of the Adjusted Award):

 

(i)  to select the Eligible Individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

 

(ii)  to determine whether and to what extent Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, other stock-based awards, or any combination thereof, are to be granted hereunder;

 

5



 

(iii)  to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

 

(iv)  to determine the terms and conditions of each Award granted hereunder, based on such factors as the Committee shall determine;

 

(v)  subject to Section 12, to modify, amend or adjust the terms and conditions of any Award;

 

(vi)  to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall from time to time deem advisable;

 

(vii)  subject to Section 11, to accelerate the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any outstanding Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;

 

(viii)  to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any agreement relating thereto);

 

(ix)  to establish any “blackout” period that the Committee in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable;

 

(x)  to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, and other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under this Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant;

 

(xi)  to decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award; and

 

(xii)  to otherwise administer the Plan.

 

(b)  Procedures .

 

(i)  The Committee may act only by a majority of its members then in office, except that the Committee may, except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the listing standards of the Applicable Exchange and subject to Section 11, allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it.

 

(ii)  Subject to Section 11(c), any authority granted to the Committee may also be exercised by the full Board. To the extent that any permitted action taken by the Board conflicts with action taken by the Committee, the Board action shall control.

 

(c)  Discretion of Committee .  Subject to Section 1(h), any determination made by the Committee or by an appropriately delegated officer pursuant to delegated authority under the provisions of the Plan with respect to any Award shall be made in the sole discretion of the Committee or such delegate at the time of the grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan, at any time thereafter. All decisions made by the Committee or any

 

6



 

appropriately delegated officer pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company, Participants, and Eligible Individuals.

 

(d)  Award Agreements .  The terms and conditions of each Award, as determined by the Committee, shall be set forth in an Award Agreement, which shall be delivered to the Participant receiving such Award upon, or as promptly as is reasonably practicable following, the grant of such Award. The effectiveness of an Award shall not be subject to the Award Agreement’s being signed by the Company and/or the Participant receiving the Award unless specifically so provided in the Award Agreement. Award Agreements may be amended only in accordance with Section 12 hereof.

 

SECTION 3.  Common Stock Subject to Plan

 

(a)  Plan Maximums .  The maximum number of Shares that may be delivered pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be the sum of (a) the number of Shares that may be issuable upon exercise or vesting of the Adjusted Awards and (b) 5,000,000. The maximum number of Shares that may be granted pursuant to Options intended to be Incentive Stock Options shall be 3,333,333 Shares.  Shares subject to an Award under the Plan may be authorized and unissued Shares or may be treasury Shares.

 

(b)  Individual Limits .  No Participant may be granted Awards covering in excess of 1,466,666 Shares during the term of the Plan; provided that Adjusted Awards shall not be subject to this limitation.

 

(c)  Rules for Calculating Shares Delivered .

 

(i)  With respect to Awards other than Adjusted Awards, to the extent that any Award is forfeited, or any Option and the related Tandem SAR (if any) or Free-Standing SAR terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, or any Award is settled for cash, the Shares subject to such Awards not delivered as a result thereof shall again be available for Awards under the Plan.

 

(ii)  With respect to Awards other than Adjusted Awards, if the exercise price of any Option and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to any Award are satisfied by delivering Shares to the Company (by either actual delivery or by attestation), only the number of Shares issued net of the Shares delivered or attested to shall be deemed delivered for purposes of the limits set forth in Section 3(a). To the extent any Shares subject to an Award are withheld to satisfy the exercise price (in the case of an Option) and/or the tax withholding obligations relating to such Award, such Shares shall not be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of the limits set forth in Section 3(a).

 

(d)  Adjustment Provision .  In the event of a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or shares, stock rights offering, liquidation, Disaffiliation, or similar event affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (each, a “Corporate Transaction”), the Committee or the Board may in its discretion make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the Plan, (ii) the various maximum limitations set forth in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) upon certain types of Awards and upon the grants to individuals of certain types of Awards,

 

7


 

(iii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to outstanding Awards; and (iv) the exercise price of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. In the event of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, separation, spinoff, reorganization, extraordinary dividend of cash or other property, share combination, or recapitalization or similar event affecting the capital structure of the Company (each, a “Share Change”), the Committee or the Board shall make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares or other securities reserved for issuance and delivery under the Plan, (ii) the various maximum limitations set forth in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) upon certain types of Awards and upon the grants to individuals of certain types of Awards, (iii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to outstanding Awards; and (iv) the exercise price of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. In the case of Corporate Transactions, such adjustments may include, without limitation, (1) the cancellation of outstanding Awards in exchange for payments of cash, property or a combination thereof having an aggregate value equal to the value of such Awards, as determined by the Committee or the Board in its sole discretion (it being understood that in the case of a Corporate Transaction with respect to which stockholders of Common Stock receive consideration other than publicly traded equity securities of the ultimate surviving entity, any such determination by the Committee that the value of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall for this purpose be deemed to equal the excess, if any, of the value of the consideration being paid for each Share pursuant to such Corporate Transaction over the exercise price of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall conclusively be deemed valid); (2) the substitution of other property (including, without limitation, cash or other securities of the Company and securities of entities other than the Company) for the Shares subject to outstanding Awards; and (3) in connection with any Disaffiliation, arranging for the assumption of Awards, or replacement of Awards with new awards based on other property or other securities (including, without limitation, other securities of the Company and securities of entities other than the Company), by the affected Subsidiary, Affiliate, or division or by the entity that controls such Subsidiary, Affiliate, or division following such Disaffiliation (as well as any corresponding adjustments to Awards that remain based upon Company securities). The Committee may adjust in its sole discretion the Performance Goals applicable to any Awards to reflect any Share Change and any Corporate Transaction and any unusual or non-recurring events and other extraordinary items, impact of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations, and the cumulative effects of accounting or tax changes, each as defined by generally accepted accounting principles or as identified in the Company’s financial statements, notes to the financial statements, management’s discussion and analysis or the Company’s other SEC filings,  provided that in the case of Performance Goals applicable to any Qualified Performance-Based Awards, such adjustment does not violate Section 162(m) of the Code.  Any adjustment under this Section 3(d) need not be the same for all Participants.

 

(e)  Section 409A .  Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) any adjustments made pursuant to Section 3(d) to Awards that are considered “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; (ii) any adjustments made pursuant to Section 3(d) to Awards that are not considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code shall be made in such a manner as to ensure that after such adjustment, the Awards either (A) continue not to be subject to Section 409A of the Code or (B) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; and (iii) in any event, neither the Committee nor the Board shall have the authority to make any adjustments

 

8



 

pursuant to Section 3(d) to the extent the existence of such authority would cause an Award that is not intended to be subject to Section 409A of the Code at the Grant Date to be subject thereto as of the Grant Date.

 

SECTION 4.  Eligibility

 

Awards may be granted under the Plan to Eligible Individuals and, with respect to Adjusted Awards, in accordance with the terms of the Employee Matters Agreement; provided , however , that Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code) and, with respect to Adjusted Awards that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 421 of the Code, in accordance with the terms of the Employee Matters Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.  Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

 

With respect to Adjusted Awards, the provisions below will be applicable only to the extent that they are not inconsistent with the Employee Matters Agreement and the terms of the Adjusted Award assumed under the Employee Matters Agreement:

 

(a)  Types of Options .  Options may be of two types: Incentive Stock Options and Nonqualified Options. The Award Agreement for an Option shall indicate whether the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Option.

 

(b)  Types and Nature of Stock Appreciation Rights .  Stock Appreciation Rights may be “Tandem SARs,” which are granted in conjunction with an Option, or “Free-Standing SARs,” which are not granted in conjunction with an Option. Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash, Shares, or both, in value equal to the product of (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of one Share over the exercise price of the applicable Stock Appreciation Right, multiplied by (ii) the number of Shares in respect of which the Stock Appreciation Right has been exercised. The applicable Award Agreement shall specify whether such payment is to be made in cash or Common Stock or both, or shall reserve to the Committee or the Participant the right to make that determination prior to or upon the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(c)  Tandem SARs .  A Tandem SAR may be granted at the Grant Date of the related Option. A Tandem SAR shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the related Option is exercisable in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5, and shall have the same exercise price as the related Option. A Tandem SAR shall terminate or be forfeited upon the exercise or forfeiture of the related Option, and the related Option shall terminate or be forfeited upon the exercise or forfeiture of the Tandem SAR.

 

(d)  Exercise Price .  The exercise price per Share subject to an Option or Free-Standing SAR shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of the Common Stock on the applicable Grant Date. In no event may any Option or Free-Standing SAR granted under this Plan be amended, other than pursuant to Section 3(d), to decrease the exercise price thereof, be cancelled in conjunction with the grant of any new Option or Free-Standing SAR with a lower

 

9



 

exercise price or otherwise be subject to any action that would be treated, for accounting purposes, as a “repricing” of such Option or Free-Standing SAR, unless such amendment, cancellation, or action is approved by the Company’s stockholders.

 

(e)  Term .  The Term of each Option and each Free-Standing SAR shall be fixed by the Committee, but shall not exceed ten years from the Grant Date.

 

(f)  Vesting and Exercisability .  Except as otherwise provided herein, Options and Free-Standing SARs shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee. If the Committee provides that any Option or Free-Standing SAR will become exercisable only in installments, the Committee may at any time waive such installment exercise provisions, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Committee may determine. In addition, the Committee may at any time accelerate the exercisability of any Option or Free-Standing SAR.

 

(g)  Method of Exercise .  Subject to the provisions of this Section 5, Options and Free-Standing SARs may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time during the applicable Term by giving written notice of exercise to the Company or through the procedures established with the Company’s appointed third-party Option administrator specifying the number of Shares as to which the Option or Free-Standing SAR is being exercised; provided , however , that, unless otherwise permitted by the Committee, any such exercise must be with respect to a portion of the applicable Option or Free-Standing SAR relating to no less than the lesser of the number of Shares then subject to such Option or Free-Standing SAR or 100 Shares. In the case of the exercise of an Option, such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price (which shall equal the product of such number of Shares multiplied by the applicable exercise price) by certified or bank check or such other instrument as the Company may accept. If approved by the Committee, payment, in full or in part, may also be made as follows:

 

(i)  Payments may be made in the form of unrestricted Shares (by delivery of such Shares or by attestation) of the same class as the Common Stock subject to the Option already owned by the Participant (based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Option is exercised); provided , however , that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the right to make a payment in the form of already owned Shares of the same class as the Common Stock subject to the Option may be authorized only at the time the Option is granted.

 

(ii)  To the extent permitted by applicable law, payment may be made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the Company, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds necessary to pay the purchase price, and, if requested, the amount of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes. To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may also provide for Company loans to be made for purposes of the exercise of Options.

 

(iii)  Payment may be made by instructing the Company to withhold a number of Shares having a Fair Market Value (based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the

 

10



 

date the applicable Option is exercised) equal to the product of (A) the exercise price multiplied by (B) the number of Shares in respect of which the Option shall have been exercised.

 

(h)  Delivery; Rights of Stockholders .  No Shares shall be delivered pursuant to the exercise of an Option until the exercise price therefor has been fully paid and applicable taxes have been withheld. The applicable Participant shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company holding the class or series of Common Stock that is subject to the Option or Stock Appreciation Right (including, if applicable, the right to vote the applicable Shares and the right to receive dividends), when the Participant (i) has given written notice of exercise, (ii) if requested, has given the representation described in Section 14(a), and (iii) in the case of an Option, has paid in full for such Shares.

 

(i)  Terminations of Employment .  Subject to Section 10, a Participant’s Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall be forfeited upon such Participant’s Termination of Employment, except as set forth below:

 

(i)  Upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment by reason of death, any Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by the Participant that was exercisable immediately before the Termination of Employment may be exercised at any time until the earlier of (A) the first anniversary of the date of such death and (B) the expiration of the Term thereof;

 

(ii)  Upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment by reason of Disability or Retirement, any Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by the Participant that was exercisable immediately before the Termination of Employment may be exercised at any time until the earlier of (A) the first anniversary of such Termination of Employment and (B) the expiration of the Term thereof;

 

(iii)  Upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment for Cause, any Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by the Participant shall be forfeited, effective as of such Termination of Employment;

 

(iv)  Upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement or for Cause, any Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by the Participant that was exercisable immediately before the Termination of Employment may be exercised at any time until the earlier of (A) the 90th day following such Termination of Employment and (B) expiration of the Term thereof; and

 

(v)  Notwithstanding the above provisions of this Section 5(i), if a Participant dies after such Participant’s Termination of Employment but while any Option or Stock Appreciation Right remains exercisable as set forth above, such Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised at any time until the later of (A) the earlier of (1) the first anniversary of the date of such death and (2) expiration of the Term thereof and (B) the last date on which such Option or Stock Appreciation Right would have been exercisable, absent this Section 5(i)(v).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have the power, in its discretion, to apply different rules concerning the consequences of a Termination of Employment; provided , however , that if such rules are less favorable to the Participant than those set forth above, such rules are set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. If an Incentive Stock Option is exercised

 

11



 

after the expiration of the exercise periods that apply for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, such Option will thereafter be treated as a Nonqualified Option.

 

(j)  Nontransferability of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights .  No Option or Free-Standing SAR shall be transferable by a Participant other than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or (ii) in the case of a Nonqualified Option or Free-Standing SAR, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or as otherwise expressly permitted by the Committee including, if so permitted, pursuant to a transfer to the Participant’s family members or to a charitable organization, whether directly or indirectly or by means of a trust or partnership or otherwise. For purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, “family member” shall have the meaning given to such term in General Instructions A.1(a)(5) to Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto. A Tandem SAR shall be transferable only with the related Option as permitted by the preceding sentence. Any Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable, subject to the terms of this Plan, only by the applicable Participant, the guardian or legal representative of such Participant, or any person to whom such Option or Stock Appreciation Right is permissibly transferred pursuant to this Section 5(j), it being understood that the term “Participant” includes such guardian, legal representative and other transferee; provided , however , that the term “Termination of Employment” shall continue to refer to the Termination of Employment of the original Participant.

 

SECTION 6.  Restricted Stock

 

With respect to Adjusted Awards, the provisions below will be applicable only to the extent that they are not inconsistent with the Employee Matters Agreement and the terms of the Adjusted Award assumed under the Employee Matters Agreement:

 

(a)  Nature of Awards and Certificates .  Shares of Restricted Stock are actual Shares issued to a Participant, and shall be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of one or more stock certificates. Any certificate issued in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the applicable Participant and, in the case of Restricted Stock, shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award, substantially in the following form:

 

“The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of the Interval Leisure Group, Inc. 2008 Stock and Annual Incentive Plan and an Award Agreement. Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file at the offices of Interval Leisure Group, Inc., 6262 Sunset Drive, Miami FL, 33143.”

 

The Committee may require that the certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Stock, the applicable Participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Common Stock covered by such Award.

 

(b)  Terms and Conditions .  Shares of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

12



 

(i)  The Committee shall, prior to or at the time of grant, condition the vesting or transferability of an Award of Restricted Stock upon the continued service of the applicable Participant or the attainment of Performance Goals, or the attainment of Performance Goals and the continued service of the applicable Participant. In the event that the Committee conditions the grant or vesting of an Award of Restricted Stock upon the attainment of Performance Goals or the attainment of Performance Goals and the continued service of the applicable Participant, the Committee may, prior to or at the time of grant, designate such an Award as a Qualified Performance-Based Award. The conditions for grant, vesting, or transferability and the other provisions of Restricted Stock Awards (including without limitation any Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

 

(ii)  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, during the period, if any, set by the Committee, commencing with the date of such Restricted Stock Award for which such vesting restrictions apply and until the expiration of such vesting restrictions (the “Restriction Period”), the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber Shares of Restricted Stock.

 

(iii)  Except as provided in this Section 6 and in the applicable Award Agreement, the applicable Participant shall have, with respect to the Shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company holding the class or series of Common Stock that is the subject of the Restricted Stock, including, if applicable, the right to vote the Shares and the right to receive any cash dividends. If so determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement and subject to Section 14(e), (A) cash dividends on the class or series of Common Stock that is the subject of the Restricted Stock Award shall be automatically deferred and reinvested in additional Restricted Stock, held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock, and (B) subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 3(d), dividends payable in Common Stock shall be paid in the form of Restricted Stock of the same class as the Common Stock with which such dividend was paid, held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock.

 

(iv)  Except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment for any reason during the Restriction Period, all Shares of Restricted Stock still subject to restriction shall be forfeited by such Participant; provided , however , that subject to Section 11(b), the Committee shall have the discretion to waive, in whole or in part, any or all remaining restrictions with respect to any or all of such Participant’s Shares of Restricted Stock.

 

(v)  If and when any applicable Performance Goals are satisfied and the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Shares of Restricted Stock for which legended certificates have been issued, unlegended certificates for such Shares shall be delivered to the Participant upon surrender of the legended certificates.

 

SECTION 7.  Restricted Stock Units

 

With respect to Adjusted Awards, the provisions below will be applicable only to the extent that they are not inconsistent with the Employee Matters Agreement and the terms of the Adjusted Award assumed under the Employee Matters Agreement:

 

13



 

(a)  Nature of Awards .  Restricted Stock Units are Awards denominated in Shares that will be settled, subject to the terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Units, in an amount in cash, Shares or both, based upon the Fair Market Value of a specified number of Shares.

 

(b)  Terms and Conditions .  Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(i)  The Committee shall, prior to or at the time of grant, condition the grant, vesting, or transferability of Restricted Stock Units upon the continued service of the applicable Participant or the attainment of Performance Goals, or the attainment of Performance Goals and the continued service of the applicable Participant. In the event that the Committee conditions the grant or vesting of Restricted Stock Units upon the attainment of Performance Goals or the attainment of Performance Goals and the continued service of the applicable Participant, the Committee may, prior to or at the time of grant, designate such Awards as Qualified Performance-Based Awards. The conditions for grant, vesting or transferability and the other provisions of Restricted Stock Units (including without limitation any Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each Participant. An Award of Restricted Stock Units shall be settled as and when the Restricted Stock Units vest or at a later time specified by the Committee or in accordance with an election of the Participant, if the Committee so permits.

 

(ii)  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, during the period, if any, set by the Committee, commencing with the date of such Restricted Stock Units for which such vesting restrictions apply and until the expiration of such vesting restrictions (the “Restriction Period”), the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber Restricted Stock Units.

 

(iii)  The Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units shall specify whether, to what extent and on what terms and conditions the applicable Participant shall be entitled to receive current or deferred payments of cash, Common Stock or other property corresponding to the dividends payable on the Common Stock (subject to Section 14(e) below).

 

(iv)  Except as otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment for any reason during the Restriction Period, all Restricted Stock Units still subject to restriction shall be forfeited by such Participant; provided , however , that subject to Section 11(b), the Committee shall have the discretion to waive, in whole or in part, any or all remaining restrictions with respect to any or all of such Participant’s Restricted Stock Units.

 

SECTION 8.  Other Stock-Based Awards

 

Other Awards of Common Stock and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based upon or settled in, Common Stock, including (without limitation), unrestricted stock, performance units, dividend equivalents, and convertible debentures, may be granted under the Plan.

 

14


 

SECTION 9.  Bonus Awards

 

(a)  Determination of Awards .  The Committee shall determine the total amount of Bonus Awards for each Plan Year or such shorter performance period as the Committee may establish in its sole discretion. Prior to the beginning of the Plan Year or such shorter performance period as the Committee may establish in its sole discretion (or such later date as may be prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall establish Performance Goals for Bonus Awards for the Plan Year or such shorter period; provided , that such Performance Goals may be established at a later date for Participants who are not “covered employees” (within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code). Bonus amounts payable to any individual Participant with respect to a Plan Year will be limited to a maximum of $10 million. For performance periods that are shorter than a Plan Year, such $10 million maximum may be pro-rated if so determined by the Committee.

 

(b)  Payment of Awards .  Bonus Awards under the Plan shall be paid in cash or in shares of Common Stock (valued at Fair Market Value as of the date of payment) as determined by the Committee, as soon as practicable following the close of the Plan Year or such shorter performance period as the Committee may establish. It is intended that a Bonus Award will be paid no later than the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third month following the later of: (i) the end of the Participant’s taxable year in which the requirements for such Bonus Award have been satisfied by the Participant or (ii) the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the requirements for such Bonus Award have been satisfied by the Participant.  The Committee may at its option establish procedures pursuant to which Participants are permitted to defer the receipt of Bonus Awards payable hereunder. The Bonus Award for any Plan Year or such shorter performance period to any Participant may be reduced or eliminated by the Committee in its discretion.

 

SECTION 10.  Change in Control Provisions

 

(a)  Adjusted Awards .  With respect to all Adjusted Awards, subject to paragraph (e) of this Section 10, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment, during the two-year period following a Change in Control, by the Company other than for Cause or Disability or by the Participant for Good Reason (as defined below):

 

(i)  any Options outstanding as of such Termination of Employment which were outstanding as of the date of such Change in Control shall be fully exercisable and vested and shall remain exercisable until the later of (i) the last date on which such Option would be exercisable in the absence of this Section 10(a) and (ii) the earlier of (A) the first anniversary of such Change in Control and (B) expiration of the Term of such Option;

 

(ii)  the restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to any Restricted Stock shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock outstanding as of such Termination of Employment which were outstanding as of the date of such Change in Control shall become free of all restrictions and become fully vested and transferable; and

 

(iii)  all Restricted Stock Units outstanding as of such Termination of Employment which were outstanding as of the date of such Change in Control shall be considered to be earned and payable in full, and any restrictions shall lapse and such Restricted Stock Units shall be

 

15



 

settled as promptly as is practicable in (subject to Section 3(d)) the form set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(b)  Impact of Event on Awards other than Adjusted Awards.   Subject to paragraph (e) of this Section 10, and paragraph (d) of Section 12, unless otherwise provided in any applicable Award Agreement and except as otherwise provided in paragraph (a) of this Section 10, in connection with a Change of Control, the Committee may make such adjustments and/or settlements of outstanding Awards as it deems appropriate and consistent with the Plan’s purposes, including, without limitation, the acceleration of vesting of Awards either upon a Change of Control or upon various terminations of employment following a Change of Control.  The Committee may provide for such adjustments as a term of the Award or may make such adjustments following the granting of the Award.

 

(c)  Definition of Change in Control .  For purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise provided in an option agreement or other agreement relating to an Award, a “Change in Control” shall mean the happening of any of the following events:

 

(i)  The acquisition by any individual, entity or Group (a “Person”), other than the Company, of Beneficial Ownership of equity securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting power of the then outstanding equity securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that any acquisition that would constitute a Change in Control under this subsection (i) that is also a Business Combination shall be determined exclusively under subsection (iii) below; or

 

(ii)  Individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at such time shall become an Incumbent Director, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

 

(iii)  Consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the purchase of assets or stock of another entity, or other similar corporate transaction (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless immediately following such Business Combination, (A) more than 50% of the Resulting Voting Power shall reside in Outstanding Company Voting Securities retained by the Company’s stockholders in the Business Combination and/or voting securities received by such stockholders in the Business Combination on account of Outstanding Company Voting Securities, and (B) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or equivalent governing body, if applicable) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were Incumbent Directors at the time of the initial agreement, or action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

 

16



 

(iv)  Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Separation shall not constitute a Change in Control.  For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to Adjusted Awards, any reference in an Award Agreement or the applicable IAC Long Term Incentive Plan to a “change in control,” “change of control” or similar definition shall be deemed to refer to a Change of Control hereunder.

 

(d)  For purposes of this Section 10, “Good Reason” means (i) “Good Reason” as defined in any Individual Agreement or Award Agreement to which the applicable Participant is a party, or (ii) if there is no such Individual Agreement or if it does not define Good Reason, without the Participant’s prior written consent: (A) a material reduction in the Participant’s rate of annual base salary from the rate of annual base salary in effect for such Participant immediately prior to the Change in Control, (B) a relocation of the Participant’s principal place of business more than 35 miles from the city in which such Participant’s principal place of business was located immediately prior to the Change in Control or (C) a material and demonstrable adverse change in the nature and scope of the Participant’s duties from those in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.  In order to invoke a Termination of Employment for Good Reason, a Participant shall provide written notice to the Company of the existence of one or more of the conditions described in clauses (A) through (C) within 90 days following the Participant’s knowledge of the initial existence of such condition or conditions, and the Company shall have 30 days following receipt of such written notice (the “Cure Period”) during which it may remedy the condition.  In the event that the Company fails to remedy the condition constituting Good Reason during the Cure Period, the Participant must terminate employment, if at all, within 90 days following the Cure Period in order for such Termination of Employment to constitute a Termination of Employment for Good Reason.

 

(e)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, this Section 10 shall be applicable only to the extent specifically provided in the Award Agreement and as permitted pursuant to Section 14(k).

 

SECTION 11.  Qualified Performance-Based Awards; Section 16(b)

 

(a)  The provisions of this Plan are intended to ensure that all Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted hereunder to any Participant who is or may be a “covered employee” (within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code) in the tax year in which such Option or Stock Appreciation Right is expected to be deductible to the Company qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption, and all such Awards shall therefore be considered Qualified Performance-Based Awards and this Plan shall be interpreted and operated consistent with that intention (including, without limitation, to require that all such Awards be granted by a committee composed solely of members who satisfy the requirements for being “outside directors” for purposes of the Section 162(m) Exemption (“Outside Directors”)). When granting any Award other than an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, the Committee may designate such Award as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, based upon a determination that (i) the recipient is or may be a “covered employee” (within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code) with respect to such Award, and (ii) the Committee wishes such Award to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption, and the terms of any such Award (and of the grant thereof) shall be

 

17



 

consistent with such designation (including, without limitation, that all such Awards be granted by a committee composed solely of Outside Directors).

 

(b)  Each Qualified Performance-Based Award (other than an Option or Stock Appreciation Right) shall be earned, vested and payable (as applicable) only upon the achievement of one or more Performance Goals (as certified in writing by the Committee, except if compensation is attributable solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock), together with the satisfaction of any other conditions, such as continued employment, as the Committee may determine to be appropriate, and no Qualified Performance-Based Award may be amended, nor may the Committee exercise any discretionary authority it may otherwise have under this Plan with respect to a Qualified Performance-Based Award under this Plan, in any manner that would cause the Qualified Performance-Based Award to cease to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption; provided , however , that (i) the Committee may provide, either in connection with the grant of the applicable Award or by amendment thereafter, that achievement of such Performance Goals will be waived upon the death or Disability of the Participant or under any other circumstance with respect to which the existence of such possible waiver will not cause the Award to fail to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption as of the Grant Date, and (ii) the provisions of Section 10 shall apply notwithstanding this Section 11(b).

 

(c)  The full Board shall not be permitted to exercise authority granted to the Committee to the extent that the grant or exercise of such authority would cause an Award designated as a Qualified Performance-Based Award not to qualify for, or to cease to qualify for, the Section 162(m) Exemption.

 

(d)  The provisions of this Plan are intended to ensure that no transaction under the Plan is subject to (and not exempt from) the short-swing recovery rules of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (“Section 16(b)”). Accordingly, the composition of the Committee shall be subject to such limitations as the Board deems appropriate to permit transactions pursuant to this Plan to be exempt (pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) from Section 16(b), and no delegation of authority by the Committee shall be permitted if such delegation would cause any such transaction to be subject to (and not exempt from) Section 16(b).

 

SECTION 12.  Term, Amendment and Termination

 

(a)  Effectiveness .  The Plan shall be effective as of the date (the “Effective Date”) it is adopted by the Board, subject to the approval by the holders of at least a majority of the voting power represented by outstanding capital stock of the Company that is entitled generally to vote in the election of directors.

 

(b)  Termination .  The Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. Awards outstanding as of such date shall not be affected or impaired by the termination of the Plan.

 

(c)  Amendment of Plan .  The Board may amend, alter, or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuation shall be made which would materially impair the rights of the Participant with respect to a previously granted Award without such Participant’s consent, except such an amendment made to comply with applicable law, including without limitation

 

18



 

Section 409A of the Code, stock exchange rules or accounting rules. In addition, no such amendment shall be made without the approval of the Company’s stockholders to the extent such approval is required by applicable law or the listing standards of the Applicable Exchange.

 

(d)  Amendment of Awards .  Subject to Section 5(d), the Committee may unilaterally amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, but no such amendment shall cause a Qualified Performance-Based Award to cease to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption or without the Participant’s consent materially impair the rights of any Participant with respect to an Award, except such an amendment made to cause the Plan or Award to comply with applicable law, stock exchange rules or accounting rules.

 

SECTION 13.  Unfunded Status of Plan

 

It is presently intended that the Plan constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. The Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Common Stock or make payments; provided , however , that unless the Committee otherwise determines, the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan.

 

SECTION 14.  General Provisions

 

(a)  Conditions for Issuance .  The Committee may require each person purchasing or receiving Shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the Shares without a view to the distribution thereof. The certificates for such Shares may include any legend which the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or agreements made pursuant thereto, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (i) listing or approval for listing upon notice of issuance, of such Shares on the Applicable Exchange; (ii) any registration or other qualification of such Shares of the Company under any state or federal law or regulation, or the maintaining in effect of any such registration or other qualification which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion upon the advice of counsel, deem necessary or advisable; and (iii) obtaining any other consent, approval, or permit from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion after receiving the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary or advisable.

 

(b)  Additional Compensation Arrangements .  Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for its employees.

 

(c)  No Contract of Employment .  The Plan shall not constitute a contract of employment, and adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any time.

 

(d)  Required Taxes .  No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of a Participant for federal, state, local or foreign income or employment or other tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, such Participant

 

19



 

shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. If determined by the Company, withholding obligations may be settled with Common Stock, including Common Stock that is part of the Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to such Participant. The Committee may establish such procedures as it deems appropriate, including making irrevocable elections, for the settlement of withholding obligations with Common Stock.

 

(e)  Limitation on Dividend Reinvestment and Dividend Equivalents .  Reinvestment of dividends in additional Restricted Stock at the time of any dividend payment, and the payment of Shares with respect to dividends to Participants holding Awards of Restricted Stock Units, shall only be permissible if sufficient Shares are available under Section 3 for such reinvestment or payment (taking into account then outstanding Awards). In the event that sufficient Shares are not available for such reinvestment or payment, such reinvestment or payment shall be made in the form of a grant of Restricted Stock Units equal in number to the Shares that would have been obtained by such payment or reinvestment, the terms of which Restricted Stock Units shall provide for settlement in cash and for dividend equivalent reinvestment in further Restricted Stock Units on the terms contemplated by this Section 14(e).

 

(f)  Designation of Death Beneficiary .  The Committee shall establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for a Participant to designate a beneficiary to whom any amounts payable in the event of such Participant’s death are to be paid or by whom any rights of such eligible Individual, after such Participant’s death, may be exercised.

 

(g)  Subsidiary Employees .  In the case of a grant of an Award to any employee of a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company may, if the Committee so directs, issue or transfer the Shares, if any, covered by the Award to the Subsidiary, for such lawful consideration as the Committee may specify, upon the condition or understanding that the Subsidiary will transfer the Shares to the employee in accordance with the terms of the Award specified by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. All Shares underlying Awards that are forfeited or canceled should revert to the Company.

 

(h)  Governing Law and Interpretation .  The Plan and all Awards made and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Plan are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

 

(i)  Non-Transferability .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 5(j) or by the Committee, Awards under the Plan are not transferable except by will or by laws of descent and distribution.

 

(j)  Foreign Employees and Foreign Law Considerations .  The Committee may grant Awards to Eligible Individuals who are foreign nationals, who are located outside the United States or who are not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, or who are

 

20



 

otherwise subject to (or could cause the Company to be subject to) legal or regulatory provisions of countries or jurisdictions outside the United States, on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan, and, in furtherance of such purposes, the Committee may make such modifications, amendments, procedures, or subplans as may be necessary or advisable to comply with such legal or regulatory provisions.

 

(k)  Section 409A of the Code .  It is the intention of the Company that no Award shall be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, unless and to the extent that the Committee specifically determines otherwise as provided in the immediately following sentence, and the Plan and the terms and conditions of all Awards shall be interpreted accordingly. The terms and conditions governing any Awards that the Committee determines will be subject to Section 409A of the Code, including any rules for elective or mandatory deferral of the delivery of cash or Shares pursuant thereto and any rules regarding treatment of such Awards in the event of a Change in Control, shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and shall comply in all respects with Section 409A of the Code.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” subject to Section 409A of the Code, any payments (whether in cash, Shares or other property) to be made with respect to the Award upon the Participant’s Termination of Employment shall be delayed until the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s Termination of Employment if the Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(l)  Employee Matters Agreement .  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that the terms of this Plan are inconsistent with the terms of an Adjusted Award, the terms of the Adjusted Award shall be governed by the Employee Matters Agreement, the applicable IAC Long-Term Incentive Plan and the award agreement entered into thereunder.

 

21




Exhibit 10.11

 

BUILD–TO–SUIT

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN

 

FRANK W. GUILFORD, JR., INDIVIDUALLY AND AS TRUSTEE

 

AND

 

INTERVAL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 



 

LEASE INDEX

 

1.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

1

2.

PREMISES AND TERM

4

3.

RENT

6

4.

OPERATING COSTS

7

5.

USE OF PREMISES

8

6.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

9

7.

ACCESS TO PREMISES

10

8.

SERVICES

10

9.

ELECTRICAL AND STRUCTURAL

11

10.

PARKING

11

11.

LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

12

12.

REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

13

13.

ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

13

14.

INDEMNITIES; LIABILITY

14

15.

DAMAGE BY FIRE OR THE ELEMENTS

15

16.

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

16

17.

EMINENT DOMAIN

16

18.

SIGNS AND ADVERTISING

17

19.

DEFAULT

17

20.

SUBORDINATION

19

21.

QUIET ENJOYMENT

19

22.

CONSTRUCTION AND LIENS

19

23.

FORCE MAJEURE

20

24.

SEVERABILITY

20

25.

RENT A SEPARATE COVENANT

20

26.

HOLDING OVER

20

27.

EXECUTION

20

28.

ABSENCE OF OPTION

20

29.

AMENDMENTS

20

30.

NOTICES

20

31.

INSURANCE

21

32.

RECORDING

22

33.

TAX ON RENT

22

34.

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

22

35.

ACCESS

23

36.

BROKERAGE COMMISSION

23

37.

SUCCESSORS

23

38.

CONSTRUCTION OF LEASE AGREEMENT

23

39.

RADON GAS

23

40.

SECURITY DEPOSIT

23

41.

SATELLITE DISH

23

42.

COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

24

43.

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

24

44.

MISCELLANEOUS

24

45.

CONFIDENTIALITY

24

46.

EXHIBITS AND RIDERS

25

47.

GOVERNING LAW

25

48.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROVISIONS

25

49.

NO PARTNERSHIP

25

50

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

25

51.

FINANCING

26

52.

PUBLIC GRANT FUNDS

26

53.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

26

 



 

EXHIBITS

 

 

EXHIBIT

A

FLOOR PLANS OF PREMISES

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT

B

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LAND

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT

C

WORKLETTER

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT

D

SHELL IMPROVEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT

E

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT

F

NOTICE OF LIEN PROHIBITION

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT

G

SITE PLAN OF PARKING AREA

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT

H

LETTER OF CREDIT REQUIREMENTS

 

RIDER

 

 

RIDER NO.

1

RENEWAL RIDER

 



 

LEASE

 

THIS LEASE (this “Lease”) is dated as of the         day of                      , 1998, between “Landlord” and “Tenant” hereinafter set forth and is effective as provided in Section 28 of this Lease.

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

1.                                        CERTAIN DEFINITIONS .

 

a.                                        Landlord ”:                                  FRANK W. GUILFORD, JR., INDIVIDUALLY AND AS TRUSTEE

 

b.                                       Tenant ”:                                               INTERVAL INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Florida corporation, its permitted successors and/or assigns

 

c.                                        Premises ”:                                   Two (2) office buildings consisting of approximately sixty thousand fifteen (60,015) square feet of Rentable Area, to be developed in two (2) phases, and to be occupied solely by Tenant. “Phase 1” shall be an office building consisting of approximately thirty-two thousand three hundred forty-nine (32,349) square feet of Rentable Area (which includes, without limitation, the common lobby area and restrooms to serve Phase 2), and “Phase 2” shall be an office building consisting of approximately twenty-seven thousand six hundred sixty-six (27,666) square feet of Rentable Area, all as more particularly shown on Exhibit A , attached hereto and made a part hereof. The buildings comprising the Premises will be located on North Kendall Drive at S.W. 99th Avenue, Miami-Dade County, Florida (each hereinafter called a “Building” and collectively called the “Buildings”), located on a tract of land (the “Land”) more particularly described in Exhibit B , attached hereto and made a part hereof. The Premises, the Buildings, the Land, all appurtenances thereto, all parking facilities and other buildings and improvements relating to the Buildings are hereinafter collectively called the “Project.” As soon as reasonably practicable prior to Substantial Completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements for each Phase, Landlord shall direct the architect to remeasure the Rentable Area of the Premises as actually constructed and certify as to same to both Landlord and Tenant. All measurements shall be done in accordance with the then-current BOMA Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings. From the Commencement Date for Phase 1 through the Commencement Date for Phase 2, the common area factor for Phase 1 shall not exceed twenty (20%) percent. Upon the Commencement Date for Phase 2, the total common area factor for both Phases shall not exceed fifteen (15%) percent in the aggregate. If the Rentable Area of the Premises (based on the measurement of the Usable Area of the Premises plus the common area factor) determined by the architect is greater or less than the amount specified in this Lease, then the Rentable Area of the Premises shall be adjusted to equal the amount as so determined, and the Base Rent and any other amounts specified in this Lease as a function of the Rentable Area of the Premises shall be adjusted proportionately.

 

If Tenant disputes the measurement of the Rentable Area of the Premises (as evidenced by written notice to Landlord within twenty (20) days after Tenant’s receipt of the architect’s certification of the actual measurement), then, within ten (10) days after the date Tenant disputes the measurement, Landlord and Tenant shall each select an independent disinterested architect, which architects shall determine the Rentable Area of the Premises based on the measurement standard described above within twenty (20) days thereafter. Landlord and Tenant shall each bear the costs of their respective architects. If the difference between the two measurements is equal to or less than ten (10%) percent of the higher square footage measurement, then the average of such two measurements shall be the Rentable Area of the Premises. If the difference between the two measurements is more than ten (10%) percent of the higher measurement, then the architects shall mutually select a third independent disinterested architect. Such third architect shall then (within ten (10) days) make its determination of the Rentable Area of the Premises based on the measurement standard described above, and the average of such three measurements shall be the Rentable Area of the Premises. Landlord and Tenant shall each pay one-half (1/2) of the fees and costs of such third architect. At a minimum, each of the architects shall be disinterested architects, with substantial experience in the Miami-Dade County commercial real estate office market.

 

However, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease:

 

(i)            If the final measurement of the Rentable Area of Phase 1 exceeds one hundred five (105%) percent of the measurement of the Rentable Square Feet shown in the final approved plans and specifications for Phase 1 (except to the extent caused by any changes to the final approved plans and specifications caused by Tenant or any act or omission of Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors), in no event is Tenant required to pay any Base Rent or other charges in connection with Phase 1 attributable to any portion of Phase 1 in excess of such 105% amount;

 

(ii)           If the final measurement of the Rentable Area of Phase 2 exceeds one hundred five (105%) percent of the measurement of the Rentable Square Feet shown in the final approved plans and specifications for Phase 2 (except to the extent caused by any changes to the final approved plans and specifications caused by Tenant or any act or omission of Tenant, its agents, employees or

 



 

contractors), in no event is Tenant required to pay any Base Rent or other charges in connection with Phase 2 attributable to any portion of Phase 2 in excess of such 105% amount;

 

(iii)          If the final measurement of the Rentable Area of Phase 1 is less than ninety (90%) percent of the measurement of the Rentable Square Feet shown in the final approved plans and specifications for Phase 1 (except to the extent caused by any changes to the final approved plans and specifications caused by Tenant or any act or omission of Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors), then Tenant shall have the right to (x) accept Phase 1 as-built, with the Rent adjusted as described above or (y) provided that Tenant has not taken occupancy of Phase 1, terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within ten (10) days after the date the parties receive the final measurement of the Rentable Area of Phase 1, whereupon Landlord shall return to Tenant the Prepaid Rent and Security Deposit, plus Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the actual, reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant regarding this Lease (but not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 ($150,000.00) Dollars), and both parties shall be relieved of all further obligations hereunder; and

 

(iv)          If the final measurement of the Rentable Area of Phase 2 is less than ninety (90%) percent of the measurement of the Rentable Square Feet shown in the final approved plans and specifications for Phase 2 (except to the extent caused by any changes to the final approved plans and specifications caused by Tenant or any act or omission of Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors), then Tenant shall have the right to (x) accept Phase 2 as-built, with the Rent adjusted as described above or (y) provided that Tenant has not taken occupancy of Phase 2, terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within ten (10) days after the date the parties receive the final measurement of the Rentable Area of Phase 2, whereupon Tenant shall vacate and surrender Phase 1 to Landlord in the manner required by this Lease, Landlord shall return to Tenant the Security Deposit, plus Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the actual, reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant regarding this Lease (but not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 ($150,000.00) Dollars), and both parties shall be relieved of all further obligations hereunder. Within ninety (90) days after Tenant’s termination notice, Tenant shall notify Landlord of the exact date that Tenant will vacate and surrender Phase 1, which date shall be (a) no earlier than ninety (90) days after the date of Tenant’s notification of such exact date, and (b) no later than one (1) year after the date of Tenant’s termination notice. Rent for Phase 1 shall be prorated through the date that Tenant so vacates and surrenders Phase 1 to Landlord.

 

All references to “Premises” herein shall be deemed to be a reference as well for such additional square footage, if any, by which the Premisos are increased.

 

d.                                     Buildings ”:  Shall mean the two (2) office buildings (any and all appurtenances thereto) located upon the Land, to be constructed as set forth in the Workletter and the Shell Improvements description attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit C and Exhibit D , respectively.

 

e.                                      Intentionally Omitted .

 

f.                                        Commencement Date ”:  The Commencement Date for Phase 1 shall be the earlier of (i) the date of Substantial Completion (but in no event prior to October 1, 1999), or (ii) the date Tenant commences business operations in all or any portion of Phase 1. The Commencement Date for Phase 2 shall be the earlier of (i) the date of Substantial Completion (but in no event prior to October 1, 2001 except as set forth in Section 2.n, below), or (ii) the date Tenant commences business operations in all or any portion of Phase 2.

 

g.                                       Intentionally Omitted .

 

h.                                       Comparable Class Building ”:  Shall mean comparable buildings (of comparable size with uncovered parking equal to the Minimum Parking Spaces, as hereinafter defined) that are located in the Kendall Drive area of Miami-Dade County, Florida and such criteria shall be based on but not be limited to (i) ownership and property management by an institutional entity, (ii) the quality or aesthetic exterior and interior building design and finish, (iii) the mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems, (iv) common areas and amenities, (v) buildings where the total project costs are similar to the subject Project on a per square foot basis, and (vi) tenants of similar quality and creditworthiness as in the subject Project.

 

i.                                           Default Rate ”:  Shall mean the lesser of (i) the prime rate of interest published by Citibank, N.A., New York (or its successors) from time to time as of the date that an interest calculation at the Default Rate is to be made plus six (6%) percent, or (ii) sixteen (16%) percent per annum or (iii) the highest rate of interest permitted by law.

 

j.                                           Intentionally Omitted .

 

k.                                        Operating Costs ”:  The amount of Operating Costs (as hereinafter defined in Section 4) incurred with respect to the Project during the term of this Lease.

 

l.                                           Original Tenant ”:  The Tenant name in Section 1, subsection b.

 

2



 

m.                                     Parking Area ”:  The parking area for the Buildings shall be on-site/on-grade parking accommodating one hundred eighty (180) automobiles for the minimum parking required by code (which are the Minimum Parking Spaces defined in Section 10.a below), plus an additional three hundred forty (340) parking spaces to accommodate Tenant’s extraordinary parking requirements for the Premises (which are the Additional Parking Spaces defined in Section 10.b below), plus an additional one hundred thirty (130) parking spaces to the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements and the physical constraints of the Land (which are the Supplemental Parking Spaces defined in Section 10.b below) (collectively, the “Parking Area”), as more particularly shown on Exhibit G , attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

n.                                       Prepaid Rent ”:  Shall mean the sum of $50,480.52, which shall be paid by Tenant simultaneously with its execution of this Lease, and which shall be applied by Landlord to the Rent payable for the first full month that Rent is due for Phase 1. The Prepaid Rent is based on (i) the first (1st) month’s Base Rent for Phase 1 (based on $13.50 per square foot of Phase 1 per annum), (ii) Landlord’s Operating Costs (based on $.56 per square foot of Phase 1 per annum), (iii) parking rental for the Additional Parking Spaces (as hereinafter defined) for Phase 1 (based on $42.13 per space per month) and (iv) security wall rental (based on $650.00 per month), in each case plus sales tax. Simultaneously with Tenant’s delivery of the Prepaid Rent, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the sum of Thirty-Five Thousand and No/100 ($35,000.00) Dollars, which is a reimbursement by Landlord to Tenant for certain costs paid by Tenant on Landlord’s behalf prior to the date hereof.

 

o.                                       Proportionate Share ”:  Tenant’s Proportionate Share is stipulated to be one hundred (100%) percent.

 

p.                                       Real Estate Taxes ”:  Shall mean all general and special real estate taxes, special assessments and other ad valorem and non ad valorem taxes, levies and assessments (including any refund) assessed during the Term of this Lease, paid upon or in respect of the Land and the Project, and all taxes or other charges imposed in lieu of any such taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Real Estate Taxes” shall not include any net income, franchise or capital gains tax, inheritance tax or estate tax imposed or constituting a lien upon Landlord or all or any part of the Project, or any impact fees or taxes specifically related to Landlord’s development of the Project. Tenant will pay all Real Estate Taxes prior to delinquency. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges that it will be responsible for the Real Estate Taxes with respect to all of the Land and the entire Project commencing on the Commencement Date for Phase 1, even though Phase 2 will not be built as of such date.

 

q.                                       Rent ”:  Rent shall mean Base Rent, Landlord’s Operating Costs, as hereinafter defined (if any), parking rental for the Additional Parking Spaces (as hereinafter defined), security wall rental, and any and all other amounts (“Additional Rent”), payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease. Rent, plus any applicable tax as defined herein, shall be paid to Landlord, without deduction, counterclaim or offset, except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, at its office located at the address set forth in Section 30 hereof, or at such other place as Landlord may hereafter specify in writing.

 

r.                                          Rentable Area of the Buildings” or “Rentable Area of the Premises”:  Is hereby stipulated By Landlord and Tenant to be sixty thousand fifteen (60,015) square feet (subject to adjustment as described above). The Rentable Area of Phase 1 is hereby stipulated by Landlord and Tenant to be thirty-two thousand three hundred forty-nine (32,349) square feet, and the Rentable Area of Phase 2 is hereby stipulated by Landlord and Tenant to be twenty-seven thousand six hundred sixty-six (27,666) square feet (in each case subject to adjustment as described above). Rentable Area is intended to be the Usable Area plus the common area factor.

 

s.                                       Intentionally Omitted .

 

t.                                         Intentionally Omitted .

 

u.                                       Security Deposit ”:  Letter of Credit, pursuant to Section 40 and Exhibit H , attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

v.                                       Intentionally Omitted .

 

w.                                     Shell Improvements ”:  Shall mean those certain improvements which will be constructed and installed in each Building by Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, as provided in Exhibit D , attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

x.                                         Substantial Completion ”:  Shall mean fourteen (14) days following the date that a certificate of occupancy (whether temporary or final, so long as Tenant can occupy the applicable Building as hereinafter described) has been obtained for the applicable Building and that the Tenant Improvements therein are sufficiently complete so as to allow Tenant to occupy the applicable Building for the use and purposes intended without unreasonable disturbance or interruption; provided that Landlord, its employees, agents and contractors, shall be allowed to enter upon the Premises at any reasonable time(s) following Substantial Completion as necessary to complete any unfinished details pursuant to a

 

3



 

punchlist to be mutually prepared by Landlord and Tenant prior to Tenant taking occupancy of the applicable Phase. Landlord shall use its best commercially reasonable efforts to complete all punchlist items within forty-five (45) days after the parties have finalized the punchlist for each Phase. Punchlist items shall be deemed to be completed when confirmed in writing by Tenant.

 

y.             “ Tenant Improvements ”:  Shall mean those improvements constructed or installed on the Premises by or for Tenant as provided in the Workletter.

 

z.             “ Term ”:  The Term of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date for Phase 1 and shall expire on the date that is fifteen (15) years after the Commencement Date for Phase 2, subject, however, to the provisions for earlier cancellation or renewal as provided herein. A “Lease Year” of the Term means the twelve (12) full calendar months commencing on the Commencement Date. However, the final Lease Year may contain less than twelve (12) months due to sooner termination of the Term.

 

If Phase 2 is not completed and Tenant does not terminate this Lease as set forth below, then the expiration date for Phase 1 will be fifteen (15) years after the Commencement Date for Phase 1.

 

aa.           “ Usable Area of the Premises ”:  Shall mean the total number of Usable Square Feet of the Premises, as adjusted from time to time to reflect changes, if any, in the space constituting the Premises, and in any event based on the BOMA standard of measurement described above. The Usable Area of Phase 1 is hereby stipulated by Landlord and Tenant to be twenty-eight thousand nine hundred twenty-six (28,926) square feet, and the Usable Area of Phase 2 is hereby stipulated by Landlord and Tenant to be twenty-seven thousand one hundred fifty-four (27,154) square feet (in each case subject to adjustment as described above).

 

bb.          “ Use of Premises ”:  All lawful purposes and uses ancillary and related thereto (which permitted use may include, but is not limited to, the supporting use of conference and computer facilities, and employee kitchen and related non-commercial facilities for employee and guest use only).

 

2.                                        PREMISES AND TERM .

 

a.                                        Landlord, in consideration of the Rent hereinafter reserved to be paid and of the covenants, conditions and agreements to be kept and performed by Tenant, hereby leases, lets and demises to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases and hires from Landlord, the Project. Upon the Commencement Date for Phase 1, Tenant shall be entitled to the exclusive use and occupancy of Phase 1 and that portion of the Parking Area allocated for Phase 1 plus such spaces in addition to the spaces allocated for Phase 1, if any, that may be constructed by Landlord at the time, so long as Tenant’s use of such spaces in addition to the spaces allocated for Phase 1 does not interfere with the construction of the remainder of the Project by Landlord. Upon the Commencement Date for Phase 2, Tenant shall be entitled to the exclusive use and occupancy of Phase 2 and the entire Parking Area, and at which time Tenant will have the exclusive use and occupancy of the entire Project.

 

b.                                       Promptly after the actual Commencement Date for each Phase, the parties shall execute an instrument in which the Commencement Date and expiration date for such Phase will be specified, as well as any adjustments to the Rentable Area of the Premises as described above and any corresponding adjustments to the Base Rent.

 

c.                                        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, although Landlord has estimated a completion date for Phase 1 of October 1, 1999, the parties agree that if Landlord has not achieved Substantial Completion of Phase 1 on or before November 1, 1999 (the “Phase 1 Completion Date”) (subject to any Tenant Delays and Force Majeure events, as hereinafter defined), then, commencing on November 1, 1999, Tenant shall receive a credit against the Base Rent to become due under this Lease in connection with Phase 1, such credit to be equal to one (1) day’s Base Rent for Phase 1 for each day of Landlord’s delay beyond the Phase 1 Completion Date that Landlord has not achieved Substantial Completion, subject to the limitations thereon pursuant to subsection (m), below.

 

d.                                       If Landlord has not achieved Substantial Completion of Phase 1 on or before November 15, 1999 (the “Phase 1 Extended Completion Date”) (subject to any Tenant Delays and Force Majeure events), then, commencing on November 16, 1999, the Base Rent credit available to Tenant for Phase 1 shall be increased to two (2) days’ Base Rent for each day of Landlord’s delay beyond the Phase 1 Extended Completion Date that Landlord has not achieved Substantial Completion, subject to the limitations thereon pursuant to subsection (m), below.

 

e.                                        If Landlord has not achieved Substantial Completion of Phase 1 on or before December 17, 1999 (the “Phase 1 Second Extended Completion Date”) (subject to any Tenant Delays and Force Majeure events), then, commencing on December 18, 1999, (x) the Base Rent credit available to Tenant for Phase 1 shall be decreased back to one (1) day’s Base Rent for each day of Landlord’s delay beyond the Phase 1 Second Extended Completion Date that Landlord has not achieved Substantial Completion, plus (y) Tenant shall be entitled to receive, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, the sum of Ten Thousand and No/100 ($10,000.00) Dollars per day, subject to the limitations thereon pursuant to subsection (m), below.

 

4



 

f.              If Landlord has not achieved Substantial Completion of Phase 1 on or before January 17, 2000 (the “Phase 1 Outside Completion Date”) (subject to any Tenant Delays and Force Majeure events), then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within ten (10) days after the Phase 1 Outside Completion Date, whereupon (i) Landlord shall return to Tenant the Prepaid Rent and Security Deposit, and (ii) Landlord shall pay to Tenant liquidated damages equal to (x) the total of the Base Rent abatements for Phase 1 accrued to the date of Tenant’s termination notice, plus (y) the total of the $10,000.00 per day damages for Phase 1 accrued to the date of Tenant’s termination notice, plus (z) the actual, reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant directly in connection with this Lease, subject to the limitations thereon pursuant to subsection (m), below, and thereupon both parties shall be relieved of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that if Landlord achieves Substantial Completion of Phase 1 within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Tenant’s termination notice, then the termination notice will be deemed to be void and rescinded, and the Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

 

g.             If Tenant does not elect to terminate the Lease as provided above, and Landlord has not achieved Substantial Completion of Phase 1 on or before May 17, 2000 (the “Phase 1 Extended Outside Completion Date”) (subject to any Tenant Delays but regardless of Force Majeure events), then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within ten (10) days after the Phase 1 Extended Outside Completion Date, whereupon (i) Landlord shall return to Tenant the Prepaid Rent and Security Deposit, and (ii) Landlord shall pay to Tenant liquidated damages equal to (x) the total of the Base Rent abatements for Phase 1 accrued to the date of Tenant’s termination notice, plus (y) the total of the $10,000.00 per day damages for Phase 1 accrued to the date of Tenant’s termination notice, plus (z) the actual, reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant directly in connection with this Lease, subject to the limitations thereon pursuant to subsection (m), below, and thereupon both parties shall be relieved of all further obligations hereunder. If Tenant intends to exercise its termination right under this paragraph, then Tenant will use its best efforts to notify Landlord in writing between April 1, 2000 and May 1, 2000 of such intent, but Tenant’s failure to so notify Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s termination right.

 

h.             Although Landlord has estimated a completion date for Phase 2 of October 1, 2001, the parties agree that if Landlord has not achieved Substantial Completion of Phase 2 on or before November 1, 2001 (the “Phase 2 Completion Date”) (subject to any Tenant Delays and Force Majeure events, as hereinafter defined), then, commencing on November 1, 2001, Tenant shall receive a credit against the Base Rent to become due under this Lease in connection with Phase 2, such credit to be equal to one (1) day’s Base Rent for Phase 2 for each day of Landlord’s delay beyond the Phase 2 Completion Date that Landlord has not achieved Substantial Completion, subject to the limitations thereon pursuant to subsection (m), below.

 

i.              If Landlord has not achieved Substantial Completion of Phase 2 on or before November 15, 2001 (the “Phase 2 Extended Completion Date”) (subject to any Tenant Delays and Force Majeure events), then, commencing on November 16, 2001, the Base Rent credit available to Tenant for Phase 2 shall be increased to two (2) days’ Base Rent for Phase 2 for each day of Landlord’s delay beyond the Phase 2 Extended Completion Date that Landlord has not achieved Substantial Completion, subject to the limitations thereon pursuant to subsection (m), below.

 

j.              If Landlord has not achieved Substantial Completion of Phase 2 on or before December 17, 2001 (the “Phase 2 Second Extended Completion Date”) (subject to any Tenant Delays and Force Majeure events), then, commencing on December 18, 2001, (x) the Base Rent credit available to Tenant shall be decreased back to one (1) day’s Base Rent for Phase 2 for each day of Landlord’s delay beyond the Phase 2 Second Extended Completion Date that Landlord has not achieved Substantial Completion, plus (y) Tenant shall be entitled to receive, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, the sum of Ten Thousand and No/100 ($10,000.00) Dollars per day, subject to the limitations thereon pursuant to subsection (m), below.

 

k.             If Landlord has not achieved Substantial Completion of Phase 2 on or before January 17, 2002 (the “Phase 2 Outside Completion Date”) (subject to any Tenant Delays and Force Majeure events), then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within ten (10) days after the Phase 2 Outside Completion Date, whereupon (i) Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Premises to Landlord in the manner required by this Lease, (ii) Landlord shall return to Tenant the Security Deposit, (iii) Landlord shall pay to Tenant liquidated damages equal to (x) the total of the Base Rent abatements for Phase 2 accrued to the date of Tenant’s termination notice, plus (y) the total of the $10,000.00 per day damages for Phase 2 accrued to the date of Tenant’s termination notice, plus (z) the actual, reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant directly in connection with this Lease between the Commencement Date for Phase 1 and the date of Tenant’s termination notice, subject to the limitations thereon pursuant to subsection (m), below, and thereupon both parties shall be relieved of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that if Landlord achieves Substantial Completion of Phase 2 within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Tenant’s termination notice, then the termination notice will be deemed to be void and rescinded, and the Lease shall continue in full force and effect. Within ninety (90) days after Tenant’s termination notice, Tenant shall notify Landlord of the exact date that Tenant will vacate and surrender Phase 1, which date shall be (a) no earlier than ninety (90) days after the date of Tenant’s notification of such exact date, and (b) no later than one (1) year after the date of

 

5



 

Tenant’s termination notice. Rent for Phase 1 shall be prorated through the date that Tenant so vacates and surrenders Phase 1 to Landlord.

 

l.              If Tenant does not elect to terminate the Lease as provided above, and Landlord has not achieved Substantial Completion of Phase 2 on or before May 17, 2002 (the “Phase 2 Extended Outside Completion Date”) (subject to any Tenant Delays but regardless of Force Majeure events), then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within ten (10) days after the Phase 2 Extended Outside Completion Date, whereupon (i) Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Premises to Landlord in the manner required by this Lease, (ii) Landlord shall return to Tenant the Security Deposit, (iii) Landlord shall pay to Tenant liquidated damages equal to (x) the total of the Base Rent abatements for Phase 2 accrued to the date of Tenant’s termination notice, plus (y) the total of the $10,000.00 per day damages for Phase 2 accrued to the date of Tenant’s termination notice, plus (z) the actual, reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant directly in connection with this Lease between the Commencement Date for Phase 1 and the date of Tenant’s termination notice, subject to the limitations thereon pursuant to subsection (m), below, and thereupon both parties shall be relieved of all further obligations hereunder. Within ninety (90) days after Tenant’s termination notice, Tenant shall notify Landlord of the exact date that Tenant will vacate and surrender Phase 1, which date shall be (a) no earlier than ninety (90) days after the date of Tenant’s notification of such exact date, and (b) no later than one (1) year after the date of Tenant’s termination notice. Rent for Phase 1 shall be prorated through the date that Tenant so vacates and surrenders Phase 1 to Landlord. If Tenant intends to exercise its termination right under this paragraph, then Tenant will use its best efforts to notify Landlord in writing between April 1, 2002 and May 1, 2002 of such intent, but Tenant’s failure to so notify Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s termination right.

 

m.            The abatements, liquidated damages and termination rights in favor of Tenant as described above shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedies in the event of any late delivery of the Buildings by Landlord, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in no event shall the entire liability of Landlord in connection with the total aggregate amounts of the Base Rent credits, plus the $10,000.00 per day damages, plus the out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant exceed a total amount of Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 ($750,000.00) Dollars in the aggregate, regardless of the length of time such rent credits, and/or liquidated damages and/or out-of-pocket costs actually accrue and regardless of whether Tenant terminates this Lease.

 

n.             Although the completion date for Phase 2 is intended to be October 1, 2001, Tenant may notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s election to have the Commencement Date for Phase 2 be on October 1, 2000. Tenant must provide such notice no later than April 1, 1999. If Tenant timely provides such notice, then the anticipated Commencement Date for Phase 2 will be deemed to be October 1, 2000, and subparagraphs 2.h through 2.I above will be deemed to be modified as follows: All references to the year “2001” in such subparagraphs will be deemed to be “2000,” and all references to the year “2002” in such subparagraphs will be deemed to be “2001.”

 

3.             RENT .  Beginning on the Commencement Date, Tenant covenants and agrees to pay, without abatement, deduction or offset except as otherwise specifically provided herein, to Landlord, “Base Rent” for the Premises, on or before the first (1st) day of the first (1st) full calendar month of the Term hereof and on or before the first (1st) day of each and every successive calendar month thereafter during the full Term of this Lease and any renewal thereof, subject to the adjustments as provided hereinafter along with any applicable tax as defined herein, at the then current rate. If the Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first (1st) day of a calendar month, the first Base Rent payment shall be in the amount of the Base Rent for one (1) full calendar month plus the prorated Base Rent for the calendar month in which the Commencement Date falls, such payment to be due on the Commencement Date. The Prepaid Rent described above shall be applied by Landlord to the Rent payable for the first full month that Rent is due.

 

If Tenant fails to pay any regular monthly installment of Base Rent or Landlord’s Operating Costs or any other monthly amounts by the seventh (7th) day of the month in which such installment is due (provided that Landlord will be required to give Tenant written notice of Tenant’s failure to pay any such monthly payments two (2) times in any twelve (12) month period prior to such late fees being charged), or if Tenant fails to pay any other sum of money within thirty (30) days after written notice by Landlord to Tenant, or if any check delivered for the payment of Rent is returned for insufficient funds, there will be added to the unpaid amount a late charge based on the monthly prorata percentage of the Default Rate and applied to the amount due to compensate Landlord for the extra administrative expenses incurred. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, Landlord agrees that it will not impose the aforesaid late charges unless Tenant has failed to pay any installment of Rent on the due date thereof (and such failure shall not have been cured on or before the last day of any grace period, if any) two (2) times in any twelve (12) month period.

 

6



 

The Base Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord shall be in accordance with the following schedule:

 

a.             Phase 1:

 

 

 

ANNUAL BASE RENT RATE

 

MONTHLY PAYMENT

 

LEASE YEAR

 

PER RENTABLE SQUARE FOOT

 

(PLUS SALES TAX)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

$

13.50

 

$

36,392.63

 

2

 

$

13.50

 

$

36,392.63

 

3

 

$

13.50

 

$

36,392.63

 

 

The Base Rent shall be adjusted at the beginning of the fourth (4th) Lease Year by multiplying the Base Rent then being paid by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Consumer Price Index - U.S. City average for urban wage earners and clerical workers ail items (1982-84 equals 100) (“CPI”) for the third (3rd) month preceding the month of adjustment, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI for the third (3rd) month preceding the Commencement Date for Phase 1. Thereafter, the Base Rent shall be adjusted at the beginning of the fifth (5th) Lease Year and the beginning of each succeeding Lease Year during the Term of this Lease (not to include the Renewal Periods, as hereinafter defined, if applicable) by multiplying the Base Rent then being paid by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Consumer Price Index - U.S. City average for urban wage earners and clerical workers all items (1982-84 equals 100) (“CPl”) for the third (3rd) month preceding the month of adjustment, and the denominator of which shall be the CPI for the fifteenth (15th) month preceding the month of adjustment.

 

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall Base Rent in any Lease Year be less than the Base Rent paid for the immediately prior Lease Year. Should the CPI become unavailable, a reasonable substitute prepared by the U.S. Department of Labor or other source, as reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, shall be used. Base Rent shall continue to be payable in monthly installments as otherwise described above until Landlord notifies Tenant of the new monthly Base Rent installment amount. Landlord shall attempt to so notify Tenant prior to the commencement of each new Lease Year. However, failure of Landlord to timely notify Tenant of the new monthly Base Rent installment amount shall not be deemed a waiver by Landlord of the increased rental; the new monthly amount (or any portion not previously paid) shall be payable, retroactive to the commencement of the new Lease Year, upon notification by Landlord to Tenant of the new monthly Base Rent installment amount; provided, however, that if Landlord fails to so notify Tenant within nine (9) months after the date of adjustment, then the CPI adjustment for that year shall be deemed to be waived.

 

In no event shall Base Rent increases exceed three and one-half (3.5%) percent of the Base Rent paid for the immediately prior Lease Year, on a non-cumulative basis.

 

b.             The Base Rent for Phase 2 shall be at the same rental rate per-square-foot (and shall be adjusted in the same manner and on the same annual adjustment dates) as the Base Rent then being paid for Phase 1, commencing on the Commencement Date for Phase 2.

 

4.             OPERATING COSTS .

 

a.             Operating Costs .  Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall pay all Operating Costs in the repair, maintenance and operation of the Project as required hereby. It is intended that this Lease is a completely “triple-net” lease to the Landlord, except as otherwise expressly herein stated. Landlord is not responsible for any expenses or outlays of any nature arising from or relating to the Premises, the use or occupancy thereof, the contents thereof, or the business carried on therein, except as otherwise expressly herein stated. Tenant shall pay all charges, impositions, and outlays of every nature and kind relating to the Project, except as otherwise expressly herein stated. For these purposes, “Operating Costs” shall mean all expenses, costs and disbursements in connection with the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project and the personal property used in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, the following: Real Estate Taxes; expenses incurred for heat, cooling and other utilities; cost of insurance and deductibles applicable to any claims; cost of janitorial and cleaning service, security services, trash collection services and pest control; charges under maintenance and service contracts for elevators, chillers, boilers or controls; window cleaning; Building and grounds maintenance (including without limitation Building painting and Parking Area maintenance, restriping, resealing and lighting); permits and licenses for Tenant’s business operations; and placing and replacing and maintaining landscaping.

 

b.             In connection with Tenant’s payment of Real Estate Taxes, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, prior to the date of delinquency, receipts or other reasonably satisfactory evidence of payment of all Real Estate Taxes so paid by Tenant. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may dispute and contest any assessment of Real Estate Taxes (in its own name or in the name of Landlord, or in the name of both, as it may deem appropriate, and Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, will cooperate in any such dispute and contest), and in such cases the disputed charge need not be paid until finally adjudged to be valid, except as otherwise required by law. At the conclusion of such contest, Tenant shall pay the charge contested to the extent it is held valid, together with all court costs, interest, penalties and other expenses relating thereto and will indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from any costs, expenses and damages incurred in connection with such proceedings, including reasonable attorneys’ fees. Nothing herein contained, however, shall be construed as to allow such items to remain unpaid for such length of time as

 

7



 

shall permit the Project (or any part thereof) to be sold by governmental, city or municipal authorities for the non-payment of the same. Despite contesting such taxes, Tenant shall be responsible for all other charges and payments due under this Lease.

 

c.             If, at any time, in the judgment of Landlord reasonably exercised, it shall become necessary so to do, Landlord, after written notice to Tenant, may, under protest if so requested by Tenant, pay such monies as may be required to prevent the sale of the Project or any part thereof, or foreclosure of the lien created thereon by such item, and such amount shall become immediately due and payable by Tenant to Landlord and shall constitute Additional Rent hereunder, or at Tenant’s option and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in lieu thereof, Tenant shall obtain lien release bonds in amounts equal to the claims of any such liens or as otherwise required by applicable law (or shall provide Landlord with other security reasonably acceptable to Landlord).

 

d.             Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant agrees to pay, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the amount of the “Landlord’s Operating Costs” for each calendar year of this Lease. Landlord’s Operating Costs shall be defined as including only the costs of insurance to be obtained by Landlord pursuant to this Lease, if any, and a reserve for capital replacements to be made by Landlord to the Project in accordance with this Lease. The reserve for capital replacements shall be equal to Zero and 56/100 ($.56) Dollars per Rentable Square Foot of the Premises per annum for the entire Term hereof, plus tax, and is to be spent by Landlord for the replacement of capital improvements for the Project needed from time to time: Such amounts shall be paid by Tenant on a monthly basis in the same manner as Base Rent.

 

One-half (1/2) of the reserve for capital replacements (i.e., Zero and 28/100 ($.28) Dollars per Rentable Square Foot of the Premises) shall be deposited by Landlord into a separate interest-bearing account {not to be commingled with Landlord’s other funds) (the “Escrowed Reserve”). Upon the expiration of the Term (or any renewals), to the extent that the Escrowed Reserve has not been utilized (or if a capital replacement is not then-needed and then-scheduled to be utilized) for capital replacements required to be made by Landlord as described below, and provided that Tenant has exercised the upcoming Renewal Option (as hereinafter defined), then such amount, plus the interest, may be utilized by Tenant toward refurbishing the leasehold improvements in the Premises during the first (1st) year of the applicable Renewal Period or to reimburse Tenant for such expenses incurred by Tenant in the final year of the then-current Term (the “Reserve Allowance”). The Reserve Allowance shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days after submission of invoices to Landlord and receipt by Landlord of releases of lien from the applicable contractors and suppliers, if applicable. In no event may the Reserve Allowance be used to purchase any furniture for the Premises, it being the parties’ intent that the Reserve Allowance be used solely for refurbishing the leasehold improvements in the Premises, such as (without limitation) re-carpeting, re-painting, remodeling, landscaping, upgrading Building systems, and purchasing fixtures and equipment (including without limitation data, communication, and telecommunication equipment) that will remain with the Project and be surrendered by Tenant upon expiration of the Term. Tenant shall receive no credit or payment for any unused portion of the Reserve Allowance.

 

e.             As of the date hereof, Landlord’s good faith estimate of the Landlord’s Operating Costs for 1999 is Zero and 56/100 ($.56) Dollars per Rentable Square Foot of the Premises. Such estimate is not a guaranty or a cap, it being acknowledged that the actual Operating Costs for 1999 may be higher or lower than such amount.

 

f.              If Landlord’s mortgage lender requires that Real Estate Taxes and/or insurance for which Lender is an additional insured (unless insurance is provided by Tenant as part of a blanket policy meeting the conditions described in Section 31 below) be paid on a monthly basis into an escrow account held by such mortgage lender, then Tenant shall be required to pay to Landlord sufficient funds on a monthly basis in order for Landlord to fund such escrow, and Landlord, Tenant and the lender will enter into a mutually reasonably acceptable agreement regarding such escrow.

 

5.             USE OF PREMISES .

 

a.             The Premises shall be used by Tenant for the Use of Premises, and for no other purpose.  Tenant shall not knowingly permit to be done in or about the Premises, nor bring or keep or permit to be brought or kept therein, anything which is prohibited by or will in any way violate any law, statute, ordinance or governmental rule or regulation now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated, or which is prohibited by any fire insurance policy, or cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering the Project or any part thereof or any of its contents. Tenant shall not allow the Project to be used for any unlawful purpose; nor shall Tenant cause, maintain, or permit any nuisance in or about the Project or commit or suffer to be committed any waste of the Project, other than ordinary reasonable wear and tear. Tenant, without paying any Additional Rent for such space, shall also be entitled to use available space in the core and/or equipment rooms of the Building as needed for telephone, power and/or electric feeds, supplies and connections, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense (except for matters arising out of Landlord’s negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease), and subject to compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations of any governmental entity or agency having jurisdiction of the Premises (“Legal Requirements”).

 

8



 

b.                                       Tenant agrees to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ADA”). If due to Tenant’s specific use of the Premises, repairs, improvements or alterations are necessary to comply with any Legal Requirements, Tenant shall pay the entire cost thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord covenants that, as of the Commencement Date for each Phase, the Project will comply with all Legal Requirements applicable to the ownership and operation of the Project as of each Commencement Date arising out of the construction of each Phase by Landlord, including, without limitation, environmental laws and regulations and the ADA (other than as a result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees, or contractors, or breach of this Lease by Tenant). If Landlord receives a notice of violation of any such Legal Requirements (other than as a result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees, or contractors, or breach of this Lease by Tenant), then the work required to bring the applicable item into compliance will be performed by Landlord, at its expense. Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Tenant from and against any environmentally-related remediation costs arising from the failure of the Project to comply with such environmental laws and regulations as of the Commencement Date for each Phase.

 

6.                                        ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .  Tenant shall not assign the Lease, the right of occupancy under this Lease, or any other interest therein (including, without limitation, a mortgage or pledge of Tenant’s interest in this Lease), or sublet the Premises, or any portion thereof, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Among other items Landlord may consider, in its reasonable judgment, Tenant’s right to assign this Lease or sublet the Premises shall be based on the transferee being a creditworthy tenant. A creditworthy tenant shall mean a tenant that has the financial ability to perform the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and with a net worth at least equal to the net worth of Tenant as of the date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without Landlord’s consent, assign this Lease or sublet the Premises, In whole or in part, to any corporation or other legal entity that is an affiliate, subsidiary, parent or successor of Tenant, or to a corporation or other legal entity into or with which Tenant may be merged or consolidated. Tenant shall notify Landlord within thirty (30) days after any such transfer not requiring Landlord’s consent. For the purpose of this Section 6, a “subsidiary,” “affiliate” or a “successor” of Tenant shall mean the following (for purposes of this Lease, any “parent,” “subsidiary,” “affiliate” and “successor” of Tenant shall be collectively referred to as “Affiliated Company”):

 

a.                                        An “affiliate” shall mean any corporation or other legal entity which, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant. For the purposes of this Section 6, “control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation or other legal entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

 

b.                                       A “subsidiary” shall mean any corporation or other legal entity not less than fifty (50%) percent owned directly or indirectly by Tenant.

 

c.                                        A “successor” of Tenant shall mean:

 

(1)           A corporation or other legal entity in which or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated, provided that by operation of law or by effective provisions contained in the instruments of merger or consolidation, the liabilities of the corporations or other legal entities participating in such merger or consolidation are assumed by the corporation or other legal entity surviving such merger or created by such consolidation; or

 

(2)           A corporation or other legal entity acquiring this Lease and the Term hereby demised and a substantial portion of the property and assets of Tenant; or

 

(3)           Any corporation successors or other legal entity successors to a successor corporation or other legal entity becoming such by either of the methods described in Section 6, subsection c (1) or (2) above.

 

Acquisition by Tenant, its successors or assigns, of a substantial portion of the assets, together with the assumption of all or substantially all the obligations and liabilities of any corporation or other legal entity, shall be deemed a merger or consolidation of such corporation or other legal entity into Tenant for purposes of this Section 6. In addition, the transfer of the outstanding capital stock of any corporate tenant shall be deemed not to include the sale of such stock by persons or parties through the “over-the-counter market” or through any recognized stock exchange, other than those deemed “insiders” within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such assignment or sublease set forth in this Section 6 shall be permitted without Landlord’s consent if the assignment or series of assignments or sublease or series of subleases is/are for the purpose of “spinning-off” this Lease to independent third parties.

 

With any assignment of the Lease, the assignee must assume all obligations and liabilities of Tenant under this Lease. With any subletting of any portion of the Premises to an Affiliated Company, such Affiliated Company must assume all obligations and liabilities of Tenant under the Lease as to the sublet portion of the Premises and Landlord shall have the right, as an identified third-party beneficiary of

 

9



 

such subletting, to hold the Affiliated Company primarily liable for the performance of such assumed obligations and liabilities. Notwithstanding any assignment or sublease whatsoever, whether Landlord’s consent is or is not required, Tenant shall in no event be released from any obligations under this Lease accruing prior to or from and after the effective date of such assignment or sublease. Consent by Landlord to one or more assignments or sublettings shall not operate as a waiver of Landlord’s rights as to any subsequent assignments or sublettings.

 

As to any proposed subletting for which Landlord’s consent is required, if the sublease is for at least an entire Building, if so requested, Landlord will, as part of its review of the proposed transaction, consider granting nondisturbance rights to the subtenant, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed so long as the subtenant agrees to pay all of the Rent and abide by all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder as applicable to the space to be subleased in the event that the sublease becomes a direct lease pursuant to the nondisturbance agreement.

 

Tenant agrees to promptly provide Landlord with such information regarding a proposed assignee or subtenant as is requested by Landlord, as well as with plans and specifications regarding any proposed alterations of the Premises which will be required in connection with such assignment or sublettin. In connection with Landlord’s review of any proposed assignment or subletting, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord not to exceed $1,500.00 for each such transfer.

 

Landlord shall be entitled to receive fifty (50%) percent of the net profits arising out of any assignment or sublease (other than an assignment or sublease not requiring Landlord’s consent), which net profits shall be determined by subtracting all Rent due from Tenant with respect to the time period and square footage applicable to the assignment or sublease, and the improvement costs, brokerage fees, and other reasonable expenses payable by Tenant pursuant to such assignment or sublease, from the total consideration to be paid by such assignee or sublessee. Any consideration received by Tenant in connection with a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets shall be excluded from the determination of net profits to which Landlord may be entitled.

 

Affiliated Companies will be permitted to utilize all or any portion of the Project from time to time without Landlord’s consent for the purpose of their business operations.

 

At any time, Landlord may transfer, sell, lease, convey, or otherwise dispose of its interest in this Lease. If the Project is sold or transferred after the Commencement Date of Phase 2, voluntarily or involuntarily, Landlord’s Lease obligations and liabilities accruing after the transfer shall be the sole responsibility of the new owner provided that such new owner assumes such obligations and liabilities and the transferor Landlord shall be deemed to be released from further liability under this Lease (including, without limitation, for the return of any security deposit). Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the Commencement Date of Phase 2, Landlord may not transfer this Lease or sell the Project without the prior written consent of Tenant, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that Tenant’s consent is not required for any (i) assignment of Landlord’s interest in this Lease and the Project to (x) a lender as part of a financing by Landlord or (y) any corporation or other legal entity that is an affiliate, subsidiary, parent or successor of Landlord, or to a corporation or other legal entity into or with which Landlord may be merged or consolidated or to any entity as part of an intra-family transfer for estate planning purposes or otherwise, and/or (ii) transfer of Landlord’s interest pursuant to a foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof; so long as the transferee assumes Landlord’s obligations hereunder (and until the Commencement Date of Phase 2, the transferor Landlord is not released from further liability hereunder); provided, further, that Landlord shall not may not effect such a transfer not requiring Tenant’s consent if the principal purpose of the transfer is to transfer the Project to an unrelated third party and to circumvent Tenant’s right of first offer set forth in Section 50 hereof.

 

7.             ACCESS TO PREMISES .  Upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant under the circumstances, Tenant shall permit Landlord or its representatives, who shall be properly identified to Tenant, to enter into and upon any part of the Premises: (i) Mondays through Fridays (excluding Holidays); and (ii) for maintenance and repairs at all reasonable times under the circumstances, and (iii) in emergencies, at all times, to inspect the condition, occupancy or use, to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or insurers (or tenants, in the last year of the Term or any renewals), or to clean or make repairs, alterations or additions. Tenant shall have the right to provide an employee or other representative of Tenant to accompany Landlord or Landlord’s agents or representatives while in the Premises; provided, however, that if Tenant fails to provide an employee or other representative to accompany such persons promptly following Landlord’s notice, Landlord may proceed notwithstanding the absence of Tenant’s employee or representative. In exercising its right of entry, Landlord shall make good faith efforts to (i) minimize any interference with the conduct of Tenant’s business, (ii) prevent breaches in security or customer confidentiality and (iii) avoid damage to the Premises or the equipment, fixtures or personal property of Tenant.

 

8.             SERVICES .

 

a.             As described above, it is agreed that this Lease is a completely “triple-net” lease to the Landlord, except as otherwise expressly herein stated. Therefore, except for replacements of capital items as described below, Landlord is not responsible for the expenditures for any utilities or services in connection with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Project.

 

10



 

b.             Any and all utilities serving the Project (including, without limitation, electricity, HVAC and water and sewer) will be separately metered and paid for directly by Tenant to the applicable utility companies. Tenant shall pay all bills for utility services prior to delinquency. Upon written request by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of any utility bills received by Tenant. In addition, Tenant agrees to execute any documentation required by any utility companies to enable such companies to provide copies of Tenant’s utility bills to Landlord.

 

c.             In connection with Tenant’s repair and maintenance of the HVAC, elevator systems and other building controls for which Tenant is responsible, Tenant, at its expense, shall enter into industry-standard service contracts. Upon request from time to time, Tenant shall provide Landlord with true, correct and complete copies of such service contracts, as well as with true, correct and complete copies of any other service agreements entered into by Tenant in connection with the Project, including, without limitation, janitorial, security and landscaping. At a minimum, Tenant’s provision of the various services, repairs and maintenance of the Project shall be consistent with such services, repairs and maintenance in Comparable Class Buildings and the companies to be engaged by Tenant shall be professional, licensed and insured. If Tenant provides any limited access systems for the Buildings, Tenant shall provide Landlord with the access codes and keys necessary to gain entry to the Buildings. Tenant is also responsible, at it expense, to replace all electric light bulbs, tubes, and tube casings located within or serving the Premises and the Project generally, including, without limitation, Tenant’s signage, and the Parking Area.

 

9.             ELECTRICAL AND STRUCTURAL .  Tenant’s use of electrical services shall be subject to the following:

 

a.             If through the electrical design evaluation of the Construction. Documents it is determined that additional electrical capacities beyond the amount indicated as part of the Shell Improvements as described in Exhibit D is required by the Tenant for the Premises (excluding Building HVAC), Landlord, at Tenant’s cost and as part of the Tenant Improvements (and the Tenant Allowance, as available, may be applied to cover the cost thereof), shall install such additional panel boards, transformers, electrical risers and other items as reasonably required by Landlord to meet any additional electrical capacity requirements for the Premises.

 

b.             Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises exceeding the floor load per square foot area which such floor was designed to carry as agreed upon in the final approved Construction Documents for the Premises and which may be allowed by law. Landlord reserves the right to reasonably prescribe the weight limitations and position of all heavy equipment and similar items, and to prescribe the reinforcing necessary, if any, which in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord may be required under the circumstances, such reinforcing to be at Tenant’s expense.

 

10.           PARKING .

 

a.             As a minimum, Landlord will provide Tenant with one hundred eighty (180) parking spaces in the Parking Area, at no charge (the “Minimum Parking Spaces”). One-half (1/2) of the Minimum Parking Spaces shall be made available upon the Commencement Date for Phase 1 of the Project, and the remaining one-half (1/2) of the Minimum Parking Spaces shall be made available upon the Commencement Date for Phase 2 of the Project.

 

b.             In addition to the Minimum Parking Spaces, Landlord shall provide Tenant, and Tenant hereby takes from Landlord, three hundred forty (340) additional parking spaces to accommodate Tenant’s extraordinary parking requirements for the Premises (the “Additional Parking Spaces”). Two hundred ten (210) of the Additional Parking Spaces shall be made available upon the Commencement Date for Phase 1 of the Project, and the remaining one hundred thirty (130) of the Additional Parking Spaces shall be made available upon the Commencement Date for Phase 2 of the Project. Upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord will use reasonable efforts to make available upon the Commencement Date for Phase 1 more than the required two hundred ten (210) of the Additional Parking Spaces. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements and the physical constraints of the Land, Landlord will use best efforts (not to include the bringing of lawsuits) to provide up to an additional one hundred thirty (130) parking spaces (the “Supplemental Parking Spaces”), which Supplemental Parking Spaces shall be deemed to be part of the Additional Parking Spaces and shall be subject to the provisions hereof applicable to the Additional Parking Spaces, including, without limitation, payment of parking rental therefor as described below. However, if Landlord fails to provide the Supplemental Parking Spaces, on or before the Commencement Date for Phase 2 for any reason whatsoever (or, once provided, all or any portion of the Supplemental Parking Spaces are no longer usable by Tenant as a result of the acts or omissions of Landlord), then the following provisions shall apply: From the Commencement Date for Phase 2 until the expiration of eight (8) years after the Commencement Date for Phase 2, Tenant shall be entitled to receive a monthly credit against the Base Rent to become due hereunder, such credit to be equal to (i) Twenty and No/100 ($20.00) Dollars per space (not to exceed eighty (80) spaces) per month for each space between one (1) and eighty (80) of the Supplemental Parking Spaces that Landlord fails to provide, and (ii) Ten and No/100 ($10.00) Dollars per space per month for each space between eighty-one (81) and one hundred thirty (130) of the Supplemental Parking Spaces that Landlord fails to provide. For example purposes only, if Landlord provides sixty-five (65) of the Supplemental Parking Spaces, then the Base Rent credit shall be a total of $76,800.00, prorated at

 

11


 

$800.00 per month from the Commencement Date for Phase 2 until the expiration of eight (8) years after the Commencement Date for Phase 2. In addition, if Tenant becomes entitled to such Base Rent credit and, prior to the expiration of eight (8) years after the Commencement Date for Phase 2, Landlord provides from time to time ail or any portion of the one hundred thirty (130) Supplemental Parking Spaces, then commencing on the date(s) that Landlord provides the one hundred thirty (130) Supplemental Parking Spaces (or any portion thereof), the Base Rent credit from each such point forward shall be deemed to be void and of no further force or effect with respect to the number of Supplemental Parking Spaces provided by Landlord, and such credit shall be prorated for any partial month in which the one hundred thirty (130) Supplemental Parking Spaces (or any portion thereof) are made available to Tenant.

 

c.             The Additional Parking Spaces shall be subject to a monthly rental charge payable by Tenant to Landlord in the amount of Forty-Two and 13/100 ($42.13) Dollars for each of the Additional Parking Spaces, plus tax, the total amount of such parking rental to be payable to Landlord as Additional Rent at the same time and in the same manner as the monthly installments of Base Rent. The parking rental for the Additional Parking Spaces shall be adjusted at the beginning of the fourth (4th) Lease Year and each Lease Year thereafter based on increases in the CPI, in the same manner as CPI increases for the Base Rent as described in Section 3 above.

 

d.             Subject to compliance with alt applicable Legal Requirements, and the terms hereof, Tenant may post signs or other markings in connection with the Parking Area. In addition, since Tenant is responsible for its own security for the Project, Landlord is not responsible for policing or towing any cars wrongfully parked in any of Tenant’s parking spaces.

 

e.             All parking spaces are to be in the Parking Area for the Building, and will be constructed by Landlord in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements. All spaces leased by Tenant hereunder shall be used by Tenant’s officers, employees, visitors, agents, contractors, assignees, subtenants and invitees. All parking provided for under this Lease shall be available twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, subject to Force Majeure.

 

f.              As part of the improvements to the Project, Landlord will construct a decorative security wall and fence around the Project, along with a free-standing guardhouse at the entrance to the Parking Area. These additional features will be constructed by Landlord prior to the Commencement Date for Phase 1. As a reimbursement to Landlord for the cost of such additional features, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a monthly rental charge equal to Six Hundred Fifty and No/100 ($650.00) Dollars per month, plus tax, the total amount of such rental to be payable to Landlord as Additional Rent at the same time and in the same manner as the monthly installments of Base Rent. The monthly charge for such additional features shall be adjusted at the beginning of the fourth (4th) Lease Year and each Lease Year thereafter based on increases in the CPI, in the same manner as CPI increases for the Base Rent as described in Section 3 above.

 

g.             Except for its negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage to automobiles of any nature whatsoever to, or any theft of, automobiles or other vehicles or the contents thereof, while in or about the parking lots.

 

h.             If Landlord does not provide the Minimum Parking Spaces and the Additional Parking Spaces to Tenant by the Commencement Date for Phase 2 (subject to any Tenant Delays and Force Majeure events), then, provided that Tenant has not taken occupancy of Phase 2, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within ten (10) days after the Commencement Date for Phase 2, whereupon Tenant shall vacate and surrender Phase 1 to Landlord in the manner required by this Lease within one (1) year after the date of Tenant’s termination notice, Landlord shall return to Tenant the Security Deposit, plus Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the actual, reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant regarding this Lease (but not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 ($150,000.00) Dollars), and both parties shall be relieved of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that if Landlord provides the Minimum Parking Spaces and the Additional Parking Spaces within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Tenant’s termination notice, then the termination notice will be deemed to be void and rescinded, and the Lease shall continue in full force and effect. Within ninety (90) days after Tenant’s termination notice, Tenant shall notify Landlord of the exact date that Tenant will vacate and surrender Phase 1, which date shall be (a) no earlier than ninety (90) days after the date of Tenant’s notification of such exact date, and (b) no later than one (1) year after the date of Tenant’s termination notice. Rent for Phase 1 shall be prorated through the date that Tenant so vacates and surrenders Phase 1 to Landlord.

 

11.           LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS .  The Premises are rented without any, improvements to be rendered by Landlord, other than those improvements described herein and such other services or improvements, if any, as may be described in Exhibit C and Exhibit D .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, for the first (1st) Lease Year of each Phase, Landlord hereby provides a warranty in favor of Tenant to repair or replace (if needed) any defect in the Shell Improvements and Tenant Improvements constructed by Landlord for each Phase pursuant to Exhibit C and Exhibit D , so long as the need for such repair or replacement is not caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees, or contractors, or breach of this

 

12



 

Lease by Tenant. The warranty contained herein is not intended to reduce Landlord’s obligations expressly set forth in Section 12 of this Lease.

 

12.           REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE .  Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, will promptly make all replacements (as opposed to repairs and maintenance) of capital items serving the Project in a manner consistent with the standards prevailing from time to time for Comparable Class Buildings, including, but not limited to the roof, foundation and structural elements of the Buildings, the HVAC system, major elevator components and the main equipment and systems providing services to the Project including without limitation, the Project-wide sprinkler systems, mechanical, electrical, life safety and plumbing systems, elevators, the fire alarm systems and repaving of the Parking Area, unless the need for any such replacement is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees, or contractors, or breach of this Lease by Tenant, in which event Tenant will bear the cost of such repairs to the extent as provided in this Lease. In no event will Landlord be liable to Tenant for failure to make any required replacement unless written notice of the need for such replacement has been delivered by Tenant to Landlord and Landlord shall fail to make such replacement within a reasonable period after receipt of such notice.

 

If Landlord fails to perform a required replacement or fails to repair a warranted item within a reasonable period after receipt of notice as set forth above, and such failure causes the Project to be without an essential building service (such as electricity or HVAC but not to include elevators) which renders all or any portion of the Premises untenantable for five (5) consecutive business days, and so long as the correction of the problem is within Landlord’s reasonable control, then Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Rent (in proportion to the area so untreatable) until such essential service is restored. If such failure aggregates to a total of forty-five (45) days in any twelve (12) month period, and so long as the correction of the problem is within Landlord’s reasonable control, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease.

 

Landlord will consult with Tenant regarding the need for replacement of capital items. In the event of a dispute between Landlord and Tenant as to whether a particular item is a capital replacement to be made by Landlord (or whether such item is not in need of replacement and is instead part of Tenant’s repair and maintenance of capital items), which dispute is not resolved by the parties within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s notice to Landlord of the Tenant’s request for such replacement, then, within ten (10) days after the expiration of such fifteen (15) day period, Landlord and Tenant shall each select an independent disinterested engineer, which engineers shall mutually determine (within ten (10) days) whether the item in question is a capital replacement to be made by Landlord or whether such item is not in need of replacement and is instead part of Tenant’s repair and maintenance of capital items. The losing party shall bear the costs of both engineers. If the engineers cannot agree, then the engineers shall mutually select a third independent disinterested engineer. Such third engineer shall then (within ten (10) days) make its determination whether the item in question is a capital replacement or whether such item is not in need of replacement and is instead a repair and maintenance item, whose decision shall be final and binding. The losing party shall pay the fees and costs of such third engineer. At a minimum, each of the engineers shall be disinterested engineers, with substantial experience in the Miami-Dade County commercial real estate office market.

 

Except for the specific capital items to be replaced by Landlord as described above and the items warranted by Landlord as described above , Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, will repair and maintain (and replace if necessary) the Project (including, without limitation, all furniture, trade fixtures and equipment of Tenant, all areas devoted to corridors, elevator lobbies, restrooms, mechanical rooms, janitorial closets, electrical and telephone closets, vending areas, lobby areas, refuse dumpsters, loading docks and other similar facilities, Building stairs, Building elevator shafts, elevator mechanical rooms, fire towers, Building electrical, mechanical and telephone rooms, electrical, communications and mechanical chases, projections, flues, vents, stacks, pipe shafts and other vertical penetrations, ducts and chases) in a clean, attractive and safe condition and in a manner consistent with the standards prevailing from time to time in Comparable Class Buildings, except as to reasonable wear and tear. Upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant will surrender and deliver the Premises to Landlord in a similar condition in which they existed at the commencement of this Lease excepting reasonable wear and tear and damage arising from either an insurable casualty or any cause not required to be repaired by Tenant. Tenant shall be obligated to repair any damage incurred in connection with any removal of Tenant’s furniture, equipment or other personal property by Tenant or its agents, representatives or employees, provided that Tenant shall not be obligated to repair any damage to any area which Landlord has notified Tenant in writing that it intends to refurbish or remove in connection with renovation of the Project for re-letting. This Section shall not apply in the case of damage or destruction by fire or other casualty which is covered by insurance maintained by Landlord or Tenant on the Project (as to which Section 15 hereof shall apply) or damage resulting from an eminent domain taking (as to which Section 17 hereof shall apply). To the extent possible, Landlord will assign to Tenant the benefit of any manufacturer’s warranties and guaranties with respect to the items installed by Landlord but to be maintained by Tenant regarding the Project. Landlord will obtain the warranties and guaranties as may be expressly required in the final approved Construction Documents for the Premises. Landlord will use reasonable efforts to cause Tenant to be a third party beneficiary of Landlord’s construction contract with its general contractor.

 

13.          ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS .  After completion of the initial Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements to the Project without the

 

13



 

prior written approval of Landlord. In the case of alterations, additions or improvements to the interior of the Project which are nonstructural, do not affect any base building systems, and do not alter the exterior of the Buildings, such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. However, (i) if the cost of an alteration, addition or improvement does not exceed in the aggregate Ten Thousand and No/100 ($10,000.00) Dollars, then such approval shall not be required and no notice need be given to Landlord, and (ii) if the cost of an alteration, addition or improvement is more than Ten Thousand and No/100 ($10,000.00) Dollars in the aggregate but less than Thirty-Five Thousand and No/100 ($35,000.00) Dollars in the aggregate, then such approval shall not be required, but Tenant shall be required to give Landlord prior written notice thereof. In any event, Tenant shall conduct its work in such a manner as to maintain harmonious labor relations and shall, prior to the commencement of the work, submit to Landlord copies of all necessary permits. All alterations, additions and improvements to the Project made by or on behalf of Tenant will be made only in a good and workmanlike manner, using new, first-class materials, in conformity with all required permits, and in compliance with all applicable building codes and other Legal Requirements. Landlord reserves the right to approve the contractors hired by Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall pay to Landlord all reasonable architectural and engineering fees incurred by Landlord in connection with the review of any proposed alterations, additions or improvements for which Landlord’s consent is required. All alterations, additions or improvements, whether temporary or permanent in character, made in or upon the Project prior to the Commencement Date of each Phase, as applicable, either by Landlord or Tenant, shall, at the end of the Term hereof, be Landlord’s property and at the end of the Term hereof shall remain in or upon the Project without compensation to Tenant. Tenant shall not be required to remove and restore any alterations, additions or improvements which were made after the Commencement Date, unless Landlord expressly requires in writing the removal of such alteration, addition or improvement, and the restoration occasioned by such removal, at the time Landlord’s consent is granted.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all of Tenant’s furniture, personal property, movable trade fixtures, work stations, file systems, appliances, art, and equipment including without limitation all movable cabinets, loose woodwork and shelving, and telephone and communication equipment and data transmission equipment may be removed by Tenant at the termination of this Lease, and if Tenant so removes, Tenant shall at its sole expense repair any damage to the Project caused by such removal which damage is beyond what may be reasonably expected in connection with such move and reasonable wear and tear. If not so removed by Tenant, such property shall become the property of Landlord without any accounting to Tenant. In no event may Tenant remove any leasehold improvements or any base building mechanical, electrical, HVAC, plumbing, or life safety systems, except that Tenant may remove its separate generator.

 

14.           INDEMNITIES; LIABILITY.

 

a.             Landlord shall not be liable for any death or injury arising from or out of any occurrence in, upon, at, or relating to the Project or damage to property of Tenant or of others located on the Premises or elsewhere in the Project, nor shall it be responsible for any loss of or damage to any property of Tenant or others from any cause, unless such death, injury, loss, or damage results from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, or contractors, or breach of this Lease by Landlord. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall not be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, falling ceiling tile, falling fixtures, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain, flood, or leaks from any part of the Buildings or from the pipes, sprinklers, appliances, plumbing works, roof, windows, or subsurface of any floor or ceiling of the Buildings or from the street or any other place or by dampness, or for losses due to theft or burglary, or by any other cause whatsoever, unless such death, injury, loss, or damage results from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, or contractors, or breach of this Lease by Landlord. Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from and against any and all loss (including loss of Base Rent and Additional Rent payable in respect to the Premises), claims, actions, damages, liability, and expense of any kind whatsoever (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs at all tribunal levels), unless such death, injury, loss, or damage results from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, or contractors, or breach of this Lease by Landlord, arising from any occurrence in, upon, or at the Premises, or the occupancy, use, or improvement by Tenant or its agents or invitees of the Premises or any part thereof, or occasioned wholly or in part by any act or omission of Tenant its agents, employees, and invitees or by anyone permitted to be on the Premises by Tenant. This indemnity shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. In connection with any indemnity of Landlord by Tenant in this Lease, such indemnity shall also include the defense of Landlord, if Landlord so requests. The limitation of liability set forth in this Section 14a does not relieve Landlord of its obligation for the construction warranty described in Section 11 hereof.

 

b.             Tenant shall not be liable for any death or injury arising from or out of any occurrence in, upon, at, or relating to the Project or damage to property of Landlord or of others located on the Premises or elsewhere in the Project, nor shall it be responsible for any loss of or damage to any property of Landlord or others from any cause, to the extent such death, injury, loss, or damage results from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, or contractors, or breach of this Lease by Landlord. Landlord agrees to indemnify Tenant and hold it harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, actions, damages, liability, and expense of any kind whatsoever (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs at all tribunal levels), to the extent such death, injury, loss, or damage results from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, or contractors, or breach

 

14



 

of this Lease by Landlord. This indemnity shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. In connection with any indemnity of Tenant by Landlord in this Lease, such indemnity shall also include the defense of Tenant, if Tenant so requests.

 

c.             The indemnification provisions in this Section or elsewhere in this Lease are subject to the waiver of recovery and waiver of subrogation provisions set forth in Section 31 of this Lease. To the extent of the proceeds received by either party under any insurance required to be maintained in this Lease, such party’s obligation to indemnify and hold harmless the other party against the hazard which is the subject of such insurance shall be deemed to be satisfied.

 

15.           DAMAGE BY FIRE OR THE ELEMENTS.

 

a.             If during the Term all or any part of the Project shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall promptly give notice thereof to Landlord and Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense subject to availability and receipt from Tenant’s insurance company(ies) of the insurance proceeds and the receipt from Tenant of the deductible amount of such insurance, if any, (except as provided in Section 15(b)), repair, restore or replace the applicable Phase as nearly as possible to its value, condition and character as of the Commencement Date of the applicable Phase. Landlord shall within thirty (30) days following such notice from Tenant of the casualty advise Tenant the amount of time such repairs are reasonably estimated to require.

 

b.             If during the Term the Project shall be substantially damaged or destroyed in any single casualty in such a manner that such damage cannot, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, be repaired within nine (9) months from the date of such casualty, Landlord shall so notify Tenant within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s receipt of the notice required pursuant to Section 15(a) hereof, or if such damage or destruction occurs during the last three (3) years of the Term (taking into account any previously exercised renewal option), then Landlord may by written notice terminate this Lease. If Landlord shall give such notice of termination, this Lease shall terminate on the sixtieth (60th) day following the date Tenant receives notice of termination from Landlord in accordance with the provisions of this Section.

 

c.             If during the Term the Project shall be damaged or destroyed in any single casualty and Landlord (if permitted to do so) does not give notice of its intention to terminate this Lease, as provided above, this Lease shall continue in force and effect, and Landlord shall repair, restore or replace the same as provided above; provided, however, if (i) the estimated time period for repair exceeds nine (9) months, or (ii) such statement estimating the repair time is not timely delivered (and Tenant notified Landlord of its failure to timely deliver the statement and Landlord fails to respond to Tenant within five (5) days after Tenant’s notice), or (iii) such damage or destruction occurs during the last three (3) years of the Term (taking into account any previously exercised renewal option), then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord delivered not later than thirty (30) days after (x) in the case of subsection(c)(i), the date Landlord delivers the statement estimating the repair time, or (y) in the case of subsection(c)(ii), five (5) days after Tenant’s notice of Landlord’s failure to deliver the statement or the date Landlord delivers the statement, if Landlord so delivers or (z) in the case of subsection(c)(iii), the date of damage or destruction. If Tenant makes such election, the Term shall expire on the sixtieth (60th) day following the date Landlord receives notice of termination from Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Section. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord shall not be required to proceed with repairs or restoration if the repair estimate exceeds nine (9) months and the casualty occurs within the last three (3) years of the existing Term (taking into account any previously exercised renewal option).

 

d.             Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair or replace any part of the furniture, equipment, fixtures and Tenant’s personal property which were placed by or for Tenant within the Project. Tenant will maintain fire and extended coverage insurance on such furniture, equipment, fixtures and Tenant’s personal property and Tenant will restore or replace the same promptly following the repair or restoration of the Project after an event of casualty. Any insurance, if any, which may be carried by Landlord in its discretion (at Landlord’s sole cost) against loss or damage to the Premises or any other part of the Project shall be for the sole benefit of Landlord and under its sole control.

 

e.             If the Project shall be partially damaged or partially destroyed by a casualty, the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder shall be equitably abated to the extent that the Project shall have been rendered untenantable for the period from the date of such damage or destruction to the date the damage shall be repaired or restored. If the Project or a major part thereof shall be damaged or destroyed that it is rendered untenantable on account of a casualty, the Base Rent and Additional Rent shall abate as of the date of the damage or destruction and until Landlord shall repair, restore and rebuild the Project; provided, however, that if Tenant reoccupies for the conduct of its business a portion of the Project during the period the restoration work is taking place and prior to the date that the same are made Substantially Completed, Base Rent and Additional Rent allocable to such portion shall be payable by Tenant from the date of such occupancy.

 

f.              All property insurance proceeds received by Landlord or Tenant on account of such damage or destruction to the Buildings in excess of a casualty loss for which the proceeds are less than $375,000.00, in which case the proceeds are not required to be placed in an escrow account (excluding proceeds relating to Tenant’s personal property, which proceeds shall be used in accordance with

 

15



 

Section 15.d, above), less the actual costs, fees and expenses, if any, incurred in connection with adjustment of the loss, shall be retained in escrow in such bank or title company as shall be selected by Landlord and approved by Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, for the purpose of reimbursing Landlord for expenditures made to repair, restore or replace any part of the Project so damaged or destroyed (which expenditures shall include expenditures made for temporary repairs for the protection of property pending the completion of permanent repairs, restorations or replacements to the Project, or to prevent interference with the business operated thereon, and repairs, restorations or replacements thereto then in process insofar as actually made or constructed) or to pay contractors, subcontractors, material suppliers, engineers, architects or other persons who have rendered services or furnished materials for said repairs, restorations or replacements (herein called “Restoration”), and shall be withdrawn from the escrow account as hereinafter provided from time to time as the Restoration progresses upon the written request of Landlord to the escrow agent (with a copy to Tenant), which shall be accompanied by the following:

 

(i)            A certificate of the architect or engineer in charge of the Restoration (who shall be selected by Landlord and be reasonably satisfactory to Tenant) dated not more than thirty (30) days prior to such request, stating in effect that the work done through the date of such request has been substantially completed; and

 

(ii)           An affidavit from the general contractor for any partial or final payment in the form prescribed by Chapter 713, Florida Statutes.

 

Upon compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section, the escrow agent shall be deemed to be authorized, without further instrument, to pay or cause to be paid to Landlord or to the persons, named in the contractor affidavit the respective amounts stated therein to have been paid by Landlord or to be due to them, as the case may be.

 

16.           INTENTIONALLY OMITTED .

 

17.           EMINENT DOMAIN .

 

a.             The terms “eminent domain,” “condemnation,” “taken” and the like in this Section 17 include takings for public or quasi-public use and private purchases in place of condemnation by any authority authorized to exercise the power of eminent domain.

 

b.                                          If the entire Premises or the portions of the Project required for reasonable access to, or the reasonable use of, the Project are taken by eminent domain, this Lease shall automatically end on the earlier of:

 

(1)                                the date title vests; or

 

(2)                                the date Tenant is dispossessed by the condemning authority.

 

c.             If the taking of a part of the Premises materially interferes with Tenant’s ability to continue its business operations in substantially the same manner and space, then Tenant may end this Lease on the earlier of:

 

(1)                                 the date when title vests; or

 

(2)                                 the date Tenant is dispossessed by the condemning authority.

 

If there is a partial taking and this Lease continues, then the Lease shall end as to the part taken and the Rent shall abate in proportion to the part of the Premises and/or Parking Area, as applicable, taken, and all other matters under this Lease that are a function of Rentable Area shall be so reduced. A taking of fifteen (15%) percent or more of the Parking Area shall be deemed a material interference with Tenant’s business operations.

 

d.             Intentionally omitted.

 

e.             If this Lease is canceled as provided in this Section 17, then the Base Rent, Additional Rent, and any other charges shall be payable up to the date Tenant ceases business operations and vacates the Premises in the manner required by this Lease, and shall account for any abatement. Landlord, considering any abatement, shall promptly refund to Tenant any prepaid, unaccrued Base Rent and Additional Rent, if any, less any sum then owing by Tenant to Landlord.

 

f.             If this Lease is not canceled as provided for in this Section 17, then Landlord at its expense shall promptly repair and restore the Project to the condition that existed immediately before the taking, except for the part taken, to render the Project a complete architectural unit, including the Tenant improvements, to the extent of the condemnation award received for the damage.

 

g.            Landlord reserves all rights to damages and awards paid because of any partial or entire taking of the Premises or other portion of the Project. Tenant assigns to Landlord any right Tenant may

 

16



 

have to any damages or awards. Further, Tenant shall not make claims against Landlord or the condemning authority for damages. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may claim and recover from the condemning authority a separate award for Tenant’s expenses, damages and costs (including, without limitation, cost of removal of, trade fixtures, furniture and other personal property belonging to Tenant, Tenant’s moving expenses and other relocation damages, such as loss of business, and the unamortized portion of leasehold improvements paid for by Tenant with no contribution or reimbursement from Landlord), so long as any such award to Tenant would not reduce the award payable to Landlord and in no event may Tenant seek any award for Tenant Improvements paid for by Landlord or for leasehold value. Each party shall seek its own award, as limited by this paragraph, at its own expense, and neither shall have any right to the award made to the other.

 

h.             If part or all of the Premises are condemned for a period of time not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days (a “temporary taking”), this Lease shall remain in effect. The Rent and Tenant’s obligations for the part of the Premises taken shall abate during the temporary taking in proportion to the part of the Premises that Tenant is unable to use in its business operations as a result of the temporary taking. Landlord shall receive the entire award for any temporary taking.

 

18.           SIGNS AND ADVERTISING .

 

a.             Subject to compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements, and the terms hereof, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall have the exclusive right to install and maintain signage of Tenant’s choosing on exterior facades of each of the Buildings or elsewhere in or about the Project (collectively, the “Exterior Signs”). However, Tenant’s right to erect and install the Exterior Signs shall be conditioned upon (a) this Lease being in full force and effect; and (b) compliance with all applicable Legal, Requirements, and insurance requirements, as the same may from time to time be amended or promulgated. In addition, Tenant shall coordinate the installation or removal of any Exterior Signs with Landlord so that Landlord or its contractors may monitor such installation or removal. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense, shall exercise due diligence to apply and obtain all permits and licenses required in connection with the Exterior Signs and shall be fully responsible for the proper installation thereof. Landlord will cooperate with Tenant in the obtaining of such permits and licenses. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses, suits, demands, claims, injuries, or deaths occasioned by the installation, maintenance, and removal of the Exterior Signs pursuant to the terms of this Lease, except for the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, or contractors, or breach of this Lease by Landlord. This indemnity shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

b.             All signage (including, but not limited to, the Exterior Signs) will be installed and maintained at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The Exterior Signs shall be removed at the expiration or termination of Tenant’s signage rights, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

19.           DEFAULT .  Landlord, at its election, may exercise any one or more of the options referred to below upon the happening, or at any time after the happening, of any one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”):

 

a.             Tenant’s failure to pay the Base Rent or any Additional Rent or any other sums payable hereunder for a period of ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord;

 

b.             Tenant’s failure to observe, keep or perform any of the other terms, covenants, agreements or conditions of this Lease for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice by Landlord stating the default with particularity; provided that if such failure cannot reasonably be corrected in such thirty (30) day period and Tenant shall commence such cure within such thirty (30) day period and shall proceed diligently to complete such cure as soon as reasonably possible, Tenant shall be allowed an additional reasonable period of time to cure the failure;

 

c.             The bankruptcy of Tenant;

 

d.             Tenant is making an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

e.             A receiver or trustee being appointed for Tenant or a substantial portion of Tenant’s assets;

 

f.              Tenant’s voluntary petitioning for relief under, or otherwise seeking the benefit of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement or insolvency law;

 

g.             Tenant’s interest under this Lease being sold under execution or other legal process; and

 

h.             Any unauthorized assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or unauthorized subletting of the Premises.

 

In the event of any of the foregoing happenings, but subject to Tenant’s right to cure a default as expressly provided above, Landlord, at its election, may exercise any one or more of the following options,

 

17



 

the exercise of any of which shall not be deemed to preclude the exercise of any others herein listed or otherwise provided by statute or general law or equity at the same time or in subsequent times or actions:

 

(1)           Landlord may cancel this Lease by notice to Tenant and retake possession of the Premises for Landlord’s account, or may terminate Tenant’s right to possession (without terminating this Lease), for the account of Tenant. In either event, Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord. Tenant’s liability under all of the provisions of this Lease shall continue notwithstanding any expiration and surrender, or any re-entry, repossession, or disposition hereunder. If Tenant’s right to possession is terminated (without terminating this Lease), Tenant shall remain liable (in addition to accrued liabilities) to the extent legally permissible for all Rent Tenant would have been required to pay until the date this Lease would have expired had such cancellation not occurred. Tenant’s liability for Rent shall continue notwithstanding re-entry or repossession of the Premises by Landlord. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall pay to Landlord such sums as the court which has jurisdiction thereover may adjudge as reasonable attorneys’ fees with respect to any successful lawsuit or action instituted by Landlord to enforce the provisions of this Lease.

 

(2)           Landlord may relet all or any part of the Premises for all or any part of the unexpired portion of the Term of this Lease or for any longer period, and may accept any reasonable rent then attainable; grant any reasonable concessions of rent, and agree to paint or make any reasonable repairs, alterations, and decorations for any new Tenant as it may deem advisable in its reasonable discretion. Landlord shall be under no obligation to relet or to attempt to relet the Premises, except as expressly set forth below. Any sums achieved by Landlord as a result of a reletting shall first be applied to Landlord’s costs and expenses in connection with such reletting and Tenant’s default.

 

(3)           If Tenant’s right to possession is terminated (without terminating this Lease), and Landlord so elects, the rent hereunder shall be accelerated and Tenant shall pay Landlord damages in the amount of any and all sums which would have been due for the remainder of the Term (reduced to present value using a discount factor equal to the stated prime lending rate on the date of Tenant’s default by Landlord’s then-existing mortgagee or, if there is no mortgagee, by NationsBank, Citibank, or First Union, as chosen by Landlord). Prior to or following payment in full by Tenant of such discounted sum promptly upon demand, Landlord shall use good faith efforts to relet the Premises. If Landlord receives consideration as a result of a reletting of the Premises relating to the same time period for which Tenant has paid accelerated rent, such consideration actually received by Landlord, less any and all of Landlord’s reasonable cost of repairs, alterations, additions, redecorating, and other expenses in connection with such reletting of the Premises, shall be a credit against such discounted sum, and such discounted sum shall be reduced if not yet paid by Tenant as called for herein, or if Tenant has paid such discounted sum, such credited amount shall be repaid to Tenant by Landlord (provided said credit shall not exceed the accelerated amount).

 

Forbearance by Landlord to enforce one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an Event of Default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or default.

 

In the event of any default by Landlord, Tenant may exercise any available legal and equitable remedies other than termination of this Lease, except for termination rights expressly granted to Tenant hereunder; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed to be a waiver by Tenant of any rights it may have to claim a constructive eviction of Tenant by Landlord pursuant to applicable Florida law. Prior to any exercise by Tenant of its available remedies, Tenant will give Landlord written notice specifying such default with particularity, and Landlord shall have a period of thirty (30) days following the date of such notice in which to cure the default (provided, however, that if such default reasonably requires more than thirty (30) days to cure, Landlord shall have a reasonable time to cure such default, provided Landlord commences to cure within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion). In addition, if a default by Landlord is not cured by Landlord within the applicable cure period, then Tenant may notify Landlord of its failure, and if Landlord fails to cure within ten (10) days after Tenant’s notice, then Tenant may, upon five (5) days’ written notice to Landlord (or sooner, if a bona fide emergency), cure the default and bill Landlord for the reasonable costs incurred by Tenant to cure the default. If Landlord does not pay such costs within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s bill (together with reasonable supporting documentation), then Tenant shall have the option to deduct the amount of such bill from the next due monthly installment(s) of Base Rent and Additional Rent, until fully credited. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease, in the event of any breach or default by Landlord of any term or provision of this Lease, Tenant agrees to look solely to the equity or interest then-owned by Landlord in the Project (including the proceeds of insurance, condemnation and sale), and in no event shall any deficiency judgment be sought or obtained against Landlord (except if the Landlord fails to maintain the Minimum Equity Amount, as hereinafter defined, in which case in no event may Tenant look to the Landlord personally In excess of the Minimum Equity Amount). Until the Commencement Date for Phase 2 of the Project, Landlord agrees to maintain no less than Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 ($750,000.00) Dollars in equity in the Project (which includes, without limitation, the value of the Land) (the “Minimum Equity Amount”). Upon the Commencement Date for Phase 2, there is no further requirement for Landlord to maintain the Minimum Equity Amount.

 

18



 

The parties hereto agree that any and all suits for any and every breach of this Lease shall be instituted and maintained only in those courts of competent jurisdiction in the county or municipality in which the Project is located.

 

If Tenant shall be in default in the performance of any term of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed beyond the expiration of the applicable grace period, if any, Landlord, without thereby waiving such default and without liability to Tenant in connection therewith, may, but shall not be obligated to, upon notice (except in a bona fide emergency), perform the same for the account and at the expense of Tenant, and Landlord may take such action as may be reasonably required to cure any such default and may enter the Premises to do so as otherwise provided herein. Any reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such performance or involved in collecting or endeavoring to collect Rent or enforcing or endeavoring to enforce any rights against Tenant under or in connection with this Lease or pursuant to law, including but not limited to any cost, expense and disbursement involved in instituting and prosecuting summary proceedings, as well the cost of any material, labor or services provided, furnished or rendered, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, plus interest at the Default Rate on any amounts expended by Landlord from the date of outlay to the date of reimbursement by Tenant, shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after demand.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any action or litigation in connection with this Lease the prevailing party shall be reimbursed by the other party for all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s, paralegal’s and expert witness fees and costs, whether at trial or on appeal or in bankruptcy proceedings.

 

20.           SUBORDINATION .  In consideration of the execution of this Lease by Landlord, Tenant will subordinate this Lease to any ground leases, security interests or mortgages and all renewals, modifications, extensions, consolidations and replacements of the foregoing which might now or hereafter constitute a lease or a lien upon the Project or improvements therein or thereon or upon the Premises.

 

As a condition to any such subordination, Landlord shall obtain, for Tenant’s benefit, a non-disturbance agreement from the holder of any such future interest providing that so long as Tenant is not in default under the Lease, the enforcement of such interest will not terminate this Lease or disturb Tenant’s use or enjoyment of the Premises. Any such non-disturbance agreement shall be in recordable form and shall otherwise be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Tenant and the holder of such interest.

 

The parties acknowledge that Landlord will not be attempting to obtain a non-disturbance from Landlord’s mortgagee existing as of the date of this Lease. The existing mortgage will be paid off pursuant to the closing of the construction loan to be obtained by Landlord for the construction of the Project, and such existing mortgage shall be released of record concurrently therewith.

 

21.           QUIET ENJOYMENT .  Provided Landlord has not terminated Tenant’s right to possession of the Project as herein provided, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Project against Landlord and all persons claiming by, through or under Landlord (including, without limitation, construction lienors arising out of Landlord’s construction of the Project), for the Term herein described, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease.

 

Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the date of this Lease, it is the fee simple owner of the Land, with full power and authority to enter into this Lease. Tenant shall have the right, at its expense, to obtain a leasehold title insurance policy in connection with this Lease. At Tenant’s request, Landlord will use good faith efforts to obtain a leasehold title insurance policy in favor of Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, from the title company (or its agent) that issues the mortgagee title insurance policy in connection with the construction loan to be obtained by Landlord for the construction of Phase 1, at the minimum rate charged by such title company or agent for such policies (which will not be at a simultaneous issue rate).

 

22.           CONSTRUCTION AND LIENS .  Tenant is prohibited from making, and agrees not to make, alterations in or to the Project, except as permitted by Section 13, and Tenant will not permit any construction, mechanics’ or materialmen’s lien or liens to be placed upon the Project or improvements therein caused by or resulting from any work performed, materials furnished or obligation incurred by or at the request of Tenant, and in the case of the filing of any such lien, Tenant will promptly discharge the lien or transfer the lien to a lien transfer bond (or other security) in accordance with Chapter 713, Florida Statutes. If Tenant fails to discharge or transfer the lien within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, Landlord shall have the right and privilege, at Landlord’s option, of paying the same or any portion thereof without inquiry as to the validity thereof, and any amounts so paid, including reasonable expenses, interest, and attorneys’ fees, shall be due from Tenant to Landlord and shall be repaid to Landlord immediately on rendition of a bill therefor, together with interest at the Default Rate until repaid, and if not so paid within thirty (30) days of the rendition of such bill shall constitute an Event of Default under Section 19 hereof.

 

Nothing in this Lease will be deemed in any way to give Tenant any right, power or authority to contract for or permit to be furnished any service or materials which would give rise to the filing of any construction, mechanics’ or material supplier’s lien against Landlord’s estate or interest in the Premises or

 

19



 

the Project, it being agreed that no estate or interest of Landlord in the Premises or the Project will be subject to any lien arising in connection with any alteration, addition or improvement made by or on behalf of Tenant.

 

Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days after being requested to do so by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a short form of lease in recordable form confirming that the terms of this Lease expressly provide that the interest of Landlord in the Project shall not be subject to liens for improvements made by Tenant and such other information as may be required by Chapter 713, Florida Statutes to prevent the interest of Landlord in the Premises and the Project from being subject to liens for improvements made by Tenant. The short form of lease shall be in the form attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit F .

 

Landlord hereby waives any statutory and common law liens for rent (other than judgment liens). Such waiver is self-executing and does not require any further instrument to evidence such waiver. However, on request, Landlord shall further evidence its agreement to waive its liens by an instrument reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and prepared by Tenant or its lender, in either case at Tenant’s expense.

 

23.           FORCE MAJEURE .  With respect to any action to be taken by Landlord or Tenant or services to be provided by Landlord, except as to any payment of Base Rent or Additional Rent or other sums if due Landlord from Tenant under the terms of this Lease, Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, shall not be liable or responsible for, and the period for performance shall be extended for any delays due to (a) strikes, riots, acts of God (not to include ordinary weather conditions), shortages of labor or materials, theft, fire, public enemy, injunction, insurrection, court order, requisition of other governmental body or authority, war, legal moratoria enacted after the date hereof; or (b) any other causes of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the control of Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, but not to exceed ninety (90) days as to this Section 23(b) (all such events, causes and conditions being herein called “Force Majeure” or an “event of Force Majeure”).

 

24.           SEVERABILITY .  If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future Legal Requirements effective during the Term of this Lease, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby and such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision shall be given force and effect to the extent valid and legal.

 

25.           RENT A SEPARATE COVENANT .  Except as may be specifically provided herein, Tenant shall not for any reason withhold or reduce Tenant’s required payments of Base Rent and Additional Rent provided in this Lease. It is specifically understood and agreed by the parties that the payment of Base Rent and Additional Rent is a covenant by Tenant that is independent of the other covenants of the parties hereunder.

 

26.           HOLDING OVER .  If Tenant holds over without Landlord’s written consent after expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall, throughout the entire holdover period, be deemed to be occupying the Premises pursuant to a tenancy at sufferance, except that the Rent shall equal (a) for the first ninety (90) days, one hundred fifty (150%) percent of the Rent then in effect, and (b) thereafter, two hundred (200%) percent of the Rent then in effect. This provision does not give Tenant the right to hold over beyond the expiration of the Term of this Lease and no holding over by Tenant after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall be construed to extend the Term.

 

27.           EXECUTION .  The person signing this Lease on behalf of each of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants that this Lease has been duly authorized by such party and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of such party.

 

28.           ABSENCE OF OPTION .  The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute a reservation of or offer or option for the Premises, and this Lease becomes effective only upon execution and delivery thereof by Landlord and Tenant.

 

29.           AMENDMENTS .  This Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto and may not be altered, changed or amended, except by written instrument signed by both parties hereto. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by either party unless such waiver be in writing signed by the waiving party and addressed to the other party, nor shall any custom or practice which may grow up between the parties in the administration of the provisions hereof be construed to waive or lessen the right of the other party to insist upon the performance in strict accordance with the terms hereof.

 

30.           NOTICES .  Any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and deemed to be delivered or given when (i) actually received; or (ii) signed for or “refused” as indicated on the postal service return receipt. Delivery may be by personal delivery with a signed receipt or by United States mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, or by nationally-known overnight carrier, addressed to the parties hereto at the respective addresses set out opposite their names below, or at such other address as they may hereafter specify by written notice delivered in accordance herewith:

 

20



 

If to Landlord:

 

Frank W. Guilford, Jr., Individually and as Trustee
c/o Guilford & Associates, P.A.
Suite 300
2222 Ponce de Leon Boulevard
Coral Gables, Florida 33134
Attention:  F.W. Zeke Guilford, Esq.

 

 

 

With a required

 

Hughes Hubbard & Reed LLP

copy of default

 

201 S. Biscayne Boulevard

notices to:

 

Suite 2500

 

 

Miami, Florida 33131

 

 

Attention:  Eric D. Rapkin, Esq.

 

 

 

If to Tenant:

 

Interval International, Inc.
6262 Sunset Drive
Penthouse I
Miami, Florida 33143
Attention:  Mr. Paul W. Rishell, COO

 

 

 

With a required

 

Interval International, Inc.

copy to:

 

6262 Sunset Drive

 

 

Penthouse I

 

 

Miami, Florida 33143

 

 

Attention:  Legal Department

 

31.           INSURANCE .  Tenant shall not knowingly conduct or permit to be conducted any activity, or place any equipment, materials or other items in, on or about the Premises or the Project, which will in any way increase the rate of fire or liability or casualty insurance on the Project unless Tenant pays for all such increases; although it is understood that Tenant can use the Premises as permitted under Section 5 without being in violation of this provision.

 

a.              Property Insurance:

 

(1)           At all times during the Term, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, will maintain a policy or policies of special form insurance insuring, in an amount not less than one hundred (100%) percent of the Full Insurable Value of the Project (including, without limitation, the Buildings and Parking Area, the Shell Improvements and the Tenant Improvements, Tenant’s personal property and on all items required to be insured by Tenant as set forth in Section 15) against loss or damage by fire, explosion and other hazards and contingencies as are normally included in extended coverage policies with a Best’s A rated insurance company qualified to do business in the State of Florida having a Best’s Financial Size Category of not less than Class VIII. The deductible amount under such insurance is subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (and recognizing the special windstorm deductible as may be standard in the industry). As provided in Sections 4 and 15, the deductibles are the responsibility of Tenant. The term “Full Insurable Value” as used in this Lease means the actual replacement or repair cost (excluding cost of replacement of excavations, foundations, grading, paving and landscaping) using like kind and quality materials. Payments for losses thereunder in connection with the Project (other than Tenant’s personal property and on all items required to be insured by Tenant as set forth in Section 15) shall be made solely to Landlord or the mortgagee(s) of Landlord as their interest may appear or in accordance with the escrow requirements of Section 15 hereof. Payments for losses thereunder in connection with Tenant’s personal property and on all items required to be insured by Tenant as set forth in Section 15d shall be made solely to Tenant.

 

(2)           Tenant shall, upon the written request of Landlord from time to time, provide Landlord with current certificates of insurance evidencing compliance with this Section 31.

 

b.              Liability Insurance:

 

(1)           Landlord will, at all times during the Lease Term, maintain a policy or policies of comprehensive general liability and/or umbrella liability insurance with respect to the Project and the activities thereon, issued by a Best’s A rated insurance company qualified to do business in the State of Florida having a Best’s Financial Size Category of not less than Class VIII, such insurance to afford minimum protection of not less than $5,000,000.00 combined single limit coverage or umbrella coverage for bodily injury, property damage or combination thereof with deductibles of no more than $25,000.00. Such insurance (as well as any rent loss insurance obtained by Landlord in connection with this Lease) will be maintained at the expense of Tenant as part of Landlord’s Operating Costs or, at Tenant’s election and if obtainable, directly by Tenant, at its expense, on behalf of Landlord.

 

21



 

(2)           Tenant agrees, that at all times during the Term (as well as prior and subsequent thereto if Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees and third persons in or about the Premises should then use or occupy any portion of the Premises), it will maintain comprehensive general liability insurance with respect to the Premises and Tenant’s activities therein and thereabout, insuring against liability for personal injury and property damage or a combination thereof, with deductibles of no more than $25,000.00, with the premiums thereon fully paid for on or before the due date, issued by a Best’s A rated insurance company qualified to do business in the State of Florida, having a Best’s Financial Size Category of not less than Class VIII, such insurance to afford minimum protection of not less than $5,000,000.00 combined single limit coverage or umbrella coverage for bodily injury, property damage or combination thereof.

 

c.             Landlord and Landlord’s mortgagee(s), if any, shall be named as additional insureds under Tenant’s property and liability insurance and shall include with the terms thereof contractual liability coverage and shall include ten (10) days’ notice of cancellation, to Landlord and its mortgagee(s). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord as a condition precedent to its taking occupancy of the Premises (but not to its obligation to pay Rent), a certificate or certificates evidencing such insurance reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and Tenant shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance evidencing the renewal of such policies, required hereunder. Landlord shall have the right to satisfy its insurance requirement under this Section 31 under a blanket policy covering the Premises and other properties. Nothing in this Section 31 hereof shall prevent Tenant, so long as Tenant is the Original Tenant hereunder or is a successor by merger, consolidation or acquisition, from taking out the insurance of the kind and in the amounts provided for under this Section 31 under a blanket insurance policy or policies covering other properties as well as the Premises, provided, however, that any such policy or policies of blanket insurance shall otherwise comply as to endorsements and coverage with the provisions of this Section 31.

 

d.             Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives any and all rights of recovery, claim, action, or cause of action, against the other, its agents, officers, or employees, for any loss or damage that may occur to the Premises, or any improvements thereto or the Project of which the Premises are a part, or any improvements thereto, or any personal property of such party therein, by reason of fire, the elements, or any other causes which are, or could or should be insured against under the terms of the standard fire and extended coverage insurance policies referred to in subsection a hereof, regardless of whether such insurance is actually maintained and regardless of the cause or origin of the damage involved. Inasmuch as the above mutual waivers will preclude the assignment of any aforesaid claim by way of subrogation (or otherwise) to an insurance company (or any other person), Landlord and Tenant severally agree to give to each insurance company which has issued to it policies of insurance, written notice of the terms of said mutual waivers, and to have said insurance policies properly endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of said insurance coverages by reason of said waivers.

 

e.             Landlord shall cause its general contractor to maintain builder’s risk and liability insurance on each Phase during the period of construction. All such insurance attributable to the Shell Improvements shall be paid by Landlord, and the portion thereof reasonably allocated to the Tenant Improvements shall be part of the Construction Budget. To the extent obtainable pursuant to accepted insurance industry standards, Tenant shall be an additional insured thereon. Landlord shall provide Tenant with certificates of insurance evidencing such status.

 

32.           RECORDING .  This Lease or any memorandum (other than Exhibit F ) shall not be recorded without Landlord’s and Tenant’s prior written consent.

 

33.           TAX ON RENT .  If federal, state or local law now or hereafter imposes any sales, use or other tax, assessment, levy or other charge (other than any income, inheritance or estate tax) directly or indirectly upon: (i) Landlord with respect to this Lease; (ii) Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises; (iii) any Base Rent or Additional Rent payable under this Lease; or (iv) this transaction but only if any tax is due at execution of this Lease, then Tenant will pay the amount thereof as Additional Rent to Landlord with the payment of such Base Rent or Additional Rent to which such amount relates and otherwise upon demand. Tenant acknowledges that ‘the applicable sales tax as of the date hereof is six and one-half (6.5%)percent.

 

34.           ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES .  Tenant will from time to time, within fifteen (15) days after being requested to do so by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord (or, at Landlord’s request, to any existing or prospective purchaser, transferee, assignee or mortgagee of any or all of the Premises, the Project, any interest therein or any of Landlord’s rights under this Lease) an instrument in recordable form, certifying: (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there has been any modifications thereof, that it is in full force and effect as so modified, stating therein the nature of such modifications); (ii) as to the dates to which the Base Rent and any Additional Rent and any other charges arising hereunder have been paid; (iii) as to the amount of any prepaid Rent or any credit due to Tenant hereunder; (iv) that Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises, and the date on which the Term of this Lease commenced; (v) as to whether, to the best of the Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord or Tenant is then in default in performing any of its obligations hereunder (and, if so, specifying the nature of each such default); and (vi) as to any other fact or condition reasonably requested by Landlord or such other addressee. Such instrument shall contain an express acknowledgment that the statements contained therein are being relied upon by Landlord and any such other addressee.

 

22



 

Landlord will from time to time, within fifteen (15) days after being requested to do so by Tenant, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Tenant (or, at Tenant’s request, to a third party prospective or permitted assignee or sublessee) an instrument certifying (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there has been any modifications thereof, that it is in full force and effect as so modified, stating therein the nature of such modifications); (ii) as to the dates to which the Base Rent and any Additional Rent and any other charges arising hereunder have been paid; (iii) as to the amount of any prepaid Rent or any credit due to Tenant hereunder; (iv) as to whether, to the best of the Landlord’s knowledge, Landlord or Tenant is then in default in performing any of its obligations hereunder (and, if so, specifying the nature of each such default); and (v) as to any other fact or condition reasonably requested by Tenant or such other addressee. Such instrument shall contain an express acknowledgment that the statements contained therein are being relied upon by Tenant and any such other addressee.

 

35.           ACCESS .  Tenant and its employees shall have access to the Project twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week, subject to emergency events and Force Majeure.

 

36.           BROKERAGE COMMISSION .  Landlord will pay all leasing commissions due Capital Realty Services, Inc. in connection with this Lease. Except as aforesaid, each party hereto hereby represents and warrants to the other that, in connection with the leasing of the Premises hereunder, they have not dealt with any real estate broker, agent or finder, and there is no commission, charge or other compensation due or payable on account thereof. Each party hereto shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other from and against any liabilities, claims, expenses and costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of any inaccuracy in such party’s representation. Tenant acknowledges that Capital Realty Services, Inc. represents solely the Landlord with respect to this Lease.

 

37.           SUCCESSORS .  The terms, provisions, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall apply to, inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and their respective successors in interest and legal representatives.

 

38.           CONSTRUCTION OF LEASE AGREEMENT .  The titles, captions and item numbers in this Lease are inserted for convenient reference only and do not define or limit the scope or intent and should not be used in the interpretation of any item, Section, subsection or provision of this Lease. Whenever the context requires or permits, the singular shall include the plural, and plural shall include the singular and the masculine, feminine and neuter shall be freely interchangeable. This Lease was the product of negotiations between representatives for Landlord and representatives for Tenant and the language of this Lease should not be more strictly construed against either party hereto. If any term or provision of this Lease is susceptible to more than one interpretation, one or more of which render it valid and enforceable, and one or more of which would render it invalid or unenforceable, such term or provision shall be construed in a manner that would render it valid and enforceable.

 

39.           RADON GAS .  Radon is a naturally occurring radioactive gas that, when it has accumulated in a building in sufficient quantities, may present health risks to persons who are exposed to it over time. Levels of radon that exceed federal and state guidelines have been found in buildings in Florida. Additional information regarding radon and radon testing may be obtained from your county public health unit.

 

40.           SECURITY DEPOSIT .  As security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease as to Phase 1, within forty-five (45) days after the date of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, an irrevocable, unconditional, and transferable Letter of Credit in the amount equal to Four Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 ($450,000.00) Dollars. Upon Substantial Completion and Tenant’s occupancy of Phase 1, the Letter of Credit shall be reduced to Thirty Thousand and No/100 ($30,000.00) Dollars. In addition, as security for Phase 2, Tenant shall, thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of construction of Phase 2 (but in any event no later than three (3) business days prior to the closing of Landlord’s construction loan for Phase 2), deliver to Landlord an irrevocable, unconditional, and transferable Letter of Credit in the amount equal to Four Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 ($450,000.00) Dollars. Upon “ Substantial Completion and Tenant’s occupancy of Phase 2, the Letter of Credit for Phase 2 shall be reduced to Thirty Thousand and No/100 ($30,000.00) Dollars.

 

41.           SATELLITE DISH .  Subject to compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to place, from time to time, satellite dishes, antennae and other communication or transmission devices (such devices being referred to as the “Satellite Dishes”) on the roof of each of the Buildings. Additionally, Tenant shall have the right to install such wire, conduits, cables and other materials as necessary to connect the Satellite Dishes to Tenant’s allied machinery and equipment in the Premises (the Satellite Dishes and any such connecting material being collectively referred to as the “Satellite Dish Facilities”). However, prior to the installation of any Satellite Dish Facilities, Tenant, at its expense, shall be required to provide Landlord with a certification by a registered professional structural engineer that the structural system of the roof is adequate to support the superimposed loads produced by any Satellite Dishes at the location on the roof of such Satellite Dishes and Tenant, at its expense, shall be required to provide Landlord with satisfactory assurance that the existing construction materials of the roof (such as the roof membrane) shall be protected from the Satellite Dishes. At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant, at its expense, may remove the Satellite Dish Facilities belonging to Tenant, but Tenant shall remove any Satellite Dish Facilities belonging to an unaffiliated third party. Any work required to restore the roof of any other part of the

 

23



 

Buildings from any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of the Satellite Dish Facilities shall be borne by Tenant, and Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from any costs, expenses, liabilities and the like, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, occasioned by any damage to property and injury or death to persons caused by such installation, maintenance or removal, except to the extent caused by the negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease of Landlord.

 

Tenant shall be responsible for the installation of all Satellite Dish Facilities (including the attachment thereto to the roof) and for all costs and expenses arising from and relating to the Satellite Dish Facilities and the installation, operation, maintenance and repair thereof, and, if Tenant elects to remove the Satellite Dish Facilities, or for those Satellite Dish Facilities for which removal is required, for the removal thereof.

 

The installation, maintenance and removal of the Satellite Dish Facilities shall be performed by contractors and workers first approved by Landlord, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. However, Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to use Landlord’s roofing contractor in connection therewith if, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the Landlord’s roof warranty may be affected by any such work.

 

Landlord agrees that Tenant and engineering and maintenance personnel reasonably approved by Landlord shall have access to the Satellite Dish Facilities in order to install, operate, maintain, inspect and remove, as required, the Satellite Dish Facilities. Landlord shall not unreasonably interfere with or impair the use, operation, maintenance or repair of the Satellite Dish Facilities.

 

Tenant may sublease to unaffiliated third parties rooftop rights for the installation of Satellite Dish Facilities, without Landlord’s consent, but Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of the existence of any such subleases from time to time upon Landlord’s request. All revenues derived from such third party subleases shall belong to Tenant.

 

The Satellite Dish Facilities shall not be considered a part of the Premises for the purpose of determining Tenant’s rental obligations under the Lease and no Rent therefor shall be charged during the Term (including any renewal period specifically provided under this Lease). However, Tenant’s use of the Satellite Dish Facilities is otherwise subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease with respect to Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, including, without limitation, Sections 9, 22 and 31.

 

42.           COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS .  Except as may be installed by Landlord as part of the approved Construction Documents for the Tenant Improvements, Tenant will have the right to install its telephone, communications, data and related equipment including wiring and cables in the Building’s core and/or chase facilities at Tenant’s sole expense (subject to the Tenant Allowance) and subject to compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements.

 

43.           INTENTIONALLY OMITTED .

 

44.           MISCELLANEOUS .

 

a.             Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, under no circumstances shall Landlord have any lien or possessory interest in Tenant’s business papers and records, including the media on which those records and data are stored.

 

b.             Landlord and Tenant acknowledge their duty to exercise their rights and remedies, and perform their obligations reasonably and in good faith.

 

c.             Wherever in this Lease, the consent or approval of either the Landlord or the Tenant is required, such consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, unless the Lease expressly provides that such consent shall be in such party’s sole discretion. Whenever the provisions of this Lease allow the Landlord or the Tenant to perform or not perform some act at their option or in their judgment, the decision of the Landlord and Tenant to perform or not perform such act must be reasonable. However, if any such items would affect the structure, base building systems, or exterior of a Building, then Landlord’s consent shall be in its sole discretion.

 

d.             Time is of the essence of this Lease.

 

45.           CONFIDENTIALITY .  The parties agree that the terms of this Lease are confidential information and shall not be disclosed to third parties (other than Landlord’s prospective purchasers or lenders, partners, employees, officers, directors, shareholders, leasing and management personnel, attorneys, accountants, and any other consultants, and any other person or entity to whom a landlord would normally disclose lease provisions) and other than Tenant’s prospective purchasers or lenders, partners, employees, officers, directors, shareholders, management personnel, attorneys, accountants, and any other consultants, and any other person or entity to whom a tenant would normally disclose lease provisions, and other than Tenant’s prospective subtenants or assignees) except pursuant to subpoena, court order, governmental subpoena or except as otherwise required by law or as part of a public stock offering by Tenant. In addition, Tenant may make press releases concerning this Lease.

 

24



 

46.           EXHIBITS AND RIDERS .  The Exhibits and Rider(s), if any, attached to this Lease are made a part hereof and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

47.           GOVERNING LAW .  This Lease shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Florida.

 

48.           ENVIRONMENTAL PROVISIONS .

 

a.             Tenant shall not knowingly permit to remain in, incorporate into, use or otherwise place or dispose of at the Premises or in the Project any toxic or hazardous materials unless (i) such materials are in small quantities, properly labeled and contained, (ii) such materials are handled and disposed of in accordance with accepted industry standards for safety, storage, use and disposal, (iii) such materials are for use in the ordinary course of business (i.e., as with office or cleaning supplies) and (iv) such materials are handled and disposed of in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements. If Tenant ever has knowledge of the presence in the Premises or the Project of toxic or hazardous materials, Tenant shall notify Landlord thereof in writing promptly after obtaining such knowledge. For purposes of this Lease, hazardous or toxic materials shall mean hazardous or toxic chemicals or any materials containing hazardous or toxic materials to be classified as hazardous or toxic as then prescribed by the prevalent industry practice and standards or as set from time to time by EPA or OSHA or as defined under 29 CFR 1910 or 29 CFR 1925 or other applicable Legal Requirements.

 

b.             If Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors shall ever violate the provisions of subsection (a), above, or if Tenant’s acts, negligence, breach of this provision or business operations directly and materially expand the scope of any contamination from toxic or hazardous materials, then Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall clean-up, remove and dispose of the material causing the violation, in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and repair any damage to the Premises or Project within such period of time as may be reasonable under the circumstances after written notice by Landlord, provided that such work shall commence not later than thirty (30) days from such notice and be diligently and continuously carried to completion by Tenant or Tenant’s designated contractors. Tenant shall notify Landlord of its method, time and procedure for any clean-up or removal of toxic or hazardous materials under this provision; and shall obtain Landlord’s written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord against any costs, fines, damages, expenses, and other liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising therefrom.

 

c.             To the extent the presence of hazardous or toxic materials at the Project is caused by Landlord’s negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease, then Landlord will be responsible for the clean-up, removal and disposal costs thereof, all in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements and accepted industry standards, and Landlord shall indemnify and hold harmless Tenant against any costs, fines, damages, expenses, and other liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising therefrom.

 

d.             Landlord shall cause any environmental audits obtained by Landlord for its construction loan(s) for the Project also to be addressed and/or certified to Tenant.

 

49.           NO PARTNERSHIP .  Nothing in this Lease creates any relationship between the parties other than that of lessor and lessee and nothing in this Lease constitutes the Landlord a partner of the Tenant or a joint venturer or member of a common enterprise with the Tenant.

 

50.           RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER .

 

a.             As of the date hereof, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a continuing right of first offer to purchase the Project, exercisable by Tenant as follows: Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing that it intends to place the Project on the market for sale to an unaffiliated third party. By written notice delivered to Landlord within ten (10) business days after receipt of notice of such intent, Tenant may elect to pursue negotiations for the purchase of the Project. If Tenant fails to so notify Landlord within such ten (10) business day period, then the right of first offer shall be deemed to be waived by Tenant and of no further force or effect for a period of one (1) year from the date that Landlord notified Tenant of Landlord’s intent to sell the Project. If Landlord sells the Project to an unaffiliated third party during such one (1) year period, then the right of first offer shall be void and of no further force or effect and shall not be applicable to Landlord’s successor. If Landlord does not sell the Project within such one (1) year period, then the right of first offer shall be deemed to be applicable the next time that Landlord intends to place the Project on the market for sale to an unaffiliated third party after the expiration of such one (1) year period.

 

b.             If Tenant elects to pursue negotiations, then Tenant and Landlord shall, within twenty (20) days after Tenant’s notice to Landlord, enter into good faith negotiations for the purchase of the Project by Tenant. If, despite such good faith negotiations, the parties are unable to execute an agreement for the sale and purchase of the Project within thirty (30) days after the date that such negotiations commence, for any reason whatsoever, then Landlord shall have the right to sell the Project to any entity at any price within ten (10%) percent of the price for which that Landlord offered to sell the Project to Tenant. In addition, Tenant shall execute, within ten (10) days after the expiration of the thirty (30) day negotiation period, an instrument in recordable form in order to evidence that Tenant and Landlord were unable to

 

25



 

reach an agreement. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not be permitted to exercise the right of first offer while in default of this Lease, subject to any applicable default notice and grace or cure periods.

 

c.             Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right of first offer shall not be applicable to any transfers by Landlord to (x) a lender as part of a financing by Landlord or (y) any corporation or other legal entity that is an affiliate, subsidiary, parent or successor of Landlord, or to a corporation or other legal entity into or with which Landlord may be merged or consolidated or to any entity as part of an intra-family transfer for estate planning purposes or otherwise, and/or (ii) transfer of Landlord’s interest pursuant to a foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof; provided, further, that Landlord may not effect such a transfer if the purpose of the transfer is to transfer the Project to an unrelated third party and to circumvent Tenant’s right of first offer set forth herein.

 

d.             The right of first offer shall be exercisable only by the Original Tenant, any affiliated successor to the Original Tenant or by the first (1st) unaffiliated successor to the Original Tenant. Upon any further assignment or other transfer of this Lease by the Original Tenant, any affiliated successor or the first (1st) unaffiliated successor between the date of this Lease and the closing date of the sale of the Project to Tenant (except for a transfer not requiring Landlord’s consent), the right of first offer shall, at Landlord’s option, be deemed void and of no force or effect.

 

51.           FINANCING .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, this Lease, and the obligations of the parties hereunder, are expressly made subject to the satisfaction, within the time period set forth below, of the following condition precedent:

 

Landlord shall have satisfied itself as to its ability to obtain financing for a construction loan in connection with the construction of Phase 1 within thirty (30) days after the date of execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant.

 

The parties shall reasonably cooperate with each other in good faith in order to meet any reasonable requests of the proposed construction lender in its analysis of this Lease and the Project (but not to include an obligation on Tenant’s part to modify this Lease and so long as the requests have no adverse impact on Tenant’s business operations). If Landlord obtains a loan commitment, Landlord will provide a copy thereof to Tenant (but with items relating to the financial commitments or status of Landlord or its affiliated entities or family members redacted). If the condition precedent set forth above has not been duly and timely satisfied as provided above, despite the parties’ good faith efforts, then Landlord may terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant within ten (10) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, whereupon Landlord shall return the Prepaid Rent and Security Deposit to Tenant, plus Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the actual, reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Tenant in connection with this Lease (but not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 ($150,000.00) Dollars), and thereupon both parties shall be relieved of all further obligations under this Lease.

 

52.           PUBLIC GRANT FUNDS .  Tenant has advised Landlord that Tenant (at its sole cost and expense) intends to apply for certain public assistance funds and/or entitlements in connection with Tenant’s business to be conducted at the Project, such as, for example, State of Florida job creation grants. To the extent any such funds and/or entitlements are obtained, then Tenant will be entitled to the full benefit of any such funds and/or entitlements, and any savings to be achieved as a result of such funds and/or entitlements shall inure to the full benefit of Tenant. For example purposes only, if any such entitlements provide for the waiver by a governmental authority of a quantifiable amount regarding any construction-related fees or costs that would otherwise have been incurred by Landlord in the construction of the Project had Tenant not obtained the applicable entitlement, then Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against Tenant’s Costs (as hereinafter defined) in the amount that Landlord would otherwise have incurred.

 

53.           WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL, AND THEY HEREBY DO, WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH, THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES OR PROJECT.

 

[signatures on next page]

 

26



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Lease to be executed, effective as provided in Section 28.

 

WITNESSES:

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lidia Gonzalez

 

/s/ Frank W. Guilford

Print Name:

Lidia Gonzalez

 

Frank W. Guilford, Jr., Individually and

 

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

8/21/98

 

 

 

/s/ Diane C. Lopez

 

 

Print Name:

Diane C. Lopez

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

INTERVAL INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Florida

 

 

corporation

 

 

 

/s/ Victoria J. Kincke

 

By:

/s/ Paul W. Rishell

Print Name:

Victoria J. Kincke

 

Name:

        Paul W. Rishell

 

 

Title:

          Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

/s/ Maureen Uriarte

 

Dated:

        August 20, 1998

Print Name:

Maureen Uriarte

 

 

 

27



 

EXHIBIT A

 

 



 

 



 

 


 

 



 

 



 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

LANDLORD CONSTRUCTS - TENANT ALLOWANCE WORKLETTER:

 

THIS WORKLETTER (the “Workletter”), dated as of the            day of                                   , 1998, is attached to and made part of that certain Lease by and between FRANK W. GUILFORD, JR., INDIVIDUALLY AND AS TRUSTEE (the “Landlord”), and INTERVAL INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Florida corporation (the “Tenant”). The terms, definitions, and other provisions of the Lease are hereby incorporated into this Workletter by reference as if set forth in full. In connection with the execution of the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.              General . The purpose of this Workletter is to set forth how the interior improvements in the Premises (the “Tenant Improvements”) are to be designed, engineered and constructed, who will do the construction of the Tenant Improvements, who will pay for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and certain other matters relating to the construction of the Tenant Improvements as provided herein.

 

2.              Delivery of Premises to Tenant and Condition of Premises . Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall cause Substantial Completion of the Shell Improvements for the Project pursuant to Exhibit D to the Lease. The Shell Improvements shall be installed in a good and workmanlike manner, meeting or exceeding all applicable codes and regulations. Landlord shall also cause Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements (as defined in Section 1.x of the Lease), at Tenant’s expense but in all events subject to the Tenant Allowance.

 

3.              Space Planning/Construction Documents .

 

(a)            Prior to the date hereof, the parties have approved those certain preliminary space plans for the Premises prepared by Sackman(2), Inc. (Landlord’s architectural and engineering firm the “Architect”)), under Job No. 98–12 last dated  August 3, 1998.  Within ten (10) business days after the date of this Lease, Landlord, at its expense (subject to the Tenant Allowance), shall have prepared by the Architect, final and complete space plans for the Tenant Improvements (the “Space Plans”), based on such preliminary space plans, and shall submit the Space Plans to Tenant for its approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Within seven (7) business days after receipt of the Space Plans, Tenant shall either approve the Space Plans as submitted or provide Landlord with requests for reasonable modifications thereto. If Tenant fails to respond within such seven (7) business day period, then Tenant’s approval will be deemed to be granted. If Tenant timely submits such modifications to the Space Plans, Landlord shall, within seven (7) business days, cause the Architect to modify the Space Plans accordingly, and submit revised Space Plans. If Tenant so submits a request for modified Space Plans, then the time from such submission until the Space Plans are finally acknowledged and approved shall be deemed to be a Tenant Delay, as hereinafter defined; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be responsible for any delays actually caused by the Architect (including, without limitation, the Architect’s failure to incorporate properly Tenant’s requests into the Space Plans). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to submit modifications to the Space Plans one (1) time without such submission being deemed to be a Tenant Delay (except if additional modifications are necessary due to delays actually caused by the Architect as described above). During the Space Plans approval process, Landlord shall prepare (to the extent feasible based on then-available information), and the parties shall work together in good faith to develop, preliminary nonbinding estimates of the costs and milestone schedules for the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

 

(b)            Within thirty (30) days after the Space Plans are finally acknowledged and approved, Landlord, at its expense (subject to the Tenant Allowance), shall have prepared final and complete architectural and engineering construction documents, including any applicable mechanical, electrical, plumbing and life safety drawings, engineering drawings and working drawings, and all architectural plans and finishes (collectively, the “Construction Documents”), suitable to obtain a building permit from Miami-Dade County, Florida and to otherwise permit the construction of the Tenant Improvements in coordination with the Shell Improvements. The Construction Documents shall be based on the Space Plans. The Construction Documents shall be submitted to Tenant for its approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Within ten (10) business days after receipt of the Construction Documents, Tenant shall either approve the Construction Documents as submitted or provide Landlord with requests for reasonable modifications thereto. If Tenant fails to respond within such ten (10) business day period, then Tenant’s approval will be deemed to be granted. If Tenant timely submits such modifications to the Construction Documents, Landlord shall, within ten (10) business days, cause the Architect to modify the Construction Documents accordingly, and submit revised Construction Documents. If Tenant so submits a request for modified Construction Documents, then the time from such submission until the Construction Documents are finally acknowledged and approved shall be deemed to be a Tenant Delay, as hereinafter defined; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be responsible for any delays actually caused by the Architect (including, without limitation, the Architect’s failure to incorporate properly Tenant’s requests into the Construction Documents). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to submit modifications to the Construction Documents two (2) times without such submission being deemed to be a Tenant Delay (except if additional modifications are necessary due to delays actually caused by the Architect as described above).  During the Construction

 

1



 

Documents approval process, the parties shall work together in good faith to continue to develop the anticipated costs and milestone schedules for the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

 

(c)            Landlord shall submit approximately fifty (50%) percent completed Construction Documents, including finishes, prior to completion of Construction Documents, and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord in the preliminary review thereof.

 

(d)            Subject to the Tenant Allowance, all reasonable fees and costs incurred in the preparation of the Construction Documents, and any changes thereto, shall be the responsibility of Tenant, except that Tenant shall not be responsible for additional architectural and engineering fees and costs to the extent incurred due to the negligence of the Landlord, the Architect or any other party engaged by the Landlord. In no event shall the total amount of the architectural and engineering fees and costs charged against the Tenant Allowance exceed Two and No/100 ($2.00) Dollars per Rentable Square Foot, unless due to substantial revisions (either as to the number and/or the scope of such revisions) requested by Tenant.

 

(e)            Throughout the Space Plans and Construction Documents process, Tenant shall use its best efforts to cooperate with Landlord and the Architect in responding to questions or requests for submissions regarding Tenant’s design and program requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Unless the response reasonably requires a longer time (and Tenant so advises Landlord within three (3) business days), Tenant shall be required to respond to questions or requests for submissions within three (3) business days after each such request.

 

4.              Construction Budget .

 

(a)            The Landlord’s general contractor for the Tenant Improvements (the “Contractor”) is subject to Tenant’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If the Contractor is the same general contractor retained or to be retained by Landlord for the Shell Improvements pursuant to Exhibit D , then Tenant’s approval will be deemed to be granted. Tenant may disapprove the Contractor only if Tenant reasonably believes that the Contractor is: (i) not licensed as required by any governmental agency; (ii) not qualified or sufficiently staffed to do the work; (iii) not financially capable of undertaking the work; and/or (iv) not adequately insured. Prior to signature of Landlord’s construction contract with the Contractor, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy thereof. Although Tenant’s approval thereof is not required, Tenant may (but is not obligated to) offer suggestions to Landlord regarding such contract.

 

(b)           Within ten (10) business days following receipt of the final approved Construction Documents, Landlord shall have the Contractor submit the major subcontract portions (i.e., the structural, mechanical, electrical, HVAC, plumbing and life safety systems) of the final approved Construction Documents for competitive bid to three (3) subcontractors in each such discipline, which subcontractors shall be mutually approved by Landlord, Tenant’s Representative and the Contractor; provided, however, that Tenant may disapprove of a proposed bidder only if Tenant reasonably believes that the proposed bidder is: (i) not licensed as required by any governmental agency; (ii) not qualified or sufficiently staffed to do the work; (iii) not financially capable of undertaking the work; and/or (iv) not adequately insured. Landlord and the Contractor shall administer the bid process with the participation of Tenant’s Representative. The subcontractors shall be required to submit their bids within ten (10) business days after submission of the final Construction Documents to the subcontractors. Within two (2) business days after the opening of the bids, the Landlord, Tenant’s Representative and the Contractor shall meet to open and analyze the bids.

 

(c)            Within five (5) business days after such meeting, the Contractor shall prepare an estimated budget (the “Construction Budget”) of the cost of the Tenant Improvements, and shall submit same to Tenant. The Construction Budget shall be in reasonable detail and shall reflect a unit cost for all improvements which is reasonable in amount, given the then current market conditions pertinent to labor and material costs for such construction. (The cost of the Tenant Improvements, as set forth in the Construction Budget, shall not include the cost of utilities, air conditioning, and other services provided during construction, nor shall Landlord charge a construction coordination fee. The Construction Budget shall be used as a basis for calculating Tenant’s Costs, as hereinafter defined, if any.

 

(d)           Within five (5) business days after receipt of the Construction Budget, Tenant shall either approve the Construction Budget as submitted or provide Landlord with requests for reasonable modifications to the Construction Documents in order to achieve a reduction in the Construction Budget. If Tenant fails to respond within such five (5) business day period, then Tenant’s approval will be deemed to be granted. If Tenant timely submits such modifications to the Construction Documents, Landlord shall, within ten (10) business days, cause the Architect to modify the Construction Documents accordingly, and shall cause the Contractor to submit a revised Construction Budget. If Tenant so submits a request for modified Construction Documents and Construction Budget, then the time from such submission until a Construction Budget is finally acknowledged and approved shall be deemed to be a Tenant Delay, as hereinafter defined; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be responsible for any delays actually caused by the Architect or the Contractor (including, without limitation, the Architect’s failure to incorporate properly Tenant’s requests into the Construction Documents). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to submit a request for modifications to the Construction Documents one (1) time without such submission being deemed to be a Tenant Delay (except if additional! modifications are

 

2



 

necessary due to delays actually caused by the Architect or Contractor as described above). Following final completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a statement of actual costs thereof, including the cost of any approved change orders.

 

(e)          As part of the Construction Budget process, based on the then-developed anticipated milestone schedules for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, the Contractor and the Landlord shall establish a critical path schedule in order to reflect the time frames regarding construction of the Tenant Improvements. The schedule will be updated as necessary throughout the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant will be provided with a copy of the schedule and the updates thereto.

 

5.            Construction . Landlord shall cause the Contractor to construct, as soon as reasonably possible, consistent with industry custom and practice and the construction schedule (as such schedule is modified from time to time), the Tenant Improvements indicated on the Construction Documents. Landlord shall enter into the construction contract for the construction of the Tenant Improvements directly with Contractor, based on a stipulated sum contract. Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to require a payment and performance bond from the Contractor, the cost of which is payable out of the Tenant Allowance if Tenant requests the bond. All construction services shall be performed by the Contractor or its subcontractors, material suppliers and laborers, and Landlord shall not self-perform any of the Tenant Improvements.

 

6.             Allowance .

 

(a)           Landlord will provide Tenant an allowance (the “Tenant Allowance”) equal to Fifteen and No/100 ($15.00) Dollars per square foot of Rentable Area in each Phase of the Premises, which equals a, total amount of Four Hundred Eighty-Five Thousand Two Hundred Thirty-Five and No/100 ($485,235.00) Dollars for Phase 1, and Four Hundred Fourteen Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety and No/100 ($414,990.00) Dollars for Phase 2 (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 1 of the Lease). To the extent that the total cost of the construction of the Tenant Improvements to the Premises exceeds the Tenant Improvement Allowance based on the Construction Budget, Tenant shall pay the full amount of such excess (“Tenant’s Costs”) as follows:

 

(i)            Prior to commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to twenty-five (25%) percent of the Tenant’s Costs, as such amount is then determined by reference to the Construction Budget. Such twenty-five (25%) percent shall be maintained in an interest-bearing escrow account non-commingled with the Landlord’s other funds until such time as Tenant has paid to Landlord the remaining seventy-five (75%) percent of the Tenant’s Costs, at which time Landlord; will utilize such twenty-five (25%) percent (plus accrued interest) for the monthly payments of Tenant’s Costs, as described below.

 

(ii)           The remaining seventy-five (75%) percent of Tenant’s Costs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord in monthly installments, based upon requests for payment submitted by Landlord not more than monthly. Each request for payment shall be accompanied by a copy of the documentation submitted or to be submitted by Landlord to its construction lender as an application for draws under Landlord’s construction loan (including, without limitation, a certification by the Architect that all work up to the date of the request for payment has been substantially completed, along with any partial releases of lien and/or contractor affidavits based on partial payment). Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after submission of such items, an amount equal to Tenant’s pro-rata share of the cost of the Tenant Improvements. In the event Tenant disputes any payment required to be made, the approval of a draw request by Landlord’s construction lender shall be evidence that the payment is properly due from Tenant; provided, however, that if Tenant has a bona fide, good faith dispute as to whether a payment is properly due, Tenant may elect to pay such amount “under protest,” so that Tenant may reserve its rights with respect to such payments.

 

(iii)          After Substantial Completion of each Phase, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a final accounting of Tenant’s Costs together with reasonable supporting documentation (including, without limitation, invoices from those to whom remaining amounts are due, to the extent available). Within thirty (30) days thereafter, Tenant shall pay Landlord the then remaining balance of Tenant’s Costs, or Landlord shall reimburse Tenant as to any excess amounts previously paid, as the case may be.

 

Tenant’s Costs represent a reimbursement of monies expended by Landlord on Tenant’s behalf. Payment when due shall be a condition to Landlord’s continued performance under this Workletter. Any delay in construction of the Tenant Improvements or in Tenant taking occupancy of the Premises resulting from Tenant’s failure to make any Tenant’s Costs payments when due shall be Tenant’s responsibility. Tenant’s failure to pay any portion of Tenant’s Costs when due shall constitute a default under the Lease (subject to any applicable notice requirements or grace periods), entitling Landlord to all of its remedies thereunder.

 

(b)          The Tenant Allowance shall be used for the cost of the construction of the Tenant Improvements (including, without limitation, reasonable architectural and engineering fees (subject to the

 

3



 

limitation in Section 3(d), above) and permitting fees to the extent applicable to the Tenant Improvements only). Tenant shall receive a credit against the Base Rent to become due under the Lease for any unused portion of the Tenant Allowance, but in no event shall such credit exceed $50,000.00.

 

(c)           In addition to the Tenant Allowance, Landlord will make available to Tenant an additional allowance of up to One Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 ($150,000.00) Dollars for each of Phase 1 and Phase 2 to be used to fund the increased capacity of the HVAC system over the HVAC system being provided as part of the Shell Improvements, as described in Exhibit D (the “Additional Allowance”). Tenant shall repay the Additional Allowance (plus simple interest at the rate of nine (9%) percent per annum), plus sales tax, to Landlord as follows: Commencing on the Commencement Date of each Phase and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter throughout the fifteen (15) year Term of each Phase, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (along with Tenant’s regular monthly payments of Base Rent, with the same provisions for late charges and defaults as applicable to Base Rent payments) an amount sufficient to fully amortize the Additional Allowance (plus interest as set forth above), over such period, plus sales tax. Any default by Tenant with respect to the Additional Allowance shall also be deemed to be a default under the Lease. Any costs for such increased HVAC capacity as described in Exhibit D in excess of the Additional Allowance shall be paid to Landlord as part of Tenant’s Costs.

 

7.             Miscellaneous .

 

(a)           The Construction Documents shall show all Tenant Improvements and shall be designed in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and American Institute of Architects accepted industry practices and standards and shall be constructed in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and substantially in accordance with the Construction Documents. Landlord shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary building permits for the Tenant Improvements (payable out of the Tenant Allowance) and certifications necessary for the occupancy of the Premises (except to the extent a requirement for the certificate of occupancy is due to Tenant’s specific business operations to be conducted at the Premises). Tenant’s approval of the Space Plans and the Construction Documents shall not relieve Landlord, and Tenant’s approvals shall not constitute a waiver, of Landlord’s obligation to construct the Tenant Improvements in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and substantially in accordance with the Construction Documents, and such approval shall not preclude Tenant from asserting any claims relating thereto, whether known or unknown, unless otherwise expressly waived in writing by Tenant.

 

(b)           To the extent of Tenant’s equipment, fixtures, furniture, furnishings or other materials are stored or installed in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date by Tenant or its agents, Tenant hereby releases Landlord for any and all liability therefor and agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all liability, loss, claim, cause of action, damages, cost or expense arising out of or in connection with loss or damage or destruction of any such equipment, fixtures, furnishings or other materials, unless such loss, damage or destruction is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, or breach of this Lease by Landlord.

 

(c)           All costs associated with any installation of Tenant’s telephone equipment in any core or equipment room shall be the responsibility of Tenant (subject to the Tenant Allowance).

 

8.             Installations by Tenant . Upon Substantial Completion of each Phase, Tenant, at its expense and subject to compliance with applicable Legal Requirements, shall install its furniture, trade fixtures and equipment so that Tenant can occupy the Premises for the use and purposes intended. Tenant may begin to install such items prior to Substantial Completion and Landlord shall cooperate regarding same; provided, however, that no such pre-Substantial Completion installation shall in any way delay or interfere with Landlord’s work pursuant to this Workletter and Tenant shall arrange a meeting to coordinate with Landlord prior to any such pre-Substantial Completion installation. Any such pre-Substantial Completion installation of furniture, fixtures and equipment shall be at Tenant’s sole risk (except as set forth below). If the parties agree that Tenant will undertake to construct or install some portion of the Tenant Improvements or retain its own contractors or subcontractors to perform any other work, Tenant shall only use contractor(s), subcontractor(s), or material supplier(s) first approved by Landlord, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed (“Tenant’s Contractors”). Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permits and approvals at Tenant’s sole expense in connection with the work performed by Tenant’s Contractors. in accordance with Section 22 of the Lease, Tenant shall advise Tenant’s Contractors that no interest of Landlord in the Premises or Project shall be subject to liens to secure payment of any amount due for work performed or materials installed in the Premises and that Landlord has recorded a notice to that effect in the public records of Miami-Dade County, Florida. Landlord shall permit Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors to enter the Premises to accomplish any work as agreed; however, Tenant agrees to insure that Tenant’s Contractors do not impede Landlord’s contractor(s) in performance of their respective tasks. Landlord, except for its negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease, shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss, damage or delay which may be caused by or arise from such entry by Tenant, its employees or Tenant’s Contractors, and Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its agents, and employees from and against any and all costs, expenses, damage, loss or liability, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, which arise out of, are occasioned by or are in any way attributable to the work being performed by Tenant’s Contractors, except for Landlord’s negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Lease.

 

4



 

9.              Tenant Delays . Tenant shall be responsible for any actual delay (including associated costs) in Substantial Completion resulting from any of the following causes (“Tenant Delays”):

 

(a)             Tenant’s failure to timely respond to any submissions of the Space Plans and/or the Construction Documents for the Tenant Improvements, unless such failure is due to causes beyond Tenant’s control;

 

(b)            Tenant’s failure to pay any portion of Tenant’s Costs within ten (10) days after when due (except that if Tenant has a bona fide, good faith dispute as to an item of Tenant’s Costs, Tenant may elect to pay such amount “under protest,” so that Tenant may reserve its rights to seek reimbursement of the disputed amounts);

 

(c)             Tenant’s specification of special materials or finishes, or special installations, which special items cannot be delivered or completed within Landlord’s construction schedule (subject to Landlord’s obligation to give Tenant prior notice of same at the time of such specification);

 

(d)            any change in the Space Plans and/or the Construction Documents caused by Tenant once finally approved and accepted by the parties, even though Landlord may approve such change (and Landlord agrees to estimate the delay to be caused by a change order; or

 

(e)             any other delay in Substantial Completion directly attributable to the negligent or willful acts or omissions of, or breach of this Lease by, Tenant, its employees, agents, or contractors.

 

If any Tenant Delay results in or contributes to an actual delay in Substantial Completion, then, Substantial Completion (and the Commencement Date) shall be deemed to have occurred as of the date Landlord would have otherwise achieved Substantial Completion, but for Tenant’s Delay. Landlord will specify in writing to Tenant the Tenant Delay(s) which resulted in or contributed to a delay in Substantial Completion. (Tenant is not responsible for delays other than Tenant Delays.) Landlord’s failure to notify Tenant within three (3) business days after the occurrence of a Tenant Delay shall constitute a waiver by Landlord of the applicable Tenant Delay (but, in the event of a continuing Tenant Delay, it is waived only for the period of time preceding three (3) business days before Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice). Tenant’s failure to notify Landlord within five (5) business days after Landlord’s notice of a Tenant Delay shall constitute a waiver by Tenant of the right to dispute the existence of the applicable Tenant Delay (but shall not limit Tenant’s right to dispute the length of the applicable Tenant Delay). If Landlord and Tenant timely provide their respective notices and there is a dispute between Landlord and Tenant as to the existence or length of a particular instance of Tenant Delay, which dispute is not resolved by the parties within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s notice to Landlord of the Tenant’s disagreement with a Tenant Delay notice delivered by Landlord, then, within ten (10) days after the expiration of such ten (10) business day period, Landlord and Tenant shall each select an independent disinterested architect, which architects shall mutually determine (within ten (10) days) whether there exists such Tenant Delay (and, if so, the length thereof). The losing party (as designated by the architects) shall bear the costs of the architects. If the architects cannot agree, then the architects shall mutually select a third independent disinterested architect Such third architect shall then (within ten (10) days) make its determination whether there exists such Tenant Delay (and, if so, the length thereof), whose decision shall be final and binding. The losing party (as designated by the architect) shall pay the fees and costs of such third architect. At a minimum, each of the architects shall be disinterested architects, with substantial experience in the Miami-Dade County commercial real estate office market.

 

10.            Monitoring of Progress .

 

(a)            Landlord will update Tenant on an on-going basis in connection with the Project and the schedule, and Tenant will have the right to monitor and inspect the Project as it progresses (including, without limitation, as to the inspection and uncovering of unsatisfactory work). Landlord shall update the Tenant in writing at least monthly as to the projected date(s) for each of the pertinent components of the Project. Landlord shall keep and maintain at all times and make available to Tenant for Tenant’s review all Space Plans and Construction Documents (including current as-built drawings, as and when prepared, but in any event Landlord shall deliver to Tenant three (3) complete copies of same within sixty (60) days following Substantial Completion, and in electronic format if available), specifications, field orders, change orders, shop drawings, catalog cuts and the like, in good order and reasonably marked to record all changes made during construction, as well as any invoices and bills. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall have the right to retain construction consultants to assist Tenant throughout the construction process (including, without limitation, reviewing the Space Plans and Construction Documents and the Construction Budget, and in monitoring and inspecting the Project as it progresses), but any delays actually caused by such consultants shall be deemed to be a Tenant’s Delay, unless the delay is caused by the negligence of the Landlord or its agents, the Architect or the Contractor. The parties acknowledge that Tenant’s Representative is the consultant that will assist Tenant with the foregoing.

 

(b)            Tenant may inspect and conduct tests to determine whether construction is being performed consistent with the Base Building Shell Plans (as hereinafter defined) and/or the Construction Documents, regardless of whether such inspections or tests are required by the Base Building Shell Plans and/or Construction Documents. Should Tenant’s inspections or tests reveal that the work is not installed

 

5



 

substantially in accordance with the Base Building Shell Plans and/or Construction Documents, the cost of uncovering and replacement shall be at Landlord’s expense. If Tenant’s inspections or tests require work to be uncovered and such inspections or tests reveal that the work has been installed substantially in accordance with the Base Building Shell Plans and/or Construction Documents, the costs of uncovering and replacement shall be at Tenant’s expense and any actual delay associated therewith shall be a Tenant Delay. Neither Tenant’s inspections, tests or approvals nor its failure to make any such inspections, tests or approvals shall relieve Landlord of its responsibility to complete the Project in accordance with Exhibit C and Exhibit D , nor constitute a waiver or acceptance of any defects in the work, unless otherwise expressly waived in writing by Tenant.

 

11.            Representatives .

 

(a)             Tenant hereby appoints Larry H. Adams, Jr., as President of Associated Consulting International, Inc., as the authorized representative of Tenant for purposes of dealing with Landlord and its agents with respect to all matters involving, directly or indirectly, the construction of the Tenant Improvements and the Project including, without limitation, change orders to the Construction Documents (such person is hereinafter referred to as “Tenant’s Representative”). Tenant hereby warrants and represents to Landlord that Tenant’s Representative has all of the requisite power and authority to deal with the Landlord and its agents in the manner contemplated herein and that Tenant shall be bound by the acts and omissions of Tenant’s Representative. Upon at least two (2) days’ prior written notice to Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to substitute a different individual as Tenant’s Representative hereunder.

 

Landlord shall send to Tenant’s Representative half-sheet copies of the Space Plans and Construction Documents, with copies of same (and any other items sent to Tenant’s Representative) sent to Carol Chin at Tenant’s address set forth in the Lease. (Full size sets of the Space Plans and Construction Documents and any other materials relating to the construction of the Project will be made available to Tenant at all times at the office of the Architect and/or at the job site.) Tenant’s time frames for review of any deliveries shall commence on the date of receipt by Tenant’s Representative and Carol Chin, except that if a delivery is unintentionally not sent to Carol Chin, then the applicable time frame shall commence on the date of receipt by Tenant’s Representative.

 

(b)             Landlord hereby appoints James Eagleton, of The Eagleton Kathe Company, as the authorized representative of Landlord for purposes of dealing with Tenant and its agents with respect to all matters involving, directly or indirectly, the Construction of the Tenant Improvements and the Project including, without limitation, change orders to the Construction Documents (such person is hereinafter referred to as “Landlord’s Representative”). Landlord hereby warrants and represents to Tenant that Landlord’s Representative has all of the requisite power and authority to deal with the Tenant and its agents in the manner contemplated herein and that Landlord shall be bound by the acts and omissions of Landlord’s Representative. Upon at least two (2) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to substitute a different individual as Landlord’s Representative hereunder.

 

12.            Punchlist . When Substantial Completion of each Phase is nearing, the parties shall schedule a meeting to jointly inspect the Tenant Improvements for such Phase in order to preliminarily identify those unfinished details that will be part of the punchlist. Such meeting does not diminish Tenant’s right to monitor and inspect the Project as it progresses as described above. Upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall remove from the Premises all temporary systems, tools, equipment, machinery, surplus materials, waste and rubbish, clean all tile and glass surfaces, replace broken glass, remove stains, paint spots and direct, clean and polish all plumbing fixtures and equipment, leave the Tenant Improvements “vacuum clean,” or its substantial equivalent to the reasonable satisfaction of Tenant, except to the extent that any such items need to remain in order to complete any mutually approved punchlist items.

 

13.            Change Orders . Tenant shall have the right to request change orders throughout the construction process (subject to the provisions hereof as to Tenant Delay). Landlord will not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of any change orders requested by Tenant, and (unless the response reasonably requires a longer time and Landlord so advises Tenant within five (5) business days), Landlord and the Contractor shall respond within five (5) business days to Tenant’s request for information regarding any proposed change orders (including without limitation the pricing thereof in the pricing format requested by Tenant).

 

[signatures on next page]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Workletter to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

WITNESSES:

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lidia Gonzalez

 

/s/ Frank W. Guilford

Print Name:

  Lidia Gonzalez

 

Frank W. Guilford, Jr., Individually and

 

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

8/21/98

/s/ Diane C. Lopez

 

 

Print Name:

  Diane C. Lopez

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

INTERVAL INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Florida
corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Victoria J. Kincke

 

By:

  /s/ Paul W. Rishell

Print Name:

  Victoria J. Kincke

 

Name:

 

Paul W. Rishell

 

 

Title:

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

/s/ Marreen Uriarte

 

Dated:

 

August 20, 1998

Print Name:

  Marreen Uriarte

 

 

 

7



 

EXHIBIT D

 

SHELL IMPROVEMENTS

 

Revised 8/4/98

 

Landlord will cause to be completed in accordance with the Base Building Shell Plans (as hereinafter defined) within or with respect to the Project the following improvements (the “Shell Improvements”).

 

Structural System

 

1.               Structural System: The Building structural floor system and roof framing system is a composite poured in-place concrete slab supported on precast prestressed concrete joists. The structural system is a four-inch concrete slab supported on sixteen inch deep precast prestressed joists typically at 3’- 6 5/8” on-center. Structural floor system based upon minimum building code requirements, but not less than 50 lb. psf “live load” and 25 lb. psf. “dead load” throughout the Premises. Interior concrete frame is poured concrete columns supporting precast prestressed soffit beams. The exterior of the Building is concrete tie column/beam with load-bearing masonry. Floor height to be 12’ +/- slab-to-slab.

 

Building Exterior

 

1)              Building exterior walls shall consist of block and painted stucco with applied stucco banding for detail. Areas at North and South entrances to include precast detailing.

2)              Main gatehouse entrance area to include brick pavers, site lighting and upgraded landscaping.

 

Doors and Windows

 

1)              Window mullion “planning module” to be set at 2’- 6” increments.

2)              Window mullions to be aluminum with E.S.P. finish.

3)              Glass to be “impact resistant” fixed lite reflective tint glass to meet the South Florida Building Code.

4)              Entry doors at North and South entrances shall be aluminum storefront doors with E.S.P. finish and panic hardware as required.

5)              Exterior stair and exit doors shall be hollow metal doors with metal frames and panic hardware as required. The width of the stairwell shall meet Tenant’s projected occupancy requirements of 300 persons per Phase.

 

Roof System

 

1)              The Building roof will be a mineral surface roofing system over light weight concrete or ridged insulation board.

Roof system shall consist of mechanically fastened one ply of GAFGLAS # 75 base sheet with fastening pattern as designed and approved by Miami-Dade County. Utilizing hot asphalt, two piles of GAFGLAS Ply IV will be installed and adhered in full mopping of Type III hot asphalt. Cap sheet to consist of one ply of GAFGLAS Mineral surface Cap Sheet installed and adhered with hot asphalt.

2)              Insulation to meet Dade County energy code requirements.

3)              Roof drains with overflow scuppers at building perimeter.

4)              “Tower(s)” roofing shall be furnished with Straight Barrel Mission Tile.

5)              Installation method shall conform to the South Florida Building Code.

6)              Roof Warranty from manufacturer for twenty (20) years.

 

Building Common Areas

 

1)              The Shell Improvements for Phase 1 shall include a lobby, equipment rooms, and stairs to service Phase 1 and Phase 2 (“central core area”). Within the central core area are two central staircases, two hydraulic elevators, and rooms for elevator machinery, electrical distribution panels, telephone distribution boards and janitorial equipment. The HVAC mechanical room and a secondary stair are located on the East perimeter of the Building.

2)              Lobby portion of the central core area is to be fully equipped and finished to suburban office building standards including:

“Two-story” ceiling height in a portion of the lobby with the South and North walls of the lobby consisting of a glass wall type system.

Flooring in the lobby to consist of a “hard-surface” material such as tile, in a minimum size of 12” x 12”. Wall Surfaces to be painted drywall.

Ceiling in lobby to be painted drywall and 2’ x 2’ acoustical ceiling tile. Portions of the ceiling will contain either light coves or soffit detailing.

Main stair case in lobby to have hard surface treads and risers and an ornamental metal railing of moderate quality or better.

Tenant entry doors in the lobby to be 3’x 8’ stain-grade birch, solid core entry doors. Closers, hinges and mortise hardware to be provided. Frames to be steel.

 

1



 

Lighting in the lobby to consist primarily of compact florescent downlights with accent “wall sconce” lighting.

3)               All code required signage for central core area is provided.

4)               Secondary stair to be constructed of prefabricated welded steel with solid risers, landing forms, railings and wall rails.  Treads to be concrete filled. Stairs to be painted.

 

Elevators

 

1)               The Shell Improvements for Phase 1 include two complete hydraulic elevators utilizing a single hoistway.

2)               Each elevator will have minimum carrying capacity rating of 2,500 lb.

3)               Cab speed to be a minimum of 100 FPM.

4)               Hoistway Doors to be minimum 3’- 6” wide and 7’ - 0” high with center-opening door operation.

5)               Signals to be illuminated car and hall station push-buttons.  Cab position indicator in car and lobby. Cab traveling lanterns mounted in entrance jambs.

6)               Cab height to be 8’- 0” clear.

7)               Finishes: Flooring material to match lobby floor.  Cabs to have brushed aluminum handrails, brushed stainless control panels and walls will be upgraded from baked enamel finish.

8)               Equipment manufacturers are: Dover, Miami Elevator, Otis Elevator.

 

Building Restrooms

 

1)              Landlord will furnish, as part of the Shell Improvements for Phase 1, fully functional Men and Women restrooms to meet The South Florida Building Code and current Americans with Disabilities Act, (ADA) requirements.

2)              Plumbing fixture count is based on an occupancy load of 1 person per 100 usable sq. ft.

3)              Restroom lighting to include 2’ x 2’ parabolic light fixtures.

4)              Restroom finishes to include ceramic tile floors and a ceramic tile five foot wainscot. Balance of walls to be painted. Vanity tops and backsplashes to be plastic laminate.

5)              Restroom accessories include: unframed mirrors on walls above vanity tops, stainless steel grab bars, soap dispensers, paper napkin dispensers.

6)              Plastic laminate stall partitions with concealed fastenings and vandal-resistant screw heads where applicable.

7)              Restrooms entry doors to be 3’x 8’ stain-grade birch - solid core doors with steel jambs, closers and hardware provided.

8)              Equipment manufacturers for water closets, lavatories and urinal fixtures are: American Standard, Kohler, Eljer.

9)              Water closets and urinal fixtures shall include a commercial flush-valve type system. Equipment manufacturers are: Delany, Sloan and Zurn.

 

Mechanical System

 

1)             The Building air conditioning and heating system will be a high quality air-cooled chilled-water system installed pursuant to general office use specifications. Landlord shall provide each floor of the Building with zoned air conditioning and heating via dedicated central station air handling units located on each floor. All zones shall include appropriately sized variable air volume devices (“VAVs”) which shall include the controls and related wiring with the minimum number of zones in the Tenant-occupied area of each floor to be twelve (12). The central station air handling units shall include the provisions and capacity to continuously, while in operation, introduce filtered ventilation from the Building exterior at a rate of not less than twenty (20) cfm per occupant. Modification and balancing of the base Building HVAC system shall be provided by Landlord. Modification and balancing to accommodate Tenant’s interior build-out shall be payable from the Tenant Allowance. Capacities of the central air handling units and Building refrigeration equipment shall be sufficient to accommodate the following Tenant imposed heat gains in addition to the Building envelope heat gain and ventilation air cooling load:

 

1)           Occupancy rate of one person per 48 usable square feet (i.e., an occupancy rate of 300 persons per Phase). Subject to the Additional Allowance, Tenant shall pay any and all costs of the equipment needed to increase the capacity of the HVAC system from an occupancy rate of one person per 100 usable square feet to an occupancy rate of one person per 48 usable square feet (i.e., an occupancy rate of 300 persons per Phase).

 

2)           Artificial equipment (computer, tele/comm and reproduction) heat gains equal to 1.5 watts per usable square foot.

 

2)             Tenant shall maintain and operate the base Building HVAC system. The HVAC system shall be designed to provide the following environmental conditions throughout the Tenant-occupied area at the following listed A.S.H.R.A.E. outdoor design temperatures. All fresh air requirements and HVAC design engineering shall be in accordance with A.S.H.R.A.E. standards in relation to Tenant imposed heat gains. The listed inside space dry bulb temperature shall be achieved and maintained without the benefit or use of interior shading devices at perimeter exterior glass.

 

2


 

 

 

Summer

 

Winter

Outside Conditions

 

91 deg. D.B. / 79 deg. W.B.

 

45 deg. D.B.

Inside Conditions

 

75 deg. D.B. / 55 deg. R.H.

 

72 deg. D.B.

(All temperatures stated in Fahrenheit)

 

3)               The Building shall incorporate and provide a modern, high quality and efficient energy management system that will control and operate the Building’s HVAC systems during office hours and non-office hours.

4)               HVAC systems quality to be based on a chiller life expectancy of fifteen (15) years with normal maintenance procedures maintained.

5)               Chiller equipment warranty for five (5) years.

6)               Equipment manufacturers are: York, McQuay, Trane and Carrier.

 

Electrical System

 

1)              Landlord shall provide each floor of the Building with an electrical room, secondary electrical service feeders, distribution transformers/panel boards and lighting/service panel boards. A load capacity of not less than 6 Volt Amps (watts) per usable square foot shall be provided exclusively for Tenant’s lighting and power requirements and in addition to any base building requirements for heating and cooling equipment or core area accommodations. Additional load capacity shall be provided at an additional expense to Tenant. The voltage characteristics at distribution and lighting/service panel boards shall be three phase connected and not exceeding 480 volts. All lighting/service panel boards shall include ground bussing. Electrical distribution will be in accordance with final space plans. The main electrical room shall be equipped with panels and breakers to accommodate 1,200 amp main service to the Building at 480/277 volt, three phase. Pad mounted FPL transformer. Single FPL meter for the Building.

2)              120/208 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire: 3 circuit home-run with #10 AWG conductors from junction box on 24’ x 24’ grid in Tenant-occupied area.

3)              277/480 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire: 3 circuit home-run with #10 AWG conductors from junction box on 48’ x 48’ grid in Tenant occupied area.

4)              Service mains shall be: one main for each floor of Tenant occupied area including HVAC air handlers and one main for common areas, HVAC chiller and parking lot lights.

5)              Building security system is limited to card access devices at North and South Building entrances.

6)              No surge protection devices provided as part of the Building shell.

7)              Minimum service grounding system bonded to domestic water piping and cadwell bonded to the Building “footer” steel.

8)              No standby generator system or related switch gear is provided as part of the Shell Improvements, but Landlord shall provide an appropriate location for Tenant’s generator and switch gear to be included as part of the Tenant Improvements package.

 

Telephone System

 

1)              Primary ducting and telephone wiring to be brought into the Building’s main telephone room on ground floor.

2)              Multiple 4” empty raceways with pull strings shall be stubbed into the Tenant-occupied area for Tenant’s use.

3)              Telephone service to each elevator.

4)              Standard telephone service and equipment as provided by telephone company.

 

Plumbing System

 

1)             The Landlord shall provide, as part of the Phase 1 Shell Improvements, “wet stacks” to service Building common area restrooms. A “wet stack” shall consist of 4” sanitary waste, 3” sanitary vent and 1-1/2” potable cold water. Connections to be capped (with valving on potable cold water line) above the mean ceiling elevation of each floor of the Tenant occupied area.

2)             One (1) additional “wet stack” to be mounted on an interior column of each floor to service Tenant requirement for plumbing to an employee lounge, coffee bar, conference room, etc.

3)             The Building central core area will contain two electric water coolers. Equipment manufacturers are: Haws, Halsey Taylor and Oasis.

 

Fire Alarm

 

1)             Landlord shall include, as part of the Shell Improvements, a Building fire alarm system in accordance with N.F.P.A. 101 requirements.

2)             Notification shall be by horn/strobe devices.

3)             Activation shall be by manual (pull stations) and automatic devices {smoke detectors).

4)             Fire Alarm to be Addressable Class B with central control panel located in Building Lobby Area.

5)             Smoke Detectors to be provided by code including in: central core area, elevator lobby areas @ 1st and 2nd floors, restrooms, and Building shell mechanical rooms, telephone rooms and electrical rooms,

6)             System to perform elevator recall function.

 

3



 

Fire Sprinklers

 

1)              Landlord shall include, as part of the Shell Improvements, fire sprinklers throughout the Building in accordance with the current minimum N.F.P.A. standards to meet Tenant’s projected occupancy requirements of 300 persons per Phase.

2)              Sprinkler heads to protrude below acoustical ceiling.

 

Lightning Protection System

 

1)              Minimum lightning protection system to be provided as part of Shell Improvements.

 

Parking

 

1)              Landlord shall include as part of the Shell Improvements for each Phase paving, bumpers and striping to accommodate the required parking as described in the Lease.

2)              Parking lot lighting shall be sharp cut-off type luminaries as per code with an average maintained illumination of 2 foot-candles and a maximum to minimum ratio of 10 to 1.

3)              Asphalt to be 6” rock base with 1” asphalt with 12” of stabilization.

4)              Curbs to be extruded concrete.

 

Site Amenities

 

1)              As part of the Phase 1 Shell Improvements, Landlord shall provide a 6’- 0” +/- high masonry/painted stucco finish and aluminum-picket wall with decorative concrete block pillars with painted stucco finish around the perimeter of the site.

2)              Mutually acceptable card access gates at both entrances into site.

3)              East entrance to include a one-person, masonry gate house with air conditioning unit, electric and telephone J-Boxes.

4)              Brick pavers, decorative landscape and lighting at each both entrances.

5)              Landlord to provide landscape on site as part of the Shell Improvements. Landscape to be meet requirements set forth in Dade County Landscape Manual and as delineated on preliminary Landscape site plan.

6)              No interior or exterior Tenant signage is provided as part of Shell Improvements.

 

Improvements To Tenant Area

 

1)              Smooth trowel finish concrete floors, level to within a 1/4 inch in a 20’ radius, block walls and ceilings.

2)              Minimum number of strip fluorescent lighting as per code.

3)              3’x 8’ stain-grade birch, solid core entry doors into Premises.

4)              Fire rated jambs and mortise hardware provided.

5)              Exit lights per code.

6)              A one-inch aluminum, “exposed tee” ceiling grid system in a 2’ x 4’ grid pattern in the tenant area. No acoustical ceiling tiles provided.

7)              Metal duct work from air handling units located on each floor to VAV Boxes mounted in the plenum of each floor. Thermostats provided but not installed.

8)              120/208 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire: 3 circuit home-run with #10 AWG conductors from junction box on 24’ x 24’ grid.

9)              277/480 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire: 3 circuit home-run with #10 AWG conductors from junction box on 48’x 48’grid.

 

Shell Improvements Construction

 

Landlord shall commence construction of the Building Shell Improvements upon receipt of the building permit from the appropriate governmental agencies. All construction shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner and shall comply at the time of completion with all applicable Legal Requirements and substantially in accordance with the Base Building Shell Plans.

 

As used herein, the term “Base Building Shell Plans” means those certain plans and specifications to be prepared by Sackman 2, Inc. Architects, at Landlord’s expense. The Base Building Shell Plans are not complete as of the date of the Lease.  Prior to the date hereof, the parties have approved those certain preliminary plans for the Shell Improvements prepared by the Architect, under Job No.  98–12, last dated August 12, 1998.* The Base Building Shell Plans shall be based on such preliminary plans. Tenant shall have the right to review and approve in writing the Base Building Shell Plans before construction is commenced. Tenant’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall have five (5) business days within which to review any submission of the Base Building Shell Plans. If Tenant fails to respond within the five (5) business days, then Landlord shall notify Tenant of its failure, and if Tenant fails to respond to Landlord within two (2) business days after Landlord’s notice, then Tenant’s consent will be deemed to be granted. If Tenant timely submits requests for modifications to the Base Building Shell Plans, Landlord shall, within ten (10) business days, cause the Architect to modify the Base Building Shell Plans accordingly, and submit revised Base Building Shell Plans. If Tenant so submits a request for modified Base Building Shell Plans, then the time from such submission until the Base Building Shell Plans are finally acknowledged and approved shall be deemed to be a Tenant Delay;

 


*              (which were based on the progress drawings reviewed by the parties at Tenant’s offices on July 16, 1998).

 

4



 

provided, however, that Tenant shall not be responsible for any delays actually caused by the Architect (including, without limitation, the Architect’s failure to incorporate properly the requirements of this Exhibit D into the Base Building Shell Plans). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to submit modifications to the Base Building Shell Plans one (1) time without such submission being deemed to be a Tenant Delay (except if additional modifications are necessary due to delays actually caused by the Architect as described above).

 

Landlord shall submit approximately fifty (50%) percent completed Base Building Shell Plans prior to completion thereof, and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord in the preliminary review thereof.

 

Landlord reserves the right to substitute systems, equipment, manufacturers and/or specifications of equal or better quality than the systems, equipment, manufacturers and/or specifications described herein.

 

Upgrades to Shell Improvements

 

Landlord has agreed to construct at its cost the Shell Improvements described in this Exhibit D and the Base Building Shell Plans. Tenant has expressed interest in upgrading some of the Shell Improvements. In the event Tenant elects to upgrade any of the Shell Improvements, Tenant shall have the right to do so with: i) Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and ii) payment by Tenant to Landlord for all costs associated with these upgrades above the Shell Improvements, including but not limited to: architectural design and engineering costs, permitting and permit processing costs, and increased construction costs as part of and in the same manner as Tenant’s Costs pursuant to the Workletter (except for the upgrade to the HVAC capacity, which is being provided by Landlord as part of the Additional Allowance described in the Workletter, to be repaid by Tenant as provided therein).

 

Landlord’s general contractor for the Shell Improvements is subject to Tenant’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant may disapprove the general contractor only if Tenant reasonably believes that the general contractor is: (i) not licensed as required by any governmental agency; (ii) not qualified or sufficiently staffed to do the work; (iii) not financially capable of undertaking the work; and/or (iv) not adequately insured.

 

5



 

EXHIBIT E

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

1



 

EXHIBIT F

 

PREPARED BY AND

 

 

RECORD AND RETURN TO:

 

RESERVED FOR USE BY CLERK OF

Eric D. Rapkin, Esq.

 

CIRCUIT COURT

Hughes Hubbard & Reed LLP
201 S. Biscayne Blvd., Suite 2500
Miami, Florida 33131

 

 

 

 

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

 

THIS MEMORANDUM OF LEASE is made as of the        day of                                       , 1998, between FRANK W. GUILFORD, JR., INDIVIDUALLY AND AS TRUSTEE (“Landlord”), whose address is c/o Guilford & Associates, P.A., Suite 300, 2222 Ponce de Leon Boulevard, Coral Gables, Florida 33134, Attention: F.W. Zeke Guilford, Esq., and INTERVAL INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Florida corporation (“Tenant”), whose address is 6262 Sunset Drive, Penthouse I, Miami, Florida 33143, Attention: Mr. Paul W. Rishell, COO.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

1.              Landlord is the owner of that certain real property located on North Kendall Drive at S.W. 99th Avenue, Miami-Dade County, Florida, as more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Land”).

 

2.              Landlord and Tenant have entered into a Lease Agreement of even date herewith (the “Lease”) pertaining to the Land, and associated buildings and improvements to be constructed thereon in two (2) Phases {collectively, the “Project”).

 

3.              The term of the Lease will commence as set forth in the Lease and will be for fifteen (15) years after the Commencement Date for Phase 2, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the Lease. The Lease also contains an option for Tenant to renew the term of the Lease for three (3) terms of sixty (60) months each, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease.

 

4.              The Lease also contains a right of first offer for Tenant to purchase the Project, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease.

 

5.              In accordance with Section 713.10, Florida Statutes, Landlord and Tenant hereby provide notice that the terms of the Lease expressly provide that the interest of Landlord in the Project, including, but not limited to, the Premises, shall not be subject to liens for improvements made by or on behalf of Tenant.

 

6.              This Memorandum does not set forth the entire Lease, but is intended to give notice thereof. This Memorandum is subject to all of the covenants, conditions, and terms set forth in the Lease, which is incorporated herein and made a part hereof by reference, to the same extent as if all of the covenants, conditions, and terms thereof were set forth in full herein. If any conflict exists between the provisions of this Memorandum and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of the Lease shall control.

 

1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Memorandum of Lease effective as of the date first above written.

 

 

WITNESSES:

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lidia Gonzalez

 

/s/ Frank W. Guilford

Print Name:

  Lidia Gonzalez

 

Frank W. Guilford, Jr., Individually and

 

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

  8/21/98

/s/ Diane C. Lopez

 

 

Print Name:

  Diane C. Lopez

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

INTERVAL INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Florida
corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Victoria J. Kincke

 

By:

  /s/ Paul W. Rishell

Print Name:

  Victoria J. Kincke

 

Name:

 

Paul W. Rishell

 

 

Title:

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

/s/ Maureen Uriarte

 

Dated:

 

August 20, 1998

Print Name:

  Maureen Uriarte

 

 

 

STATE OF FLORIDA  )

)ss:

COUNTY OF DADE    )

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 21st day of August, 1998, by FRANK W. GUILFORD, JR., INDIVIDUALLY AND AS TRUSTEE, who is personally known to me or produced as identification.

 

 

 

/s/ Lidia Gonzalez

 

 

Print Name:

Lidia Gonzalez

 

OFFICIAL NOTARY SEAL

Notary Public, State of Florida

 

LIDIA GONZALEZ

 

My commission expires:

NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF FLORIDA

 

 

COMMISSION NO. CC729436

 

 

MY COMMISSION EXP. APR. 24, 2002

 

 

STATE OF FLORIDA  )

)ss:

COUNTY OF DADE    )

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 20th day of August, 1998, by Paul W. Rishell, as Chief Operating Officer of INTERVAL INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Florida corporation, on behalf of the corporation, who is personally known to me produced as identification.

 

 

 

/s/ Jennifer A. West

 

 

Print Name:

Jennifer A. West

 

 

Notary Public, State of Florida

My commission expires:

 

 

 

 

SEAL

JENNIFER A. WEST

 

 

 

 

MY COMMISSION # CC 534458

 

 

 

 

EXPIRES: March 14, 2000

 

 

 

 

Bonded Thru Notary Public Underwriters

 

 

2



 

EXHIBIT A TO EXHIBIT F

 

Legal Description

 

3



 

EXHIBIT G

 

 



 

EXHIBIT H

 

LETTER OF CREDIT REQUIREMENTS

 

As security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease as to Phase 1, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, an irrevocable, unconditional, and transferable Letter of Credit in the amount set forth in Section 40 of the Lease (the “Phase 1 Letter,” which term shall be deemed to include each replacement thereof), issued by a bank (the “Issuer”) licensed to do business in the State of Florida, and acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable judgment. The Phase 1 Letter shall be reduced as set forth in Section 40 of the Lease.

 

In addition, as security for Phase 2, Tenant shall, as set forth in Section 40 of the Lease, deliver to Landlord an irrevocable, unconditional, and transferable Letter of Credit in the amount set forth in Section 40 of the Lease (the “Phase 2 Letter,” which term shall be deemed to include each replacement thereof), issued by the Issuer. The Phase 2 Letter shall be reduced as set forth in Section 40 of the Lease.

 

For purposes of this Exhibit, the Phase 1 Letter and the Phase 2 Letter are sometimes each referred to as a “Letter” and collectively as the “Letters.”

 

Each of the Letters shall have an expiration date no earlier than one (1) year from its date of issuance. Each of the Letters shall automatically renew for a period of no less than one (1) year from its expiration date, unless Issuer provides Landlord with at least sixty (60) days’ notice of nonrenewal by certified mail, return receipt requested. The Letters shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord and shall provide that they may be drawn against, in whole or in part, by presentation to the Issuer of a sight draft in the appropriate amount identifying the Letter being drawn, along with a letter from Landlord to the Issuer stating that Tenant is in default of the Lease beyond the expiration of the applicable grace period, if any. No other requirements shall be imposed as a condition of drawing on the Letters. Landlord shall provide an extra demand notice to Tenant prior to making a draw request under either of the Letters, and Tenant shall have three (3) business days after receipt of such notice within which to pay the amount of such demand.

 

Each Letter shall be accompanied by a letter from an officer of the Issuer naming the officer(s) empowered to bind the Issuer on such Letter. The letter shall be manually signed by the corporate secretary (or another officer) of the Issuer who shall also certify that as of the date of issue of the Letter of the officer(s) executing same was fully empowered to execute such Letter and to bind the Issuer thereby.

 

If at any time Landlord receives notice of nonrenewal of the Letters as described above, then within thirty (30) days after Landlord receives such notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a replacement Letter for the applicable Letter, which replacement Letter shall (a) be unconditional, irrevocable, and transferable, (b) be issued by Issuer or another bank licensed to do business in the State of Florida, and acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable judgment, (c) be in an amount not less than the undrawn balance of the Letter being replaced, or as may be approved by Landlord in writing, (d) have an expiration date no earlier than twelve (12) months from its issuance, and (e) be in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord and shall be available by sight draft with no additional documents or requirements, other than those stated above. If Tenant fails to properly deliver to Landlord any required replacement Letter, Landlord may draw upon the unreplaced Letter for all or any part of the amount thereof.

 

Without notice to Tenant (except for the extra demand notice expressly required above), Landlord shall be entitled to draw the full amount, or any remaining portion thereof, of the Letters if (a) a default under the Lease has occurred and is continuing beyond the expiration of the applicable grace period, if any and Landlord is entitled to exercise its rights and remedies under the Lease, or (b) Landlord is not furnished any replacement Letter when and in accordance with the terms hereof. If a Letter is drawn in full, the amounts received by Landlord pursuant thereto may be applied to the amounts due under the Lease in such order or manner as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, elect.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be required to release all or any remaining portion of the Letters if there exists any uncured default under the Lease after applicable notice and cure periods, or an event or circumstance has occurred which, with the giving of notice or the passing of time, or both, would constitute a default under the Lease. In addition, if at any time during the term of the Lease the rating of the Issuer by Standard & Poor, Moody’s, or a similar nationally recognized rating organization is ever lower than the rating of the Issuer as of the date of the Lease, then, at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall replace each Letter with a Letter issued by a different bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord, or, if Tenant is unable to replace the Letters, Tenant shall post a cash security deposit with Landlord in the amount of the Letters.

 

Attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit H-1 is an acceptable form of the Letter.

 

1



 

Exhibit H-1

 

Acceptable Form of Letter of Credit

 

SPECIMEN                          NOT A LEGAL DOCUMENT      SPECIMEN

BENEFICIARY:

insert full name and address

 

LETTER OF CREDIT NO:
S                                

 

GENTLEMEN:

 

WE HEREBY OPEN OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IN YOUR FAVOR, FOR THE ACCOUNT OF                          insert applicant’s name and address                 IN THE AMOUNT OF USD                     UNITED STATES DOLLARS (                 insert amount in words)            AVAILABLE BY PAYMENT OF YOUR DRAFT(S) AT SIGHT DRAWN ON OURSELVES WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENT(S):

 

STATEMENT, PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY THE BENEFICIARY, READING AS FOLLOWS:

 

“TENANT IS IN DEFAULT OF THAT CERTAIN LEASE BEYOND THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE GRACE PERIOD”.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SETS FORTH IN FULL THE TERMS OF OUR UNDERTAKING. ANY REFERENCE IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TO A “LEASE” IS FOR IDENTIFICATION PURPOSES ONLY AND SUCH REFERENCE SHALL NOT MODIFY OR AFFECT THE TERMS HEREOF OR CAUSE SUCH DOCUMENT TO BE DEEMED INCORPORATED HEREIN.

 

PARTIAL DRAWINGS ARE PERMITTED.

 

IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE DEEMED AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR ONE YEAR FROM THE PRESENT OR ANY FUTURE EXPIRY DATE UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO SUCH EXPIRATION DATE, WE NOTIFY YOU IN WRITING BY CERTIFIED MAIL RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED OR EXPRESS COURIER THAT WE ELECT NOT TO RENEW THIS LETTER OF CREDIT FOR ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL ONE YEAR PERIOD.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE. WE SHALL NOT RECOGNIZE ANY TRANSFER OF THE CREDIT UNTIL AN EXECUTED TRANSFER REQUEST IN A FORM SUITABLE TO US, BEARING CERTIFICATION BY YOUR BANKERS THAT THE SIGNATURE IS VALID, IS FILED WITH US. NOTICE OF THE TRANSFER ENDORSED ON THE REVERSE OF THIS CREDIT BY US, AND OUR CUSTOMARY FEE OF 1/4 OF 1 PFRCENT MINIMUM FEE $200.00 IS PAID.

 

DRAFT(S) DRAWN UNDER THIS CREDIT MUST STATE ON THEIR FACE “DRAWN UNDER FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

 

1



 

NUMBER S                  DATED                  ”.

 

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT DRAFT(S) DRAWN UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS CREDIT SHALL BE DULY HONORED IF PRESENTED TOGETHER WITH DOCUMENT(S) SPECIFIED AND THE ORIGINAL OF THIS CREDIT, AT OUR OFFICE LOCATED AT 200 SOUTH BISCAYNE BOULEVARD, 12TH FLOOR, MIAMI, FLORIDA 33131 FL6042 ATTN: INTERNATIONAL SUPPORT SERVICES, ON OR BEFORE                             insert expiry date             .

 

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED. THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS, ESTABLISHED BY THE INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, AS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF ISSUANCE OF THIS CREDIT.

 

SINCERELY,

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK

 

 

SPECIMEN                                                   NOT A LEGAL DOCUMENT                             SPECIMEN

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

2



 

BENEFICIARY’S NAME
AND ADDRESS

 

GENTLEMEN:

 

FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK AT THE REQUEST OF         insert applicant’s name and address          HAS ISSUED OUR IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                  IN THE AMOUNT OF                   UNITED STATES DOLLARS, DATED                                 IN YOUR FAVOR.

 

THIS WILL CERTIFY THAT                                                                            IS AUTHORIZED TO PROVIDE AND EXECUTE THE MENTIONED IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT, THAT THE SIGNATURE APPEARING ON SAID LETTER OF CREDIT IS AUTHENTIC, AND THAT THE BANK HAS COMPLIED WITH ALL FDIC REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS IN CONNECTION WITH THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

SINCERELY,

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK

 

 

3



 

APPLICATION FOR TRANSFER OF IRREVOCABLE STANDBY

LETTER OF CREDIT
NUMBER                                    DATED                                                  

 

TO:       FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK                                                                , I9                                                           

International Division (FL6042)

200 South Biscayne Boulevard, 12th Floor

Miami, FL 33131

 

Gentlemen:

 

For value received, the undersigned beneficiary hereby irrevocably transfers to:

 

 

(Name of Transferee)

 

 

(Address of Transferee)

 

All rights of the undersigned beneficiary in the aggregate amount of $                    under the above irrevocable standby letter of credit, subject to the same terms and conditions.

 

By this transfer, all rights of the undersigned beneficiary in such standby letter of credit are transferred to the transferee named above and such transferee shall have the sole rights as beneficiary thereof.

 

We hereby enclose the original standby letter of credit identified above, and enclose our check in the amount of $                                representing your transfer fee (1/4% of the transfer amount, $200.00 minimum).

 

Sincerely yours,

 

Signature Authenticated by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Beneficiary

 

Signature of Bank or Notary

 

Note: If you do not maintain an account with us and have to pay via a check, you must send either a cashier’s check or a money order. We will not process this request with payment in the form of a company or a personal check unless it is drawn on a First Union account.

 

4


 

First Union National Bank

 

FL6020

 

4299 Northwest 36th Street, Suite 102

Carol Reinsma

Miami Springs, Florida 33166

Senior Vice President

305 883-4006

Commercial Relationship Manager

Fax 305 883-3422

 

 

July 31, 1998

 

Mr. Eduardo Fernandez
Interval International Corp.
6262 Sunset Drive
Miami, Florida 33143

 

 

Re:   Transfer of a Irrevocable Standby
Letter of Credit.

 

Dear Eddie:

 

The purpose of this letter is to document our discussions regarding a proposed Letter of Credit pursuant to your negotiations to lease office space.

 

It is my understanding that the current landlord is considering changing its name and would like the ability to transfer the proposed Letter of Credit at a fixed cost to its new name should a change occur.    In that instance we will cap the fee to $300.00

 

If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Carol Reinsma

 

Carol Reinsma

 

5



 

RIDER NO. 1

 

INTERVAL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

1.                                      Incorporation . This Rider is by this reference incorporated into and made a part of the Lease. The terms used in this Rider without definition which are defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning in this Rider as in the Lease. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Rider and the terms of the Lease, this Rider shall govern.

 

2.                                      Renewal Options .

 

2.01                            Grant of Renewal Options. Tenant may extend the Term of the Lease on the same terms and conditions of the Lease, except as otherwise provided herein, for the Renewal Periods, as hereinafter defined.

 

2.02                            Renewal Periods. There shall be three (3) Renewal Periods, herein sometimes called the “First Renewal Period,” the “Second Renewal Period” and the “Third Renewal Period” (each, a “Renewal Period”). The “First Renewal Period” is the period commencing on the first day after the last day of the initial Term (the “First Renewal Period Commencement Date”) and ending on the last day of the sixtieth (60th) full calendar month thereafter, unless ended earlier under the Lease. The “Second Renewal Period” is the period commencing on the first day after the last day of the First Renewal Period (the “Second Renewal Period Commencement Date”) and ending on the last day of the sixtieth (60th) full calendar month thereafter, unless ended earlier under the Lease. The “Third Renewal Period” is the period commencing on the first day after the last day of the Second Renewal Period (the “Third Renewal Period Commencement Date”) and ending on the last day of the sixtieth (60th) full calendar month thereafter, unless ended earlier under the Lease.

 

2.03                            Exercise of Renewal Options. The Renewal Option for the First Renewal Period (the “First Renewal Option”) shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice from Tenant to Landlord of Tenant’s election to exercise the First Renewal Option at least twelve (12) months before the First Renewal Period Commencement Date, time being of the essence. The Renewal Option for the Second Renewal Period (the “Second Renewal Option”) shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice from Tenant to Landlord of Tenant’s election to exercise the Second Renewal Option at least twelve (12) months before the Second Renewal Period Commencement Date, time being of the essence. The Renewal Option for the Third Renewal Period (the “Third Renewal Option”) shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice from Tenant to Landlord of Tenant’s election to exercise the Third Renewal Option at least twelve (12) months before the Third Renewal Period Commencement Date, time being of the essence.

 

2.04                            Conditions of Exercise. Tenant may only exercise a Renewal Option, and an exercise thereof shall only be effective if at the time of Tenant’s exercise of such Renewal Option and on the respective Renewal Period Commencement Date the Lease is in full force and effect and no default exists under the Lease beyond the expiration of the applicable grace period, if any. If a Renewal Option is not exercised as provided in subsection 2.03 of this Rider, such Renewal Option (and any subsequent Renewal Option) shall terminate and Tenant shall not thereafter have any further rights hereunder. Tenant’s right to exercise the Second Renewal Option is conditioned upon Tenant’s proper renewal of the Term for the First Renewal Period. Tenant’s right to exercise the Third Renewal Option is conditioned upon Tenant’s proper renewal of the Term for the Second Renewal Period.

 

2.05                            Rent. The Base Rent per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises payable during each Renewal Period shall be the Market Rental Rate, as hereinafter defined. “Market Rental Rate” of the Premises shall be an amount determined by Landlord on the basis of the then-prevailing market rental rate for office space in Comparable Class Buildings for an existing tenant renewing an existing lease on an “as-is” basis. However, in no event shall Base Rent for any year of the Renewal Periods be less than the amount of Base Rent for the immediately prior year.

 

2.06                            Determination of Market Rental Rate. Commencing one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the deadline for Tenant to exercise each Renewal Option, Tenant shall have the right to request Landlord’s determination of the Base Rent for the upcoming Renewal Period. Landlord shall notify Tenant of its determination no later than thirty (30) days thereafter so that Tenant shall have sufficient time to decide whether to elect to renew the Lease. If, despite good faith negotiation, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree on the Base Rent for the upcoming Renewal Period on or before thirty (30) days prior to the deadline for Tenant to exercise its Renewal Option, then Tenant must nonetheless timely elect to exercise its Renewal Option and be bound by the result of the appraisal process described below. Upon Tenant’s exercise, Landlord and Tenant (within ten (10) days) shall each select an independent disinterested MAI appraiser, which appraisers shall complete their written appraisals of the Market Rental Rate within twenty (20) days thereafter.  Landlord and Tenant shall each bear the costs of their respective appraisers.  If

 

1



 

the difference between the two appraisals is equal to or less than ten (10%) percent of the higher appraisal, then the average of such two appraisals shall be the Base Rent for the upcoming Renewal Period. If the difference between the two appraisals is more than ten (10%) percent of the higher appraisal, then the appraisers shall mutually select a third independent disinterested MAI appraiser (within ten (10) days). Such third appraiser shall then (within ten (10) days) make its determination of the Market Rental Rate of the Premises, and the average of such three appraisals shall be the Base Rent for the upcoming Renewal Period. Landlord and Tenant shall each pay one-half (1/2) of the fees and costs of such third appraiser. At a minimum, each of the MAI appraisers shall be disinterested commercial real estate appraisers doing business in the Kendall/South Miami area of Miami-Dade County, Florida, and properly licensed, with substantial experience in the Kendall/South Miami office markets. If the dispute is not finally resolved as of the commencement of the applicable Renewal Period, then Tenant shall pay the Base Rent for the Renewal Period for the immediately prior year, increased by CPI, until such dispute is finally resolved. Upon the final determination, then Tenant shall receive a credit, or Tenant shall promptly pay any underpayment to Landlord, as applicable, such credit or payment to be equal to the difference between the Base Rent then being paid by Tenant and the Base Rent that Tenant should have been paying, as determined by such appraisal process.

 

2.07                            During each Renewal Period, the parking rental for the Additional Parking Spaces and the Supplemental Parking Spaces shall continue to be increased by the CPI as provided in the Lease.

 

2.08                            As-Is. Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Premises in “as-is” condition as of the commencement of each Renewal Period, subject to any other repair and maintenance obligations of Landlord under the Lease, it being understood and agreed that Landlord shall have no additional obligation to renovate or remodel the Premises or any portion of the Project as a result of Tenant’s renewal of the Lease, except for the Reserve Allowance, if applicable, described in Section 4.d of the Lease.

 

2.09                            No Partial Renewal by Phase. Tenant may not exercise its Renewal Option only as to one of the Phases. Any exercise by Tenant of a Renewal Option hereunder shall be deemed to renew the Term for both Phase 1 and Phase 2.

 

2.10                            No Further Renewal. Following expiration of the Third Renewal Period as provided herein, Tenant shall have no further right to renew or extend the Lease.

 

3.                                        Continuation of Lease .    Except to the extent expressly provided by this Rider, the covenants and conditions of the Lease in force during the Term, as the same may be modified from time to time, shall continue to be in effect during each Renewal Period.

 

[signatures on next page]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Rider, effective as of the date of the Lease.

 

 

WITNESSES:

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lidia Gonzalez

 

/s/ Frank W. Guilford

Print Name:

  Lidia Gonzalez

 

Frank W. Guilford, Jr., Individually and

 

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

  8/21/98

/s/ Diane C. Lopez

 

 

Print Name:

  Diane C. Lopez

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

INTERVAL INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Florida

 

 

corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

  /s/ Victoria J. Kincke

 

By:

  /s/ Paul W. Rishell

Print Name:

  Victoria J. Kincke

 

Name:

  Paul W. Rishell

 

 

Title:

    Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

  /s/ Maureen Uriarte

 

Dated:

   August 20, 1998

Print Name:

  Maureen Uriarte

 

 

 

3



 

PREPARED BY AND

 

 

RECORD AND RETURN TO:

 

 

Eric D. Rapkin, Esq.

 

RESERVED FOR USE BY CLERK OF

Hughes Hubbard & Reed LLP

 

CIRCUIT COURT

201 S. Biscayne Blvd., Suite 2500

 

 

Miami, Florida 33131

 

 

 

 

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

 

THIS MEMORANDUM OF LEASE is made as of the 21st day of August, 1998, between FRANK W. GUILFORD, JR., INDIVIDUALLY AND AS TRUSTEE (“Landlord”), whose address is c/o Guilford & Associates, P.A., Suite 300, 2222 Ponce de Leon Boulevard, Coral Gables, Florida 33134, Attention: F.W. Zeke Guilford, Esq., and INTERVAL INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Florida corporation (“Tenant”), whose address is 6262 Sunset Drive, Penthouse I, Miami, Florida 33143, Attention: Mr. Paul W. Rishell, COO.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

1.                                        Landlord is the owner of that certain real property located on North Kendall Drive at S.W. 99th Avenue, Miami-Dade County, Florida, as more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Land”).

 

2.                                        Landlord and Tenant have entered into a Lease Agreement of even date herewith (the “Lease”) pertaining to the Land, and associated buildings and improvements to be constructed thereon in two (2) Phases (collectively, the “Project”).

 

3.                                        The term of the Lease will commence as set forth in the Lease and will be for fifteen (15) years after the Commencement Date for Phase 2, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the Lease. The Lease also contains an option for Tenant to renew the term of the Lease for three (3) terms of sixty (60) months each, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease.

 

4.                                        The Lease also contains a right of first offer for Tenant to purchase the Project, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease.

 

5.                                        In accordance with Section 713.10, Florida Statutes, Landlord and Tenant hereby provide notice that the terms of the Lease expressly provide that the interest of Landlord in the Project, including, but not limited to, the Premises, shall not be subject to liens for improvements made by or on behalf of Tenant.

 

6.                                        This Memorandum does not set forth the entire Lease, but is intended to give notice thereof. This Memorandum is subject to all of the covenants, conditions, and terms set forth in the Lease, which is incorporated herein and made a part hereof by reference, to the same extent as if all of the covenants, conditions, and terms thereof were set forth in full herein. If any conflict exists between the provisions of this Memorandum and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of the Lease shall control.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Memorandum of Lease effective as of the date first above written.

 

 

WITNESSES:

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lidia Gonzalez

 

/s/ Frank W. Guilford

Print Name:

Lidia Gonzalez

 

Frank W. Guilford, Jr., Individually and

 

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

/s/ Diane C. Lopez

 

 

Print Name:

  Diane C. Lopez

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

INTERVAL INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Florida

 

 

corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Victoria J. Kincke

 

By:

  /s/ Paul W. Rishell

Print Name:

  Victoria J. Kincke

 

Name:

  Paul W. Rishell

 

 

Title:

    Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

/s/ Maureen Uriarte

 

Dated:

  August 20, 1998

Print Name:

  Maureen Uriarte

 

 

 

STATE OF FLORIDA

)

 

)ss:

COUNTY OF DADE

)

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 21st day of August, 1998, by FRANK W. GUILFORD, JR., INDIVIDUALLY AND AS TRUSTEE, who is personally known to me or produced as identification.

 

 

 

OFFICIAL NOTARY SEAL

 /s/ Lidia Gonzalez

 

LIDIA GONZALEZ

 Print Name:

Lidia Gonzalez

 

NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF FLORIDA

Notary Public, State of Florida

 

COMMISSION NO. CC729436

 

My commission expires:

MY COMMISSION EXP. APR. 24, 2002

 

 

 

STATE OF FLORIDA

)

 

)ss:

COUNTY OF DADE

)

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 20th day of August, 1998, by Paul W. Rishell, as Chief Operating Officer of INTERVAL INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Florida corporation, on behalf of the corporation, who is personally known to me or produced as identification.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jennifer A. West

 

 

Print Name:

Jennifer A. West

 

 

Notary Public, State of Florida

 

My commission expires:

 

 

 

 

SEAL

JENNIFER A. WEST

 

 

 

 

MY COMMISSION # CC 534458

 

 

 

 

EXPIRES: March 14, 2000

 

 

 

 

Bonded Thru Notary Public Underwriters

 

 



 

PREPARED BY AND

 

 

RECORD AND RETURN TO:

 

 

Eric D. Rapkin, Esq.

 

RESERVED FOR USE BY CLERK OF

Hughes Hubbard & Reed LLP

 

CIRCUIT COURT

201 S. Biscayne Blvd., Suite 2500

 

 

Miami, Florida 33131

 

 

 

 

MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

 

THIS MEMORANDUM OF LEASE is made as of the 21 st day of August, 1998, between FRANK W. GUILFORD, JR., INDIVIDUALLY AND AS TRUSTEE (“Landlord”), whose address is c/o Guilford & Associates, P.A., Suite 300, 2222 Ponce de Leon Boulevard, Coral Gables, Florida 33134, Attention: F.W. Zeke Guilford, Esq., and INTERVAL INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Florida corporation (“Tenant”), whose address is 6262 Sunset Drive, Penthouse I, Miami, Florida 33143, Attention: Mr. Paul W. Rishell, COO.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

1.                                        Landlord is the owner of that certain real property located on North Kendall Drive at S.W. 99th Avenue, Miami-Dade County, Florida, as more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Land”).

 

2.                                        Landlord and Tenant have entered into a Lease Agreement of even date herewith (the “Lease”) pertaining to the Land, and associated buildings and improvements to be constructed thereon in two (2) Phases (collectively, the “Project”).

 

3.                                        The term of the Lease will commence as set forth in the Lease and will be for fifteen (15) years after the Commencement Date for Phase 2, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the Lease. The Lease also contains an option for Tenant to renew the term of the Lease for three (3) terms of sixty (60) months each, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease.

 

4.                                        The Lease also contains a right of first offer for Tenant to purchase the Project, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease.

 

5.                                        In accordance with Section 713.10, Florida Statutes, Landlord and Tenant hereby provide notice that the terms of the Lease expressly provide that the interest of Landlord in the Project, including, but not limited to, the Premises, shall not be subject to liens for improvements made by or on behalf of Tenant.

 

6.                                        This Memorandum does not set forth the entire Lease, but is intended to give notice thereof. This Memorandum is subject to all of the covenants, conditions, and terms set forth in the Lease, which is incorporated herein and made a part hereof by reference, to the same extent as if all of the covenants, conditions, and terms thereof were set forth in full herein. If any conflict exists between the provisions of this Memorandum and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of the Lease shall control.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Memorandum of Lease effective as of the date first above written.

 

WITNESSES:

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lidia Gonzalez

 

/s/ Frank W. Guilford, JR

Print Name:

  Lidia Gonzalez

 

Frank W. Guilford, Jr., Individually and

 

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

/s/ Diane C. Lopez

 

 

Print Name:

  Diane C. Lopez

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

INTERVAL INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Florida

 

 

corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Victoria J. Kincke

 

By:

  /s/ Paul W. Rishell

Print Name:

  Victoria J. Kincke

 

Name:

 

Paul W. Rishell

 

 

Title:

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

/s/ Maureen Uriarte

 

Dated:

 

August 20, 1998

Print Name:

  Maureen Uriarte

 

 

 

 

STATE OF FLORIDA

)

 

)ss:

COUNTY OF DADE

)

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 21st day of August, 1998, by FRANK W. GUILFORD, JR., INDIVIDUALLY AND AS TRUSTEE, who is personally known to me or produced as identification.

 

 

OFFICIAL NOTARY SEAL

/s/ Lidia A Gonzalez

 

LIDIA GONZALEZ

Print Name: 

Lidia A Gonzalez

 

NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF FLORIDA

Notary Public, State of Florida

 

COMMISSION NO. CC729436

 

My commission expires:

MY COMMISSION EXP. APR. 24, 2002

 

 

 

STATE OF FLORIDA

)

 

)ss:

COUNTY OF DADE

)

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 20th day of August, 1998, by Paul W. Rishell, as Chief Operating Officer of INTERVAL INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Florida corporation, on behalf of the corporation, who is personally known to me or produced as identification.

 

 

 

/s/ Jennifer A. West

 

 

Print Name:

Jennifer A. West

 

 

Notary Public, State of Florida

My commission expires:

 

 

 

 

 

SEAL

JENNIFER A. WEST

 

 

 

 

MY COMMISSION # CC 534458

 

 

 

 

EXPIRES: March 14, 2000

 

 

 

 

Bonded Thru Notary Public Underwriters

 

 



 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This First Amendment modifies that certain Lease by and between Frank W. Guilford Jr. Individually, and as Trustee, as Landlord, and Interval International, Inc., a Florida Corporation, as Tenant, executed by Landlord on August 21, 1998 and Tenant on August 20, 1998.

 

The Lease as identified therein shall be amended as follows:

 

1.      The name of the Landlord shall be changed from: Frank W. Guilford Jr. Individually, and as Trustee to: Guilford Development Group, LLC, a Florida Limited Liability Company.

 

2.      Exhibit B to the Lease shall be amended to include the following described property (commonly referred to as the “Humphries Property”) as part of the legal description of the land on which the Premises sit: W ½ of E ½ of SW ¼ of SW ¼ of SE ¼ less the South 340 Ft and less the North 195 Ft Section 32, Township 54 South, Range 40 East, of Miami- Dade County, Florida.  Landlord and Tenant each acknowledge that said property had heretofore been made available to Tenant as Additional Parking Spaces with a concurrent adjustment to the Rent and Tenant has heretofore used and occupied said property and paid parking rental fees associated therewith.  Consequently, the Parties agree that no adjustment to the Rent shall be warranted based on the inclusion of this property within the legal description of the land on which the Premises sit.

 

1



 

In the event a conflict arises between the provisions of this First Amendment to Lease and any other part of the Lease, this First Amendment shall modify and supersede such other part of the Lease to the extent necessary to eliminate any such conflict but no further. All terms which are defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning when used herein.

 

/s/ Victoria J. Kincke

 

Tenant:

Witness:

 

Interval International Inc., a Florida Corporation

/s/ Jennifer A. West

 

 

Witness:

 

By:

/s/ Jeanette E. Marbert

 

 

Name:

Jeanette E. Marbert

 

 

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

Date:

November 29, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

 

/s/ Lidia Gonzalez

 

/s/ Frank W. Guilford

Witness:

 

Frank W. Guilford, Jr., Individually and as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

Date:

 

 

State of Florida                 ) SS:

County of Miami - Dade  )

 

This foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 29th day of November,  2006 by Jeanette E. Marbert as Chief Operating Officer of Interval International Inc., a Florida corporation, on behalf of the Tenant has taken an oath and:

 

x  is personally known to me.

o has produced a                                                            as identification.

 

/s/ Kathleen D. Lee

 

KATHLEEN D LEE

 

Print Name:

KATHLEEN D. LEE

 

SEAL

Notary Public - State of Florida

 

NOTARY PUBLIC – State of Florida

 

My Commission Expires Dec 22, 2007

 

 

 

Commission # DD276930

 

 

 

Bonded by National Notary Assn.,

 

 

2



 

State of Florida                ) SS:

County of Miami- Dade  )

 

This foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 12th day of December, 2006 by Frank W. Guilford Jr who has taken an oath and:

 

x is personally known to me.

o has produced a                                                               as identification.

 

 

/s/ Lidia Gonzalez

 

Print Name: Lidia Gonzalez

NOTARY PUBLIC – State of Florida

 

 

 

 

 

LIDIA GONZALEZ

 

 

MY COMMISSION # DD 520144

 

 

EXPIRES: May 1, 2010

 

 

Bonded Thru Budget Notary Services

 

 

3




Exhibit 10.12

 

Interval Leisure Group, Inc.

Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors

 

1.              Purpose .  The purpose of the Interval Leisure Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the “ Plan ”) is to provide non-employee directors of Interval Leisure Group, Inc. (or any successor thereto) (the “ Company ”) with an opportunity to defer Director Fees (as defined in paragraph 4(b) below).

 

2.              Effective Date .  The Plan shall become effective on August         , 2008, subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).

 

3.              Eligibility .  Any director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company or of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company is eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

4.              Election to Defer Compensation .

 

(a)            Time of Eligibility .  An election to defer Director Fees by a newly elected director shall be made by such director within the 30-day period following his or her election to the Board, which election shall apply only to Director Fees earned for services performed after the date of such election.  A director who has either (i) not previously elected to defer Director Fees or (ii) discontinued (or wishes to modify) a prior election to defer Director Fees may elect to defer Director Fees (or modify an existing deferral election) by giving written notice to the Company on or prior to November 1 of each year (or such other date as may be determined from time to time by the Secretary of the Company in accordance with paragraph 10 of the Plan and in compliance with applicable law).  Any such election shall only apply to Director Fees earned for services performed during the calendar year following such written notice.  The effectiveness of a given election shall continue until the participant’s “separation from service,” as defined under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and Treasury Regulation §1.409A, from the Company and any entity that would be treated as a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code (a “ Separation from Service ”) or until the end of the calendar year during which the director gives the Company written notice of its discontinuance or modification, whichever shall occur first.  Any notice of discontinuance or modification shall operate prospectively from the first day of the calendar year following the receipt of such written notice by the Secretary of the Company, and Director Fees payable during any subsequent calendar year shall either be paid (absent any timely future deferral election) or deferred in accordance with the terms of the discontinuance or modified election, as applicable; provided , however , that Director Fees theretofore deferred shall continue to be withheld and shall be paid in accordance with the notice of election pursuant to which they were withheld.  All written notices regarding deferral elections and/or the discontinuance or modification of prior deferral elections shall be made on a form prescribed by the Company.

 

(b)            Amount of Deferral .  A participant may elect to defer receipt of all or a specified portion of the cash fees receivable by such director for services performed as a

 



 

director of the Company (which amounts shall include fees for services as a member of one or more Committee(s) of the Board and meeting attendance fees, if any (among other fees), as and if applicable from time to time) that are otherwise payable to the director in cash (the “ Director Fees ”).

 

(c)            Manner of Electing Deferral .  A participant shall elect to defer Director Fees by giving written notice to the Company in a form prescribed by the Company.  Such notice shall include:

 

(i)             the percentage or amount of Director Fees to be deferred (the “ Deferred Fees ”);

 

(ii)            the allocation of the Deferred Fees between the “ Cash Fund ” or “ Share Units ;” and

 

(iii)           in the case of a participant’s initial election only, an election of a lump-sum payment or of a number of annual installments (not to exceed five) for the payment of the Deferred Fees (plus the amounts (if any) credited under Section 5), with such lump-sum payment or the first installment payment occurring on the later of (A) the calendar year following the calendar year in which the participant’s Separation from Service occurs (but not earlier than January 15 th of such year) or (B) the first day of the seventh month following the date on which the participant’s Separation from Service occurs (and otherwise in compliance with applicable law), with any successive annual installment payments to be made not earlier than January 15 th of each such year.  Any payment election made by a participant in connection with his or her initial election to participate in the Plan shall apply to all Deferred Fees, whether covered by the initial deferral election or a subsequent deferral election; provided, however , that this paragraph 4(c)(iii) shall not preclude subsequent modifications to the payment election described immediately above that are made in connection with a participant’s Separation from Service and in compliance with paragraph (d) below.

 

(d)            A participant may change his or her payment election in accordance with the following requirements:

 

(i)             Subject to clauses (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (d), such election may not take effect until the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date the election is made and filed with the Secretary of the Company using a form prescribed by the Company;

 

(ii)            Such lump-sum payment or the first installment payment  shall not be made less than five (5) years after the date that the participant’s Deferred Fees (plus the amounts (if any) credited under Section 5)would have been paid pursuant to paragraph (c)(iii) above (or such later year if a prior modification was made pursuant to this paragraph); and

 

2



 

(iii)           Any new election shall not be effective unless made at least twelve (12) months prior to the year in which the payment of the Deferred Fees (plus the amounts (if any) credited under Section 5) would otherwise commence.

 

5.              Deferred Compensation Account .  The Company shall establish a book-entry account for each participant to record the participant’s Deferred Fees (the “ Account ”).

 

(a)            For Deferred Fees allocated by the participant to the Cash Fund:

 

(i)             at the time the Director Fees would otherwise have been payable, the Account will be credited with the amount of the Deferred Fees, receipt of which the participant has elected to defer, and

 

(ii)            at the end of each calendar year or terminal portion of a year, the Account will be credited with deemed interest, at an annual rate equivalent to the weighted average prime or base lending rate of JP Morgan Chase Bank (including any successor thereto or such other financial institution that may be selected from time to time by the Secretary of the Company in accordance with paragraph 10 of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law) for the relevant year or portion thereof (the “ Interest Equivalents ”), upon the average daily balance in the Account during such year or portion thereof.

 

(b)            For  Deferred Fees allocated by the participant to Share Units:

 

(i)             at the time the Director Fees would otherwise have been payable, (A) the Account will be credited with the amount of the Deferred Fees, receipt of which the participant has elected to defer and (B) such amount of Deferred Fees shall be converted on such date to a number of “Share Units” (computed to the nearest 1/1000 of a share) equal to the number of shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”), of the Company that theoretically could have been purchased on such date with such amount of Deferred Fees, using the closing price for the Common Stock on such date (or, if such date is not a trading day, on the next preceding trading day) on The Nasdaq Stock Market’s National Market System (“ Nasdaq ”) or, if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted on Nasdaq, the principal stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded;

 

(ii)            on each date on which a dividend is paid on the Common Stock, the Account will be credited with the number of Share Units (computed to the nearest 1/1000 of a share) which theoretically could have been purchased with the amount of dividends payable on the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Share Units in the participant’s Account immediately prior to the payment of such dividend; the number of additional Share Units shall be calculated as in paragraph 5(b)(i) above, provided that, with respect to dividends paid in kind, the amount of such dividend shall be determined based on the fair

 

3



 

market value of such dividend on the date of the dividend distribution (which, if such dividend is a security that is then traded on a stock exchange, the fair market value of such security shall be the closing price on such date of the security on the principal stock exchange on which the security is then traded (or, if such date is not a trading day, on the next trading day); and

 

(iii)           on the date of the occurrence of any event described in paragraph 7(d) below, the Account will be credited with the number of Shares Units necessary for an equitable adjustment, which adjustment shall be determined in accordance with paragraphs 7(d) and 10 of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

 

(c)            Unless otherwise determined by the Secretary of the Company in accordance with paragraph 10 of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law, Deferred Fees shall be payable (and related amounts credited to participant Accounts) on a quarterly basis.  Each payment shall be classified as a “separate payment” under Section 409A of the Code.

 

6.              Value of Deferred Compensation Accounts .  The value of each participant’s Account on any date shall consist of (a) in the case of the Cash Fund, the sum of the Deferred Fees credited in accordance with paragraph 5 above and the Interest Equivalents credited through such date, if any, and (b) in the case of the Share Units, the market value of the corresponding number of shares of Common Stock on such date, determined using the closing price for the Common Stock on such date (or, if such date is not a trading day, on the next preceding trading day) on Nasdaq, or if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted on Nasdaq, the principal stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded.  A participant’s Account shall be credited with Interest Equivalents or additional Share Units, if any, as applicable for so long as there is an outstanding balance credited to the Participant’s Account.

 

7.              Payment of Deferred Compensation .  No payment shall be made from a participant’s Account except as follows:

 

(a)            The balance of Deferred Fees and Interest Equivalents in a participant’s Account credited to the Cash Fund shall be paid in cash in the manner elected in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 4(c) above.  If annual installments are elected, the amount of the first payment shall be a fraction of the balance in the participant’s Account as of the December 31 of the year preceding such payment, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the total number of annual installments elected.  The amount of each subsequent payment shall be a fraction of the balance in the participant’s Account as of December 31 of the year preceding each subsequent payment, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the total number of installments elected minus the number of installments previously paid.  Each payment pursuant to this paragraph 7(a) shall include Interest Equivalents, but only on the amount being paid, from the preceding December 31 to the date of payment.

 

(b)            The balance in a participant’s Account credited to Share Units shall be paid in the number of actual shares of Common Stock equal to the whole number of

 

4



 

Share Units in the participant’s Account.  If annual installments are elected, the whole number of shares of Common Stock in the first payment shall be a fraction of the number of Share Units in the participant’s Account as of December 31 of the year preceding such payment, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the total number of annual installments elected.  The whole number of shares of Common Stock in each subsequent payment shall be a fraction of the Share Units in the participant’s Account as of December 31 of the year preceding each subsequent payment, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the total number of installments elected minus the number of installments previously paid.  If annual installments are elected, cash payments in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock issuable in respect of fractional Share Units, if applicable, shall be made with the last payment.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding the election of the participant pursuant to paragraph 4(c), in the event of a participant’s death while a director, “conflict of interest” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(iii), or “disability” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(4), the balance in the participant’s Account (in the case of the Cash Fund, including Interest Equivalents in relation to the elapsed portion of a year) shall be determined as of such date of death, conflict of interest or disability, and such balance shall be paid in one lump-sum payment in cash in the case of the Cash Fund or in actual shares of Common Stock in the case of Share Units to the participant or the participant’s estate, as the case may be, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (and otherwise in compliance with applicable law and Section 409A of the Code) but in no event later than the later of the last day of such calendar year in which the death, conflict of interest or disability occurred or ninety (90) days following the occurrence of the death, conflict of interest or disability.

 

(d)            In the event of any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or shares, stock rights offering, liquidation, disaffiliation, or similar event affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the Board or the Compensation and Human Resources Committee (or such other Committee as the Board may from time to time designate) (the “ Committee ”) may make such equitable substitutions or adjustments in the aggregate number of Share Units in a participant’s Account, in the form or type of property represented by such Share Units and in the number and kind of shares reserved for issuance as the Board or the Committee deems appropriate.  In the event of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, separation, spinoff, reorganization, extraordinary dividend of cash or other property, share combination, or recapitalization or similar event affecting the capital structure of the Company, the Committee or the Board shall make such substitutions or adjustments as it deems appropriate and equitable to the aggregate number of Share Units in a participant’s Account, in the form or type of property represented by such Share Units and in the number and kind of shares reserved for issuance.  Any successor corporation or other acquirer of the Company shall be required to assume the Company’s obligations hereunder and substitute an appropriate number of shares of stock or other equity measure of such successor entity for Share Units.

 

8.              Participant’s Rights Unsecured .  The right of a participant to receive any unpaid portion of the participant’s Account, whether the Cash Fund or Share Units, shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Company.

 

5



 

9.              Nonassignability .  The right of a participant to receive any unpaid portion of the participant’s Account shall not be assigned, transferred, pledged or encumbered or be subject in any manner to alienation or anticipation.

 

10.            Administration .  This Plan shall be administered by the Secretary of the Company, who shall have the authority to adopt rules and regulations for carrying out the Plan and to interpret, construe and implement the provisions thereof.

 

11.            Stock Subject to Plan .  The total number of Share Units that may be credited to the Accounts of all eligible directors, and the total number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for issuance, under the Plan shall be 100,000.

 

12.            Conditions Upon Issuance of Common Stock .  Shares of Common Stock shall not be issued pursuant to the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant hereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares of Common Stock may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

13.            Amendment and Termination .  This Plan may be amended, modified or terminated at any time by the Committee or the Board; provided , however , that no such amendment, modification or termination shall, without the consent of a participant, adversely affect such participant’s rights with respect to amounts theretofore accrued to the participant’s Account and any amendment or termination of the Plan shall be effected in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

14.            Section 409A of the Code .

 

(a)            The terms and conditions of the Plan are intended to comply (and shall be interpreted in accordance) with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

(b)            No action shall be taken under the Plan that will cause any Account to fail to comply in any respect with Section 409A of the Code without the written consent of the participant.

 

(c)            Any adjustments to Share Units and/or cash payments made pursuant to paragraph 7(d) shall be made (i) in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and (ii) in such a manner as to ensure that after such adjustment and/or cash payment, the Share Units or Deferred Fees to be paid comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

6




Exhibit 10.13

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

dated as of July 25, 2008

 

among

 

INTERVAL ACQUISITION CORP. ,

as Borrower,

 

CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF THE BORROWER ,

as Guarantors,

 

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO ,

 

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,

 

BARCLAYS CAPITAL ,

as Syndication Agent,

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. ,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

and

MERRILL LYNCH CAPITAL CORPORATION ,

as Co-Documentation Agents,

 

WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC ,

and

BARCLAYS CAPITAL ,

as Joint Lead Arrangers

 

and

 

WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC,

BARCLAYS CAPITAL,

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

and

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

as Joint Bookrunners

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

 

 

 

 

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

 

 

 

 

1.01

Defined Terms

1

1.02

Interpretative Provisions

40

1.03

Accounting Terms and Provisions

41

1.04

Rounding

42

1.05

Times of Day

42

1.06

Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents

42

1.07

Additional Alternative Currencies

42

1.08

Additional Borrowers

43

1.09

Change of Currency

43

1.10

Letter of Credit Amounts

44

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

 

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

 

 

 

2.01

Commitments

44

2.02

Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations

49

2.03

Additional Provisions with Respect to Letters of Credit

50

2.04

Additional Provisions with Respect to Swingline Loans

58

2.05

Repayment of Loans

61

2.06

Prepayments

62

2.07

Termination or Reduction of Commitments

66

2.08

Interest

66

2.09

Fees

67

2.10

Computation of Interest and Fees

68

2.11

Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback

69

2.12

Sharing of Payments by Lenders

71

2.13

Evidence of Debt

71

2.14

CAM Exchange

72

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

 

 

 

 

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

 

 

 

 

3.01

Taxes

73

3.02

Illegality

76

3.03

Inability to Determine Rates

76

3.04

Increased Cost; Capital Adequacy

77

3.05

Compensation for Losses

78

 

i



 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

3.06

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

79

3.07

Survival Losses

79

3.08

Additional Reserve Costs

80

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

 

 

 

 

GUARANTY

 

 

 

 

4.01

The Guaranty

80

4.02

Obligations Unconditional

81

4.03

Reinstatement

82

4.04

Certain Waivers

82

4.05

Remedies

83

4.06

Rights of Contribution

83

4.07

Guaranty of Payment; Continuing Guaranty

83

4.08

Joint and Several Liability of the Borrower

83

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

 

 

 

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

 

 

 

5.01

Conditions to Closing Date

84

5.02

Conditions to the Funding Date

85

5.03

Conditions to All Credit Extensions

89

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

 

 

 

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

 

6.01

Existence, Qualification and Power

89

6.02

Authorization; No Contravention

90

6.03

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents

90

6.04

Binding Effect

90

6.05

Financial Statements

90

6.06

No Material Adverse Effect

91

6.07

Litigation

91

6.08

No Default

91

6.09

Ownership of Property; Liens

91

6.10

Taxes

91

6.11

ERISA Compliance

92

6.12

Subsidiaries

92

6.13

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act

93

6.14

Disclosure

93

6.15

Compliance with Laws

93

6.16

Solvency

94

6.17

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

94

 

ii



 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

6.18

Security Agreement

94

6.19

Pledge Agreement

94

6.20

Mortgages

95

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

 

 

 

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

7.01

Financial Statements

95

7.02

Certificates; Other Information

97

7.03

Notification

99

7.04

Preservation of Existence

99

7.05

Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations

99

7.06

Compliance with Law

100

7.07

Maintenance of Property

100

7.08

Insurance

100

7.09

Books and Records

101

7.10

Inspection Rights

101

7.11

Use of Proceeds

101

7.12

Joinder of Subsidiaries as Guarantors

101

7.13

Pledge of Capital Stock

102

7.14

Pledge of Other Property

102

7.15

Further Assurances Regarding Collateral

103

7.16

Holdings Guarantee

104

7.17

Post-Closing Matters

104

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

 

 

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

8.01

Liens

105

8.02

Investments

108

8.03

Indebtedness

110

8.04

Mergers and Dissolutions

113

8.05

Dispositions

114

8.06

Restricted Payments

114

8.07

Change in Nature of Business

116

8.08

Change in Accounting Practices or Fiscal Year

116

8.09

Transactions with Affiliates

116

8.10

Financial Covenants

116

8.11

Limitation on Subsidiary Distributions

117

8.12

Spin-Off

118

8.13

Transfers/Investments with respect to Certain Subsidiaries

118

 

iii



 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

 

 

 

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

 

 

 

9.01

Events of Default

119

9.02

Remedies upon Event of Default

121

9.03

Application of Funds

122

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

 

 

 

 

AGENTS

 

 

 

 

10.01

Appointment and Authorization of Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

123

10.02

Rights as a Lender

124

10.03

Exculpatory Provisions

124

10.04

Reliance by Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

125

10.05

Delegation of Duties

125

10.06

Resignation of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent

126

10.07

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders

127

10.08

No Other Duties

127

10.09

Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent May File Proofs of Claim

127

10.10

Collateral and Guaranty Matters

128

10.11

Withholding Tax

129

10.12

Treasury Management Agreements and Swap Contracts

129

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

 

 

 

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

11.01

Amendments, Etc.

130

11.02

Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication

133

11.03

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement

135

11.04

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

135

11.05

Payments Set Aside

137

11.06

Successors and Assigns

138

11.07

Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality

143

11.08

Right of Setoff

144

11.09

Interest Rate Limitation

144

11.10

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

145

11.11

Survival of Representations and Warranties

145

11.12

Severability

145

11.13

Replacement of Lenders

146

11.14

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

147

11.15

Waiver of Jury Trial

148

 

iv



 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

11.16

USA PATRIOT Act Notice

148

11.17

Designation as Senior Debt.

148

11.18

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

149

 

v



 

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1.01A

Existing Letters of Credit

 

Schedule 1.01B

Funding Date Subsidiary Guarantors

 

Schedule 2.01

Lenders and Commitments

 

Schedule 3.08

Mandatory Cost Rate

 

Schedule 5.02

Mortgaged Properties

 

Schedule 6.12

Subsidiaries

 

Schedule 7.08

Insurance

 

Schedule 8.01

Existing Liens

 

Schedule 8.02

Existing Investments

 

Schedule 8.03

Existing Indebtedness

 

Schedule 11.02

Notice Addresses

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 1.01A

Form of Pledge Agreement

 

Exhibit 1.01B

Form of Security Agreement

 

Exhibit 1.01C

Form of Mortgage

 

Exhibit 2.02

Form of Loan Notice

 

Exhibit 2.13-1

Form of Dollar Revolving Note

 

Exhibit 2.13-2

Form of Approved Currency Revolving Note

 

Exhibit 2.13-3

Form of Swingline Note

 

Exhibit 2.13-4

Form of Term Note

 

Exhibit 3.01(e)

Form of Non-Bank Certificate

 

Exhibit 7.02(b)

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

Exhibit 7.12

Form of Joinder Agreement

 

Exhibit 11.06

Form of Assignment and Assumption

 

 

vi


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Credit Agreement ”) is entered into as of July 25, 2008, among INTERVAL ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors identified herein, the Lenders party hereto, and WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Guarantors have requested that the Lenders provide revolving credit and term loan facilities for the purposes set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to make the requested facilities available on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

 

1.01         Defined Terms .

 

As used in this Credit Agreement, the following terms have the meanings provided below:

 

Acquisition ” means the purchase or acquisition (whether in one or a series of related transactions) by any Person of (a) more than fifty percent (50%) of the Capital Stock with ordinary voting power of another Person or (b) all or substantially all of the property (other than Capital Stock) of another Person or division or line of business or business unit of another Person, whether or not involving a merger or consolidation with such Person.

 

Adjusted Eurodollar Rate ” means, with respect to any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans for any Interest Period, (a) an interest rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) determined by the Administrative Agent to be equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans in effect for such Interest Period divided by (b) 1 minus the Statutory Reserves (if any) for such Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans for such Interest Period.

 

Administrative Agent ” means Wachovia in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders under any of the Credit Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

 

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 11.02 , or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

 



 

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an administrative questionnaire for the Lenders in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

Agent ” means either of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent.

 

 “ Aggregate Approved Currency Revolving Commitments ” means the Approved Currency Revolving Commitments of all the Lenders.

 

Aggregate Approved Currency Revolving Committed Amount ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(a)(ii) .

 

Aggregate Commitment Percentage ” means, for each Lender, a fraction (expressed as a percentage carried to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of such Lender’s respective Revolving Commitment and Term Loan Commitment and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Commitments.

 

Aggregate Commitments ” means the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Commitments and Term Loan Commitments.

 

Aggregate Dollar Revolving Commitments ” means the Dollar Revolving Commitments of all the Lenders.

 

Aggregate Dollar Revolving Committed Amount ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(a)(i) .

 

Aggregate Revolving Commitments ” means the collective reference to the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Commitments and the Aggregate Approved Currency Revolving Commitments.

 

Aggregate Revolving Committed Amount ” means the collective reference to the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Committed Amount and the Aggregate Approved Currency Revolving Committed Amount.

 

 “ Aggregate Term Loan Committed Amount ” means one hundred fifty million Dollars ($150.0 million).

 

Alternative Currency ” means each of Euros, Canadian Dollars and Sterling and any other currency added as an “Alternative Currency” pursuant to Section 1.07 hereof.

 

Alternative Currency Equivalent ” means, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the applicable Alternative Currency as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of such Alternative Currency with Dollars.

 

2



 

Applicable Percentage ” means the following percentages per annum:

 

APPLICABLE PERCENTAGES FOR REVOLVING LOANS,
SWINGLINE LOANS, LETTER OF CREDIT FEES AND TERM LOANS

 

Pricing
Level

 

Consolidated
Total
Leverage
Ratio

 

Eurodollar Rate
Loans (other
than for
Revolving
Loans)

 

Base Rate
Loans (other
than for
Revolving
Loans)

 

Eurodollar
Rate Loans
(for Revolving
Loans) and
Letter of
Credit Fees

 

Base Rate
Loans
(for
Revolving
Loans)

 

I

 

< 2.00:1.00

 

2.25

%

1.25

%

1.75

%

0.75

%

II

 

>  2.00 but < 2.75:1.00

 

2.50

%

1.50

%

2.00

%

1.00

%

III

 

>  2.75 but < 3.50:1.00

 

2.75

%

1.75

%

2.25

%

1.25

%

IV

 

>  3.50:1.00

 

3.00

%

2.00

%

2.50

%

1.50

%

 

Applicable Percentages for Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans, Letter of Credit Fees and Term Loans will be based on the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 7.02(b) . Any increase or decrease in such Applicable Percentage resulting from a change in the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio shall become effective on the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 7.02(b) ; provided , however , that if (i) a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance therewith or (ii) an Event of Default pursuant to Section 9.01(a) , (f)  or (h)  has occurred and is continuing, then, in the case of clause (i)  pricing level IV shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered until the first Business Day immediately following delivery thereof, and in the case of clause (ii)  pricing level IV shall apply as of the first Business Day after the occurrence of such Event of Default until the first Business Day immediately following the cure or waiver of such Event of Default.  The Applicable Percentage in effect from the Closing Date through the date for delivery of the Compliance Certificate for the first full fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date shall be determined based upon pricing level III for Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans, Letter of Credit Fees and Term Loans.

 

Determinations by the Administrative Agent of the appropriate pricing level shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

In the event that any financial statement or Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section  7.01 or 7.02 is shown to be inaccurate (regardless of whether this Credit Agreement or the Commitments are in effect or any Loans are outstanding when such inaccuracy is discovered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable

 

3



 

Percentage for any period (an “ Applicable Period ”) than the Applicable Percentage applied for such Applicable Period, and only in such case, then the Borrower shall immediately (i) deliver to the Administrative Agent a corrected Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period, (ii) determine the Applicable Percentage for such Applicable Period based upon the corrected Compliance Certificate, and (iii) immediately pay to the Administrative Agent the accrued additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Percentage for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.11 . The rights of the Administrative Agent and Lenders pursuant to this paragraph are in addition to rights of the Administrative Agent and Lenders with respect to Sections 2.08(b)  and 9.02 and other of their respective rights under the Credit Documents.

 

Applicable Period ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Applicable Percentage.

 

Applicable Time ” means, with respect to any borrowings and payments in any Alternative Currency, the local time in the place of settlement for such Alternative Currency as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, to be necessary for timely settlement on the relevant date in accordance with normal banking procedures in the place of payment.

 

Approved Currency ” means each of Dollars and each Alternative Currency.

 

Approved Currency Revolving Commitment ” means, for each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Approved Currency Revolving Loans hereunder.

 

Approved Currency Revolving Commitment Percentage ” means, for each Approved Currency Revolving Lender, a fraction (expressed as a percentage carried to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is such Approved Currency Revolving Lender’s Approved Currency Revolving Committed Amount and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Approved Currency Revolving Committed Amount.  The initial Approved Currency Revolving Commitment Percentages are set forth in Schedule 2.01 .

 

Approved Currency Revolving Committed Amount ” means, for each Approved Currency Revolving Lender, the amount of such Lender’s Approved Currency Revolving Commitment.  The initial Approved Currency Revolving Committed Amounts are set forth in Schedule 2.01 .

 

Approved Currency Revolving Facility ” means the Aggregate Approved Currency Revolving Commitments and the provisions herein related to the Approved Currency Revolving Loans.

 

Approved Currency Revolving Facility Fee ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.09(a) .

 

Approved Currency Revolving Lenders ” means those Lenders with Approved Currency Revolving Commitments, together with their successors and permitted assigns.  The initial Approved Currency Revolving Lenders are identified in Schedule 2.01 .

 

4



 

Approved Currency Revolving Loan ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(a)(ii) .

 

 “ Approved Currency Revolving Notes ” means the promissory notes, if any, given to evidence the Approved Currency Revolving Loans, as amended, restated, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or replaced.  A form of Approved Currency Revolving Note is attached as Exhibit 2.13-2 .

 

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered, managed or underwritten by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.06 ) and accepted by the Administrative Agent and, if required by Section 11.06 , the Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit 11.06 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Attributable Principal Amount ” means (a) in the case of capital leases, the amount of capital lease obligations determined in accordance with GAAP, (b) in the case of Synthetic Leases, an amount determined by capitalization of the remaining lease payments thereunder as if it were a capital lease determined in accordance with GAAP, and (c) in the case of Sale and Leaseback Transactions, the present value (discounted in accordance with GAAP at the debt rate implied in the applicable lease) of the obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the term of such lease.

 

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(b)(iii) .

 

Barclays Bank ” means Barclays Bank PLC, together with its successors.

 

Barclays Capital ” means Barclays Capital, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC, together with its successors.

 

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Wachovia as its “prime rate”.  The “prime rate” is a rate set by Wachovia based upon various factors including Wachovia’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate.  Any change in such rate announced by Wachovia shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

 

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

 

Borrower ” has the meaning provided in the recitals hereto, together with its successors and permitted assigns pursuant to Section 8.04 .

 

5



 

Borrowing ” means (a) a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period, or (b) a borrowing of Swingline Loans, as appropriate.

 

Business Day ” means any day (other than a day which is a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in New York are authorized or required by law to close); provided ; however , that (a) when used in connection with a rate determination, borrowing, or payment in respect of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks in London, England are not open for dealings in deposits of U.S. Dollars or foreign currencies, as applicable, in the London Interbank Market, (b) if such day relates to any dealings in Euros to be carried out pursuant to this Credit Agreement, the term “Business Day” means any such day which is a TARGET Day and (c) if such day relates to any dealings in any currency other than Euros or Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Credit Agreement, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for foreign exchange dealings between banks in the home country of such foreign currency.

 

Canadian Dollars ” and “ C$ ” means the lawful currency of Canada.

 

Capital Stock ” means (a) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, (c) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited), (d) in the case of a limited liability company, membership interests and (e) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(g) .

 

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof ( provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than twelve (12) months from the date of acquisition, (b) Dollar-denominated time deposits, money market deposits and certificates of deposit of (i) any Lender that accepts such deposits in the ordinary course of such Lender’s business, (ii) any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million or (iii) any bank whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or from Moody’s is at least P-1, in each case with maturities of not more than two hundred seventy (270) days from the date of acquisition, (c) commercial paper issued by any issuer bearing at least an “A-2” rating for any short-term rating provided by S&P and/or Moody’s and maturing within two hundred seventy (270) days of the date of acquisition, (d) repurchase agreements entered into by the Borrower with a bank or trust company (including any of the Lenders) or recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the repurchase obligations, (e) Investments (classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets) in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, that are administered by reputable financial institutions having capital and surplus of at least $500.0 million and the portfolios of which are limited to Investments of the character described in the foregoing subclauses hereof, (f) shares of

 

6



 

mutual funds if no less than 95% of such funds’ investments satisfy the provisions of clauses (a)  through (e)  above, and (g) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, short-term investments of comparable credit quality and tenor to those referred to in clauses (a)  through (f)  above which are customarily used for cash management purposes in any country in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates.

 

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority.

 

Change of Control ” means an event or series of events by which:

 

(a)           any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) other than a Permitted Holder becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of forty percent (40%) or more of the equity securities of Holdings entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of Holdings on a fully diluted basis;

 

(b)           during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of Holdings or the Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i)  above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by a Permitted Holder or by individuals referred to in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both clauses (ii)  and (iii) , any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one (1) or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors);

 

(c)           a “change of control” or any comparable term under, and as defined in, any of the documentation relating to the Senior Notes shall have occurred; or

 

(d)           upon and following the Spin-Off Date, Holdings shall cease to control and directly own 100% of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower.

 

Closing Date ” means the date hereof.

 

7



 

Collateral ” means the collateral identified in, and at any time covered by, the Collateral Documents.

 

Collateral Agent ” means Wachovia in its capacity as collateral agent for the Lenders under any of the Collateral Documents, or any successor collateral agent.

 

Collateral Documents ” means the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Mortgages and any other documents executed and delivered in connection with the attachment and perfection of security interests granted to secure the Obligations.

 

Commitment Fee ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.09(a) .

 

Commitment Letter ” means the Commitment Letter dated as of June 19, 2008 among the Borrower, Wachovia, the Lead Arrangers and the other parties thereto, together with all schedules and annexes thereto, as amended to the date hereof.

 

Commitment Percentage ” means the Revolving Commitment Percentage and the Term Loan Commitment Percentage, as appropriate.

 

Commitment Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earlier of (a)(i) in the case of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans, the Revolving Termination Date, (ii) in the case of the Letters of Credit, the L/C Expiration Date or (iii) in the case of the Term Loans, the Funding Date, or (b) in the case of the Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit, the date on which the applicable Revolving Commitments shall have been terminated as provided herein.

 

Commitments ” means the Revolving Commitments, the L/C Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and the Term Loan Commitments.

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 7.02(b) .

 

Consolidated Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period for the Consolidated Group, without duplication, all expenditures with respect to property, plant and equipment during such period which should be capitalized in accordance with GAAP (including the Attributable Principal Amount of capital leases).

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period for the Consolidated Group, Consolidated Net Income in such period plus , without duplication, (A) in each case solely to the extent decreasing Consolidated Net Income in such period: (a) Consolidated Interest Expense (without giving effect to the second proviso of the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense), (b) provision for taxes, to the extent based on income or profits, (c) amortization and depreciation, (d) the amount of all expenses incurred in connection with the closing and funding of this Credit Agreement, the Senior Notes or the Transactions, (e) the amount of all non-cash deferred compensation expense, (f) the amount of all expenses associated with the early extinguishment of Indebtedness permitted hereunder incurred, (g) any losses from sales of Property, other than from sales in the ordinary course of business, (h) any non-cash impairment loss of goodwill or other intangibles required to be taken pursuant to GAAP, (i) any non-cash expense recorded with

 

8



 

respect to stock options or other equity-based compensation, (j) any extraordinary loss in accordance with GAAP, (k) any restructuring, non-recurring or other unusual item of loss or expense (including write-offs and write-downs of assets), other than any write-off or write-down of inventory or accounts receivable; provided that the aggregate amount of any such losses or expenses in cash shall not exceed $3.0 million in such period, (l) any non-cash loss related to discontinued operations and (m) any other non-cash charges (other than write-offs or write-downs of inventory or accounts receivable); provided that, in the case of any non-cash charge referred to in this definition of Consolidated EBITDA that relates to accruals or reserves for a future cash disbursement, such future cash disbursement shall be deducted from Consolidated EBITDA in the period when such cash is so disbursed; minus (B) in each case solely to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income in such period: (a) any extraordinary gain in accordance with GAAP, (b) any nonrecurring item of gain or income (including write-ups of assets), other than any write-up of inventory or accounts receivable, (c) any gains from sales of Property, other than from sales in the ordinary course of business, (d) any non-cash gain related to discontinued operations; and (e) the aggregate amount of all other non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income during such period; provided that in the case of any non-cash item referred to in clause (B)  of this definition of Consolidated EBITDA that relates to a future cash payment to Borrower or a Subsidiary, such future cash payment shall be added to Consolidated EBITDA in the period when such payment is so received by Borrower or such Subsidiary.

 

Subject to the following sentence, Consolidated EBITDA for the fiscal quarters ended September 30, 2007, December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008 shall be deemed to be $34.552 million, $31.784 million and $47.486 million, respectively. Without duplication of any pro forma adjustments reflected in the amounts set forth in the previous sentence, Consolidated EBITDA for any period shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis pursuant to Section 1.03(b) .

 

Consolidated Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any period for the Consolidated Group, (a) net cash provided by operating activities for such period as reported on the audited GAAP cash flow statement delivered under Section 7.01(a)   minus (b) the sum of, in each case to the extent not otherwise reducing net cash provided by operating activities in such period, without duplication, (i) scheduled principal payments and payments of interest in each case made in cash on Consolidated Total Funded Debt during such period (including for purposes hereof, sinking fund payments, payments in respect of the principal components under capital leases and the like relating thereto), in each case other than in connection with a refinancing thereof, (ii) Consolidated Capital Expenditures made in cash during such period that are not financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness, an issuance of Capital Stock or from a reinvestment of Net Cash Proceeds referred to in Section 2.06(b)(ii), (iii) optional prepayments of Funded Debt during such period (other than prepayments of Revolving Loans owing under this Credit Agreement (unless, in the case of a prepayment of Revolving Loans, there is a simultaneous reduction in the Aggregate Revolving Commitments in the amount of such prepayment pursuant to Section 2.07) and other such optional prepayments made with the proceeds of other Indebtedness), (iv) to the extent not financed with the incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness or proceeds from an issuance of Capital Stock, Subject Dispositions, Specified Dispositions or Involuntary Dispositions, cash sums expended for Investments pursuant to Section 8.02(c) , (i) , (j) , (k)  (other than with respect to any amount expended on such Investments through the use of the Cumulative Credit) or (v)  during such period and (v) without duplication of amounts deducted from Consolidated Excess Cash

 

9



 

Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Consolidated Capital Expenditures to be consummated or made during the three months following the end of such period, provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash actually utilized to finance such Consolidated Capital Expenditures during such three months is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for the period following such period.

 

Consolidated Group ” means the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters then ending, the ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA of the Consolidated Group to (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense of the Consolidated Group.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the sum of the total interest expense of the Consolidated Group (calculated without regard to any limitations on the payment thereof) plus , without duplication, the interest component under capital leases determined on a consolidated basis, minus interest income determined on a consolidated basis; provided that the amortization of deferred financing, legal and accounting costs with respect to this Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes shall be excluded from Consolidated Interest Expense to the extent the same would otherwise have been included therein; provided   further that subject to adjustment for events occurring after the Funding Date pursuant to Section 1.03(b) , Consolidated Interest Expense for any period ending prior to the first anniversary of the Funding Date shall be determined by multiplying (x) Consolidated Interest Expense from and including the Funding Date to and including the last day of such period by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is 365 and the denominator of which is the number of days in such period.

 

Without duplication of any adjustments reflected in the calculations set forth in the second proviso of the immediately preceding sentence, Consolidated Interest Expense shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis pursuant to Section 1.03(b) .

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period for the Consolidated Group, the net income (or loss), determined on a consolidated basis (after any deduction for minority interests) of the Consolidated Group in accordance with GAAP, provided that (i) in determining Consolidated Net Income, the net income of any other Person which is not a Subsidiary of the Borrower or is accounted for by the Borrower by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the payment of cash dividends or cash distributions by such other Person to a member of the Consolidated Group during such period, (ii) the net income of any Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) that is not distributed to the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of cash dividends or similar cash distributions by that Subsidiary of that net income is not at the date of determination permitted by operation of its Organization Documents or any agreement, instrument or law applicable to such Subsidiary, (iii) the cumulative effect of any change in accounting principles shall be excluded and (iv) gains and losses to the extent due to fluctuations in currency values

 

10



 

shall be excluded.  Consolidated Net Income shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis pursuant to Section 1.03(b) .

 

 “ Consolidated Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower or Holdings, as the case may be, required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  or, for the period prior to the time any such statements are required to be so delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b) , as shown on the financial statements referred to in the first sentence of Section 6.05 .

 

Consolidated Total Funded Debt ” means, at any time, the principal amount of all Funded Debt of the Consolidated Group at such time determined on a consolidated basis (it being understood and agreed that outstanding letters of credit shall not constitute Funded Debt unless such letters of credit have been drawn on by the beneficiary thereof and the resulting obligations have not been paid by the Borrower).

 

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, the ratio of (i) Consolidated Total Funded Debt on such day to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA of the Consolidated Group for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending as of such day.

 

Contract Consideration ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow.

 

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.  “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Credit Agreement ” has the meaning provided in the recitals hereto, as the same may be amended and modified from time to time.

 

Credit Documents ” means this Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Collateral Documents, the Fee Letter, the Issuer Documents, the Joinder Agreements, and the Revolving Lender Joinder Agreements and the Incremental Term Loan Joinder Agreement.

 

Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

 

Credit Parties ” means the Borrower, each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a party to a Credit Document (including any Foreign Subsidiary that becomes a borrower under Section 1.08 ) and, upon and following the Spin-Off Date, Holdings.

 

Credit Party Materials ” has the meaning provided in Section 7.02 .

 

11


 

Cumulative Credit ” means, with respect to any proposed use of the Cumulative Credit at any time, an amount equal to (a)(i) the amount of the Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for each full fiscal quarter of the Borrower completed after the Funding Date, to the extent the financial statements required to be delivered for the period ending on the last day of such fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  have been delivered and, to the extent the end of such fiscal quarter coincides with the end of a fiscal year of the Borrower, all prepayments that may be required pursuant to Section 2.06(b)(iv)  with respect to the Consolidated Excess Cash Flow generated in such fiscal year have been made ( provided that, to the extent the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower does not coincide with the end of a fiscal year of the Borrower, 25% of the Consolidated Excess Cash Flow generated in such fiscal quarter shall not be counted toward calculating the amount referred to in this clause (a)  until the financial statements for the fiscal year in which fiscal quarter falls have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  and all prepayments that may be required pursuant to Section 2.06(b)(iv)  with respect to the Consolidated Excess Cash Flow generated in such fiscal year have been made), plus (b) without duplication of any amounts referred to in clause (d) , the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds of any issuance of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings (but not including any issuance or purchase referred to in Section 8.02(c)  or (r) ) after the Funding Date and at or prior to such time, to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds have actually been contributed to the Borrower in exchange for common equity of the Borrower plus (c) in the case of a use of the Cumulative Credit to make an Investment pursuant to Section 8.02(k)  only, the amount of Domestic Cash and Foreign Cash, plus (d) without duplication of any amounts referred to in clause (b) , the aggregate amount of cash contributions to the common equity capital of the Borrower received by the Borrower from Holdings at or prior to such time, plus (e) to the extent not otherwise reflected in Consolidated Excess Cash Flow or clause (d)  above, the amount of cash returns on any Investment made pursuant to Section 8.02(k)  (other than any Investment subsequently deemed to be made pursuant to Section 8.02(e)) in a Person other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary (to the extent such Investment was made through the use of the Cumulative Credit) resulting from interest payments, dividends, repayments of loans or advances or profits from Dispositions of Property, in each case to the extent actually received by the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor at or prior to such time minus (f) the aggregate amount of Investments and Restricted Payments made since the Funding Date pursuant to Sections 8.02(k)  (excluding Investments subsequently deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 8.02(e)) and 8.06(f) , respectively, through utilization of the Cumulative Credit (excluding such proposed use of the Cumulative Credit, but including any other simultaneous proposed use of the Cumulative Credit) minus (g) the ECF Application Amount for each fiscal year of the Borrower, to the extent the financial statements for such fiscal year have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a) .

 

 “ Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

Default ” means any event, act or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with notice, the passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

12



 

Default Rate ” means an interest rate equal to (a) with respect to Obligations other than (i) Eurodollar Rate Loans and (ii) Letter of Credit Fees, the Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage, if any, applicable to such Loans plus two percent (2%) per annum; (b) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Percentage, if any, applicable to such Loans plus two percent (2%) per annum; and (c) with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Percentage plus two percent (2%) per annum.

 

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender as of any date of determination that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Loans, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swingline Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder and has not cured such failure prior to the date of determination, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, and has not cured such failure prior to the date of determination, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

 

Designated Revolving Obligations ” means all obligations of the Borrower with respect to (a) principal and interest under the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans, (b) L/C Borrowings and interest thereon and (c) accrued and unpaid fees thereon.

 

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of any Property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith (but excluding the making of any Investment pursuant to Section 8.02 ).

 

Disqualified Capital Stock ” means Capital Stock that (a) requires the payment of any dividends or distributions (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in shares of Capital Stock other than Disqualified Capital Stock) prior to the date that is the first anniversary of the Final Maturity Date or (b) matures or is mandatorily redeemable or subject to mandatory repurchase or redemption or repurchase at the option of the holders thereof, in whole or in part and whether upon the occurrence of any event, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation, on a fixed date or otherwise, in each case prior to the date that is the first anniversary of the Final Maturity Date (other than upon payment in full of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) and termination of the Commitments).

 

 “ Dollar ” or “ $ ” means the lawful currency of the United States.

 

Dollar Equivalent ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any Alternative Currency, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Dollars with such Alternative Currency.

 

13



 

Dollar Revolving Commitment ” means, for each Dollar Revolving Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Dollar Revolving Loans (and to share in Dollar Revolving Obligations) hereunder.

 

Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage ” means, for each Dollar Revolving Lender, a fraction (expressed as a percentage carried to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is such Dollar Revolving Lender’s Dollar Revolving Committed Amount and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Committed Amount.  The initial Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentages are set forth in Schedule 2.01 .

 

Dollar Revolving Committed Amount ” means, for each Dollar Revolving Lender, the amount of such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitment.  The initial Dollar Revolving Committed Amounts are set forth in Schedule 2.01 .

 

Dollar Revolving Facility ” means the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Commitments and the provisions herein related to the Dollar Revolving Loans, the Swingline Loans and the Letters of Credit.

 

Dollar Revolving Facility Fee ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.09(a) .

 

Dollar Revolving Lenders ” means those Lenders with Dollar Revolving Commitments, together with their successors and permitted assigns.  The initial Dollar Revolving Lenders are identified on the signature pages hereto and are set forth in Schedule 2.01 .

 

Dollar Revolving Loan ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(a)(i) .

 

 “ Dollar Revolving Notes ” means the promissory notes, if any, given to evidence the Dollar Revolving Loans, as amended, restated, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or replaced.  A form of Dollar Revolving Note is attached as Exhibit 2.13-1 .

 

Dollar Revolving Obligations ” means the Dollar Revolving Loans, the L/C Obligations and the Swingline Loans.

 

Domestic Cash ” means the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (not to exceed $50.0 million in the aggregate) reflected in the bank statements of the Borrower and the Borrower’s Domestic Subsidiaries immediately after giving effect to the Transactions (but not including any proceeds of Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans), to the extent such amount is unrestricted as of the Spin-Off Date after giving effect to the Transactions (including without limitation all payments pursuant to Section 4.04 of the Separation Agreement).

 

 “ Domestic Credit Party ” means any Credit Party that is organized under the laws of any State of the United States or the District of Columbia.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary, other than any Subsidiary the Capital Stock of which is to be transferred to IAC or one or more of IAC’s Subsidiaries (other than the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) in connection with the Spin-Off.

 

14



 

 “ ECF Application Amount ” means, with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower, the product of the ECF Percentage applicable to such fiscal year times the Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year.

 

ECF Percentage ” means, with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower (x) ending on December 31, 2008, zero percent (0%) and (y) ending after December 31, 2008, if the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is (i) greater than or equal to 3.50:1.00, fifty percent (50%), (ii) less than 3.50:1.00 but greater than or equal to 2.85:1.00, twenty-five percent (25%) and (iii) less than 2.85:1.00, zero percent (0%).

 

Eligible Assignee ” means (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) an Approved Fund; and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by the party or parties whose approval is required under Section 11.06(b) ; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

 

EMU Legislation ” means the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.

 

Environmental Laws ” means any and all applicable federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

 

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

 “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Internal Revenue Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Internal Revenue Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code).

 

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization;

 

15



 

(d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition that would reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

Euro ” and “ ” mean the lawful currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance with the EMU Legislation.

 

Eurodollar Rate ” means, with respect to any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans for any Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the arithmetic mean of the offered rates for deposits in the relevant Approved Currency with a term comparable to such Interest Period that appears on the Telerate British Bankers Assoc. Interest Settlement Rates Page (as defined below) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second full Business Day preceding the first day of such Interest Period; provided , however , that (i) if no comparable term for an Interest Period is available, the Eurodollar Rate shall be determined using the weighted average of the offered rates for the two terms most nearly corresponding to such Interest Period and (ii) if there shall at any time no longer exist a Telerate British Bankers Assoc. Interest Settlement Rates Page, “Eurodollar Rate” shall mean, with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans comprising part of the same Borrowing, the rate per annum equal to the rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered deposits in the relevant Approved Currency at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period in the London interbank market for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein and in an amount comparable to its portion of the amount of such Borrowing to be outstanding during such Interest Period.  “ Telerate British Bankers Assoc. Interest Settlement Rates Page ” shall mean the display designated as Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or such other page as may replace such page on such service for the purpose of displaying the rates at which the relevant Approved Currency deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market).

 

 “ Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning provided in Section 9.01 .

 

Excluded Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to Property owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the extent such Property is acquired after the Funding Date, so long as such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is consummated within 180 days of the acquisition of such Property.

 

Excluded Property ” means (a) vehicles, (b) fee interests in real property with a fair market value of less than $2.5 million, (c) leasehold real property, (d) those assets as to which the Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine in writing that the costs of obtaining such security interest are excessive in relation to the value of the security to be afforded thereby, (e) assets if the granting or perfecting of a security interest in such assets in favor of the Collateral Agent

 

16



 

would violate any applicable Law, (f) any right, title or interest in any license, contract or agreement to the extent, but only to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein to secure the Obligations would, under the terms of such license, contract or agreement, result in a breach of the terms of, or constitute a default under, or result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability of, such license, contract or agreement (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the New York UCC or any other applicable law (including, without limitation, Title 11 of the United States Code) or principles of equity), (g) any Capital Stock acquired after the Closing Date (other than Capital Stock in the Borrower or, in the case of any Person which is a Subsidiary, Capital Stock in such Person issued or acquired after such Person became a Subsidiary) in accordance with this Credit Agreement if, and to the extent that, and for so long as (i) such Capital Stock constitutes less than 100% of all applicable Capital Stock of such person, and the Person or Persons holding the remainder of such Capital Stock are not Affiliates of the Borrower, (ii) doing so would violate applicable law or a contractual obligation binding on such Capital Stock and (iii) with respect to such contractual obligations (other than contractual obligations in connection with a joint venture agreement), such obligation existed at the time of the acquisition of such Capital Stock and was not created or made binding on such Capital Stock in contemplation of or in connection with the acquisition of such Subsidiary, (h) any Property purchased with the proceeds of purchase money Indebtedness or that is subject to a capital lease, in each case, existing or incurred pursuant to Sections 8.03(b)  or (c)  if the contract or other agreement in which the Indebtedness and/or Liens related thereto is granted (or the documentation providing for such capital lease obligation) prohibits or requires the consent of any Person other than a member of the Consolidated Group as a condition to the creation of any other security interest on such Property and (i) any Property that is to be transferred to IAC or one or more of its Subsidiaries (other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) pursuant to the Separation Agreement in connection with the Spin-Off.

 

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated) and franchise Taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income Taxes) by any jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) as a result of such recipient being organized in or having its principal office or applicable Lending Office in such jurisdiction or as a result of any other present or former connection with such jurisdiction (other than any such connections arising solely from such recipient having executed, delivered, or become a party to, performed its obligations or received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction specifically contemplated by, or enforced, any Credit Documents), (b) any branch profits taxes imposed under Section 884(a) of the Internal Revenue Code or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (a) and (c) in the case of a recipient (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 11.13 ), any U.S. federal withholding Tax that (i) is imposed on amounts payable to such recipient pursuant to Laws in effect at the time such recipient becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the extent that such recipient (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 3.01(a) , or (ii) is attributable to a recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(e) .

 

17



 

Existing Letters of Credit ” means the letters of credit listed on Schedule 1.01A and any other letter of credit issued for the benefit of any Credit Party by the L/C Issuer from and after the date hereof until the Funding Date.

 

 “ Facility Fees ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.09(a) .

 

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day immediately succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100th of 1%) charged to Wachovia on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

Fee Letter ” means the letter agreement, dated June 19, 2008, among the Borrower, Wachovia, the Lead Arrangers and the other parties thereto, as amended to the date hereof.

 

Final Maturity Date ” means, at any time, the latest of the Revolving Termination Date, the Term Loan Termination Date and any final maturity date applicable to any outstanding Incremental Term Loans at such time.

 

First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Foreign Subsidiary that is owned directly by a Domestic Credit Party.

 

Flood Insurance Laws ” means, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.

 

Foreign Cash ” means, at any time, any portion of the amount of the cash and Cash Equivalents (not to exceed $70.0 million in the aggregate) reflected in the bank statements of the Borrower’s Foreign Subsidiaries immediately after giving effect to the Transactions that is unrestricted on the Spin-Off Date and after giving effect to the Transactions (other than the proceeds of Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans), after giving effect to any payments required to be made pursuant to Section 4.04 of the Separation Agreement,  and, to the extent such cash is repatriated to the Borrower or a Domestic Subsidiary, net of applicable taxes in connection with such repatriation.

 

 “ Foreign Lender ” means any Lender or L/C Issuer that is not a United States person under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

18



 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary that is not incorporated, formed or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia and (ii) any Subsidiary of a Subsidiary described in the foregoing clause (i) .

 

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

 

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

 

Funded Debt ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

 

(a)           all obligations for borrowed money, whether current or long-term (including the Loan Obligations hereunder), and all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

 

(b)           all purchase money indebtedness (including indebtedness and obligations in respect of conditional sales and title retention arrangements, except for customary conditional sales and title retention arrangements with suppliers that are entered into in the ordinary course of business) and all indebtedness and obligations in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business);

 

(c)           all direct obligations under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances and similar instruments;

 

(d)           the Attributable Principal Amount of capital leases;

 

(e)           the amount of all obligations of such person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Capital Stock (excluding accrued dividends that have not increased the liquidation preference of such Disqualified Capital Stock);

 

(f)            Support Obligations in respect of Funded Debt of another Person; and

 

(g)           Funded Debt of any partnership or joint venture or other similar entity in which such Person is a general partner or joint venturer, and has personal liability for such obligations, but only to the extent there is recourse to such Person for payment thereof.

 

For purposes hereof, the amount of Funded Debt shall be determined (i) based on the outstanding principal amount in the case of borrowed money indebtedness under clause (a)  and purchase money indebtedness and the deferred purchase obligations under clause (b) , (ii) based on the maximum face amount in the case of letter of credit obligations and the other obligations under clause (c) , and (iii) based on the amount of Funded Debt that is the subject of the Support

 

19



 

Obligations in the case of Support Obligations under clause (f) .  Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to mean the maximum face amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all increases thereof contemplated by such Letter of Credit or the L/C Application therefor, whether or not such maximum face amount is in effect at such time.

 

Funding Date ” means the date when the conditions specified under Section 5.02 and 5.03 hereof are satisfied or waived and the initial Credit Extension hereunder is made.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States as set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board from time to time applied on a consistent basis, subject to the provisions of Section 1.03 .

 

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

Granting Lender ” has the meaning provided in Section 11.06(h) .

 

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning provided in Section 4.01(a) .

 

Guarantors ” means the Subsidiary Guarantors and, upon and following the Spin-Off Date, Holdings, collectively.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means all materials, substances or wastes characterized, classified or regulated as hazardous, toxic, pollutant, contaminant or radioactive under Environmental Laws, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes.

 

Hedge Bank ” has the meaning provided in the definition of Obligations.

 

Holdings ” means Interval Leisure Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Honor Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(c)(i) .

 

IAC ” means IAC/InterActiveCorp, a Delaware corporation.

 

IAC Dividend ” means one or more dividends, comprised of a combination of cash and Senior Notes, to be paid by the Borrower, directly or indirectly, to IAC in an approximate aggregate amount of $400.0 million.

 

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, any Subsidiary of the Borrower designated as such in writing by the Borrower that had assets representing 1.0% or less of

 

20



 

the Borrower’s Consolidated Total Assets on, and generated less than 1.0% of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ total revenues for the four quarters ending on, the last day of the most recent period at the end of which financial statements were required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  or, if such date of determination is prior to the first delivery date under such Sections, on (or, in the case of revenues, for the four quarters ending on) the last day of the period of the most recent financial statements referred to in the first sentence of Section 6.05 ; provided that if all Subsidiaries that are individually “Immaterial Subsidiaries” have aggregate Consolidated Total Assets that would represent 2.5% or more of the Borrower’s Consolidated Total Assets on such last day or generated 2.5% or more of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ total revenues for such four fiscal quarters, then such number of Subsidiaries of the Borrower as are necessary shall become Material Subsidiaries so that less than 2.5% of the Borrower’s Consolidated Total Assets and less than 2.5% of the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ total revenues are represented by Immaterial Subsidiaries as of such last day or for such four quarters, as the case may be (it being understood that any such determination with respect to revenues and assets shall be made on a Pro Forma Basis).

 

Incremental Loan Facilities ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(e) .

 

Incremental Revolving Commitments ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(e) .

 

Incremental Term Loan ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(e) .

 

Incremental Term Loan Joinder Agreement ” means a lender joinder agreement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and each Lender extending Incremental Term Loans, executed and delivered in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01(g) .

 

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

 

(a)           all Funded Debt;

 

(b)           net obligations under Swap Contracts;

 

(c)           Support Obligations in respect of Indebtedness of another Person; and

 

(d)           Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture or other similar entity in which such Person is a general partner or joint venturer, and has personal liability for such obligations, but only to the extent there is recourse to such Person for payment thereof.

 

For purposes hereof, the amount of Indebtedness shall be determined (i) based on Swap Termination Value in the case of net obligations under Swap Contracts under clause (b)  and (ii) based on the outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness that is the subject of the Support Obligations in the case of Support Obligations under clause (c) .

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

 

21


 

Indemnitee ” has the meaning provided in Section 11.04(b) .

 

Information ” has the meaning provided in Section 11.07 .

 

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Base Rate Loan (including Swingline Loans), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, the Revolving Termination Date and the date of the final principal amortization payment on the Term Loans and, in the case of any Swingline Loan, any other dates as may be mutually agreed upon by the Borrower and the Swingline Lender, and (b) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each Interest Period for such Loan, the date of repayment of principal of such Loan, the Revolving Termination Date and the date of the final principal amortization payment on the Term Loans, and in addition, where the applicable Interest Period exceeds three (3) months, the date every three (3) months after the beginning of such Interest Period.  If an Interest Payment Date falls on a date that is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date shall be deemed to be the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one (1), two (2), three (3) or six (6) and, with prior written consent of all applicable Lenders, nine (9) or twelve (12) months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Loan Notice or such other period that is twelve months or less requested by the Borrower and consented to by all the directly affected Lenders; provided that:

 

(a)           any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the immediately succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(b)           any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

 

(c)           no Interest Period with respect to any Revolving Loan shall extend beyond the Revolving Termination Date; and

 

(d)           no Interest Period with respect to the Term Loans shall extend beyond any principal amortization payment date, except to the extent that the portion of such Loan comprised of Eurodollar Rate Loans that is expiring prior to the applicable principal amortization payment date plus the portion comprised of Base Rate Loans equals or exceeds the principal amortization payment then due.

 

Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person of or in the Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other equity or debt interest of another

 

22



 

Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Capital Stock of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, guaranty or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor undertakes any Support Obligation with respect to Indebtedness of such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit.  For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

 

Involuntary Disposition ” means the receipt by any member of the Consolidated Group of any cash insurance proceeds or condemnation awards payable by reason of theft, loss, physical destruction or damage, loss of use, taking or similar event with respect to any of its Property.

 

IP Rights ” has the meaning provided in Section 6.17 .

 

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit).

 

Issuer Documents ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the L/C Application and any other document, agreement or instrument (including such Letter of Credit) entered into by the Borrower (or any Subsidiary) and the L/C Issuer (or in favor of the L/C Issuer) relating to such Letter of Credit.

 

Joinder Agreement ” means a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 7.12 , executed and delivered in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.12 .

 

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes, executive orders and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, Environmental Laws.

 

L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing.

 

L/C Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.

 

L/C Borrowing ” means any extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit that has not been reimbursed or refinanced as a Borrowing of Dollar Revolving Loans.

 

23



 

L/C Commitment ” means, with respect to the L/C Issuer, the commitment of the L/C Issuer to issue and to honor payment obligations under Letters of Credit, and, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to purchase participation interests in L/C Obligations up to such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage thereof.

 

L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

 

L/C Expiration Date ” means the day that is seven (7) days prior to the Revolving Termination Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day).

 

L/C Issuer ” means Wachovia in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, together with its successors in such capacity and any other Dollar Revolving Lender approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower; provided that no other Lender shall be obligated to become an L/C Issuer hereunder.  References herein and in the other Credit Documents to the L/C Issuer shall be deemed to refer to the L/C Issuer in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to all L/C Issuers, as the context requires.

 

L/C Obligations ” means, at any date of determination, the aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including L/C Borrowings.  For all purposes of this Credit Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

 

L/C Sublimit ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(b) .

 

Lead Arrangers ” means WCM and Barclays Capital.

 

Lender ” means each of the Persons identified as a “Lender” on the signature pages hereto (and, as appropriate, includes the Swingline Lender) and each Person who joins as a Lender pursuant to the terms hereof, together with its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender set forth in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time provide notice of to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

Letter of Credit ” means each standby letter of credit issued under the Dollar Revolving Facility and shall include the Existing Letters of Credit.

 

Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.09(b) .

 

 “ Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or

 

24



 

other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

Loan ” means any Revolving Loan, Swingline Loan, Term Loan or Incremental Term Loan, and the Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Rate Loans comprising such Loans.

 

Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Borrowing of Loans (including Swingline Loans), (b) a conversion of Loans from one (1) Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.02 .

 

Loan Obligations ” means the Revolving Obligations, the Term Loans and the Incremental Term Loans.

 

Major Disposition ” means any Subject Disposition (or any series of related Subject Dispositions) or any Involuntary Disposition (or any series of related Involuntary Dispositions), in each case resulting in the receipt by a member of the Consolidated Group of Net Cash Proceeds in excess of $15.0 million.

 

Mandatory Cost Rate ” has the meaning provided in Schedule 3.08 .

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any Lender under any material Credit Document; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or the enforceability against any Credit Party of any material Credit Document to which it is a party.

 

Material Subsidiary ” means each Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Immaterial Subsidiary.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.  and any successor thereto.

 

Mortgaged Property ” means (a) each real property identified as a Mortgaged Property on Schedule 5.02 and (b) each real property, if any, which shall be subject to a Mortgage delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 7.16 .

 

Mortgages ” means those mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds or like instruments given by the Credit Parties, as grantors, to the Collateral Agent to secure the Obligations which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.01C , or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, and any other such instruments that may be given by any Person pursuant to the terms hereof, as such instruments may be amended and modified from time to time.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated

 

25



 

to make contributions, or during the preceding five (5) plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

 

Net Cash Proceeds ” means the aggregate proceeds paid in cash or Cash Equivalents received by any member of the Consolidated Group in connection with any Subject Disposition, Involuntary Disposition or incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Capital Stock, net of (a)  attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, sales commissions, underwriting discounts, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, required debt payments and required payments of other obligations relating to the applicable asset to the extent such debt or obligations are secured by a Lien permitted hereunder (other than a Lien granted pursuant to a Credit Document) on such asset, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees, in each case, actually incurred in connection therewith and directly attributable thereto, (b) Taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (estimated reasonably and in good faith by the Borrower and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements) and (c) solely with respect to a Subject Disposition, the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment to the sale price or any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (b)  above) (i) related to any of the Property Disposed of in such Subject Disposition and (ii) retained by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations ( provided , however , the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds from and after the date of such reduction).  For purposes hereof, “Net Cash Proceeds” includes any cash or Cash Equivalents received upon the Disposition of any non-cash consideration received by any member of the Consolidated Group in any Subject Disposition or Involuntary Disposition.

 

New York UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

 

Non-Bank Certificate ”  has the meaning provided in Section 3.01(e) .

 

Non-Extension Notice Date ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(b)(iii) .

 

Non-Reinstatement Deadline ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(b)(iv) .

 

Notes ” means the Revolving Notes, the Swingline Note and the Term Notes.

 

Obligations ” means, without duplication, (a) all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Credit Party (including any Foreign Subsidiary which becomes a borrower hereunder pursuant to Section 1.08 ) arising under any Credit Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding, (b) all obligations under any Swap Contract between any Credit Party and any Lender

 

26



 

or Affiliate of a Lender or any Person that was a Lender or Affiliate of a Lender at the time it entered into such Swap Contract, to the extent such Swap Contract is otherwise permitted hereunder (each, in such capacity, a “ Hedge Bank ”) and (c) all obligations under any Treasury Management Agreement between any Credit Party and any Lender or Affiliate of a Lender or any Person that was a Lender or Affiliate of a Lender at the time it entered into such Treasury Management Agreement (each, in such capacity, a “ Treasury Management Bank ”).

 

OID ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(g) .

 

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

 

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Credit Document or from the execution, delivery, registration or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document.

 

 “ Outstanding Amount ” means (a) with respect to Revolving Loans on any date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any Borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Revolving Loans occurring on such date; (b) with respect to Swingline Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any Borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Swingline Loans occurring on such date; (c) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts and (d) with respect to the Term Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any prepayments or repayments of the Term Loans on such date.

 

Overnight Rate ” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the Federal Funds Rate, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in an Alternative Currency, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable Alternative Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of Wachovia in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency to major banks in such interbank market.

 

Participant ” has the meaning provided in Section 11.06(d) .

 

Participant Register ” has the meaning provided in Section 11.06(d) .

 

27



 

Participating Member State ” means each state so described in any EMU Legislation.

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

 

Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

 

Permitted Acquisition ” means any Acquisition; provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or exist immediately after giving effect to such Acquisition, (ii) after giving effect on a Pro Forma Basis to the Investment to be made, as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter at the end of which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  (or, prior to such first required delivery date for such financial statements, as of the last day of the most recent period referred to in the first sentence of Section 6.05 ), the Borrower would be in compliance with Section 8.10 (and if such Acquisition involves consideration greater than $10.0 million, then the Borrower shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer as to the satisfaction of the requirements in this clause (ii) ) and (iii) if such Acquisition involves consideration in excess of $5.0 million (or if the total of all consideration for all Acquisitions since the Closing Date exceeds $15.0 million), all assets acquired in such Acquisition shall be held by the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor and all Persons acquired in such Acquisition shall become Subsidiary Guarantors; provided further that the Borrower may elect to allocate consideration expended in such Acquisition for Property to be held by members of the Consolidated Group that are not the Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantors or Acquisitions of Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors to Investments made pursuant to Sections 8.02(f) , (k)  or, to the extent the consideration comes from a Foreign Subsidiary, Section 8.02(g) , so long as capacity to make such Investments pursuant to the applicable Section is available at the time of such allocation (and any consideration so allocated shall reduce capacity for Investments pursuant to such Sections to the extent that capacity for such Investments are limited by such Sections), and to the extent such consideration is in fact so allocated to one of such Sections in accordance with the foregoing requirements, such consideration shall not count toward the $5.0 million and $15.0 million limitations set forth in this clause (iii) .

 

Permitted Business ” means the businesses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries conducted on the Closing Date and any business reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto and any reasonable extension thereof.

 

Permitted Holders ” means each of (a) Barry Diller and (b) Liberty Media Corporation, and, in each case, such Person’s Affiliates and any group with respect to which any such Persons (including Affiliates) collectively exercise a majority of the voting power.  Prior to the Spin-Off, IAC and its Subsidiaries will also be deemed to be Permitted Holders.

 

Permitted Liens ” means Liens permitted pursuant to Section 8.01 .

 

28



 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

 

Platform ” has the meaning provided in Section 7.02 .

 

Pledge Agreement ” means the pledge agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.01A (it being understood that the pledgors party thereto and schedules thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), given by the Credit Parties, as pledgors, to the Collateral Agent to secure the Obligations, and any other pledge agreements that may be given by any Person pursuant to the terms hereof, in each case as the same may be amended and modified from time to time.

 

Pro Forma Basis ” means, with respect to any Subject Disposition, Specified Disposition, Acquisition, Incremental Loan Facilities or the Transactions, for purposes of determining the applicable pricing level under the definition of “Applicable Percentage” and determining compliance with the financial covenants and conditions and the requirements of the definition of “Immaterial Subsidiary” hereunder, that such Subject Disposition, Specified Disposition, Acquisition, Incremental Loan Facilities or the Transactions shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which annual or quarterly financial statements shall have been delivered in accordance with the provisions hereof, after giving effect to any Pro Forma Cost Savings.  Further, for purposes of making calculations on a “Pro Forma Basis” hereunder, (a) in the case of any Subject Disposition or Specified Disposition, (i) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property, entities or business units that are the subject of such Subject Disposition or Specified Disposition shall be excluded to the extent relating to any period prior to the date thereof and (ii) Indebtedness paid or retired in connection with such Subject Disposition or Specified Disposition shall be deemed to have been paid and retired as of the first day of the applicable period; and (b) in the case of any Acquisition, (i) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property, entities or business units that are the subject thereof shall be included to the extent relating to any period prior to the date thereof and (ii) Indebtedness incurred in connection with such Acquisition shall be deemed to have been incurred as of the first day of the applicable period (and interest expense shall be imputed for the applicable period assuming prevailing interest rates hereunder).

 

Pro Forma Cost Savings ” means, with respect to any period, the reduction in net costs and related adjustments that (i) were directly attributable to an Acquisition, Subject Disposition or Specified Disposition that occurred during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to the four-quarter reference period and on or prior to the date of determination and calculated on a basis that is consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Laws, as amended and in effect and applied as of the date hereof, (ii) were actually implemented by the business that was the subject of any such Acquisition, Subject Disposition or Specified Disposition or actually implemented by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with such Acquisition, Subject Disposition or Specified Disposition, in each case, within 12 months after the date of the Acquisition,

 

29



 

Subject Disposition or Specified Disposition and prior to the date of determination that are supportable and quantifiable by the underlying accounting records of such business or (iii) relate to (A) the business that is the subject of or (B) the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries arising from any such Acquisition, Subject Disposition or Specified Disposition and that the Borrower reasonably determines are probable based upon specifically identifiable actions to be taken within 12 months of the date of the Acquisition, Subject Disposition or Specified Disposition and, in each case, are described, as provided below, in a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, as if all such reductions in costs had been effected as of the beginning of such period.  Pro Forma Cost Savings described above shall be accompanied by a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent that outlines the specific actions taken or to be taken, the net cost savings achieved or to be achieved from each such action and that, in the case of clause (iii)  above, such savings have been determined to be probable; provided that such net costs and related adjustments referred to in clauses (ii)  and (iii)  shall not exceed $10.0 million in any period for which Consolidated EBITDA is calculated.

 

Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to each Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of outstanding Term Loans (or, prior to the Funding Date, Term Loan Commitments) or Revolving Commitments, as applicable, of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Term Loans (or, prior to the Funding Date, Term Loan Commitments) or Revolving Commitments, as applicable, at such time; provided that if such Revolving Commitments have been terminated, then the Pro Rata Share of each applicable Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

Property ” means an interest of any kind in any property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, and whether tangible or intangible.

 

Qualified Capital Stock ” means any Capital Stock other than Disqualified Capital Stock.

 

Register ” has the meaning provided in Section 11.06(c) .

 

Registered Public Accounting Firm ” has the meaning provided in the Securities Laws and shall be independent of the Borrower as prescribed by the Securities Laws.

 

Regulation D ” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the thirty-day notice period has been waived.

 

30



 

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing of Loans (including Swingline Loans) a Loan Notice and (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a L/C Application.

 

Required Approved Currency Revolving Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than fifty percent (50%) of the Aggregate Approved Currency Revolving Commitments or, if the Approved Currency Revolving Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, Lenders holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate principal amount of Approved Currency Revolving Loans; provided that the Approved Currency Revolving Commitment of, and the portion of Approved Currency Revolving Loans held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Approved Currency Revolving Lenders

 

Required Dollar Revolving Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than fifty percent (50%) of the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Commitments or, if the Dollar Revolving Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, Lenders holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate principal amount of Dollar Revolving Obligations (including, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans); provided that the Dollar Revolving Commitment of, and the portion of Dollar Revolving Obligations held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Dollar Revolving Lenders.

 

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than fifty percent (50%) of the sum of (i) the Term Loan Commitments (or, from and after the initial borrowings hereunder, the Term Loans) and (ii) the Aggregate Revolving Commitments (or, if the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, the Revolving Obligations (including, in each case, the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans)); provided that the Commitments of, and the portion of the Loan Obligations held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

 

Required Revolving Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than fifty percent (50%) of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments or, if the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or been terminated, Lenders holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Obligations (including, in each case, the aggregate principal amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans); provided that the Revolving Commitment of, and the portion of Revolving Obligations held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Revolving Lenders.

 

Required Term Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate principal amount of Term Loan Commitments (or, from and after the initial borrowings hereunder, the Term Loans); provided that the Term Loan Commitments held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Term Lenders.

 

31


 

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, the president, any executive vice president, the chief financial officer, the chief accounting officer, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any vice president, any senior vice president, the secretary or the general counsel of a Credit Party, any manager of a Credit Party that is a limited liability company or the general partner of a Credit Party that is a limited partnership.  Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Credit Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Credit Party, and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Credit Party.

 

Restricted Payment ” means (i) any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Capital Stock of any member of the Consolidated Group, (ii) any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Capital Stock or of any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Capital Stock or (iii) any payment or prepayment of principal on or redemption, repurchase or acquisition for value of, any (x) Indebtedness of any member of the Consolidated Group that is not secured by a Lien or (y) Subordinated Debt of any member of the Consolidated Group, except in each case, any scheduled payment of principal.

 

Revaluation Date ” means, with respect to (x) any Letter of Credit, each of the following:  (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof (solely with respect to the increased amount), (iii) each date of any payment by any L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the applicable L/C Issuer shall determine or the Required Lenders shall require and (y) any Revolving Loan, each of the following:  (i) each date of Borrowing of a Revolving Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of any payment by any Revolving Lender under any Revolving Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the Required Revolving Lenders shall require.

 

Revolving CAM Exchange ” means the exchange of the Revolving Lenders’ interests in the Designated Revolving Obligations provided for in Section 2.14 .

 

Revolving CAM Exchange Date ” means the first date after the Closing Date on which there shall occur (a) any event described in Section 9.01(f)  or (h)  with respect to the Borrower or (b) an acceleration of Revolving Loans or termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 9.02 .

 

Revolving CAM Percentage ” means, as to each Revolving Lender, a fraction, expressed as a decimal, of which (a) the numerator shall be the Revolving Commitments of such Revolving Lender immediately prior to the Revolving CAM Exchange Date and any termination of Revolving Commitments and (b) the denominator shall be the Aggregate Revolving Commitments of all Revolving Lenders immediately prior to the Revolving CAM Exchange Date and any termination of Revolving Commitments.

 

32



 

Revolving Commitment ” means a Dollar Revolving Commitment or an Approved Currency Revolving Commitment and “ Revolving Commitments ” means, collectively, the Dollar Revolving Commitments and Approved Currency Revolving Commitments.

 

Revolving Commitment Percentage ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage and the Approved Currency Revolving Commitment Percentage.

 

Revolving Committed Amount ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Committed Amount and the Approved Currency Revolving Committed Amount.

 

 “ Revolving Facility ” means the Dollar Revolving Facility or the Approved Currency Revolving Facility and “ Revolving Facilities ” means, collectively, the Dollar Revolving Facility and the Approved Currency Revolving Facility.

 

Revolving Lender ” means a Dollar Revolving Lender or an Approved Currency Revolving Lender and “ Revolving Lenders ” means the collective reference to Dollar Revolving Lenders and Approved Currency Revolving Lenders.

 

Revolving Lender Joinder Agreement ” means a joinder agreement, in a form to be agreed among the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and each Lender with an Incremental Revolving Commitment, executed and delivered in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01(f) .

 

Revolving Loan ” means a Dollar Revolving Loan or an Approved Currency Revolving Loan and “ Revolving Loans ” means, collectively, Dollar Revolving Loans and Approved Currency Revolving Loans.

 

Revolving Notes ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Notes and the Approved Currency Revolving Notes.

 

Revolving Obligations ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Obligations and the Approved Currency Revolving Loans.

 

Revolving Termination Date ” means the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.  and any successor thereto.

 

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means, with respect to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any Person (other than a Credit Party) whereby the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred.

 

33



 

Same Day Funds ” means (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in Dollars, immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements and payments in an Alternative Currency, same day or other funds as may be determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in the relevant Alternative Currency.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley ” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

Securities Laws ” means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, as each of the foregoing may be amended and in effect on any applicable date hereunder.

 

Security Agreement ” means the security agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.01B , (it being understood that the grantors party thereto and schedules thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), given by Credit Parties, as grantors, to the Collateral Agent to secure the Obligations, and any other security agreements that may be given by any Person pursuant to the terms hereof, in each case as the same may be amended and modified from time to time.

 

Senior Notes ” means the $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Senior Notes due 2016 to be issued by the Borrower on the terms previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, and any exchange notes issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the registration rights agreement executed in connection with the issuance thereof.

 

Separation Agreement ” means the Separation Agreement to be dated on or prior to the Spin-Off Date, among Holdings, HSN, Inc., Tree.com, Ticketmaster and IAC, together with all schedules, annexes, exhibits and other attachments thereto.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means (1) any Subsidiary that satisfies the criteria for a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as such Regulation is in effect on the Closing Date (with the references to 10% in such Rule being deemed to be 5.0% for the purposes of this definition), and (2) any Subsidiary that, when aggregated with all other Subsidiaries that are not otherwise Significant Subsidiaries and as to which any event described in Section 9.01(f)  or (h)  has occurred and is continuing, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary under clause (1)  of this definition.

 

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, (a) the Fair Value and Present Fair Saleable Value of the aggregate assets of such Person exceeds the value of its Liabilities; (b) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct its business; (c) such Person will be able to pay its Liabilities as they mature or become absolute; and (d) the Fair Value and Present Fair Saleable Value of the aggregate assets of such Person exceeds the value of its Liabilities by an amount that is not less

 

34



 

than the capital of such Subject Entity (as determined pursuant to Section 154 of the Delaware General Corporate Law). The term “Solvency” shall have an equivalent meaning. For the purposes of this definition, “ Fair Value ”  means the aggregate amount at which the assets of the applicable entity (including goodwill) would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, within a commercially reasonable amount of time, each having reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts, neither being under any compulsion to act and with equity to both; “ Present Fair Saleable Value ”  means the aggregate amount of net consideration (giving effect to reasonable and customary costs of sale or taxes) that could be expected to be realized if the aggregate assets of the applicable entity are sold with reasonable promptness in an arm’s length transaction under present conditions for the sale of assets of comparable business enterprises; and “ Liabilities ”  means all debts and other liabilities of the applicable entity, whether secured, unsecured, fixed, contingent, accrued or not yet accrued.

 

SPC ” has the meaning provided in Section 11.06(h) .

 

Specified Disposition ” means any Disposition referred to in clause (a)  of the definition of Subject Disposition, to the extent a material amount of Property is disposed of in such Disposition.

 

Specified Intercompany Transfers ” means a Disposition of Property by a Credit Party (other than Holdings) to a member of the Consolidated Group that is not a Credit Party.

 

Spin-Off ” means the spin-off of Holdings from IAC pursuant to the Separation Agreement, such that from and after such spin-off, Holdings will exist as a separate publicly traded entity.

 

Spin-Off Date ” means the date upon which the Spin-Off is consummated.

 

Spot Rate ” for a currency means the rate determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. (x) New York City time, in the case of Canadian Dollars and (y) London time, in the case of any other currency, in each case, on the date two (2) Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency; and provided further that the L/C Issuer may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.

 

Statutory Reserves ” means for any Interest Period for any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans in Dollars, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D by member banks of the United States Federal Reserve System in New York City with deposits exceeding one billion Dollars against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is used in Regulation D).  Borrowings of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be deemed to constitute

 

35



 

Eurodollar liabilities and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exceptions or offsets which may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D.

 

Sterling ” and “ £ ” mean the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

 

Subject Disposition ” means any Disposition other than (a) Dispositions of damaged, worn-out or obsolete Property that, in the Borrower’s reasonable judgment, is no longer used or useful in the business of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries; (b) Dispositions of inventory, services or other property in the ordinary course of business; (c) Dispositions of Property to the extent that (i) such Property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement Property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement equipment or property; (d) licenses, sublicenses, leases and subleases not interfering in any material respect with the business of any member of the Consolidated Group; (e) sales or discounts of accounts receivable in connection with the compromise or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business; (f) any Disposition at any time by (i) a Credit Party (other than Holdings) to any other Credit Party (other than Holdings), (ii) a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party to a Credit Party (other than Holdings) or (iii) a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party to another Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party; (g) Specified Intercompany Transfers; (h) the sale of Cash Equivalents; (i) an Excluded Sale and Leaseback Transaction; (j) Dispositions pursuant to a transaction contemplated by Section 8.12 ; (k) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.06 ; (l) mergers and consolidations permitted by Section 8.04 ; and (m) the granting of Liens permitted pursuant to Section 8.01 .

 

Subordinated Debt ” means (x) as to the Borrower, any Funded Debt of the Borrower that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment of any of the Loan Obligations of the Borrower and (y) as to any Guarantor, any Funded Debt of such Guarantor that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment of any of the Loan Obligations of such Guarantor.

 

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.  Unless otherwise provided, “Subsidiary” shall refer to a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

Subsidiary Guarantors ” means (a) as of the Funding Date, each Subsidiary of the Borrower listed on Schedule 1.01B and (b) each other Person that becomes a Guarantor pursuant to the terms hereof, in each case together with its successors; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, no Foreign Subsidiary shall be a Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

Support Obligations ” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness payable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or

 

36



 

advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien).  The amount of any Support Obligations shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Support Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith.

 

Survey ” means a survey of any Mortgaged Property (and all improvements thereon) which is (a) a recent ALTA survey by registered engineers or land surveyors and sufficient for the Title Company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the title insurance policy (or commitment) relating to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements of the type required by Section 5.02(d)(iii)  or (b) otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

 

Swap Contract ” means any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement.

 

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination values determined in accordance therewith, such termination values, and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a) , the amounts determined as the mark-to-market values for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

 

Swingline Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swingline Loan pursuant to Section 2.01(c ).

 

Swingline Commitment ” means, with respect to the Swingline Lender, the commitment of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans, and with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to purchase participation interests in Swingline Loans.

 

37



 

Swingline Lender ” means Wachovia in its capacity as such, together with any successor in such capacity.

 

Swingline Loan ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(c) .

 

Swingline Note ” means the promissory note given to evidence the Swingline Loans, as amended, restated, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or replaced.  A form of Swingline Note is attached as Exhibit 2.13-3

 

Swingline Sublimit ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(c) .

 

Synthetic Lease ” means any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing arrangement that is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease under GAAP.

 

TARGET Day ” means any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euros.

 

Tax Distributions ” means, with respect to any fiscal year or portion thereof that the Borrower is treated as a partnership or “disregarded entity” for federal income tax purposes or is part of a consolidated, combined or similar group for Tax purposes of which Holdings or another direct or indirect parent of the Borrower is the common parent (a “Tax Group”), cash distributions paid by the Borrower to Holdings (or to another direct or indirect parent of the Borrower that is the common parent) in respect of (a) where the Borrower is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, the income Tax liabilities of Holdings or the Tax Group (as applicable) attributable to the taxable income of the Borrower or (b) where the Borrower is part of a Tax Group (or is treated as a “disregarded entity” owned by a member of a Tax Group), the income Tax liabilities of the Tax Group attributable to the taxable income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries included in the Tax Group, as the case may be (in each case, including, any estimates thereof and any Tax deficiencies or other subsequent adjustments to such Tax liabilities); provided that such distributions in respect of any fiscal year of the Borrower or portion thereof (i) shall be permitted to be of an amount equal to, but shall not materially exceed, the income Taxes that the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries (as applicable) would have paid on a stand alone basis (or as a stand alone tax group), assuming for this purpose that the Borrower is treated as a domestic corporation for federal income tax purposes, and (ii) shall be reduced by any such income Taxes paid or payable directly by the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries (including, any estimates thereof and any tax deficiencies or other subsequent adjustments to such liabilities).

 

Tax Group ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Tax Distributions.

 

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

38



 

Term Commitment Fee ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.09 .

 

Term Lenders ” means, prior to the funding of the initial Term Loans on the Funding Date, those Lenders with Term Loan Commitments, and after funding of the Term Loans, those Lenders holding a portion of the Term Loans, together with their successors and permitted assigns.  The initial Term Lenders are set forth on Schedule 2.01 .

 

Term Loan Committed Amount ” means, for each Term Lender, the amount of such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment.  The initial Term Loan Committed Amounts are set forth on Schedule 2.01 .

 

Term Loan Commitment ” means, for each Term Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make a portion of the Term Loan hereunder; provided that, at any time after funding of the Term Loans, determinations of “Required Lenders” and “Required Term Lenders” shall be based on the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan.

 

Term Loan Commitment Percentage ” means, for each Term Lender, a fraction (expressed as a percentage carried to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loan, and the denominator of which is the Outstanding Amount of the Term Loans.  The initial Term Loan Commitment Percentages are set forth on Schedule 2.01 .

 

Term Loan Termination Date ” means the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date.

 

Term Loans ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.01(d) .

 

Term Note ” means the promissory notes substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.13-4 , if any, given to evidence the Term Loans, as amended, restated, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or replaced.

 

Title Company ” means any title insurance company as shall be retained by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Title Policy ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.02(d)(iii) .

 

Transactions ” means the borrowing of the Term Loans on the Funding Date, the consummation of the Spin-Off, the issuance of the Senior Notes, the payment of the IAC Dividend, the distribution by the Borrower of intercompany receivables, directly or indirectly, to IAC or any of its subsidiaries, the other transactions contemplated by Section 8.12 , and the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing.

 

Treasury Management Bank ” has the meaning provided in the definition of Obligations.

 

Treasury Management Agreement ” means any agreement governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, purchase cards, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services.

 

39


 

Type ” means, with respect to any Revolving Loan or Term Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any applicable jurisdiction from time to time.

 

United States ” or “ U.S .” means the United States of America.

 

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning provided in Section 2.03(c)(i) .

 

 “ Wachovia ” has the meaning provided in the Recitals hereto.

 

WCM ” means Wachovia Capital Markets LLC.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:  (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any direct or indirect Subsidiary of any Person, that one hundred percent (100%) of the Capital Stock with ordinary voting power issued by such Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares and investments by foreign nationals mandated by applicable Law) is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

 

1.02        Interpretative Provisions .

 

With reference to this Credit Agreement and each other Credit Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Credit Document:

 

(a)           The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “ without limitation .”  The word “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall .”  Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Credit Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns, (iii) the words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import when used in any Credit Document, shall be construed to refer to such Credit Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Credit Document to “ Articles ,” “ Sections ,” “ Exhibits ” and “ Schedules ” shall be construed to refer to articles and sections of, and exhibits and schedules to,

 

40



 

the Credit Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “ asset ” and “ property ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

(b)           In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including ,” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ;” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .”

 

(c)           Section headings herein and in the other Credit Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document.

 

1.03        Accounting Terms and Provisions .

 

(a)           All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Credit Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the audited financial statements referenced in Section 6.05 , except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, determinations of (i) the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio for purposes of determining the applicable pricing level under the definition of “Applicable Percentage,” (ii) compliance with covenants and conditions and (iii) revenues for determining Material Subsidiaries and Immaterial Subsidiaries shall be made on a Pro Forma Basis.  To the extent compliance with the covenants in Section 8.10 is being calculated as of a date that is prior to the first test date under Section 8.10 in order to determine the permissibility of a transaction, the levels for the covenants as of the first test date under Section 8.10 shall apply for such purpose.

 

(c)           If at any time any change in GAAP or in the consistent application thereof would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Credit Document, the Borrower may, after giving written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent, determine all such computations on such a basis; provided that if any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Credit Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided further that, until so amended (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Credit Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation

 

41



 

between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

 

(d)           Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities .  All references herein to consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or to the determination of any amount for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis or any similar reference shall, in each case, be deemed to include each variable interest entity that the Borrower is required to consolidate pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 46 - Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities: an interpretation of ARB No. 51 (January 2003) as if such variable interest entity were a Subsidiary as defined herein.

 

1.04                         Rounding .

 

Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Credit Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

 

1.05                         Times of Day .

 

Unless otherwise provided, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

 

1.06                         Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents .

 

(a)           The Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, shall determine the Spot Rates as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating Dollar Equivalent amounts of L/C Credit Extensions and Outstanding Amounts denominated in Alternative Currencies.  Such Spot Rates shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the next Revaluation Date to occur.  Except for purposes of statements delivered hereunder or calculating financial covenants hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Credit Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent amount as so determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as applicable.

 

(b)           Wherever in this Credit Agreement in connection with the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such Letter of Credit is denominated in an Alternative Currency, such amount shall be the relevant Alternative Currency Equivalent of such Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Alternative Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be.

 

1.07                         Additional Alternative Currencies .

 

The Borrower may from time to time request that an additional currency be added as “Alternative Currency;” provided that such requested currency is a lawful currency (other than Dollars)

 

42



 

that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Dollars.  Such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and each Approved Currency Revolving Lender; provided that if such “Alternative Currency” is to be used for Letters of Credit only, such request shall be subject only to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer.

 

1.08                         Additional Borrowers .

 

Notwithstanding anything in Section 11.01 to the contrary, following the Funding Date, with the consent of the Borrower, each Approved Currency Revolving Lender and the Administrative Agent (but without the consent of any other Lender), this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents may be amended to add one or more Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower as additional borrowers under the Approved Currency Revolving Facility.  Any obligations in respect of borrowings by any Foreign Subsidiary under the Credit Agreement will constitute “Obligations” and “Secured Obligations” for all purposes of the Credit Documents and any such amendment may require such Foreign Subsidiary to provide additional collateral (but solely for the obligations of such Foreign Subsidiary hereunder).  Any such amendment may also affect any other amendments to this Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, amendments to Section 3.01 of this Credit Agreement and the definition of “Excluded Taxes”) and the other Credit Documents as are consented to by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and each Approved Currency Revolving Lender as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to appropriately include such Foreign Subsidiary as a Borrower hereunder (provided that no such amendment shall adversely affect the rights of any Lender that has not consented to such amendment in any material respect).

 

1.09                         Change of Currency .

 

(a)           Each obligation of the Borrower to make a payment denominated in the national currency unit of any member state of the European Union that adopts the Euro as its lawful currency after the date hereof shall be redenominated into Euro at the time of such adoption (in accordance with the EMU Legislation).  If, in relation to the currency of any such member state, the basis of accrual of interest expressed in this Credit Agreement in respect of that currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the London interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest in respect of the Euro, such expressed basis shall be replaced by such convention or practice with effect from the date on which such member state adopts the Euro as its lawful currency; provided that if any Borrowing in the currency of such member state is outstanding immediately prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect, with respect to such Borrowing, at the end of the then current Interest Period.

 

(b)           Each provision of this Credit Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate to reflect the adoption of the Euro by any member state of the European Union and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the Euro.

 

(c)           Each provision of this Credit Agreement also shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify to be appropriate

 

43



 

to reflect a change in currency of any other country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to the change in currency.

 

1.10                         Letter of Credit Amounts .

 

Unless otherwise provided, all references herein to the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to mean the Dollar Equivalent of the maximum face amount available to be drawn of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all increases thereof contemplated by such Letter of Credit or the Issuer Documents related thereto, whether or not such maximum face amount is in effect at such time.

 

ARTICLE II

 

COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

2.01                         Commitments .

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein:

 

(a)           Revolving Loans .

 

(i)            Dollar Revolving Loans .  Following the Funding Date, each Dollar Revolving Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (the “ Dollar Revolving Loans ”) in Dollars to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day prior to the Revolving Termination Date; provided that after giving effect to any such Dollar Revolving Loan, (x) with respect to the Dollar Revolving Lenders collectively, the Outstanding Amount of Dollar Revolving Obligations shall not exceed THIRTY FIVE MILLION DOLLARS ($35,000,000) (as such amount may be increased pursuant to Section 2.01(f) or decreased pursuant to Sections 2.07 or 9.02(a) , the “ Aggregate Dollar Revolving Committed Amount ”) and (y) with respect to each Dollar Revolving Lender individually, such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage of Dollar Revolving Obligations shall not exceed its respective Dollar Revolving Committed Amount.  Dollar Revolving Loans may consist of Base Rate Loans, Eurodollar Rate Loans or a combination thereof, as the Borrower may request.  Dollar Revolving Loans may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein, no Dollar Revolving Loans may be used to fund the IAC Dividend, the Spin-Off, any transaction related to the Spin-Off or undertaken as contemplated by Section 8.12 .
 
(ii)           Approved Currency Revolving Loans .  Following the Funding Date, each Approved Currency Revolving Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (the “ Approved Currency Revolving Loans ”) in one or more Approved Currencies to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day prior to the Revolving Termination Date; provided that after giving effect to any such Approved Currency Revolving Loan, (x) with respect to the Approved Currency Revolving Lenders collectively, the Outstanding Amount of Approved Currency Revolving Loans shall not exceed FIFTEEN MILLION DOLLARS ($15,000,000) (as such amount may be increased pursuant to Section 2.01(f) or decreased in accordance with the Sections 2.07 or 9.02(a) , the “ Aggregate

 

44



 

Approved Currency Revolving Committed Amount ”) and (y) with respect to each Approved Currency Revolving Lender individually, such Lender’s Approved Currency Revolving Commitment Percentage of Approved Currency Revolving Loans shall not exceed its respective Approved Currency Revolving Committed Amount.  Approved Currency Revolving Loans denominated in Dollars may consist of Base Rate Loans, Eurodollar Rate Loans or a combination thereof, as the Borrower may request.  Approved Currency Revolving Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency must consist of Eurodollar Rate Loans.  Approved Currency Revolving Loans may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein, no Revolving Loans may be used to fund the IAC Dividend, the Spin-Off, any transaction related to the Spin-Off or undertaken as contemplated by Section 8.12 .
 

(b)           Letters of Credit .  On and after the Funding Date, (x) the L/C Issuer, in reliance upon the commitments of the Dollar Revolving Lenders set forth herein, agrees (A) to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or in one or more Alternative Currencies, for the account of the Borrower (or for the account of any member of the Consolidated Group, but in such case the Borrower will remain obligated to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit, and the Borrower acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of members of the Consolidated Group inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and the Borrower acknowledges that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the business of such members of the Consolidated Group) on any Business Day, (B) to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued hereunder, and (C) to honor drawings under Letters of Credit; and (y) the Dollar Revolving Lenders severally agree to purchase from the L/C Issuer a participation interest in Letters of Credit issued hereunder in an amount equal to such Dollar Revolving Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage thereof; provided that (A) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations shall not exceed FIFTEEN MILLION DOLLARS ($15,000,000) (as such amount may be decreased in accordance with the provisions hereof, the “ L/C Sublimit ”), (B) with regard to the Dollar Revolving Lenders collectively, the Outstanding Amount of Dollar Revolving Obligations shall not exceed the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Committed Amount and (C) with regard to each Dollar Revolving Lender individually, such Dollar Revolving Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage of Dollar Revolving Obligations shall not exceed its respective Dollar Revolving Committed Amount.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein, no Letters of Credit may be used to support the IAC Dividend, the Spin-Off, any transaction contemplated by the Spin-Off or contemplated by Section 8.12 .  All Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant hereto, and from and after the Funding Date shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions hereof.

 

(c)           Swingline Loans .  During the Commitment Period, the Swingline Lender agrees, in reliance upon the commitments of the other Dollar Revolving Lenders set forth herein, to make revolving credit loans (the “ Swingline Loans ”) to the Borrower on any Business Day; provided that (i) the Outstanding Amount of Swingline Loans shall not exceed TEN MILLION DOLLARS ($10,000,000) (as such amount may be decreased in accordance with the provisions hereof, the “ Swingline Sublimit ”) and (ii) with respect to the Dollar Revolving Lenders collectively,

 

45



 

the Outstanding Amount of Dollar Revolving Obligations shall not exceed the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Committed Amount.  Swingline Loans shall be comprised solely of Base Rate Loans, and may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof.  Immediately upon the making of a Swingline Loan, each Dollar Revolving Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swingline Lender a participation interest in such Swingline Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage thereof.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein, no Swingline Loans may be used to fund the IAC Dividend, the Spin-Off, any transaction related to the Spin-Off or contemplated by Section 8.12 .

 

(d)           Term Loan .  Each of the Term Lenders severally agrees to make its portion of the term loans (in the amount of its respective Term Loan Committed Amount) to the Borrower on the Funding Date in a single advance in an aggregate principal amount of ONE HUNDRED FIFTY MILLION DOLLARS ($150,000,000) (the “ Term Loans ”).  The Term Loans may consist of Base Rate Loans, Eurodollar Rate Loans or a combination thereto, as the Borrower may request.  Amounts repaid on the Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

 

(e)           Incremental Loan Facilities .  Any time after the Funding Date, the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, establish additional credit facilities of the Borrower (collectively, the “ Incremental Loan Facilities ”) by increasing the Aggregate Revolving Commitments hereunder as provided in Section 2.01(f)  (the “ Incremental Revolving Commitments ”), or establishing new term loans hereunder as provided in Section 2.01(g)  (the “ Incremental Term Loans ”); provided that:

 

(i)            the aggregate principal amount of loans and commitments for all the Incremental Loan Facilities established after the Funding Date will not exceed $75.0 million;
 
(ii)           no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall result after giving effect to any such Incremental Loan Facility;
 
(iii)          the conditions to the making of a Credit Extension under Section 5.02 shall be satisfied; and
 
(iv)          the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate to the Administrative Agent demonstrating that, after giving effect on a Pro Forma Basis to the borrowings to be made pursuant to such Incremental Loan Facility, as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter at the end of which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  (or, prior to such first required delivery date for such financial statements, as of the last day of the most recent period referred to in the first sentence of Section 6.05 ), the Borrower would be in compliance with Section 8.10 .
 

In connection with the establishment of any Incremental Loan Facility, (A) neither of the Lead Arrangers hereunder shall have any obligation to arrange for or assist in arranging for any Incremental Loan Facility, (B) any Incremental Loan Facility shall be subject to such conditions, including fee arrangements, as may be provided in connection

 

46



 

therewith and (C) none of the Lenders shall have any obligation to provide commitments or loans for any Incremental Loan Facility.

 

(f)            Establishment of Incremental Revolving Commitments .  Subject to Section 2.01(e) , the Borrower may establish Incremental Revolving Commitments by increasing the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Committed Amount or Aggregate Approved Currency Revolving Committed Amount hereunder, provided that:

 

(i)            any Person that is not a Revolving Lender that is proposed to be a Lender under any such increased Aggregate Revolving Committed Amount shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and any Person that is proposed to provide any such increased Aggregate Dollar Revolving Committed Amount (whether or not an existing Dollar Revolving Lender) shall be reasonably acceptable to the L/C Issuer;
 
(ii)           Persons providing commitments for the Incremental Revolving Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.01(f) will provide a Revolving Lender Joinder Agreement;
 
(iii)          increases in the Aggregate Revolving Committed Amount will be in a minimum principal amount of $10.0 million and integral multiples of $5.0 million in excess thereof;
 
(iv)          if any Revolving Loans are outstanding at the time of any such increase under the applicable Revolving Facility, either (x) the Borrower will prepay such Revolving Loans on the date of effectiveness of the Incremental Revolving Commitments (including payment of any break-funding amounts owing under Section 3.05 ) or (y) each Lender with an Incremental Revolving Commitment shall purchase at par interests in each Borrowing of Revolving Loans then outstanding under the applicable Revolving Facility such that immediately after giving effect to such purchases, each Borrowing thereunder shall be held by each Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share of such Revolving Facility (and in connection therewith, the Borrower shall pay all amounts that would have been payable pursuant to Section 3.05 had the Revolving Loans so purchased been prepaid on such date).
 

Any Incremental Revolving Commitment established hereunder shall have terms identical to the Dollar Revolving Commitments or Approved Currency Revolving Commitments, as the case may be, existing on the Closing Date, it being understood that the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may make (without the consent of or notice to any other party) any amendment to reflect such increase in the Revolving Commitments.

 

(g)           Establishment of Incremental Term Loans .  Subject to Section 2.01(e) , the Borrower may, at any time, establish additional term loan commitments, provided that:

 

(i)            any Person that is not a Lender or an Eligible Assignee that is proposed to be a Lender shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

 

47



 

(ii)           Persons providing commitments for the Incremental Term Loan pursuant to this Section 2.01(g)  will provide an Incremental Term Loan Joinder Agreement;
 
(iii)          additional commitments established for the Incremental Term Loan will be in a minimum aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million and integral multiples of $5.0 million in excess thereof; provided that Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall not be established on more than three (3) separate occasions; and
 
(iv)          the final maturity date of any Incremental Term Loan shall be no earlier than the Term Loan Termination Date;
 
(v)           the Applicable Percentage (which for the purposes of this Section 2.01(g)  being deemed to include any similar interest margin measure) for any proposed Incremental Term Loans shall be determined by Borrower and the applicable Lenders; provided that in the event that the Applicable Percentage for any proposed Incremental Term Loans is greater than the Applicable Percentage for the Term Loans (other than such Incremental Term Loans), then the Applicable Percentage for all Term Loans (other than such Incremental Term Loans) shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the Applicable Percentage for the Term Loans (other than such Incremental Term Loans) is equal to the Applicable Percentage for the proposed Incremental Term Loans; provided , further , that in determining the Applicable Percentage applicable to the Term Loans (other than such Incremental Term Loans) and the proposed Incremental Term Loans, original issue discount (“ OID ”) or upfront fees (other than underwriting fees paid only to Lenders under the Incremental Term Loans in their capacity as such) (which upfront fees, exclusive of the underwriting fees referred to above, shall be deemed to constitute like amounts of OID) payable to the applicable Lenders of the Term Loans (other than such Incremental Term Loans) or the proposed Incremental Term Loans in the primary syndication thereof shall be included (with OID being equated to interest based on an assumed four-year life to maturity);
 
(vi)          the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Incremental Term Loan shall not be shorter than the Term Loans (without giving effect to such Incremental Term Loans).
 

Any Incremental Term Loan established hereunder shall be on terms to be determined by the Borrower and the Lenders thereunder (and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may, without the consent of any other Lender, enter into an amendment to this Credit Agreement to appropriately include the Incremental Term Loans hereunder including, without limitation, to provide that such Incremental Term Loans shall share in mandatory prepayments on the same basis as the Term Loans); provided that, to the extent that such terms and documentation are not consistent with the Term Loans (except to the extent permitted by clause (iv) , (v)  or (vi)  above), they shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided further that if any covenant, term (except to the extent permitted by clause (iv) , (v)  or (vi)  above), event of default or remedy in any Incremental Term Loans is more favorable to the lenders thereunder than the corresponding covenant, term, event of default or remedy in the existing Term Loans, or such Incremental Term Loans contain any covenant, term (except to the extent permitted by

 

48



 

clause (iv) , (v)  or (vi)  above), event of default or remedy that is not in the existing Credit Documents, the Credit Parties and the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent shall, without the consent of or notice to any other party, amend the documentation for such existing Credit Documents so that such covenant, term, event of default and/or remedy is applicable to all Loans and Commitments (or Term Loans and Term Commitments, as applicable) hereunder and/or to incorporate any such covenant, event of default and/or remedy that is not in the existing Credit Documents.

 

2.02                         Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations .

 

(a)           Each Borrowing, each conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone.  Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon (New York time) (or, with respect to amounts denominated in Alternative Currency, 11:00 a.m. (London time)) (i) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, three (3) Business Days (or, in the case of Approved Currency Revolving Loans denominated in Alternative Currency, four (4) Business Days) prior to the requested date of, or (ii) with respect to Base Rate Loans, on the requested date of, any Borrowing, conversion or continuation.  Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a)  must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.  Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c)  and 2.04(b) , each Borrowing, conversion or continuation shall be in a principal amount of (i) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans (A) denominated in Dollars, $1.0 million or a whole multiple of $1.0 million in excess thereof, (B) denominated in Euros, €1.0 million or a whole multiple of €1.0 million in excess thereof, (C) denominated in Sterling, £1.0 million or a whole multiple of £1.0 million in excess thereof and (D) denominated in Canadian Dollars, C$1.0 million or a whole multiple of C$1.0 million or (ii) with respect to Base Rate Loans, $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.  Each Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower’s request is with respect to Revolving Loans or the Term Loans, (ii) whether such request is for a Borrowing, conversion, or continuation, (iii) the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation (which shall be a Business Day), (iv) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (v) the Type of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (vi) if such Loans are Approved Currency Revolving Loans, the currency of such Loans (which shall be an Approved Currency) and (vii) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto.  If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Loan Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation (other than with respect to Approved Currency Revolving Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency), then the applicable Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans.  Any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans.  If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, the Interest Period will be deemed to be one (1) month.

 

(b)           Following receipt of a Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Loans, and if no timely

 

49



 

notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans described in the preceding subsection.  In the case of a Borrowing denominated in Dollars, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Business Day specified in the applicable Loan Notice.  In the case of a Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in the applicable Alternative Currency in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. (London time) on the Business Day specified in the applicable Loan Notice.  Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 5.03 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 5.02 ), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Wachovia with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided , however , that if on the date of such Borrowing there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied, first , to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second , to the Borrower as provided above.

 

(c)           Except as otherwise provided herein, without the consent of the Required Lenders, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan.  During the existence of a Default or Event of Default at the request of the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, (i) no Loan denominated in Dollars may be requested as, converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and (ii) any outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan denominated in Dollars shall be converted to a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the Interest Period with respect thereto.

 

(d)           The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate.  The determination of the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in Wachovia’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

 

(e)           After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Revolving Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Revolving Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than ten (10) Interest Periods in effect with respect to the Revolving Loans and five (5) Interest Periods with respect to the Term Loan.

 

2.03                         Additional Provisions with Respect to Letters of Credit .

 

(a)           Obligation to Issue or Amend .

 

(i)            The L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit if:

 

50


 

(A)          subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii) , the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve (12) months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer have approved such expiry date; or

 

(B)           the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the L/C Expiration Date, unless all the Dollar Revolving Lenders have approved such expiry date.

 

(ii)           The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

 

(A)          any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense that was not applicable on the Closing Date and that the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

 

(B)           the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer;

 

(C)           except as otherwise agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent, such Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $50,000;

 

(D)          such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars or an Alternative Currency;

 

(E)           except as otherwise agreed by the L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit contains provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder; or

 

(F)           a default of any Dollar Revolving Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 2.03(c)  exists or any Dollar Revolving Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into satisfactory arrangements with the Borrower or such Dollar Revolving Lender to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s risk with respect to such Dollar Revolving Lender.

 

(iii)          The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if:

 

51



 

(A)          the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof; or

 

(B)           the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

 

(iv)          The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Dollar Revolving Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article X with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article X included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

 

(b)           Procedures for Issuance and Amendment; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit .

 

(i)            Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a L/C Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer.  Such L/C Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent (A) not later than 12:00 noon (New York time) at least two (2) Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be, of any Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars and (B) not later than 12:00 noon (London time) at least five (5) Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be, of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency (or, in each case, such later date and time as the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be.  In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such L/C Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount and currency thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may reasonably require.  In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such L/C Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; (D) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (E) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may reasonably require.  Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require.

 

52



 

(ii)           Promptly after receipt of any L/C Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such L/C Application from the Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof.  Unless the L/C Issuer has received written notice from the Administrative Agent, any Dollar Revolving Lender or any Credit Party, at least one (1) Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Sections 5.02 (if issued on the Funding Date) and 5.03 shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower (or Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices.  Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Dollar Revolving Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to such Dollar Revolving Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage thereof.

 

(iii)          If the Borrower so requests in any L/C Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued (but in any event not later than 30 days prior to the scheduled expiry date thereof).  Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such extension.  Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Dollar Revolving Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the L/C Expiration Date; provided , however , that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted or would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section 2.03(a)  or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five (5) Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date from the Administrative Agent or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 5.03 is not then satisfied, and in each case directing the L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.

 

(iv)          Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

 

53



 

(c)           Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .

 

(i)            Upon any drawing under any Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof.  In the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars, the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer in Dollars.  In the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer in such Alternative Currency unless (x) the L/C Issuer (at its option) shall have specified in such notice that it will require reimbursement in Dollars, or (y) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in Dollars, the Borrower shall have notified the L/C Issuer promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that the Borrower will reimburse the L/C Issuer in Dollars.  In the case of any such reimbursement in Dollars of a drawing as of the applicable Revaluation Date under a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof.  Not later than (x) 12:00 noon (New York time) on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in Dollars, and (y) the Applicable Time on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit to be reimbursed in an Alternative Currency (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in Dollars or in the applicable Alternative Currency, as the case may be, in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing; provided , that the Borrower, and the L/C Issuer may, each in their discretion, with the consent of the Administrative Agent and so long as such arrangements do not adversely affect the rights of any Lender in any material respect, enter into Letter of Credit cash collateral prefunding arrangements acceptable to them for the purpose of reimbursing Letter of Credit draws.  If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Dollar Revolving Lender of the Honor Date, the amount and denomination of the unreimbursed drawing (expressed in Dollars in the amount of the Dollar Equivalent thereof) (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Dollar Revolving Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage thereof.  In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing in Dollars of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02(a)  for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans (but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of Dollar Revolving Committed Amount) and the conditions set forth in Section 5.03 ).  Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i)  may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

 

(ii)           Each Dollar Revolving Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i)  make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, in Dollars at the Administrative Agent’s Office for payments in Dollars in an amount equal to its Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii) , each Dollar Revolving Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Dollar Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan, to the Borrower.

 

54



 

(iii)          With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans for any reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate.  In such event, each Dollar Revolving Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii)  shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Revolving Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03 .

 

(iv)          Until a Revolving Lender funds its Revolving Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)  to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Revolving Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.

 

(v)           Each Dollar Revolving Lender’s obligation to make Dollar Revolving Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c) , shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Revolving Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or Event of Default, (C) with respect to funding participations in L/C Borrowings, non-compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 5.03 , or (D) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that the L/C Issuer shall have complied with the provisions of Section 2.03(b)(ii) .  No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

 

(vi)          If any Dollar Revolving Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Revolving Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c)  by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii) , the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Revolving Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the L/C Issuer in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing.  If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be.  A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Dollar Revolving Lender or Approved Currency Revolving Lender, as applicable, (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi)  shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

55



 

(d)           Repayment of Participations .

 

(i)            At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Dollar Revolving Lender such Revolving Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c) , if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of cash collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Revolving Lender its Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Revolving Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in Dollars and in the same type of funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

 

(ii)           If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i)  is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Dollar Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.  The obligations of the Revolving Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Credit Agreement.

 

(e)           Obligations Absolute .  The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Credit Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

 

(i)            any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document;

 

(ii)           the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Credit Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

 

(iii)          any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

 

56



 

(iv)          any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

 

(v)           any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of the relevant Alternative Currency to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or in the relevant currency markets generally; or

 

(vi)          any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to such Borrower and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the L/C Issuer.  The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

 

(f)            Role of the L/C Issuer in such Capacity .  Each Revolving Lender and the Borrower agrees that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document.  None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Revolving Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Required Dollar Revolving Lenders; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document.  The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to such Borrower’s use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as the Borrower may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement.  None of the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i)  through (vi)  of Section 2.03(e) ; provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower shall have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer shall be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower that are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been caused by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly

 

57



 

complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, that may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

 

(g)           Cash Collateral .  Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, (i) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in a L/C Borrowing, or (ii) if, as of the L/C Expiration Date, any Letter of Credit may for any reason remain outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn the Borrower shall immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to such Outstanding Amount determined as of the date of such L/C Borrowing or the L/C Expiration Date, as the case may be).  The Administrative Agent may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of cash collateral, request that additional cash collateral be provided in order to protect against the results of exchange rate fluctuations.  For purposes hereof, “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for such L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to customary documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders).  Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings.  Cash collateral shall be maintained in blocked, interest bearing deposit accounts or money market fund accounts at the Administrative Agent.

 

(h)           Applicability of ISP .  Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any agreement applicable to an Existing Letter of Credit), the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Letter of Credit.

 

(i)            Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries .  Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, any Subsidiary of the Borrower, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit.  The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.

 

(j)            Letter of Credit Fees .  The Borrower shall pay Letter of Credit Fees as set forth in Section 2.09(b) .

 

(k)           Conflict with Issuer Documents .  In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

 

2.04                         Additional Provisions with Respect to Swingline Loans .

 

(a)           Borrowing Procedures .  Each Swingline Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be

 

58



 

given by telephone.  Each such notice must be received by the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day.  Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.  Promptly after receipt by the Swingline Lender of any telephonic Loan Notice, the Swingline Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Loan Notice and, if not, the Swingline Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof.  Unless the Swingline Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date of the proposed Swingline Borrowing (A) directing the Swingline Lender not to make such Swingline Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in this Article II , or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 5.02 (if on the Funding Date) and Section 5.03 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on the borrowing date specified in such Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swingline Loan available to the Borrower at its office by crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Swingline Lender in immediately available funds.

 

(b)           Refinancing .

 

(i)            The Swingline Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swingline Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Revolving Lender make a Dollar Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Dollar Revolving Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage of Swingline Loans then outstanding.  Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02 , without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Aggregate Commitments or the conditions set forth in Section 5.03 .  The Swingline Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent.  Each Dollar Revolving Lender shall make an amount equal to its Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage of the amount specified in such Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Swingline Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the day specified in such Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(b)(ii) , each Dollar Revolving Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Dollar Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount.  The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swingline Lender.

 

(ii)           If for any reason any Swingline Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Borrowing of Dollar Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.04(b)(i) , the request for Revolving Loans submitted by the Swingline Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed

 

59



 

to be a request by the Swingline Lender that each of the Dollar Revolving Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swingline Loan and each Dollar Revolving Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(b)(i)  shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

 

(iii)          If any Dollar Revolving Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender any amount required to be paid by such Dollar Revolving Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(b)  by the time specified in Section 2.04(b)(i) , the Swingline Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Dollar Revolving Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swingline Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swingline Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swingline Lender in connection with the foregoing.  If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swingline Loan, as the case may be.  A certificate of the Swingline Lender submitted to any Dollar Revolving Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(iv)          Each Dollar Revolving Lender’s obligation to make Dollar Revolving Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(b)  shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Dollar Revolving Lender may have against the Swingline Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or Event of Default, (C) non-compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 5.03 , or (D) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that Swingline Lender has complied with the provisions of Section 2.04(a) .  No such purchase or funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swingline Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

 

(c)           Repayment of Participations .

 

(i)            At any time after any Dollar Revolving Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swingline Loan, if the Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of such Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Dollar Revolving Lender its Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Dollar Revolving Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swingline Lender.

 

(ii)           If any payment received by the Swingline Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swingline Loan is required to be returned by the Swingline Lender under

 

60



 

any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swingline Lender in its discretion), each Dollar Revolving Lender shall pay to the Swingline Lender its Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate.  The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swingline Lender.  The obligations of the Dollar Revolving Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Credit Agreement.

 

(d)           Interest for Account of Swingline Lender .  The Swingline Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swingline Loans.  Until each Dollar Revolving Lender funds its Dollar Revolving Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Dollar Revolving Lender’s Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage of any Swingline Loan, interest in respect thereof shall be solely for the account of the Swingline Lender.

 

(e)           Payments Directly to Swingline Lender .  The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swingline Loans directly to the Swingline Lender.

 

2.05                         Repayment of Loans .

 

(a)           Revolving Loans .  The Borrower shall repay to the Dollar Revolving Lenders the Outstanding Amount of Dollar Revolving Loans on the Revolving Termination Date.   The Borrower shall repay to the Approved Currency Revolving Lenders the Outstanding Amount of Approved Currency Revolving Loans on the Revolving Termination Date.

 

(b)           Swingline Loans .  The Borrower shall repay to the Swingline Lender the Outstanding Amount of the Swingline Loans on the Revolving Termination Date.

 

(c)           Term Loan .  The Borrower shall repay the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans (shown as a percentage of the original aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans) in quarterly installments on the dates set forth below as follows:

 

Date

 

Principal
Amortization Payment
(shown as a Percentage
of
Original Principal
Amount)

 

Date

 

Principal
Amortization
Payment
(shown as a
Percentage of
Original Principal
Amount)

 

March 31, 2009

 

2.5%

 

June 30, 2011

 

3.75%

 

June 30, 2009

 

2.5%

 

September 30, 2011

 

3.75%

 

September 30, 2009

 

2.5%

 

December 31, 2011

 

3.75%

 

December 31, 2009

 

2.5%

 

March 31, 2012

 

3.75%

 

March 31, 2010

 

2.5%

 

June 30, 2012

 

3.75%

 

June 30, 2010

 

2.5%

 

September 30, 2012

 

3.75%

 

 

61



 

Date

 

Principal
Amortization Payment
(shown as a Percentage
of
Original Principal
Amount)

 

Date

 

Principal
Amortization
Payment
(shown as a
Percentage of
Original Principal
Amount)

 

September 30, 2010

 

2.5%

 

December 31, 2012

 

3.75%

 

December 31, 2010

 

2.5%

 

March 31, 2013

 

16.66%

 

March 31, 2011

 

3.75%

 

June 30, 2013

 

16.66%

 

 

 

 

 

Term Loan
Termination Date

 

16.67%

 

 

2.06                         Prepayments .

 

(a)           Voluntary Prepayments .  The Loans may be repaid in whole or in part without premium or penalty (except, in the case of Loans other than Base Rate Loans, amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.05 ); provided that:

 

(i)            in the case of Loans other than Swingline Loans, (A) notice thereof must be received by 12:00 noon (New York time) by the Administrative Agent at least three (3) Business Days (or, in the case of Approved Currency Revolving Loans denominated in Alternative Currency, at least four (4) Business Days) prior to the date of prepayment, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, and one (1) Business Day prior to the date of prepayment, in the case of Base Rate Loans, (B) any such prepayment shall be a minimum principal amount of (w) $1.0 million and integral multiples of $1.0 million in excess thereof, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, (x) €1.0 million and integral multiples of €1.0 million in excess thereof, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans denominated in Euros, (y) £1.0 million and integral multiples of £1.0 million in excess thereof, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans denominated in Sterling and (z) C$1.0 million and integral multiples of C$1.0 million in excess thereof, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars and $500,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof, in the case of Base Rate Loans, or, in each case the entire remaining principal amount thereof, if less; and

 

(ii)           in the case of Swingline Loans, (A) notice thereof must be received by the Swingline Lender by 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date of prepayment (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), and (B) any such prepayment shall be in the same minimum principal amounts as for advances thereof (or any lesser amount that may be acceptable to the Swingline Lender).

 

Each such notice of voluntary prepayment hereunder shall be irrevocable and shall specify the date and amount of prepayment and the Loans and Types of Loans that are being prepaid and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans.  The Administrative Agent will give prompt notice to the applicable Lenders of any prepayment on the Loans and the Lender’s interest therein.  Prepayments of Eurodollar Rate Loans hereunder shall be accompanied

 

62



 

by accrued interest on the amount prepaid and breakage or other amounts due, if any, under Section 3.05 .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a notice of voluntary prepayment delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

 

(b)           Mandatory Prepayments . Subject in each case to Section 2.06(c) :

 

(i)            Revolving Commitments.

 

(A)          If at any time (1) the Outstanding Amount of Dollar Revolving Obligations shall exceed the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Committed Amount, (2) the Outstanding Amount of Approved Currency Revolving Loans shall exceed the Aggregate Approved Currency Revolving Committed Amount, or (3) the Outstanding Amount of Swingline Loans shall exceed the Swingline Sublimit, immediate prepayment will be made on or in respect of the applicable Revolving Obligations in an amount equal to the difference; provided , however , that L/C Obligations will not be Cash Collateralized hereunder until the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans have been paid in full.

 

(B)           If the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower at any time that the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations at such time exceeds an amount equal to 105% of the L/C Sublimit then in effect, then, within two (2) Business Days after receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such Outstanding Amount as of such date of payment to an amount not to exceed 100% of the L/C Sublimit then in effect.  The Administrative Agent may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of such cash collateral, request that additional cash collateral be provided in order to protect against the results of further exchange rate fluctuations.

 

(ii)           Subject Dispositions and Involuntary Dispositions .  On or before the applicable date set forth in the next sentence, prepayment will be made on the Loan Obligations in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds received from any Subject Disposition or Involuntary Disposition by any member of the Consolidated Group occurring after the Closing Date, but solely to the extent (x) the Net Cash Proceeds received in such Subject Disposition (or series of related Subject Dispositions) or Involuntary Disposition (or series of related Involuntary Dispositions) exceed $1.0 million, (y) the Net Cash Proceeds received in all Subject Dispositions or Involuntary Dispositions effected during the fiscal year in which the applicable Subject Disposition or Involuntary Disposition takes place exceeds $2.5 million and (z) such Net Cash Proceeds are not used to acquire, maintain, develop, construct, improve, upgrade or repair Property (other than inventory, accounts receivable, cash or Cash Equivalents) useful in the business of the Consolidated Group or to make investments in Permitted Acquisitions that are otherwise permitted hereunder within twelve (12) months of the date of such Subject Disposition or Involuntary Disposition; provided that such a reinvestment shall not be permitted if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time the Borrower commits to make such reinvestment or, if no such commitment is made, the time the reinvestment is actually made, and in either such circumstance such Net Cash Proceeds shall be used to make prepayments on the Loans.  Any such prepayment from

 

63



 

any Net Cash Proceeds required by the previous sentence shall be made (x) in the case of a Major Disposition in respect of which the notice referred to in Section 7.02(g)  has not been delivered on or before the fifteenth (15th) Business Day following the receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds from such Major Disposition or to the extent such notice does not indicate reinvestment is intended with the Net Cash Proceeds of such Major Disposition, on or before the twenty-fifth (25th) Business Day following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds and (y) in any other case, promptly after the Borrower determines that it will not reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds in accordance with the terms and limitations of the previous sentence, but in no event later than 366 days following the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds.  To the extent that the Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation to the United States of any or all the Net Cash Proceeds of any Subject Disposition or Involuntary Disposition by a Foreign Subsidiary would have a material adverse tax consequence to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the Net Cash Proceeds so affected may be retained by such Foreign Subsidiary, provided that on or before the date on which any such Net Cash Proceeds would otherwise have been required to be applied to reinvestments or prepayments pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) , the Borrower applies an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds to such reinvestments or prepayments as if such Net Cash Proceeds had been received by the Borrower rather than such Foreign Subsidiary, less the amount of additional taxes (to the extent such taxes are not already deducted pursuant to the definition of Net Cash Proceeds) that would have been payable or reserved against if such Net Cash Proceeds had been repatriated to the United States.

 

(iii)          Indebtedness .  Prepayment will be made on the Loan Obligations in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds received from any incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness after the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness expressly permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 8.03 ).  Any prepayment in respect of such Indebtedness hereunder will be payable on the Business Day following receipt by the Borrower or other members of the Consolidated Group of the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom.

 

(iv)          Consolidated Excess Cash Flow .  If for any fiscal year of the Borrower ending after December 31, 2008 there shall be Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, then, on a date that is no later five Business Days following the date that financial statements for such fiscal year are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a) , the Loan Obligations shall be prepaid by an amount equal to the ECF Application Amount for such fiscal year.

 

(v)           Spin-Off .  If the Spin-Off and the other material transactions that, pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement, are to occur prior to or substantially concurrently with the Spin-Off shall not have been consummated on or prior to the fifth Business Day following the Funding Date, then on such fifth Business Day (x) all of the Loan Obligations shall be required to be prepaid, (y) the Revolving Commitment of each Revolving Lender shall be reduced to zero and (z) the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations.

 

64


 

(vi)          Eurodollar Prepayment Account .  If the Borrower is required to make a mandatory prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans under this Section 2.06(b) , so long as no Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall have the right, in lieu of making such prepayment in full, to deposit an amount equal to such mandatory prepayment with the Administrative Agent in a cash collateral account maintained (pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) by and in the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent.  Any amounts so deposited shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the prepayment of such Eurodollar Rate Loans and shall be applied to the prepayment of the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans at the earliest of (x) the end of the current Interest Periods applicable thereto, (y) three months following the date of such deposit and (z) at the election of the Administrative Agent, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.  At the request of the Borrower, amounts so deposited shall be invested by the Administrative Agent in Cash Equivalents maturing on or prior to the date or dates on which it is anticipated that such amounts will be applied to prepay such Eurodollar Rate Loans; any interest earned on such Cash Equivalents will be for the account of the Borrower and the Borrower will deposit with the Administrative Agent the amount of any loss on any such Cash Equivalents to the extent necessary in order that the amount of the prepayment to be made with the deposited amounts may not be reduced.
 

(c)           Application .  Within each Loan, prepayments will be applied first to Base Rate Loans, then to Eurodollar Rate Loans in direct order of Interest Period maturities.  In addition:

 

(i)            Voluntary Prepayments .  Prepayments of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.06(a)  shall be applied first in direct order of maturity in respect of the principal amortization payments due on such Term Loans under Section 2.05(c)  within the twelve (12) months following such prepayment, and second, pro rata to the remaining principal amortization installments under Section 2.05(c)  on the Term Loans, as the case may be.  Voluntary prepayments on the Loan Obligations will be paid by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective interests therein.
 
(ii)           Mandatory Prepayments .  Mandatory prepayments on the Loan Obligations will be paid by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective interests therein; provided that:
 

(A)          Mandatory prepayments in respect of the Revolving Commitments under subsection (b)(i)(A)  above shall be applied to the respective Revolving Obligations as appropriate.

 

(B)           Mandatory prepayments in respect of Subject Dispositions and Involuntary Dispositions under subsection (b)(ii)  above, Indebtedness under subsection (b)(iii)  and Consolidated Excess Cash Flow under subsection (b)(iv)  above shall be applied (i) to the Term Loans, first in direct order of maturity in respect of the principal amortization payments under Section 2.05(c)  due on the Term Loans within the twelve (12) months following such prepayment and second pro rata to the remaining principal amortization installments under Section 2.05(c)  on the Term Loans, until paid in full, then (ii) to the Revolving Obligations (without permanent reduction of the Revolving Commitments); provided that if any events

 

65



 

in subsection (b)(ii)  or subsection (b)(iii)  occur prior to the Funding Date and on or following the Closing Date, then the amount that would have otherwise been required to be used to make prepayments of the Loans shall be applied first, to reduce the Term Loan Commitments and second to reduce the Revolving Commitments.

 

2.07                         Termination or Reduction of Commitments .

 

Voluntary Reductions .  The Commitments hereunder may be permanently reduced in whole or in part by notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent; provided that (i) any such notice thereof must be received by 12:00 noon (New York time) at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date of reduction or termination and any such reduction or terminations shall be in a minimum amount of $1.0 million and integral multiples of $1.0 million in excess thereof; and (ii) the Commitments may not be reduced to an amount less than the Outstanding Amount of Loan Obligations then outstanding thereunder.  The Administrative Agent will give prompt notice to the Lenders of any such reduction in Commitments.  Any reduction of any Commitments shall be applied to the Commitment of each applicable Lender according to its Pro Rata Share.  All commitment or other fees accrued with respect to any Commitment through the effective date of any termination thereof shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.  A notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

 

2.08                         Interest .

 

(a)           Subject to the provisions of subsection (b)  below, (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Percentage; (ii) each Loan that is a Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage; and (iii) each Swingline Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage.

 

(b)           If any amount payable by the Borrower under any Credit Document is not paid when due and an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 9.01(a) , (f)  or (h) , whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law.

 

(c)           Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

 

(d)           Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein.  Interest

 

66



 

hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

 

2.09                         Fees .

 

(a)           Facility Fee; Commitment Fee .  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each (x) Dollar Revolving Lender in accordance with its Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage thereof, a facility fee (the “ Dollar Revolving Facility Fee ”) equal to 0.50% per annum of the actual daily amount of the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Committed Amount, (y) Approved Currency Revolving Lender in accordance with its Approved Currency Revolving Commitment Percentage thereof, a facility fee (the “ Approved Currency Revolving Facility Fee ” and together with the Dollar Revolving Facility Fee, the “ Facility Fees ”) equal to 0.50% per annum of the actual daily amount of the Aggregate Approved Currency Revolving Committed Amount and (z) Term Lender in accordance with its Term Loan Commitment Percentage thereof, a commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) equal to 0.50% per annum of the actual daily amount of the Aggregate Term Loan Committed Amount during the period between the Closing Date and the Funding Date; provided that, if the Borrower continues to have any outstanding Revolving Obligations after the termination of the Commitment Period, then, with respect to each Revolving Lender to whom such Revolving Obligations are then owed, such facility fee shall continue to accrue in accordance with such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Committed Percentage or Approved Currency Revolving Committed Percentage thereof, as the case may be, of the actual daily amount of the Aggregate Dollar Revolving Committed Amount or Aggregate Approved Currency Revolving Committed Amount (without giving effect to the expiration of such Commitment Period), as the case may be, from and including the date the Commitment Period terminates to but excluding the date on which such Revolving Obligations are no longer outstanding.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Funding Date occurs 60 days or more after the Closing Date, the Commitment Fee and Facility Fees for the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the Funding Date shall be increased to 0.75% per annum.  The Commitment Fee and Facility Fees shall accrue at all times during the Commitment Period (and, following the expiration of the Commitment Period, the Facility Fees shall continue to accrue to the extent set forth above), including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article V is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the tenth (10 th ) day of each January, April, July and October (for the Commitment Fee and Facility Fees accrued during the previous calendar quarter), commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Revolving Termination Date.  The Commitment Fee and Facility Fees shall be calculated quarterly in arrears.

 

(b)           Letter of Credit Fees .

 

(i)            Letter of Credit Fees .  The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Dollar Revolving Lender in accordance with its Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage, a Letter of Credit fee, in Dollars, for each Letter of Credit, an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage for Dollar Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar Loans multiplied by the daily maximum undrawn Outstanding Amount under such Letter of Credit (the “ Letter of Credit Fees ”).  For purposes of computing the daily undrawn Outstanding Amount under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of

 

67



 
Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.10 .  The Letter of Credit Fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears, and shall be due and payable on the tenth (10th) day of each January, April, July and October (for the Letter of Credit Fees accrued during the previous calendar quarter), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the L/C Expiration Date and thereafter on demand.  If there is any change in the Applicable Percentage during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Percentage separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Percentage was in effect.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, while any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 9.01(a) , (f)  or (h) , all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.
 
(ii)           Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer .  The Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit, 0.125% of the daily undrawn Outstanding Amount under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears.  Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the tenth (10th) day of each January, April, July and October (for fronting fees accrued during the previous calendar quarter or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the L/C Expiration Date and thereafter on demand.  For purposes of computing the daily undrawn Outstanding Amount under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.10 .  In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect.  Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.
 

(c)           Other Fees .  The Borrower shall pay to Wachovia, Barclays Bank, WCM and Barclays Capital, Bank of America, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., Merrill Lynch Bank USA and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, for their own respective accounts, fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter.  Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified.  Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

 

2.10                         Computation of Interest and Fees .

 

All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Wachovia’s prime rate shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed.  All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year), or, in the case of interest in respect of Eurodollar Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies as to which market practice differs from the foregoing, in accordance with such market practice.  Interest shall accrue on

 

68



 

each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.11(a) , bear interest for one (1) day.  Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

2.11                         Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback .

 

(a)           General .  All payments to be made by any Credit Party hereunder shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff.  All payments of principal and interest on any Loan shall be payable in the same currency as such Loan is denominated.  All payments of fees pursuant to Section 2.09 shall be payable in Dollars.  All payments in respect of Unreimbursed Amounts shall be payable in the currency provided in Section 2.03 .  All other payments herein shall be payable in the currency specified with respect to such payment or, if the currency is not specified, in Dollars.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (x) all payments by the Borrower in Dollars hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date specified herein and (y) all payments by the Borrower in Alternative Currency hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent’s Office for payments in such Alternative Currency and in Same Day Funds not later than 3:00 p.m. London time on the date specified herein.  The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office.  All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 3:00 p.m. New York time or London time, as applicable shall be deemed received on the immediately succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.  Subject to the definition of “Interest Period,” if any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

 

(b)           (i)  Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent .  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed time of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans.  If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such

 

69



 

interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period.  If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.  Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.

 

                  (ii)          Payments by the Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent .  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due.  In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, receiving any such payment severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in Same Day Funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b)  shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

 

(c)           Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent .  If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II , and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article V are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

 

(d)           Obligation of the Lenders Several .  The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 11.04(c)  are several and not joint.  The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 11.04(c)  on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 11.04(c) .

 

(e)           Funding Source .  Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

 

(f)            Insufficient Funds .  If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, L/C Borrowings, interest and

 

70



 

fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i)  first , toward payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii)  second , toward payment of principal and L/C Borrowings then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and L/C Borrowings then due to such parties.

 

2.12                         Sharing of Payments by Lenders .

 

If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations or in Swingline Loans held by it resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Loans or participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:

 

(i)      if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and
 
(ii)     the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Credit Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swingline Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).
 

Each Credit Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Credit Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Credit Party in the amount of such participation.

 

2.13                         Evidence of Debt .

 

(a)           The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent, acting solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c) as agent for the Borrower, in each case in the ordinary course of business.  The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon.  Any failure to so record or any error in doing

 

71



 

so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations.  In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.  Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Note for such Lender, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records.  Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

 

(b)           In addition to the accounts and records referred to in subsection (a)  above, each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records and, in the case of the Administrative Agent, entries in the Register, evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans.  In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

 

(c)           Each Lender having sold a participation in any of its Obligations, acting solely for this purpose as agent for the Borrower, shall maintain a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of such Participants (and each change thereto, whether by assignment or otherwise) and the rights, interest or obligation of such Participants in any Obligation, in any Commitment and in any right to receive any payments hereunder.

 

2.14                         CAM Exchange .

 

(a)           On the Revolving CAM Exchange Date, (i) the Revolving Commitments shall automatically and without further act be terminated in accordance with Section 9.02 ; (ii) each Dollar Revolving Lender shall fund its participation in any outstanding Swingline Loans in accordance with Section 2.04(b) ; (iii) each Dollar Revolving Lender shall fund its L/C Advance in any outstanding L/C Borrowings; and (iv) the Revolving Lenders shall purchase at par (and in the currencies in which such Designated Revolving Obligations are denominated) interests in the Designated Revolving Obligations under each Revolving Facility (and shall make payments to the Administrative Agent for reallocation to other Revolving Lenders to the extent necessary to give effect to such purchase) and shall assume the obligations to reimburse the L/C Issuer for L/C Borrowings under the Dollar Revolving Facility such that, after giving effect to such payments, each Revolving Lender shall own an interest equal to such Revolving Lender’s Revolving CAM Percentage in the Designated Revolving Obligations under each Revolving Facility and shall have the obligation to reimburse the L/C Issuer for its Revolving CAM Percentage of each L/C Borrowing under the Dollar Revolving Facility.  Each Revolving Lender and each Person acquiring a participation from any Revolving Lender as contemplated by Section 11.06 hereby consents and agrees to the Revolving CAM Exchange.  Each of the Revolving Lenders agrees from time to time to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent all such promissory notes and other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request to evidence and confirm the respective interests and obligations of the Revolving Lenders after giving effect to the Revolving CAM Exchange, and each Revolving Lender agrees to surrender any

 

72



 

promissory notes originally received by it in connection with its Revolving Loans under this Credit Agreement to the Administrative Agent against delivery of any promissory notes so executed and delivered; provided that the failure of any Revolving Lender to deliver or accept any such promissory note, instrument or document shall not affect the validity or effectiveness of the Revolving CAM Exchange.

 

(b)           As a result of the Revolving CAM Exchange, from and after the Revolving CAM Exchange Date, each payment received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Credit Document in respect of the Designated Revolving Obligations shall be distributed to the Revolving Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective Revolving CAM Percentages.

 

(c)           In the event that on or after the Revolving CAM Exchange, an L/C Borrowing is made under any Letter of Credit under the Dollar Revolving Facility that is not reimbursed by the Borrower, each Revolving Lender shall provide its L/C Advance to the L/C Issuer for its Revolving CAM Percentage of such L/C Borrowing.

 

ARTICLE III

 

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

 

3.01                         Taxes .

 

(a)           Payments Free of Taxes .  Except as otherwise required by law (as determined in the good faith discretion of the applicable withholding agent), any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Credit Parties hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified or Other Taxes, provided that if the applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of the applicable withholding agent) to deduct or withhold any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from such payments, then (i) the sum payable by the applicable Credit Party shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions or withholdings (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, (ii) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions or withholdings and (iii) the applicable withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(b)           Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower .  Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a)  above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(c)           Indemnification by the Borrower Without duplication of any amounts payable under Section 3.01(a) , the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the L/C Issuer, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable by the Administrative Agent, such

 

73



 

Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Upon the reasonable request of any Credit Party, the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent agree to use their reasonable efforts to cooperate with such Credit Party (at such Credit Party’s direction and expense) in contesting the imposition of, or claiming a refund of, any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by such Credit Party, whether directly to a Governmental Authority or pursuant to this Section, that such Credit Party reasonably believes were not correctly or legally asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority unless the Lender, the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, determines in good faith that pursuing such a contest or refund would be materially disadvantageous to it .

 

(d)           Evidence of Payments .  As soon as reasonably practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)           Status of Lenders .  Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or as reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding.  In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States, any Foreign Lender to the extent it may lawfully do so shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Credit Agreement, on or prior to the date on which any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certification previously delivered by it (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(i)            duly completed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

 

74


 
(ii)           duly completed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI,
 
(iii)          in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, (x) a certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit 3.01(e)  (a “ Non-Bank Certificate ”), to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code and that interest payments being received are not effectively connected with the Foreign Lender’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business and (y) duly completed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN,
 
(iv)          in the case of a Foreign Lender that does not act or ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any sums paid or payable to such Lender under any of the Credit Documents (for example, in the case of a Foreign Lender that is a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes for that is a participating Lender granting a typical participation), duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, together with the appropriate IRS Form W-8BEN, ECI or IMY, W-9 and/or Non-Bank Certificate with respect to each beneficial owner (provided that, if the Foreign Lender is a partnership, one or more of whose beneficial owners is claiming the portfolio interest exception, the Foreign Lender may provide the Non-Bank Certificate on behalf of such beneficial owners), and any other certificate or statement of exemption required under the Internal Revenue Code or the regulations thereunder, to establish that such Foreign Lender is not acting for its own account with respect to a portion of any such sums payable to such Foreign Lender and to establish that such remaining portion may be received without deduction for, or at a reduced rate of, United States federal withholding tax; or
 
(v)           any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made, if any.
 

Any Lender or L/C Issuer that is a United States person under Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code, to the extent it may lawfully do so, shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Lender or L/C Issuer becomes a Lender or L/C Issuer, as applicable, under this Credit Agreement, on or prior to the date on which any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form or certification previously delivered by it (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor form) certifying that such Lender or L/C Issuer is entitled to an exemption from U.S. backup withholding tax.

 

75



 

(f)            Treatment of Certain Refunds .  If the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Credit Party or with respect to which a Credit Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Credit Party under this Section with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower ( plus any penalties, interest (attributable to the period of time that the Borrower had use of such funds) or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer in the event the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the L/C Issuer is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in no event will any Lender or L/C Issuer be required to pay any amount to the Borrower the payment of which would place such Lender or L/C Issuer in a less favorable net after-tax position that such Lender or L/C Issuer would have been in if the Indemnified Tax giving rise to such refund had never been imposed.

 

3.02                         Illegality .

 

If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Loans that are Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans.  Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

 

3.03                         Inability to Determine Rates .

 

If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market for the applicable amount and

 

76



 

Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan, or (c) the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender.  Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Loans that are Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

 

3.04                         Increased Cost; Capital Adequacy .

 

(a)           Increased Costs Generally .  If any Change in Law shall:

 

(i)            impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate) or the L/C Issuer;
 
(ii)           subject any Lender or the L/C Issuer to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Credit Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or the L/C Issuer in respect thereof (except, in each case, for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer); or
 
(iii)          impose on any Lender or the L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Credit Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;
 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loan (or, in the case of clause (ii)  above, any Loan), or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan, or to increase the cost to such Lender or the L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

(b)           Capital Requirements .  If any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s capital

 

77



 

or on the capital of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Credit Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law, then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

(c)           Certificates for Reimbursement .  A certificate of a Lender or the L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a)  or (b)  of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

 

(d)           Delay in Requests .  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine (9) months prior to the date that such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

 

3.05                         Compensation for Losses .

 

Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any reasonable loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

 

(a)           any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise); or

 

(b)           any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower; or

 

(c)           any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 11.13 ;

 

including any reasonable loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered

 

78



 

to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05 , each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

 

3.06                         Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .

 

(a)           Designation of a Different Lending Office .  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 , as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender.  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

(b)           Replacement of Lenders .  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 11.13 .

 

(c)           Limitation on Additional Amounts, Etc .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article III of this Credit Agreement, unless a Lender gives notice to the Borrower that it is obligated to pay an amount under this Article within nine (9) months after the later of (i) the date the Lender incurs the respective increased costs, loss, expense or liability, reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital or (ii) the date such Lender has actual knowledge of its incurrence of the respective increased costs, loss, expense or liability, reductions in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital, then such Lender shall only be entitled to be compensated for such amount by the Borrower pursuant to this Article III , to the extent of the costs, loss, expense or liability, reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital that are incurred or suffered on or after the date which occurs nine (9) months prior to such Lender giving notice to the Borrower that it is obligated to pay the respective amounts pursuant to this Article III .

 

3.07                         Survival Losses .

 

All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

 

79



 

3.08                         Additional Reserve Costs .

 

(a)           In the case of any Lender making an Approved Currency Revolving Loan from a Lending Office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State , such Lender shall be entitled to require the Borrower to pay, contemporaneously with each payment of interest on each of such Loans, additional interest on such Loan at a rate per annum equal to the Mandatory Cost Rate calculated in accordance with the formula and in the manner set forth in Schedule 3.08 hereto.

 

(b)           For so long as any Lender is required to comply with reserve assets, liquidity, cash margin or other requirements of any monetary or other authority (including any such requirement imposed by the European Central Bank, the European System of Central Banks or the Bank of Canada, but excluding requirements reflected in the Statutory Reserves or the Mandatory Cost Rate) in respect of any of such Lender’s Eurodollar Rate Loans, such Lender shall be entitled to require the Borrower to pay, contemporaneously with each payment of interest on each of such Lender’s Loans subject to such requirements, additional interest on such Loan at a rate per annum specified by such Lender to be the cost to such Lender of complying with such requirements in relation to such Loan.

 

(c)           Any additional interest owed pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) above shall be determined in reasonable detail by the applicable Lender, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and notified to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) at least five Business Days before each date on which interest is payable for the applicable Loan, and such additional interest so notified to the Borrower by such Lender shall be payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender on each date on which interest is payable for such Loan.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

GUARANTY

 

4.01                         The Guaranty .

 

(a)           Each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally guarantees to the Administrative Agent and each of the holders of the Obligations, as hereinafter provided, as primary obligor and not as surety, the prompt payment of the Obligations (the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”) in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise) strictly in accordance with the terms thereof.  The Guarantors hereby further agree that if any of the Guaranteed Obligations are not paid in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise), the Guarantors will, jointly and severally, promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

 

80



 

(b)           Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, in any other of the Credit Documents, Swap Contracts or other documents relating to the Obligations, the obligations of each Guarantor under this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render such obligations subject to avoidance under the Debtor Relief Laws or any comparable provisions of any applicable state law.

 

4.02                         Obligations Unconditional .

 

The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 4.01 are joint and several, absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of any of the Credit Documents or other documents relating to the Obligations, or any substitution, compromise, release, impairment or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 4.02 that the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.  Each Guarantor agrees that such Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation, indemnity, reimbursement or contribution against the Borrower or any other Guarantor for amounts paid under this Article IV until such time as the Obligations have been irrevocably paid in full and the commitments relating thereto have expired or been terminated.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of any Guarantor hereunder, which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above:

 

(a)           at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Guarantor, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

 

(b)           any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of any of the Credit Documents, or other documents relating to the Guaranteed Obligations or any other agreement or instrument referred to therein shall be done or omitted;

 

(c)           the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under any of the Credit Documents or other documents relating to the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other agreement or instrument referred to therein shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released, impaired or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

 

(d)           any Lien granted to, or in favor of, the Administrative Agent or any of the holders of the Guaranteed Obligations as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to attach or be perfected; or

 

(e)           any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be determined to be void or voidable (including, without limitation, for the benefit of any creditor of any Guarantor) or shall be subordinated to the claims of any Person (including, without limitation, any creditor of any Guarantor).

 

81



 

With respect to its obligations hereunder, each Guarantor hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest, notice of acceptance of the guaranty given hereby and of extensions of credit that may constitute obligations guaranteed hereby, notices of amendments, waivers and supplements to the Credit Documents and other documents relating to the Guaranteed Obligations, or the compromise, release or exchange of collateral or security, and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any holder of the Guaranteed Obligations exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against any Person under any of the Credit Documents or any other documents relating to the Guaranteed Obligations or any other agreement or instrument referred to therein, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Obligations.

 

4.03                         Reinstatement .

 

Neither the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder nor any remedy for the enforcement thereof shall be impaired, modified, changed or released in any manner whatsoever by an impairment, modification, change, release or limitation of the liability of the Borrower, by reason of the Borrower’s bankruptcy or insolvency or by reason of the invalidity or unenforceability of all or any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations.  The obligations of the Guarantors under this Article IV shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings pursuant to any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, and each Guarantor agrees that it will indemnify the Administrative Agent and each holder of Guaranteed Obligations on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent or such holder of Guaranteed Obligations in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any Debtor Relief Law.

 

4.04                         Certain Waivers .

 

Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (a) the guaranty given hereby may be enforced without the necessity of resorting to or otherwise exhausting remedies in respect of any other security or collateral interests, and without the necessity at any time of having to take recourse against the Borrower hereunder or against any collateral securing the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise, (b) it will not assert any right to require the action first be taken against the Borrower or any other Person (including any co-guarantor) or pursuit of any other remedy or enforcement of any other right and (c) nothing contained herein shall prevent or limit action being taken against the Borrower hereunder, under the other Credit Documents or the other documents and agreements relating to the Guaranteed Obligations or from foreclosing on any security or collateral interests relating hereto or thereto, or from exercising any other rights or remedies available in respect thereof, if neither the Borrower nor the Guarantors shall timely perform their obligations, and the exercise of any such rights and completion of any such foreclosure proceedings shall not constitute a discharge of the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder unless as a result thereof, the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full and the commitments relating thereto shall have expired or been terminated, it being the purpose and intent that

 

82



 

the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder be absolute, irrevocable, independent and unconditional under all circumstances.

 

4.05                         Remedies .

 

The Guarantors agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the holders of the Guaranteed Obligations, on the other hand, the Guaranteed Obligations may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 9.02 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 9.02 ) for purposes of Section 4.01 , notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or preventing the Guaranteed Obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against any other Person and that, in the event of such declaration (or the Guaranteed Obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), the Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable by any other Person) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 4.01 .  The Guarantors acknowledge and agree that the Guaranteed Obligations are secured in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents and that the holders of the Guaranteed Obligations may exercise their remedies thereunder in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

4.06                         Rights of Contribution .

 

The Guarantors hereby agree as among themselves that, in connection with payments made hereunder, each Guarantor shall have a right of contribution from each other Guarantor in accordance with applicable Law.  Such contribution rights shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the Guaranteed Obligations until such time as the Guaranteed Obligations have been irrevocably paid in full and the commitments relating thereto shall have expired or been terminated, and none of the Guarantors shall exercise any such contribution rights until the Guaranteed Obligations have been irrevocably paid in full and the commitments relating thereto shall have expired or been terminated.

 

4.07                         Guaranty of Payment; Continuing Guaranty .

 

The guarantee in this Article IV is a guaranty of payment and not of collection, and is a continuing guarantee, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

 

4.08                         Joint and Several Liability of the Borrower .

 

The Borrower shall be jointly and severally liable for all Obligations of any Foreign Subsidiary that becomes an additional borrower hereunder in accordance with Section 1.08 .

 

83


 

ARTICLE V

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

5.01                         Conditions to Closing Date .

 

The effectiveness of this Credit Agreement is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)           Executed Credit Agreement .  The Administrative Agent’s receipt of counterparts of this Credit Agreement dated as of the Closing Date, duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and by each Lender party thereto, and in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and each of the Lenders.

 

(b)           [Reserved].

 

(c)           Officer Certificates .  The following shall be true as of the Closing Date, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate or certificates of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying each of the following:

 

(i)            Consents .  No consents, licenses or approvals are required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by any Credit Party of the Credit Documents to which it is a party, other than as are in full force and effect and, to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent, are attached thereto;
 
(ii)           Material Adverse Effect .  There has been no event or circumstance since December 31, 2007 that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;
 
(iii)          Material Litigation .  There shall be no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending in any court or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and
 
(iv)          Representations and Warranties; No Default .  The conditions set forth in Sections 5.01(d)  and (e)  have been satisfied as of the Closing Date.
 

(d)           The representations and warranties set forth in Sections 6.06 , 6.12 6.13 , 6.14 and 6.15 shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date.

 

(e)           No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the occurrence of the Closing Date.

 

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 10.04 , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 5.01 , each Lender that has signed this Credit Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or

 

84



 

acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

5.02                         Conditions to the Funding Date .

 

The obligation of each Lender and the L/C Issuer to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)           Execution of Credit Documents and Joinders .  The Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of (i) a Joinder Agreement to the Credit Agreement duly executed by a Responsible Officer of each Guarantor, (ii) the Security Agreement, duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, (iii) the Pledge Agreement, duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and each Guarantor and (iv) Notes, to the extent requested by a Lender by written notice delivered to the Borrower at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Funding Date, duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

 

(b)           Spin-Off .  The Administrative Agent shall be satisfied that all governmental, shareholder and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with the Spin-Off shall have been obtained and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any continuing action being taken by any authority that would restrain, prevent or impose any material adverse conditions on the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or the Transactions, and no Law or regulation shall be applicable which in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent would have such effect, in each case to the extent the foregoing could either reasonably be expected to prevent the consummation of the Spin-Off as contemplated by the Separation Agreement or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  The Administrative Agent shall be reasonably satisfied that the Spin-Off will be consummated substantially simultaneously with, or within five (5) Business Days after, the initial Borrowing of Term Loans hereunder.

 

(c)           Personal Property Collateral .  The Collateral Agent’s receipt of the following:

 

(i)            Lien Priority .  Evidence, including UCC, tax and judgment lien searches from the jurisdiction of formation and jurisdiction of the chief executive office of each Credit Party and intellectual property searches, that none of the Collateral is subject to any Liens (in each case other than Permitted Liens);
 
(ii)           UCC Financing Statements .  Such UCC financing statements as are necessary or appropriate, in the Collateral Agent’s discretion, to perfect the security interests in the Collateral;
 
(iii)          Intellectual Property .  Such patent, trademark and copyright security agreements as are necessary or appropriate, in the Collateral Agent’s discretion, to perfect the security interests in the Credit Parties’ material IP Rights;
 
(iv)          Capital Stock .  Original certificates evidencing the Capital Stock pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents and required to be delivered thereunder (to the extent such Capital Stock is certificated), together with undated stock transfer powers

 

85



 
executed in blank ( provided that with respect to the stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, provide a reasonable amount of time after the initial funding for the Borrower to deliver such original certificates); and
 
(v)     Promissory Notes .  Original promissory notes to the extent required by the Security Agreement, if any, evidencing intercompany loans or advances owing to any Credit Party by any Subsidiary of the Borrower, together with undated allonges executed in blank ( provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, provide a reasonable amount of time after the initial funding for the Borrower to deliver such original promissory notes).
 

(d)           Real Property Collateral .  The Collateral Agent shall have received:

 

(i)      a Mortgage encumbering each Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, duly executed and acknowledged by each Credit Party that is the owner of or holder of any interest in such Mortgaged Property, and otherwise in form for recording in the recording office of each applicable political subdivision where each such Mortgaged Property is situated, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof to create a lien under applicable requirements of law, and such financing statements and any other instruments necessary to grant a mortgage lien under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, all of which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.01C or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent;
 
(ii)     with respect to each Mortgage, a policy of title insurance (or marked up title insurance commitment having the effect of a policy of title insurance) insuring the Lien of such Mortgage as a valid first mortgage Lien on the Mortgaged Property and fixtures described therein in the amount equal to not less than 115% of the fair market value of such Mortgaged Property and fixtures, which fair market value is set forth on Schedule 5.02 , which policy (or such marked-up commitment) (each, a “ Title Policy ”) shall (A) be issued by the Title Company, (B) have been supplemented by the following endorsements: “tie-in” or “cluster” (i.e., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount), usury, first loss, last dollar, zoning, contiguity, revolving credit, doing business, non-imputation, public road access, survey, variable rate, environmental lien, subdivision, mortgage recording tax, separate tax lot, revolving credit, and so-called comprehensive coverage over covenants and restrictions, in each case to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent and available on commercially reasonable terms, and (C) contain no exceptions to title other such as would be permitted under Section 8.01 ; provided , that this condition precedent may be waived in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that in such case, the requirements hereof shall become a condition subsequent, to be met in a timeframe determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion);

 

86



 
(iii)          evidence reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent of payment by Borrower of all expenses required for the recording of the Mortgages and issuance of the Title Policies referred to above; and
 
(iv)          a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Borrower and each Credit Party relating thereto).
 

(e)           Evidence of Insurance .  The Collateral Agent’s receipt of copies of binders with respect to all property and liability insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 7.08 and the other Credit Documents (including, without limitation, flood insurance policies to the extent required by any Credit Document), in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(f)            Opinions of Counsel .  The Administrative Agent’s receipt of a customary duly executed opinion of Wachtell, Lipton Rosen & Katz and of appropriate local counsel to the Credit Parties, dated as of the Funding Date, in each case reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(g)           Organization Documents, Etc .  The Administrative Agent’s receipt of a duly executed certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Credit Party, attaching each of the following documents and certifying that each is true, correct and complete and in full force and effect as of the Funding Date:

 

(i)            Charter Documents .  Copies of its articles or certificate of organization or formation, certified to be true, correct and complete as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation;
 
(ii)           Bylaws .  Copies of its bylaws, operating agreement or partnership agreement;
 
(iii)          Resolutions .  Copies of its resolutions approving and adopting the Credit Documents to which it is party, the transactions contemplated therein, and authorizing the execution and delivery thereof;
 
(iv)          Incumbency .  Incumbency certificates identifying the Responsible Officers of such Credit Party that are authorized to execute Credit Documents and to act on such Credit Party’s behalf in connection with the Credit Documents; and
 
(v)           Good Standing Certificates .  Certificates of good standing or the equivalent from its jurisdiction of organization or formation, in each case certified as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authority.
 

(h)           Officer Certificates .  The following shall be true as of the Funding Date, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a customary certificate or certificates of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, dated as of the Funding Date certifying each of the following:

 

87



 
(i)            Material Adverse Effect .  There has been no event or circumstance since December 31, 2007, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and
 
(ii)           Material Litigation .  There shall be no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending in any court or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 

(i)            Pro Forma Financial Statements .  The Lenders shall have received the balance sheet as of March 31, 2008 and, if the Funding Date is on or after August 31, 2008, June 30, 2008, and statements of income and cash flows for the period ended March 31, 2008 and, if the Funding Date is on or after August 31, 2008, June 30, 2008, in each case as to Holdings and its Subsidiaries giving effect to the Transactions on a pro forma basis.

 

(j)            Financial Statements .  Copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.05 .

 

(k)           Separation Agreement .  The Administrative Agent shall have received a final, execution version of the Separation Agreement, which shall not have any changes since the draft of July 25, 2008 provided to the Lead Arrangers that are materially adverse to the Lenders, and there shall have been no changes to the structure or terms of the Spin-Off and related transactions pursuant to Section 12.01 of the Separation Agreement that are materially adverse to the Lenders, in each case, unless reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Arrangers.

 

(l)            Solvency .  The Administrative Agent shall have received a customary certificate, dated as of the Funding Date, certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower, stating that Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions, are Solvent.

 

(m)          Fees and Expenses .  All fees and expenses (including, unless waived by the Administrative Agent, all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other counsel (including any local counsel)) invoiced to the Borrower at least two Business Days prior to the Funding Date and required to be paid on or before the Funding Date shall have been paid.

 

(n)           Senior Notes .  The Borrower shall have consummated the issuance of the Senior Notes.

 

(o)           Indebtedness .  After giving effect to the Funding Date, Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall have no Indebtedness other than with respect to the Term Loans, the Existing Letters of Credit, the Senior Notes, Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 8.03(b) , other Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business since the Closing Date and otherwise permitted hereunder and other Indebtedness as may be reasonably acceptable to the Lead Arrangers.

 

(p)           Schedule 7.08 .  The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent Schedule 7.08 .

 

88



 

(q)           Funding Date .  The Funding Date shall have occurred on or prior to September 30, 2008.

 

5.03                         Conditions to All Credit Extensions .

 

The obligation of each Lender and the L/C Issuer to honor any Request for Credit Extension is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)           The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Credit Party contained in Article VI shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date ( provided that representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all respects).

 

(b)           No Default or Event of Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.

 

(c)           The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer or the Swingline Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

 

Each Request for Credit Extension submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions specified in Sections 5.03(a)  and (b)  have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Credit Parties represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that (it being understood and agreed that on the Closing Date only, the representations and warranties set forth in this Article VI shall only be made to the extent set forth in Section 5.01(d) ):

 

6.01                         Existence, Qualification and Power .

 

Each Credit Party (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Credit Documents to which it is a party and (ii) except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, own its assets and carry on its business, and (c) except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, is duly qualified and is licensed and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license.

 

89



 

6.02                         Authorization; No Contravention .

 

The execution, delivery and performance by each Credit Party of each Credit Document to which it is party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action and do not (a) contravene the terms of such Credit Party’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) under, (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Credit Party is party or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Credit Party or its Property is subject; or (c) violate any Law applicable to such Credit Party and the relevant Credit Documents, except, in the case of clause (b)  or (c)  of this Section 6.02 only, as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.03                         Governmental Authorization; Other Consents .

 

No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Credit Party of this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document (other than (a) as have already been obtained and are in full force and effect, (b) filings to perfect security interests granted pursuant to the Credit Documents and (c) approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, or other actions, notices or filings the failure to procure which would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect).

 

6.04                         Binding Effect .

 

Each Credit Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party that is party hereto or thereto.  Each Credit Document constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of such Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its terms, except to the extent the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by equitable principles of law (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law) and implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing.

 

6.05                         Financial Statements .

 

The audited consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2007 and, if the Funding Date is on or after August 31, 2008, June 30, 2008 and June 30, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years ending December 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and the fiscal quarters ending March 31, 2008 and (solely with respect to the statements of income or operations and cash flows) March 31, 2007 and, if the Funding Date is on or after August 31, 2008, for the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2008 and (solely with respect to the statements of income or operations and cash flows) June 30, 2007, including the notes thereto, (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein and (ii) fairly present the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and its results of operations for

 

90



 

the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2008, and, if the Funding Date is on or after August 31, 2008, June 30, 2008, and the related unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the three or, if the Funding Date is on or after August 31, 2008, six months then ended and for the year ended December 31, 2007, certified by the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower, copies of which have been furnished to each Lender, fairly present the consolidated pro forma financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the consolidated pro forma results of operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the periods ended on such dates, in each case giving effect to the Transactions, all in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Laws, as amended, and the Borrower believes that the assumptions underlying such unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are reasonable.

 

6.06                         No Material Adverse Effect .

 

Since December 31, 2007, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.07                         Litigation .

 

There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any member of the Consolidated Group or against any of their properties or revenues that either individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.08                         No Default .

 

No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document.

 

6.09                         Ownership of Property; Liens .

 

Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good and valid title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in or right to use, all its other material property, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and the property of the Consolidated Group is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

 

6.10                         Taxes .

 

Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate to have a Material Adverse Effect:  (a) Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries (i) has timely filed (or has

 

91



 

had filed on its behalf) all Tax returns required to be filed and (ii) has paid prior to delinquency all Taxes levied or imposed upon it or its properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable (including in its capacity as a withholding agent), except for Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided, in accordance with GAAP, if such contest suspends enforcement or collection of the claim in question; (b) neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is aware of any proposed or pending tax assessments, deficiencies or audits; and (c) neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has “participated” in a “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4.

 

6.11                         ERISA Compliance .

 

(a)           Each Pension Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently pending before the IRS with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred that would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification except in such instances in which the failure to comply therewith either individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Pension Plan subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code has been made with respect to any Pension Plan except in such instances in which the failure to comply therewith either individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)           There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that would be reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)           (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred that, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that would reasonably be expected to be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA which in the case of clause (i)  through (iii)  above, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.12                         Subsidiaries .

 

After giving effect to any modifications or updates pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 6.12, set forth on Schedule 6.12 is a list of all Subsidiaries of the Borrower immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the Spin-Off, together with the jurisdiction of organization, classes of Capital Stock and ownership and ownership percentages of each such Subsidiary as of such date.  After giving effect to any modifications or updates pursuant to the last

 

92



 

sentence of this Section 6.12, Schedule 6.12 identifies the Subsidiaries that shall be parties to the Pledge Agreement and Security Agreement after giving effect to the consummation of the Spin-Off.  The outstanding Capital Stock has been validly issued, is owned free of Liens (other than Permitted Liens), and with respect to any outstanding shares of Capital Stock of a corporation, such shares have been validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.  The outstanding shares of Capital Stock are not subject to any buy-sell, voting trust or other shareholder agreement except as identified on Schedule 6.12 .  The Borrower may, on or prior to the Funding Date, provide information from time to time to modify and update the information set forth on Schedule 6.12 in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

6.13                         Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .

 

(a)           The Credit Parties are not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of their important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying “margin stock” (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.

 

(b)           None of the Credit Parties or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

6.14                         Disclosure .

 

No written report, financial statement, certificate or other information (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of any Credit Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Credit Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Credit Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case as of the date such information is provided and as of the Closing Date and the Funding Date; provided that, with respect to projected financial information and estimates, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

 

6.15                         Compliance with Laws .

 

Each member of the Consolidated Group is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions, settlements or other agreements with any Governmental Authority and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

93


 

6.16                         Solvency .

 

As of the Funding Date, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent, and after giving effect to the Transactions, Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, will be, Solvent.

 

6.17                         Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc .

 

Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, as of the Funding Date, each member of the Consolidated Group owns, or possesses the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict with the rights of any other Person.  As of the Funding Date, no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of the Credit Parties, threatened, that, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.18                         Security Agreement .

 

The security interest granted pursuant to the Security Agreement (i) will constitute a valid and perfected security interest in the Collateral (as to which perfection may be obtained by the filings or other actions described in clause (A), (B) or (C) of this Section 6.18 ) in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, as collateral security for the Obligations, upon (A) the filing of all financing statements naming each Grantor as “debtor” and the Collateral Agent as “secured party” and describing the Collateral in the applicable filing offices, (B) delivery of all Instruments, Chattel Paper and negotiable Documents to the Collateral Agent and (C) completion of the filing, registration and recording of a fully executed agreement in the form of the Security Agreement (or a supplement thereto) and containing a description of all Collateral constituting intellectual property in the United States Patent and Trademark Office within the three month period (commencing as of the date hereof) or, in the case of Collateral constituting intellectual property acquired after the date hereof, thereafter pursuant to 35 USC § 261 and 15 USC § 1060 and the regulations thereunder with respect to United States Patents and United States registered Trademarks and in the United States Copyright Office within the one month period (commencing as of the date hereof) or, in the case of Collateral constituting intellectual property acquired after the date hereof, thereafter with respect to United States registered Copyrights pursuant to 17 USC § 205 and the regulations thereunder and otherwise as may be required pursuant to the laws of any other necessary jurisdiction to the extent that a security interest may be perfected by such filings, registrations and recordings, and (ii) are prior to all other Liens on the Collateral other than Liens permitted by Section 8.01 .  Unless otherwise specified in this Credit Agreement, solely with respect to this Section 6.18 capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Credit Agreement shall have the meanings provided in the Security Agreement.

 

6.19                         Pledge Agreement.

 

The Pledge Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Obligations, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in

 

94



 

the Collateral identified therein, except to the extent the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by equitable principles of law (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law) and the Pledge Agreement shall create a fully perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the pledgors thereunder in such Collateral, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Lien other than Permitted Liens (i) with respect to any such Collateral that is a “security” (as such term is defined in the UCC) and is evidenced by a certificate, when such Collateral is delivered to the Collateral Agent with duly executed stock powers with respect thereto, (ii) with respect to any such Collateral that is a “security” (as such term is defined in the UCC) but is not evidenced by a certificate, when UCC financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the appropriate filing offices in the jurisdiction of organization of the pledgor or when “control” (as such term is defined in the UCC) is established by the Collateral Agent over such interests in accordance with the provision of Section 8-106 of the UCC, or any successor provision, and (iii) with respect to any such Collateral that is not a “security” (as such term is defined in the UCC) (to the extent perfection of a Lien in such Collateral can be obtained by filing UCC financing statements), when UCC financing statements in appropriate form are filed in the appropriate filing offices in the jurisdiction of organization of the pledgor.

 

6.20                         Mortgages.

 

Upon the execution and delivery thereof, each of the Mortgages will be effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Obligations, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Mortgaged Properties identified therein in conformity with applicable Law, except to the extent the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by equitable principles of law (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law) and, when the Mortgages and UCC financing statements in appropriate form are duly recorded at the appropriate offices, and recording or similar taxes, if any, are paid, the Mortgages shall constitute a fully perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in such Mortgaged Properties, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Lien (other than Permitted Liens).

 

ARTICLE VII

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Until the Loan Obligations shall have been paid in full or otherwise satisfied, and the Commitments hereunder shall have expired or been terminated, the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

 

7.01                         Financial Statements .

 

Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

 

(a)           as soon as available, but in any event within ten (10) days of the date Holdings is required to file its Form 10-K with the SEC and in any event not later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Holdings, a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and the

 

95



 

Consolidated Group as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by (1) a report and opinion of a Registered Public Accounting Firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and applicable Securities Laws and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit or other material qualification or exception and (2) if required by Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, an attestation report of such Registered Public Accounting Firm as to the Borrower’s internal controls pursuant to Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley; provided that, if Holdings shall own material assets other than the Capital Stock of the Borrower or have material liabilities (other than in respect of the Obligations and the guarantee of the Senior Notes), the Borrower shall provide in lieu of the financial statements and other information described above, within the time periods set forth above, a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of a Registered Public Accounting Firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and applicable Securities Laws and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit or other material qualification or exception; and

 

(b)           as soon as available, but in any event within ten (10) days of the date Holdings is required to file its Form 10-Q with the SEC and in any event not later than forty-five (45) days (or, solely in the case of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ending June 30, 2008, 61 days) after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Holdings, a consolidated balance sheet of the Holdings and the Consolidated Group as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of Holdings’ fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Consolidated Group in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; provided that, if Holdings shall own material assets other than the Capital Stock of the Borrower or have material liabilities (other than in respect of the Obligations and the guarantee of the Senior Notes) the Borrower shall provide, in lieu of the financial statements and other information described above, within the time periods set forth above, a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Borrower, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly

 

96



 

presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Consolidated Group in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

 

As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Section 7.02(c) , the Borrower shall not be separately required to furnish such information under subsection (a)  or (b)  above, but the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of the Borrower to furnish the information and materials described in subsections (a)  and (b)  above at the times specified therein.

 

7.02                         Certificates; Other Information .

 

Deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

 

(a)           within five (5) Business Days following the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 7.01(a) , a certificate of its independent certified public accountants certifying such financial statements and stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default or Event of Default with respect to financial covenants or, if any such Default or Event of Default shall exist, stating the nature and status of such event (which may be limited to the extent consistent with industry practice or the policy of the accounting firm);

 

(b)           within five (5) Business Days following each delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 7.01(a)  and (b) , a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (i) commencing with the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2008, setting forth computations in reasonable detail satisfactory to the Administrative Agent demonstrating compliance with the financial covenants contained herein, (ii) certifying that no Default or Event of Default exists as of the date thereof (or the nature and extent thereof and proposed actions with respect thereto), (iii) setting forth a list of each Subject Disposition and Involuntary Disposition effected during the fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as the case may be, covered by such financial statements, to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds received in such Subject Disposition (or series of related Subject Dispositions) or Involuntary Disposition (or series of related Involuntary Dispositions) exceed $1.0 million or the Net Cash Proceeds received in all Subject Dispositions or Involuntary Dispositions effected during such fiscal year exceeds $2.5 million (or the elapsed portion of such fiscal year in the case of a Compliance Certificate relating to a fiscal quarter), and whether the Borrower and its Subsidiaries intend to reinvest the Net Cash Proceeds thereof or to use such Net Cash Proceeds to prepay the Loans and (iv) a calculation of the Cumulative Credit (in reasonable detail) as of the last day of the period covered by such financial statements;

 

(c)           copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements that the Borrower may file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

 

(d)           promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party, or compliance with the terms

 

97



 

of the Credit Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent) may from time to time reasonably request;

 

(e)           promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material financial statement or report furnished to any holder of material Indebtedness of any Credit Party or of any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.01 or any other clause of this Section 7.02 ;

 

(f)            as soon as available, but in any event no more than sixty (60) days following the beginning of each fiscal year of Holdings (or, if Holdings shall have any material assets other than Capital Stock of the Borrower or any material liabilities other than in respect of the Obligations and the guarantee of the Senior Notes, the Borrower), annual expense budgets of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (or, if applicable, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries) on a consolidated basis, for such fiscal year of Holdings or Borrower, as applicable; and

 

(g)           Within 15 Business Days after the date of any Major Disposition, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent thereof and whether and to what extent the Net Cash Proceeds received therefrom is intended to be used to reinvest or make prepayments pursuant to Section 2.06(b)(ii) .

 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.01 or 7.02 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the internet at the website address listed on Schedule 11.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent) including, to the extent the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have access thereto and such documents are available thereon, the EDGAR database and sec.gov; provided that the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents.  Except for such Compliance Certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

The Credit Parties hereby acknowledge that the Administrative Agent, WCM and/or Barclays Capital will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Credit Parties hereunder (collectively, the “ Credit Party Materials ”) by posting the Credit Party Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and that certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Credit Parties or their securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”).  The Credit Parties hereby agree that so long as any Credit Party is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any such securities (1) all Credit Party Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and

 

98



 

conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” (which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof), or otherwise indicated to the Administrative Agent as being “PUBLIC”; (2) by marking or otherwise indicating the Credit Party Materials “PUBLIC,” the Credit Parties shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, WCM, Barclays Capital and the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat such Credit Party Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Credit Parties or their securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws ( provided , however , that to the extent such Credit Party Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.07 ); (3) all Credit Party Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated as “Public Investor”; and (4) the Administrative Agent, WCM and Barclays Capital shall be entitled to treat any Credit Party Materials that are not marked or otherwise indicated “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not marked as “Public Investor.”

 

7.03                         Notification .

 

Promptly, and in any event within two Business Days after any Responsible Officer of the Borrower or any of its material Subsidiaries obtains knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender of:

 

(a)           the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default; and

 

(b)           the filing or commencement of any litigation, investigation or proceeding affecting any Credit Party which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.04                         Preservation of Existence .

 

Except as otherwise permitted hereunder, do all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (x) its existence and (y) its rights, franchises and authority, except (i) to the extent, in the case of clauses (x)  (with respect to any Subsidiary only and not the Borrower) and (y) , that the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) with respect to any Subsidiary only and not the Borrower, to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 8.04 hereof, and (iii) for the liquidation or dissolution of Subsidiaries if the assets of such Subsidiaries, to the extent such assets exceed estimated liabilities, are acquired by the Borrower or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower in such liquidation or dissolution; provided that Subsidiaries that are Subsidiary Guarantors may not be liquidated into Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

7.05                         Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations .

 

(a)           Pay and discharge (i) all Taxes imposed upon it, or upon its income or profits, or upon any of its properties, before they become delinquent, (ii) all lawful claims (including claims for labor, material and supplies) that, if unpaid, might give rise to a Lien upon any of its properties, and (iii) except as prohibited hereunder, all of its other Indebtedness as it becomes due, except in each case to the extent that the failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; provided that no such Person shall be required to pay any amount that is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate

 

99



 

reserves, determined in accordance with GAAP, have been established, if such contest suspends enforcement or collection of the claim in question.

 

(b)           Timely and correctly file all Tax returns required to be filed by it, except for failures to file that would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.06                         Compliance with Law .

 

Comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority, a breach of which would result in a Material Adverse Effect, except where contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued.

 

7.07                         Maintenance of Property .

 

Maintain and preserve its material properties and equipment in good repair, working order and condition, normal wear and tear and casualty and condemnation excepted, and make all repairs, renewals, replacements, extensions, additions, betterments and improvements thereto as may be necessary or proper, to the extent and in the manner customary for similar businesses.

 

7.08                         Insurance .

 

(a)           Maintain at all times in force and effect insurance in such amounts, covering such risks and liabilities and with such deductibles or self-insurance retentions as determined by the Borrower in its reasonable business judgment.  The Collateral Agent shall be named as loss payee, additional insured and/or mortgagee, as its interests may appear, with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any collateral under the Collateral Documents, and the Borrower shall request that each provider of any such insurance to agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to the Collateral Agent, that it will give the Collateral Agent thirty (30) days’ prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be altered in any material respect or canceled, and that no act or default of any member of the Consolidated Group or any other Person shall affect the rights of the Collateral Agent or the Lenders under such policy or policies.  The insurance coverage for the Consolidated Group as of the Funding Date is described as to type and amount on Schedule 7.08 (which schedule, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Funding Date).

 

(b)           If any portion of any Mortgaged Property is at any time located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a Special Flood Hazard Area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the National Food Insurance Act of 1968 (as now or hereafter in effect or successor act thereto), then the Borrower shall, or shall cause each Credit Party to (i) maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws and (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence of such compliance in form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

100



 

7.09                         Books and Records .

 

Maintain (a) proper books of record and account, in which true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and (b) such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

 

7.10                         Inspection Rights.

 

Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent or any Lender (in the case of such Lender, coordinated through the Administrative Agent) to (i) to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower and (ii) visit and inspect any of its properties and examine its corporate, financial and operating records, once per fiscal year of the Borrower at such reasonable times during normal business hours, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided , however , that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent or any of its representatives or independent contractors or any Lender (in the case of such Lender, coordinated through the Administrative Agent) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours.

 

7.11                         Use of Proceeds .

 

Use the proceeds of the Term Loans to fund the IAC Dividend and pay costs and expenses related to the Transactions (including entry into this Credit Agreement) and use the proceeds of the Revolving Loans for working capital and general corporate purposes (but in no event may any Revolving Loans fund any portion of the IAC Dividend, the Spin-Off, any transaction contemplated by Section 8.12 or any of the other Transactions or any costs or expenses relating thereto) (but, for the avoidance of doubt, proceeds of Revolving Loans may be used in respect of obligations relating to such transactions after the Spin-Off Date, including, for example, indemnification obligations or obligations relating to transition services), in each case not in contravention of any Law or of any Credit Document.

 

7.12                         Joinder of Subsidiaries as Guarantors .

 

Promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the formation, acquisition (or other receipt of interests) or existence of any Domestic Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (other than a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary invested in pursuant to Section 8.02(k)  (unless such Subsidiary shall guarantee or provide Support Obligations in respect of any material Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of the Borrower or another Subsidiary), or an Immaterial Subsidiary), which notice shall include information as to the jurisdiction of organization, the number and class of Capital Stock outstanding and ownership thereof (including options, warrants, rights of conversion or purchase relating thereto), and with respect to any such Subsidiary, within thirty (30) days but in no event prior to the Spin-Off Date (or up to ten (10) days later, if the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, shall agree thereto in writing) of the formation, acquisition or other receipt of interests thereof, cause the joinder of such Subsidiary as a Guarantor pursuant to Joinder

 

101



 

Agreements (or such other documentation in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) accompanied by Organization Documents, take all actions necessary to create and perfect a security interest in its assets to the extent required by the Security Agreement or Pledge Agreement and, if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver favorable opinions of counsel to such Subsidiary, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.  For the avoidance of doubt, if an Immaterial Subsidiary shall become a Material Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall thereupon comply with the foregoing.

 

7.13                         Pledge of Capital Stock .

 

From and after the Spin-Off Date, pledge or cause to be pledged to the Collateral Agent to secure the Obligations, other than in the case of Excluded Property: (a) one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of each Domestic Subsidiary to the extent owned by a Credit Party within thirty (30) days (or up to ten (10) days later if the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, shall agree thereto in writing) of its formation, acquisition or other receipt of such interests and (b) Capital Stock representing sixty-five percent (65%) (or if less, the full amount owned by such Subsidiary) of each class of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of each First-Tier Foreign Subsidiary to the extent owned by a Credit Party within thirty (30) days (or up to twenty (20) days later if the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, shall agree thereto in writing) of its formation, acquisition or other receipt of such interests, in each case pursuant to the Pledge Agreement or pledge joinder agreements, together with, if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, opinions of counsel and any filings and deliveries reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent in connection therewith to perfect the security interests therein, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to deliver to the Collateral Agent opinions of foreign counsel or foreign-law pledge agreements with respect to the pledge of Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary unless the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested such foreign counsel opinions or foreign-law pledge agreements (it being understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall not be entitled to request such foreign counsel opinions or foreign-law pledge agreements or the delivery of stock certificates with respect to any Subsidiary that, together with its Subsidiaries, generated less than $2.0 million of Consolidated EBITDA for the four quarter period ending on the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter at the end of which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  (or, prior to such first required delivery date for such financial statements, ending on the last day of the most recent period referred to in the first sentence of Section 6.05 )).  It is further understood and agreed that even if such foreign counsel opinions, foreign law security agreements or stock certificates with respect to any Subsidiary shall not be required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the foregoing, the Capital Stock thereof shall nevertheless constitute Collateral, except to the extent constituting Excluded Property.

 

7.14                         Pledge of Other Property .

 

With respect to each Credit Party, pledge and grant a security interest in all of its personal property, tangible and intangible, owned and leased (except (a) Excluded Property, (b) as otherwise set forth in Section 7.13 with respect to Capital Stock and (c) as otherwise set forth in the Collateral Documents) to secure the Obligations, within thirty (30) days (or up to ten (10) days

 

102



 

later, if the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, shall agree thereto in writing) of the acquisition or creation thereof pursuant to such pledge and security agreements, joinder agreements or other documents as may be required, together with opinions of counsel and any filings and deliveries reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent in connection therewith to perfect the security interests therein, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

7.15                         Further Assurances Regarding Collateral .

 

(a)           Promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, (a) correct any material defect or error relating to the granting or perfection of security interests that may be discovered in any Credit Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation thereof, and (b) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent, or the Required Lenders through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably require from time to time in order to (i) carry out more effectively the purposes of the Credit Documents, (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, subject any Credit Party’s or any Credit Party’s Subsidiaries’ properties, assets, rights or interests to the Liens now or hereafter intended to be covered by any of the Collateral Documents, (iii) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and any of the Liens intended to be created thereunder and (iv) assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm more effectively unto the holders of the Obligations the rights granted to the holders of the Obligations under any Credit Document or under any other instrument executed in connection with any Credit Document to which any Credit Party or any Credit Party’s Subsidiaries is or is to be a party, and cause each of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries to do so.

 

(b)           In the event the Borrower or any other Credit Party acquires (i) a fee interest in any real property after the Closing Date (excluding Excluded Property) and such real property (together with any improvements thereon), when taken together with all contiguous parcels of real property interests (or other parcels of real property interests proximately located and used in connection therewith) then held by any Borrower or any other Credit Party, has a fair market value of at least $2.5 million, the Borrower shall promptly (x) notify the Administrative Agent of such acquisition and (y) deliver, or cause to be delivered, within sixty (60) days (or up to fifteen (15) days later if the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, consents thereto in writing) of such acquisition to the Collateral Agent a fully executed Mortgage (subject to all Permitted Liens) over such real property in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with such Title Insurance Policies, Surveys, appraisals (if required by law), “Life-of-Loan” flood hazard determinations, evidence of insurance (including, without limitation, flood insurance if required by Section 7.08(b) ), legal opinions and other documents and certificates, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of the Mortgage, substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.01C ), as shall be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein or in any Credit Document, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries shall not be required to take any action required to

 

103



 

perfect or maintain the perfection of any of the Liens of the Collateral Agents or Lenders with respect to cash, deposit accounts or securities accounts except to the extent such perfection is achieved by filing of financing statements, although cash, deposit accounts and securities accounts shall nevertheless constitute Collateral.

 

7.16                         Holdings Guarantee .

 

The Borrower shall ensure that on or before the Spin-Off Date: (i) Holdings shall have acquired 100% of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower, (ii) the Collateral Agent shall have received certificates representing 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of Holdings, (iii) Holdings shall have become a party to the Credit Agreement and the Pledge Agreement and shall have taken all actions (including, without limitation, the filing of UCC financing statements) and necessary to perfect the security interest of the Collateral Agent in Holdings’ Collateral to the extent required by the Pledge Agreement and (iv) such customary legal opinions, documents and certificates relating to Holdings and the Credit Documents as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably request in connection therewith shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent.  Upon compliance with the requirements of the foregoing sentence, Holdings shall have no material assets other than the Capital Stock of the Borrower or material liabilities other than the Obligations and the guarantee of the Senior Notes (it being understood the restriction in this sentence shall not restrict the activities of Holdings following such compliance).

 

7.17                         Post-Closing Matters .

 

(a)           The Borrower shall, no later than 3 Business Days after the Funding Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, shall agree to), provide to the Collateral Agent copies of insurance certificates or policies with respect to all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Credit Documents together with endorsements identifying the Collateral Agent as additional insured or loss payee, with respect to all insurance policies to be maintained with respect to the properties of the Borrower and its subsidiaries forming any part of the Collateral.

 

(b)           The Borrower shall, or shall cause the applicable Credit Party to, no later than thirty (30) Business Days after the Funding Date (or up to ten (10) days later if the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, shall agree thereto in writing), provide the Collateral Agent, with respect to each Mortgaged Property:

 

(i)            a Survey certificated to Collateral Agent and the Title Company;
 
(ii)           endorsements to Title Policy delivered to the Collateral Agent insuring the Mortgage encumbering such Mortgaged Property, paid for by the Borrower or the applicable Credit Party, (1) eliminating the general or standard survey exceptions to the extent not previously eliminated but reading in any other exceptions shown on the Survey, (2) providing the comprehensive and survey endorsements thereto if requested by the Collateral Agent, as well as any other endorsements reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to the extent not previously provided which were omitted solely as a result of the

 

104



 
applicable Credit Party’s inability to obtain and deliver a Survey contemporaneously with said Title Policy and (3) otherwise amending the same so that the requirements set forth in clause (ii) of Section 5.02(d)  are satisfied; provided , in no event shall the Title Policy or associated endorsements be required to endorse or eliminate exceptions that constitute Permitted Liens; and
 
(iii)          an amendment (in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent) to the Mortgage and fixture filing encumbering such Mortgaged Property amending the legal description therein, if necessary in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent in light of the Survey delivered under this Section 7.17 (together with a modification endorsement to the Title Policy delivered to the Collateral Agent insuring the Mortgage encumbering such Mortgaged Property and opinions of local counsel with respect thereto to the extent necessary in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent).
 

(c)           With respect to each Mortgaged Property, Borrower will use, and will cause each applicable Credit Party to use, commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consents, estoppels, tenant subordination agreements or other instruments as shall reasonably be deemed necessary by the Collateral Agent as soon as reasonably practicable.  No Credit Party shall be required to make any economic concessions to obtain any such consents, estoppels, tenant subordination agreements or other instruments.

 

(d)           The Borrower shall, no later than 90 days after the Funding Date (or up to thirty (30) days later if the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, shall agree thereto in writing), deliver to the Collateral Agent a local law pledge agreement and opinion of counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, with respect to the pledge to the Collateral Agent of sixty-five percent (65%) of the Capital Stock of Interval UK Holdings Limited.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Until the Loan Obligations shall have been paid in full or otherwise satisfied, and the Commitments hereunder shall have expired or been terminated, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

 

8.01                         Liens.

 

Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

 

(a)           Liens created pursuant to the Credit Documents;

 

(b)           Liens under the Collateral Documents given to secure obligations under Swap Contracts between any Credit Party and any Lender or Affiliate of a Lender or any Person that was a Lender or Affiliate of a Lender at the time it entered into such Swap Contract, provided that such Swap Contracts are otherwise permitted under Section 8.03 ;

 

105


 

(c)           Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 8.01 , or, to the extent not so listed, Liens, which, when taken together with all other Liens existing on the Closing Date and not so listed, secure Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $5.0 million, in each case together with any extensions, replacements, modifications or renewals of the foregoing; provided that the collateral interests are not broadened or increased or secure any Property not secured by such Liens on the Closing Date (but shall be permitted to apply to after-acquired property affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien and the proceeds and products of the foregoing);

 

(d)           Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due or to the extent non-payment thereof is permitted under Section 7.05 ;

 

(e)           statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and suppliers and other Liens imposed by law or pursuant to customary reservations or retentions of title arising in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Liens secure only amounts not yet due and payable or, if due and payable, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce the same, are not overdue by more than 30 days, or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves determined in accordance with GAAP have been established (and as to which the property subject to any such Lien is not yet subject to a foreclosure, sale or loss proceeding on account thereof (other than a proceeding where foreclosure, sale or loss has been stayed));

 

(f)            Liens incurred or deposits made by any member of the Consolidated Group in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);

 

(g)           Liens in connection with attachments or judgments (including judgment or appeal bonds) that do not result in an Event of Default under Section 9.01(i) ;

 

(h)           easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), declarations, rights of reverter (other than with respect to Mortgaged Property), minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances, whether or not of record,  that do not, in the aggregate, interfere in any material respect with the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or in respect of any real property which is subject to a Mortgage, any title defects, liens, charges or encumbrances (other than such prohibited monetary Liens) which the Title Company is prepared to endorse or insure by exclusion or affirmative endorsement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and which is included in any Title Policy;

 

(i)            Liens on property of any Person securing purchase money and Sale and Leaseback Transaction Indebtedness (including capital leases and Synthetic Leases) of such Person, in each case to the extent incurred under Section 8.03(c)  (or any refinancing of such Indebtedness incurred under Section 8.03(l) ); provided , that any such Lien attaches only to the Property financed or leased and such Lien attaches prior to, at the time of or within one hundred eighty (180) days after the later of the date of acquisition of such property or the date such Property is

 

106



 

placed in service (or, in the case of Liens securing a refinancing of such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 8.03(l) , any such Lien attaches only to the Property that was so financed with the proceeds of the Indebtedness so refinanced);

 

(j)            licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of any member of the Consolidated Group;

 

(k)           any interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under, and Liens arising from UCC financing statements (or equivalent filings, registrations or agreements in foreign jurisdictions) relating to, leases and subleases permitted by this Credit Agreement;

 

(l)            Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods and Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements that constitute Investments permitted by Section 8.02 hereof;

 

(m)          normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash or other Liens originating solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to bankers liens, rights of setoff or similar rights in favor of banks or other depository institutions not securing Indebtedness;

 

(n)           Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection;

 

(o)           Liens on Property securing obligations incurred under Section 8.03(h)  (or any refinancing of such obligations incurred under Section 8.03(l) ); provided that the Liens are not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation or anticipation of, the acquisition and do not attach or extend to any Property other than the Property so acquired (or, in the case of Liens securing a refinancing of such obligations pursuant to Section 8.03(l) , the Property acquired with the proceeds of the obligations so refinanced);

 

(p)           other Liens, provided that such Liens do not secure obligations in excess of the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at any one time outstanding; provided further that in no event may Liens existing under this subclause (p)  secure obligations in excess of $35.0 million;

 

(q)           Liens in respect of any Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.03(g)  to the extent such Liens extend only to Property of the Foreign Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiaries incurring such Indebtedness (other than a Foreign Subsidiary that is a borrower under this Credit Agreement);

 

(r)            pledges and deposits and other Liens securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

107



 

(s)           Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in respect of any Investment permitted hereunder;

 

(t)            Liens securing obligations incurred pursuant to Section 8.03(n) ;

 

(u)           Liens on Capital Stock in joint ventures securing obligations of such joint venture, to the extent required by the terms of the organizational documents or material contracts of such joint venture;

 

(v)           Liens on goods or inventory the purchase, shipment or storage price of which is financed by a bank guarantee or bankers’ acceptance issued or created for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens are extinguished when such goods or inventory are delivered to the Borrower or a Subsidiary; provided , that such Lien secures only the obligations of the Borrower or such Subsidiaries in respect of such bankers’ acceptance or bank guarantee to the extent permitted under Section 8.03 ;

 

(w)          Liens securing insurance premiums financing arrangements, provided, that such Liens are limited to the applicable unearned insurance premiums; and

 

(x)            Liens in favor of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that if any such Lien shall cover any Collateral, the holder of such Lien shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a subordination agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

8.02                         Investments .

 

Make or permit to exist any Investments, except:

 

(a)           cash and Cash Equivalents of or to be owned by the Borrower or a Subsidiary;

 

(b)           Investments existing on, or contractually committed as of, the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 8.02 and any extensions, renewals or reinvestments thereof, so long as the aggregate amount of any Investment pursuant to this clause (b)  is not increased at any time above the amount of such Investment existing on the Closing Date, unless such increase is permitted by any clause of this Section 8.02 (other than by this clause (b) ), in which case the capacity of such other clause shall be reduced by such increase;

 

(c)           to the extent not prohibited by applicable Law, advances to officers, directors and employees and consultants of the Borrower and Subsidiaries made for travel, entertainment, relocation and other ordinary business purposes in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2.5 million at any time outstanding or, to the extent not used as part of or to increase the Cumulative Credit, in connection with such person’s purchase of equity of Holdings to the extent such advance is immediately contributed to the Borrower in cash as common equity;

 

(d)           Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and

 

108



 

Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss and any prepayments and other credits to suppliers, clients, developers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)           except to the extent constituting an Acquisition, Investments by the Borrower and Domestic Subsidiaries in Domestic Credit Parties (other than Holdings);

 

(f)            Investments by the Borrower and Domestic Subsidiaries in Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount at any time not to exceed the greater of $15.0 million and 2.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at such time;

 

(g)           Investments by Foreign Subsidiaries in any member of the Consolidated Group (including other Foreign Subsidiaries);

 

(h)           Support Obligations incurred pursuant to Section 8.03 ;

 

(i)            Investments comprised of Permitted Acquisitions;

 

(j)            advances in the ordinary course of business to secure developer contracts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries ;

 

(k)           Investments at any time outstanding in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $20.0 million and 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets at such time plus, so long as (x) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or exist after giving effect thereto and (y) after giving effect on a Pro Forma Basis to the Investment to be made, as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter at the end of which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  (or, prior to such first required delivery date for such financial statements, as of the last day of the most recent period referred to in the first sentence of Section 6.05 ), the Borrower would be in compliance with Section 8.10 , the amount of the Cumulative Credit at such time (and if the Investment is greater than $10.0 million, then the Borrower shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer as to the satisfaction of the requirements in this clause (y) ); provided that if any Investment is made pursuant to this Section 8.02(k)  in any Person that is not a Domestic Credit Party (other than Holdings) and such Person thereafter becomes a Domestic Credit Party (other than Holdings), such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 8.02(e) ;

 

(l)            Investments representing non-cash consideration received in connection with any Subject Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 8.05 ;

 

(m)          Investments contemplated by Section 8.12 ;

 

(n)           Swap Contracts allowed by Section 8.03(d) ;

 

(o)           Investments resulting from pledges and deposits under Section 8.01(f) , (l)  or (r) ;

 

109



 

(p)           Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with or judgments against, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business or Investments acquired by the Borrower as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investments or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(q)           loans or advances or other similar transactions with customers, distributors, clients, developers, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case, in the ordinary course of business, regardless of frequency;

 

(r)            to the extent not used as part of or increasing the Cumulative Credit, any Investment procured solely in exchange for the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings;

 

(s)           Investments to the extent consisting of the redemption, purchase, repurchase or retirement of any common Capital Stock permitted under Section 8.06 ;

 

(t)            advances in the form of a prepayment of expenses, so long as such expenses are being paid in accordance with customary trade terms of the Borrower or such Subsidiary;

 

(u)           Investments by Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including loans to any Person that is a direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, if the Borrower or any other Subsidiary would otherwise be permitted to make a Restricted Payment in such amount to such Person under Section 8.06(d) , (f)  or (j)  (provided that the amount of any such Investment shall also be deemed to be a Restricted Payment under such clause of Section 8.06(d) , (f)  or (j)  for all purposes of the Credit Documents);

 

(v)           guarantees by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of operating leases or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(w)          Investments consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons otherwise permitted hereunder; and

 

(x)            Investments by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor in any Foreign Subsidiary consisting solely of (x) the contribution or other Disposition of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any other Foreign Subsidiary held directly by the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor in exchange for Indebtedness, Capital Stock (or additional share premium or paid in capital in respect of Capital Stock) or a combination thereof of the Foreign Subsidiary to which such contribution is made or (y) an exchange of Capital Stock of such Foreign Subsidiary for Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary.

 

8.03                         Indebtedness .

 

Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

(a)           Indebtedness existing or arising under this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents;

 

110



 

(b)           Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date set forth on Schedule 8.03 or, to the extent not listed on Schedule 8.03 , the aggregate principal amount of which, when taken with all other Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and not so listed, does not exceed $5.0 million;

 

(c)           capital lease obligations and purchase money Indebtedness (including obligations in respect of capital leases) to finance the purchase or acquisition of fixed assets, at any time outstanding (when aggregated with the aggregate amount of refinancing Indebtedness outstanding at such time pursuant to Section 8.03(l)  in respect of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 8.03(c) ) not to exceed the greater of $40.0 million and 4.5% of Consolidated Total Assets; provided that such Indebtedness when incurred shall not exceed the purchase price of the asset(s) financed;

 

(d)           obligations under Swap Contracts entered into to manage existing or anticipated risks and not for speculative purposes;

 

(e)           unsecured intercompany Indebtedness among members of the Consolidated Group to the extent permitted by Section 8.02(e) , (f) , (g)  or (x) ;

 

(f)            unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower to the extent (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the incurrence thereof at such time; (ii) after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter at the end of which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  (or, prior to such first required delivery date for such financial statements, as of the last day of the most recent period referred to in the first sentence of Section 6.05 ), the Borrower would be in compliance with Section 8.10 (and if the Indebtedness incurred is greater than $10.0 million, then the Borrower shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer as to the satisfaction of the requirements in this clause (ii) ); (iii) such Indebtedness matures no earlier than the Term Loans and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is no shorter than the Term Loans; (iv) such Indebtedness does not have prepayment or redemption events that are less favorable to Holdings and its Subsidiaries than those relating to the Term Loans; and (v) such Indebtedness has other terms that are, taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to Holdings and its Subsidiaries than the terms of the Credit Agreement; provided that such Indebtedness may benefit from unsecured guarantees from the Guarantors on the same basis as the Borrower has issued such Indebtedness;

 

(g)           Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries and guarantees thereof by other Foreign Subsidiaries, without duplication, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $25.0 million and 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at such time;

 

(h)           Indebtedness acquired or assumed pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding (when aggregated with the aggregate amount of refinancing Indebtedness outstanding at such time pursuant to Section 8.03(l)  in respect of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 8.03(h) ) not to exceed $25.0 million; provided that (a) such Indebtedness was not incurred in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition and (b) after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter at the end of which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  (or, prior

 

111



 

to such first required delivery date for such financial statements, as of the last day of the most recent period referred to in the first sentence of Section 6.05 ), the Borrower would be in compliance with Section 8.10 ;

 

(i)            Indebtedness arising under any performance or surety bond, completion bond or similar obligation entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(j)            Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (and guarantees thereof, without duplication) not contemplated in the foregoing clauses of this Section 8.03 in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of $25.0 million and 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at such time;

 

(k)           Indebtedness incurred under the Senior Notes and guarantees by the Guarantors thereof;

 

(l)            any refinancing of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 8.03(b) , (c) , (f) , (h)  or (k)  so long as (i) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is Subordinated Debt, then such refinancing Indebtedness shall be at least as subordinated in right of payment and otherwise to the Obligations as the Indebtedness being refinanced, (ii) the principal amount of the refinancing Indebtedness is not greater than the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced, together with any premium paid, and accrued interest and reasonable fees in connection therewith thereon and reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, (iii) the final maturity and Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the refinancing Indebtedness is not earlier or shorter, as the case may be, than the Indebtedness being refinanced, (iv) no Subsidiary (other than a Credit Party) that is not an obligor with respect the Indebtedness to be refinanced shall be an obligor with respect to the refinancing Indebtedness and (v) the material terms (other than as to interest rate, which shall be on then market terms) of the refinancing Indebtedness taken as a whole are at least as favorable to the Consolidated Group and the Lenders as under the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

(m)          overdrafts paid within 5 Business Days;

 

(n)           Indebtedness in respect of trade letters of credit, warehouse receipts or similar instruments issued to support performance obligations (other than obligations in respect of Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate stated amount of any such trade letters of credit, warehouse receipts or similar instruments shall not exceed, as of the date of issuance, amendment or extension thereof, $15.0 million minus the aggregate L/C Obligations outstanding on such date;

 

(o)           Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit;

 

(p)           Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

112



 

(q)           Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(r)            Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower to current or former officers, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses issued in exchange for the purchase or redemption by Holdings of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings permitted by Section 8.06(f) ; provided that (a) the Borrower shall be able to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 8.06(f)  in an amount equal to the principal amount of each such note at the time such note is issued, and an amount equal to the principal amount of each such note shall reduce the amount of Restricted Payments able to be made under Section 8.06(f)  and (b) the Borrower shall be able to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 8.06(f)  in the amount of any other payment on each such note at the time such payment is made, and each such payment shall reduce the Restricted Payments available to be able to be made under Section 8.06(f) ;

 

(s)           Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary under deferred compensation, indemnification, adjustment of purchase or acquisition price or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions and Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder;

 

(t)            all premium (if any), interest (including post petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in paragraphs (a) through (s) above; and

 

(u)           Support Obligations by any member of the Consolidated Group in respect of Indebtedness incurred under subsections (a)  through (t)  of this Section 8.03 , solely to the extent such member of the Consolidated Group would have itself been able to originally incur such Indebtedness.

 

8.04                         Mergers and Dissolutions .

 

(a)           Enter into a transaction of merger or consolidation, except that:

 

(i)            a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower may be a party to a transaction of merger or consolidation with the Borrower or another Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that if the Borrower is a party to such transaction, the Borrower shall be the surviving Person; provided , further that if the Borrower is not a party to such transaction but a Subsidiary Guarantor is, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the surviving Person or the surviving Person shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor immediately upon the consummation of such transaction;
 
(ii)           a Foreign Subsidiary may be party to a transaction of merger or consolidation with the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that (A) if the Borrower is a party thereto, it shall be the surviving entity, (B) if a Subsidiary Guarantor is a party thereto, it shall be the surviving Person or the surviving Person shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor immediately following the consummation of such transaction and (C) if a Foreign Subsidiary is a party thereto and a Domestic Subsidiary is not a party thereto, the

 

113



 
surviving entity shall be a Foreign Subsidiary and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with the requirements of Section 7.13 ;
 
(iii)          a Subsidiary may enter into a transaction of merger or consolidation in connection with a Subject Disposition effected pursuant to Section 8.05 , so long as no more assets are Disposed of as a result of or in connection with any transaction undertaken pursuant to this clause (iii)  than would otherwise have been allowed pursuant to Section 8.05 ;
 
(iv)          mergers and consolidations contemplated by Section 8.12 shall be permitted; and
 
(v)           the Borrower or any Subsidiary may merge with any other Person in connection with an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 8.02 so long as the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Subsidiary, which shall be a Guarantor if the merging Subsidiary was a Guarantor and which together with each of its Subsidiaries shall have complied with the requirements of Section 7.12 ; provided that following any such merger or consolidation involving the Borrower, the Borrower is the surviving Person.
 

 (b)          Except in connection with a transaction permitted by Section 8.04(a)(i) , the Borrower will not dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs.

 

8.05                         Dispositions .

 

Make any Subject Disposition or Specified Intercompany Transfer, unless (i) in the case of a Subject Disposition only, at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the consideration received from each such Subject Disposition is cash or Cash Equivalents, (ii) such Subject Disposition or Specified Intercompany Transfer is made at fair market value and (iii) the aggregate amount of Property so Disposed (valued at fair market value thereof) in all Subject Dispositions and Specified Intercompany Transfers in any fiscal year of the Borrower does not exceed $30.0 million; provided that any amount not used in any such fiscal year may be carried forward and used in the two immediately succeeding fiscal years of the Borrower (but no other fiscal years).

 

8.06                         Restricted Payments .

 

Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except that:

 

(a)           each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary, or in the case of a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, to each equity holder of such Subsidiary on a pro rata basis (or on more favorable terms from the perspective of the Borrower and its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries), based on their relative ownership interests or, solely to the extent required by law and involving de minimis amounts, on a non-pro rata basis to such equity holders;

 

(b)           Restricted Payments contemplated by Section 8.12 shall be permitted.

 

(c)           any refinancing permitted pursuant to Section 8.03(l)  shall be permitted;

 

114



 

(d)           the Borrower may declare and pay dividends or make other distributions to Holdings in respect of (i) overhead, legal, accounting and administrative expenses of Holdings, (ii) Tax Distributions and franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the existence of Holdings and (iii) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of Holdings, in each case in order to permit Holdings to make such payments; provided that in each case under this Section 8.06(d) , the amount of such dividends and distributions shall not exceed the portion of any dividends or distributions referred to in this Section 8.06(d)  that are directly allocable to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (which shall be deemed to be 100% for so long as Holdings owns no material assets other than the Capital Stock of the Borrower and does not have any material obligations other than the Obligations and the guarantee of the Senior Notes);

 

(e)           the Borrower may declare and make payments in respect of the IAC Dividend on or about the Funding Date;

 

(f)            the Borrower may make Restricted Payments at any time in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million plus if (i) as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter at the end of which financial statements were required to have been delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a)  or (b)  (or, prior to such first required delivery date for such financial statements, as of the last day of the most recent period referred to in the first sentence of Section 6.05 ), (x) the Borrower would be in compliance with Section 8.10 and (y) the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio would not be in excess of 3.00:1.00 (and if the Restricted Payment is greater than $10.0 million, then the Borrower shall deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer as to the satisfaction of the requirements in this clause (i) ) and (ii) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or exist after giving effect thereto, the amount of the Cumulative Credit at such time;

 

(g)           the Borrower may make payments or prepayments of principal on, or redemptions, repurchases or acquisitions for value of, its Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) that is not secured by a Lien (x) in an aggregate principal amount for all such payments, prepayments, redemptions, repurchases and acquisitions not to exceed $100.0 million or (y) at any time following the date that no Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans are outstanding;

 

(h)           the members of the Consolidated Group may prepay or repay intercompany Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder owed to other members of the Consolidated Group;

 

(i)            repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the “cashless exercise” of stock options or warrants or upon the vesting of restricted stock units if such Capital Stock represents the exercise price of such options or warrants or represents withholding taxes due upon such exercise or vesting; and

 

(j)            the Borrower may make distributions to Holdings to finance any Investment then permitted to be made pursuant to any clause of Section 8.02 ; provided that (A) such distribution shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) Holdings shall, immediately following the closing of such Investment, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Capital Stock) to be contributed to the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor (or any other Subsidiary if such Investment would not be required to be held by a Subsidiary Guarantor or the Borrower pursuant to such clause of Section 8.02 ) and, if such Investment results in

 

115



 

a Person becoming a Subsidiary, cause such Person to become a Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent such clause of Section 8.02 would require such Person to become a Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case within the time frame that would have otherwise applied if such Investment were made pursuant to such clause of Section 8.02 or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted by Section 8.04 ) of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor (or any other Subsidiary if such Person would not be required to be the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to such clause of Section 8.02 ) in order to consummate such Permitted Acquisition or Investment; provided that for all purposes under the Credit Documents, the amount of such distributions shall reduce the amount permitted to be used pursuant to such clause of Section 8.02 to the extent such clause limits the amounts permitted to be invested.

 

8.07                         Change in Nature of Business .

 

Engage in any material line of business other than a Permitted Business .

 

8.08                         Change in Accounting Practices or Fiscal Year .

 

Change its (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, or (b) fiscal year of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, in each case without prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

 

8.09                         Transactions with Affiliates .

 

Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower (other than between or among (x) the Borrower and/or one or more Subsidiary Guarantors or (y) one or more Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are not Guarantors), whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than (i) on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable in all material respects to the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (ii) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.06 (other than Section 8.06(c) ), (iii) Investments permitted by Section 8.02(c) , (f) , (g) , (u)  or (x)  or, to the extent that such transaction is with a Person that becomes an Affiliate of the Borrower or a Subsidiary solely as a result of such transaction, any transaction pursuant to Section 8.02(i)  or (k)  and (iv) transactions contemplated by Section 8.12 shall be permitted.

 

8.10                         Financial Covenants .

 

(a)           Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio .  Permit the Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter ending during any period listed in the table below to be greater than the ratio set forth opposite such period.

 

Date

 

Consolidated Total
Leverage Ratio

 

Closing Date - December 31, 2009

 

3.90 to 1.00

 

January 1, 2010 - December 31, 2010

 

3.65 to 1.00

 

January 1, 2011 and thereafter

 

3.40 to 1.00

 

 

116



 

(b)           Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio .  Permit the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter ending during any period listed in the table below to be less than the ratio set forth opposite such period.

 

Date

 

Consolidated Interest
Coverage Ratio

 

Closing Date - December 31, 2009

 

2.75 to 1.00

 

January 1, 2010 and thereafter

 

3.00 to 1.00

 

 

8.11                         Limitation on Subsidiary Distributions .

 

Directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its capital stock or any other interest or participation in its profits owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Subsidiary, (b) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or (c) transfer any of its properties to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) applicable Law; (ii) this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents; (iii) the Senior Notes; (iv) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of a Subsidiary; (v) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into by a Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; (vi) any holder of a Lien permitted by Section 8.01 restricting the transfer of the property subject thereto; (vii) customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale of any property permitted under Section 8.05 pending the consummation of such sale; (viii) without affecting the Credit Parties’ obligations under Sections 7.12 , 7.13 or 7.14 , customary provisions in partnership agreements, limited liability company organizational governance documents, asset sale and stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that restrict the transfer of ownership interests in such partnership, limited liability company or similar person; (ix) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by suppliers or landlords under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; (x) any instrument governing Indebtedness assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition pursuant to Section 8.03(h) , which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired; (xi) in the case of any Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary in respect of any matters referred to in clauses (b)  and (c)  above, restrictions in such person’s Organization Documents or pursuant to any joint venture agreement or stockholders agreements solely to the extent of the Capital Stock of or property held in the subject joint venture or other entity; (xii) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Closing Date under Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 8.03 , (xiii) any restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 8.03(f)  to the extent such restrictions are not more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the restrictions contained in the Senior Notes as in effect on the Closing Date; (xiii) customary net worth provisions contained in real property leases entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, so long as the Borrower has determined in good faith that such net worth provisions would not reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to meet their ongoing obligations; (xiv) any agreement in effect at the time any Person becomes a Subsidiary, so long as such agreement was

 

117



 

not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (xv) restrictions in agreements representing Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.03 of a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor; (xvi) restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and (xvii) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any refinancings that are otherwise permitted by the Credit Documents of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to above; provided that such refinancings are no more materially restrictive with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those prior to such amendment or refinancing.

 

8.12                         Spin-Off .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein or any Credit Document, nothing in this Credit Agreement shall prohibit the Spin-Off and any transaction undertaken in connection therewith (including the conversion of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to a limited liability company in the country of its organization, Restricted Payments or intercompany transfers of cash, Subsidiaries or other assets among Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and to IAC or any of its Subsidiaries, purchases of assets from IAC or any of its Subsidiaries, and payments of intercompany payables among Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or to IAC or any of its Subsidiaries (including “true-up” payments to IAC or any of its Subsidiaries subsequent to completion of the Spin-Off), whether in the ordinary course of business or in preparation for the Spin-Off or otherwise in connection therewith), in each case to the extent contemplated by the Separation Agreement, so long as after giving effect thereto the consolidated unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalent balance in deposit or securities accounts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is no less than $50 million (without deduction for uncleared checks and without including the proceeds of any Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans) on the Spin-Off Date after giving effect to all such dividends and payments.  For the avoidance of doubt, but not in derogation of the requirements of the previous sentence, any Restricted Payments made or transactions with any Affiliate of the Borrower entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with prior practice between the Closing Date and the Spin-Off Date shall not be prohibited by the terms of this Credit Agreement.

 

8.13                         Transfers/Investments with respect to Certain Subsidiaries .

 

Make or permit any Disposition of Property to, or any Investment in, any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than de minimis Property or Investments) in respect of which no opinion referred to in Section 5.02(f)  has been delivered to the Administrative Agent, unless and until an opinion with respect to such Subsidiary Guarantor has been so delivered (it being understood that the only Subsidiary Guarantors in respect of which no such opinion shall be delivered on the Funding Date shall be Subsidiary Guarantors that meet the requirements of the definition of Immaterial Subsidiary, without giving effect to the proviso to such definition).

 

118


 

ARTICLE IX

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

9.01                         Events of Default .

 

Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

 

(a)           Non-Payment .  The Borrower or any other Credit Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation, or (ii) within three (3) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any regularly accruing fee due hereunder or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Credit Document; or

 

(b)           Specific Covenants .  The Borrower or any other Credit Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 7.03(a) , 7.11 , 7.16 or Article VIII or, with respect to the existence of the Borrower only, Section 7.04 ; or

 

(c)           Other Defaults .  The Borrower or any other Credit Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsections (a)  or (b)  above) contained in any Credit Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) calendar days after written notice to the defaulting party or the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

 

(d)           Representations and Warranties .  Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Credit Party herein, in any other Credit Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be false in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

 

(e)           Cross-Default .  (i) Any member of the Consolidated Group or, upon and following the Spin-Off Date, Holdings (A) fails (beyond the period of grace (if any) provided in the instrument or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was created) to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, interest, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Support Obligations (other than Indebtedness hereunder or Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having a principal amount (with principal amount for the purposes of this clause (e)  including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement), when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness and Support Obligations as to which any such failure has occurred, exceeding $15.0 million or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness or Support Obligations or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which failure or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Support Obligations (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated

 

119



 

maturity, or such Support Obligations to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded, which has an unpaid principal amount, when taken together with the unpaid principal amounts of all other Indebtedness and Support Obligations as to which any such failure or event has occurred, exceeding $15.0 million; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an “early termination date” (or term of similar import) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary is the “defaulting party” (or term of similar import) or (B) any “termination event” (or term of similar import) under such Swap Contract as to which Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary is an “affected party” (or term of similar import) and, when taken together with all other Swap Contracts as to which events of default or events referred to in the immediately preceding clauses (A)  or (B)  are applicable, the Swap Termination Value owed by Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries exceeds $15.0 million; or

 

(f)            Insolvency Proceedings, Etc .  Holdings, Borrower, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institute of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

 

(g)           Change of Control .  There shall have occurred a Change of Control; or

 

(h)           Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment .  Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within thirty (30) days after its issue or levy; or

 

(i)            Judgments .  There is entered against Holdings or any member of the Consolidated Group one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments and orders) exceeding $15.0 million (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage or otherwise discharged), and there is a period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgments, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

 

(j)            ERISA .  (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of a Credit Party under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of $15.0 million, or (ii) a Credit Party fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal

 

120



 

liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of $15.0 million; or

 

(k)           Invalidity of Credit Documents .  Any Credit Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Credit Party contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Credit Document; or any Credit Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Credit Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Credit Document; or

 

(l)            Collateral Documents .  Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 5.02 , 7.13 , 7.14 or 7.16 shall for any reason cease to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien to the extent required by the Collateral Documents (subject to Liens permitted by Section 8.01 ) on Collateral that is (i) purported to be covered thereby and (ii) comprises Property which, when taken together with all Property as to which such a Lien has so ceased to be effective, has a fair market value in excess of $5.0 million (other than by reason of (x) the express release thereof pursuant to Section 10.10 , (y) the failure of the Collateral Agent to retain possession of Collateral physically delivered to it or (z) the failure of the Collateral Agent to timely file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements).

 

9.02                         Remedies upon Event of Default .

 

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

 

(a)           declare the Commitments of the Lenders and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such Commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

 

(b)           declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Credit Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

 

(c)           require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

 

(d)           exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it or to the Lenders under the Credit Documents or applicable Law;

 

provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 9.01(f)  or (h) , the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid

 

121



 

shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

9.03                         Application of Funds .

 

After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 9.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 9.02 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

 

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other counsel and amounts payable under Article III ) payable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, in each case in its capacity as such;

 

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest, the Commitment Fee, the Facility Fees and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders (including all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other counsel and amounts payable under Article III ), ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

 

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Facility Fees, the Commitment Fee, Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

 

Fourth , to (a) payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, (b) payment of breakage, termination or other amounts owing in respect of any Swap Contract between any Credit Party and any Lender, or any Affiliate of a Lender, to the extent such Swap Contract is permitted hereunder, (c) payments of amounts due under any Treasury Management Agreement between any Credit Party and any Lender, or any Affiliate of a Lender and (d) the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of the L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit, ratably among such parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth payable to them; and

 

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

 

Subject to Section 2.03(c) , amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fourth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur.  If any amount remains on deposit as cash collateral after all

 

122



 

Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.

 

ARTICLE X

 

AGENTS

 

10.01                  Appointment and Authorization of Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent .

 

(a)           Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Wachovia to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents and authorizes each of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and neither the Borrower nor any other Credit Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

 

(b)           Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Credit Agreement and each Collateral Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Credit Agreement or any Collateral Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  In this connection, the Collateral Agent, and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 10.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Collateral Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article X and Article XI (including Section 11.04(c) , as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Credit Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any Collateral Document, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein or therein, nor shall the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Credit Agreement or any Collateral Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the Collateral Documents with reference to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law.  Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.  The Collateral Agent shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Collateral and the Collateral Documents, and the Collateral Agent shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Collateral Agent in connection with any Collateral or

 

123



 

the Collateral Documents as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in such Credit Documents included the Collateral Agent with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein or in the Collateral Documents with respect to the Collateral Agent.

 

(c)           The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent in this Article X with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” or “Collateral Agent” as used in this Article X included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

 

10.02                  Rights as a Lender .

 

Each Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as such Agent hereunder in its individual capacity.  Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

10.03                  Exculpatory Provisions .

 

The Agents shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents:

 

(a)           shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(b)           shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Credit Documents that the Agents are required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Credit Documents), provided that no Agent shall be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Credit Document or applicable law; and

 

(c)           shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent or any of its or their Affiliates in any capacity.

 

124



 

Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 11.01 and 9.02 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to such Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the L/C Issuer.

 

No Agent shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Credit Agreement, any other Credit Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article V or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent.

 

10.04                  Reliance by Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent .

 

The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall each be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person.  Each of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon.  In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the L/C Issuer unless such Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit.  Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by them in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

10.05                  Delegation of Duties .

 

The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may perform any and all of their duties and exercise their rights and powers hereunder or under any other Credit Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be.  The Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of their duties and exercise their rights and powers by or through their

 

125



 

respective Related Parties.  The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

 

10.06                  Resignation of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent .

 

Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Borrower.  Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower ( provided , no consent shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States.  If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, with the consent of the Borrower ( provided , no consent shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer under any of the Credit Documents, such retiring Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, as provided for above in this Section.  Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, and the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section).  The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor.  After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 11.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

 

126



 

Any resignation by Wachovia as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender.  Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender, (b) the retiring L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents, and (c) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

 

10.07                  Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders .

 

Each Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Credit Agreement.  Each Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Credit Agreement, any other Credit Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

10.08                  No Other Duties .

 

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the “Syndication Agent,” “Co-Documentation Agents,” “Co-Lead Arrangers” and “Co-Book Managers” listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, a Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder.

 

10.09                  Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent May File Proofs of Claim .

 

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Credit Party, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(a)           to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations (other than obligations under Swap Contracts or Treasury Management Agreements to which the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is not a party) that are owing and unpaid and to file such other

 

127



 

documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 11.04 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

(b)           to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, and, in the event that such Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to such Agent under Sections 2.09 and 11.04 .

 

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

 

10.10                  Collateral and Guaranty Matters .

 

The Lenders and the L/C Issuer irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, at its option and in its discretion:

 

(a)           to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Collateral Documents if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder or if the conditions set forth in clause (b)(i)  below are satisfied;

 

(b)           to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Credit Document (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations not then due and payable and (B) obligations and liabilities under Swap Contracts and Treasury Management Agreements not then due and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (or if any Letters of Credit shall remain outstanding, upon (x) the cash collateralization of the Outstanding Amount of Letters of Credit on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer or (y) the receipt by the L/C Issuer of a backstop letter of credit on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer), (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Credit Document (other than any such sale to another Credit Party, other than Holdings), or (iii) subject to Section 11.01 , if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders; and

 

128



 

(c)           to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Credit Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 8.01(i) .

 

Upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the authority of the Collateral Agent to release or subordinate its interest in particular property and of the Administrative Agent to release any Guarantor from its obligations hereunder pursuant to this Section 10.10 .

 

10.11                  Withholding Tax .

 

To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender any applicable Tax.  If the IRS or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties thereto, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section shall not limit or expand any Tax indemnification obligation of any Credit Party under this Credit Agreement.

 

10.12                  Treasury Management Agreements and Swap Contracts .

 

Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein or in any Collateral Document, no Treasury Management Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the guarantees hereunder or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Credit Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Credit Documents.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article X to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Obligations arising under Treasury Management Agreements and Swap Contracts unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Treasury Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be.

 

129


 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.01                  Amendments, Etc .

 

No amendment or waiver of, or any consent to deviation from, any provision of this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the Borrower or the applicable Credit Party, as the case may be, and the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders), and each such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it is given; provided , however , that:

 

(a)           without the consent of each Lender, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

 

(i)            amend or waive any condition precedent to the initial Credit Extension set forth in Section 5.02 or (solely with respect to the initial Credit Extension) any condition precedent set forth in Section 5.03 ;
 
(ii)           change any provision of this Credit Agreement regarding pro rata sharing or pro rata funding with respect to (A) the making of advances (including participations), (B) the manner of application of payments or prepayments of principal, interest, or fees, (C) the manner of application of reimbursement obligations from drawings under Letters of Credit, or (D) the manner of reduction of commitments and committed amounts;
 
(iii)          change any provision of this Section 11.01(a)  or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, or
 
(iv)          release all or substantially all of the Collateral (other than as provided herein as of the Closing Date or as appropriate in connection with transactions permitted hereunder as of the Closing Date), or
 
(v)           release all or substantially all of the value of the guarantees provided by the Guarantors without the written consent of each Lender (other than as provided herein as of the Closing Date or as appropriate in connection with transactions permitted hereunder as of the Closing Date),
 

(b)     without the consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

 

(i)            extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 9.02 ), it being understood that the amendment or waiver of an Event of Default or a mandatory reduction or a mandatory prepayment in Commitments shall not be considered an increase in Commitments,

 

130



 
(ii)           waive non-payment or postpone any date fixed by this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to any Lender hereunder or under any other Credit Document or change the scheduled final maturity of any Loan, or
 
(iii)          reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Credit Document; provided , however , that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (A) to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate or (B) to amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Borrowing or to reduce any fee payable hereunder, or
 
(iv)          except as otherwise expressly permitted in the Credit Documents as in effect on the Closing Date, expressly subordinate any of the Obligations in right of payment to any other obligations or subordinate all or substantially all of the Liens securing the Obligations to Liens securing any other Indebtedness;
 

(c)           unless signed by the Required Term Lenders, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

 

(i)            amend or waive the manner of application of any mandatory prepayment to the Term Loans under Section 2.06(c) , or
 
(ii)           amend or waive the provisions of this Section 11.01(c)  or the definition of “Required Term Lenders”;
 

(d)           any such amendment, waiver or consent to any provision that relates to the Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans, on the one hand, but not the Term Loan Commitments or the Term Loans, on the other hand, or relates to the Term Loan Commitments or Term Loans, on the one hand, but not to the Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans, on the other hand, or applies differently to the Term Loan Commitments or Term Loans, on the one hand, and to the Revolving Commitments or Revolving Loans, on the other hand, shall also require the consent of the Required Term Lenders or the Required Revolving Lenders, as the case may be;

 

(e)           any such amendment, waiver or consent to any provision that relates to the Dollar Revolving Commitments or Dollar Revolving Loans, on the one hand, but not the Approved Currency Revolving Commitments or Approved Currency Revolving Loans, on the other hand, or relates to the Approved Currency Revolving Commitments or Approved Currency Revolving Loans, on the one hand, but not the Dollar Revolving Commitments or Dollar Revolving Loans, on the other hand, or applies differently to the Dollar Revolving Commitments or Dollar Revolving Loans, on the one hand, and to the Approved Currency Revolving Commitments or Approved Currency Revolving Loans, on the other hand, shall also require the consent of the Required Dollar Revolving Lenders or the Required Approved Currency Revolving Lenders, as the case may be;

 

131



 

(f)            unless also signed by the Required Revolving Lenders, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall amend or waive (i) the provisions of this Section 11.01(f) , (ii) the definition of “Required Revolving Lenders” or (iii) any condition precedent to any Credit Extension (other than the initial Credit Extension) set forth in Section 5.03 ;

 

(g)           unless also signed by the Required Dollar Revolving Lenders, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall amend or waive the provisions of this Section 11.01(g)  or the definition of “Required Dollar Revolving Lenders”;

 

(h)           unless also signed by the Required Approved Currency Revolving Lenders, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall amend or waive the provisions of this Section 11.01(h)  or the definition of “Required Approved Currency Revolving Lenders”;

 

(i)            (i) unless also consented to in writing by the L/C Issuer, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Credit Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it;

 

(j)            unless also consented to in writing by the Swingline Lender, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall affect the rights or duties of the Swingline Lender under this Credit Agreement;

 

(k)           unless also consented to in writing by the Administrative Agent, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document; and

 

(l)            unless also consented to in writing by the Collateral Agent, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall affect the rights or duties of the Collateral Agent under this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document;

 

provided , however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender, (ii) each Lender is entitled to vote as such Lender sees fit on any bankruptcy or insolvency reorganization plan that affects the Loans, (iii) each Lender acknowledges that the provisions of Section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States supersedes the unanimous consent provisions set forth herein, (iv) the Required Lenders may consent to allow a Credit Party to use cash collateral in the context of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, (v)  Section 11.06(h)  may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by a SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification, and (vi) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11.01 , (a) if the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall have jointly identified an obvious error (including, but not limited to, an incorrect cross-reference) or any error or omission of a technical nature, in each case, in any provision of any Credit Document, then the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent (acting in their sole discretion) and the Borrower or any other relevant Credit Party

 

132



 

shall be permitted to amend such provision or cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Credit Document and (b) the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent shall have the right to amend any Credit Document without notice to or consent of any other person to the extent described in the last paragraph of each of Sections 2.01(e)  and (f)  and in Section 1.08 .

 

11.02                  Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication .

 

(a)           Notices Generally .  Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b)  below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier or, with confirmation of receipt, electronic mail as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

 

(i)            if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swingline Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 11.02 ; and
 
(ii)           if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.
 

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient).  Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b)  below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b) .

 

(b)           Electronic Communications .  Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.  The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

 

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent (a) to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, if available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement) and (b) by facsimile shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of a notice of the successful transmission of such facsimile or

 

133



 

upon the recipient’s written acknowledgement of receipt of such facsimile, provided , in each case, that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i)  of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

(c)           THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.”  THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE CREDIT PARTY MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS.  NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE CREDIT PARTY MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM.  In no event shall the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to any Credit Party, Lender, L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Credit Party’s, the Collateral Agent’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Credit Party Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to any Credit Party, Lender, L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

 

(d)           Change of Address, Etc .  Each of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swingline Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.  Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swingline Lender.  In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.

 

(e)           Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Lenders .  The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Loan Notices and Loan Notices for Swingline Loans) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof.  The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related

 

134



 

Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower.  All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

 

11.03                  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement .

 

No failure by any Lender, L/C Issuer, Swingline Lender, the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Credit Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Credit Documents against the Credit Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 9.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders and the L/C Issuer; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, (b) the L/C Issuer or the Swingline Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 11.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.12 ), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Credit Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b) , (c)  and (d)  of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.12 , any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

 

11.04                  Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .

 

(a)           Costs and Expenses .  The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent), in connection with the administration, syndication and closing of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, due diligence, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal

 

135



 

or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), and all fees and time charges for attorneys who may be employees of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

 

(b)           Indemnification by the Borrower .  The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent (and any sub-agents thereof), each Lender and the L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including any settlement costs and fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), and shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from all fees and time charges and disbursements for attorneys who may be employees of any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Credit Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Credit Agreement, any other Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (and any sub-agents thereof) and their Related Parties only, the administration of this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any Environmental Liability related to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Credit Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of comparative, contributory or sole negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any other Credit Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Credit Document, if the Borrower or such Credit Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(c)           Reimbursement by Lenders .  To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsections (a)  or (b)  of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, (or any sub-agent

 

136



 

thereof) the L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, (or any such sub-agent), the L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Aggregate Commitment Percentage or, in the case of L/C Obligations, Dollar Revolving Commitment Percentage (as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be,(or any such sub-agent) or the L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, (or any such sub-agent) or L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity.  The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c)  are subject to the provisions of Section 2.11(d) .

 

(d)           Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc .  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Credit Agreement, any other Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.  No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b)  above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

(e)           Payments .  All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor.

 

(f)            Survival .  The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the L/C Issuer, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

 

11.05                  Payments Set Aside .

 

To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, on demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered

 

137



 

from or repaid by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.  The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under clause (b)  of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Credit Agreement.

 

11.06                  Successors and Assigns .

 

(a)           Successors and Assigns Generally .  The provisions of this Credit Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither the Borrower nor any other Credit Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (other than in connection with a transaction permitted by Section 8.04 ) and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b)  of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d)  of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f)  of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void).  Nothing in this Credit Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d)  of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Credit Agreement.

 

(b)           Assignments by Lenders .  Any Lender may at any time assign to one (1) or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b) , participations in L/C Obligations and in Swingline Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that

 

(i)            except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than (A) in the case of Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans, $5.0 million, and (B) in the case each of the Term Loans, $1.0 million, unless, in each case, each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), it being understood that assignments to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund shall not be subject to such minimum amounts;

 

138


 
(ii)           each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Dollar Revolving Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement with respect to the Dollar Revolving Loans and the Dollar Revolving Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii)  shall not apply to rights in respect of Swingline Loans;
 
(iii)          each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Approved Currency Revolving Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement with respect to the Approved Currency Revolving Loans and the Approved Currency Revolving Commitment assigned;
 
(iv)          each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Term Loan Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement with respect to the Term Loans or Term Loan Commitment assigned
 
(v)           any assignment of (A) a Dollar Revolving Commitment and Dollar Revolving Loans must be approved by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swingline Lender, unless the Person that is the proposed assignee is itself a Lender, and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that the Borrower’s approval shall not be required if the proposed assignee is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; (B) an Approved Currency Revolving Commitment and Approved Currency Revolving Loans must be approved by the Administrative Agent unless the Person that is the proposed assignee is itself a Lender, and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that the Borrower’s approval shall not be required if the proposed assignee is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund and (C) the Term Loans must be approved by the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no approval shall be required if the proposed assignee is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and
 
(vi)          the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500 (unless waived by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), and the Eligible Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall (A) deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and (B) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent the forms required to be delivered pursuant to Section 3.01(e) .
 

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c)  of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Credit Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Credit Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Credit Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement, such Lender shall cease

 

139



 

to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 , 3.05 , and 11.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment.  Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender.  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Credit Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Credit Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d)  of this Section.

 

(c)           Register .  The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations and the interest thereon owing and paid to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Credit Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by each of the Borrower and the L/C Issuer at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.  In addition, at any time that a request for a consent for a material or substantive change to the Credit Documents is pending, any Lender may request and receive from the Administrative Agent a copy of the Register.

 

(d)           Participations .  Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Credit Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swingline Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement.  Each Lender, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of such Participants and the rights, interests or obligations of such Participants in any Obligation, in any Commitment and in any right to receive any principal, interest and other payments thereunder (the “ Participant Register ”).  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Credit Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Credit Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Credit Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in

 

140



 

Section 11.01(a)(iv)  or (v)  or, to the extent the Participant is affected thereby, Section 11.01(b) (i), (ii)  or (iii) .  Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b)  of this Section.  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.12 as though it were a Lender.

 

(e)           Limitation upon Participant Rights .  A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed (it being agreed, without limitation, that it will be reasonable for the Borrower to withhold consent if giving consent would result in increased indemnification obligations at the time the participation takes effect or would be reasonably certain to result in increased indemnification obligations thereafter as a result of a Change in Law announced prior to the time the participation takes effect), provided that the Participant agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.06(a)  and 11.13(a)  as if it were a Lender.  For the avoidance of doubt, a Participant entitled to benefits under Section 3.01 , 3.04 or 3.05 shall be subject to all of the limitations and requirements of such Sections as if it were a Lender (including, in the case of Section 3.01 , all of the limitations in the definition of Excluded Taxes).

 

(f)            Certain Pledges .  Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Credit Agreement (including under its Note(s), if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(g)           Electronic Execution of Assignments .  The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

(h)           Special Purpose Funding Vehicles .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Credit Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if a SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof or,

 

141



 

if it fails to do so, to make such payment to the Administrative Agent as is required under Section 2.11(b)(i) .  Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower under this Credit Agreement (including its obligations under Section 3.04 ), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Credit Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Credit Document, remain the lender of record hereunder.  The making of a Loan by a SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender.  In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Credit Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one (1) year and one (1) day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior debt of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, or liquidation proceeding under the laws of the United States or any State thereof.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee in the amount of $2,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.  Each SPC shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Granting Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 11.06(b) .  A SPC shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.01 , 3.04 or 3.05 than the applicable Granting Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the interest granted to such SPC unless the grant of the interest is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed (it being agreed, without limitation, that it will be reasonable for the Borrower to withhold consent if giving consent would result in increased indemnification obligations at the time the grant to the SPC takes effect or would be reasonably certain to result in increased indemnification obligations thereafter as a result of a Change in Law announced prior to the time the grant to the SPC takes effect), provided that the SPC agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 3.06(a)  and 11.13(a)  as if it were a Granting Lender.  For the avoidance of doubt, a SPC entitled to benefits under Section 3.01 , 3.04 or 3.05 shall be subject to all of the limitations and requirements of such Sections as if it were a Granting Lender (including, in the case of Section 3.01 , all of the limitations in the definition of Excluded Taxes).

 

(i)            Resignation as L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender After Assignment .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time any L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender assigns all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b)  above, such L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender may, (i) upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Borrower, resign as Swingline Lender.  In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of such L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender as L/C Issuer or Swingline

 

142



 

Lender, as the case may be.  If any L/C Issuer resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c) ).  If any Swingline Lender resigns as Swingline Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swingline Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swingline Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(b) .  Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swingline Lender, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swingline Lender, as the case may be, and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

 

11.07                  Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality .

 

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Credit Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Credit Agreement, (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or advisors) to any swap, derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) subject to each such Person being informed of the confidential nature of the Information and to their agreement to keep such Information confidential, to (i) an investor or prospective investor in securities issued by an Approved Fund that also agrees that Information shall be used solely for the purpose of evaluating an investment in such securities issued by the Approved Fund, (ii)  a trustee, collateral manager, servicer, backup servicer, noteholder or secured party in securities issued by an Approved Fund in connection with the administration, servicing and reporting on the assets serving as collateral for securities issued by an Approved Fund, or (iii)  a nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information regarding the Credit Parties, the Loans and Credit Documents in connection with ratings issued in respect of securities issued by an Approved Fund, (h) with the consent of the Borrower or (i) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender,

 

143



 

the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.

 

For purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary.  In the case of Information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such Information is clearly identified at the time of delivery.  Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including federal and state securities Laws.

 

11.08                  Right of Setoff .

 

If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Credit Party against any and all of the obligations of such Borrower or such Credit Party now or hereafter existing under this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall have made any demand under this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document and although such obligations of such Borrower or such Credit Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or the L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness.  The rights of each Lender, the L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have.  Each Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

11.09                  Interest Rate Limitation .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Credit Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Credit Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”).  If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the

 

144



 

excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower.  In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

11.10                  Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness .

 

This Credit Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  This Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof, other than the conditions precedent set forth in the Commitment Letter.  Except as provided in Section 5.01 , this Credit Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Credit Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Credit Agreement.

 

11.11                  Survival of Representations and Warranties .

 

All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Credit Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof.  Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

 

11.12                  Severability .

 

If any provision of this Credit Agreement or the other Credit Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions.  The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

145


 

11.13                  Replacement of Lenders .

 

(a)           If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 11.06 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement and the related Credit Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

 

(i)            the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 11.06(b) ;
 
(ii)           such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05 ) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);
 
(iii)          in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;
 
(iv)          such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws; and
 
(v)           such assignment is recorded in the Register.
 

A Lender that has assigned its interests, rights and obligations under this Credit Agreement and the related Credit Documents pursuant to this Section 11.13(a)  shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.06 with respect to the periods during which such Person was a Lender.

 

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

(b)           If, in connection with any proposed amendment, change, waiver, discharge or termination of any of the provisions of this Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document as contemplated by Section 11.01 , the consent of the Required Lenders (or Required Approved Currency Revolving Lenders, Required Dollar Revolving Lenders or Required Term Lenders, as the case may be) is obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described in this clause (b)  being referred to as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), then, at the Borrower’s request, any

 

146



 

Eligible Assignee reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent shall have the right to purchase from such Non-Consenting Lender, and such Non-Consenting Lender agrees that it shall, upon the Administrative Agent’s request, sell and assign to such Eligible Assignee, all of the Commitments and Loans of such Non-Consenting Lender for an amount equal to the principal balance of all Loans held by the Non-Consenting Lender and all accrued and unpaid interest and fees with respect thereto and all other amounts payable to it hereunder through the date of sale and payment by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent of the assignment fee under Section 11.06(b) ; provided , however , that such purchase and sale shall not be effective until (x) the Administrative Agent shall have received from such Eligible Assignee an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower whereby such Eligible Assignee shall agree to be bound by the terms hereof and (y) such Non-Consenting Lender shall have received payments of all Loans held by it and all accrued and unpaid interest and fees with respect thereto and all other amounts payable to it hereunder through the date of the sale.  Each Lender agrees that, if it becomes a Non-Consenting Lender, it shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption to evidence such sale and purchase and shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any Note (if the assigning Lender’s Loans are evidenced by a Note) subject to such Assignment and Assumption; provided , however , that the failure of any Non-Consenting Lender to execute an Assignment and Assumption shall not render such sale and purchase (and the corresponding assignment) invalid.

 

11.14                  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc .

 

(a)           GOVERNING LAW .  THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(b)           SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION .  EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.  NOTHING IN THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY PARTY HERETO MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

 

147



 

(c)           WAIVER OF VENUE .  EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

 

(d)           SERVICE OF PROCESS .  EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.02 .  NOTHING IN THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

 

11.15                  Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

11.16                  USA PATRIOT Act Notice .

 

Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Borrower in accordance with the Act.

 

11.17                  Designation as Senior Debt .

 

All Obligations shall be “Designated Senior Indebtedness” (or such similar defined term) for purposes of all documentation governing Subordinated Debt.

 

148



 

11.18                  No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility .

 

In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Credit Agreement provided by the Agents and the Lead Arrangers are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agents and the other Lead Arrangers, on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Credit Documents; (ii) (A) each Agent and Lead Arranger is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) no Agent or Lead Arranger has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents; and (iii) the Agents and the Lead Arrangers and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and no Agent or any Lead Arranger has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against any Agent or Lead Arranger with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

149



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Credit Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER :

 

 

 

INTERVAL ACQUISITION CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gregory R. Blatt

 

 

Name: Gregory R. Blatt

 

 

Title:   Vice President and

 

 

Assistant Secretary

 

[Interval Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 



 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT :

 

 

 

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL

 

ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent and Collateral
Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marc A. Birenbaum

 

 

Name: Marc A. Birenbaum

 

 

Title:   Director

 

[Interval Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 



 

LENDERS :

 

 

 

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL

 

ASSOCIATION as L/C Issuer, Swingline Lender
and as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marc A. Birenbaum

 

 

Name: Marc A. Birenbaum

 

 

Title:   Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jay D. Marquis

 

 

Name: Jay D. Marquis

 

 

Title:   Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brenda s. Insull

 

 

Name: Brenda s. Insull

 

 

Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Barton

 

 

Name: David Barton

 

 

Title:   Director

 

 

 

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Randolph Cates

 

 

Name: Randolph Cates

 

 

Title:   Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

MERRILL LYNCH BANK USA,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Louis Alder

 

 

Name: Louis Alder

 

 

Title:   First Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY BANK,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Melissa James

 

 

Name: Melissa James

 

 

Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Interval Credit Agreement Signature Page]

 



 

 

STATE BANK OF INDIA, Los Angeles Agency,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ K.S.S. Naidu

 

 

Name: K.S.S. Naidu

 

 

Title:   Vice President (Credit & Operations)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Leo E. Pagarigan

 

 

Name: Leo E. Pagarigan

 

 

Title:   General Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, LLC,

 

as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Elizabeth Tucci

 

 

Name: Elizabeth Tucci

 

 

Title:   Vice President

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Interval Leisure Group, Inc.(1)

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

IIC Holdings, Incorporated

 

Delaware

Intercambios Internacionales de Vacaciones Interval International España
SA

 

Spain

Intercambios Internacionales de Vacaciones S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

Interval European Holdings Limited

 

England and Wales and Delaware (dually incorporated)

Interval Holdings, Inc.

 

Delaware

Interval International Argentina S.A.

 

Argentina

Interval International
Brasil Serviços Ltda.

 

Brazil

Interval International
de Colombia, S.A.

 

Colombia

Interval International Devre Mulk Turizm Limited Sirketi

 

Turkey

Interval International Eastern Canada, Inc.

 

Canada (Ontario)

Interval International Egypt Ltd.

 

Egypt

Interval International Finland Oy

 

Finland

Interval International France S.A.

 

France

Interval International FZE

 

United Arab Emirates (Dubai)

Interval International GmbH

 

Germany

Interval International Greece Ltd.

 

Greece

Interval International Holdings, Inc.

 

Florida

Interval International Holdings Mexico, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

Interval International, Inc.

 

Florida

 


(1) As of the effective date of IAC/InterActiveCorp’s pending spin-off of the Registrant described in the Registration Statement.

 



 

Name

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

Interval International India Private Limited

 

India

Interval International (Israel) Vacation Enterprises Limited

 

Israel

Interval International Italia SRL

 

Italy

Interval International Limited

 

England and Wales

Interval International
Overseas Holdings, Inc.

 

Florida

Interval International
Singapore (Pte) Ltd.

 

Singapore

Interval International
South Africa (Pty) Ltd.

 

South Africa

Interval Resort & Financial Services, Inc.

 

Florida

Interval Servicios de Mexico
S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

Interval Software Services
(Europe) Limited

 

Northern Ireland

Interval Software Services, LLC

 

Florida

Interval Travel Limited

 

England and Wales

Interval UK Holdings Limited

 

England and Wales

Interval Vacation Exchange, Inc.

 

Delaware

Intervalo Internacional Prestação da Serviços Lda

 

Portugal

Meragon Financial Services, Inc.

 

North Carolina

Meridian Financial Services, Inc.

 

North Carolina

Organización Interval International, C.A.

 

Venezuela

REP Holdings, Ltd.

 

Hawaii

RQI Holdings, LLC

 

Hawaii

ResortQuest Hawaii, LLC

 

Hawaii

ResortQuest Real Estate of Hawaii, LLC

 

Hawaii

 



 

Name

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

Vacation Holdings Hawaii, Inc.

 

Delaware

Worldex Corporation

 

Florida

Worldwide Vacation & Travel, Inc.

 

Florida

XYZII, Inc.

 

Washington

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1


Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated May 5, 2008 in the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-00000) and related Prospectus of Interval Leisure Group, Inc. dated August 1, 2008.


 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York
July 31, 2008




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 99.1

 

Consent to Being Named a Prospective Director*

 

By signing this Directors’ Questionnaire, I hereby consent to being named as a nominee for director in any related materials filed by Interval Leisure Group, Inc. or IAC with the SEC and to serving as a director, if elected.

 

 

 

/s/David Flowers

 

 


* Excerpted from Director Questionnaire

 




Exhibit 99.2

 

Consent to Being Named a Prospective Director*

 

By signing this Directors’ Questionnaire, I hereby consent to being named as a nominee for director in any related materials filed by Interval Leisure Group, Inc. or IAC with the SEC and to serving as a director, if elected.

 

 

 

/s/Gary S. Howard

 

 


* Excerpted from Director Questionnaire

 




Exhibit 99.3

 

Consent to Being Named a Prospective Director*

 

By signing this Directors’ Questionnaire, I hereby consent to being named as a nominee for director in any related materials filed by Interval Leisure Group, Inc. or IAC with the SEC and to serving as a director, if elected.

 

 

 

/s/Lew Korman

 

 


* Excerpted from Director Questionnaire

 




Exhibit 99.4

 

Consent to Being Named a Prospective Director*

 

By signing this Directors’ Questionnaire, I hereby consent to being named as a nominee for director in any related materials filed by Interval Leisure Group, Inc. or IAC with the SEC and to serving as a director, if elected.

 

 

 

/s/Thomas J. Kuhn

 

 


* Excerpted from Director Questionnaire

 




Exhibit 99.5

 

CONSENT TO BEING NAMED AS A PROSPECTIVE DIRECTOR

 

As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, I hereby consent to the reference to my name as a prospective director of Interval Leisure Group, Inc. (the “Registrant”) in the section entitled “Management of ILG” in the prospectus forming a part of a registration statement on Form S-1 to be filed by the Registrant with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as amended from time to time.

 

 

 

/s/Tom Murphy, Jr.

 




Exhibit 99.6

 

CONSENT TO BEING NAMED AS A PROSPECTIVE DIRECTOR

 

As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, I hereby consent to the reference to my name as a prospective director of Interval Leisure Group, Inc. (the “Registrant”) in the section entitled “Management of ILG” in the prospectus forming a part of a registration statement on Form S-1 to be filed by the Registrant with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as amended from time to time.

 

 

 

/s/Craig Nash

 




Exhibit 99.7

 

Consent to Being Named a Prospective Director*

 

By signing this Directors’ Questionnaire, I hereby consent to being named as a nominee for director in any related materials filed by Interval Leisure Group, Inc. or IAC with the SEC and to serving as a director, if elected.

 

 

 

/s/Avy H. Stein

 

 


* Excerpted from Director Questionnaire

 




Exhibit 99.8

 

 

[  •  ]

 

Dear IAC/InterActiveCorp Stockholder:

 

I am pleased to inform you that on July 1, 2008, the Board of Directors of IAC/InterActiveCorp approved the spin-offs of HSN, Inc., Interval Leisure Group, Inc., Ticketmaster and Tree.com, Inc. (each, a “Spinco” and collectively, the “Spincos”) via the distribution of all of the outstanding shares of common stock of each Spinco to IAC’s stockholders. As a result of the spin-offs, IAC will be separated into five separate, publicly traded companies.

 

At the time of the spin-offs, the Spincos will collectively hold all of the assets and liabilities associated with IAC’s Retailing, Interval, Ticketmaster, Lending and Real Estate segments. We believe that the separation of these businesses will over time enhance their operating performance, provide each of them with a liquid equity currency linked directly to its businesses, open up strategic alternatives that may otherwise not have been readily available to them and facilitate investor understanding and better target investor demand. We expect the spin-offs of each of the Spincos to occur simultaneously, unless otherwise determined by IAC’s Board of Directors. Immediately after each spin-off, IAC stockholders will own 100% of the common stock of the company being distributed.

 

The spin-offs of each of the Spincos will occur on [  •  ], 2008 by way of a pro rata dividend to IAC stockholders, unless otherwise determined by IAC’s board of directors. Each IAC stockholder will be entitled to receive one-fifth of a share of common stock of HSN, Inc., one-fifth of a share of common stock of Interval Leisure Group, Inc., one-fifth of a share of common stock of Ticketmaster and one-thirtieth of a share of common stock of Tree.com, Inc. for every share of IAC common stock and/or Class B common stock held by such stockholder at the close of business on [  •  ], 2008, the record date for the spin-offs. IAC will not distribute any fractional shares of common stock of the Spincos to its stockholders, as more fully described in the accompanying prospectus. Stockholder approval of the spin-offs is not required, nor are you required to take any action to receive your shares of common stock of the Spincos.

 

The enclosed prospectus, which is being mailed to all IAC stockholders, describes the spin-offs of the common stock of each of the Spincos in detail and contains important information about each of the Spincos. We urge you to read this prospectus carefully.

 

I want to thank you for your continued support of IAC, and each of the Spincos looks forward to your support in the future.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Barry Diller

 

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

 




Exhibit 99.9

 

Interval Leisure Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

Year Ended December 31, 2007

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Quarter Ended
March 31

 

Quarter Ended
June 30

 

Quarter Ended
September 30

 

Quarter Ended
December 31

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

(unaudited)

 

(unaudited)

 

(unaudited)

 

Revenue

 

$

86,433

 

$

85,885

 

$

96,019

 

$

92,070

 

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below)

 

18,944

 

22,508

 

30,266

 

29,081

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

67,489

 

63,377

 

65,753

 

62,989

 

Selling and marketing expense

 

11,662

 

11,413

 

11,580

 

11,180

 

General and administrative expense

 

15,805

 

17,260

 

19,021

 

19,827

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

6,305

 

6,305

 

7,851

 

6,418

 

Depreciation

 

1,888

 

1,965

 

2,247

 

2,315

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

31,829

 

26,434

 

25,054

 

23,249

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

2,641

 

2,637

 

2,416

 

2,651

 

Interest expense

 

(46

)

(70

)

(49

)

(40

)

Other (expense) income

 

(113

)

(736

)

233

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income, net

 

2,482

 

1,831

 

2,600

 

2,621

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes and minority interest

 

34,311

 

28,265

 

27,654

 

25,870

 

Income tax provision

 

(13,162

)

(10,843

)

(11,103

)

(9,924

)

Minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries

 

 

(3

)

(5

)

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

21,149

 

$

17,419

 

$

16,546

 

$

15,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash compensation expense is included in the following line items in the consolidated statements of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

$

29

 

$

78

 

$

67

 

$

108

 

Selling and marketing expense

 

32

 

85

 

74

 

117

 

General and administrative expense

 

304

 

829

 

744

 

1,162

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-cash compensation expense

 

$

365

 

$

992

 

$

885

 

$

1,387

 

 

1



 

Interval Leisure Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Continued)

 

Year Ended December 31, 2007

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Quarter Ended
March 31

 

Six Months 
Ended 
June 30

 

Nine Months 
Ended 
September 30

 

Year Ended 
December 31

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

(unaudited)

 

(unaudited)

 

(audited)

 

Revenue

 

$

86,433

 

$

172,318

 

$

268,337

 

$

360,407

 

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below)

 

18,944

 

41,452

 

71,718

 

100,799

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

67,489

 

130,866

 

196,619

 

259,608

 

Selling and marketing expense

 

11,662

 

23,075

 

34,655

 

45,835

 

General and administrative expense

 

15,805

 

33,065

 

52,086

 

71,913

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

6,305

 

12,610

 

20,461

 

26,879

 

Depreciation

 

1,888

 

3,853

 

6,100

 

8,415

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

31,829

 

58,263

 

83,317

 

106,566

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

2,641

 

5,278

 

7,694

 

10,345

 

Interest expense

 

(46

)

(116

)

(165

)

(205

)

Other expense

 

(113

)

(849

)

(616

)

(606

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income, net

 

2,482

 

4,313

 

6,913

 

9,534

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes and minority interest

 

34,311

 

62,576

 

90,230

 

116,100

 

Income tax provision

 

(13,162

)

(24,005

)

(35,108

)

(45,032

)

Minority interest in income of consolidated subsidiaries

 

 

(3

)

(8

)

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

21,149

 

$

38,568

 

$

55,114

 

$

71,056

 

 

 

 

Non-cash compensation expense is included in the following line items in the consolidated statements of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

$

29

 

$

107

 

$

174

 

$

282

 

Selling and marketing expense

 

32

 

117

 

191

 

308

 

General and administrative expense

 

304

 

1,133

 

1,877

 

3,039

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-cash compensation expense

 

$

365

 

$

1,357

 

$

2,242

 

$

3,629

 

 

2


 

Interval Leisure Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Quarter Ended
March 31

 

Quarter Ended
June 30

 

Quarter Ended
September 30

 

Quarter Ended
December 31

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

(unaudited)

 

(unaudited)

 

(unaudited)

 

Revenue

 

$

78,676

 

$

71,377

 

$

70,359

 

$

68,234

 

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below)

 

17,457

 

17,096

 

16,349

 

15,391

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

61,219

 

54,281

 

54,010

 

52,843

 

Selling and marketing expense

 

11,191

 

10,539

 

10,313

 

9,592

 

General and administrative expense

 

15,500

 

16,331

 

15,553

 

14,154

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

6,305

 

6,305

 

6,305

 

6,305

 

Depreciation

 

2,044

 

1,933

 

1,926

 

1,929

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

26,179

 

19,173

 

19,913

 

20,863

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

1,790

 

2,235

 

2,361

 

2,528

 

Interest expense

 

(102

)

(120

)

(75

)

(60

)

Other (expense) income

 

(134

)

674

 

(831

)

(483

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income, net

 

1,554

 

2,789

 

1,455

 

1,985

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

 

27,733

 

21,962

 

21,368

 

22,848

 

Income tax provision

 

(10,492

)

(8,706

)

(8,075

)

(8,595

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

17,241

 

$

13,256

 

$

13,293

 

$

14,253

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash compensation expense is included in the following line items in the consolidated statements of operations:

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

$

80

 

$

57

 

$

38

 

$

50

 

Selling and marketing expense

 

52

 

62

 

41

 

55

 

General and administrative expense

 

1,327

 

601

 

396

 

527

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-cash compensation expense

 

$

1,459

 

$

720

 

$

475

 

$

632

 

 

3



 

Interval Leisure Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Continued)

 

Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Quarter Ended
March 31

 

Six Months 
Ended 
June 30

 

Nine Months 
Ended 
September 30

 

Year Ended 
December 31

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

(unaudited)

 

(unaudited)

 

(audited)

 

Revenue

 

$

78,676

 

$

150,053

 

$

220,412

 

$

288,646

 

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below)

 

17,457

 

34,553

 

50,902

 

66,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

61,219

 

115,500

 

169,510

 

222,353

 

Selling and marketing expense

 

11,191

 

21,730

 

32,043

 

41,635

 

General and administrative expense

 

15,500

 

31,831

 

47,384

 

61,538

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

6,305

 

12,610

 

18,915

 

25,220

 

Depreciation

 

2,044

 

3,977

 

5,903

 

7,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

26,179

 

45,352

 

65,265

 

86,128

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

1,790

 

4,025

 

6,386

 

8,914

 

Interest expense

 

(102

)

(222

)

(297

)

(357

)

Other (expense) income

 

(134

)

540

 

(291

)

(774

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income, net

 

1,554

 

4,343

 

5,798

 

7,783

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

 

27,733

 

49,695

 

71,063

 

93,911

 

Income tax provision

 

(10,492

)

(19,198

)

(27,273

)

(35,868

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

17,241

 

$

30,497

 

$

43,790

 

$

58,043

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash compensation expense is included in the following line items in the consolidated statements of operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

$

80

 

$

137

 

$

175

 

$

225

 

Selling and marketing expense

 

52

 

114

 

155

 

210

 

General and administrative expense

 

1,327

 

1,928

 

2,324

 

2,851

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-cash compensation expense

 

$

1,459

 

$

2,179

 

$

2,654

 

$

3,286

 

 

4